Mechanics

Fig.
33
Q.56 A rod ABCD is subjected to four parallel forces of magnitudes 20N 1,90N , 40N T
and 80 N acting respectively at A,B,C and D. If AB BC=1 m and CD 2
= =
m, the
resultant of system is:
(a) 50 N (b) 30 N (c) 120 N (d) - 35 N
Ans.: (a)
Explanation: 20 N 40 N 80 N
XF = 0 1 m lm 21m
A D
EF,= 20 90+ 40 + 80 50 N T B
R = 50NT
90 N
So, option (a) is correct. Fig. 34
.57 In above question [ Q 56] the resultant cuts
the rod at:
(a) 8 m to right of A (b) 6.2 m to the right of A
(c) 9 m to the left of A (d) Passing through point A
Ans.: (b)
theorem at A
Explanation: By Varignon's
1)+ (40 x 2) +(80x 4) = 310 N.m U
R-X =EMA =(-90 x
X = = 6.2 m to the right of A

50
So, option (b) is correct.
with side AB is horizontal at bottom and CD at t.
Q.58 A square ABCD of side 1 m
anticlockwise order is subjected to forces of
with points A,B,C and D taken in
Find resultant.
40 N-at 30 N at B, 20N- C and, 10 NI at D.
A,
10N
(c) 25 N (d) 30 N
(a) 10N (b) 20 V2 N
Ans.: (b) D 20N
Explanation:
1 m
EF =
20-40 =-20 N 20 N
40 N- B
EF, = 10-30 = -
20 N =20 N A
R = VEF,P + (EF,)¥ = y(20 +(20) = 20 V2 N 30 N
So, option (b) is correct. Fig. 35
Q.59 A force of 100 N acting tangentially to a drum of radius 0.25 m, must be

transferred parallel to itself to its centre 0. The moment which should accompany
it for equivalent effect is
(a) 20 N m (b) 25 N m (c) 30 N m (d)35 N m
Ans.: (b) 100 N 100 N
Explanation:
When 100 N force is transferred to 0.25 m 25 Nm
centre 'C0 we have to transfer moment of O o
100 x 0.25 = 25 N.m to point 'O'

Fig. 36
Q.60 If two forces of magnitude P each act an angle "B'. Then resultant will be
(a) 2 P cos B (b) P cos ß (c)P cos 2 (d P [(2+2 cos B)]2
Ans.: (d)
Explanation:
Using, R P+ Q+ 2PQ cos
=
= P2 + P? + 2PP cos B
P2 (2 +2 cos B)
=
R P(2+2 cos B)2

=
P
So, option (d) is correct. Fig. 37
Q. 61 Th sultant of coplanar concurrent force
itive X and negative y axes and system is lying in xy pla
olane defined by
acting away from origin.
ns force system in equilibrium will The
be expressed as equilibrant that
(a)F î +F, j (b)F,î+F, +y axis
(c)F+Fy (d) F. +F, E
Ans.: (c)
Explanation:
-X +X axis
Aa equilibrant is in opposite direction of R i.e. in
second quadrant, s0 it is expressed as
- F,î +F,}S
So, option (c) is correct.
Fig. 38
is right AB horizontal base of 5 m length. AC is
Q.62 ABC angled trangle having
vertical 12m in length. Forces 50 N, 130 N and 120 N act along AB, BC and CA
respectively. Find magnitude of resultant.
C
(a) 50 N (b) zero (c) 130 N (d) 48 N
Ans.: (b)
12 m|
Explanation: tan 0 = =67.38° 120
130 N
F = 50 130 cos (67.38°) =0
130 sin (67.38°)- 120 =0 50N

2F, =
A 5 m B
R =0
Fig. 39
base AB = 5 m horizontal and height

Q.63 ABC is a right angle triangle of
125 N are acting along sides AB,
AC 9 m vertical. Three forces of 100 N, PN and
Find P if resultant of three forces is to be
vertical.
BC and CA respectively.
(c) 120 N (d) 120 N
(a) 206 N (b) 106 N
C
Ans.: (a)
Explanation: tan 6 5
0 = 60.95° 9m PN
125 N
Here resultant is vertical
F, = 0
So,
100-P cos 0 = 0 A B
100 N
.P = 205.94 N
5 m
P 206 N
Fig. 40
So, option (a) is correct.
is to be horizontal?
6 3 above what is value of Pif
.64 For :QR:
Or
resultant
(c) 143 N (d) 168 N
(a) 160 N (b) zero
Ans.: (c)
When Ris horizontal,
Explanation:
-125 = 0 P 143 N
F,= 0 Psin
correct.
So, option (c) is at 60° is,
The resultant of two
forces each of magnitude P acting
Q.65 (c) (3)2p (d) (2)2 P
(a) 2P (b) 3P
Ans.: (c)
Explanation:
Using, R2= P2 +Q2 + 2PQ cos =P? + P? + 2PPcos 60 60
R2 = 3P2
R = (3)1/2p Fig. 41
R = y3 P
passing through the coordinates (4, 0) and (0, 3) abou
Q.66 The moment of 30 N force
origin is
(b) 72 N m (c) 100 N m (d) 45 N. m
(a) 60 N m
Ans.: (b)
B (0.3)
Explanation:
30 N
tan6=
3m 30 sin 0
0 36.87
Now moment about origin O
M, = 30 sin 0 x 4 (Resolving at A) 30 cos A(4.0)
M, = 72N m 4m
Q.67 Forces acting tangentially on a circle are

(a) 4P acting towards North (b) 3P acting towards West
(c) 2P actingtowards South (d) Pacting towards East
The resultant force is nearer to
(a) 1.4P (b) 2P (c) 1.8P (d) 2.83P
3P
4P A
Ans.: (d)
2F = P - 3P = - 2P = 2 P ( )
Explanation:
-
F, = 4P-2P 2P (T)
2P
R = (2P)2 + (2P P
R = y8P = 2.83P Fig. 43
So, option (d) is correct.

sf the forces of 10 N, 20N, 30N, 40N and 50 N are acting in order along the sides
. .68
f a regular pentagon and 10 N force acting horizontally towards right, then
ofa
is n e a r e r to
resultant
(a) 42.5 N (b) 30 N (c) 47.5 N (d) 60 N
Ans.:(a)
Explanation: 40 N, 30 N
F = 10 + 20 cos 72°-30 cos 36°-40 cos 36° +50 cos 72
E 36
72 72
= - 25 N= 25 N(-) 50 N
20 N
SF = 20 sin 72 + 30 sin 36°-40 sin 36°- 50 sin 72 72 ---
10N BB
=-34.41N = 34.41 N ()
R = YEFP+(F, =42.5 N Fig. 44
is correct.
So, option (a)
are pulling a box with the help of two
cables. If the pull in the cables are
Q.69 Two boys resultant will
40° and 35 N at 130° with positive x-axis, their
23 N at an angle of
35 N
be
23 N
(a) 14.88 N (b) 41.88N
90
(c) 12 N (d) 58 N
40
Ans.: (b)
two forces are perpendicular
Explanation: Here
R =Vp? + Q =V(23)2 + (35)? =41.88 N
correct.
So, option (b) is Fig. 45
two equal forces, then the angle

the magnitude of
resultant is 0.6 times
Q.70 If the
between the forces 1s,
(c) 135° (d) 120°
(b) 100° R= 0.6 P
(a) 145
Ans.: (a)
Explanation: Given R 0.6P =
cos 6 P
Using, R = P2 + Q+ 2PQ
p2 + 2P cos 0
(0.6 P)2= p? + Fig. 46
0.18 = 1+cos
0)
0.36 P2 2P2 (1+
cos
=
6 =145°
cos 0 = -0.82 20 N
10 N at 0°
Determine
inclination of resultant of forces
and 20 N at 90°.
(c) 126.43° (d)12°
(d)12°
(a) 20.56° (b) 63.43 90

10N
Ans.: (b) Fig. 47
EXplanation: Forces are perpendicular

. tan 10
0 63.43° with x axis

at 1 m ana
of two unlike parallel forces P each acting
Q.72 The magnitude N each acting at a distanc
equivalent to, two
unlike parallel forces of 300
100 mm. find P
(d) 120 NN M=P1
(a) 240 N (b) 60 N (c) 30 N I m = PON n)
Ans.:(c) P
Explanation: 300 N
Equating both moments we get M 300 100
P 30 N 100mm 30000 N mr
300 N 30 N m
Fig. 48
Q.73 Four concurrent forces 10 kN, 20 kN, 30 kN and 40 kN acting at an angle of 20,
63°, 95°, 150° from positive x-axis. The resultant is.
(a) 80.75 kN (b) 29.75 kN (c) 73.57 kN (d) 40 kN

Ans. :(c)
Explanation:
F, 10 cos 20° +
= 20 cos 63° + 30 cos 95° + 40 cos 150°
-
18.78 kN = 18.78 kN ( )
F = 10 sin 20°+ 20 sin 63° +30 sin 95° + 40 sin 150 20 kN
30 kN
= 71.13 kN (T) 95
40 kN
. R =(18.78) + (71.13)? 10 kN
5oS
R = 73.57 kN
30 63
Y.--Y- x axiS
Fig. 49
.74 Forces acting at points A, B, C and D tangentially on a circle taken in order

anticlockwise are,
1. 100 N acting towards North 2. PN acting towards West
3. 50 N acting towards South 4. 125 N acting towards East respectively
IfR = 60 N in first quadrant. Find P.
(a) 81.83 N (b) 91.83 N (c) 101.83 N (d) 11.83 N
Ans.: (b)
Explanation: Here resultant is 60 N in first quadrant at angle 6 with x-axis
= R co0s 6, F, = R sin
F N
= 60 cos 0, 100 50 A 100 N

125-P =
60 sin
125-60 cos .
P 56.44 w
P 125-60 cos (56.44°)

P 91.83 N 50 N D
S 125 N
option (b) is
correct.
So, Fig. 50
forces acting at a joint are 100 N along positive x direction acting away from
@ 75 The
QON) along positive y direction acting away from origin, P(N) making 45°
igin, QN)
with x-axis acting away from origin in fourth quadrant and force FN) making 45°
ing away from origin in third quadrant. Select the correct equation
with x-axis acting
of forces in y direction.
of equilibrium
cos 45 +F cos 45° =0 (b) 100+ P cos 45°-F cos 45° = 0
(a) 100-P
(c)Q-P sin 45°-F sin 45° =0 (d) -Q+ P cos 45° + F cos 45° =0
Ans.: (c)
Explanation: QON)
0
Using F,
=
F sin 45° = 0 X
Q-P sin 45° 454s 100N

-
is correct.
So, option (c)
FN) PN)
Fig. 51
to
If of resultant is equal
N and 7 N are acting at a point. square
between two forces
Q.76 Two forces 3 forces. What is angle
three times the product of two (d) 83.16
(c)123.16°
(a) 22.22 (b) 46.13
Ans.: (d) 63 N
Explanation: P= 3 N, Q = R =3PQ
7N and
=
Using R =
P +Q+2PQ cos
63 = (3)+(7) + 2(3) (7) 0cos
= 83.16
= 0.119
.. cos 6
What is the angle
So, option (d) is correct. resultant of V8
P.
point gives
Q.77 Two 1orces P and 2P act
at a
between two forces ? (d) 121°

(c) 32.8°
a) 62.30 (b) 41.4°
Ans.: (b) 0
P? +Q2 + 2PQ
cos
Using, R2 6 5P + 4P cos
Explanation:
= =
2P(2P) cos
P? + (2P)*
+
8P? =
0 =41.4°
3
cos 6
Do, option (b) is correct.
e
Q. 78 Arod
at D.ABCD
AB =is
20 subjected
cm, BC = to
10 forces
cm, CD20=N
20 cm.
at A.What
10 Nis the
at distance
B. 35 N at
of at
RCfrom A151
Can
(a) 10 cm to the left of A 35 N
(b) 10 cm to the right of A

(c) Passing through B
20)cm 10 cm 20 cm
(d) none of the above
Ans. : (a)
Explanation:
0 (All forces are vertical) 20 N 10N
2F, =
EF=-20- 10+35-15 = -
10 N = 10 Fig. 52
By Varignon's theorem,
R x = M,
Rx = - 10 20) + (35 x 30)-(15 x 50) = 100 N-cm
x = 10 cm from A (Left ofA)

Q.79 Find angle between two equal forces if resultant R = y3 P
(a) 30 (b) 60 (c) 90° (d) 120

Ans.: (b)
Explanation: Using, R =P +Q+2PQ cos 6
3P=P + Pi +2P cos 0
P2 = 2P cos 6
COs 6 6 = 60°

Q.80 Three like horizontal forces of 10 N, 20 N, and 10 N act on a vertical rod at A, B,
C. If AB BC 20 mm. The resultant
= =
force-couple system at A is
(a) 40 N, 800 N-mm (b) 0, 400 Nmm
(c) 20 N, 200 N-mmm 10N
d) None of the above
Ans. (a)
20 mm
Explanation:
Here, R = 10 +20 + 10 =40 N
20N
Now, Moment about A is,
MA = (20x 20) + (10x 40
= 800 N.mm
So, the resultant force-couple system at A is 40 N,
800 N.mm 10N
Q. 81 Three forces act at A(4m, 0), B(4 m, 3 m) and C (0, 5 m) of magnitudes 60 N
vertically upward, 50 N along OB and 100 N horizontally towards right
respectively. Find moment about origin.
(a) 250 N.m (b) 245 N.m (c) 260 N.m d 200 N.m
Ans.: (c)
Explanation : Moment about origin
M. =-(100 x 5) + (60 x 4) = -
260 N.m = 260 N.m (cw)
y
StC(o,5) 100 N
50 N
B(4.3)
60 N
A(4,0)
Fig. 54
Q.82 A vertical force of PN acting in first quadrant in xy plane at (2,1) m. If P = 200 N,
the magnitude of moment about origin is
(a) 400 N-m (b) 300 N.m (c) 200 N-m (d) 100N-m
Ans. : (a)
200 N
Explanation:
M = 200 x 2 A (2. 1)
Im
= 400 N m
2m
So, option (a) is corre Fig. 55
Q.83 A telephone pole is supported by a wire which exerts a pull
the pole. If the
of 890 N on the top of
angle between the wire and the pole is 50°. What are the
horizontal and vertical components?
(a) 681.8 N, 572.1 N (b) 352.3N, 853.4 NN
(c) 853.4 N,352.3 N 890 sin 50
(d) 572.1 N, 681.8 N
Ans.: (a)
50
Explanation 890 N
890 cos 50
lorizontal component = 890 sin 50° = 681.8 N (-)
vertical component =890 cos 50° =572.08 N() 7777T
Q.84 If a block of weig
ight W = 100 N placed on rough surface inclined at an angle 0 = 60°
blatClockwise direction with positive x-axis and is at rest, then assuming up the
de
torces positive, the reaction offered by the surface 1s
(a) 86.6 N (d) - 50N
(b)- 86.6 N (c) 50 N
Ans.: (c)
Explanation: W cost |
Reaction offered by surface

100 60°= 50 N
R W cos = cos
is correct. R
So, option (c) W s i n6
60
Fig. 57
sides AB, BC, CD and

Four forces 180 100 N, 60 N and 50 N are acting along
N, and
Q. 85 Their resultant force 1s 130 N. Calculate
DA of a square ABCD of side 2 m.
position of resultant w.r.t 'A
(b) 3.46 mn (c) 2.64 mn (d) 3.64 m
(a) 2.46 m
Ans.: (a) 60 N
D
Explanation:
To find position of resultant,
Using Varignon's theorem about A 50N 100 N 2 m
Rx = MA
where, R = 130 N(given)

A 180 N B
130 x = (100 x 2) + (60 x 2)
x = 2.46 m from A m
Q.86 Two like parallel forces 40 N and 70N are acting at a distance of 40 mm. What is
the distance of resultant from 40 N force?
(a) 250 mm from 40 N force (b) 22.25 mm from 40 N force
(c) 25.45 mm from 40 N force (d) 45.25 mm from 40 N force
Ans.: (c)
R
Explanation: 40 N 70N
Here R = 40 + 70 110 f 25.45 mm
By Varignon's theorem about A 40 mm
B
R x = MA
110 x= 70 x 40
x = 25.45 mm from A (to the right of A) Fig. 59
Q. 87 A force of magnitude 20 N makes an angle of 220° with positive x-axis. Its y

component will be
(a) 15.32 N (b) - 12.86 N (c) 12.86 N (d) - 15.32 N
Ans.: (b)
Explanation:
mponent= 20 cos (220°) = -
15.32 N
component = 20 sin (220°)
y
= -
12.86 N
220
+X axis
OR 40°
=-
20 sin 40
y component
= - 12.86N 20 N

A force of magnitude 250 N is directed from point A(1, 3) to B (4, 6). The x and y
components a r e
(a) 130 N, 120 N

(b) - 130 N, - 120 N
d)-176.8 N, - 176.8N
(c) 176.78 N, 176.78 N
Ans.: (c)
Explanation: Y
Angle made by force with x-axis is 6 B(4.6)

3
tan6
of tan 6 X2-X1 A(1,3)
0 = 45°
= 250 cos 45° = 176.78 N

Component 2
176.78 N
component = 250 sin 45° =
y Fig. 61
So, option (c) is correct. The x and y
A(1, 1) to B (-3,-2).
directed form
50 N is
89 A force of magnitude
N
Components are
(b)-40N, 30 N (c) 40 N, 30 N (d) 30N,-40
(a)- 40 N, -
30 N
Ans.: (c)
with x-axis
Explanation: Angle made by force
A(1.1)
tan0 = 2
OR use, tan 6
x,- X1
6 36.87°
(36.87°) B
=
-
50 c o s
X Component (-3-2)
= - 40 N
(36.87°)
=
-
50 sin
y
Component
Fig. 62
=
-
30 NN

A block of weight 100 N rests on an inclined plane making an angle of eoo
9.90 horizontal. The magnitude of component parallel to plane is, with
(c)N (d) 50 N
(b) 25 3 N
VN
a) 50 3 N
Ans.: (a)
parallel
Explanation: The magnitude of component WsinG4+--*
to plane mg sin 6 =
W cos
= W sin 0 = 100 sin 60° W

A60
= 100503N Fig. 63

3
Q.91 A force of 10N is acting along a line having slope . The magnitudes of x and
components are
(a) 6 N, 8 N (b) 8 N, 6 N (c) 10N, 8N (d) 6 N, 10ON

Ans.: (b)
Slope tan 8 = 4
Explanation:
0 36.87
10 (36.87°) 8 N
x Component = cos =
y component = 10 sin (36.87°) = 6 N
option (b) is correct.

P
Q.92 The x component of a force P(N) is (N). What is the angle made by the force with
y axis ?
(a) 45° (b) 30° (c) 60 (d) None
Ans.: (b)
Explanation: x component = P cos
5=2 Pcos
cos =
= 60° (with x axis)
Angle made by force with y-axis is 30°
y component = P sin 60° = if asked) Fig. 64
Q.93 The x and y components of a force are Q(N) and QN) respectively. The angle
made by force with positive x axis is (measured clockwise from force)
(a) 45° (b) 135 (c) 45 d) 315
Ans.: (d)
E x p l a n a t i o n :
=
QN ( )
x component =
QN (U)
y component IS
Onponent
tan 6
tan =
x component QN
45
6 45° with x-axis in forth
quadrant.
measured in clockwise direction from force
Angle
will he 360°-45 = 315° as shown in Fig. 65.
QN
F2
(d) 1s correct.
So, option Fig.65
The ment of a 100 N force acting at point A(4, 4) is zero about the point B(1, 1).
Q. 94
made by force with X-axis is
The angle
a) 0° (b) 60° (c) 30° (d) 45°
Ans.: (d) 100 N
Explanation:
41 A(4,4)
As moment of force is zero about
force should pass through
point B,
point B. B(1.1)
234
tan 0 =
.0 = 45°

Fig. 66
point B (-5, -4) is

zero.
4) about a
force P acting at point A(1,
-
.95 The moment of a x-axis is with

The angle made by force (d)60
(b) 45° (c) 30°
a) 0°
Ans. (a)
force is passing
Explanation: Here
horizontal force.
through A and B which is a
is zero.
with X-axis
S0, angle made by force 2 34
OR
5 32 -
- -4-E9=0
Slope tan 0 = =
A(1-4)
P
B(-5.-4) -5
Fig. 67

ENGINEERING MECHANICS
MULTIPLE CHOICE QUESTIONS (MCQs):
UNIT-1: RESOLUTION AND COMPOSITION OF FORCES
1. BASIC CONCEPTS:
01. Principle of transmissibility can be applied only when the body is treated as [ ]
a) a particle b) a rigid body c) deformable d) a continuum
02. The weight of a body is a [ ]

a) body force b) surface force c) line force d) reactive force
03. Collinear forces are those which [ ]

a) are concurrent at a point b) are parallel to each other
c) lie on the same line d) act in different planes
04. The mathematical statement of the parallelogram law is called [ ]

a) sine law b) cosine law c) triangle law d) polygon law
05. The mathematical statement of the triangle law is called [ ]

a) sine law b) cosine law c) parallelogram law d) polygon law
06. State which of the following statement is true? [ ]

a) The parallelogram law can be proved mathematically
b) The parallelogram law can be proved experimentally
c) The parallelogram law is applicable for non-concurrent forces.
d) The parallelogram law cannot be applied to spatial concurrent forces.
07. An example for body force is [ ]

a) contact force b) force of gravity c) tensile force d) support reaction
08. An example for surface force is [ ]

a) contact force b) force of gravity c) tensile force d) support reaction
09. State in which of the following actions the applied force does not produce a moment.
[ ]
a) pedaling a bicycle b) stretching a spring
c) Opening a water tap d) opening a door
10. The magnitude of the moment of a force about a point is equal to the product of the
force and perpendicular distance between --------- and the point. [ ]
a) the magnitude of the force b) the line of action of the force
c) the sense of the force d) the point of application of the force
11. The unit of moment is [ ]

a) N/m b) N.s c) N.m d) N/m²
12. State which of the following statement is true? [ ]

Two forces can produce the same moment about a point
a) only when the two forces are equal
b) only when the moment arms of the forces are equal
c) when the two forces are concurrent
d) when the product of the force and the moment arm are equal
13. Varignon.'s theorem is applicable only when the forces are [ ]

a) coplanar b) concurrent c) non-current d) Parallel
14. The magnitude of the moment is -----------when a force is applied perpendicular to a

lever. [ ]
a) maximum b) minimum c) zero d) negative
15. Moment of a couple is a [ ]

a) free vector b) fixed vector c) sliding vector d) null vector
16. A rigid body can be idealized as a particle [ ]

a) only when its size is very minute b) only when the body is at rest
c) when there is no translational motion involved
d) when there is no rotational motion involved
17. According to Lami’s theorem, the three forces [ ]

a) must be equal b) must be at 1200 with each other
c) must be parallel d) must be concurrent
18. The Lami’s theorem is applicable only for [ ]

a) coplanar forces b) concurrent forces
c) either a) or b) d) both a) and b)
19. Mechanics is that science which describes and predicts the following under the
action of forces [ ]
a) condition of rest of bodies b) condition of motion of bodies
c) both of these d) none of these
20. Which of the following is an absolute rigid body? [ ]

a) Truss b) Frame c) Machine d) none of these
21. Which of the following is not an idealized concept? [ ]

a) Rigid body b) Particle c) Point of application of force d) none of these
22. Which of the following is an idealized concept? [ ]

a) 2-D body b) 3-D body c) Both of these d) none of these
23. Particle is a body whose [ ]

a) deformations are neglected b) dimensions are neglected
c) size is neglected d) both b) and c)
24. If the deformations of the body are negligible then that body is called as [ ]
a) deformable body b) rigid body c) 3-D body d) all of these
25. The purpose of mechanics is to explain and predict [ ]

a) physical phenomena b) chemical phenomena
26. The basic concepts used in mechanics are [ ]
a) space b) time c) mass d) all of these
27. The concept of space is associated with [ ]

a) x-coordinate b) y-coordinate c) z-coordinate d) all of these
28. The concept of plane is associated with [ ]

a) x-coordinate b) y-coordinate c) both a) and b) d) none of these
29. Which of the following represents action of one body on the other [ ]
a) force b) mass c) time d) all of these
30. A force is characterized by its [ ]

a) point of application b) magnitude c) direction d) all of these
31. A very small amount of matter which may be assumed to occupy a single point in
space is [ ]
a) particle b) smallest body c) body d) all of these
32. A rigid body is the body in which_____ under the action of applied forces. [ ]
a) distance between the particles is fixed b) there is no deformation
c) there is no change in shape and size d) all of these
33. The following law is based on experimental evidence. [ ]

a) parallelogram law of forces b) principle of transmissibility
c) Newton’s laws of motion d) all of these
34. Line of action of force is the line which indicates [ ]

a) the direction of force b) the direction of displacement of the body
35. Principle of transmissibility states that [ ]

a) force can be transferred to any other point along the same line of action of force
b) force can be transferred to any other point parallel to the same line of action of
force c) both of these d) none of these
36. If the resultant force acting on the particle is zero, then [ ]

a) the particle will remain at rest if it is originally at rest
b) the particle will remain at rest if it is originally in motion
37. If the resultant force acting on the particle is zero, then [ ]

a) the particle will remain at rest if it is in motion
b) the particle will move with constant velocity if it is in motion
c) the particle will move with constant acceleration d) all of these
38. If the resultant force acting on the particle is not zero, the particle will have an
acceleration proportional to the magnitude of [ ]
a) resultant b) velocity c) displacement d) none of these
39. The study of behavior of rigid bodies under the action of forces is known as [ ]
a) Mechanics b) Engineering mechanics
c) Fluid Mechanics d) none of these
41. Statics is that branch of Engineering Mechanics which deals with the study of
behavior of rigid bodies when they are [ ]
a) at rest b) in motion c) both of these d) none of these
42. The study of behavior of rigid bodies when they are in motion is [ ]
a) kinematics b) kinetics c) statics d) dynamics
43. The study of behavior of rigid bodies when they are in motion with out considering
the forces causing the motion is [ ]
a) kinematics b) kinetics c) both of these d) none of these
44. The study of behavior of rigid bodies when they are in motion by considering the
forces causing the motion is [ ]
45. The quantities space, mass, time and force are dealt in [ ]
a) statics b) dynamics c) both of these d) none of these
46. Kinematics deals with [ ]

a) x, v, a and t b) x, v, a, t and F c) x, v, a, t, m and F d) none of these
47. Kinetics deals with [ ]

a) x, v, a and t b) x, v, a, t and g c) x, v, a, t, g and F d) none of these
48. The concept of force is not involved in [ ]

49. Particle is a body that [ ]

a) possess mass b) occupy point in space
c) has negligible dimensions d) all of these
50. If the size of the body does not influence its response to the forces acting on it, then
it is considered as a [ ]
a) rigid body b) particle c) deformable body d) all of these
51. Particle will have [ ]

a) only translatory motion b) only rotational motion
52. When the applied forces have no tendency to rotate the body on which they act, the
body may be considered as a [ ]
a) fixed body b) 1-D body c) 2-D body d) particle
53. In the computation of motion of the earth about the sun, the earth maybe accurately
modeled as a [ ]
a) particle b) rigid body c) deformable body d) none of these
54. In the determination of the shape of the earth, the earth can be modeled as a [ ]
a) particle b) rigid body c) deformable body d) none of these
55. If a body is at rest, it implies that [ ]

a) the forces acting on it are always zero
b) the resultant of the forces acting on it are zero
c) the moment of the forces acting on it are zero
d) both the resultant force and moment are zero
56. Which of the following statement is correct? [ ]

a) A force is an agent which produces or tends to produce motion
b) A force is an agent which stops or tends to stop motion
c) A force may balance a given number of forces on a body
d) Both a) and b)
57. In order to determine the effects of force acting on a body, we must know [ ]
a) Its magnitude and direction of the line along which it acts
b) Its nature (whether push or pull)
c) Point through which it acts on the body d) all of the above
58. If a number of forces are acting simultaneously on a particle, then the resultant of
these forces will have the same effect as produced by all the forces. This is known
as [ ]
a) Principle of physical independence of forces
b) Principle of transmissibility of forces
c) Principle of resolution of forces d) None of these
59. The moment of a force about any point is geometrically equal to ____ area of the
triangle whose base is the line representing the force and vertex is the point about
which the moment is taken [ ]
a) Half b) Same c) twice d) None of these
60.If a number of coplanar forces are acting simultaneously on a particle, the algebraic
sum of the moments of all forces about any point is equal to the moment of their
resultant force about the same point. This principle is known as [ ]
a) Principle of moments b) Principle of levers
c) Principle of forces d) None of these
61. A couple consists of [ ]

a) two like parallel forces of same magnitude
b) two like parallel forces of different magnitude
c) two un like parallel forces of same magnitude
d) two un like parallel forces of same magnitude
62. If the arm of a couple is doubled, its moment will [ ]

a) be halved b) remain the same c) be doubled d) none of these
63. A couple can be balanced by a force equal to its magnitude. [ ]

a) Agree b) Disagree
64. One of the characteristics of a couple is that it can cause a body to move in the
direction of the greater force [ ]
a) True b) False
65. In a couple the lines of action of forces are [ ]

a) parallel b) inclined c) concurrent d) none of these
66. A uniform bar AB weighing 100Kg is hinged at A to the vertical wall and is held in
horizontal position by a vertical cord BC. The tension in the cord BC will be [ ]
a) 50Kg b) 75Kg c) 100Kg d) 150Kg
67. Forces acting on a ladder resting against a vertical wall and horizontal floor are an
example of [ ]
a) concurrent forces b) coplanar non-concurrent
c) non-coplanar forces d) none of these
68. The couple is unchanged if [ ]

a) couple is rotated through any angle b) couple is shifted to any other position
c) both a) and b) d) none of these
69. The moment of a force about a point is a [ ]

a) Fixed vector b) Sliding vector c) Free vector d) Unit vector
70. The force acting on a point on the surface of a rigid body may be considered to act
[ ]
a) at the centre of gravity of the body b) on the periphery of the body
c) on any point on the body on the line of action of the force
d) at any point on the surface normal to the line of action of the force
71. For which type of force system the Varignon’s theorem of moment is used to locate
the point of application of the resultant force. [ ]
a) concurrent force system b) concurrent space force system
c) non concurrent coplanar force system d) None of these
72. If two forces produce the same effect they are called [ ]
a) equal forces b) equivalent forces
c) same forces d) all of these
73. Which of the following quantity can be added algebraically? [ ]

a) Moment b) couple c) Torque d) all of these
74. State which of the following statement is true [ ]

a) The effect of the couple on the body is to produce translation
b) The effect of the couple on the body is to produce rotation
c) The effect of the couple on the body is to produce both, translation and rotation
d) The effect of the couple on the body is to produce equilibrium
75. The parallelogram law can [ ]

a) Be applied for non concurrent forces
b) Not be applied for non concurrent forces
c) Be proved mathematically
d) Be proved experimentally
76. Which of the following is a free vector? [ ]

a) Moment b) couple c) Torque d) none of these
77. A free body diagram is a diagram [ ]

a) drawn by free hand b) of a body suspended freely in air
c ) of a body in vacuum free from any influence from the surroundings
d) drawn by detaching the the body from its attachments with the surroundings and
replacing the attachments with force vectors
78. The moment of force….. [ ]

a) occurs about a point
b) measures the capacity to do useful work
c) measures only when bodies are in motion
d) measures ability to produce turning about axes
79. For a non-concurrent non-parallel coplanar force system, the closing of the force
polygon insures that [ ]
a) The resultant is a couple b) The resultant is a single force
c) the resultant is not a single force d) none of these
2. RESOLUTION OF FORCES:
80. When a force vector is resolved into rectangular components, the

components are -------- quantities. [ ]
a) scalar b) vector c) variable d) zero
81. When resolving a force into its components [ ]

a) only one component is possible
b) only two are components are possible
c) only three are components are possible
d) infinite number of components are possible
82. A sphere of weight 50N is suspended at centre by a rope. The sphere

touches the vertical wall while the rope makes an angle of 400 with wall and
tension in the rope is _____ [ ]
a) 70.1 N b) 65.30 N c) 77.80 N d) 101.50 N
83. A force of 100N acting away from the point at A(3,4) makes an angle 400 with
vertical, its moment about
the origin is [ ]
a) 113.58Nm(CW) b) 27.28Nm(ACW)
c) 27.28Nm(CW) d) 113.58Nm(ACW)
84. The guy wire of vertical electrical pole makes 400 with the pole and subjected to 40
kN force. What will be the horizontal component of the force? [ ]
a) 25.71N b) 30.64N c) 33.56N d) 25.68N
85. Two unlike parallel forces of 10N each acts at an angle of 300 with the horizontal.
The horizontal distance between them is 1m. The couple formed by them is [ ]
a) 5Nm b) 10Nm c) 8.67Nm d) none of these
86. A force of 30N acting tangentially to a circle of radius 5m. Its moment about
diametrically opposite point will be [ ]
a) 150Nm b) 300Nm c) 6Nm d) none of these
87. Resolve a force of 60 N making an angle of 600 with negative side of u axis, into
the components acting along u and v axes which makes an angle of 400 with each
other. [ ]
a) 55N,45N b) 31.92N, 30.83N c) 87.23N, 86.3N d) 41.58N, 69.58N
88. The flag pole is inclined at 600 with horizontal. A cable is attached at 30m distance
from ground level to flag pole to raise it for hoisting. The cable is inclined at 300 with
horizontal. What is the tension in cable if moment of tension about the base of pole is
72KNm. [ ]
a) 8.7 KN b) 8 KN c) 4.8 KN d) None of these
89. A 200 N force is acting tangent at circumferences of circular lamina. The force
makes angle 600 with horizontal having x and y components positive. The radius of
plate is 2m, reduce the system of forces into equivalent force system acting at centre
of plate. [ ]
a) force 200 N at 600 and 400 Nm moment at centre of plate.
b) force 200 N at 600 c) 400 Nm moment at centre of plate
d)None of these
90. Four forces of magnitude of 60N, 110N, 120N, and 190N are acting along the sides
AB, BC, CD and DA respectively of square ABCD. Determine the magnitude of the
moment about A: if AB=2 [ ]
a) 460Nm b) 360 Nm c) 260 Nm d) None of these
91. Find the magnitude of the moment of force F about origin if F=64N, angle of F with
horizontal is 1400 and coordinates of point of application of F is (-3, 4) [ ]
a) 72.9 Nm b) 72.9 Nm c) 119Nm d) 219Nm
92. A toggle switch 24 mm long makes angle 300 with horizontal. It is hinged at its lower
end and force 1.6 N acts verticallydown at its top end. What is moment at pivot pin?
[ ]
a) 1.6 (24 cos30) Nmm b) 1.6 (24 sin30) Nmm
c) 16 24 Nmm d) 1.6 (24 tan30) Nmm
93. The resultant of two forces acting at the right angles is 5.8N and acting at 600 is 7N.
The forces are.... [ ]
a) 1N and 4N b) 2N and 3N c) 2N and 5N d) 3N and 5N
94. A force of 30N acting tangentially to a circle of radius 5 m. Its moment about
diametrically opposite point will be………. [ ]
a) 150Nm b) 300Nmm c) 300Nm d) None of the above
95. A force of 100 N acting at A (3,4) makes an angle 40° with vertical, its moment
about origin is………….. [ ]
a) 499.25 Nm b) 486.92Nm c) 27.3 Nm d) 499.25 Nm
96. A sled is being pulled by a force of 25N exerted in a rope inclined at 30° with the
horizontal. What is the effective component of the force pulling the sled? What is the
component tending to lift the sled vertically? [ ]
a) 25N, 0 b) 12.5 N, 21.7N c) 0.25N d) 21.7N, 12.5N
97. A telephone pole is supported by a guy wire which exerts a pull of 890N on the top
of the pole. The angle between the wire and the pole is 50°. What are the horizontal
and vertical components of the pull on the pole. [ ]
a) 681.8N, 572.1 N b) 352.3N, 853.4N
c) 853.4N, 352.3N d) 572.1 N, 681 .8N
98. Find the moment of force F about origin if the magnitude of the force is 1 5N and the
angle made by the force with horizontal is 337°. The point of application of the force
is P (8, -2). [ ]
a) 19.3 Nm b) 25.6Nm c) -25.6Nm d) -19.3Nm
99. A block of mass 9kg rests on a plane making an angle of 16° with the horizontal.
Determine the component of the weight normal to the plane. [ ]
a) 86.5 N b) 84.86 N c) 24.34 N d) 24.8 N
100. Find the moment of the force F about origin if [ ]

(i) the magnitude of the force = 8N
(ii) the angle made by the force with horizontal = 45°
(iii) the point of application of the force P = (6,1)
a) 56.6 Nm b) 28.3 Nm c) -56.6 Nm d) -28.3 Nm
101 The side of a regular hexagon ABCDEF is 2m. The forces of 10N, 20 N, 30 N, 40
N, 50N and 60N act along sides AB, CB, DC, DE, FE and FA respectively. Then their
total moment about A is………. [ ]
a) 86.6 Nm b) 106.6 Nm c) 206.6 Nm d) 320.2 Nm
3. COMPOSITION OF FORCES:
102. If the resultant of two concurrent forces is zero then it implies that the two
forces are [ ]
a) equal in magnitude b) equal in magnitude and direction
c) equal in magnitude and opposite in direction
d) equal in magnitude and perpendicular to each other
103. The vector method, for the resultant force, is also called polygon law of forces
[ ]
a) Correct b) Incorrect
104. The resultant of two forces P and Q acting at an angle θ is equal to [ ]

a) (P2+ Q2+2PQsinθ)1/2 b) (P2+ Q2+2PQcosθ)1/2
2 2 1/2
c) (P + Q -2PQsinθ) d) (P2+ Q2-2PQcosθ)1/2
105. If the resultant of two forces P and Q acting at an angle (α) with P, then
[ ]
a) tanα= Psinθ/(P+Qcosθ) b) tanα= Pcosθ/(P+Qcosθ)
a) tanα= Qsinθ/(P+Qcosθ) b) tanα= Qcosθ/(P+Qcosθ)
106. Find the magnitude of two unlike parallel forces acting at a distance 1m apart,
which is equivalent to a force of 300N acting at a distance of 200mm? [ ]
a) 240 N b) 60 N c) 120 N d) 300 N
107. Three forces F1=50N (East), F2= 100N (North) and F3= 75N (South) are
acting at a point. Their resultant is [ ]
a) 56 N b) 66N c) 76N d) 86N
108. If forces of 1N, 2N, 3N, 4N, 5N and 6N act in order along the sides of a
regular hexagon, then the resultant is [ ]
a) 0N b) 6N c) 12N d) 21N
109. The centroid of a quadrant of a circle lies along its central radius at a distance
of [ ]
a) 0.2R b) 0.3R c) 0.4R d) 0.6R
110. Find the Resultant of forces of 60 N and 150 N acting at a point, at an angle
of 550 [ ]
a) 100N b) 150N c) 161.87N d) 190.84N
111. If two like parallel forces of 50N and 120N are acting at points A and B, which
are 3.2m apart. Find the magnitude of resultant and its position with respect
to point ‘A’. [ ]
a) 120N & 2m b) 50N & 3.2m
c) 170N & 2.259m d) None of the above
112. ‘P’ and ‘Q’ are like parallel forces. If a couple, each of which forces is ‘F’ and
whose arm is ‘a’ in the plain of P and Q is combined with them then the
resultant is displaced through a distance of [ ]
a) b) c) d)
113. Which of the following system of forces cannot be reduced to a single force?
[ ]
a) non concurrent forces in a plane b) non concurrent forces in a space
c) parallel forces in space d) parallel forces in a plane
114. Four concurrent force are acting at a point such that F1 = 70 N, 1200
F2 = 120 N, 240 and F3 = 50 N, 3100 The resultant of them is 100 N at 450,
Then determine the fourth force. [ ]
a)203N,490 b) 103N, 490 c) 203N, 590 d)103N, 590
115. A horizontal beam AB of length 5 m is subjected to the two forces and a

couple as given below. A force of 85 KN is acting at a distance of 1 m from
left end A in downward direction and another force of 35 KN is acting at a
distance of 3 m from A in upward direction. Also a moment of 60 KNm
(clockwise) is acting at other end B. Find resultant in magnitude, direction
and also finds its position from A. [ ]
a) 50 KN (Vertically Downward), 0.8 m
b) 50 KN (Vertically Downward), 1.8 m
c) 50 KN (Vertically upward), 1.8 m
d) 50 KN (Vertically upward), 0.8 m
116. A horizontal beam PQ of span 4m is subjected to uniformly distributed load of

10KN/m on 2m span from left end P from top and a counter clockwise moment
of 5 KNm at left Q. Find its resultant in magnitude and direction. [ ]
a) 25 KN(Vertically upward) at P
b) 25KN(Vertically Downward) at 1.25 m to the left of P
c) 20KN(Vertically upward)
d) 20KN(Vertically Downward) at 1.25 m to the right of P
117. Determine the resultant of the coplanar forces 32N, 200 and 64N, 1900 [ ]
a) 64N,θ=2400 b) 33N, θ=1800 c) 90N, θ=1360 d) 46.5N, θ=540
118. Two unequal forces acting at a point at an angle of 1500 have a resultant
which is perpendicular to the smaller force. The larger force is 24 N. Find the
smaller force and the resultant [ ]
a) 20.78N, 12N b) 13.6N,33N c) 43.24N,16N d) 53.44N,18N
119. Force P = 126N is acting at an angle 60 degree in II quadrant and force Q is

acting at 300 in III quadrant . Find the magnitude of force Q if the resultant is
143.28 N [ ]
a) 70 KN b) 40 N c) 68.2 N d) 50 N
120. Four forces of magnitude of 40N, 90N, 100N, 170N are acting along the sides
AB, BC, CD, DA respectively of a square ABCD the magnitude of resultant
force is [ ]
a) 94.34 N b)100 N c) 90 N d) None
121. The resultant of two forces by law of parallelogram is….. [ ]

a) R2=P2+Q2-2PQ COS θ b) R2=P2+Q2+2PQ COS θ
d) R2= P2-Q2+2PQ COS θ d) R2=P2-Q2-2PQ COS θ
122. Two equal, opposite and parallel forces from a couple and the resultant force
of the couple is….. [ ]
a) Parallel to force b) Perpendicular to forces
c) Zero d) None of above
123. The direction of the resultant of general force system with respect to y-axis is
[ ]
a) = tan-1 b) = tan-1
c) Parallel to x-axis d) Parallel to y-axis
124. A square PQRS of 1 .5m side is acted by 100N, 200N and 400N along sides
taken in order. The 100N force acts horizontally towards right. Their resultant
is [ ]
a) 330 N b) 360 N c) 400 N d) 250 N
125. If two equal forces of magnitude P act at an angle 2θ, then their resultant will
be...... [ ]
a) P cosθ/2 b) 2P sinθ/2 c) P tanθ/2 d) 2P cosθ
126. If two forces act at right angles their resultant is 5 N. While if they act at 600,
their resultant is N. The magnitude of two forces is……….. [ ]
a) 4 N and 5N b) 3 N and 5 N c) 3 N and 4NS d) 4 N and 5N
127. Forces 10 N, 20 N, 30 N and 40 N act along sides of a rectangle P0, OR, RS,
SP. Their resultant force will be……… [ ]
a) 28.28 N b) 44.72 N c) 100 N d) 32.32 N
128. If three forces 10 N ,20 N and 10 N act at a point and angle between the first
two forces is 30°and angle between the latter two forces is 60° ‘then calculate
the value of the resultant force. [ ]
a) 33.85 N b) 5.77 N c) 8.66 N d) 10 N
129. Forces 15N, 25N, 35N, 45N and 50N act along AB, AD, GB, CD and BD of a
square. The resultant will be ……….. [ ]
a) 54.1 N b) 63.40 N c) 70.10 N d) 60.54 N
130. A horizontal bar AB of length 8m is acted upon by a 20N vertically upward

force at end A, 20N vertically downward force at C, where AC = 3m and a
80N vertically upward force at end B. Then the resultant force on bar AB is.
[ ]
a) 80N (-), 0.75m, left of B b) 100N (-) 2m, left of B
c) 80N (-), 0.75m, right of B d) 80N (-), 0.75m, left of B
131. The resultant of two forces in a plane is 800 N at 60°. One of the forces is
160N at 30°. Determine the missing force. [ ]
a) 250N at 76° b) 320N at 76° c) 667N at 67° d) 450N at 105°
132. Find the resultant of 130N at 300W of S and 280N at 40° S of E [ ]

a) 329N at 63° S of E b) 329N at 63° N of E
c) 329N at 63° S of W d) 329N at 63° W of N
133. If the resultant of the two forces acting on a particle be at right angles to one
of them, and its magnitude is 1/3rd of the other. Then the ratio of the larger
force to the smaller one is…… [ ]
a) 3:1 b) 1:3 c) 3:2 d) 1:1
134. Two given forces act on a particle. Find in what direction a third force of a
given magnitude must act, so that the resultant of the three may be as great as
possible. [ ]
a) in the direction of the greater force b) in the direction of the smaller force
c) in the direction of the resultant of the two given forces
d) opposite to the direction of the resultant of the two given forces
ANSWERS:
01.b 02.a 03.c 04.b 05.a 06.b 07.b

08.a 09.b 10.b 11.c 12.d 13.b 14.a
15.a 16.d 17.d 18.d 19.c 20.d 21.d
22.a 23.d 24.b 25.a 26.d 27. d 28.c
29. a 30. d 31.a 32.d 33.d 34.c 35.a
36.a 37.b 38.a 39.b 40.c 41.a 42.d
43.a 44.b 45.c 46.a 47.c 48.a 49.d
50.b 51.a 52.d 53.a 54.c 55.d 56.d
57.d 58.a 59.c 60.a 61.c 62.c 63.b
64.b 65.a 66.a 67.b 68.c 69.a 70.c
71.c 72.b 73.d 74.b 75.d 76.b 77.d
78.d 79.c 80.b 81.d 82.b 83.c 84.a
85.a 86.b 87.b 88.c 89.a 90.a 91.a
92.a 93.d 94.c 95.c 96.d 97.a 98.d
99.b 100.b 101.d 102.c 103.b 104.b 105.c
106.b 107.a 108.b 109.d 110.d 111.c 112.a
113.b 114.a 115.a 116.d 117.b 118.a 119.c
120.a 121.b 122.c 123.a 124.b 125.d 126.c
127.b 128.a 129.c 130.a 131.c 132.a 133.c
134.c
ticion * between
Q.48 Angle of friction 1sangle
a) the incline and horizontal
b) the normal reaction and friction force

friction force
c)the weight of the body and
d) normal reaction and the resultant of normal reaction and friction force
Q.49 The force of friction developed at the contact suface is always

and the direction of the applied force
a) parallel to the plane along
b) perpendicular to the plane
)parallel to the plane and opposite to the direction of motion

d) all the above
f o rOnii0
Structures and
and Frictio
m a x i m u m
inclination of the plane on
The which the
a.50
forces
remains at rest is body free from external
of friction
a) cone b) angleof friction
c)angle ofrepose
d) none of the
above
The force
of friction depends on
Q . 5 1
contact
a) area
of
b} roughness of the surfaces
c)both (a)
and (b) c) none of the above
aximum frictional force developed when a body just begins to slide
Q.52 surface of another body is
over the
a) sliding friction b) rolling friction
limiting friction d) none of the above
The angle which an inclined surface makes with the horizontal when a body
Q.53
placedon it is on the verge of moving down is called
b) angle of friction
a angle of repose
c)angle of inclination d) none of the above
Q.54 Frictional force is independent o

coefficient of friction b) angle of friction
a)
size of surface of contact
eshape and
Q.55 Compared to static friction, kinetic friction is
d) zero
a) greater b) smaler c)verylarge
Q.56 Coefficient of friction (4) is given by.
F d) u = F2
a) u FR b) R c) F
of friction, then
Q.57 friction and u coefficient -
angle of
=
=
1
c)sin o = d) cos o =
a) j tan o b) tan
tnet
Q.58 angle of repOSe
=angle of friction and 6 =
tan 6 d) = tan o
a 1 c) o
=
TOr ONllne EXan
contact
surface is.
developed at
a
Q.59 Force of friction b) along the direction of motion

the direction of
motion
opposite to above
a) d) all the
to the plane
perpendicular
c)
friction is given by
Q.60 The angle of ) o tan-(4)= d) = cot"l(u
b) =cos(4)
a) o sin-l(40)
Q.61 Atimpendingmotion. b) frictional force is maximumn

about to m o v e
a) body is force
force is equal
to tangential applied
c) frictional
above
d) all the surtace is subiecto
on a rough
horizontal cted t
Q.62 When a body resting at rest, the frictional force
horizontal force and the body remains
)applied force d) none of the
a) usN b) #rN above
applicable to
Coulomb's laws of friction are
Q.63 b) two fluid layers
contact
solid surfaces in
atwo of the above
and solid surface d) none
c) a fluid layer a
is
Force required to start motion
.
Q.64
required to maintain motion
a) less than the force
than the force required to maintain motion
b) more
to maintain motion d) none of the above

c)equal to the force required
it is kept constant, the objert
Q.65 If the force applied on the object to just move
with constant velocity b) retards

a) moves
)accelerates d) none of the above
the frictional force Is

Q.66 If object is moving with constant velocity then
an
a) usN b) 4RN
qual to applied force d) both (b) and (c)
it s
If a plane is inclined at the angle of repose and an object placed on l
Q.67
given a velocity of 1 m/s down the plane, the object
a) moves with constant velocity b) retards
c ) accelerates d) none of the above
t o r
hlock of weight W rests on a rough plane inclined at angle t, the

If a
a.68
frictional
force is _
b) jus W cos 0
a) us W sin c)W sin 0 d) W cos 0
Rlock B is kept on block A which in turn is kept on a horizontal surface. If
A is suddenly accelerated towards right, the frictional force on B will be
Q 6 9
a) directed towards right b) directed towards left

c)zero d) vertical
Rlock B is kept blockA which in turn is
on
a.70 kept on a horizontal surface. A
horizontal force is applied towards right on A but A does not move. The
frictional force on B will be
a) directed towards right b) directed towards left.

c ) zero d) vertical
a.71 If a block of weight W moves down a rough inclined plane inclined at angle
with constant velocity, the frictional force is
a) 4k W sin 6 b ) W sin c) W cos d) none of the above
A block is placed on an inclined plane. The angle 6 of the plane is such that
Q.72
the block slides down with constant velocity. The coefficient of kinetic
friction is
a) sin 6 b) cos 6 c)8 d) tan
Q.73 A block of weight W is held against a vertical wall by applying a horizontal
force F. The minimum value of F needed to hold the block is
a) less than W b) equal to W more than W d) none of the above
Q.74 When a body is moving the force of friction is known as

a) static friction b) limiting friction c) rolling friction d) kinetic friction
Q.75 Which of the following is correct ?

a)Hs <0 b) 0 <As <1 Hs>>0 d) none of the above
Q.76 Which of the following statements is correct ?
a) Friction always opposes motion

)Friction can be in the direction of motion
c) Friction cannot be in the direction of motion
d) None of the above.
surface due to,
We cannot move on a
perfectly smooth
Q.77 absence of friction
b)
a) absence of normal reaction
the above
d) none of
c) both (a) and (b)
more easily compared to abox
can be pushed
A heavy trolley with wheels
Q.78
as
of the same weight for the trolley
with the ground is less
a) area of contact
less
the wheels is
b) normal reaction on
friction
is less than sliding
) rolling friction
d) none of the above
Q.79 The unit of

coefficient of friction is
c) N m d) none of the above
a)N b) N/m
4s N can be used when
Q.80 The equation F =
static
a) object is moving b) object is
) motion is impending
and the smaller tension Ti in the belt on two sides ofa
Q.81 The larger tension T2
pulley are related as
T1 e
d)=
b) = euB e)el
tensions in the belt two sides of a pulley of radius r with
Q.82 If Ti and T2 are on
12> T1, the torque on the pulley is

a) 2-7) bT2-Ti)r c)(T2-T1)r d) (T2-Ti)r2
r
Q.83 Belt friction is used to
a) drive the pulley b) stop the pulley
both (a) and (b) d) none of the abovve
Q.84 If belt drives the pulley, the driving torque and rotation of pulley .
a) have same sense of rotation b) have opposite sense of rotation
c) are independent of each other d) none of the above
Q.85 In breaking mechanisms, the driving torque and rotation of pulley
a) have same sense of rotation 5) have opposite sense of rotation
c)are independent of each other d) none of the above
a uie
A body just begins sliding on a horizontal surface when a force of 100 N is

Q.103
applied parallel to the surface. If the body is pulled with a horizontal force
of 50 N, the frictional force will be
a) zero b) 100 N 50 N d) 5 N
Q.104 When
abicycle 1s in motion arnd is not being pedalled, the frictional force
exerted by the ground on the bicycle is
a) in the backward direction on the front wheel and in the forward direction
on the rear wheel
b) in the forward direction on the front wheel and in the backward direction
on the rear wheel
i n the backward direction on both the front and the rear wheels
d) in the forward direction on both the front and the rear wheels
Q.105 When a bicycle is in motion and is being pedalled, the frictional force
exerted by the ground on the bicycle is
i n the backward direction on the front wheel and in the forward direction
on the rear wheel
b) in the forward direction on the front wheel and in the backward direction
on the rear wheel
e) in the backward direction on both the front and the rear wheels
d) in the forward direction on both the front and the rear wheels
LuTes
s and Frict
Q.106 A towards right. The direction of
man is moving
the ground on the man's feet is in
frictionalfor
a) backward
eted
exerte by
b)forward c)upward d) downward
Q.107 If a man moving towards right exerts a normal force of 100
00 N on tho
and 4s the
the ground is
0.3 and uk 0.2, the frictional force exerted on the man'o
=
goung
feet by
a) 20 N towards left b) 20 N towards right
c) 30 N towards left d) 30 N towards right
Q.108 A block of weight 100 N is placed on a plane surtace inclined at 20
with
horizontal. If 4s 0.3 and uk =
0.2, the block will
=
.
the
a) slide down with constant
velocity b) remain stationary
slide down with constant acceleration d) move upward
Q.109 A block of
weight 100 N is placed on a
plane surface inclined at 20° with the
horizontal. If us =
0.3 and 4k =
0.2, the frictional force on the block is
a 18.8 N
upward along the incline b) 18.8 N downward
c) 28.2 N upward along the incline along the incline
d) 28.2 N downward
Q.110 A block of weight 100 N is
along the incline
placed on a plane surface inclined
horizontal. If #s =
0.3 and k =
0.2, the block will
at 10° with the
a) slide down with constant velocity
b) remain stationary
c) slide down with constant acceleration
d) move upwards
Q.111 A block of weight 100 N is placed on a
plane surface inclined at
horizontal. If #s 0.3 and #k
frictional force acting on with
=
=
0.2, the 10° the
the block is
a) 0.3x 100 cos 30 N
100 sin 10 N
b)0.2x 100 cos 30 N
c) d) 0
Q.112 Ahlack of weight 50 N is kept on a
wooden plank and
ank
plan with the horizontal
is
lowly increased. If us the inclinationn of the
angle at which the
block starts
sliding down is
=
0.2 and
nd k =
0.1, the
b) tan-10.1
a ) tan-102
c)sin-1 0.2
d) sin-101
r Oniiné "ySs OT Structures and Frictloon
a113 A block of weight 100 N is kept on a plane surface inclined at 10° to the
horizontal I f As =
=
0.3
0.3 and 4k =
0.2, the force P applied parallel to the
uired to keep the block static is
plane
a) 75.98 N b) 67.32 N
) 50 N
,0
114 A t
block of weight 100 N 1s
kept on a
plane surface inclined
.4Antal.
0hor
If As
horizontal. If As = |
= 0.3 and k =
0.2, and
a force P is
at 10° to the
keep the block static, the applied parallel to the

to frictional force on the
plane
a) 25.98 N b) 17.36 N blockis ,
c) 50 N d) 0
loo gini
block of weight 100 N is kept on a plane surface inclined at 10° to the
to.gmaIKA
flbasinB
a.115 A bloc
Brizontal. If 4s 0.3 and #k 02, the force P

=
the block
=
to the applied parallel plane

required
to move
upwards along the plane is
4 6 . 9N b) 37.1 N
c)100N d) 50 N
Q.116 AAblock
bloci of mass 50 kg is kept on a
plane surface inclined at an angle of 30
with horizontal. If pk= tan and the block is given an initial velocity
of 1 m/s, the block will tan'-
a rslide down with constant velocity of 1 m/s
b)slide down with constant acceleration

c) decelerate and stop after some time

Q117 A right circular cylinder of weight 50 N, radius of base 25 mm and height
5 0 mm rests on a horizontal surface. If us = 0.3 and k = 0.2, the force
required to slide the cylinder is r= 0.3xso ISN
a)10a) 10 N 15 N c) 20 N d) 25 N
Q.118 A right circular cylinder of weight 50 N, radius of base 25 mm and height

50 mm rests on a horizontal surface. If us = 03 and ak = 0.2, and a forceP
is applied horizontally at the top of the cylinder. The value of P at which
the cylinder topples is
25
a) 10 N b) 15 N c) 20 N d) 25 N
19 A block of weight 100 N is kept on a rough horizontal surface for which

4=0.3 and ug = 0,2 If a horizontal force of 20 N is applied to the block,
hey:0io the magnitude of frictional force is .
fr20NM0
N b) 30 N c)40 N d) 0
horizontal surfaco
t oQ.120
sA block of weight 100 N is kept on a rough ace for v
Q.130 A
= 0.3 and u
of
=0.2. If a horizontal force will
a magnitude of A0 N is
40N wrich
0.9xlbo oto the block, the magnitude of
0.2rl60 2ON frictional force be
applied
-o.2x16o 20 N b) 30 N c) 40 N d) 0
.121 A block of weight 100 N is kept on a rough horizontal surface for
Q.121 for wh
Shr-2oN
GUs =0.3 and uk = 0.2 A horizontal force of 20 N is applied to the blo
the block then
a) slides with constant velocity b) slides with constant acceleration
remain static d) any one of the above
Q.122 A block of weight 100 N is kept on a rough horizontal surface for whi
oN4s =
0.3 and uk =0.2 A horizontal force of 40 N is applied to the nich
block then
s 4 o N
rmo 0Gj
ro o
the the block nen
tTm4x<£
tx
a ) slides with constant velocity slides with constant acceleration

o dmoVOD
c)remains static d) any one of the above
Q.123 A right circular cylinder of weight 50 N, radius of base 25
mm and
height 50 mm rests on a horizontal surface. If us 0.3 and ak
JumDxSs
=
=
0.2 and a
horizontal force of 20 N is applied at the
top of the cylinder, it.
aslides
rna b) topples
c) slides and topples d) neither slides nor topples
Q.124 A right circular cylinder of weight 50 N, radius
of base 25
height 50 mm rests on a horizontal surface. If us 0.3 and =
and mm
horizontal force applied at the #k 0.2-If the =
top of the cylinder is 10 N, the

cylinder
a) slides
b) topples
c) slides and topples
) neither slides nor
topples
o.125 A right circular cylinder of weight 100 N, radius
height 250 mm rests on a horizontal of base 50 mm
and
at the top of the surface. A horizontal
cylinder. If us =
0.3 and ak force P is applied
P-mA which the cylinder slides is 0.2, the
=
magnitude of P for
a) 20 N 30 N
c) 40 N
0126. A d) 50 N
right circular cylinder or weight 100
Oheight 250 mm rests on a horizontal surface.N, radius of base 50 mm and
at the top of the
A horizontal
Ifcylind #s 0.3 and force P is
applied
=
which the cylinder topples is 4k =

0.2, the plied
magnitude of P for
a) 20 N b) 30 N
E c) 40 N
d) 50 N
rOni
ilar
ight circular
cylinder
cy of
weight 100 N, radius of base 50 mm and
h e i g h t 250 mm mm rests on a horizontal surface. A horizontal
force P is
0he
to the cyyli
cvlinder. 4s 0.3 and juk = 0.2. f the magnitude of P is 25 applied
N, the
to
m height
um height at which it can be
applied so that of the
m a x i n
i sprevented is
toppling JoOx SO cylinderoh
1oOSin3oh
b) 200 mm c) 150 mm
h=lzmm
a) 250 mm
100 100 mm
circular cylinder of weight 100 N, radius of base 50 mm and
a 1 2 8
A 200 mm is kept on a
plane surface inclined at an angle of 30°
heis
the horizontal. Ifs = 0.7, the cylinder with,
-Wn :7xt0oCos b= Go.
ISlides down with constant velocity -
21.5
oocs05
ma
hslides down with constant acceleration yoveduins
overturns d) neither slides nor overturns
Q.129
A right circular
ar cylinder of
weight 100 N, radius of base 50 mm and
height 150 mm is kept on a plane surface inclined at an angle of 30° with
the horizontal. If as= 0.7, the cylinder "7on
Uma = .1x1oo-
a) slides down with constant velocity
2 ooSinGo=50DN
b) slides down with constant acceleration ixra Cody s ret
c) overturns
neithér slides nor overturns
a130 A right circular cylinder of weight 100 N, radius of base 50 mm and
height
h' is kept on plarne surface inclined at an
angle of 30° with the horizontal. If
Hs = 0.7, the minimum height of the cylinder for which it overturns is
is
looSt0o h = 0oCos sSD xSO
B6.6o%°Cs
50 100
a) mm b50 3 mm m3
m h d) 100 3 mm
BG CoL
2131 A 100 N block is pulled on a rough horizontal surface by a 30 N force with
a
constant velocity of 2 m/s. The frictional force on the block is
a) 100 N b) 70 N ve 30 N ls Consletni velcolt 0
d) data is not sufficient to find the frictional force Bodg al rest
Q.132 A
heavy block is to be supported against a vertical wall by inserting a
wedge under it. The direction of frictional force on the wedge from the wall
1S
va) upward b) downward c) horizontal

d) inclined at 45° with horizontal
Q133 A heavy block is to be raised against
a vertical wall by
on the block
serting
inse
from tho
a wedgs
under it. The direction of frictional force the wal
c) horizontal
a) upward )downward
d) inclined at 45 with horizontal

Q.134 A block of weight 500 N is hanging from a rope wnich passesthe
over
other
a f
a fixed
rod of circular cross section. A horizontal force P is applied at Ptherequired
other
horizontal force i end
of the rope. If s = 0.2 and uk =
0.1, the
upport the block is
a) 500 e0.17 5 0 0 e0.17 c) 500 e0.05r d) 500 e-0.057
Q135 which passes over a fixed

A block of weight 500 N is hanging from a rope over fixe
rod of circular cross section. A horizontal force P is applied at the other en-
end
of the rope. If us = 0.2 and uk = 0.1 and the block is to be pulled upwards
the minimum force P is

500 e0.17 b) 500 e-0.17 c) 500 e0.057 d) 500 e-0.057
Q.136 A block of weight 500 N is hanging from a rope which passes over a fixed
rod of circular cross section. A horizontal force P is applied at the other end
of the rope. If us = 0.2 and uk = 0.1 and the block is to be lowered with
constant velocity, the magnitude of force P is
a) 500 e0.17 b) 500 e-0.17 c) 500 e0.05 A) 500 e-0.057
Q.137 A block of 500 N is hanging from a rope which passes over a fixed
weight
r o d of circular cross section. A horizontal force P is applied at the other end
C . 0S 1 7
of the rope. If us = 0.2 and ak = 0.1 and the block is to be raised upward
with constant velocity, the magnitude of force P is
a) 500 e0.17 b) 500 e-0.17

) 500 e0.05 7 d) 500 e-0.057
AneuIOre
1 Centroid/ BeamsS
Important Concepts and Formulae
Centroid and Areas

of Some Common Plane Areas
Shape Area
Sr. No. Name
Y
b/2
bxd b/2 d/2
1. Rectangle
d
b
y
al2
OR
2. Square
2
a
Diagonal)
2
-.
I
OR
3 Circle
D
2
4T
4. Semi.circle 3T
4T
4r 4r
3Tt 3T
5 Quarter circlel
4r
3TT
Sr. No. Name Shape Area
6. Sector of 2rsin a
a circle o (o in radian)
30
(C in degree)
(a in radian)
2r sin o
Note:
30
1s semiangle
7. Triangle
23 xbxh 0 h/3
(a) Symmetrical
triangle
3
... X
b/2 bl2
y
(b) Right angled

triangle xbxh b/3 h3
**********
X
b/3 2b/3
(c) Unsymmetrical
triangle xLxh
Trapezoid 2a+b
a+b
a
Deam1s
segments
Some
commonline
S r . No.
Name Shape Area
2
Parabolic y kx
9.
spandrel
3h
10
Parabolic 2h 4ah
10. area 3
A straight line
L L/2
L
G
-X
A
L/2 L/2
12. An inclined line
X
G
L cos
2 sine
13. Circular Arc

2 Tr
14 Semi. circular Arc| 0

TT
Some Common solid bodies: [only for reference
Name Shape Length
Sr. No.
yA
15. Quarter circular
Arc
T_/2r
TTI 2
2 2
T
2r 2r
T
16. |An arc of a circle

r Sin a
G 2ra 0
Multiple Choice Questions for ntroid/Beam
Online Exam
kam I
hady is the
C.G of a body is point thorough which, in
asses the line of action of the whatever position the
body is placed,
(a) of the forces exerted
R e s u l t.
an t
by the attraction of the
constituent parts earth upon its
)Resultant of the forces acting on it,
of the above.
(c) Both
of the above
(d) None
Ans.: (a)
ho centroid of a plane lamina will not be at its geometrical centre ifit is a

.2
(a) Circle (b) Equilateral triangle
(c) Square placed with one diagonal horizontal (d) Right angled triangle.
Ans.: (d)
Explanation:
Fig. 1
centre is centroid
triangle and for a square geometrical

For circle, equilateral
triangle it is not
so.
but for a right angle
itself,
correct.
So, option (d) is
can be determined by (d) None.
Q.3 Centroid of composite figure method
(c) Both
method (b) Graphical

(a) Analytical
Ans.: (c) methods to find centroid
There are two (b) graphical method
Xplanation:
(a) Analytical method
correct.
So, option (c) is correct
statement
is
each other.
C.G. other.
9.4 Which of the following than more
one
me
m ed
diia
anns
s
meet
m eet
each
meet.
have two angles
(a) An irregular body lies at a point where theany
can three
where
bisector ofall
(b) The c.g. of triangle lies at a point where
(o
(c) C g . o f triangle
d) All above. of triangle
is the
Ans.: (b) The c.g.
one c.g.
only
it has
Explanation: or
irregular
Anybody whether r1e g u l a r

intersect.
medians
where
POlnt
So option (b) is correct.
with base 'a and sides b
Q.5 The centroid of an isosceles triangle isS -
base. from
(b)4a-b (c)
(a)ab-a 4
Ans.: (a)
Explanation: Height of triangle
h-- = -ab-a
Now distance of centroid from base isxh
So, =46-a
Q.6 The centroid of an equilateral triangle with each side a is from any of the
three sides. A
(a)3a
2 b) 2 3a (c) (d) 32a
Ans.: (c)
Explanation: Height of AABD h=
B D
. centroid at h 2x3 from base
a
So, option (c) is correct. Fig. 3

Q.7 A triangle of heightr and base 2r is removed from a semicircular lamina of radius
r. The distance of centroid of remaining area from base is,
(a) 0.5r (b) 0.424 r (c) 0.5844r (d) 0.33 r
Ans.: (c)
Explanation:
A y1 3t
Aa x 2rxr
2r
Fig. 4
TCr4r
A1 y1-A2 y2 3T = 0.584 r;
= A -Ag r -?
2 2 6-1
Q. 8 A circular hole of radius is cut out from a circular disc of radius 2r in such
r a way
Q.8
of disc. The centroid lies at
that diameter of hole is radius
(b) Centre of hole
(a) Centre of disc Somewhere in the hole.
(c) Somewhere in the disc (d)
Ans.: (Cc) Centroid Bea
When we cut
Explanation:
Expla id shifts to the
a
circular hole from left
side, centroid
right, anywhere we cut
so
cut the
the
hole (at top,
right or oottom) centroid lies within
the
plate only.
(c) is correct.
So, option
Fig. 5
The angle made by side of a square lamina with
Q.9 horizontal if suspended freely from a corner i
(b) 45° (c) 90° (d)

(a) 30 zero
Ans.: (b)
Explanation: When a square lamina a suspended,
of suspension and c.g. will be
the line joining point a
line. So, angle made by side with vertical and

vertical
horizontal is 45°.
correct. Fig.6
So, option (b) is
line of symmetry is
The centroidal distanced
of a quarter circular area along its
0,10
4r
(a) 3T b) 4T
4Tt
(c) 3r dy23
Ans.: (d) --.
Explanation:
C
Distance, OC - - - V
Fig.7
for the are

or ----
1 The centroidal distance
20
a circle of rad r and total angle G --X
from 0' is
(a) Sin a
r sin a
(b)
3a
3rsin &
(c)sina (d) 40
3a
Ans.: (b) Fig.8
Explanation:
S0, option (b) is correct.
12 The centroid of an equilateral triangle of side 'a' with one side parallel
Q.
to x-aris,
a a
(a)
(i)
Ans.: (b)
a)
Explanation: [Please refer Solution of Q. 6]
Q.13 Assuming a square of side 'a' to be made up of two right angled triangles th.
distance of centroid of each triangle with respect to diagonal is
then te
a
a a
(a)2 (b) (c)
(18
Ans.: (d)
a
Explanation: The height of any triangle is 5
a
. Centroid is at g 2
So, option (d) is correct. Fig. 9
Q.14 Ifr is radius of a hemisphere then c.g. of solid hemisphere will lie on thelineof
symmetry at a distance of- from plane base
(a) b) 4T a)
Ans.: (c)
Explanation:
G
Fig. 10
4m x 3m is suspended from one of its

corners. In suspended
Q. 15 A rectangular plate of vertical is,
the angle made by its longer side with
position (d) 45°
(b) 36.87° (c) 53.13°
(a) 43.13°
Ans.: (b)
When rectangular plate
Explanation: of
4m
suspended the line joining point

is is a vertical line.
and centroid -
13m
suspension
tan 4 44
0 36.87 Fig. 11
is correct.
So, option (b)
eTrola/ Beams
Ck. of
of aa thin hollow cone lies on the
C.g.
.16 at
axis of symmetry
a height of
(a) One half of the total height
third of the total height
(b) One
(c)
One fourth of the total height
(d) None of these.

Ans.: (b))
Explanation:
Fig. 12
o.17 The c.g. of a solid cone from its apex
on line of symmetry is
3h 4h
(a) 4
(b) 3 h
Zh
(c) 3 (d)
Ans.: (a)
Explanation:
Q. 18 The c.g. of hemisphere of rad r from its base along its line of symmetry is
(a) b) (c) (d)
Ans.: (c)
Explanation: [Please refer Q. 14]
Q.19 A semicircular plate is suspended from one of the ends of its diameter. The angle
made by diameter with vertical in suspended position is,
(a) 45 (b) 23 (c) 67 (d) 32.5
Ans.: (b)) B
Explanation: 4r/31
4T
tan 6 4
3T
Fig. 14
= 23° with vertical
.20 made by
c i r c u l a r uniform rod is suspended
from o n e of the ends. The angle
is.
ameter with horizontal in suspended position
(a) 45 (b) 23° (c) 57.5° (d) 32.5°
Ans.: (c)
Centroid
oidI Beams
2r
Explanation: tan 0 =
B
32.5°
with vertical 2r/T
Angle made by diameter with horizontal will be 90- 9 57.5 =

Out
Fig. 15
Q. 21
of the following which are the examples of distributed forces
I) A load which is continuously
along the length of a cable
two supports suspended hot
II) Water pressure acting against the face of the dam
III) self weight of a prismatic bar supported at its ends
IV) The sand piled along the beam with variable
depth
(a) only I is correct (b) I and II are correct
(c) I,II and III are correct (d) All are correct
Ans.: (d)
Q. 22 For a plane figure having two axes of symmetry, the centroid lies on
(a) lies on horizontal axis (b) lies on vertical axis
(c) lies on intersection point of two axes (d) not on any axis
Ans. : (c)
Explanation : Centroid of any geometric figure always lies on line or lines of
symmetry.
Q. 23 The centroid C is a point which defines the. of an object

(a) area (b) volumne (c) geometric centre (d) all of the above
Ans.: (c)
Explanation: For any plane lamina centroid is defined as the geometrical cene
of plane area.
For example,
(a) Fo a rectangle intersection point of two diagonals
(b) For a triangle intersection point of three medians
ntroidal
Y
and height h'. The cen
Q. 24 A trapezoid having two parallel sides 'a' and b'
distance from bottom side b' is,
hb-2a)
(a) 0.5 h + 2 a ) -2a) hb+2a) (d) 3(b-a)
0.5 hh
(b) 0.5 (c) 3b
(e a)
b+a b+a
Ans. : (c)
Engin
Explanation:
=
A ah y1 2
A2 xh
J2=
a) h
4
=
Ay1+2Aay2 -X
Using A+2A2
a)h h|
Cah2 ah + 2 - a ) h
4 b
Fig. 16
ah2 b-a)h2 ah2 ah2, bh

6 2 6 h(b +2a)
3(a + b)
ah +(b-a)

lamina of base 10 cm and height 5 cm is given by equation
o. 25 A parabolic
hx2 The y centroidal distance is
y2
a
(c) 3.75 cm (d) 6.67 cm
(a) 1.5 cm (b) 1.67 cm
Ans.: (a)
Kx
Explanation: For a parabolic spandrel y =
Fig. 17.
centroidal distance is shown in h
3h y kx V
= 10
Now a s p e r g i v e n e q u a t 1 0 n , y =
hx
2
Where h =5 cm, a = 10 cm given Fig. 17

5x2 1 * which is similar to y = Kx2
y 1O2 20
Hence, y
3h3x 1.5cm =
So, option (a) is correct. the centroidal x

symmetric about y-axis,
Q. 26 If a parabolic area of height h is
ordinate is
(a) 3h
(b) zero (c)
10
Ans.: (b)
Explanation:
E x p l a n a t i o n :
A ah
y1=
2
A xh
h
h _ b-a)h
y2=
ALy1+2Agy2
Using y A+2A2
X
Gab+2 b
Fig. 16
ah +2
ah2 b-ah2 ah ah, bh2
2 6 2 6 6 hb +2a)
ah bh 3(a +b)
ah +(b-a) +
So, option (c) is
correct.
lamina of base 10 cm and height 5 cm is given by equation
Q. 25 A parabolic
hx? centroidal distance is
y2.The y
(c) 3.75 cm (d) 6.67 cm
(a) 1.5 cm (b) 1.67 cm
Ans.: (a)
Kx
parabolic spandrel y
=
Explanation: For a
centroidal distance is shown in Fig. 17.

y kx
y=
hx
Now as per given equation,
a
=5 10 cm given Fig. 17
Where h cm, a

5x ** which is similar to y =Kx2
(10)2 20
3h = =1.5 cm
Hence, 10 10
So, option (a) is correct. the centroidal x co-
symmetric about y-axis,
h is
a parabolic area of height
ordinate is
(d
(a)h (b) zero (c)
Ans.: (b)
Explanation:
C19iieeng ViElldlio
about y-axisS
entod
As Fig. 18 is symmetrical
h
X 0
2h
and y =from base
correct.
So, option (b) is Fig. 18
with side
zle with
triangle 'a' from.
side a' irom
an equilateral any of
Q. 27 Centroidal distance of he
sides is, c)0.288 a (d) 0.235 a
(b) 0.471 a
(a) 0.866 a
Ans. (c) triangle
Explanation: Height 'h' of an equilateral
h- = 0.866 a
2
distance of centroid from

base =
0.866a
3
0.288 a
Fig. 19
and inclination 60° with xare
line of length 2.5 m passing through origin
Q. 28 For a
D
centroid along x is
(c) 2.5 (d)1
(a) 0.625
(b) 0.5
Ans.: (a) 1.25 sin6
Explanation:
0.625m
1.25 cos 60° =
x
co-ordinate of centroid =
1.25 cos60
1.25 sin 60° =1.082
m
of centroid
=
co-ordinate Fig. 20
y
So, option (a) is
correct.
I-section from having upp
its bottom
distance of an unequal
Q. 29 The y centroidal cmx5 cm and web
5 cmx 15 cm deep 1s
flange 10
flange 15 c m x 5 cm, lower (c) 20 cm
(d) 15 cm
(b) 13.75 cm
(a) 12.5 cm
Ans.: (b) 15 cm
Explanation: O 5om
A 15 x5 = 75 cm y1 5+ 15 + =22.5cm
cm |15cm
y 5 + 1 2 . cm
Ag= 5x 15 =75 cmn
50 cm2
y 3 =2.5 cm 5C
Ag 10x 5 =
Ay1 tAzy tAg ys

A+Ag+ t Ag+ A 10 cm
Fig. 21
Oa / Beams
ns
(75 x
22.5) + (75 x 12.5) + (50 x 2.5)
75+ 75 +50
y 13.75 cm
(b) is correct.
So, option
h ahole
l e is cut from circular lamina
A
triangular)
of radius 10 cm such that the

30 of triangle is on y-axis and base coincides with vertex
of tria 1s 20 cm and height is 10 cm. The horizontal diameter. If base of
triangle C.G. of remaining lamina
is,
(a) 2 . 2 2 c m (b)-2.22 cm (c) 1.55 cm (d) -1.55 cm
Ans.: (d) Y
Explanation:
A = Ttr2 y1= 0
t (10)2 10 cm
= 100 T cm2 .-.X
Ag x 20 x 10 =
100 cm2 y2
= 3.33 cmn
20 cm
A1y1-A2y2 (100Tx0)-(109x3.33) =- 1.55 cm Fig. 22
Now, A- A2 100T-100
Q.31 The C.G. of an isosceles triangle with base 10 cm and sides 20 cm is from
its base.
(a) 6.455 cm (b) 5 cmm (c) 7 em (d) 9 em
Ans.: (a)
Explanation: Form A AMBB,
h =(20-(5)
h = 19.36 cm B M C
of centroid from base is 3 319.366.455

6.455 cm cm
Distance 10 cm
Fig. 23
ENGINEERING MECHANICS (2019 Pattern) UNIT 1
Sr.
Question A B C D Ans
No.
If two forces of magnitude P and 2P act on
1 2P 3P P 4P c
a body , then their miniimum resultant is
Two forces 3N and 1N act at normal to
2 (10)½ (12)½ (8)½ (7)½ a
each other.The resultant is
Two forces 2N and 4N act at a point on a
3 (10)½ (6)½ (28)½ (8)½ c
body.The resultant when they act at 60° is
If two forces of magnitude 4kN and 8kN
4 act on a body , then their minimum 5kN 4kN 3kN 2kN b
resultant is
If two forces each of magnitude 'F' act at
right angles, their effect may be
5 (2)½F (F)½ (3F)½ (5F)½ a
neutralised by a third force P. The value of
P is
If the resultant of two forces (P+Q) and(P-
cos a=[- cos
6 Q) is(P²+Q²)½, then the angle between cos a=(P²+Q²) cos a=(P²-Q²) a
(P²+Q²/2(P²-Q²)] a=(P²+Q²+2PQ)
them is given by
Two equal forces act on a body.The
square of the resultant is three times the
7 90° 120° 60° 100° c
product of the forces. Then the angle
between them is
If two forces of magnitude 10kN and
8 20kN act on a body , then their maximum 20kN 30kN 50kN 10kN b
resultant is
The effect of a given force remains
9 unaltered at any point along the line of resolution law of motion law of transmissibility equilibrium c
action .This is according to
The resultant of two forces each of
10 P/2 P/(2)½ (2P)½ (P)½ b
magnitude P/2 acting at a right angle is
The resultant of two forces each of
11 2P 3P (3)½P (2)½P c
magnitude P acting at 60° is
The resultant of two forces P1 and P2 is R.
If P1 is doubled and the new resultant
12 P1=P2 P2=R P1=R 2P1=R c
remains R and becomes perpendicular to
P2 ,then
If two forces of magnitude 7N and 8N act
13 10N 15N 13N 16N c
at 60° , then the resultant will be
If two forces of magnitude P each act at
14 2P cosB P cos2B P(2+2cosB)½ P cosB c
angle 'B' .Then resultant will be
If the resultant of two equal forces has the
15 same magnitude, then the angle between 120° 60° 90° 50° a
them is
The angle between two forces ,when the
16 180°and 0° 90° and 0° 0° and 180° 0° and 90° c
resultant is maximum and minimum are
A ------------- is a single force which can
17 replace two or more forces and produce resultant equilibrant moment couple a
the same effect.
The splitting of a force into two
18 perpendicular directions without changing resultant resolution moment couple b
its effect is called
The square of the resultant of forces P1 P1²+P2²+2P1P2cos
19 P1²+P2²+2P1P2 P1²+P2²-2P1P2 P1²+P2² b
and P2 with a angle 'D' between them is D
Two forces of magnitude 5N and 7N act

at a point on a body.The square of the
20 63.71° 60.71° 65.71° 55.71° a
resultant is three times the product of the
forces. Then the angle between them is
If the resultant is equal to half the
21 magnitude of two equal forces, then the 151.04° 140.5° 120° 100° a
angle between the forces is
SINHGAD COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING, PUNE

Sr.
No.
If two equal forces are acting at a right
22 angle,having resultant force of (20)½ ,then (15)½ (5)½ (25)½ (10)½ d
find out magnitude of each force.
When two equal forces are acting at 60°

23 produce a resultant equal to (28)½, then (28/3)½ 28/2 28/5 28/7 a
find out magnitude of each force
24 body.The resultant when they act at right (74)½ (60)½ 70½ 84½ a
angle is
25 (53.21)½ (50.12)½ (55.21)½ (45.21)½ c
26 act on a body , then their maximum 25kN 15kN 10kN 20kN b
resultant is
square of the resultant is two times the
27 120° 90° 60° 30° b
between them is
28 20kN act on a body , then their minimum 20kN 10kN 30kN 5kN b
resultant is
Two forces of magnitude P and 2P act at
a point on a body.The square of the
29 120° 90° 60° 30° c
resultant is three times the product of the
If two forces of magnitude 2P and 4P act
30 at a point on a body , then their maximum 4P 6P 3P 8P b
resultant is
If a number of forces are acting at a point,
31 their resultant will be inclined at an angle tan θ = ΣH / ΣV tan θ = ΣV / ΣH tan θ= ΣV × ΣH tan θ =0 b
θ with the horizontal, such that
The forces, which meet at one point and
their lines of action also lie in the same
coplanar coplanar non- non-coplaner non-coplaner
32 plane, are kNown as a
concurrent forces concurrent forces concurrent forces forces
Coplanar concurrent forces are those do not meet at one

meet at one point, meet at one point and do not meet at
forces which point and do not
33 but do not lie in also lie in the same one point, but lie c
lie in the same
the same plane plane in the same plane
plane
A 35N force makes an angle 140° with x

axis Determine its components along the
34 -9.11N, 11.97N -11.97 N, 6.07 N 10.98 N , 7.06 N 7.06N, 10.98N b
lines making angles of 300° and 240° with
x axis.
A mass of 72Kg is resting on a board
inclined at 20° with horizontal. What is
35 241.6N, 663.7N 246.3N, 354.3N 354.3N, 246.3N 663.7N, 241.6N d
the component of the mass normal &
parallel to the board.
A force 235 N acts up the plane at an
angle of 60° with the horizontal on a block
36 resting on a 22° inclined plane Determine 144.7N,185.2N 185.2N,144.7N 0N, 144.7N 185.2N, 0N b
components of force normal and along the
plane.
Determine the inclination of resultant of
37 36.3° 63.435° 56.7° 186.3° b
force 100N at 0° and 200N at 90°.

Sr.
No.
A block of mass 9 Kg rests on a plane
making an angle of 160 with horizontal.
38 86.5N 84.86 N 24.34N 24.8N b
Determine the component of the weight
normal to the plane.
A telephone pole is supported by a wire

which exerts a pull of 890N on the top of
39 the pole. If the angle between the wire and 681.8N, 572.1N 352.3N, 853.4N 853.4N, 352.3N 572.1 N, 681.8N a
the pole is 500, what are the horizontal and
vertical components?
Two forces act an angle of 120°. If the

greater force is 50 N and their resultant is
40 20 N 25 N 30N 35N b
perpendicular to the smaller force, the
smaller force is
Four concurrent forces1kN, 2kN, 3kN and
4kN acting at an angle of 20°, 63°,
41 7.35 4.35 3.35 2.25 a
95°,150° from positive x axis. Determine
their resultant in kN.
Three concurrent forces Q=100N,
P=150N, F=150N act at point O. Q is
along +ve x axis, P is acting at an angle
42 150N 300N 234.52N 100N c
45° in forth quadrant and F is acting in
third quadrant at an angle 45°. Then their
resultant is
Effect of a force on a body depends upon
43 direction magnitude position all of these d
its
If two forces each equal to T in magnitude
act at right angles, their effect may be
44 neutralised by a third force acting along 2T √2T c
T/2 none of these
their bistor in opposite direction whose
magnitude will be
A boat is being towed through a canal by a

cable which makes an angle of 100 with
45 the shore. If the pull in the cable is 200N, 197N 200N 250N 100N a
find the force tending to move the boat
along the canal.
Two equal forces of magnitude 'P'
represents the components of
46 45° 56.3° 26.56° 0° a
resultant.The angle made by the resultant
with vertical is
forces 138.5N horizontal and 183.5N
vertical represents components of resultant
47 47.04° 34.04° 37.04° 44.04° c
then the angle made by the resultant with
vertical is
48 36.3° 63.435° 56.7° 186.3° b
forces 10N at 0° and 20N at 90°.
A man of weight 60 kg is standing on a
-
ladder of slope 1H: 3V, then the
49 558.37N,168.18N -558.37N,-186.18N 186.37N,558.18N 558.37N,186.18 b
components of weight along the ladder
N
and normal to ladder are
two boys are pulling a box with the help
of two cables. If the pull in the cables are
50 23 N, at an angle of 40° and 35 N at an 14.88 N 41.88 N 58 N 12 N b
angle of 130° with +ve x axis, their
resultant will be
51 45° 26.56° 20.56° 63.435° b
forces 40N at 0° and 20N at 90°.
52 51.37N 179.16N 197.16N 15.37N b

Sr.
No.
53 222.20N 39.18N 22.22 N 93.18 N a
54 70 N 75 N 30N 35N b
perpendicular to the smaller force, the
smaller force is
55 50 N 75 N 30N 35N a
perpendic-ular to the smaller force, the
smaller force is
Three concurrent forces Q=10N, P=15N,
F=15N act at point O. Q is along +ve x
56 axis, P is acting at an angle 45° in forth 23.45 N 32.45 N 45.45 N 40 N a
quadrant and F is acting in third quadrant
at an angle 45°. Then their resultant is
Three concurrent forces Q=23N, P=43N,

F=43N act at point O. Q is along +ve x
57 axis, P is acting at an angle 45° in forth 65.01 N 56 .01 N 86 N 103 N a
quadrant and F is acting in third quadrant
at an angle 45°. Then their resultant is

58 the shore. If the pull in the cable is 20N, 19.7 N 3.47 N 34. 7 N 1.97 N a
along the canal.
59 the shore. If the pull in the cable is 400N, 69.45 N 393.92 N 6.94 N 93.3 N b
along the canal.
Forces 160.5N horizontal and 173.5N
vertical represents components of resultant
60 42.77° 45° 47.22° 4.77° a
then the angle made by the resultant with
vertical is
Forces 90 N horizontal and 72.5 N vertical
represents components of resultant then
61 51.14° 38.85° 15.14° 83.14° a
the angle made by the resultant with
vertical is
ladder of slope 1H: 3V, then the 372.25 N & 32.25 N & 372.25 N &
62 37.25 N & 24.12N a
components of weight along the ladder 124.12N 124.12N 24.12N
ladder of slope 1H: 4V, then the 57.01 N & 571.01 N & 57.01 N & 42.79
63 571.01 N & 42.79 N b
components of weight along the ladder 142.79 N 142.79 N N
two boys are pulling a box with the help
64 32 N, at an angle of 40° and 53 N at an 91.61 N 91.91 N 61.91 N 16.91 N c
resultant will be
Two boys are pulling a box with the help
65 40 N, at an angle of 40° and 25 N at an 65 N 45.16 N 74.16 N 47.16 N d
resultant will be

Sr.
No.
If the resultant is equal to 0.6 times the
66 magnitude of two equal forces, then the 145 135 120 100 a
angle between the forces is nearer to
If two equal forces are acting at a right

67 angle,having resultant force of (80)½ ,then (15)½ (5)½ (25)½ (20)½ d
find out magnitude of each force.
When two equal forces are acting at 60°

68 produce a resultant equal to 10(3)½, then 10 25 20 15 a
find out magnitude of each force
69 body.The resultant when they act at right (74)½ (60)½ 70½ 84½ a
angle is
70 10.17 11 15 13 a
71 act on a body , then their maximum 25kN 15kN 10kN 20kN b
resultant is
square of the resultant is three times the
72 120° 90° 60° 30° c
between them is
73 20kN act on a body , then their minimum 20kN 10kN 30kN 5kN b
resultant is
Two forces of magnitude P and 2P act at
a point on a body.The square of the
74 41.4° 51.4° 45.4° 50.4° a
resultant is four times the product of the
If two forces of magnitude 2P and 4P act
75 at a point on a body , then their maximum 4P 6P 3P 8P b
resultant is
A like parallel force system consists of
four forces of magnitude 10N, 20N, 30N,
76 and 40N acting at 0.2m apart from each 0.4 m 0.6 m 0.2 m 0.1 m a
other respectively. The position of the
resultant from the first force 10N is
A door of width 1m can rotate if a moment

None of the
77 of of 10 Nm is applied. The minimum 8.66 N 10 N 5N b
above
force that can be applied to open it is
A force of 200N acts 40° to the spoke of a
cycle wheel 250 mm in radius. The
78 50 N m 38 Nm 32 Nm 30 Nm c
moment about the center of the wheel will
be nearer to
The moment of the 30 N force passing
79 through the coordinates (4, 0) and (0, 3) 60 Nm 100 Nm 72 Nm 45 Nm c
about the origin
A force of 100N makes an angle of 600
anticlockwise with the horizontal. It
80 passes through the point having 306 Nm 466 Nm 446 Nm 606 Nm c
coordinates (4, 5). The moment of this
force about origin is nearer to
A plate ABCD is of breadth AB=40mm
and depth AD=20 mm. A force of 10 N at
81 angle 2850 is applied at D. The magnitude 193 Nmm 133 Nmm 143 Nmm 93 Nmm a
of the moment of the force about point A
is nearer to

Sr.
No.
On a rod AD forces 20N, 10N, 35N, 15 N
act at points A, B, C, D resp. Forces 20N,
10N, 15 N act downward and 35N acts
82 upward. The position of the points B,C,D 20 mm 125 mm 10 mm 25 mm c
from A are 20mm, 30mm, and 50mm
respectively. The position of the resultant
from point A is
A force of 500 N is to be resolved into two

forces P and Q parallel to and in the
direction of line of action of F and acting
83 200 N, 300 N 300 N, 200 N 250 N, 250 N 600 N, 100 N a
one on each side of F at a distance of 3
and 2 units respectively. The values of P
and Q are
A pulley of diameter AB = 200 mm is

subjected to two equal unlike parallel 2000 N at 450
2500N at 1350 500N at 450 along
forces of 2000 N one at A and other at B 500N at 450 along with along with
84 along with couple with couple of 400 b
tangentially. A third force of 500 N acts couple of 2000 Nm couple of 500
of 2000 Nm Nm
through centre of pulley at 450 The Nm
resultant force and couple will be
On a rod AD forces 20N, 10N, 35N, 15 N

acts at points A, B, C, D. Forces 20N,
10N, 15 N act downwards and 35N acts
90 N , 1100
85 upwards. The position of the points B,C,D 10 N, 500Nmm 10N,100 Nmm 80 N, 500Nmm b
Nmm
from A are 20mm, 30mm, and 50mm
respectively. The equivalent force couple
system at A is
Three like horizontal forces of 10N, 20N,
and 10N act on a vertical rod at A, B, C. If
86 40 N, 800 Nmm 0 N, 400 Nmm 20 N, 200 Nmm None of these a
AB = BC = 20 mm. The resultant force
couple system at A is
Two like parallel forces of 60N and 180 N
act 120 mm apart from each other. The
87 100 mm 60 mm 80 mm 90 mm d
position of the resultant from 60N force
will be
Three weights 30N, 10N, 20N are placed
at the three corners taken clockwise on a
square ABCD normal to the plane.. What
88 20 N 10 N 60N Not possible d
should be the weight at the remaining
corner so that the resultant of the system
lies at the center of square ‘O’?
A force of 100 N acting tangential to a

drum of radius 0.25 m, must be
89 transferred parallel to itself to its center O. 20 N m 25 N m 30 N m 35 N m b
The moment which should accompany it
for equivalent effect is
A force of 100 N acting tangential to a
drum of radius 0.25 m, must be transferred
90 parallel to itself to a diametrically opposite 30 N m 40 N m 50 N m 60 N m c
point B. The moment which should
accompany it for equivalent effect is
Force of 60N acts at horizontal distance of
1m from origin, angle made by force with
91 20.5 Nm 30.5 Nm 96.42Nm 16.67Nm a
horizontal is 20º. The moment of force
about origin is
Two like parallel forces are acting at a
distance of 24 mm apart and their resultant
None of the
92 is 20N. If the line of action of the resultant 15 N and 5 N 30 N and 5 N 25 N and 5 N a
above
is 6mm from forceacting at left.The two
forces are

Sr.
No.
Three forces acting on a rigid body are
represented in magnitude, direction and
action by the three side of a triangle taken None of the
93 1 2 0.5 b
in order. The forces are equivalent to a above
couple whose moment is equal to k times
the area of triangle. k is equal to
combined translatory None of the

94 A couple produces translatory motion rotational motion b
and rotational above
The two forces of 100 N and 300 N have

their lines of action parallel to each other coplaner coplaner non- unlike parallel
95 Like parallel forces d
but are in the opposite directions. These concurrent forces concurrent forces forces
forces are kNown as
A vertical force of P N acting in first
quadrant in XY plane at(2m, 1m) . If
96 100 Nm 200 Nm 300 Nm 400 Nm d
P=200N, magnitude of moment about
origin is
A force 10N at an angle 30° with x axis

and acting in vertical plane, containing
axis of tower is acting at the top of the
97 104 100 120 100 a
tower of height 12 m. the magnitude of
moment in Nm created by the force at the
base of the tower is nearer to
A 20 kN weight is lifted by a crane from a

horizontal distance of 6m from the
98 position of the driver. What will be the 120 kN m 150 kNm 175 kNm 200 kNm a
magnitude of moment created by the
weight at position of the driver?
If the arm of couple is doubled, its
99 be halved remain same be doubled none of these c
moment will
In a couple, the lines of action of the two parallel to each inclined to each perpendicular to each
100 none of the above a
forces are other other other
Find the moment of the force F about
origin, Magnitude of F = 20N, Angle of F
101 with horizontal is 30 degrees 119 Nm 82 Nm 60 Nm 100 Nm a
anticlockwise, Coordinates of pt of
application of F (5,-4)m
The magnitude of two unlike parallel
forces P each acting at 1 m apart, is
102 equivalent to, two unlike parallel forces of 240 N 60 N 120 N 30 N d
300 N each acting at a distance of 100
mm. Find P
A bar weighing 100 N is hinged at one
end and the other end is tied to a vertical
103 500 N 100 N 50 N 10 N c
string which keeps the bar horizontal. The
tension in the string is nearer to
Three like parallel forces of 20 N, 30 N
and 40 N act at a distance 1m apart from
104 each other. Their resultant acts at a 0.25 m 0.6 m 1m 1.2 m d
distance of ………………….. from 20 N
force
A force of 20 N passes from points A(1,2)
105 and B(2,1). The moment of the force about 21 Nm 30 N m 42 Nm 48 Nm c
the origin will be nearer to
A force of 50 N acting at A(3,4) makes an
angle of 50 degrees anticlockwise with the
106 150 Nm 222 Nm 244 Nm 260 Nm c
horizontal. Its moment about origin will be
nearer to

Sr.
No.
Two unlike parallel forces of 20 N each
act at 45 deg with the X-axis. The
107 perpendicular distance between the line of 10 Nm 15 Nm 18 Nm 20 Nm d
action of the forces is 1 m. The moment
produced is
Two unlike parallel forces of 20 N each
act at 30 deg with the X-axis at points A
108 5 Nm 10 Nm 12 Nm 15 Nm b
and B which are 1m apart on the x axis.
The moment produced is
A force of 50 N acts tangentially to a
circle of diameter 750 mm. Its moment
109 31000 Nmm 34000 Nmm 35000 Nmm 37500 Nmm d
about a point situated diameterically
opposite is
A force of 50 N acts tangentially to a
110 circle of diameter 750 mm. Its moment 18750 Nmm 15000 Nmm 15575 Nmm 12500 Nmm a
about the center of the circle will be
If two unlike parallel forces are acting on a within the two outside the two at the center of the two None of the
111 b
member then their resultant will lie forces forces forces above
If two like parallel forces are acting on a within the two outside the two at the center of the two None of the
112 a
member then their resultant will lie forces forces forces above
Two unlike parallel forces 5 N each act at

4 m apart. The moment produced by these
113 forces can be nullified by another two 1 5 10 20 a
unlike parallel forces of 20 N each acting
…………………. m apart.
Three like parallel forces of 20 N, 30 N

and P N act at a distance 1m apart from
114 each other. Their resultant acts at a 10 N 20 N 30 N 40 N d
distance of 1.22 m from the 20 N force.
The value of P is approximately equal to
A couple of 30 Nm is applied to a screw
driver of length 0.3m to tighten a screw.
115 25 N 75 N 100 N 200 N c
The force required to produce the couple
will be
A number of like parallel forces acting on replaced by a replaced by a None of the

116 both A and B a
a body can be single force couple above
A square ABCD of sides 1m, rest on side

AB. A force of 100 N acting at 45 deg
117 with AB, acts at point C which is zero 71 Nm 100 Nm 142 Nm a
diagonally opposite to A. The moment of
this force about A is
What is the moment of force about the
apex of triangle, if 3 forces of 40N each
118 51.96Nm 69.3 Nm 30.6Nm 6.67Nm b
acting along the sides of equilateral
triangle of side 2m taken in order
Two identical members of 100mm length

are joined together at their center to form a
cross (+). Four forces 1N, 2N, 3N and 4N
119 40 Nmm 50 Nmm 160Nmm 500Nmm d
act at the ends normal to each member in
the anti clockwise direction. Find the
moment developed at the center.
If three like parallel forces 1N,1.5N and

120 2N act at distance of 0.5m each. Find 0.5m 0.75m 0.61 m 0.21m c
distance of resultant from 1N force

Sr.
No.
Four forces 50N,100N,150N,200N act in
clockwise direction along the sides of a
121 125Nm 250Nm 30Nm 150 Nm d
square of side 0.6m. The moment of force
about the centroid of the square is
Force F=300N acting vertically upwards

122 at x=2m, y=2m The magnitude of moment 600Nm 660Nm 300Nm 330Nm a
of force about origin is
In a member
ABCD,AB=1m,BC=1m,CD=4m, Force at
A=20N acting vertically upwards ,at
123 B=20N acting vertically downards, at 110N 90N 20N 70N d
C=30N acting vertically upwards and at
D=40N acting vertically
upwards.Resultant of the force system is
Two like parallel forces of 300N and

1.6m from larger 4m from larger none of the
124 200N are acting at the ends of the rod of 2m from larger force a
force force above
4m length. Distance of resultant is
The algebraic sum of the two forces magnitude of two magnitude of one
125 zero none of the above c
forming couple is equal to forces force
couple is shifted couple is rotated couple is shifted and

126 The effect of couple is unchanged when all of the above d
to other position through any angle rotated
A force of 40N is applied perpendicular to

127 the edge of the door 2m wide. Then 80Nm 20Nm 40Nm 60Nm a
moment of force about hinge is
Find resultant of forces when two like
128 parallel forces of 40N and 70N which act 110N 50N 30N 160N a
at the ends of the rod 40cm long
The moment of resultant of a force system
about any point is equal to the algebraic
transmissibility Varignon’s
129 sum of moments of all other forces about superposition Triangle of forces d
of forces theorem
the same point, this is the statement of law
of
If a system of forces can be reduced to a
force couple system at a given point
130 equipollent system equivalent system both a) and b) none of the above b
without changing effect on the body , then
it is
On a member AB two unlike parallel
131 forces 20N each act at 0.6m apart. The couple of 12Nm couple of 6Nm force 20 N force 0 N a
equivalent system can be
What is the magnitude of vertical force
required to produce a moment of 20Nm at
132 40N 30N 20N 10N c
point A (1m,1m) if the force is acting at
point B(2m,2m)
Two like parallel forces of P=400N and
133 Q=200N acting at the ends of the rod of 1.33m from P 1.44m from P 1.66m from P 1.66m from Q a
4m length ,then distance of resultant is
A member AB of 600mm is inclined at 60

300N with
degrees to the horizontal.A force of 300N 1.558Nm(anticloc 300N with
134 1.558Nm(clockwis 1.558Nm(anticlo c
acts towards left horizontally at A. The kwise) 1.558Nm(clockwise)
e) ckwise)
equivalent force couple system at B is
Varignon' s theorem of moment is used to moment of algebraic sum of

135 position of resultant all of the above d
find resultant moments

Sr.
No.
A member AB of 600mm length is
inclined at 60 degrees to the horizontal.A
1.558Nm(anticloc 2.558Nm(anticlo
136 force of 300N acts towards left 1.558Nm(clockwis 2.558Nm(clockwise) b
kwise) ckwise)
horizontally at A. The moment produced e)
at B is
A like parallel force system consists of

four forces of magnitude 10N, 20N, 30N,
137 and 40N acting at 0.2m apart from each 100N,40 Nm 100N,80 Nm 200N,40 Nm 100N,120 Nm a
other respectively at points A,B,C,D. The
equivalent force couple system at A is
Force F=300N acting vertically upwards 300 300N, 300

300N,
138 at x=2m, y=2m The equivalent force N,600Nm(clockwi 600Nm(anticlockw N,300Nm(anticlo b
300Nm(clockwise)
couple system at origin is se) ise) ckwise)
A pulley of diameter AB = 200 mm is
subjected to equal unlike parallel forces of
2000 N one at A and other at B 2500N at 135
139
tangentially. A third force of 500 N acts 500N at 450 4500N at 450 2000 N at 450 b
degrees
through centre of pulley at 450 The
resultant force will be
A vertical force of 20 N acts at point
140 B(2m,2m). The moment produced at A 40Nm 30Nm 20Nm 10Nm c
(1m,1m) is
The 10 N force is required to be applied to
None of the
141 a door at the end of width 1m to rotate it 8.66 Nm 10 Nm 5 Nm b
above
The moment produced about the hinge is
When two like parallel forces of 40N and
70N which act at the ends of the rod 40cm
142 25 cm 50 cm 30 cm 40 cm a
long,find the position of resultant of
forces from 40 N force,
Find the equivalent force couple system at
A when two like parallel forces of 40N
143 110N ,2800 Ncm 55N, 2600 Ncm 30N,2500 Ncm 160N,2800 Ncm a
and 70N which act at the ends of the rod
AB 40cm long respectively
A square ABCD of sides 1m, rest on side
AB. A force of 100 N acting at 45 deg
100 N force acting 100 N at 45 100 N at 45
144 with AB, acts at point C which is zero b
at 45 deg degreees,100 Nm degrees,707 Nm
diagonally opposite to A. the equivalent
force couple system at A is
A vertical member AB of length 2 m is
subjected to couple of 10Nm at the center.
145 What should be the magnitudes of two 5N,5N 15N,5N 10N,10N 10N,15N a
unlike parallel forces acting 2m apart,
which can balance the above couple .
The force of 100N is required to produce
the moment in a screw driver of length 0.3
146 300Nm 75 Nm 30 Nm 200 Nm c
m to tighten the screw.The moment
produced is
300N,
degrees to the horizontal.A force of 300N 300N,2.558Nm(clockw 300N,2.558Nm(a
147 1.558Nm(anticloc 300N,1.558Nm(clo b
acts towards left horizontally at A. The ise) nticlockwise)
kwise) ckwise)
equivalent force couple system at B
degrees to the horizontal.A force of 400N
148 290Nm 558Nm 277 Nm 155 Nm c
acts towards left horizontally at A. The
moment at B is

Sr.
No.
A horizontal member AB of length 5m is
subjected to inclined force of 30 N acting
40 degrees anticlockwise with the 48.2 Nm,48.2
149 24.2 Nm,48.2 Nm 48.2 Nm,24.2 Nm 24.2 Nm,24.2 Nm d
horizontal and acting at the center of the Nm
member. The magnitude of the moment
produced about A and B are respectively
Three forces P = 50 N (towards East), Q =
100 N (towards North), and R = 75 N
150 55.9 N 65.9 N 75.9 N 85.9 N a
(towards South), are acting on the
member, their resultant is nearer to
The forces 1N, 2 N, 3 N, 4N, 5N and 6N
act in order along the sides of a regular
151 0N 6N 12 N 21N b
hexagon. 1 N force acting horizontally
towards right, then the resultant is nearer to
Three forces P = 120 N (towards East), Q

= 200 N (towards North), and R = 150 N
152 120N 200N 130N 50N c
(towards South), are acting on the
member, their resultant is nearer to
If the forces 1N, 2 N, 3 N, 4N, and 5 N act

in order along the sides of a regular
153 3N 4.75N 6N 4.25N d
pentagon & 1 N force acting horizontally
Two Forces acting on a ladder & resting Coplanar

None of the
154 against vertical wall and horizontal floor is Parallel forces nonconcurrent Non coplanar forces b
above
an example of ---------- forces
Forces 10 N, 20 N, 30 N and 40 N act

155 along sides of a rectangle PQ, QR, RS, SP. 28.28 N 40N 100N 32.32N a
Their resultant force is nearer to
If the forces 10N, 20 N, 30 N, 40N, 50N
and 60N acts in order along the sides of a
156 regular hexagon & 10 N force acting 50.55 N 60N 86.67N 70.70N b
horizontally towards right, then the
resultant is nearer to
Forces 50 N, 100 N, and 150 N act along
157 sides of a equilateral triangle taken in 0N 67.66N 86.67N 300N c
order.Their resultant force is nearer to
For a straight rod ABC, AB=2m, BC=4m

and forces acting are as 1) at A 40N along
positive x axis. 2) at B 120N at an angle
158 3.78N 5.21N 4.89N 6.33N c
50 degrees with negative x axis in
anticlockwise direction 3) At C 60 N
upwards. Their resultant force is nearer to
Forces acting tangentially on a circle of

2m radius are 1) 10 N acting North 2) 20
159 N acting NE 3) 30 N acting SE 4) 40 N 65. 35N 55 N 40N 51.22 N d
acting south.Their resultant force is nearer
to
Three forces 10 N, 20 N, and P N act

along sides of a equilateral triangle taken
in order. 10N force acting horizontally
160 towards right.Their resultant force is 10N 17.32N 30N 21.42N c
17.32N an an angle 30 degrees with
negative x axis in anticlockwise direction.
The magnitude of the force P is nearer to

Sr.
No.
Four Forces 100N, 200N, 300N and P
acting along sides of a rectangle in cyclic
order. 100 N force is acting horizontally
161 300N 400N 325.7N 378.25N b
towards right. Their resultant is 282.8 N
(in 3rd quadrant). The magnitude of the
force P is nearer to
Four forces 25 N, 50 N, P and Q are

acting along sides of a rectangle taken in
order. 25N force acting horizontally
162 towards right.Their resultant force is 200N 150N, 25N 50N, 100N 100N, 50N 25N,150N d
acting vertically downward. The
magnitude of the force P and Q are nearer
to
A square PQRS of side 1.5m is acted by

forces 100N, 200N, 300N and 400N along
163 the sides taken in order. The 100N force 330N 282.80N 400N 250N b
acts horizontally towards right. Their
resultant force is nearer to
A bent up bar ABC such that AB= 3m,

BC= 1m, and angle ABC is 90 degrees.
The forces acting on it are 1) At A 40 N at
an angle 30 degrees with positive x axis in
164 33.74N 36.73N 42.70N 31.73N d
anticlockwise direction 2) At B 20 N
towards negative x axis 3) At C 10 N
towards positive x axis. Their resultant
force is nearer to
Forces 15N, 25N, 35N, 45N, and 50N act

along & in the direction AB, AD, CB, CD,
165 and BD of a square ABCD & 15 N force 54.1N 63.40N 70.10N 60.54N c
acting horizontally towards right. Their
A horizontal bar ABCD is such that

AB=BC=CD= 1.5 m carries the loads as
1) At A 10 N towards positive x axis 2)
At B 30 N at an angle 40 degrees with
166 negative x axis in clockwise direction 3) 77.45N 89N 98.12N 63.40N b
At C 45 N at an angle 50 degrees with
positive x axis in anticlockwise direction
4) At D 55N towards Positive x axis.
Their resultant force is nearer to
Three forces 10 N, 20 N, and P N act

along sides of a equilateral triangle taken
in order. 10N force is acting horizontally
167 30 N 15N 10N zero d
towards right.If resultant force acts
vertically downward then force P is nearer
to
The forces acting on lamina having

coordinates of points are
1) from A to B 100N, A(2,3) and B(4,4)
168 2) from P to Q 150 N, P(1,0) and Q(3,0) 279.40N 313.42N 293.50N 286.37N c
3) from R to S 125N, R(0,2) and S(0,4).
The resultant of the force system is nearer
to

Sr.
No.
Forces acting at points A, B, C, D
tangentially on a circle taken in order
anticlockwise are 1) 100 N acting towards
169 North 2) P N acting towards West 3) 50 87.45N 91.83N 103.42N 59.47N b
N acting towards South 4)125 N acting
towards East respectively. If resultant
force is 60 N in 1st quadrant. Find P
If the forces 10N, 20 N, 30 N, 40N, and

50 N act in order along the sides of a
170 regular pentagon while the force 10 N 62.5N 51.5N 42.5N 45.5N c
acting horizontally towards right, then the
The forces acting on a square plate 10m

*10m are as under
1)AB = 10 N, A(1.2) and B(3,3)
2) CD=15N, C(0,1) and D(-3,3)
171 34.22N 23.47N 28.41N 51.71N b
3) EF=20N, E(-2,0) and F(-1,-3)
4) GH=25N, G(1,-2) and H(3,0).
The resultant of the force system is nearer
to
Forces acting tangentially on a circle are

1) 4P N acting towards North 2) 3P N
172 acting towards West 3) 2P N acting 1.4P 2P 1.8P 2.83P a
towards South 4) P N acting towards East
. Resultant force is nearer to
ABCD is a rectangle in which

AB=CD=100mm and BC=DA=80mm and
force of 100N each is acting along AB and
173 0 180 N 360N 20N a
CD and force of 80N each is acting along
BC and DA.Their resultant force is nearer
to
A horizontal rod WXY, WX=2m, XY=4m

subjected to the loading as 1) At W 4 N
174 towards positive x axis 2) At X 12 N 14 N 2N 10 N 15 N c
towards negative x axis 3) At Y 6 N
upwards. Their resultant force is
Four forces 50N, 100N, 110N, and 180N
are acting along sides AB, BC, CD, and
175 100N 110N 180N 50N a
DA of a square ABCD. Their resultant
force is nearer to
176 130N 60N 180N 100N a
DA of a square ABCD. Their resultant
force is nearer to
A man weighing 600N is standing at
middle of light rod of 4m long. This man
is lifted by other two men one is 1m from
177 261N, 339N 300N, 300N 325N, 275N 339N, 261N d
left end and other is 0.7m from right end,
the weight carried by left and right man is
nearer to
Four forces 50N, 90N, 20N, and 50N are
acting along sides AB, BC, CD, and DA
178 of a square ABCD of side 2m. Their 4.4 m 4.1 m 4m 3m a
resultant force is 50 N. Calculate position
of resultant w.r.t A
179 DA of a square ABCD of side 2m. Their 2.46 m 3.46 m 2.64 m 3.64 m a
resultant force is 130N. Calculate position
of resultant w.r.t A

Sr.
No.
Which of the following statement is
correct i) sumation of moment of all forces
about pt is equal to resultant moment @
180 i ii i & iii none of the above a
same point ii) sumation of all forces is
equal to resultant.iii) a&b iv) none of the
above.
Forces 10N, 20N, 30N & 40N acts along
sides of rectangle PQ, QR,RS,SP
181 28.28N 40N 48N 37N a
respectively. Then resultant force is given
by
Forces 10N, 20N, 30N & 40N acts along
sides of rectangle PQ, QR,RS,SP of
size3m X 4m has resultant force 28.28 N
182 3.63m 6.36m 2.36m 4.36m b
directed in S45W causing anticlockwise
moment about P. Calcualte location of
resultant w.r.t. P
Three forces 40N, 90N, 50N act along

AB, BC, CA along sides of equilateral
183 triangle in anticlockwise direction, AB 0N 45.82 N 30 N 47 N b
being horizontal. Calculate resultant of the
force system.
Resultant of four forces acting on square
plate ABCD is 15N & N30E. If moment
184 of resultant about B is 22.5 Nm clockwise, 3.5 m 3m 2.5m 1.73m b
locate point where resultant intersts
vertical side BC.

185 North 2) 100 N acting towards West 3) 130 N 120 N 200 N 100 N a
90 N acting towards South 4) 50 N acting
towards East respectively. The resultant
force is nearer to

186 North 2) 240 N acting towards West 3) 50 N 60 N 70 N 45 N a
210 N acting towards South 4) 210 N
acting towards East respectively. The
Three forces act at A (4,0), B (4,3) and C

(0,5) of magnitudes 60N vertically
187 upward, 50N along OB and 100N 150N 166.43N 100N 135N b
horizontally towards right respectively.
Find resultant.
Three forces act at A (4,0), B (4,3) and C
(0,5) of magnitudes 60N vertically
188 upward, 50N along OB and 100N 30º 35.30º 40.24º 32.74º d
horizontally towards right respectively.
Find direction of resultant.
Three forces act at A (4m,0), B (4m,3m)

and C (0,5m) of magnitudes 60N
189 vertically upward, 50N along OB and 200Nm 260Nm 245Nm 250Nm b
100N horizontally towards right
respectively. Find moment about origin

Sr.
No.
190 vertically upward, 100N along OB and 200Nm 160Nm 145Nm 180Nm b
respectively. Find moment about origin
191 vertically upward, 100N along OB and 150N 166.43N 200N 135N c
respectively. Find the resultant.
vertically upward, 100N along OB and
192 36.87º 35.30º 40.24º 32.74º a
respectively. Find inclination of the
resultant.
193 36.87º 35.30º 56.31º 32.74º c
100N horizontally towards left
respectively. Find inclination of the
resultant.
194 vertically upward, 50N along OB and 150N 166.43N 108.17N 135N c
respectively. Find the resultant.
195 800Nm 740Nm 720Nm 780Nm b
respectively. Find the value of moment at
origin
ABC is a right angled triangle having AB
horizontal base of 4m length. AC is
196 vertical 6m in length. Forces 100N, 200N 50N 47.7N 57N 49.35N b
and 120N act along AB,BC and CA
respectively. Find resultant

197 vertical 6m in length. Forces 100N, 200N 76.66º 80.50º 70.24º 72.74º a
respectively. Find direction of resultant

198 vertical 6m in length. Forces 100N, 200N 800Nm 665.6Nm 720Nm 680Nm b
respectively. Find value of moment at A.

199 vertical 3m in length. Forces 80N, 100N Force Force and couple Couple Not existing c
respectively. Find .type of resultant

200 vertical 3m in length. Forces 80N, 100N 240Nm 210Nm 200Nm 190Nm a
respectively. Find magnitude of resultant

Sr.
No.
vertical 3m in length. Forces 80N, 100N
201 45N 60N 80N 75N b
and P N act along AB,BC and CA
respectively. Find magnitude of P if
system reduces to a couple.
vertical 3m in length. Forces 80N, P N and
202 100N 60N 80N 75N a
60N act along AB,BC and CA
vertical 3m in length. Forces P N, 100N
203 100N 60N 80N 75N c

204 vertical 12m in length. Forces 50N, 130N Force and couple Force Couple Not existing c
respectively. Find .type of resultant

205 vertical 12m in length. Forces 50N, 130N 500Nm 600Nm 580Nm 750Nm b
respectively. Find magnitude of resultant

vertical 12m in length. Forces P N, 130N
206 100N 60N 50N 75N c
respectively. Find magnitude of P if the
vertical 12m in length. Forces 50N, P N
207 130N 60N 50N 75N a
vertical 12m in length. Forces 50N, 130 N
208 130N 60N 50N 120N d
and P N act along AB,BC and CA

Sr.
No.
Right
The C.G. of a plane lamina will not be at Equilateral
1 Circle Rectangle angled d
its geometrical centre if it is a Triangle
Triangle
A square hole is punched out of circular
lamina of radius 'r' in such a way that
centre of square is on Y axis and its base
2 0 r/4 r/2 -r/4 a
coincides with horizontal diameter of
circle. If the side of square is 'r/2'. The X
centroidal distance is

lamina of radius 'r' in such a way centre
of square is on Y axis and that base
3 0 0.425 r 0.216 r 0.978 r c
circle. If the side of square is 'r/2'. The Y
Centroidal distance of an equilateral
4 triangle with side 'a' from any of the ` 0.471 a 0.288 a 0.235 a c
three sides is
A parabolic lamina of base 'a' and height
5 'h' is given by equation ' y = hx²/a² '. The 3a/4 4a/3 a/3 3a/10 a
X centroidal distance is
6 'h' is given by equation ' y = hx²/a² '. The 3h/4 4h/3 h/3 3h/10 d
Y centroidal distance is
A quarter elliptical lamina is of base 'a'
7 and height 'b'. The X centroidal distance 4ab/3π 4a/3π 4b/3π πab/4 b
is
8 and height 'b'. The Y centroidal distance 4ab/3π 4a/3π 4b/3π πab/4 c
is
From a quarter circular lamina of radius
'r', square of side 'r/2' is cut in such a
way that, two sides of square coincides
9 0.424r 3.141/r 0.506r 0.318r c
with two straight sides of quarter circle.
Taking origin as corner point of lamina
each centroidal corodinate is
The C.G. of an isosceles triangle with
10 base 'b' and sides 'a' is ________ from (4a² - b²)½ / 6 (4b² - a²)½ / 6 (b² - a²) / 6 (a² - b²) / 6 a
its base
resultant of
The C.G. of a body is the point through none of
11 Earth attracts external forces both (a) and (b) a
which, above
acts
A triangular hole is cut from circular
lamina of radius 'r' such that the vertex
of triangle is on Y axis and base
12 0.222 r -0.155 r 0.155 r -0.222r b
coincides with horizontal diameter. If
base of traingle is '2r' and height is 'r'.
The C.G. of remaining lamina is
SINHGAD COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING PUNE

Sr.
No.
A letter 'A' is made up of wire
bends.The length of each inclined wire
is 30cm and the horizontal distance
13 28.28 cm 15 cm 10 cm 14.14 cm d
between them is 20cm. The horizontal
wire is of length 10cm. The Y-
centroidal distance from the base of 'A' is
A letter 'B' is made up of wire

bends.The length of vertical wire is
14 20cm and the two semicircular arc with 3.055 cm 5 cm 0 cm 1.945 cm d
diameter of 10 cm. The X- centroidal
distance from the vertical wire is
A wire bend forming an arc of circle
with the subtended angle equal to 2α (rsinα/α,
15 (0, rsinα/α) (rsinα/α, 0) (0,0) b
and is symmetrical about x axis. Locate rsinα/α)
the C.G.
The C.G. of a wire bend forming a
16 (2r/π,2r/π) (4r/3π,4r/3π) (3r/4π,3r/4π) (0,0) a
quarter circular arc is
The C.G. of a circular stor lamina with
(2r sinα/3α, 2r
17 the subtended angle equal to 2α and is (2r sinα/3α, 0) (rsinα/α, 0) (0,0) a
sinα/3α)
symmetrical about x axis is
18 The C.G. of a quarter circular area is (2r/π,2r/π) (4r/3π,4r/3π) (3r/4π,3r/4π) (0,0) b
A trapezoid having two parallel sides 'a'
0.5h(b+2a)/(b+ h(b-
19 and 'b' and height 'h'. The Y centroidal 0.5h(b-2a)/(b+a) h(b+2a)/3(b+a) c
a) 2a)/3(b+a)
distance from bottom side 'b' is
A symmetrical 'T' shaped lamina is made

from two rectangles 10cm X 5cm , so
20 9.5 cm 8.75 cm 6.25 5 cm b
that total height is 15cm. The centroidal
distance from bottom is
The Y centroidal distance of equal I
stion from its bottom each having flange
21 15 cm 20 cm 17.5 cm 12.5 cm d
of size 10cm x 5 cm and web of size
5cm x 15 cm deep is
The Y centroidal distance of unequal I
stion from its bottom having upper
22 flange size of 15cm x 5 cm, lower flange 15 cm 20 cm 13. 75 cm 12.5 cm c
size of 10cm x 5 cm and web size 5cm
x 15 cm deep is
The Y centroidal distance of frustum of
23 cone from base of diameter 'd', top 0.5d 0.44d d 0.8d b
diameter 'd/2' and height 'd' is
lamina of radius 'r = 20cm' in such a
way centre of square is on Y axis and
24 0 8.50 cm 4.32 cm 19.56 cm c
that base coincides with horizontal
diameter of circle. If the side of square
is 'r/2'. The Y centroidal distance is
The Y centroidal distance of an

25 equilateral triangle with each side equal 8.66 cm 4.71 cm 2.88 cm 2.35 cm c
to 10cm from any of the three sides is

Sr.
No.
A parabolic lamina of base 10cm and
26 height 5cm is given by equation ' y = 7.5 cm 13.33 cm 3.33 cm 3 cm a
hx²/a² '. The X centroidal distance is

27 height 5cm is given by equation ' y = 3.75 cm 6.67 cm 1.67 cm 1.5 cm d
hx²/a² '. The Y centroidal distance is
A quarter elliptical lamina of base 10cm
28 and height 15cm. The X centroidal 63.66 cm 4.244 cm 6.366 cm 10 cm b
distance is
29 and height 15cm. The Y centroidal 63.66 cm 4.244 cm 6.366 cm 10 cm c
distance is
10cm, square of side 5 cm is cut in such
a way that, two sides of square coincides
30 4.24 cm 0.314 cm 5.06 cm 3.18 cm c
The C.G. taking origin as corner point
of lamina is
31 base 10cm and sides 20cm is ________ 6.455 cm 0 cm 5 cm 7 cm a
from its base
lamina of radius 10cm such that the
vertex of triangle is on Y axis and base
32 2.22 cm -1.55 cm 1.55 cm -2.22 cm b
base of traingle is 20 cm and height is
10 cm. The C.G. of remaining lamina is
Wire bend forming an arc of circle with

(9.88 cm, 9.88
33 the subtended angle 30°, radius 10cm is (0, 9.88 cm) (9.88 cm, 0) (0,0) b
cm)
symmetrical about x axis. Locate C.G.
The C.G. of a wire bend forming a (6.366 cm, (4.244 cm, 4.244 (2.387 cm,
34 (0,0) a
quarter circular arc with radius 10cm is 6.366 cm) cm) 2.387 cm)
(6.59 cm , 6.59
35 the subtended angle 30°, radius 10cm is (6.59 cm , 0) (9.88 cm, 0) (0,0) a
cm)
The C.G. of a quarter circular area with (6.366 cm, (4.244 cm, 4.244 (2.387 cm,
36 (0,0) b
radius 10cm is 6.366 cm) cm) 2.387 cm)
A trapezoid having two parallel sides
10cm and 20cm and height 30cm. The Y
37 20 cm 0 cm 13.33 cm 15 cm c
centroidal distance from side having
width 20 cm is
38 12.5 cm 7.5 cm 10 cm 11.5 cm a
cone from base with base diameter
39 5 cm 4.4 cm 10 cm 8 cm b
10cm, top diameter 5cm and height
10cm is

Sr.
No.
The angle made by side of square lamina
40 with horizontal if suspended freely from 45° 90° 0° All of above a
the corner is
The centre of gravity G is a point which
41 locates the ……………. of a system of area volume resultant weight none c
particles.
For a system of n particles, the weights non-parallel
42 parallel forces both A and B none b
of particles comprise of a system of forces
The location of centre of gravity
43 ……………….. that of the center of coincides with is different than is away none a
mass.
The centroid C is a point which defines all of the
44 area volume geometric centre c
the ………………… of an object. above
The centroid coincides with centre of
45 mass or centre of gravity only if material uniform homogeneous both A and B none c
composing the body is
Formulae used to locate the centre of
gravity represent a balance between the
all of the
46 sum of moments of all the parts of the one part two parts resultant c
above
system and the moment of ……………
for the system.
For a triangle, the centroid is located at
47 one third height two third height one half height none a
………………. from the base.
48 one third height two third height one half height none b
………………. from the apex.
one third, one one third, two one half, one
49 ………. from the base and …….. from none b
fifth third half
apex.
If an area or a line possesses an axis of below the
50 outside the axis on that axis above the axis b
symmetry, its centroid C is located axis
If a circular stor is symmetric about x-
51 2rsinθ/3θ zero 4rsinθ/3θ 4rsinθ/3 a
axis, the centroidal x co-ordinate is
If an arc of a circle is symmetric about x-
52 4r/(3x3.14) zero 2r/3.15 3r/(3.14) b
axis, the centroidal y co-ordinate is
If a semicircular arc is symmetric about 2r/3.14 from

53 4r/(3x3.14) zero 3r/3.14 b
y-axis, the centroid along x-axis is both axes
For a quarter-circular arc lying in first
2r/3.14 and 3r/3.14 and 2r/3.14 from
54 quadrant, centroidal X and Y co- none c
3r/3.14 2r/3.14 both axes
ordinates respectively are
For a semicircular arc symmetric about
55 2r/3.14 3r/3.14 r/3.14 none a
x-axis, centroidal x co-ordinate is
For a quarter-circular area lying in first
2r/3.14 and 3r/3.14 and (4r/3x3.14)
56 qudrant, centroidal X and Y coordinates none c
3r/3.14 2r/3.14 from both axes
are
If a semicircular area is symmetric
57 about y-axis, the centroidal y co- 4r/(3x3.14) 2r/(3x3.14) 4r/(3.14) 2r/(3.14) a
ordinate is

Sr.
No.
For a quarter-elliptical area of radii a
4a/3x3.14 and 3r/3.14 and (4a/3x3.14)
58 and b lying in first qudrant, centroidal X none a
4b/3x3.14 2r/3.14 along both axes
and Y co-ordinates respectively are
If a semielliptical area of radii a and b
59 is symmetric about y-axis, the centroidal 4a/(3x3.14) 3r/3.14 4b/(3x3.14) none c
y co-ordinate is
If a parabolic area of height h is
60 symmetric about y-axis, the centroidal x 3h/10 zero h/10 7h/10 b
co-ordinate is
If a parabolic area is symmetric about y-
61 axis, the centroid along y-axis from its 3h/10 zero 3h/5 7h/10 c
base is
For a line of length 'a' passing through
62 origin and inclination θ with x-axis, (a/2) cos(θ) (a/2) sin(θ) a a/2 a
centroid along x is given by
63 origin and inclination theta with x-axis, (a/2) cos(θ) (a/2) sin(θ) a a/2 b
centroid along y is
From a circular area of radius R, a
smaller circle of radius r is removed.
Top half of smaller circle is in Ist
64 (0,0) (-r/3, 0) (0, r/3) (-r/3, r/3) b
quadrant and bottom half is in fourth
quadrant. R=2r. The centroid of
remaining area is
A square hole is removed from a thin
circular lamina, the diagonal of the
square being equal to the radius of circle
R. One side of square coincides with
65 diameter of circle such that top half of (0,0) (-0.877R, 0) (-0.095R, 0) (0, -0.095R) b
square is in Ist quadrant and bottom half
is in fourth quadrant.The centroid of
remaining area from the center of circle
is
For a line of length 3 m passing through
66 origin and inclination 40 with x-axis, 1.149 2 1.5 1 a
centroid along x is
For a line of length 2.5 m passing
67 through origin and inclination 45 with x- 0.883 2.056 1.25 1 a
axis, centroid along y is
From a circular area of radius 4m, a
smaller circle of radius 2m is removed.
Top half of smaller circle is in Ist (-0.667,
68 (0,0) (-0.667, 0) (0, 0.667) b
quadrant and bottom half is in fourth 0.667)
quadrant. The centroid of remaining
area is

4m. One side of square coincides
69 (0,0) (-3.508,0) (-2.508, 0) (0, -0.38) b
diameter of circle such that top half of
remaining figure is

Sr.
No.
The center of mass will coincide with
70 the centroid provided the density of non-uniform uniform varying none b
material is
A triangle of base b and height h has its Isosceles Right angled Equilateral Any shape
71 d
centroid (h/3) from its base. It is valid for traingle triangle triangle of traingle
axis, centroid along x is
smaller circle of radius 2.5m is removed.
Top half of smaller circleis in Ist (-0.833,
74 (0,0) (-0.833, 0) (0, 0.833) b
figure is

75 (0,0) (-4.435, 0) (2.475, 0) (0, 4.475) b
remaining figure is
inclined inclined
A pebble dropped in flowing water will Vertically
76 Vertically upward downward upward d
have frictional force in the direction downward
direction direction
A body of weight 200N is placed on
rough horizontal plane. If the coefficient
of friction between the body and the
77 60N 200N 100N 30N a
horizontal plane is 0.3, determine the
horizontal force required to just slide the
body on the plane.

rough horizontal plane. Determine the
78 coefficient of friction if a horizontal 0.6 0.1 0.06 0.006 a
force of 60N just causes the body to
slide over the horizontal plane.
A force of 450N is applied to move a

weight of 1350N block placed at an
o None of
79 angle of 36.86 and the normal reaction 280N 270N 112.5N b
these
created is 1080N. Then the maximum
frictional force if µ=0.25 is......
If a force of 450N is applied to move a

None of
80 angle 36.86 and normal reaction is 280N 112.5N 216N c
these.
1080N. Then the actual frictional force
is if µk= 0.2 and µs=0.25.

Sr.
No.
The position of a machine block ‘B’
is adjusted by moving the wedge ‘A’,
81 kNowing that the coefficient of static 20.3o 19.3 o 30 o 29.3 o b
friction is 0.35 between all surfaces,
determine angle of friction
A ladder resting on vertical and
Along
horizontal surface in first quadrant Along negative X Along positive
Along positive positive X
82 slides down under its own weight, and positive Y X and positive b
X and Y axis and positive
frictional force at the ends will have axis Y axis
Y axis
following directions
The force required to pull the body of
weight 50N on a rough horizontal plane
None of
83 is 15N. Determine the coefficient if the µ=0.3 µ=0.314 µ=0.25 a
these.
force is applied at the angle of 15o with
the horizontal.
A body of weight 70N is placed on a

rough horizontal plane to just move the
body on the horizontal plane. A push of None of
84 o µ=0.3 µ=0.2 µ=0.244 c
20N inclined at 20 to the horizontal these.
plane is required. Find the coefficient of
friction if normal reaction is 76.84N.
Frictional force has the following
85 relation with the normal reaction F= µN F=µ2N F=µ/N F=µN2 a
between two contact surfaces.
The angle of repose (α) holds the
following relation with the angle of
86 α =Ф α =2Ф α =Ф/2 α =Ф2 a
friction (Ф) in the condition of limiting
equilibrium.
A block of 100N resting on rough
horizontal plane applied with horizontal
87 0.25 0.5 0.52 0.75 b
force 50N towards right, the coefficient
of static friction is
horizontal surface is pulled by force
88 o 494.87N 200N 487.94N 487.94N a
100N, 30 to the horizontal. If µ=0.175,
frictional force is
The end rope is fastened to the bucket is Bucket
Effort side id
used to lift the water from well using side is tight Both sides None of
89 tight and bucket b
rope and pulley arrangement. When and effort side are tight. the above.
side is slack.
water is lifted upwards, then is slack.
If a block is placed on a inclined plane

in impending motion condition, is pulled
upward and None of
90 and moving by a force opposite to the Up the plane Down the plane b
downward both these
impending motion. The frictional force
will act along
horizontal surface is pulled by a force
91 o 150N 200N 60N -200N a
normal reaction is

Sr.
No.
Find the maximum force ‘P’ required to
92 move a block of mass 800N resting on a 100N 200N 400N 300N c
floor having µ=0.50
A body of weight 500N is pulled up on
an inclined plane, by a force of 350N.
o
The inclination of the plane is 30 to the
93 µ=0.3 µ=0.2 µ=0.244 µ=0.23 d
horizontal and the force is applied
parallel to the plane. Coefficient of
friction is
A 50N weight is lifted up by a force
of 240. 52N applied to the belt wrapped
94 π π/2 2π π/4 a
around a pulley. If coefficient of friction
is 0.5, lap angle should be

95 coefficient of friction if a horizontal 1.42 0.35 0.7 0.07 c
In an open belt system two pulleys A &

B are connected through a flat belt.
Pulley A is 150 mm radius & pulley B is Belt does
Belt slips first Belt slips first on Belt does not
96 250 mm radius. Pulley A is connected to not slip on c
on pulley A pulley B slip on pulley A
a motor & pulley B is driving a machine pulley B
tool. Which one of the following
statement is correct.
Any one of
these
In an open belt arrangement angle of lap depending
97 of bigger pulley is 1960, what is the 196o 186o 164o upon centre c
angle of lap on smaller pulley, distance
between the
pulleys.
May be in
In the relation T2/T1 = eμβ, where β is None of the
98 Degrees Radians degrees or b
measured in above
radians
If T2 = 2700 N, T1 = 1600N, β = 2400
99 0.15 0.25 0.125 1.25 c
then μ = ?
100 If T2 = 2700 N β = 4Π/3, μ = 0.125 then 1200 N 3600 N 1600 N 1000 N c
μβ Any one of
101 In the relation T2/T1 = e μ<0 0<μ≤1 μ>1 b
the above
In a belt friction experiment in a lab for
tension in tight side is kept constant, Increases in Decreases in
None of the
102 then for the values of tension in slack Same proportion of as β proportion as β c
above
side for the values of β ( the angle of lap increases increases
) of π, 2π, 3π will be
For a particular value of β, Tension in None of the
103 μ=0 μ=1 μ>1 a
tight side = Tension in slack side above

Sr.
No.
Angle of wrap of a belt – pulley system The pulley & Of belt with Of belt with the None of he
104 a
is the angle of contact between the belt horizontal vertical above
For a given angle of wrap, if μs is
None of the
105 doubled the ratio of tension in tight side Get halfed Get doubled Remains same d
above
to tension in slack side is
The friction that is developed between
Generation of Transmission of Distribution of None of the
106 flexible belt & pulley on drum can be b
power power power above
utilized for
If tension in tight side is 960 N, the
107 angle of lap is 1650 & coefficient of belt 1920 N 294 N 404.72 N 960 N c
friction is 0.3 then tension in slack side is
A belt supports two weights W1 & W2

over a pulley. If W1 = 1000N find the
108 minimum weight W2 to keep W1 in 250 N 456 N 500 N 1000 N b
equilibrium. Assure the pulley is locked
& μ = 0.25 & β = π
Find lap angle β if the rope is wrapped

109 π/4 π/2 3π / 2 2π b
& the pulley for ¼ of the circumference
Find tension in slack side if tension in
110 2 1 0.5 3 c
tight side is 1.0 kN & eμβ = 2.0
111 250 N 500 N 750 N 1000 N b
tight side is 500 N & eμβ = 1
Already None of the
112 In static belt friction the slipping is Impending Never occurred b
occurred above
In belt friction the pulley is driven by Its rim & Its centre & flat None of the
113 Two pulleys a
virtue of the friction between encircling belt surface of the belt above
For transmission of power the friction is None of the

114 Bigger pulley Smaller pulley Flexible belt c
developed between pulley on drum & above
μβ
In equation T2/T1 = e when the belt &
Surface tension
pulley are moving the equation does not Inertia effect Pressure effect of None of the
115 effect of the a
take in to account (where T2 is tight side of the mass the mass above
mass
tension )
On what parameter, the pressure
Thickness of Mass moment of Width of the Coefficient
116 transmitted between belt & surface of d
belt inertia belt of friction
the rim in contact with belt depends upon
Find β ( Angle of lap ) if the belt is
117 wrapped round the pulley for complete 2π π π/2 π/6 a
circumference
Torque provided ‘T’ by rope is given by
T = (T2
118 where T1 = slack side T2 = tight side R = T = T2.R T = T1.R T = (T1+ T2)R d
–T1)R
radius of drum
In the formula for torque provided by Diameter of Circumference of Area of the Radius of
119 d
rope T = [T2 – T1 ] R where R is pulley the pulley pulley the pulley
Find the couple applied on fly wheel if
None of the
120 tension in tight side 200N, tension is 40 Nm 120 Nm 20 Nm a
above
slack side 100N & R = 0.4m

Sr.
No.
A flat belt & pulley system of a
machinery is rotating in an
anticlockwise direction. A breaking
torque is applied to stop the working of
None of the
121 the machinery. The maximum & 89o 45o 180o d
above
minimum tension in the two sides of the
belt are 90 kN & 60 kN µs = 0.30 & µk
= 0.25 find the angle with which the belt
is in contact with the pulley
Area of Nature of
Shape of surface Velocity of
122 The frictional force depends upon surface in the surfaces d
in contact sliding
contact in contact
Frictional force play an important role in
123 Belts & pulleys Jack screws Hand brake All of above d
mechanical devices such as
Maximum static
Maximum Maximum
friction to the
The coefficient of static friction for belt static friction static friction to All of the
124 normal force b
& pulley in contact is the ratio of the to minimum the tangential above
between the
static friction force
bodies
If the number of turns of the rope or belt
1 Turn = p 1 Turn = 2p 1 Turn = p/2 1 Turn = 3p
125 are given around the pulley, the value of b
radian radians radians radians
β in radians can be obtained using
Increase with
For a moving body the kinetic frictional Decrease with Remains
increase in None of
126 force getting developed between to increase in approximately c
velocity of above
surfaces in contact velocity of body constant
body
A flat belt & a pulley system of

machinery is rotating in a clockwise
direction. A braking torque is applied to
stop the working of the machinery. The
None of the
127 maximum & minimum tension in the 107o 120o 159o c
above
two sides of the belt are 150 kN & 75
kN µs = 0.30 & µk = 0.25 find the angle
with which the belt in contacts with the
pulley
A flat belt is moving over a pulley such

that the maximum tension is 3.5 times
the minimum tension in the belt µs = 0.4 o o o None of the
128 100 239 175 b
& µk = 0.3 between the belt & the above
pulley for maintaining the equilibrium in
the system the lap angle required is

129 maximum & minimum tension in the 188o 180o 185o 190o a
two sides of the belt are 80 kN & 30 kN
µs = 0.35 & µk = 0.30 find the angle
pulley

Sr.
No.
130 maximum & minimum tension in the 135o 140o 137o 136o b
pulley

the minimum tension in the belt µs = o o o o
131 287 250 266 135 a
0.35 & µk = 0.3 between the belt & the
Any one of
these
depending
In an open belt arrangement angle of lap
upon the
132 of bigger pulley is 1850, what is a angle 160 192 175 c
centre
of lap on smaller pulley
distance
between the
pulleys
If T2 = 2100 N, β= 4π/3, µ = 0.125 then
133 T1 = ? Assume T1 = Tight side, T2 = 3100 3230 3610 3545 d
slack side
If couple applied is 24 N-m & T2 =
134 70 29 24 27 a
150N & R = 0.3m Find T1 = ?

135 700 650 675 525 a
T2 = 1898 N, T1 = 498N & R = 0.5m
Static friction
Which of the following statement is true Static friction > Static friction < None of the
136 = kinetic b
in belt friction kinetic friction kinetic friction above
friction
If the belt is sliding on the drum then the
None of
137 ratio T1/T2 ( tight side / slack ) depends Angle of lap Kinetic friction Both a & b c
these
on following factors
When sliding of the belt on the drum is Static friction Angle of
Static friction & Tight side &
138 depending the ratio of tight / slack & kinetic contact & c
angle of wrap slack side
(T1/T2) is depend as which factors friction kinetic friction
the minimum tension in the belt. If μs =
139 0.4 and μk = 0.3 between the belt and 100° 175° 210° 130° c
the pulley then for maintaining the
equilibrium in the system the lap angle
required is
The coefficient of static friction μs and State of rest or
Nature of Area of contact
motion of the None of the
140 coefficient of kinetic friction μk depends surfaces in between two a
bodies in above
strongly on contact surfaces
contact

Sr.
No.
A drum is subjected to two flat belt
tensions T1 and T2 such that T1 < T2 if μ
is the coefficient of friction between the
141 belt and the drum and ß is the angle with T1/T2 = eμ/β T2/T1 =eμß T2/T1 = eß/μ T2/T1 = eμ/ß b
which the belt is in contact with the
drum then the relation between the T1,
T2, μ and ß is given as
A flat belt connects pulley A, which

driver a machine tool to pulley B the
Both pulley
coefficient of friction μs and μk between may be (a),
142 Pulley A Pulley B will slip at a b
the pulleys and the belt is same if the (b), (c)
time
diameter of pulley A is greater than that
of pulley B, which pulley will slip first
A flat belt and a pulley system of a

direction. A breaking torque is applied
to stop the working of the machinery.
None of the
143 The maximum and minimum tension in 89° 40° 107° c
above
the two sides of the belt are 80kN and
50kN. If μs= 0.30 and μk = 0.25 , then
find the angle with which the belt in
contacts with the pulley.
A fiat belt and a pulley system of a

None of the
144 The maximum and minimum tension in 89° 118° 107° b
above
60kN μs= 0.30 and μk = 0.25 find the
angle with which the belt in contacts
with the pulley.
Which belt is use for the transmission of

145 Flat belt B belt V belt Both a & c a
power at low speed
If the tension in tight side is 450N, &
146 1 2 3 4 c
tension in slack side 150N then eμß is
Which friction is experienced by a body
147 when it is at rest under the action of Static Kinematics Rolling Sliding a
external
tight side / tight side /
What is the relation between tight side slack side / tight side / slack μß slack side =
148 slack side = e b
& slack side for flat belt tight side = eμß side = eμß μß . cos α/2
. cos α/2 e
If T2 = 2100 N, T1 = 1100 N, ß = 1400
149 0.212 0.22 0.262 0.253 c
then μ = ?
A rope is wrapped around a horizontal
bar for 2 & ½ turn. By exerting a force
None of
150 of 800N at the free end of the rope and μ = 0.275 μ = 0.375 μ = 0.175 a
above
assuming a load of 60kN on the other
end determine coefficient of friction

Sr.
No.
By exerting a force of 800N at the free
end of the rope, and assuming a load of
200kN on the other end determine the None of
151 1.275 3.196 turn 2.175 b
number of time the rope should be above
wrapped around the bar ( bar is
horizontal )
A weight on tight side (T1) =100kN μ =
0.19 calculate (T2) = slack side angle of
152 181kN 55kN 45kN 65kN b
contact (ß) = 180° for maintaining
equilibrium.
A weight 100kN acted on one side of
pulley with μ = 0.19 and angle e of
153 contact (ß) = 180°, calculate maximum 55kN 181kN 45kN 65kN b
force (p) required for maintaining
equilibrium.
A flat belt passes over a pulley such
that the maximum tension is two times a
minimum tension in the belt. If μs = 0.4 None of the
154 100 175 130 a
between the belt & pulley, then for above
maintaining the equilibrium in the
system the lap angle required is
A 80 kN weight is to be supported by a
rope. The coefficient of friction between
None of the
155 the rope & the pulley is μs = 0.19 & μk 145kN 44kN 134kN b
above
= 0.15 the force T minimum required for
maintaining equilibrium is
156 the rope & the pulley is μs = 0.19 & μk 145kN 44kN 134kN 24kN a
= 0.15 the force P maximum required
for maintaining equilibrium is
A cylinder having a mass of 250kg is to

be supported by the chord which
wrapped over the pipe. Determine the None of
157 2.5kN 7.31kN 4.6kN c
largest vertical force F needed to above
support the load if the chord passes once
over the pipe ß = 1800 , μ = 0.2
158 372N 500N 200kN a
If tension in tight side T1 = 5N &
tension in slack side T2 = 3N Take angle
159 0.3 0.98 0.45 0.5 b
of lap ß = 30° Find the coefficient of
friction μ?
160 0.45 0.25 0.4 0.3 b
of lap ß = π/2rad. Find the coefficient of
friction μ?

Sr.
No.
tension in slack side T2 = 35N Take
161 0.2 0.15 0.125 0.221 b
angle of lap ß = 135° Find the
coefficient of friction μ?
162 0.425 0.55 0.45 0.5 b
angle of lap ß = 90° Find the coefficient
of friction μ?
163 0.1 0.16 0.125 0.3 b
164 0.8 0.882 0.9 0.85 b
of friction μ?

Sr.No Questions Option A Option B Option C Option D Ans

Equal in
Equal in Opposite in magnitude,Op None of the
1 Two forces can be in equlibrium only if they are C
magnitude direction posite in above
direction
When a body is in equlibrium under 3 Non None of
2 concurrent collinear B
nonparallel forces they must be concurrent these
A resultant
A Simplest resultant of a spatial parallel force A resultant A resultant force & a
3 A wrench A
system Is always couple force resultant
couple
For the general case of a space force system,
4 the number of independent conditions of 2 3 4 6 D
equlibrium are
A 3m long beam is supported by a roller (at
left) and a hinge (at right). The beam supports a
uniformly distributed load of 3kN/m for the 154 kN and 100 kN and 152 kN and 152 kN and
5 A
first 2 m length and a concentrated load of 300 152 kN 206 kN 154 kN 152 kN
kN at its mid-span. The reactions at left and
right supports are ______________
algebraic
algebraic sum
sum of algebraic sum
of vertical
horizontal of moment of
The necessary condition of equilibrium of a components all a), b) and
6 components all the forces D
body, is ______________ of all the c)
of all the about a point
forces must
forces must must be zero
be zero
be zero
A uniform rod 9 m long weighing 40 N is
pivoted at a point 2 m from left end where a
weight of 120 N is suspended. The required
7 forces acting at the end in a direction 40 N 60 N 10 N 100 N D
perpendicular to rod to keep it equilibrium at
an inclination 60º with horizontal is
______________
A force acts at the origin of a coordinate system
8 in a direction defined by angles θx = 43.20 and 42.5 136 132.5 46 C
θz = 83.80. The angle θy is
If a body in equilibrium condition is acted by
always always concurrent or none of the
9 three forces at three points, then the line of C
concurrent parallel parallel above
action of these forces should be _____
Cantilever beam has one end _________ and always always concurrent or none of the
10 C
other end _______. concurrent parallel parallel above
The magnitude of the force F = (65 N)I - (80 N)j
11 220 N 225 N 235 N 250 N B
– (200 N)k
If a force F is acting on a body makes angle of
cos2 θx + cos2 θx + Sin2 θx + Sin2 Sin2 θx +
θx with X axis, θy with Y axis and θz with Z axis,
12 cos2 θy + cos2 θy + θy + Sin2 θz = Sin2 θy + B
then the equation between the angles is given
cos2 θz = 0 cos2 θz = 1 0 Sin2 θz = 1
as
SINHGAD COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING,PUNE


The couple moment and the force is divided to
13 get the distance of the axis from the point of TRUE FALSE A
action of the force in free body diagrams
Just like the collinear force system for free
14 body diagrams there is a system of the parallel TRUE FALSE A
forces
What is not the condition for the equilibrium in
15 ∑Fx=0 ∑Fx=0 ∑Fz=0 ∑F≠0 D
three dimensional system of axis?
If anybody is tied to three or more ropes, and The three
then is allowed to achieve its equilibrium. Then The ropes The weight
16 axis of the The ground B
the equilibrium achieved is achieved w.r.t direction direction
what? body
In coplanar non- concurrent force system, if
None of the
17 Summation Fx= 0 and summation Fy= 0 then Force Moment Zero B
above
the resultant can be___________
A simply supported beam AB ,of length 6m is
18 acted upon by UDL of 3 KN/m. The reaction at A 9 KN, 6 KN 6 KN, 6 KN 9 KN, 9 KN 9 KN, 27 KN C
and B are
A concentrated clockwise moment of
magnitude 20 Nm is acting at the centre of a 20 N 5N 20 N
19 5 N (Upward) D
simply supported beam of span 4m. The (Upward) (Downward) (Downward)
reaction at right end will be __________
A 50N force acts from point A(0,0,0) to point B
20 50 50 (i+ j+ k) 50/ √3 (i+j+k) 50 N C
(1,1,1) then force represented as,
sum of
Two resolved parts
all of them resolved
A number of forces acting at a point will in any two Their total
21 are inclined part at right C
be in equilibrium if per-pendicular sum is zero
equally angle are
directions are
same
both zero
Both
Rotational Translational rotational and
22 Moment have .......on body. No effect A
effect effect translational
effect
70N
20N 20N vertically
70N vertically vertically
Rod AB of 3m lenth is subjected to 10Nm vertically downword
upword force downword
anticlockwise couple at centre and 20N upword force force and
23 and 20Nm force and B
vertically upword force at B .The equivalent and 70Nm 70Nm
clockwise 20Nm
force couple system at point A contain..... clockwise anticlockwise
couple at A anticlockwise
couple at A couple at A
couple at A
One Two Three Four

24 Concurrent force system offers condition of conditions of conditions of conditions of B
equilibrium equilibrium equilibrium equilibrium

ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2019 Pattern UNIT 5
Sr.
Question A B C D ans
No.
1 1 km/h = _____ m/s 5/18 18/5 50/3 1/3 a
A body moving along a straight line at 20 m/s
2 decelerates at the rate of 4 m/s2. After 2 seconds 8 m/s 12 m/s 16 m/s - 12 m/s b
its speed will be equal to
An object moving with a speed of 5 m/s comes to
3 rest in 10 s, after the brakes are applied. What is zero 5 m/s 15 m/s 50 m/s b
the initial velocity?
4 undergoes an acceleration of 4 m/s2. After 10 20 m/s 28 m/s 16 m/s 80 m/s d
seconds its speed will be
5 SI unit of acceleration is __________. m/s2 km/h2 cm/s2 km/min2 a
negative positive uniform variable
6 Retardation is __________. a
acceleration acceleration acceleration acceleration
When an object is moving with uniform velocity,
7 zero uniform non-uniform negative a
what is its acceleration?
The average speed of a car which covers half the
distance with a speed of 20 m/s and other half with
8 25 m/s 0 m/s 24 m/s 2.4 m/s a
a speed of 30 m/s in equal intervals of time is
_________.
Name the physical quantity that is defined as the
9 velocity acceleration distance Speed a
rate of change of displacement.
An object moves with a constant velocity of 9.8
10 2 9.8 m/s2 zero 0.98 m/s 98 m/s2 b
m/s, its acceleration in m/ s is ________.
11 undergoes an acceleration of 4 m/s2. After two 8 m/s 12 m/s 16 m/s 28 m/s d
seconds its speed will be ________.
A car increases its speed from 20 km/h to 50 km/h 2 2 2 2
12 30 m/s 3 m/s 18 m/s 0.83 m/s d
in 10 seconds. Its acceleration is ________.
Negative acceleration means an object is moving increasing decreasing
13 uniform speed constant speed b
with ________ . speed speed
A body travels from A to B in 10 seconds with a
none of the
14 speed of 50 km/h and returns with a speed of 100 18.5 m/s 16.5 m/s 15.5 m/s a
above
km/h in 5 s. Find the average speed.
A body travelling with a velocity of 200 m/s is none of the

15 20 ms-2 10 ms-2 15 ms-2 a
brought to rest in 10 s. Calculate the retardation. above
A car starting from rest acquires a velocity of 36 none of the

16 3 ms-2 zero ms-2 2 ms-2 c
km/h in 5 seconds. Calculate: its acceleration above
A body moving with an initial velocity of 36 km/h
accelerates uniformly at the rate of 5 m/s2 for 20 none of the
17 1400 m 1000 m 1200 m c
seconds. Calculate the total distance travelled in 20 above
s
A body moving with an initial velocity of 36 km/h
none of the
18 accelerates uniformly at the rate of 5 m/s2 for 20 10 m/s2 20 m/s2 30 m/s2 d
above
seconds. Calculate the final velocity.
6.6734x10- 6.6734x10- 6.6734x10- 6.6734x10-
19 What is the value of gravitational constant? a
11N m2/kg2 10N m2/kg2 11N m/kg2 11N m2/kg
If the distance between two bodies is doubled, the
20 1/4 F 2F 1/2 F F a
force of attraction F between them will be _______
the
The force of gravitation between two bodies in the the distance the product of the sum of
21 gravitational c
universe does not depend on between them their masses their masses
constant
Is in the same
Is opposite to becomes zero
When an object is thrown up, the force of gravity direction as the increases as it
22 the direction at the highest a
_________. direction of rises up
of motion point
motion
What is the final velocity of a body moving against
23 Zero u2/2g h/t 2gh a
gravity when it attains the maximum height?

Sr.
No.
A stone is dropped from a cliff. Its speed after it
24 9.8 m/s 44.2 m/s 19.6 m/s 98 m/s b
has fallen 100 m is
A ball is thrown up and attains a maximum height
25 9.8 m/s 44.2 m/s 19.6 m/s 98 m/s b
of 100 m. Its initial speed was
A stone dropped from the roof of a building takes 4
26 seconds to reach the ground. What is the height of 19.6 m 39.2 m 156.8 m 78.4 m d
the building?
the centre of
27 The acceleration due to gravity is zero at ______. the equator poles sea level d
the earth
The second equation of motion for a freely falling h= ut + (1/2)
28 2 h= ut - (1/2) gt2 h= (1/2) gt2 h= - (1/2) gt2 c
body starting from rest is _______. gt
The acceleration due to gravity of a body moving 2
29 9.8 m/s2 -9.8 m/s2 ± 9.8 m/s 9.6 m/s b
against gravity is
The weight of an object of mass 10 kg on earth
30 9.8 N 9.8 kg 98 N 98 kg c
is_______.
The weight of an object of mass 15 kg at the centre
31 147 N 147 kg zero 150 N c
of the earth is _____.
When a body is projected vertically downwards v=u-
none of the
32 with initial velocity u then the equation describing v = u + gt v = gt gt a
above
motions are
When body is falling down freely, then equation of 2 h = ut –1/2 none of the
33 h = ut h= 1/2 gt b
kinematics is gt2 above
2
v =
v2 = u2 +
When body is projected vertically upward with 2gh v2 = u2 none of the
34 2gh c
initial velocity u, then –2gh aboves
A motorist travelling at a speed of 72 kmph sees a

traffic signal 200 m ahead of him turn red.
35 -1.0 m/s2 -2 m/s2 -1.5 m/s2 -2.5 m/s2 a
Determine the deceleration so that he will just stop
at the signal
A motorist is travelling at 72 kmph along a
straight road. A traffic signal turns red and it
36 -1.33 m/s2 -2.33 m/s2 -1.00 m/s2 1.3 m/s2 a
remains red for 15 s. What must be deceleration so
that at signal the velocity is zero
Two cars are travelling towards each other on a
single lane at 12 m/s and 9 m/s respectively. They a2 = - 0.71 a2 = - 0.81 a2 = - 0.81 a2 = -
2 2 2
37 succeed in avoiding the collision exactly at the mid m/s a1 = - m/s a1 = - m/s a1 = - 0.11m/s2 a1 = b
span, if the initial span between them is 100 m. 1.44 m/s 2
1.44 m/s 2
1.00/s 2
- 1.6m/s2
determine the accelerations.
A freely falling object under gravity passes two
Vn = 29.553 Vn = Vn = 22.553 Vn = 27.553
38 points M & N 20 m apart, within 1.2 s. Determine c
m/s 20.553 m/s m/s m/s
the velocity Vn.
Moving with Moving with Moving with
The relationship s = ut + ½ at2is applicable to the
39 any type of uniform uniform None of above c
bodies those are
motion velocity acceleration
The motion under gravity is a particular case of Constant Constant
40 Both a and b None of above b
motion under velocity acceleration
If two bodies A and B are projected upwards such
that the velocity of A is double the velocity of B, None of the
41 2 times Four times Eight times b
then the height to which A will rise will be ----- above
times the height which the body B will rise
A body was thrown vertically down from a tower
and traverses a distance of 40 m, during its 4th
42 u = 6.7 m/s u = 7.7 m/s u = 5.7 m/s u=8.7m/s c
second of its fall. Determine the initial velocity of
the body. Take g = 9.8 m/s2
A body starts with a velocity 10 m/s and moves in
a straight line with constant acceleration 2 m/s2.
43 S = 600 m S = 700 m S = 300 m S = 100 m a
Determine the distance travelled when velocity
reaches 50 m/s

Sr.
No.
Car `M’ moving with a constant speed of 10 m/s.
Car N is behind it by 50 m with initial speed of 5
44 m/s. At what rate it must accelerate so that it will 75/12 = a 75/11.5 = a 75/12.5 = a 75/10.5 = a c
reach the same position as reached by car M within
5 s.
A car starts from rest and moves in a straight line
45 with uniform acceleration. It covers 80 m in 9th a = 9.41 m/s2 a = 8.41 m/s2 a = 5.41 m/s2 a = 9.71 m/s2 b
second. Find the uniform acceleration of the car.
From the top of a tower 30 m high, a stone is

46 thrown vertically up with a velocity of 8 m/s. After t = 1.42 s. t = 9.42 s t = 3.42 s. t = 3.99 s c
2
how much time it will hit the ground. (g = 9.8 m/s )
Water dips from a tap at the rate of 5 drops per

47 second. Determine the vertical separation between 0.96 m 0.196 m 0.200 m 0.100 m b
first two drops just when 2nd drop leaves the tap.
Bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at 0.8 m/s2 till

48 it reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Determine distance s=9m s = 90 m s = 50 m s = 95 m b
travelled.
Bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at 0.8 m/s2 till
49 it reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Determine the time of t = 10 s t = 25 s t = 15 s t=70 s c
travel.
A balloon is rising the velocity of 2 m/s. When a
bag of sand is released. If its height at the time of
50 release is 100 m, how long does it take for the sand t = 4.3 s. t = 9.73 s. t = 8.73 s. t = 4.73 s. d
2
to reach the ground (g = 9.8 m/s )
A balloon is rising with a velocity of 2 m/s. when a
bag of sand is released. If its height at the time of Vs = 40.317 Vs = 44.317 Vs = 48.317 VsVs =
51 release is 100 m, determine the striking velocity of b
m/s m/s m/s 42.317 m/s
the sandbag (g = 9.8 m/s2)
A stone is thrown vertically upwards from the top
of a building 21 m high with a velocity of 14 m/s. V = 20 – (9.8 V = 14 – V = 22 – (9.8 x V = 2 – (9.8 x
52 b
Determine the velocity at any instant `t’. (g = 9.8 x t) (9.8 x t) t) t)
2
m/s )
A stone thrown vertically upwards from the top of
a building 21 m high with a velocity of 14 m/s. S = 21 + 14 t S = 21 + 14 t S = 21 + 16 t – S = 21 + 13 t –
53 Determine the expression for its position w.r.t. 2 2 2 2 a
– ½ x 9.8 t –½x8t ½ x 9.8 t ½ x 9.8 t
ground at any instant `t’ (g = 9.8 m/s2)

of a building 21 m high with a velocity of 14 m/s. S = 21 + 14 t S = 21 + 14 t S= 21 + 16 t – S = 21 + 13 t
54 a
Determine the highest elevation reached by the – ½ x 9.8 t2 – ½ x 8 t2 ½ x 9.8 t2 – ½ x 9.8 t2
stone from ground (g = 9.8 m/s2).
of a building 21 m high with a velocity of 14 m/s. Actual from Actual from Actual from Actual from
55 b
Determine the distance travelled by the stone to ground = 30m ground = 31m ground = 71m ground = 21m
reach the highest point.
of a building 21 m high with a velocity of 14 m/s.
56 Determine the time when stone reaches the t = 1.429 s. t = 1.400 s. t = 1.4 s. t = 1.29 s. a
maximum height. g = 9.8 m/s2
of a building 21 m high with a velocity of 14 m/s.
57 3.900 s. 1.944 s. 2.944 s. 3.944 s d
Determine the time required for the stone to reach
the ground. g = 9.8 m/s2.
of a building 21 m high with a velocity of 14 m/s. V = 245.64
58 V = 24.64 m/s. V = 20.64 m/s. V = 246.4 m/s. a
Determine the stricking velocity of stone at the m/s.
ground.

Sr.
No.
When an object moves in a fixed direction with inclined
59 parabola ellipse Curve b
uniform acceleration, the speed-time graph is a straight line
A car starts from rest and covers a distance of 100
non of the
60 m in one second with uniform acceleration. Its 100 m/s2 50 m/s2 200 m/s2 c
above
acceleration is
From the top of a tower 30 m high, a stone is
61 thrown vertically up with a velocity of 8 m/s. After 1.42 s 3.42 s 9.42 s 3.99 s b
how much time it will hit the ground. (g = 9.8 m/s2)
A particle falling freely under gravity falls 50 m in
62 certain second. Determine the initial velocity to 15.9 m/s 50 m/s 54.9 m/s 54 m/s c
cover these 50 m.
A particle falling freely under gravity falls 50 m in
63 certain second. Determine the velocity at the end 45.1 m/s -45.1 m/s -75.1 M/S -15.1 m/s b
of this second.
A stone is projected up from top of a building 120
m high with initial velocity of 25 m/s.. Find the
64 time taken by the stone to reach the ground ( g = 6.12 s 1.12 s 8.12 s 8s c
2
9.87 m/s )
2
A bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at 0.8 m/s
65 till it reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Determine distance 9m 90 m 50 m 95 m b
travelled.
A bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at 0.8 m/s2
66 till it reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Determine the time 10 s 25s 15 s 70 s c
of travel.
till it reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Brakes are applied
67 0.343 m/s2 -0.343 m/s2 -1.343 m/s2 -0.43 m/s2 b
and then it stops at B, 300 m from A. Determine
the acceleration.
till it reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Brakes are applied
68 10 s 70 s 5s 50 s d
and then it stops at B, 300 m from A. Determine
the total time of travel
If the gravitational acceleration at any place is
69 g/2 g √ 2g 2g d
doubled, then the weight of a body will be
The velocity of a body on reaching the ground from
70 √2gh 2gh √2g/h gh a
a height h, is
When the distance covered by an object is directly constant uniform
71 zero velocity constant speed b
proportional to time, it is said to travel with acceleration acceleration
For a particle moving along a straight line, position
x is expressed by x = t4-2t3+1 where x is in m and none of the
72 minimum maximum zero c
t is in s. The velocity attained by the particle at 1.5 above.
s will be
v = 3t2 - t - 1 v = 3t2- 2t - 1 none of the
73 x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1 where x is in m v = t2 – t (m/s) c
(m/s) (m/s) above.
and t is in s. Expression for velocity v is

a = -2t2 +1
74 x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1 where x is in m a = t2- t (m/s2) a = 6t - 2(m/s2) a = 2t - 2 (m/s2) b
(m/s2)
and t is in s. Expression for acceleration is
x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1 where x is in m
75 -1 m/s, 0 m/s 0 m/s, 1 m/s -1 m/s, 2 m/s 2 m/s, 2 m/s a
and t is in s. Particle's velocity when t =0 s and 1 s
is given by
76 x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1 where x is in m 2/9 m/s2 -1/9 m/s2 0 m/s2 1 m/s2 c
and t is in s. Particle's acceleration when t=1/3 s is

Sr.
No.
3 2
x is expressed by x = t - t - t +1 where x is in m
77 -6 m/s2 -1 m/s2 -2 m/s2 0 m/s2 c
and t is in s. The minimum acceleration attained by
the particle is
3 2
x is expressed by x = t - t - t +1 where x is in m none of the
78 0s 0.5 s 1s a
and t is in s. The minimum acceleration attained by above.
the particle at t =
x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1 where x is in m none of the
79 t = 1/3 s t=0s t=1s a
and t is in s. The acceleration attained by the above.
particle will be zero at
3 2
80 t=1s t=0s t = 1/3 s a
and t is in s. The minimum position will be above.
attained by the particle at
3 2
81 1m 2m 0m c
and t is in s. The minimum position attained by the above.
particle will be
3 v = t2 +10 v = 3t2+ 10 2 none of the
82 x is expressed by x = 2t +10 where x is in m and t v = 6t (m/s) c
(m/s) (m/s) above.
is in s. Expression for velocity v is

a = 3t2+10t a = 2t - 10 a = -2t2 +5
83 x is expressed by x = 2t3+10 where x is in m and t a = 12t (m/s2) b
(m/s2) (m/s2) (m/s2)
is in s. Expression for acceleration is
x is expressed by x = 2t3+10 where x is in m and t
84 0 m/s, 6 m/s 1 m/s, 6 m/s 0 m/s, 10 m/s 2 m/s, 4 m/s a
is in s. Particle's velocity when t =0 s and 1 s is
given by
85 x is expressed by x = 2t3+10 where x is in m and t 0 m/s2 -1 m/s2 12 m/s2 6 m/s2 c
is in s. Particle's acceleration when t =1 s is
86 -1/3 m/s -2/3 m/s 0 m/s 1 m/s c
is in s. The minimum velocity attained by the
particle is
x is expressed by x = 2t3+10 where x is in m and t none of the
87 0s 0.5 s 1s a
is in s. The minimum velocity is attained by the above.
particle at t =
88 -1 m/s2 -2 m/s2 0 m/s2 2 m/s2 c
is in s. The minimum acceleration attained by the
particle is
89 0s 0.5 s 1s a
is in s. The minimum acceleration attained by the above.
particle at t =
90 t=0s t=2s t=1s a
is in s. The velocity attained by the particle will be above.
zero at
91 t=0s t = 0.5 s t=1s a
is in s. The acceleration attained by the particle above.
will be zero at

Sr.
No.
3
x is expressed by x = 2t +10 where x is in m and t none of the
92 t=0s t = 0.5 s t=1s a
is in s. The minimum position will be attained by above.
the particle at
3
x is expressed by x = 2t +10 where x is in m and t none of the
93 0m 3m 10 m c
is in s. The minimum position attained by the above.
particle will be
For a particle moving along a straight line, position 5
6 4 v = t5 – 2t3 v = 3t5+4t3 + 1 v = 6t - none of the
94 x is expressed by x = t -2t where x is in m and t is c
(m/s) (m/s) 8t3(m/s) above.
in s. Expression for velocity v is
6 4 a = 6t4-6t2 a = 30t4 - 24t2 a = 2t4 -4t2 a = -2t2 +5
95 x is expressed by x = t -2t where x is in m and t is b
(m/s2) (m/s2) (m/s2) (m/s2)
in s. Expression for acceleration is
6 4
x is expressed by x = t -2t where x is in m and t is none of the
96 0 m/s, -2 m/s 0 m/s, 2 m/s -1 m/s, 0 m/s a
in s. Particle's velocity when t =0 s and 1 s is given above.
by
97 x is expressed by x = t6-2t4 where x is in m and t is 1 m/s2 -1 m/s2 0 m/s2 1 m/s2 c
in s. Particle's acceleration when t =0 s is

none of the
98 x is expressed by x = t6-2t4 where x is in m and t is 0s 1s 2s a
above.
in s. Particle's velocity is zero when t =
For a particle moving along a straight line, velocity

a = 4t-8
99 v is expressed by v = 2t2-8t where v is in m/s and t a = 4t +8 (m/s2) a = 2t (m/s2) a = 2t2 (m/s2) a
(m/s2)
For a particle moving along a straight line starting
from x = -6m, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t2-8t x = 2t3/3-4t2 –
100 x = 4t-8 (m) x = 4t (m) x = 2t - 4 (m) d
where v is in m/s and t is in s. Expression for 6 (m)
position x is
101 v is expressed by v = 2t2-8t where v is in m/s and t 8 m/s2 4 m/s2 0 m/s2 1 m/s2 c
is in s. Particle's acceleration when t = 2 s is
from x = -6m, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t2- 8 none of the
102 -40/3 m 0m 15 m a
where v is in m/s and t is in s. Particle's position x above.
when t = 1 s is
from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t2- 8t none of the
103 8 m/s 0 m/s -8 m/s c
where v is in m/s and t is in s. The minimum above.
velocity attained by the particle is

from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t2- 8t none of the
104 2/3 s 2s 0s b
velocity will be attained by the particle at t =

from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t2-8t none of the
105 -2 m 0m -8 m d
position x attained by the particle is

Sr.
No.
106 1s 0s 2s b
acceleration will be attained by the particle at t =
2
from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t -8t
107 t = 2 and 4 s t = 0 and 2 s t = 1 and 2 s t = 0 and 4 s d
(m/s) where t is in s. The zero velocity will be
attained by the particle at t =

108 t=2s t=0s t=1s a
where v is in m/s and t is in s. The acceleration above.
attained by the particle will be zero at

2
from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t -8t
109 t=3s t=0s t=1s t=2s d
where v is in m/s and t is in s. The minimum
position attained by the particle at

2
v is expressed by v = 4t +5 where v is in m/s and t
110 0 m/s, 5 m/s 9 m/s, 13 m/s 13 m/s, 21 m/s 9 m/s, 21 m/s d
is in s. If at t = 0 s, x = 0 m, particle's velocity
when t =1 s and 2 s is given by

a = 4t+5 x = 4t3/3+5t
111 v is expressed by v = 4t2+5 where v is in m/s and t 2 a = 8t (m/s2) a = 2t (m/s2) b
(m/s ) (m)
2 3
from x = 0m, velocity v is expressed by v = 4t +5 x = 4t /3+5t
112 x= 4t+5 (m) x = 8t (m) x = 2t (m) d
where v is in m/s and t is in s. Expression for (m)
position x is
113 v is expressed by v = 4t2+5 where v is in m/s and t 8 m/s2 16 m/s2 0 m/s2 1 m/s2 b
is in s. Particle's acceleration when t =2 s is

from x = 0m, velocity v is expressed by v = 4t2+5 none of the
114 8 m/s 4 m/s 0 m/s d
velocity attained by the particle is

115 2s 4s 0s d
where v is in m/s and t is in s. The zero velocity above.
will be attained by the particle at t =

116 2m 4m 0m c
position attained by the particle is

117 2 m/s2 -1 m/s2 0 m/s2 c
acceleration attained by the particle is
118 0s 1s 3s a
where v is in m/s and t is in s. Particle's position x above.
=0 m when t =

Sr.
No.
119 v is expressed by v = 3t2- 2t - 1 where v is in m/s a = 3t-2 (m/s2) a = 6t -2 (m/s2) a = 3t (m/s2) a = 3t2 (m/s2) b
and t is in s. Expression for acceleration is
2 3 2
from x = 1m, velocity v is expressed by v = 3t - 2t - x = t - t – t +1
120 x= 6t+10 (m) x = 6t (m) x = 2t +5 (m) d
1 where v is in m/s and t is in s. Expression for (m)
position x is
For a particle moving along a straight line,
acceleration a is expressed by a = 2t - 1(m/s2) x = 4t3/3+5t x = t3/3-t2/2- x = 4t2+5t +10 none of the
121 b
where t is in s. If at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s +10 (m) 10t + 5 (m) (m) above.
Expression for position x is
2 2 2 2
acceleration a is expressed by a = 2t - 1 (m/s ) v = 4t + 5 v = t +2t + 5 v = t - t - 10 none of the
122 c
where t is in s. If at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s (m/s) (m/s) (m/s) above.
Expression for velocity v is
2
acceleration a is expressed by a = 2t - 1 (m/s )
none of the
123 where t is in s. If at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 0 -10 15 b
above.
m/s, particle's velocity when t=1s is

2
acceleration a is expressed by a = 2t - 1 (m/s ) none of the
124 10 m 5.167 m -5.167 m c
where t is in s. If at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 above.
m/s, particle's position when t =1s is
acceleration a is expressed by a = 2t - 1 (m/s2)
125 where t is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 -10 m/s -13 m/s -10.25 m/s 0 m/s c
m/s. The minimum velocity attained by the particle
is
none of the
126 where t is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 2/3 s 2s 1s d
above.
m/s. The minimum velocity will be attained by the
particle at t =
none of the
127 where t is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 -1/3 m/s2 -2 m/s2 0 m/s2 c
above.
m/s. The minimum acceleration attained by the
particle is
none of the
128 where t is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 0s 2s 1s a
above.
m/s. The minimum acceleration will be attained by
the particle at t =
none of the
129 where t is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 t = 3.7 s t=0s t = 1.7 s a
above.
m/s. The velocity attained by the particle will be
zero at
none of the
130 where t is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 t = 0.5 s t=0s t=1s a
above.
m/s. The acceleration attained by the particle will
be zero at
none of the
131 where t is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 t = 3.7 s t=0s t = 0.5 s a
above.
m/s. The minimum position will be attained by the
particle at

Sr.
No.
2
acceleration a is expressed by a = 2t - 1 (m/s )
132 where t is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 5m 0m -10.25 m 21.96m d
m/s. The minimum position attained by the particle
will be
For a particle moving along a straight line in
resisting medium, acceleration a is expressed by a
v = e-kt – vo none of the
133 = -kv (m/s2) where v is in m/s, k is in s-1 and at t = -kt
e (m/s)
-kt
v = voe (m/s) c
(m/s) above.
0 s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The expression for
velocity v of the particle is
-
resisting medium, velocity v is expressed by v = voe
none of the
134 (m/s), where t is in s, k is in s and at t = 0 s, x = a = kv (m/s2)
kt -1 2
a = -kv (m/s ) a = -kv (m/s )
2 2
b
above.
0 m and v = vo m/s. The expression for acceleration
a of the particle is
-
resisting medium, velocity v is expressed by v = voe -kt -kt -kt
x = (1 + e ) x = (1- e ) x = (vo + 1) e none of the
135 kt (m/s), where t is in s, k is in s-1 and at t = 0 s, x = a
vo/k (m) vo/k m) (m) above.
0 m and v = vo m/s. The expression for position x
of the particle is
resisting medium, position x is expressed by x = (1 -kt
-kt -1 v = e – vo none of the
136 + e ) vo/k (m), where t is in s, k is in s and at t v = e-kt (m/s) v = voe-kt (m/s) c
(m/s) above.
= 0 s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The expression for
x = -(v - vo)/k x = (vo + 1) k none of the
137 = -kv (m/s2) where k is in s-1 and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m (v + vo) /k (m) a
(m) (m) above.
and v = vo m/s. The expression for position x of the
particle is
resisting medium, position x is expressed by x = -(v
-1 none of the
138 - vo)/k (m) where v is in m/s, k is in s and at t = 0 kv (m/s2) -kv (m/s2) -kv2 (m/s2) b
above.
s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The expression for
acceleration a of the particle is
v = vo -1 v = vo + kx v = vo - kx none of the
139 = -kv (m/s2) where v is in m/s, k is in s-1 and at t = c
(m/s) (m/s) (m/s) above.
resisting medium, velocity v is expressed by v = vo
none of the
140 - kx (m/s) where x is in m, k is in s-1 and at t = 0 s, a = -kv (m/s2) a = kv (m/s2) a = -kv2 (m/s2) a
above.
x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The expression for
acceleration a of the particle is
resisting medium, position x is expressed by x = -(v
v = vo -1 v = vo + kx v = vo - kx none of the
141 - vo)/k (m) where v is in m/s, k is in s-1 and at t = c
(m/s) (m/s) (m/s) above.
resisting medium, velocity v is expressed by v =
x = -(v - vo)/k x = (v + vo) /k x = (vo + 1) k none of the
142 vo - kx (m/s) where x is in m, k is in s-1 and at t = a
(m) (m) (m) above.
position x of the particle is
In the case of a rectilinear uniform motion,
143 parabola straight line curved line rectangle b
distance-time graph is a
When a graph of one quantity versus another , directly inversely
independent of
144 constant a
results in a straight line, the quantities are proportional proportional
each other
They are
What do you infer, if S-t graphs of two cyclists They pass each
145 They collide They are at rest starting from b
meet at a point? other
rest

Sr.
No.
Name the physical quantity which we get from
146 Speed Displacement Distance Time a
slope of S-t graph.
Distance-time graph is a straight line for
147 variable non uniform rectilinear circular c
__________ motion.
148 The slope of a v-t graph gives ________. acceleration velocity speed distance a
Normal to
In curvilinear motion , velocity of a particle is Tangential to Depends on
149 path of None of above b
always path of particle acceleration
particle
Towards
Normal to Depends on
In curvilinear motion, acceleration of a particle is Tangential to concave side
150 path of velocity of d
always path of particle of path of
particle particle
particle
Never
Normal to Along the
In curvilinear motion, acceleration of a particle is Tangential to tangential to
151 path of direction of d
always path of particle the path of
particle velocity
particle.
2
Motion of a particle is defined by x = 4 + 3t and y
152 5 m/s2 3 m/s2 4 m/s2 6 m/s2 d
= 3 + t3, acceleration of particle at t = 0 is
Motion of a particle is defined by x = 4t + 3t2 and y

153 3 0 m/s 4 m/s 3 m/s 5 m/s b
= 3 + t , initial velocity of particle is
Particle moves along path defined by y 2 = 9 x,
where x and y are in m. the x co-ordinate is given
154 0 m/s 9 m/s 3 m/s 81 m/s c
by x = t 2 what is the y component of velocity at t =
2s
A particle moves along a path r = (8t2)i + (t3 + 5)j,
155 55.07 m/s 5.507 m/s 50.5 m/s 24.1 m/s a
magnitude of particles velocity at t = 3 s is
Motion of particle is defined by x = 1- t and y = t2, 2 2 2 2/3
156 y = (x -1) y = (1- x) y = (x + 1) y = (x -1) b
what is the equation of path
Motion of particles A and B is described by the
position vectors rA = 3ti + 9t(2 - t)j and rB = 3(t2 -
157 2s 4.5 s 3s 9s a
2t + 2)i + 3(t - 2)j. time at which the two particles
collide is
In case of tracking of space vehicles ------ system
158 Cartesian polar path All b
of coordinates is useful
Velocity of
Velocity of Radius of particle is
Velocity of
159 If acceleration of particle is zero, it implies particle is curvature is constant and d
particle is zero
constant zero travels along a
straight path
Joining the
ends of
Joining Joining the
velocity
160 Hodograph is the curve acceleration velocity vector None of above a
vectors drawn
vectors tail to head
from a
common point
Path of a Radial Normal
161 Acceleration of a particle is tangential to Hodograph b
particle direction direction
A particle starting from the origin is subjected to
acceleration ax = - 2 m/s2 and ay = 2 m/s2 initial
162 26.64 m/s 22.44 m/s 28.00 m/s 46.75 m/s a
velocity of particle is 40 m/s at 300 to x-axis. Find
x component of velocity at t = 4s.
A particle starting from the origin is subjected to
acceleration ax = -2m/s2 and ay = 2 m/s2 initial
163 26.64 m/s 22 . 44 m/s 28.00 m/s 46.75 m/s c
velocity of particle is 40 m/s at 300 to x-axis. Find
y component of velocity at t =4s.
A particle is moving in x-y plane with y component
of velocity, vy = 6t m/s, where t is in seconds. If ax
164 123 m 34 m 23 m 67.08 m d
= 3t m/s2, when t = 0, x = 3m, y = 0 and vx = 0.
What is value of x when t = 2s.

Sr.
No.
2
If the motion of particle is defined by x = 2t and 2 2 2 2 2 2
165 x /y = 2 x y =2 y =2x xy = 4 d
y = 2t-2 then the path of particle is
Position vector of a point along a curved path is r
166 3 2 4 32.98 m/s 43 m/s 23 m/s 12 m/s a
=[ (t - t )i + t j] m. velocity of particle at t = 2s
167 =[ (t3- t2)i + t4 j] m. x component of acceleration 2 m/s2 10 m/s2 6 m/s2 8 m/s2 b
of particle at t = 2s
168 =[ (t3- t2)i + t4 j] m. y component of acceleration 3 m/s2 6 m/s2 12 m/s2 9 m/s2 c
of particle at t = 1s
The position vector of a particle moving in x-y
plane at time t = 4s is 3.2i – 4.6j m again at t =
169 0.8 m/s 0.6 m/s (- 0.6) m/s 1 m/s b
4.1s, position vector is 3.28i – 4.66j m. What is
average velocity component in y-direction?
If v = 8ti + 9t2j m/s, where t is in seconds,
None of the
170 determine the distance from the origin to the 4m 5m 3m b
above
particle when t = 1s.
When t = 0 a particle is at the origin. If its x
component of velocity is constant, v = 4 m/s, None of the
171 8.5 m 8m 10 m b
calculate the distance it travels along the x axis in t above
= 2s.
2
If its y component of acceleration is ay = 3 m/s ,
None of the
172 calculate how far it travels along the y axis in t = 9m 12 m 6m c
above
2s. When t = 0, vy = 0.
19. The position of a particle is defined as x = 2t2 +

None of the
173 5 and y = t3 – 9, where x and y is in m and t is in s. 5 m/s 7 m/s 1 m/s a
above
The velocity of particle at t = 1 s is
The velocity of the particle is expressed as v = t2 -

None of the
174 8t + 12, where v is in m/s and t is in s. Determine 6s 2s 2 and 6 s c
above
the time at which velocity is zero.
Velocity is
Velocity is Velocity is
Velocity and tangential and
tangential and normal and
acceleration acceleration is
175 Correct meaning of curvilinear motion particle is acceleration is acceleration is d
are tangential never
normal to the tangential to
to the path tangential to
path the path
the path.
If motion of particle is expressed as x = t2 + 4 and

None of the
176 y = t2 - 4 then at t = 2 s, the angle θ made by 00 300 450 c
above
velocity with x axis is
If motion of particle is expressed as x = t2 + 4 and
177 4 m/s 5 m/s 4√2 m /s 10 m/s. c
y = t2 - 4 then the velocity at t = 2 s, is
If velocity of particle is expressed as vx = t2 + 4 m/s

178 4 m /s2 5 m /s2 10 m /s2 4√2 m /s2 d
and vy = t2 - 4 m/s then the acceleration at t = 2 s, is
At the point on the curve, the normal acceleration a

179 n = 0 because at that point radius of curvature Zero One Infinite None of these c
becomes --------
The position of a particle moving on curvilinear

180 path are defined by x = 2 + 3t2 and y = 3 + t3, the 9 m/s 12 m/s 17 m/s 24 m/s c
magnitude of velocity at t = 2 s is
A particle moves along the path y2 = 9 x , where x

and y are in meters. The x co-ordinate of the
181 0 3m/s 9 m/s 81 m/s b
particle at any time is given by x = t2. Determine y
component of velocity at t = 3 s

Sr.
No.
The motion of particle in x-y plane is defined by x
3 2
= t + 2 t + 4 t and y = 5 t + 2 t + 3t where x and y
182 4 m/s 5 m/s 16 m/s 25 m/s b
are in meters and t in s. The velocity of a particle
when t = 0 is
If velocity of particle is expressed as vx = t2 + 4 m/s 2 2 2 2

183 2 4 m/s 5 m/s 4√2 m /s 10 m/s c
and vy = t - 4 m/s then the acceleration at t = 2 s, is
2 2
If x = t + 4 m and y = t - 4 then at t = 2s, the angle
184 000 300 450 600 c
θ made by velocity with x axis is
If vx = t2 + 4 m/s and vy = t2 - 4 m/s then at t = 2 s, 0 0 0 0
185 00 30 45 60 c
the angle θ made by acceleration
2 2
If vx = t + 4 m/s and vy = t - 4 m/s then at t = 2 s,
186 000 300 450 600 a
the angle θ made by velocity with x-axis is
If sx = a sin ωt m and sy = a cos ωt m then at t = 3 s,
187 4m 5m am 10 m c
the magnitude of displacement is
A shell is fired from a gun barrel with a certain
188 velocity will have maximum range if it fired with 00 300 450 900 c
what angle with the horizontal plane.
A projectile is projected with a certain velocity at
an angle θ with the horizontal plane. The
189 sin θ sin3 θ 2
sin θ sin2 θ d
horizontal distance traveled by the projectile is
proportional to
190 an angle θ with the horizontal plane. The maximum sin θ sin3 θ sin2 θ sin2 θ c
height of a flight of the projectile is proportional to
A particle having v = 4i + 3j at any instant. Total
191 acceleration is 10 m/s2 at 300 with the velocity, 3.93 m/s
2
4.93 m/s
2
10 m/s
2
7 m/s
2
a
determine ax.
192 acceleration is 10 m/s2 at 300 with velocity, 10.2 m/s
2
9.2 m/s
2
15 m/s
2
20 m/s
2
b
determine ay.
193 acceleration is 10 m/s2 at 300 with velocity, 2.5 m/s2 7.5 m/s2 5 m/s2 10 m/s2 c
determine an.
194 acceleration is 10 m/s2 at 300 with velocity, 2.5 m/s2 7.5 m/s2 5 m/s2 8.66 m/s2 d
determine at.
The velocity of a particle moving in the x-y plane

is given by 6.12 i + 3.24 j m/s at time t = 3.65 s. Its
195 average acceleration during the next 0.02 s is 4i + 27.90 28.90 270 29.90 a
6j m/s2. Determine the angle θ between the average
acceleration vector and velocity vector at t
A particle moving in the x-y plane has a velocity at
time t = 6 s is given by 4i + 5j m/s and at t = 6.1 s
196 its velocity has become 4.3i + 5.4 j m/s. calculate 5.55 m/s2 6.00 m/s2 0.5 m/s2 0.55m/s2 c
the magnitude of its average acceleration during
the 0.1 s interval.
The position vector of a particle moving in the x-y
plane at time t = 3.60 s is 2.76i-3.28j m. At t =
197 3.62 s its position vector has become 2.79i - 3.33j 2.92 m/s 2.00 m/s 2.99 m/s 2.22 m/s a
m. Determine the magnitude of its average e
velocity during this interval.
The motion of a particle is described by the
198 following equations x = t2 + 8t + 4, y = t3 + 3t2 + 8t 11.31 m/s 33.33 m/s 23.32 m/s 11.13 m/s a
+ 4, determine initial velocity of the particle.
The position of a particle is expressed as = (4t2 +

199 2)i + (2t3 + 4)j, determine the velocity of a particle 6 m/s 12 m/s 6√2 m/s 10 m/s d
at t = 1s.

Sr.
No.
2
The position of a particle is defined as x = 2t + 5
200 and y = t3 – 9, where x and y is in m and t is in s. 5 m/s 7 m/s 1 m/s None of these a
determine the velocity of particle at t = 1 s is
If vx = a sin ωt m/s and vy = a cos ωt m/s then at t =

201 ω 2ω 3ω None of these c
3 s, the angle θ made by velocity with y-axis is
If vx = a sin ωt m/s and vy= a cos ωt m/s then at t
202 =3 s, the angle θ made by acceleration with x-axis ω 2ω 3ω 180 - 3 ω d
is
If sx = a sin ωt m and sy = a cos ωt m then at t = 3s,
203 ω 2ω 3ω 180 - 3 ω d
the angle θ made by velocity with x-axis is
2 2 2
If ax = t + t + 4 m/s and ay = 8t m/s then at t = 1 s,
204 tan-1 4/3 tan-1 5/4 tan-1 5/3 None of these a
the angle θ made by acceleration with x-axis is
If sx = t2 + t + 4 m and sy = 4t m then at t = 1 s, the

205 4 m/s 5 m/s 20 m /s 10 m/s b
magnitude of velocity is
If vx = t2 + t + 4 m/s and vy = 4t m/s then at t = 1 s, 2 2 2 2
206 4 m/s 5 m/s 20 m /s 10 m/s b
the magnitude of acceleration is
angle θ made by velocity with x-axis is
If vx = t2 + t + 4 m/s and vy = 4t m/s then at t = 1 s,

the angle θ made by acceleration with x-axis is
If sx = t2 + 2t + 4 m and sy = 8t m then at t = 2 s, the

209 4m 5m 20 m 10 m c
magnitude of displacement is
2
If vx = t + 2t + 4 m/s and vy = 8t m/s then at t = 2 s,
210 4 m/s 5 m/s 20 m/s 10 m/s c
the magnitude of velocity is
If ax = t2 + 2t + 4 m/s2 and ay = 8t m/s2 then at t = 2
211 4 m/s2 5 m/s 2 20 m/s2 10 m/s2 c
s, the magnitude of acceleration is
If sx = t2 + 2t + 4 m and sy = 8t m then at t = 2 s, the

angle θ made by total displacement with x-axis is
If ax = t2 + 2t + 4 m/s2 and ay = 8t m/s2 then at t = 2

s, the angle θ made by acceleration with x-axis is
If sx = t2 + 2t + 4 m and sy = 2t2 m then at t = 2 s,

214 4 m/s 5 m/s 20 m/s 10 m/s d
If vx = t2 + 2t + 4 m/s and vy = 2t2 m/s then at t = 2
215 4 m/s2 5 m/s 2 20 m /s2 10 m/s2 d
s, the magnitude of acceleration is
If sx = t2 + 2t + 4 m and sy = 2t2 m then at t =2 s, the None of the
216 tan-1 4/3 tan-1 5/4 tan-1 5/3 a
angle θ made by velocity with x-axis is above
If vx = t2 + 2t + 4 m/s and vy = 2t 2 m/s then at t = 2 None of the

217 tan-1 4/3 tan-1 5/4 tan-1 5/3 a
s, the angle θ made by acceleration with x-axis is above
2
If vx = t + 2t + 4 m/s and vy = 8t m/s then at t = 2 None of the
218 tan-1 4/3 tan-1 5/4 tan-1 5/3 a
s, the angle θ made by velocity with x-axis is above

219 4m 5m 20 m 10 m c
magnitude of displacement is
If vx = t2 + t + 4 m/s and vy = 4t m/s then at t = 3s,
220 4 m/s 5 m/s 20 m/s 10 m/s c
If ax = t2 + t + 4 m/s2 and ay = 4t m/s2 then at t = 3 s,
221 4 m/s2 5 m/s2 20 m/s2 10 m/s2 c
the magnitude of acceleration is
If sx = t2 + t + 4 m and sy = 4t m then at t = 3 s, the None of the

222 tan-1 4/3 tan-1 5/4 tan-1 5/3 a
angle θ made by displacement with x-axis is above

Sr.
No.
2 2 2
If ax = t + t + 4 m/s and ay = 4t m/s then at t = 3 s, None of the
223 tan-1 4/3 tan-1 5/4 tan-1 5/3 a
the angle θ made by acceleration above
If a particle moves along a curve with a constant
224 speed, then its tangential component of Positive Negative Zero Constant c
acceleration is
Rate of
Rate of change
In curvilinear motion normal component of change of None of the
225 of direction of Both a and b b
acceleration represents magnitude of above
velocity
velocity
A particle travels in a circular path of radius 300 m
has an instantaneous velocity of 30 m/s and its
226 velocity is increasing at a constant rate of 4 m/s2. 3 m/s
2
5 m/s
2
4 m/s
2
7 m/s
2
b
What is the magnitude of its total acceleration at
this instant?
If a particle moving in a circular path of radius 5 m
227 and a velocity is expressed as v = 4t2 m/s. What is 8 m/s
2
8.62 m/s
2
3.2 m/s
2
11.2 m/s
2
b
the magnitude of its total acceleration at t =1s?
Directly Inversely
Zero at
Magnitude of the normal component of proportional proportional to
228 Negative constant b
acceleration is to radius of radius of
velocity
curvature curvature
The direction of the tangential component of Perpendicular In opposite In same
229 Collinear c
acceleration and velocity are always to each other direction direction
Transverse Radial Tangential
Angular
230 In polar coordinate system the term dθ/dt is called component of component of component of a
velocity
velocity velocity velocity
Angular
231 In polar coordinate system dr/dt is called component of component of component of c
velocity
Angular
232 In polar coordinate system rdθ/dt is called component of component of component of b
velocity
Radial Transverse
Angular None of the
233 In polar coordinate system d2r/dt2 is called component of component of d
acceleration above
acceleration acceleration
Radial Transverse
Angular None of the
234 In polar coordinate system d2θ/dt2 is called component of component of c
acceleration above
Radial Transverse
In polar coordinate system d2r/dt2 + 2(dr/dt)(dθ/dt) Angular None of the
235 component of component of d
is called acceleration above
In polar coordinate system speed of particle is None of the
236 r rdθ/dt 2(rdθ/dt) + r d
given by above
Moving with
Moving in Moving in a
237 If dr/dt is zero for a particle, the particle is Not moving constant b
circular path straight line
velocity
If a particle is moving in a circular path with
238 Zero -r(d2θ/dt2 ) d2r/dt2 (dθ/dt) x (dr/dt) b
constant velocity , its radial acceleration is
Perpendicular
to the directed
The radial component of acceleration of particle
239 Negative transverse towards centre All above a
moving in a curvilinear path is always
component of of path
acceleration
Greater than Less than its
The radial component of velocity of a particle
240 Zero its transverse Constant transverse a
moving in a circular path is always
components components
Corillus Radial Transverse
241 In polar system 2(dr/dt) x (dθ/dt) is called None of above a
acceleration acceleration acceleration
Path is Velocity is Path is
242 Normal component of acceleration is zero if None of above c
circular constant rectilinear

Sr.
No.
Always
Normal to directed Normal to bi-
Positive normal direction in case of path coordinate
243 tangential towards the normal All of above b
system is
component centre of component
curvature
When particle travels along a straight path, then
244 Zero Positive Negative Infinity d
radius of curvature is
When particle travels along a circular path, then Diameter of Circumference
245 Area of circle Radius of circle d
radius of curvature is circle of circle
Particle travels with a constant velocity of 6 m/s
2 2 None of the
246 along the circle of radius 6 m, then its normal Zero 4 m/s 6 m/s c
above
acceleration is
An airplane making a turn at constant speed is Tangential Normal Both
247 No acceleration b
experiencing acceleration acceleration acceleration
The car is traveling with 18 m/s at the top of the
rise having radius of curvature 3 m. If its slow 2 2 2 2
248 108 m/s 5 m/s 103 m/s 108.12 m/s d
down by 5 m/s2 , determine the acceleration of the
car.
A particle moving in a circular path of radius 5 m
2 2 2 2 2
249 has a velocity function v = 4t m/s, its magnitude 8 m/s 3.2 m/s 8.62 m/s 11.2 m/s c
of total acceleration at t = 1s is
Space shuttle goes from rest to 348 m/s in first 12 s 2 2 2 2
250 2.4 m/s 174 m/s 29 m/s 4176 m/s c
of its launch, it’s average acceleration is
A particle is traversing a curved path of radius 500
251 m with a speed of 108 kmph, determine normal 2 m/s2 2.5 m/s2 1.8 m/s2 1 m/s2 c
component of acceleration.
Always
directed Always away
The direction of normal component of Depends on
252 towards the from centre of None of these a
acceleration for a particle on curved path is the problem
centre of curvature
curvature
Direction of Change in Change in
Tangential component of acceleration for a particle Speed of the
253 motion of direction of speed of d
on curved path reflects particle
particle particle particle
Change in
Direction of Change in
Normal component of acceleration for a particle on Speed of the direction of
254 motion of speed of d
curved path represents particle motion of
particle particle
particle
255 At an inflection point on the curve, av = 0 at = 0 an = 0 a=0 c
A car starts from rest on a curve of radius 100 m

and accelerates at constant tangential acceleration
256 t=5s t = 6.67 s t = 3.5 s t = 7.8 s b
of 3 m/s2. Determine the time taken to reach the
magnitude of total acceleration of 5 m/s2.
If a particle moves along a curve with a constant
257 speed, then it’s tangential component of Positive Negative Zero Constant c
acceleration is
Inversely
Proportional Zero when
The magnitude of the normal component of proportional to Sometimes
258 to radius of velocity is b
acceleration is radius of negative.
curvature. constant.
curvature.
The directions of the velocity and tangential Perpendicular In the same In opposite
259 Collinear. b
component of acceleration are always to each other. direction. directions.
A particle traveling along a curved path, the
260 v/ ρ v2/ρ vxρ v/ρ2 b
normal component of acceleration is equal to
A train enters a curved horizontal track at a speed
of 108 kmph and slows down with constant
261 (-0.633) m/s2 (+0.633) m/s2 (-0.833) m/s2 (+0.833) m/s2 c
deceleration to 72 kmph in 12 s. Calculate
tangential component of acceleration.
[1-
Radius of curvature for a particle moving along a [1+(dy/dx)2]3/2 2 3/2 [1+(dy/dx)3/2]2/ [1+(dy/dx)2]3/2/
262 2 2 (dy/dx) ] /(d2y a
curve y = f(x), is given by /(d y/dx ) (d2y/dx2) (dy/dx)
/dx2)

Sr.
No.
263 m with a speed of 72 kmph , determine normal 4 m/s2 10 m/s2 (-6) m/s2 1 m/s2 a
A rotor 25mm in diameter is spinning at 200 rps.
264 Find normal component of acceleration of a 20000 m/s2 19800 m/s2 19739 m/s2 19500 m/s2 c
point on rim.
A train starting from rest is moving along curved
track with constant acceleration and attains a speed
265 of 60 kmph in 3 minutes. Determine acceleration of 0.1 m/s2 0.11 m/s2 0.22 m/s2 0.2 m/s2 a
the train 1 minute after leaving the station. The
radius of curvature of the track is 800 m.
A train enters a curve of radius 100 m with a

velocity of 20 m/s and accelerates uniformly
266 to 30 m/s over a distance of 200 m. Determine the 9.62 m/s2 6.62 m/s2 1.42 m/s2 12.72 m/s2 b
acceleration when the train has covered a distance
of 100 m from the start of the curve.
A rotor 30 mm in diameter is spinning at 300 rps.
2 2 2 2
267 Find normal component of acceleration of a point 53295.8 m/s 19800 m/s 19700 m/s 19500 m/s a
on rim.
. A particle P moves along a space curve and has a

velocity v = 4i + 3j at a certain instant. At the same
instant the total acceleration ‘a’ of the particle has 2 2 2 2
268 7.66 m/s 6.66 m/s 9.66 m/s 8.66 m/s d
a magnitude of 10 m/s2 and makes an angle of 300
with the velocity. Determine tangential component
of acceleration.
A particle P moves along a space curve and has a

velocity v = 4i + 3j at a certain instant. At the same
instant the total acceleration ‘a’ of the particle has
269 2 0 5 m/s2 6 m/s2 7 m/s2 8 m/s2 a
a magnitude of 10 m/s and makes an angle of 30
with the velocity. Determine normal component of
acceleration.
. A golfer hits a golf ball with an initial velocity of

50 m/s at an angle of 250 with horizontal.
270 281.21 m 292.21 m 270.21m 383.21 m a
Determine the radius of curvature of trajectory
described by the ball at start of the trajectory.
A golfer hits a golf ball with an initial velocity of

271 Determine the radius of curvature of trajectory 310.37 m 209.37 m 408.37m 111.37 m b
described by the ball at highest point of the
trajectory.
A train starts from rest on a track of radius 700 m.
272 Its speed increases uniformly and after 5 minutes it 0.833 m/s2 5.33 m/s2 0.0833 m/s2 0.0533 m/s2 a
is 40 m/s. Find total acceleration after 3 minutes.
A car is moving along a curve of radius 400 m at a

constant speed of 72 kmph. The breaks are
273 suddenly applied, causing speed to decrease at a m/s2 m/s2 m/s2 m/s2 b
constant rate of 1 m/s2. Determine total
acceleration immediately after breaks are applied.
A particle is having velocity v = 4i +3j at any

instant. At that instant the total acceleration is 10
274 5 m/s2 10 m/s2 Zero m/s2 15 m/s2 a
m/s2 at 300 with velocity. Determine normal
275 5 m/s2 10 m/s2 8.66 m/s2 15.66 m/s2 c
m/s2 at 300 with velocity. Determine tangential

Sr.
No.
276 2 0 15 m 10 m 5m 8m c
m/s at 30 with velocity. Determine radius of
curvature.
A particle is traversing a curved path with a speed
of 72 kmph , if the normal component of
277 200 m 2000 m 100 m 300 m a
acceleration is 2 m/s2. Determine radius of
curvature.
A car starts from rest on a curve of radius 50 m and

accelerates at constant tangential acceleration of 3
278 t = 10.71 s t = 4.71 s t = 1.71 s t = 9.71 s b
m/s2. Determine the time taken to reach the
2
magnitude of total acceleration of 5 m/s .

279 deceleration to 72 kmph in time ‘t’ seconds. If the 20 s 2s 12 s 11 s c
2
tangential component of acceleration is -0.833m/s ,
determine time ‘t’ in seconds.
280 m with a speed of 108 kmph, determine normal 2.25 m/s2 2.5 m/s2 1.8 m/s2 1 m/s2 a
281 m with a speed of 72 kmph, determine normal 2 m/s2 2.5 m/s2 1.8 m/s2 1 m/s2 d
of 90 kmph. If the normal component of
282 200 m 625 m 300 m 825 m b
acceleration is 1 m/s2. Determine the radius of
curvature
283 2 200 m 260m 160 m 525 m c
acceleration is 2.5 m/s . Determine the radius of
curvature.
284 250 m 625 m 300m 850 m a
acceleration is 2.5 m/s2. Determine the radius of
curvature

285 188 m 178 m 198 m 168 m a

0
286 Determine the radius of curvature of trajectory 336 m 326 m 316 m 306 m b
trajectory.

287 719 m 619 m 519 m 419 m c

288 Determine the radius of curvature of trajectory 719 m 619 m 183.48 419 m c
trajectory.
A rotor 30mm in diameter is spinning at 300 rps.
289 Find normal component of acceleration of a point 53295.8 m/s2 19800 m/s2 19700 m/s2 19500 m/s2 a
on rim.

Sr.
No.
290 (- 0.5) m/s2 (+ 0.5) m/s2 (- 0.833) m/s2 (+ 0.833) m/s2 a
deceleration to 72 kmph in 10 s. Calculate
tangential component of acceleration.
of 72 kmph and accelerates uniformly to 90 kmph
291 (- 0.5) m/s2 (+ 0.5) m/s2 (- 0.833) m/s2 (+ 0.833) m/s2 b
in 10 s. Calculate tangential component of
acceleration.
of 72 kmph and accelerates uniformly to 108 kmph 2 2 2 2
292 (- 0.5) m/s (+ 0.5) m/s (- 0.833) m/s (+ 0.833) m/s d
in 12 s. Calculate tangential component of
acceleration.
In projectile motion, the radius of curvature at None of the
293 Zero Minimum Maximum c
point of projection is above
294 Zero Minimum Maximum b
point of maximum height is above
295 Zero Minimum Maximum c
point of landing is above
In projectile motion, the radius of curvature from
296 the point of landing to the point of maximum Increases Decreases Constant Constant b
height is
In projectile motion, the radius of curvature from
297 Increases Decreases Constant Constant a
the point maximum height to the landing is
A truck is traveling along the horizontal circular
298 curve of radius 60 m with constant speed v = 20 3 rad/s 0.33 rad/s 1200 rad/s none c
m/s, find the angular velocity.
A shell is fired from a gun barrel with a certain
299 velocity will have maximum range if it fired with 00 300 450 900 c
what angle with the horizontal plane.
an angle θ with the horizontal plane. The
300 sin θ sin 3θ sin 2θ sin2 θ c
horizontal distance traveled by the projectile is
proportional to
301 an angle θ with the horizontal plane. The maximum sin θ sin3 θ sin2 θ sin2 θ c
A shot is fired from a gun with muzzle velocity of

302 200 m/s and the angle of projection is 360, 704.4 m 804.4 m 904.4 m 712 m a
determine the greatest height achieved.
The maximum horizontal range a shell fires from a
gun is observed to be 1 km. Determine the firing
303 24.30 19.18 36 49 a
angle to be used to hit the target 0.75 km on the
same level.
A shell is fired with a velocity of 200 m/s at an
304 angle of 450 with horizontal. Find the total time of 31.86 s 28.83 s 42 s 38.83 s b
flight.
A man standing on an open truck moving at a On to the truck
Behind the
305 constant speed throws a ball vertically upwards. Ahead of truck Into his hands but not in his c
truck
The ball will fall hands
A man standing at the rear end of an open truck On to the truck
Behind the
306 moving with uniform acceleration throws a ball Ahead of truck Into his hands but not in his a
truck
vertically upwards. The ball will fall hands
A man standing at the rear end of an open truck On to the truck
Behind the
307 moving with uniform retardation throws a ball Ahead of truck Into his hands but not in his b
truck
vertically upwards. The ball will fall hands
A missile is fired so as to reach maximum range
308 R 0.5 R 0.75 R 0.25 R d
(R) then maximum height reached by projectile is

Sr.
No.
State which of following statements is correct, Its Its velocity is Its velocity is
Its velocity is
309 when a ball is at the highest point of projectile acceleration is directed directed d
zero
motion, zero downward forward
A missile fired at an angle β to horizontal what
310 should be the other angle of projection to hit the 2β 90+ β 90- β 45+ β c
same target
Maximum range of projectile is obtained when
311 90 0 45 30 c
angle of projection is ----- degree
When a particle is projected from the top of a
Greater than
312 building strikes the ground away from the building Same as range Less than range Zero a
range
then its horizontal distance is
In projectile motion component of acceleration
313 Constant Variable Zero None of these c
along horizontal direction is
Maximum height reached by a ball thrown with an
314 (u2sin2 β)/g (u2sin2 β)/g (u2sin2 β)/2g (u2sin2 β)/2g d
initial velocity u at an angle β to the horizontal is
Horizontal range of a ball thrown with an initial 2 2 2 2 2 2

315 (u sin2 β)/g (u sin β)/g (u sin2 β)/2g (u sin β)/2g a
velocity u at an angle β to the horizontal is
Three identical balls are thrown from the top of a
building with the same initial speed. Initially ball 1
moves horizontally, ball 2 moves upward and ball All ball have
316 Ball 1 Ball 2 Ball 3 d
3 moves downward. Neglecting air resistance, same speed
which ball has the fastest speed when it hits the
ground
A stone is just released from the window of a train
Straight Straight Hyperbolic
317 moving along a horizontal straight track. The stone Parabolic path d
downward horizontally path
will move in
In a projectile motion which of following remains x component y component
318 Speed None of above b
constant of velocity of velocity
At the highest point of projectile motion, velocity Parallel to Perpendicular
319 Inclined None of above c
and acceleration are --- each other to each other
Angle of projection for which horizontal range and
320 45 0 tan-1(4) tan-1(1/4) tan-1(2) b
maximum height are equal is
A ball is projected with a velocity of 20 m/s at an
angle θ to horizontal. In order to have the
321 10 m/s 14.14 m/s 28 m/s Zero b
maximum range, its velocity at the highest point
must be
Two bodies are thrown with the same initial
322 velocity at an angle θ and (90- θ) respectively with 01:01 sin θ: cos θ sin 2θ : cos 2θ cos θ : sin θ c
the horizontal, then their ratios of maximum heights
A particle is projected horizontally at 36 m/s from
a point 122.5 m above a horizontal surface , the
323 2s 5s 3s 4.3 s b
time taken by the particle to reach the surface of
ground is
A particle is projected horizontally at 36m/s from a
point 122.5m above a horizontal surface , the
324 100 m 200 m 180 m 360 m c
horizontal distance traveled by particle when it
reach the surface of ground
A particle is projected from an origin O with a
325 velocity of (30i + 40j) m/s. the velocity of particle 30j + 40i 30i - 40j 30i -10j 10i + 30j c
after 5 s is (take g = 10m/s)
Maximum range of projectile projected on
326 u2/2g u2sin α /2g u2/g u2sin α /g a
horizontal ground is given by
0
If a bullet is fired at an angle of 45 upwards with
the horizontal, the horizontal range of bullet is
327 Two Three Four Eight c
equal to ----------- times the maximum height
attained.
Equal
horizontal
If two projectiles are fired with equal velocities but Equal Same
Same time of range and
328 one with 30 0 and other with 60 0 with horizontal, horizontal maximum b
flight same
then both will have range height
maximum
height

Sr.
No.
The horizontal range of projectile and maximum
329 height reached by projectile is equal if angle of 45 0 a
projection is
A projectile is projected with a velocity 10 m/s at
330 an angle 30 0 with horizontal to attain maximum 5 m/s Zero 8.66 m/s None of these c
range, its velocity at the highest position must be
If the projectile is projected at an angle of ---------,
0 0 0 0
331 then the maximum height reached and range of 45 63.43 90 75.96 d
projectile are equal.
The range of projectile on a downward inclined
plane is --------- the range on upward inclined
332 Less than Equal to More than None of these c
plane for the same velocity of projection and angle
of projection.
The horizontal range of a projectile is maximum 0 0 0
333 45 30 90 60 0 a
when the angle of projection is
A missile fired at an angle α to the horizontal hits
a target. What should be the other angle of
334 2α 90 + α 90 - α 45 + α c
projection to hit the same target, when initial
velocity remains same?
A missile is fired so as to reach maximum range Three-forth of One-forth of
335 Same as range Half of range d
then the maximum height reached is range range
For a given velocity and horizontal range, the
336 1 2 3 4 b
possible angle of projection are
A ball is thrown horizontally with a velocity of 100
337 m/s from top of the building 300 m high. The time 7.8 s 8.7 s 3s 9s a
taken by ball to reach ground is
Co-ordinate of the projection of a ball are (0, 0)
and the maximum height is (5 m, 5 m) and the time
338 25.25 m/s 26.26 m/s 30.30 m/s 22.22 m/s a
to reach the maximum height is 5 s. Determine the
initial velocity.
A ball is projected at such an angle that the
339 horizontal range is 4 times the maximum height. 0 degree 30 degree 45 degree 90 degree c
Find the angle of projection.
A boy throws two stones in the sky one after
another. He throws the first stone vertically
upward which takes t s to come back to the ground.
None of the
340 He throws the sond stone with the same velocity as Less than t More than t Same as t b
above
that of earlier but the angle of projection of 600.
The time taken by the sond stone to reach the
ground shall be
A ball thrown at 450 with horizontal so as to clear

fence 3 m high above the ground and 20 m away
341 15.76 m/s 16.76 m/s 14.76 m / s None of these c
from the point. If the point of throw is 1 m above
the ground find the initial velocity of the throw.
If the initial velocity is increased the by 20%
342 calculate the percentage increase in the maximum 10% 44% 50% 20% d
range of projectile.
A projectile is fired with a velocity 75 m/s at an
343 angle of 600 to the horizontal. Determine the 80.00 m/s 70.79 m /s 79.10 m/s 22.22 m/s b
velocity of projectile after 0.5 s.
A ball is projected from an inclined plane at an
angle of 300 with horizontal in the downward
344 direction with a velocity of 10 m/s perpendicular to 13.59 m 59.13 m 13.95 m 95.13 m a
the plane. If the ball strikes the ground find the
maximum range along the plane.
A rocket moves along a curved path with linear

velocity of 600 m/s and it is observed that the
345 rocket experiences an acceleration of 10 g in a 6377 m 7746 m 3669.7 m 3333 m c
direction normal to the path. Find the radius of
curved path

Sr.
No.
An inclined plane has a rise of 5 in 12. A shot is
projected with a velocity 250 m/s at an elevation of
346 0 6665 m 1555 m 1665 m 1228 m c
30 . Find the range of the plane if the shot is fired
up the plane.
An inclined plane has a rise of 5 in 12. A shot is
projected with a velocity 250m/s at an elevation of
347 10300 m -10300 m 10800 m – 10800 m b
300. Find the range of the plane if the shot is fired
down the plane.
A stone is projected in a vertical plane from the

ground with a velocity of 5 m/s at an elevation of
348 600. With what velocity must another stone be 4.55 m/s 3.65 m/s 4.65 m/s 6.65 m/s c
projected at an elevation of 450 m in order to have
the same horizontal range?
A stone is projected in a vertical plane from the

ground with a velocity of 5 m/s at an elevation of
349 600. With what velocity must another stone be 6.215 m/s 6.665 m/s 5.666 m/s 2.625 m/s a
projected at an elevation of 450 m in order to
attend the same maximum height?
Vertical Horizontal
The velocity of particle in projectile motion at top Initial velocity component of component of
350 Zero d
of its path is equal to of projection initial velocity initial velocity
of projection of projection.
For maximum horizontal range in a projectile
351 90 60 45 30 c
motion the angle of projection is -- degree
352 In projectile motion, the equation of trajectory is Linear Parabolic Cubic parabolic None of these b
In projectile motion, path followed by the particle
353 Flight Trajectory a and b None of these b
is known as
In projectile motion, at the highest point the Tangential to Tangential to
354 Upward Downward c
direction of velocity is path path
In projectile motion, the radius of curvature is
355 Projection Landing Highest point a and b d
maximum at the point of
In projectile motion, the radius of curvature is
356 Projection Landing Highest point a and b c
minimum at the point of
Point of Point of
Point of
maximum projection to
In projectile motion, the radius of curvature is maximum
357 height to point of a and b d
increases from height to point
point of maximum
of projection
landing height
Point of Point of
Point of
maximum projection to
In projectile motion, the radius of curvature is maximum
358 height to point of a and b c
decreases from height to point
point of maximum
of projection
landing height
In projectile motion acceleration along horizontal
359 Constant Uniform Zero None of these c
direction is
In projectile motion velocity along horizontal
360 Constant Uniform Zero a and b d
direction is
In projectile motion acceleration along vertical
361 Constant Uniform Zero a and b d
direction is
Uniform Constant Gravitional Variable
362 Motion of projectile along verticle direction under c
A projectile is projected with an initial velocity of
363 40 m/s at an angle of 60 degree, the horizontal 20 m/s 34.64 m/s 25 m/s None of these a
component of velocity is
364 40 m/s at an angle of 60 degree, the Vertical 20 m/s 34.64 m/s 15.02 m/s None of these c
365 40 m/s at an angle of 60 degree, determint required 1s 0.2 s 2s None of these c
time totravel 40 m along x-direction

Sr.
No.
366 40 m/s at an angle of 60 degree, determine the 20 m/s 25 m/s 15 m/s None of these b
velocity at t = 2 s.
Determine the minimum possible velocity of
367 projection for a maximum horizontal range of 12 343.1 m/s 1223.24 m/s 117 km/s None of these a
km.
Determine the angle of projection when the missile
368 projected with velocity of projectin 343.1 m/s and 30 degree 60 degree 45 degree 90 degree c
cover horizontal range of 12 km.
Tangential to Normal to path

369 In projectile motion the velocity is always ----- . Vertical Horizontal c
path of particle of particle
In projectile motion, the direction of acceleration
370 Upward Downward a and b None of these b
along y-axis is
In projectile motion, the direction of acceleration
371 Leftward Rightward a and b None of these d
along x-axis is
In projectile motion, the magnitude of acceleration 2 2
372 (-9.81) m/s 9.81 m/s a and b None of these a
along y-axis is
In projectile motion, the magnitude of acceleration
373 (-9.81) m/s2 9.81 m/s2 Zero None of these c
along x-axis is

ENGINEERING MECHNICS 2019 Pattern UNIT 6
Sr.
No.
When two bodies of weights W1 and W2 (with W1
> W2) connected by a string passing over a smooth W1 W2( 1+ sin
W1 W2 ( 1+ sin a W1 W2 / (W1 +
1 pulley , W1 being suspended freely and W2 lying on a ) / 2 (W1 + none of the above b
) / (W1 + W2) W2)
smooth inclined plane with inclination angle a, the W2)
tension T in the string is given by
A body of weight 80 N is being pulled by another
body of weight 50 N along a smooth horizontal plane
with the help of smooth pulley and a string
2 30.8N 35.8N 40.8N 45.8N a
arrangement. Weight 50 N is resting on a horizontal
floor and 80N is being suspended freely. The tension
T in this case would be
An elevator has a downward acceleration of 1.5 m/
3 s2 .Find pressure transmitted by a man of mass 60 kg 490.6N 492.6N 494.6N 498.6N d
travelling in the lift.
An elevator has an upward acceleration of 1.5 m/ s2.
4 Find pressure transmitted by a man of mass 60 kg 672.6 N 675.6 N 678.6 N 681.6 N c
travelling in the lift.
Determine the force necessary to produce an
5 900N 1000N 1200N 1300N b
acceleration of 4 m/ s2 in a mass of 250 kg.
A body of mass 160 kg is made to move with a
6 velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 80 N acts on it for 0.25 m/ s2 0.50 m/ s2 0.75 m/ s2 1.00 m/ s2 b
60 seconds. Determine the acceleration of the body.
velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 80 N acts on it for
7 60 seconds. Determine the velocity attained at the 50 m/s 75 m/s 100 m/s 125 m/s a
end of 60 seconds if force acts in the direction of
the motion.
velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 80 N acts on it for
8 60 seconds. Determine the velocity attained at the – 5 m/s – 10 m/s -15 m/s non of the above b
end of 60 seconds if force acts in the opposite
direction of the motion.
A block of mass m is moving up a plane making an
angle θ with horizontal. The acceleration of the
None of the
9 block is 'a' If there is no friction between the block zero (mgcos θ + ma) (mgsin θ + ma) c
above.
and the plane surface the pulling force required in
the direction of motion is
A block of mass m is moving down a plane making
an angle θ with horizontal. The acceleration of the
None of the
10 block is a. If there is no friction between the block (ma - mgsin θ) (mgcos θ + ma) (mgsin θ + ma) a
above.
and the plane surface, the pulling force required in
the direction of motion is
angle θ with horizontal. The acceleration of the
(mgsin θ + ma + None of the
11 block is a. If the co-efficient of friction between the Zero (µmgcos θ + ma) c
µmgcos θ) above.
block and the plane surface is µ, the pulling force
required in the direction of motion is
an angle θ with horizontal. The acceleration of the
(-mgsin θ + ma + None of the
12 block is a. If the co-efficient of friction between the (µmgsin θ - ma) (mgsin θ + ma) b
µmgcos θ) above.
block and the plane surface is µ, the pulling force
required in the direction of motion is
an angle θ with horizontal under the action of self None of the
13 zero gcos θ gsin θ c
weight. If there is no friction between the block and above.
the plane surface, the acceleration of the block is a.
angle θ with horizontal. The block is pulled up with
None of the
14 a force mgsin θ. If there is no friction between the zero gcos θ gsin θ a
above.
block and the plane surface, The acceleration of the
block is a. is
A block of mass 10 kg is pulled by a force of 10 N
None of the
15 in the direction making an angle of 60ْ with zero 1 0.5 c
above.
horizontal. The acceleration of the block in m/s2 is

Sr.
No.
A horizontal force expressed as F(N) = 10 t2 – 4t +
None of the
16 6 where t is in s., acts on a block of mass 2kg. The zero 6 5 b
above.
acceleration of the block in m/s2 after 1 s. is
A block of mass 2 kg is acted upon by a constant
force inducing acceleration of 2.5 m/s2. If the same None of the
17 6.25 1 zero b
force acts on an object having a mass of 5 kg, the above.
acceleration induced in m/s2 is
An object of mass 3 kg has a component of 3 m/s2 in
18 X direction and component of 4 m/s2 in Y direction. 15 5 21
None of the
a
The magnitude of total force producing this above.
acceleration in N
A truck starts from rest with an acceleration 'a'. A
box of mass 30 kg is kept on the truck. The co-
None of the
19 efficient of friction between the box and the truck g 0.1g 3g b
above.
bed is µ is 0.1. The box will slip on the truck bed if
the acceleration in m/s2 equals or exceeds
A man having a mass of 50 kg stands in an elevator.
The reactive force acting on the man’s feet by the
20 390.5 N 490.5 N 590.5 N Non of the above c
elevator floor, if the elevator accelerates upwards at
2 m/s2.
21 390.5 N 490.5 N 590.5 N Non of the above a
elevator floor, if the elevator accelerates downwards
at 2 m/s2.
22 Zero 490.5 590.5 Non of the above b
elevator floor, if the elevator moves upwards at a
constant velocity of 1 m/s.
23 390.5 N 490.5 N 590.5 N Non of the above b
elevator floor, if the elevator moves downwards at a
constant velocity of 1 m/s.
For a rectilinear motion of a particle of a mass m
24 with acceleration a, the radial component of force Zero ma ma/2 Non of the above a
inducing motion is equal to
For a rectilinear motion of a particle of a mass m
25 with acceleration a, the tangential component of Zero ma ma/2 Non of the above b
force inducing motion is equal to
A body of mass 400 kg starts from rest and moves
along a straight line under an influencing force
26 which varies as square of time. Force reaches to a 1.48 2.48 3.48 4.48 a
value of 400 N in 15 s from start. Calculate the
velocity at the end of tenth s
A boy of mass 50 kg stands in a lift. Determine the
force exerted by the boy on the floor of the lift when
27 500 590 100 1090 b
the lift moves up with a constant acceleration of 2 m/
s2
28 200 290 300 390 d
the lift moves down with a constant acceleration of 2
m/ s2
29 Zero 290 300 390 a
the lift moves down with a constant acceleration of
9.81 m/ s2
A man moves a crate by pushing horizontally against

it until it slides on the floor. If µs= 0.5 and µk =0.4.
30 With what acceleration does the crate begin to move. 0.25g 0.2g 0.3g 0.1g d
Assume force exerted by the man at impending
motion is maintained when sliding begins.

Sr.
No.
A train with twenty coaches has a total mass of 1200
tonnes. Its speed is 72 km/h when it is at the bottom
31 of one percent grade. If the draw bar pull is 80 kN - 0.0712 m/s2 - 0.0515 m/s2 - 0.0613 m/s2 - 0.0513 m/s2 c
and tractive resistance is 30 N per tones mass what
is its acceleration?
A train with twenty coaches has a total mass of 1200
tonnes. Its speed is 72 km/h when it is at the bottom
32 of one percent grade. If the draw bar pull is 80 kN 58.98 kmph 52.99 kmph 55.90 kmph 50.99 kmph b
and tractive resistance is 30 N per tones mass what
is speed of train at the end of grade 1.5 km long?
The force applied on a body of mass 100 kg to
33 20 N 100 N 500 N 400 N c
produce an acceleration of 5 m / s², is
A lift moves downwards with an acceleration of 9.8
34 m / s² The pressure exerted by a man on the floor of 5N 0N 9.81 N 4.09 N b
the lift is
A man with a capacity to apply a push force of 265
N rolls a barrel of mass 90 kg into a vehicle which is
35 875 N-m 883 N-m 891 N-m 899 N-m b
1 m above the ground level. What will be the work
done by that man?
A package weighing 90 N is projected up an incline
with angle of 25° with initial velocity of 7.4 m/s.
36 4.5 m 4.57 m 5m 6.6m d
Determine the maximum distance “x” , the package
will move up that incline.
A package weighing 90 N is projected up an incline
with angle of 25° with initial velocity of 7.4 m/s.
37 4.5 m/s 4.57 m/s 7.4 m/s 5 m/s c
Determine the velocity when the package returns the
initial position.
A body of mass 200 kg is found to move with a
velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 100 N acts on it
38 50 m/s - 20 m/s 20 m/s - 70 m/s c
for 90 seconds. Determine the velocity of the body
when the force acts in the direction of motion.
A wagon weighing 500 kN starts from rest, runs 30
m down a 1% grade and strikes a bumper post. The
39 1.716 m/s 2.716 m/s 3.716 m/s 4.716 m/s a
rolling resistance of the track is 5N / kN , find the
velocity with which the wagon strikes the post
A wagon weighing 500 kN starts from rest, runs 30
m down a 1% grade and strikes a bumper post. The
40 rolling resistance of the track is 5N / kN . The 25 mm 50mm 75mm 100mm d
bumper spring compresses 1 mm for every 5 kN
determine the total compression.
A track is proceeding up along 3% grade at constant
speed of 60km/h. If the driver does not change gears
41 0.394 m/s2 0.294 m/s2 0.295 m/s2 0.391 m/s2 b
what will be the acceleration as track starts moving
on a level stion of the road.
A track is proceeding up along 4% grade at constant
speed of 72km/h. If the driver does not change gears
42 0.3924 m/s2 0.3 m/s2 0.295 m/s2 0.391 m/s2 a
what will be the acceleration as track starts moving
on a level stion of the road.
A body of mass `mìs projected up a 250 inclined
plane with an initial velocity of 15m/s.If the
43 15 m 17.66 m 1.766 m 20 m b
coefficient of friction µk = 0.25. Determine how far
the body will move up the plane
A body of mass `mìs projected up a 250 inclined
plane with an initial velocity of 15m/s.If the
44 2.355 s 2s 2.5 s 3s a
coefficient of friction µk =0.25. Determine the time
required to reach the highest point
The 50 Kg crate is projected along the floor with
initial speed of 7m/s at x=0.The coefficient of
45 6.244 m 3.122 m 4.666 m 4.222 m a
kinetic friction µk = 0.4 .Calculate distance x
traveled by the crate while it comes to rest.

Sr.
No.
A hockey player hits a puck so that it comes to rest
in 9 seconds after sliding 30 meters horizontally on
46 0.055 0.3 0.0755 0.4 c
the ice. Determine the coefficient of friction between
the pluk and ice.
A car is traveling up a long grade at a constant
velocity. If the driver does not change the setting of
the throttle or shift gears as the car reaches the top of
47 0.9815 m/s2 0.4905 m/s2 9.815 m/s2 0.1962 m/s2 d
the grade, what will be the acceleration of the car as
it starts moving down the 2% grade followed
immediately after the 3%up grade?
A force of unknown magnitude acts on a body of
48 mass 150 kg and produces an acceleration of 3m/s² 450 N 350 N 500 N 400 N a
in the direction of force. Find the force
A force of 100 N acts on abody having mass of 4 kg
for 10 seconds. If the initial velocity of the body is 5
49 20 m / s² 25m / s² 50 m / s² 12.5 m / s² b
m/s find acceleration produced in the direction of the
of force.
A force of 100 N acts on abody having mass of 4 kg
50 for 10 seconds. If the initial velocity of the body is 5 1100 m 1200 m 1000m 1300 m d
m/s find distance moved by the body in 10 seconds.
The weight of a body on earth is 980 N. If the
acceleration due to gravity on earth is 9.80 m/s²,
51 980 N 490 N 160 N 0N c
what will be weight of the body on moon where
gravitational acceleration is 1.6 m/s²
The weight of a body on earth is 980 N. If the
acceleration due to gravity on earth is 9.80 m/s²,
52 27000 N 980 N 0N 490 N a
what will be weight of the body on the sun where
gravitational acceleration is 270 m/s²
A force of 200 N acts on a body having mass of 300
kg for 90 seconds. If the initial velocity of the body
53 60 m/s 20 m/s 80 m/s none of the above c
is 20 m/s determine the final velocity of the body
when the force acts in the direction of motion.
A force of 200 N acts on a body having mass of 300
kg for 90 seconds. If the initial velocity of the body
54 is 20 m/s determine the final velocity of the body 20 m/s 80 m/s 60 m/s -40 m/s d
when the force acts in the opposite direction of
motion.
A body of weight 200 N is initially stationary on a

55 45° inclined plane. Determine the acceleration of the 6.242 m / s² 3.242 m / s² 4 m / s² 9.81 m / s² a
body if µk = 0.1 between the body and the plane
A body of weight 200 N is initially stationary on a

45° inclined plane. Determine thedistance travelled
56 by the body on the inclined plane before it reaches a 0.26 m 0.32 m 0.6 m 0.45 m b
speed of 2 m/s if µk = 0.1 between the body and the
plane
Two bodies of weight 50 N and 30 N are connected
to the two ends of a light inextensible string. The
57 3m / s² 1.25 m / s² 6.242 m / s² 0.25 m / s² d
string is passing over a smooth pulley. Determine the
acceteration of the system
Two bodies of weight 50 N and 30 N are connected
to the two ends of a light inextensible string. The
58 37.5 N 18.75 N 9.81 N 25 N b
string is passing over a smooth pulley. Determine the
tension in the string
A train of mass 20000 kg is moving at 10 kmph and
after 20 seconds it is moving at 50 kmph. What is
59 1.11 kN 1111 N 11.11 kN none of the above c
the average force acting upon it during this time in
the direction of motion
An electric train travelling at 36 knph is pulled up
60 gradually, the retardation being 0.5 m / s². If the 1200000 kg 120000 kg 9810000 kg none of the above a
retarding force is 600 kN what is the mass of train

Sr.
No.
Two bodies of mass 80 kg and 20 kg are connected
by a thread and move along a rough horizontal
surface under the action of a force 400 N applied to
61 1.057 m / s² -2.057 m / s² 2.057 m / s² none of the above a
the first body of mass 80 kg. The coefficient of
friction between sliding surfaces is 0.3. Determine
acceleration of the two bodies.
An elevator of mass 900 kg when empty is lifted or
lowered vertically by means of a wire rope. A man
62 of mass 72.5 kg is standing in it. The tension in the 9810 N 711.225 N 12458 N 8829 N c
rope when the lift is moving up with an acceleration
of 3m / s² is
An elevator of mass 900 kg when empty is lifted or
lowered vertically by means of a wire rope. A man
63 of mass 72.5 kg is standing in it. The tension in the 9810 N 9540 N 8829 N 12458 N b
rope when the lift is moving down with an uniform
velocityof 3m / s is
A body of mass 200 kg is found to move with a
velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 100 N acts on it
64 for 90 seconds. Determine the velocity of the body -20 m/s 20 m/s 70 m/s -70 m/s a
when the force acts in the opposite direction of
motion.
An automobile weighing 20 kN is driven down a 5°
inclination at a speed of 60 kmph when the brakes
65 are applied causing a constant total braking force of 4.918 m 49.18 m 98.36 m none of the above b
7.5 kN. The distance travelled by the automobile as
it comes to rest is
A car moving on a straight level road skidded for a
total distance of 76.8 m after the brakes were
66 applied. Determine the speed of the car just before 22.97 m/s 2.297 m/s 20 m/s none of the above a
the brakes were applied if coefficient of friction
between the road and the tyre is 0.35
What maximum speed a jeep can attain over a
distance of 100 m starting from rest, if the
67 23.67 m/s2 39.67 m/s2 35.69 m/s2 29.86 m/s2 c
coefficient of friction between the road and the tyres
is 0.65 and the jeep is a four wheel drive
68 coefficient of friction between the road and the tyres 29.86 m/s2 35.69 m/s2 19.55 m/s2 23.67 m/s2 a
is 0.65 and the jeep is a front wheel drive with 70%
of total weight being transferred to front wheels

69 coefficient of friction between the road and the tyres 29.86 m/s2 35.69 m/s2 23.67 m/s2 19.55 m/s2 d
is 0.65 and the jeep is a rear wheel drive with 30%
of total weight being transferred to front wheels
70 1 Newton force is equal to 1 kg m/s2 1 dyne gm/cm2 1 lb /in2 1 tonne m/s2 a

71 In SI system unit of force is Newton Dyne Pound kg-force a
A 50 kg box is pushed to slide along a horizontal
72 floor with an initial speed of 4 m/s. If µk = 0.3, find 1s 1.361 s 2s 3s b
the time required for the box to come to rest
A 50 kg box is pushed to slide along a horizontal
floor with an initial speed of 4 m/s. If µk = 0.3, find
73 1.36 m 2m 2.72 m none of the above c
the distance travelled by the box before coming to
rest
A body of mass 0.5 kg moves with a constant speed
of 4 m/s around a horizontal circle of radius 1m.
74 2N 4N 6N 8N d
Determine the magnitude of horizontal force acting
on body towards the centre of circle is
A body of mass 1 kg moves with a constant speed of
4 m/s around a horizontal circle of radius 4 m.
75 2N 4N 6N 8N b
Determine the magnitude of horizontal force acting
on body towards the centre of circle is

Sr.
No.
A body of mass 100 gm moves with constant angular
speed around a circle of radius 0.50 m in horizontal
76 plane. If the body completes 50 revolution in 3 0.125 N 0.152 N 0.345 N 0.654 N b
minutes, the magnitude of horizontal force acting on
the body towards the centre of circle is
A body of mass 1 kg moves with constant angular

speed around a circle of radius 0.50 m in horizontal
77 plane. If the body completes 50 revolution in 3 1.25 N 1.52 N 3.45 N 6.54 N b
minutes, the magnitude of horizontal force acting on
the body towards the centre of circle is
A body is placed on a horizontal disc at a point
which is 0.15 m from the centre of disc when the
78 disc rotates at 30 rev/min, the body is just on the 0.151 0.156 0.511 0.345 a
point of slipping. The coefficient of friction between
the body and disc surface is
A body is placed on a horizontal disc at a point
which is 0.1 m from the centre of disc when the disc
79 rotates at 60 rev/min, the body is just on the point of 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 d
slipping. The coefficient of friction between the
body and disc surface is
A small ball of mass 5 kg is made to revolve in a
horizontal circle, (length of cord attached to ball is 2
80 m) knowing that maximum tension in cord is 100 N, 40.14 degree 60.6 degree 66 degree 54.3degree a
determine the angle made by cord with vertical at
ball velocity of 5 m/s.
A small ball of mass 10 kg is made to revolve in a
horizontal circle, (length of cord attached to ball is 2
81 m) knowing that maximum tension in cord is 200 N, 69.6 degree 60.6 degree 66 degree 40.14 degree d
determine the angle made by cord with vertical at
ball velocity of 5 m/s.
Newton’s sond law can be written as
82 mathematically, ∑ Fn = man, within the summation External forces Weight Internal force All of above d
of forces ∑F------ are (is) included.
Tangential Transverse
83 ∑Fn = man, equation of motion along Radial direction Normal direction d
direction direction
Equation of motion in normal direction is written as
84 Impulse Normal force Tangential force Inertial force b
∑Fn = man, where ∑Fn is referred to as the ------
Tangential Transverse Normal
Equation of motion in normal direction is written as
85 component of component of Total acceleration component of d
∑Fn = man, where an is referred as
acceleration acceleration acceleration
Normal Tangential
86 In path coordinate, frictional force always acts along a and b None of above c
direction direction
When a car moves over a hump, the pressure exerted Same as that on Greater than that Less than that on
87 Zero c
by the wheels on the road is the level road on the level road the level road
When a car moves over a trough, the pressure Same as that on Greater than that Less than that on
88 Zero b
exerted by the wheels on the road is the level road on the level road the level road
When a stone tied to one end of a string is whirled in The lowest 45 degree to
89 The highest point The mid point a
a verticle circle, the tension in a string is maximum at point verticle
When a stone tied to one end of a string is whirled in The lowest 45 degree to
90 The highest point The mid point b
a verticle circle, the tension in a string is minimum at point verticle
91 The equation of motion along normal direction is ∑Fn = man ∑Fn = mv2/ρ Both a and b None of these c
92 The equation of motion along tangential direction is ∑Ft = mat ∑Ft = mdv/dt ∑Ft = mvdv/ρds a, b and c d
Normal Tangential
93 ∑Ft = mvdv/ρds, equation of motion along Both a and b None of these b
direction direction
Normal Tangential
94 ∑Ft = mdv/dt, equation of motion along Both a and b None of these b
direction direction
Normal Tangential
95 ∑Fn = mv2/ρ, equation of motion along Both a and b None of these a
direction direction

Sr.
No.
The driver of a car traveling along a straight level
road suddenly apply a breaks so that the car moved
96 0.25 0.5 0.75 None of these b
with constant deceleration of 4.905 m/s2. Find the
coefficient friction between the tyres and road.
During the journey, a 250 kg car traveling at speed
of 9.81 m/s just loose the contact with the road as it
97 1m 9.81 m 4.905 m None of these b
reaches the crest of the hill, determine the radius of
curvature.
A small block slides along the cylindrical surface,
98 the normal reaction exerted by the surface on the Minimum Maximum Zero None of these c
block at which it will leave the cylindrical surface is
99 0.25 0.5 0.75 None of these a

100 1.02 2.01 0.12 None of these a
During the journey, a 250 kg car traveling at speed
of 10 m/s just loose the contact with the road as it
101 9.81 m 10.2 m 98.1 None of these b
reaches the crest of the hill, determine the radius of
curvature.
A 600 kg wreeking ball is attached to a cable of
length 12 m and negligible mass. The velocity of the
102 ball is 8 m/s when the cable is vertical. Determine 9810 N 9806 N 2686 N None of these b
the tension in the cable if the ball swing in the
vertical plane.
A 600 kg wreeking ball is attached to a cable of
length 12 m and negligible mass. If the tension in
103 the cable 9810 N when the ball swing in the vertical 9.81 m/s 8.86 m/s 30.94 m/s None of these b
plane. Determine the velocity of the ball for vertical
position of cable.
The pendulum bob has a mass m and is released
104 from rest when θ = 0 with horizontal. Determine the 3 mg cos θ 2 mg sin θ 3 mg sin θ 2 mg cos θ c
tension in the cord as a function of angle of descent θ
The pendulum bob has a mass m and is released
from rest when θ = 0 with horizontal. If the length of
105 v2 = 2gl sin θ v2 = 3gl sin θ v2 = 4gl sin θ v2 = 2gl cos θ a
cord is l , then the velocity of the bob as a function of
angle of descent θ is given by
The pendulum bob has a mass 10 kg and is released
106 from rest when θ = 0 with horizontal. Determine the 147.15 N 98.1 N 254.87 N None of these a
tension in the cord at θ = 30 degree.
The pendulum bob has a mass 10 kg and is released
from rest when θ = 0 with horizontal. If the length of
107 9.81 m/s 3.13 m/s 3.84 m/s None of these b
cord is 1 m, determine the velocity of the bob at θ =
30 degree.
It is observed that the passengers on the amusement
park ride moving with constant speed and the
supporting cable are directed at 30 degree from the
108 784.8 N 906.2 N 679.66 N None of these b
vertical. Each chair including its passenger has a
mass of 80 kg and radius of curvature is 7 m,
determine the tension in the supporting cable
It is observed that the passengers on the amusement
park ride moving with constant speed and the
supporting cable are directed at 30 degree from the
109 79.45 kg 105.94 kg 100 kg None of these a
vertical. If the tension in supporting cable is 900 N
and radius of curvature is 7 m, determine mass of
each chair including its passenger.

Sr.
No.
A girl having mass of 25 kg sits on the merry go
round at a distance of 1.5 m from the centre of
110 rotation. Determine the maximum constant speed at 2.1 m/s 3.84 m/s 4.41 m/s None of these a
which she slip off the merry go round if the
coefficient of static friction is 0.3.
111 rotation. Determine the maximum constant speed at 3.84 m/s 2.1 m/s 4.41 m/s None of these b
which she slip off the merry go round if the
coefficient of static friction is 0.3.
112 rotation. Determine the coefficient of static friction 0.612 0.989 0.491 None of these a
if maximum constant speed is 3 m/s at which she slip
off the merry go round.
round at a radial distance r from the centre of
rotation. Determine radial distance r if the
113 2.94 m/s 3.06 m 2.7 m None of these b
coefficient of static friction is 0.3 and the maximum
constant speed is 3 m/s at which she slip off the
merry go round.
The man has a mass of 80 kg and sits at 3 m from
the centre of the rotating platform. Determine the
114 maximum velocity at which he can slip from the 5.42 m/s 1.76 m/s 2.97 m/s None of these c
rotating platform if the coefficient of static friction
between contact surface is 0.3.
The man has a mass of 80 kg and sits at r from the
centre of the rotating platform. The maximum
velocity at which he can slip from the rotating
115 9.8 m 2.94 m 0.9 m 3m d
platform is 2.97 m/s and the coefficient of static
friction between contact surface is 0.3. Determine
the distance r.
When a car of mass m moves with velocity v over a
116 hump of radius of curvature ρ , the normal reaction N = mv2/ρ - mg N = mv2/ρ + mg N = mv2 + mg None of these a
exerted by the wheels on the road is
When a car of mass m moves with velocity v over a
117 trough of radius of curvature ρ , the normal reaction N = mv2/ρ - mg N = mv2/ρ + mg N = mv2 + mg None of these b
exerted by the wheels on the road is
During the high speed chase, a 1100 kg car traveling
at a speed of 160 km/h just loses contact with the
118 201.32 m 2609.6 m 16.31 m None of these a
road as it reaches the crest of the hill, determine the
radius of curvature of the vertical profile of the road
During the high speed chase, a 1000 kg car traveling

at a speed of 60 m/s just loses contact with the road
119 6.12 m 588.6 m 366.97 m None of these c
as it reaches the crest of the hill, determine the radius
of curvature of the vertical profile of the road
If the pendulum is released from rest in its unstable
More than
vertical equilibrium position, determine the Less than weight
120 weight of Zero None of these c
magnitude force in the rod at which the axial force in of pendulum
pendulum
the rod changes from compression to tension.
The 25 kg girl is in the lowest position in a swing in
a vertical plane. The effective length from mass
121 centre to the fixed support for the rope is 4 m and the 401.5 N 89 N 276.5 N None of these a
velocity of the girl mass centre is 5 m/s, determine
the tension in the rope.
122 centre to the fixed support for the rope is 10 m and 540.5 N 990.5 N 9.5 N None of these b
the velocity of the girl mass centre is 10 m/s,
determine the tension in the rope.

Sr.
No.
123 centre to the fixed support for the rope is 10 m. 100 m/s 17.21 m/s 10 m/s None of these c
Determine the velocity of the girl mass centre if
tension in the rope is 990.5 N.
The girl of mass m is in the lowest position in a
swing in a vertical plane. The effective length from
mass centre to the fixed support for the rope is 10 m
124 50 kg 40 kg 60 kg None of these a
and the velocity of the girl mass centre is 10 m/s,
determine the mass of girl if tension in the rope is
990.5 N.
A bob of 1 m pendulum describe an arc of a circle in
a vertical plane. When the angle of the cord is 300
125 with the vertical, the tension in the cord is two times 3.132 m/s 3.335 m/s 3.365 m/s None of these b
the weight of the bob. Find the velocity of the in this
position.
126 with the vertical, the tension in the cord is two times 9.81 m/s2 4.905 m/s2 19.62 m/s2 None of these b
the weight of the bob. Find the tangential component
of acceleration.
127 with the vertical, the tension in the cord is 95 N. 5 kg 100 kg 10 kg None of these c
Find the mass of pendulum if its velocity at this
instant is 1 m/s.
A pilot flies an airplane at a constant speed of 600
km/h in the vertical circle of radius 1000 m. Find the
128 3382.9 N 1617.2 N 33282.9 N None of these a
force exerted by the seat on 90 kg pilot at lowest
point
A pilot flies an airplane at a constant speed of 600
km/h in the vertical circle of radius 1000 m. Find the
129 3382.9 N 1617.2 N 882.9 N None of these c
force exerted by the seat on 90 kg pilot at highest
point
A small vehicle travel on the top of circular path in a Less than
More than weight
130 vertical plane. Determine the magnitude of normal weight of Zero None of these c
of vehicle
reaction at which the vechicle leave the circular path vehicle
A 60 kg wreeking ball is attached to 15 m long steel

cable and swing in a vertical arc. Determine the
131 553.1 N 588.6 N 626.3 N None of these a
tension in the cable at the top of the swing when the
cable at an angle of 20 degree with vertical.
132 518 N 588.6 N 659.16 N None of these c
tension in the cable at the bottom where the speed of
ball is 4.2 m/s.
133 5.03 m/s 25.35 m/s 1.59 m/s None of these a
velocity of the ball at the bottom if the tension in the
cable is 690 N.
A small block of weight W rest on a horizontal
turntable at a distance r from the axis of rotation. If
134 the coefficient of static friction between contact v2 = 2μgr v2 = μgr v2 = 3μgr None of these b
surface is μ, determine the maximum speed at which
the block will slip.
A small block of weight W rest on a horizontal
turntable at a distance of 0.5 m from the axis of
135 rotation. If the coefficient of static friction between 1.72 m/s 2.1 m/s 1.21 m/s None of these c
contact surface is 0.3, determine the maximum speed
at which the block will slip.
In merry go round, the chairs are supported by Cable makes
Towards axis Away from axis
136 cables, If the angular speed of merry go round is same angle with None of these a
of rotation of rotation
increases then chairs swings vertical

Sr.
No.
In merry go round, the chairs are supported by Cable makes
Towards axis Away from axis
137 cables, If the angular speed of merry go round is same angle with None of these b
of rotation of rotation
decreases then chairs swings vertical
A particle moving with constant velocity along the
138 circular path in a horizontal plane, the equation of ΣFn = man ΣFt = mat Both a and b None of these b
kinetis is not applicable to solve the problem
A particle moving with constant velocity along the
139 circular path in a horizontal plane, the normal ΣFb = 0 ΣFz = 0 Both a and b None of these c
reaction exerted on a particle is given by the equation
Toward the Away from the
When a car is moving at a curve, the driver bend his
140 centre of centre of Both a and b None of these a
body
curvature curvature
The equation of motion, in kinetics of curvilinear
141 ΣFn = man ΣFt = mat ΣFb = 0 All of these d
motion of particle are
The equation of motion, in kinetics of curvilinear
142 ΣFn = man ΣFt = mat ΣFz = 0 All of these d
motion of particle are
In merry go round, the chairs are supported by
cables, If the merry go round rotating with constant
143 Positive Negative Zero None of these c
angular velocity, the tangential component of
acceleration is.
In merry go round, the chairs are supported by
cables, If the merry go round rotating with constant
144 ρω 2ρω ρω/2 None of these a
angular velocity ω and radius of curvature is ρ , then
the velocity is given by.
A motorcyclist in a circus rides his motorcycle
within the confines of the hollow sphere. If the
coefficient of static friction is 0.4, determine the
145 12.13 m/s 24.26 m/s 6.06 m/s None of these a
minimum speed at which he must travel if he is to
ride along the wall when θ = 90 degree. The mass of
motor cycle with rider is 250 kg.
146 2452.5 N 981 N 6131.25 N None of these a
frictional force at which he must travel if he is to
147 2452.5 N 981 N 6131.25 N None of these c
Normal reaction at which he must travel if he is to
If the pendulum is released from rest in its unstable
vertical equilibrium position, determine the nature of
148 Compressive Tensile Null None of these c
force in the rod at which the axial force in the rod
changes from compression to tension.
A coolie
A boy
A man standing with a None of the
149 In which of the following case, is work being done? climbing up a c
pressing a wall load of N on his above
stair case
head
Body moves Body moves Body moves
The work done by a force on a body will be positive Body does not perpendicular to along the opposite to the
150 c
if the move the direction of direction of the direction of
applied force applied force applied force
A force of 1 N A force of 1 N A force of 1 dyne A force of 1 dyne
151 One Joule work is said to be done when displaces a displaces a body displaces a body displaces a body b
body by 1 cm by 1 m by 1 cm by 1 m
A boy weighing 350 N runs up a flight of 30 steps
152 2100 J 17500 J 7000 J None of the above a
each 200 mm height . The work done is
A man raises a box of 50 kg mass to a height 2 m in
2 minutes, while another man raises the same box to
153 one as to two one as to one two as to one None of the above b
the same height in 5 minutes , the ratio of the work
done is
A machine raises a load of 750 N through a height of
154 12000 J 24000 J 3750 J None of the above a
16 m in 5 s, the work done by machine is

Sr.
No.
A man exerts a force of 200 N in pulling a cart of a None of the
155 216 W 3200 W 184 W b
constant speed of 16 m/s, the power spent by man is above
A boy of mass 40 kg runs upstairs and reaches 8 m
None of the
156 high first floor in 5 s. The work done by him against 400 Nm 320 Nm 3200 Nm c
above
gravity is ( take g = 10 m/s2)
It takes 20 s for 'A' to climb up a stair while 'B' does
157 the same in 15 s. Comparison of power develop by A 1:1 1:2 3:4 4:3 c
and B is
A spring is kept compressed by a toy cart of mass 1
158 kg. On releasing a cart, it moves with a speed of 2 4 Nm. 2 Nm 1 Nm 0.5 Nm b
m/s.The Potential Energy of the spring is
car A is running at at a speed of 15 kmph while
159 another similar car B is moving at a speed of 30 1 :2 2:1 1:4 4:1 c
kmph.The ratio of kinetic energies of car A & B is
A body of mass 5 kg is taken from a height 5 m to
160 10 m, the increase in its potentional energy is (Take 250 Nm 75 Nm 25 Nm 50 Nm a
g = 10 m/s2)
The kinetic energy of a body of mass 2 kg moving
161 20 Nm 10 Nm 100 Nm 40 Nm c
with a speed of 10 m/s is
A man of 60 kg mass runs so that his kinetic energy
162 25 m/s 5 m/s 12.5 m/s 45000 m/s b
is 750 Nm . The velocity of man is
A mass of a moving cart is doubled keeping the
163 Remains same Gets doubled Gets Trippled Will become half b
velocity same, the kinetic energy
3
A truck weighing 5 x 10 kg and a cart weighing 50
164 kg are moving with same speed. The comparison of 1:1 1:10 10:1 1:2 c
kinetic energy of truck with cart.
The body of mass 2 kg having momentum 20 kg m/s
165 10 Nm 40 Nm 80 Nm 100 Nm d
. The kinetic energy of the body is
To keep the kinetic energy of the body same , if its
166 Doubled Trippled Halved or half Remain Same c
mass is increased four times, the velocity will get
A machine raises a load of 100 N through a height
167 of 8 m in 5 s, the power at which the machine works 800 W 500 W 4000 W None of the above d
is
A ball tied to a string is being whirled around a
Tension does Tension does Tension does None of the
168 circle. What can you say about the work done by a
no work at all negative work positive work Above
tension?
A box is being pulled up a rough incline plane by a
169 rope connected to a pulley. How many forces are One force Two forces Three forces Four forces c
doing work on the box?
By what factor does the Kinetic Energy of a car No change at
170 Factor of 3 Factor of 6 Factor of 9 d
change when its speed is trippled? all
Car 1 has double the mass of car 2, but their kinetic
171 energies are same. What is the relation between their 2V1=V2 √2 V1=V2 4V1 = V2 V1=V2 b
speed?
A box is being pulled across a rough floor at a
Friction does Friction does Friction does None of the
172 constant speed, What can you say about the work b
no work at all negative work positive work Above
done by friction?
A car starts from rest and accelerates to 30 kmph.
None of the
173 Later, it gets on a highway and accelerates to 60 0-30 kmph 30-60 kmph Both the same b
Above
kmph.Which part of journey takes more energy?
How does the work required to stretch a spring by
Same amount Four time the Eight time the
174 20 mm compare with work required to stretch it by Twice the work c
of the work work work
10 mm?
Mike performed 5 J of work in 10 seconds, Joy Both produced
175 performed 3 J of work in 5 s, who produced more Mike Joy the same amount Zero power b
power? of power
At what point the potential energy of a body is taken At 1m above At 5m above On the earth None of the
176 c
to be Zero ? earth surface earth surface surface above
If 20 joules of work is done in compressing spring
177 from 0 to 60 mm, then how much work is done in 5J 7J 15 J 13 J a
compressing the same from 30 mm to 60 mm?
A particle of mass 20 gm is thrown vertically
upwards with a speed of 10 m/s. Find the work done
178 - 2. 0 J -10.0 J – 1.0 J - 1.5 J c
by the force of gravity during the time the particle
goes up.

Sr.
No.
An elevator weighing 500 kg is to be lifted up at a
179 constant velocity of 0.20 m/s. What would be the 1000 W 1200 W 980 W 880 W c
minimum horse power of the motor to be used?
A force F = (10 + 0.5x) acts on a particle in the x
direction where F is in N and x in meter. Find the
180 21 J 31 J 19 J 20 J a
work done by this force during a displacement from
x = 0 to x = 2.0 m.
A body dropped from a height h reaches the ground
181 with a speed of 1.2 √gh. Calculate the work done by – 0. 38 mgh – 0. 28 mgh – 0. 48 mgh – 0. 58 mgh b
air friction.
Two springs A and B (kA = 2kB) are stretched by
applying the forces of equal magnitudes at ends. If
182 E/2 2E E E/4 a
the energy stored in A is E, then the energy stored in
B is
The mass of cyclist together with bike is 90 kg.
183 Calculate the increase in kinetic energy if speed 300 J 375 J 400 J 575 J b
increases from 6 kmph to 12 kmph.
A block of mass 2 kg moving at a speed of 10 m/s
184 accelerates at 3 m/s2 for 5 s. Compute its final 625 J 525 J 300 J 400 J a
kinetic energy.
A box is pushed through 4 m across a floor offering
185 100 N resistance. How much work is done by a 400 J 300 J 425 J 390 J a
resisting force?
A block of mass 5 kg slides down an inclined plane
186 of inclination 300 and length 10 m. Find the work 235 J 255 J 225 J 245 J d
done by the gravity force.
A spring is stretched by 50 mm by applying a
187 force. Find the work done, if the force required for 11.5 J 13.0 J 12.5 J 14.5 J c
stretching 1mm of the spring is 10 N.
Calculate the work done in pulling up a block of
wood weighing 2 kN for a length of 10 m on a
188 10 kNm 12 kNm 9 kNm 13 kNm a
smooth plane inclined at an angle of 300 with the
horizontal.
What power is needed to fill an overhead tank of
189 capacity 60000 lit in two hours, if the water is to be 4250 W 2450 W 2540 W 5420 W b
lifted through a height of 30m?
What work will be done in lifting a tin of paint
weighing 5 N from the ground floor to the second
190 20 N 60 N 40 N 80 N c
floor of a building? The height from the ground floor
to second floor is 8 m.
Five men pushed a bus, which had a breakdown.
The mass of the bus is 7 tonnes and the frictional
191 resistance is 0.25 kN / tonne. Determine the work 26.25 kJ 36.25 kJ 30.00 kJ 16.45 kJ a
done by the men in pushing the bus at a constant
speed over a distance of 15 m.
A man having a mass of 80 kg runs up a flight of
192 stairs in 5 s. Determine the horse power required by 548 W 458 W 845 W 584 W a
the man, if the flight of the stair is 3.5 m high.
For throwing a ball of mass m , a spring gun is used.
If the vertical spring of constant K is initially Vo = δo ( K Vo = δo ( 2K / Vo = δo ( K / Vo =2δo ( K /
193 a
compressed by an amount δo, find the velocity Vo / m)1/2 m)1/2 2m)1/2 m)1/2
with which the ball will leave the gun.
A spring having spring constant 600 N/m is
194 stretched from its original unstretched length through 60 Nm 3Nm 30 Nm None of above b
100 mm. The work done is
A vehicle of 1200 kg mass moving with a velocity of
195 120 kJ 240 kJ 360 kJ 480 kJ b
20 m/s has a kinetic energy of
A block of mass ‘m’ starts moving with an initial
velocity u on a horizontal plane. Find the coefficient
196 μ = u2 / gs μ = 2u2 / 2gs μ = u2 / gs μ = u2 / 2gs d
of friction μ if the block stops after covering a
distance ‘s’.
A car of mass 2000 kg is moving with a constant
speed of 60 kmph, when the breaks are applied,
197 x = 43.3 m x = 46.3 m x = 64.3 m x = 44.3 m b
causing a breaking force of 6 kN. Determine the
distance travelled by the car before it comes to rest.

Sr.
No.
A bullet moving with a velocity of 165 m/s
penetrates through a plank. The bullet has a velocity
198 of 143 m/s, the moment it comes out of the plank. 4 3 2 None of these c
The number of planks through which it can penetrate
before it comes to rest are
A long spring is stretched by 20 mm; its potential
199 energy is U. If the spring is stretched by 100 mm, the U / 25 U/5 5U 25 U d
potential energy stored in it will be
200 What is unit of work? Joules W N/m Joules/meter a
201 1 Joule is equal to 1 N-m 1 N-cm 1 N/m 1 N/cm a
K.E. is by
P.E. is by K.E. can be P.E. can never be
202 Which of the following statements is correct? virtue of b
virtue of position negative negative
position
A 10 kg body is dropped from a height of 50 m, find 5 x (19.62)2 10 x (19.62)2 5 x (9.81)2
203 10 x (9.81)2 J a
the K.E. of the body after 2 s J J J
204 10 x (9.81)2 J c
A 5 kg body is dropped from a height of 50 m, find 5 x (19.62)2 2.5 x (19.62)2 2.5 x (9.81)2 10 x (9.81)2
205 b
the K.E. of the body after 2 s J J J J
A 5 kg body is dropped from a height of 50 m, find 5 x (19.62)2 2.5 x (19.62)2 2.5 x (9.81)2 10 x (9.81)2
206 c
2 2 2
A 10 kg body is dropped from a height of 25 m, find 10 x (19.62) 5 x (9.81) 10 x (9.81)
207 5 x (19.62)2 J c
2 2 2 2
A 5 kg body is dropped from a height of 25 m, find 5 x (19.62) 2.5 x (19.62) 2.5 x (9.81) 10 x (9.81)
208 b
A 20 kg body is dropped from a height of 50 m, find 20 x (9.81)2 20 x (19.62)2 10 x (9.81)2 10 x (19.62)2
209 c
210 20 x (9.81)2 J d
2 2
A 20 kg body is dropped from a height of 25 m, find 20 x (19.62) 10 x (9.81)
211 20 x (9.81)2 J 10 x (19.62)2 J d
the K.E. of the body after 2 s J J
A 10 kg body is dropped from a height of 50 m, find 10 x 9.81 x 5 x 9.81 x 0.5 x 9.81 x 0.5 x 5 x 9.81
212 a
the P.E. of the body after 1s 45.095 J 45.095 J 45.095 J x 45.095 J
A 10 kg body is dropped from a height of 50 m, find 5 x 9.81 x 9.81 x 30.38 2 x 9.81 x 10 x 9.81 x 30.38
213 d
the P.E. of the body after 2 s 30.38 J J 30.38 J J
A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a velocity of 20 10 x (0.38) 10 x (0.38)2 5 x (0.38)2
214 5 x (0.38) J c
m/s. Find the K.E. of the body after 2 s J J J
A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a velocity of 20
215 5 x 10.19 J 10 x 10.19 J 5 x (10.19)2 J 10 x (10.19)2 J c
m/s. Find the K.E. of the body after 1s
2 2
A 20 kg body is thrown upward with a velocity of 20 20 x (0.38) 20 x (0.38) 10 x (0.38) 10 x (0.38)
216 d
m/s. Find the K.E. of the body after 2 s. J J J J
A 20 kg body is thrown upward with a velocity of 20 10 x (10.19)2
217 5 x 10.19 J 10 x 10.19 J 20 x (10.19)2 J c
m/s. Find the K.E. of the body after 1 s J
A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a velocity of
218 10 x 30.38 J 15 x 30.38 J 5 x (30.38)2 J 0J c
50 m/s. Find the K.E. of the body after 2 s
A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a velocity of 50 10 x
219 10 x (40.19)2 J 5 x (40.19) J 5 x (40.19)2 J d
m/s. Find the K.E. of the body after 1 s (40.19) J
2
A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a velocity of 50 10 x 20.57 50 x (20.57)
220 10 x (20.57)2 J 5 x (20.57)2 J d
m/s. Find the K.E. of the body after 3 s J J
A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a velocity of 50 50 x
221 10 x (10.76)2 J 5 x (10.76) J 5 x (10.76) 2 J d
m/s. Find the K.E. of the body after 4 s (10.76) J
A 100 N force is acting at an angle of 60° on a body
which is rest on the horizontal plane. Find the work None of the
222 100 J 50 J 0J b
done by the force when the body undergoes a Above
horizontal distance of 1 m.
which is rest on the horizontal plane. Find the work
223 200 J 20 J 100 J 0J c
done by the force when the body undergoes a
which is rest on the horizontal plane. Find the work
224 150 J 300 J 0J 200 J a
done by the force when the body undergoes a

Sr.
No.
Force & Force & Force & Force &
225 Work done by a force is the product of ----- d
time velocity acceleration distance
A horizontal 50 N force is applied to a 10 kg body
226 which makes the body to move horizontally through 2.5 J 25 J 250J 0J d
0.50 m, what is work done by weight of the body?
A 2 kg body is moving with constant acceleration of

(80 N x 16 (20 N x 8 m) (8 N x 32 m) (40 N x 8m)
227 4 m/s2 starting from rest. What is work done by the c
m) N-m N-m N-m N-m
force acting on the body in 4 s.? (Assume no friction)
A 10 kg body is moving with constant acceleration
228 of 1 m/s2 starting from rest. What is Kinetic Energy 12.5 J 1250 J 1.25 J 125 J d
of the body after 5 s.?
229 of 2 m/s2 starting from rest. What is Kinetic Energy 50J 500J 5J 25J b
of the body after 5 s.?
230 2 m/s2 starting from rest. What is Kinetic Energy of 25 J 2.5 J 2500 J 250 J d
the body after 5 s.?
231 1 m/s2 starting from rest. What is Kinetic Energy of 0.1 J 1J 100 J 10 J d
the body after 2 s.?
232 of 2 m/s2 starting from rest. What is Kinetic Energy 8J 80 J 0.8 J 800 J b
of the body after 2 s ?
233 2 m/s2 starting from rest. What is Kinetic Energy of 0.4 J 4J 400 J 40 J d
the body after 2 s ?
of 4 m/s2 starting from rest. What is work done by (10 N x 80 (10 N x 8 m) (10 N x 4 m) (100 N x 32
234 d
the force acting on the body in 4 s ? (Assume no m) N-m N-m N-m m) N-m
friction)
Calculate the work done by the gravity action on 70
235 kg student sliding down 300 inclined plane who 3430 J 4330 J 4444 J 3034 J a
slides a slant distance of 10 m.
Change in
Change in Change in Change in P.E. is
Total Energy is
236 What is Work Energy Principle? P.E. is equal to K.E. is equal to equal to loss in c
equal to work
work done work done K.E.
done
A 1 kg body is dropped from a height of 5 m above
237 the ground. What is total energy of the body at the 49.05 J 100 J 5J 500J a
instant when it is being dropped?
A 1 kg body is dropped from a height of 5 m above
238 the ground. What is total energy of the body as it 0J 2J 5J 49.05 J d
strikes the ground?
A 5 kg body is moving down 45° incline from rest Principle of Principle of
Work Energy Principle of
239 for which μK = 0.2. Which of the following Energy momentum c
principle virtual work.
principle is applicable for analysis? conservation conservation
A spring is kept in the vertical position with length
50 cm. If undeformed length of the spring is 40 cm
240 500 N (↑) 500 N ( ↓) 100 N (↑) 100 N ( ↓) c
& stiffness of the spring is 10 N/cm, find the force in
the spring.
241 100 N (↑) 100 N ( ↓) 300 N (↑) 300 N ( ↓) b
the spring.
242 600 N (↑) 400 N ( ↓) 200 N (↑) 200 N ( ↓) c
the spring.
243 400 N ( ↓) 1200 N ( ↓) 800 N ( ↓) 400 N (↑) d
the spring.

Sr.
No.
244 1400 N (↑) 800 N ( ↓) 600 N (↑) 600 N ( ↓) c
the spring.
245 200 N (↑) 200 N ( ↓) 400 N (↑) 400 N ( ↓) b
the spring.
246 100 N (↑) 400 N ( ↓) 300 N (↑) 300 N ( ↓) d
the spring.
247 400 N (↑) 800 N ( ↓) 400 N (↓) 800 N ( ↓) c
the spring.
248 800 N (↑) 200 N ( ↓) 600 N (↑) 600 N ( ↓) d
the spring.
249 300 N ( ↓) 900 N ( ↓) 900 N (↑) 1200 N (↑) b
the spring.
A spring is kept in the horizontal position with
length 50 cm. If undeformed length of the spring is
250 500 N ( ↓) 400 N (←) 100 N (←) 200 N ( ↓) c
40 cm & stiffness of the spring is 10 N/cm, find the
force in the spring.
251 300 N (←) 400 N (→) 100 N(←) 100 N (→) d
252 700 N(←) 300 N(→) 300 N(←) 400 N(→) c
253 200 N(←) 400 N (→) 800 N(←) 200 N (→) d
254 400 N (←) 100 N (→) 300 N (←) 300 N (→) d
255 1200 N (←) 800 N (→) 400 N (←) 0N c
256 600 N (→) 200 N (←) 800 N (→) 0N a
257 800 N (←) 1000 N (→) 100 N (→) 200 N (←) d
258 600 N (→) 200 N (→) 800 N (→) 0N b
A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is stretched to
259 40 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force 500 J 600 J -500 J -600J c
if spring constant is 10 N/cm.
260 50 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force 2000 J 200 J -200 J -2000J d

Sr.
No.
261 50 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force 4000 J -4000 J 100 J 50 J b
262 40 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force 300 J 500 J -1000 J 1000 J c
263 35 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force -250 J 250 J 500 J 1000 J a
264 20 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force 1000 J 500 J -500 J 0J c
if spring constant is10 N/cm.
265 10 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force -2000 J 50 J -50 J 100 J a
266 15 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force 1125 J -1125 J 500 J -500 J b
267 25 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force 500 J 125 J 0J -125 J d
268 45 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force 1125 J -1125 J 500 J 0J b
269 40 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force 500 J -500 J -1500 J 1000 J c
270 50 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force 100 J 50 J 4000 J -6000 J d
271 35 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force -375 J 500 J 0J -500 J a
272 45 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force 40J -40 J -3375 J 0J c
274 20 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force -1000 J 100 J 10 J 0J a
275 10 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force 500 J -500 J -4000 J 10 J c
276 15 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force 0J 100 J -2250 J 500 J c
277 25 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force 5J 10 J 15 J -250 J d
278 5 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force if 100 J 50 J -6250 J 0J c
spring constant is 20 N/cm.
279 20 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force -1500 J 100 J 50 J 0J a
280 10 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force 100 J 50 J 0J -6000 J d
282 5 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force if -9375 J 0J 100 J 1000 J a
spring constant is 30 N/cm.

Sr.
No.
283 25 cm. Determine the work done by the spring force 300 J -375 J 400 J 1000 J b
A spring of undeformed length 10 cm is stretched
284 from 20 cm to 30 cm. Determine the work done by 0J -1500 J 100 J 50 J b
spring force if spring constant is 10 N/cm.
285 from 15 cm to 25 cm. Determine the work done by 0J 500 J -1000 J 100 J c
286 from 20 cm to 25 cm. Determine the work done by -625 J 0J 100 J 50 J a
287 from 25 cm to 30 cm. Determine the work done by 0J 100 J 1000 J -875 J d
288 from 15 cm to 30 cm. Determine the work done by 0J -1875 J 50 J 10 J b
289 from 25 cm to 30 cm. Determine the work done by 0J 100 J -375 J 1000 J c
290 from 30 cm to 40 cm. Determine the work done by -100 J 200 J -1500 J 50 J c
291 from 30 cm to 35cm. Determine the work done by -625 J 625 J 0J -1000J a
292 from 25 cm to 35cm. Determine the work done by 0J -225 J -875 J -100 J c
293 from 10 cm to20cm. Determine the work done by 2500 J -2500 J 500 J 0J a
294 from 10 cm to30cm. Determine the work done by 0J 50 J -50 J 4000 J d
295 from 20 cm to30cm. Determine the work done by 0J 100 J 1500 J 2000 J c
296 from 25 cm to30cm. Determine the work done by 1000 J 625 J 50 J 0J b
297 from 30 cm to 35cm. Determine the work done by 375 J 0J 50 J -100 J a
A body of weight 10 N is moving down 30° inclined
298 plane. Find the work done by the weight if the body 0J 0.5 J 1J 5J b
moves through a distance of 0.1 m.
299 plane. Find the work done by the weight if the body 0J 0.5 J 1J 5J c
300 plane. Find the work done by the weight if the body 0J 1J 2J 1.5 J d
301 plane. Find the work done by the weight if the body 0J 1J 2J 1.5 J c
302 plane. Find the work done by the weight if the body 0J 2.5 J 1J 2J b
303 plane. Find the work done by the weight if the body 1J 0J 2J 3J a

Sr.
No.
A body of weight 20 N is moving down a 30 degree
304 inclined plane. Find the work done by the weight if 1J 0J 2J 5J c
the body moves through a distance of 0.2 m.
305 plane. Find the work done by the weight if the body 1J 2J 4J 3J d
306 plane. Find the work done by the weight if the body 1J 2J 4J 3J c
307 plane. Find the work done by the weight if the body 1J 3J 0J 5J d
A body of weight 30 N is moving down 30°
308 inclined plane. Find the work done by the weight if 1.5 J 0J 1J 2J a
309 plane. Find the work done by the weight if the body 2J 3J 4J 5J b
310 inclined plane. Find the work done by the weight if 2J 1J 0J 4.5 J d
311 inclined plane. Find the work done by the weight if 5J 6J 7.5 J 0J c
312 plane. Find the work done by the weight if the body 0J 2J 3J 4J b
313 plane. Find the work done by the weight if the body 0 J 2J 3J 4J d
314 plane. Find the work done by the weight if the body 6J 8J 10 J 12 J a
315 plane. Find the work done by the weight if the body 5J 2.5 J 10 J 15 J a
316 plane. Find the work done by the weight if the body 5J 10 J 7.5 J 100 J c
317 plane. Find the work done by the weight if the body 5J 10 J 15 J 20 J b
318 plane. Find the work done by the weight if the body 5J 10 J 15 J 12.5 J d
The sum of its
It has the kinetic &
It has the
The Pendulum is oscillating on either side of its rest It has only maximum K.E. at potential energies
319 maximum P.E. at d
position.The correct statement is Kinetic Energy its extreme remains constant
its rest position
position throughout the
motion.
A lift is used to carry 8 persons through a height of
none of the
320 30 m in two minutes. If the average mass of each 1375 W 2174 W 1742 W d
above
person is 95 kg, determine the power required.
A motor of 100 Hp moves with a uniform speed of
321 72 km/hr. The forward thrust applied by the engine 3730 N 3550 N 3839 N 3333 N a
on the car is
A spring of stiffness 1000 N/m is stretched by 10 cm
322 from the un-deformed position. Find the work of – 10 Nm – 5 Nm – 15Nm – 7Nm b
spring force.
Force & Force & Force & Force &
323 Impulse due to a force is the product of a
time velocity acceleration distance

Sr.
No.
Rail road car A, of mass 25 Mg, moving with a
speed of 0.5 m/s collides with car B, of mass 40 Mg
which is at rest. After the impact, car A & B move
324 0.56 0.65 0.55 0.66 a
towards right with a speed of 0.02 m/s and 0.3 m/s
respectively. Find the coefficient of restitution
between A and B.
A small rubber ball is released from a height of 800
mm on a horizontal floor after the first bounce it
325 0.4477 0.7746 0.4444 0.5555 b
raises to a height of 480 mm, compute the
coefficient of restitution.
Ball 1 collides with an another identical ball 2 at
rest. For what value of coefficient of restitution e,
326 1/3 1/2 1/4 1/6 a
the velocity of second ball become two times that of
1 after collision?
Two solid rubber balls, A and B having masses 200
and 400 gm respectively are moving in opposite
None of the
327 directions with velocity of A equal to 0.3 m/s. After 0.15 m/s 1.5 m/s -0.15 m/s a
above
collision the two balls come to rest , then the velocity
of B is
A tennis ball bounces down a flight of stairs striking
328 each step in turn and rebounding to the height of the 1/2 1/√2 1/4 1 b
step above. The coefficient of restitution is
A particle of mass m1 moves with speed v and
collides with a stationary particle of mass m2. The
329 =e >e <e > e2 b
first particle continues to move in same direction if
m1 / m2 is (e = coefficient of restitution)
A glass marble drops from a height of 3 meters
upon a horizontal floor. If the coefficient of
330 2.00m 2.43m 3.42m 1.00m b
restitution be 0.9, find the height to which it rises
after the impact.
A ball is dropped from a height of 9 meters upon a
331 horizontal slab. If it rebounds to a height of 5.76 0.6 0.4 0.8 0.9 c
meters, the coefficient of restitution is:
A ball dropped from a height h1 = 1600 mm is
observed to rebound to a height h2 = 1100 mm from
332 0.60 0.83 0.93 1.00 b
a horizontal floor. Determine the coefficient of
restitution.
A 25 N force is applied to a body for 2 s , What is

333 25 Ns 50 Ns 2 Ns 0 Ns b
the impulse due to the applied force on to the body?
A 50 N force is applied to a body for 3 s , What is

334 25 Ns 50 Ns 2 Ns 150 Ns d
A 100 N force is applied to a body for 4 s, What is

335 4 Ns 100 Ns 400 Ns 150 Ns c
A 100 N force is applied to a body for 3 s, What is

336 3 Ns 300 Ns 400 Ns 150 Ns b
A 200 N force is applied to a body for 3 s, what is

337 3 Ns 300 Ns 600 Ns 150 Ns c
A body weighing 25 N is kept over a smooth
inclined plane which makes 30° with the horizontal.
338 25 Ns 5 Ns 0 Ns 2 Ns a
What is the impulse due to weight of the body during
the time interval of 2 s?
339 25 Ns 5 Ns 0 Ns 50 Ns d
the time interval of 4 s?
340 25 Ns 5 Ns 0 Ns 75 Ns d
the time interval of 6 s ?

Sr.
No.
341 25 Ns 5 Ns 100 Ns 75 Ns c
342 25 Ns 125 Ns 100 Ns 75 Ns b
343 25 Ns 50 Ns 0 Ns 2 Ns b
344 25 Ns 50 Ns 100 Ns 2 Ns c
345 75 Ns 150 Ns 100 Ns 2 Ns b
346 75 Ns 50 Ns 100 Ns 200 Ns d
347 75 Ns 250 Ns 100 Ns 200 Ns b
A 50 N force is applied to a body, moving over
horizontal plane, at an angle of 60° with the
348 100 Ns 50 Ns 75 Ns 0 Ns b
horizontal. Find out the impulse due to 50 N force
during a time interval of 2 s.
349 100 Ns 50 Ns 75 Ns 0 Ns c
350 100 Ns 50 Ns 75 Ns 0 Ns a
351 100 Ns 50 Ns 125 Ns 0 Ns c
352 100 Ns 50 Ns 125 Ns 0 Ns a
353 100 Ns 150 Ns 125 Ns 0 Ns b
354 100 Ns 150 Ns 125 Ns 200 Ns d
355 100 Ns 250 Ns 125 Ns 200 Ns b
356 100 Ns 250 Ns 125 Ns 300 Ns d

Sr.
No.
100 N force is applied to a body, moving over
357 100 Ns 250 Ns 500 Ns 300 Ns c
358 What is the range for values of e? 0 to 1 0 to 100 10 to 100 0 to 0.1 a
The impact is
The impact is The impact is
359 If e = 1, it indicates: neither elastic none of the above b
plastic elastic
nor plastic
The impact is
The impact is The impact is
360 If e = 0, it indicates: neither elastic none of the above a
plastic elastic
nor plastic
Neither
Both momentum
Momentum is Energy is only momentum nor
361 In case of Elastic impact: and energy is b
only conserved conserved Energy is
conserved.
conserved
Two bodies with same mass are moving with the
velocities 20 m/s & 15 m/s respectively before
362 1 0.5 0.66 0 c
impact and 12 m/s & 15 m/s respectively after
impact, determine the value of e.
363 What is unit of Impulse? N-m Joule N m/s Ns d
Mass & Mass & Mass &
364 Momentum is defined as the product of ------ Mass & time d
distance acceleration velocity
A Ball of mass 10 g falls from a height of 5m. It
365 rebounds from a ground to 4 m. The coefficient of √4/5 √5/4 4/5 5/4 a
restitution ‘e’ is
if either
When there is When external
The momentum of a system of two bodies is body does not Under all
366 no external force force act only on c
conserved exerts a force circumstances
acting on body one body
on the other
If a body hits the ground from a height h1 and
rebounds to a height h2 after having inelastic
367 e = h2/h1 e = h1/h2 e =√h2/h1 e = √ h1/h2 c
collision with the ground then the coefficient of
restitution is
A body hits the ground with 50 m/s velocity and has
inelastic collision with the ground then with what
368 1/250 m/s 250 m/s 1/10 m/s 10 m/s d
velocity it will rebound if the coefficient of
restitution is 0.2
Can only be Must always May either be None of the
369 Central impact of two bodies c
direct impact be elastic impact direct or indirect above
Velocity Velocity
Velocity
The coefficient of restitution is defined on the basis components components None of the
370 vectors before a
of ----- along the line normal to the line above
and after collision
of impact only of impact
The two The two
The entire
bodies must bodies must
kinetic energy A body initial
move stuck move stuck
371 For a perfectly plastic central impact of the two at rest, should c
together, whether together only if
bodies must be stay at rest
the impact is the impact is
lost
direct or indirect direct
50 gm glass marbles dropped from a height of 10 m None of the
372 2.185 Ns 6.285 Ns 8.125 Ns d
rebounds to height of 7 m calculate impulse? Above
A sphere of mass ‘m’ moving with a speed of ‘u’
strikes a sphere of same mass at rest. If after
373 1 0 1/2 None of these a
striking, the two spheres exchange their velocities
then determine the coefficient of restitution.
If there is
When the Only when Whenever
no external
374 The impulse-momentum principle is applicable momentum is body hits another Newton’s law is d
force acting on
conserved body applicable
the body
Their total
Their total
When two bodies collide without the presence of any momentum The collision The collision
375 kinetic energy a
other forces or force fields, must be must be direct must be central
must be conserved
conserved

Sr.
No.
If a body of mass 2 kg is at rest and is hit by a mass
of 4 kg moving with 3 m/s, the fraction of the
376 2 3 1/2 1/3 d
momentum retained by the moving body assuming
the collision to be elastic and head on is
If mass of moving body is much greater than the
Same and in Same and in Different and in Different and in
377 mass of the body at rest then the approximate a
same direction apposite direction same direction opposite direction
velocity of the moving body after head on collision is
Coefficient of Coefficient of
The ball of mass 10 gm is dropped on the ground Impulse force Impulse force
restitution restitution
from a height of 10 m. It rebounds to a height of 2.5 between the between the
378 between the between the d
m. If the ball is in the contact with ground for 0.01 s, ground and the ground and the
ground and ball ground and ball is
then which statement is correct? ball is 15 N ball is 5 √2 N
is ¼ ½
The
momentum of
The
the ball just The total The total
mechanical
A ball hits the floor and rebounds after an inelastic after the momentum of the energy of the ball
379 energy of the ball c
collision. In this case: collision is the ball and the earth and the earth is
remains the same
same as that is conserved. conserved.
in the collision.
just before the
collision.
A body of mass 2 kg moving with a velocity of 3
m/s collides head –on with a body of mass 1 kg
380 moving with a velocity of 4 m/s. After collision the 1/3 2/3 1/4 5/4 b
two bodies stick together and move with a common
velocity which in the units m/s is equal to:
A body of mass ‘m’ collides against a wall with the
381 velocity ‘v’ and rebounds with the same speed. Its 2 mv mv –mv 0 a
change of momentum is:
A ball is droped from a height h1 = 1 m on a smooth

None of the
382 floor. Knowing that the height of first bounce h2 = 0.9 m 1.11 m 1 a
Above
0.81 m, determine the coefficient of restitution.
A ball is thrown upwards with an initial velocity of

v0. Determine the time taken for the ball to reach the
383 t = v0/g t = 2v0/g t = v0/2g t = g/v0 a
maximum height. Use the impulse –momentum
method.
A rifle of 5 kg mass fires a bullet of 10 gm mass at a
384 velocity of 300 m/s. Determine the velocity with 0.1 m/s 0.3 m/s 0.6 m/s 0.9 m/s c
which the rifle recoils.
A boy of 50 kg mass runs with a velocity of 5 m/s
and jumps into a boat of mass 75 kg. Find the
385 1 m/s 3 m/s 4 m/s 2 m/s d
velocity with which the boy and the boat will move
together if the boat was initially at rest.
15 mg box car A is coasting freely at 1.5 m/s on the
horizontal track when it encounters a tank car B
having a mass of 12 mg and coasting at 0.75 m /s None of the
386 0.5 m/ s 5.0 m/ s 1.0 m/ s a
towards it. If cars meet and coupled together, Above
determine the speed of both cars just after the
coupling.
An 1800 kg car stopped at traffic light is struck
from the rear by a 900 kg car and the two become
387 entangled. If the smaller car was moving at 20 m/s 7.98 m/s 6.67 m/s 7.66 m/s 8.67 m/s b
before collision, what is the speed of the entangled
cars after collision?
A 5.00 kg particle has a velocity of (3.00 i – 4.00j) (15.00i – (25.00i -
388 (20.00i -15.00j) (20.00i -20.00j) a
m /s. Find its x and y components of momentum. 20.00j) 10.00j)
A steel ball of weight 0.01 N falls from a height 6 m
389 0.2300 Ns 0.1962 Ns 0.3200Ns 0.9182 Ns b
and rebounds to a height of 4 m find the impulse.
In an impact testing machine a hammer of mass
10.5 kg is attached to a 1.5 m long lever. The lever is
None of the
390 held in horizontal position and is released. The 5.425 m/s 4.525 m/s 5.245 m/s a
Above
hammer strikes the test piece and breaks it.
Determine the velocity of hammer at impact.

Sr.
No.
A man weighing 700 N is in boat weighing 3000 N
which is floating in a still lake if the man starts
391 running along the length of boat at a speed of 5 m/s - 0.9459 m/s – 0.9999 m/s - 1.02 m/s -1.1111m/s a
with respect to the boat. Find the velocity of boat.
Neglect resistance to the motion.
A man weighing 700 N is in boat weighing 3000 N
which is floating in a still lake if he jumps of the
392 – 1.68 m/s – 6.18 m/s - 1.86 m/s – 8.18 m/s c
boat with an absolute velocity of 8 m/s find the
velocity of the boat.
Rail road car A of mass 15 Mg is traveling at 2 m/s
on a horizontal track. Car B of mass 13 Mg is
393 traveling towards A at 0.8 m/s. If the car meet and 0.5 m/s 7.0 m/s 0.7m/s 70 m/s c
couple together find the speed of the coupled cars
just after the coupling.
Impulse of a
Change in Change in Change in P.E.
force system =
394 What is Impulse Momentum Principle? K.E. = Work Impulsive force = Change in b
Change in
done = Change in K.E. Kinetic Energy
momentum
A 5 kg body is moving with a constant acceleration
395 of 2 m/s2 starting from rest. Determine the change in 20 Ns 40 Ns 10 Ns 0 Ns a
momentum in 2 s.
396 of 2 m/s2 starting from rest. Determine the change in 20 Ns 40 Ns 30 Ns 0 Ns c
momentum in 3 s.
397 of 2 m/s2 starting from rest. Determine the change in 20 Ns 40 Ns 30 Ns 0 Ns b
momentum in 4 s.
398 of 2 m/s2 starting from rest. Determine the change in 20 Ns 40 Ns 30 Ns 50 Ns d
momentum in 5 s.
momentum in 2 s.
momentum in 3 s.
momentum in 4 s.
momentum in 5 s.
momentum in 2 s.
momentum in 3 s.
momentum in 4 s.
momentum in 5 s.
momentum in 2 s.
momentum in 3 s.
momentum in 4 s.

Sr.
No.
momentum in 5 s.
momentum in 1 s.
A 10 kg body is moving with a constant
412 acceleration of 5 m/s2. If initial velocity of the body 50 Ns 25 Ns 75 Ns 100 Ns d
is 2 m/s, determine the change in momentum in 2 s.
413 of 5 m/s2. If initial velocity of the body is 2 m/s, 50 Ns 150 Ns 75 Ns 100 Ns b
determine the change in momentum in 3 s.
414 acceleration of 5 m/s2. If initial velocity of the body 50 Ns 150 Ns 200 Ns 100 Ns c
420 acceleration of 2 m/s2. If initial velocity of the body 100 Ns 40 Ns 80 Ns 60 Ns a
422 of 3 m/s2. If initial velocity of the body is 2 m/s, 150 Ns 100 Ns 60 Ns 0 Ns c
423 of 3 m/s2. If initial velocity of the body is 2 m/s, 150 Ns 100 Ns 60 Ns 90 Ns d
424 of 3 m/s2. If initial velocity of the body is 2 m/s, 120 Ns 100 Ns 60 Ns 90 Ns a
426 of 4 m/s2. If initial velocity of the body is 2 m/s, 120 Ns 100 Ns 150 Ns 40 Ns d

Sr.
No.
A 12.5 kg body is moving with a constant
436 acceleration of 5 m/s2. If initial velocity of the body 100 Ns 300 Ns 50 Ns 250 Ns b
A 50 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for 5 s.
437 2.5 Ns 8 Ns 250 Ns 5 Ns c
Determine the change in momentum.
438 25 Ns 100 Ns 250 Ns 50 Ns b
439 25 Ns 100 Ns 150 Ns 50 Ns c
440 25 Ns 200 Ns 150 Ns 50 Ns b
441 25 Ns 200 Ns 150 Ns 250 Ns d
determine the change in momentum.
442 500 Ns 300 Ns 200 Ns 100 Ns a
443 500 Ns 300 Ns 400 Ns 100 Ns c
444 500 Ns 300 Ns 400 Ns 100 Ns b
445 500 Ns 300 Ns 400 Ns 200 Ns d
446 500 Ns 100 Ns 400 Ns 200 Ns b
447 600 Ns 100 Ns 400 Ns 200 Ns a
Two men are standing on a floating boat with a
velocity of 4.2 m/s. The mass of each man is 80 kg
and that of boat is 400 kg. If the boat was initially at
448 -1.55 m/s -1.60 m/s -1.68 m/s -1.70 m/s c
rest, find final velocity of boat by using principle of
conservation of momentum. Neglect the water
friction.

Q. If the resultant of two forces (P+Q)
Engineeing Mechanics and(P-Q) is(P²+Q²)½, then the angle between
them is given by
UNIT 1A
A. cos a=[-(P²+Q²/2(P²-Q²)]
B. cos a=(P²+Q²)
Q. If two forces of magnitude P and 2P act
C. cos a=(P²-Q²)
on a body , then their minimum resultant is
D. cos a=(P²+Q²+2PQ)
A. 2P
Ans. A
B. 3P
C. P
Q. Two equal forces act on a body. The
D. 4P
square of the resultant is three times the product
Ans. C
of the forces. Then the angle between them is
A. 90°
Q. Two forces 3N and 1N act at normal to
B. 120°
each other. The resultant is
C. 60°
A. (10)½
D. 100°
B. (12)½
Ans. C
C. (8)½
D. (7)½
Q. If two forces of magnitude 10kN and
Ans. A
20kN act on a body , then their maximum
resultant is
Q. Two forces 2N and 4N act at a point on a
A. 20kN
body. The resultant when they act at 60° is
B. 30kN
A. (10)½
C. 50kN
B. (6)½
D. 10kN
C. (28)½
Ans. B
D. (8)½
Ans. C
Q. The effect of a given force remains
unaltered at any point along the line of action
Q. If two forces of magnitude 4kN and 8kN
.This is according to
act on a body , then their minimum resultant is
A. resolution
A. 5kN
B. law of motion
B. 4kN
C. law of transmissibility
C. 3kN
D. equilibrium
D. 2kN
Ans. C
Ans. B
Q. The resultant of two forces each of
Q. If two forces each of magnitude 'F' act at
right angles, their effect may be neutralised by a
A. P/2
third force P. The value of P is
B. P/(2)½
A. (2)½F
C. (2P)½
B. (F)½
D. (P)½
C. (3F)½
Ans. B
D. (5F)½
Ans. A
1
Q. The resultant of two forces each of B. 90° and 0°
magnitude P acting at 60° is C. 0° and 180°
A. 2P D. 0° and 90°
B. 3P Ans. C
C. (3)½P
D. (2)½P Q. A ------------- is a single force which can
Ans. C replace two or more forces and produce the
same effect.
Q. The resultant of two forces P1 and P2 is A. resultant
R. If P1 is doubled and the new resultant B. equilibrant
remains R and becomes perpendicular to P2, C. moment
then D. couple
A. P1=P2 Ans. A
B. P2=R
C. P1=R Q. The splitting of a force into two
D. 2P1=R perpendicular directions without changing its
Ans. C effect is called
A. resultant
Q. If two forces of magnitude 7N and 8N act B. resolution
at 60° , then the resultant will be C. moment
A. 10N D. couple
B. 15N Ans. B
C. 13N
D. 16N Q. The square of the resultant of forces P1
Ans. C and P2 with a angle 'D' between them is
A. P1²+P2²+2P1P2
Q. If two forces of magnitude P each act at B. P1²+P2²+2P1P2cos D
angle 'B' .Then resultant will be C. P1²+P2²-2P1P2
A. 2P cosB D. P1²+P2²
B. P cos2B Ans. B
C. P(2+2cosB)½
D. P cosB Q. Two forces of magnitude 5N and 7N act
Ans. C at a point on a body. The square of the resultant
is three times the product of the forces. Then the
Q. If the resultant of two equal forces has the angle between them is
same magnitude, then the angle between them is A. 63.71°
A. 120° B. 60.71°
B. 60° C. 65.71°
C. 90° D. 55.71°
D. 50° Ans. A
Ans. A
Q. If the resultant is equal to half the
Q. The angle between two forces ,when the magnitude of two equal forces, then the angle
resultant is maximum and minimum are between the forces is
A. 180°and 0° A. 151.04°
2
B. 140.5° D. 20kN
C. 120° Ans. B
D. 100°
Ans. A Q. Two equal forces act on a body.The
square of the resultant is two times the product
Q. If two equal forces are acting at a right of the forces. Then the angle between them is
angle, having resultant force of (20)½ ,then find A. 120°
out magnitude of each forcAns. B. 90°
A. (15)½ C. 60°
B. (5)½ D. 30°
C. (25)½ Ans. B
D. (10)½
Ans. D Q. If two forces of magnitude 10kN and
20kN act on a body , then their minimum
Q. When two equal forces are acting at 60° resultant is
produce a resultant equal to (28)½, then find out A. 20kN
magnitude of each force B. 10kN
A. (28/3)½ C. 30kN
B. 28/2 D. 5kN
C. 28/5 Ans. B
D. 28/7
Ans. A Q. Two forces of magnitude P and 2P act at
a point on a body. The square of the resultant is
Q. Two forces 5N and 7N act at a point on a three times the product of the forces. Then the
body. The resultant when they act at right angle angle between them is
is A. 120°
A. (74)½ B. 90°
B. (60)½ C. 60°
C. 70½ D. 30°
D. 84½ Ans. C
Ans. A
Q. If two forces of magnitude 2P and 4P act
Q. Two forces 3N and 5N act at a point on a at a point on a body , then their maximum
body. The resultant when they act at 45° is resultant is
A. (53.21)½ A. 4P
B. (50.12)½ B. 6P
C. (55.21)½ C. 3P
D. (45.21)½ D. 8P
Ans. C Ans. B
Q. If two forces of magnitude 5kN and 10kN Q. If a number of forces are acting at a point,
act on a body , then their maximum resultant is their resultant will be inclined at an angle θ with
A. 25kN the horizontal, such that
B. 15kN A. tan θ = ΣH / ΣV
C. 10kN B. tan θ = ΣV / ΣH
3
C. tan θ= ΣV × ΣH "Q. A force 235 N acts up the plane at an
D. tan θ =0 angle of 60° with the horizontal on a block
Ans. B resting on a 22° inclined plane Determine
Q. The forces, which meet at one point and planAns.
their lines of action also lie in the same plane, "
are known as A. 144.7N,185.2N
A. coplanar concurrent forces B. 185.2N,144.7N
B. coplanar non-concurrent forces C. 0N, 144.7N
C. non-coplanar concurrent forces D. 185.2N, 0N
D. non-coplanar forces Ans. B
Ans. A
Q. Determine the inclination of resultant of
Q. Coplanar concurrent forces are those force 100N at 0° and 200N at 90°.
forces which A. 36.3°
A. meet at one point, but do not lie in the same B. 63.435°
plane C. 56.7°
B. do not meet at one point and do not lie in the D. 186.3°
same plane Ans. B
C. meet at one point and also lie in the same
plane Q. A block of mass 9 Kg rests on a plane
D. do not meet at one point, but lie in the same making an angle of 160 with horizontal.
plane Determine the component of the weight normal
Ans. C to the planAns.
A. 86.5N
Q. A 35N force makes an angle 140° with x B. 84.86 N
axis Determine its components along the lines C. 24.34N
making angles of 300° and 240° with x axis. D. 24.8N
A. -9.11N, 11.97N Ans. B
B. -11.97 N, 6.07 N
C. 10.98 N , 7.06 N Q. A telephone pole is supported by a wire
D. 7.06N, 10.98N which exerts a pull of 890N on the top of the
Ans. B polAns. If the angle between the wire and
Q. A mass of 72Kg is resting on a board vertical components?
inclined at 20° with horizontal. What is the A. 681.8N, 572.1N
component of the mass normal & parallel to the B. 352.3N, 853.4N
board? C. 853.4N, 352.3N
A. 241.6N, 663.7N D. 572.1 N, 681.8N
B. 246.3N, 354.3N Ans. A
C. 354.3N, 246.3N
D. 663.7N, 241.6N Q. Two forces act an angle of 120°. If the
Ans. D greater force is 50 N and their resultant is
perpendicular to the smaller force, the smaller
force is
4
A. 20 N
B. 25 N Q. A boat is being towed through a canal by
C. 30N a cable which makes an angle of 100 with the
D. 35N shorAns. If the pull in the cable is 200N,
Ans. B find the force tending to move the boat along
the canal.
Q. Four concurrent forces1kN, 2kN, 3kN and A. 197N
4kN acting at an angle of 20°, 63°, 95°,150° B. 200N
from positive x axis. Determine their resultant in C. 250N
kN. D. 100N
A. 7.35 Ans. A
B. 4.35
C. 3.35 Q. Two equal forces of magnitude 'P'
D. 2.25 represents the components of resultant. The
Ans. A angle made by the resultant with vertical is
A. 45°
Q. Three concurrent forces Q=100N, B. 56.3°
P=150N, F=150N act at point O. Q is along +ve C. 26.56°
x axis, P is acting at an angle 45° in forth D. 0°
quadrant and F is acting in third quadrant at an Ans. A
angle 45°. Then their resultant is
A. 150N Q. forces 138.5N horizontal and 183.5N
B. 300N vertical represents components of resultant then
C. 234.52N the angle made by the resultant with vertical is
D. 100N A. 47.04°
Ans. C B. 34.04°
C. 37.04°
Q. Effect of a force on a body depends upon D. 44.04°
its Ans. C
A. direction
B. magnitude Q. Determine the inclination of resultant of
C. position forces 10N at 0° and 20N at 90°.
D. all of these A. 36.3°
Ans. D B. 63.435°
C. 56.7°
Q. If two forces each equal to T in magnitude D. 186.3°
act at right angles, their effect may be Ans. B
neutralized by a third force acting along their
bistort in opposite direction whose magnitude Q. A man of weight 60 kg is standing on a
will be ladder of slope 1H: 3V, then the components of
A. 2 T weight along the ladder and normal to ladder are
B. T/2 A. 558.37N,168.18N
C. √2T B. -558.37N,-186.18N
D. none of these C. 186.37N,558.18N
Ans. C D. -558.37N,186.18N
5
Ans. B B. 75 N
C. 30N
Q. two boys are pulling a box with the help D. 35N
of two cables. If the pull in the cables are 23 N, Ans. B
at an angle of 40° and 35 N at an angle of 130°
with +ve x axis, their resultant will be Q. Two forces act an angle of 120°. If the
A. 14.88 N greater force is 100 N and their resultant is
B. 41.88 N perpendic-ular to the smaller force, the smaller
C. 58 N force is
D. 12 N A. 50 N
Ans. B B. 75 N
C. 30N
Q. Determine the inclination of resultant of D. 35N
forces 40N at 0° and 20N at 90°. Ans. A
A. 45°
B. 26.56° Q. Three concurrent forces Q=10N, P=15N,
C. 20.56° F=15N act at point O. Q is along +ve x axis, P is
D. 63.435° acting at an angle 45° in forth quadrant and F is
Ans. B acting in third quadrant at an angle 45°. Then
their resultant is
Q. A block of mass 19 Kg rests on a plane A. 23.45 N
making an angle of 160 with horizontal. B. 32.45 N
Determine the component of the weight normal C. 45.45 N
to the planAns. D. 40 N
A. 51.37N Ans. A
B. 179.16N
C. 197.16N Q. Three concurrent forces Q=23N, P=43N,
D. 15.37N F=43N act at point O. Q is along +ve x axis, P is
Ans. B acting at an angle 45° in forth quadrant and F is
acting in third quadrant at an angle 45°. Then
Q. A block of mass 23 Kg rests on a plane their resultant is
making an angle of 100 with horizontal. A. 65.01 N
Determine the component of the weight normal B. 56 .01 N
to the planAns. C. 86 N
A. 222.20N D. 103 N
B. 39.18N Ans. A
C. 22.22 N
D. 93.18 N Q. A boat is being towed through a canal by
Ans. A a cable which makes an angle of 100 with the
shorAns. If the pull in the cable is 20N, find
Q. Two forces act an angle of 120°. If the the force tending to move the boat along the
greater force is 150 N and their resultant is canal.
perpendicular to the smaller force, the smaller A. 19.7 N
force is B. 3.47 N
A. 70 N C. 34. 7 N
6
D. 1.97 N B. 571.01 N & 142.79 N
Ans. A C. 571.01 N & 42.79 N
D. 57.01 N & 42.79 N
Q. A boat is being towed through a canal by Ans. B
a cable which makes an angle of 100 with the
shorAns. If the pull in the cable is 400N, Q. two boys are pulling a box with the help
find the force tending to move the boat along of two cables. If the pull in the cables are 32 N,
the canal. at an angle of 40° and 53 N at an angle of 130°
A. 69.45 N with +ve x axis, their resultant will be
B. 393.92 N A. 91.61 N
C. 6.94 N B. 91.91 N
D. 93.3 N C. 61.91 N
Ans. B D. 16.91 N
Ans. C
Q. Forces 160.5N horizontal and 173.5N
vertical represents components of resultant then Q. Two boys are pulling a box with the help
the angle made by the resultant with vertical is of two cables. If the pull in the cables are 40 N,
A. 42.77° at an angle of 40° and 25 N at an angle of 130°
B. 45° with +ve x axis, their resultant will be
C. 47.22° A. 65 N
D. 4.77° B. 45.16 N
Ans. A C. 74.16 N
D. 47.16 N
Q. Forces 90 N horizontal and 72.5 N Ans. D
vertical represents components of resultant then
the angle made by the resultant with vertical is Q. If the resultant is equal to 0.6 times the
A. 51.14° magnitude of two equal forces, then the angle
B. 38.85° between the forces is nearer to
C. 15.14° A. 145
D. 83.14° B. 135
Ans. A C. 120
D. 100
Q. A man of weight 40 kg is standing on a Ans. A
ladder of slope 1H: 3V, then the components of
weight along the ladder and normal to ladder are Q. If two equal forces are acting at a right
A. 372.25 N & 124.12N angle, having resultant force of (80)½ ,then find
B. 32.25 N & 124.12N out magnitude of each forcAns.
C. 37.25 N & 24.12N A. (15)½
D. 372.25 N & 24.12N B. (5)½
Ans. A C. (25)½
D. (20)½
Q. A man of weight 60 kg is standing on a Ans. D
weight along the ladder and normal to ladder are
A. 57.01 N & 142.79 N
7
Q. When two equal forces are acting at 60° Q. If two forces of magnitude 10kN and
produce a resultant equal to 10(3)½, then find 20kN act on a body , then their minimum
out magnitude of each force resultant is
A. 10 A. 20kN
B. 25 B. 10kN
C. 20 C. 30kN
D. 15 D. 5kN
Ans. A Ans. B
Q. Two forces 5N and 7N act at a point on a Q. Two forces of magnitude P and 2P act at
body. The resultant when they act at right angle a point on a body. The square of the resultant is
is four times the product of the forces. Then the
A. (74)½ angle between them is
B. (60)½ A. 41.4°
C. 70½ B. 51.4°
D. 84½ C. 45.4°
Ans. A D. 50.4°
Ans. A
body. The resultant when they act at 45° is Q. If two forces of magnitude 2P and 4P act
A. 10.17 at a point on a body , then their maximum
B. 11 resultant is
C. 15 A. 4P
D. 13 B. 6P
Ans. A C. 3P
D. 8P
Q. If two forces of magnitude 5kN and 10kN Ans. B
act on a body , then their maximum resultant is
A. 25kN Q. A like parallel force system consists of
B. 15kN four forces of magnitude 10N, 20N, 30N, and
C. 10kN 40N acting at 0.2m apart from each other
D. 20kN respectively. The position of the resultant from
Ans. B the first force 10N is
A. 0.4 m
Q. Two equal forces act on a body. The B. 0.6 m
square of the resultant is three times the product C. 0.2 m
of the forces. Then the angle between them is D. 0.1 m
A. 120° Ans. A
B. 90°
C. 60° Q. A door of width 1m can rotate if a
D. 30° moment of of 10 Nm is applied. The minimum
Ans. C force that can be applied to open it is
A. 8.66 N
B. 10 N
C. 5 N
8
D. None of the above 30mm, and 50mm respectively. The position of
Ans. B the resultant from point A is
A. 20 mm
Q. A force of 200N acts 40° to the spoke of a B. 125 mm
cycle wheel 250 mm in radius. The moment C. 10 mm
about the center of the wheel will be nearer to D. 25 mm
A. 50 N m Ans. C
B. 38 Nm
C. 32 Nm Q. A force of 500 N is to be resolved into
D. 30 Nm two forces P and Q parallel to and in the
Ans. C direction of line of action of F and acting one on
each side of F at a distance of 3 and 2 units
Q. The moment of the 30 N force passing respectively. The values of P and Q are
through the coordinates (4, 0) and (0, 3) about A. 200 N, 300 N
the origin B. 300 N, 200 N
A. 60 Nm C. 250 N, 250 N
B. 100 Nm D. 600 N, 100 N
C. 72 Nm Ans. A
D. 45 Nm
Ans. C Q. A pulley of diameter AB = 200 mm is
subjected to two equal unlike parallel forces of
Q. A force of 100N makes an angle of 600 2000 N one at A and other at B tangentially. A
anticlockwise with the horizontal. It passes third force of 500 N acts through center of
through the point having coordinates (4, 5). The pulley at 450 The resultant force and couple
moment of this force about origin is nearer to will be
A. 306 Nm A. 2500N at 1350 along with couple of 2000
B. 466 Nm Nm
C. 446 Nm B. 500N at 450 along with couple of 400 Nm
D. 606 Nm C. 500N at 450 along with couple of 2000 Nm
Ans. C D. 2000 N at 450 along with couple of 500 Nm
Ans. B
Q. A plate ABCD is of breadth AB=40mm
and depth AD=20 mm. A force of 10 N at angle Q. On a rod AD forces 20N, 10N, 35N, 15 N
2850 is applied at D. The magnitude of the acts at points A, B, C, D. Forces 20N, 10N, 15
moment of the force about point A is nearer to N act downwards and 35N acts upwards. The
A. 193 Nmm position of the points B,C,D from A are 20mm,
B. 133 Nmm 30mm, and 50mm respectively. The equivalent
C. 143 Nmm force couple system at A is
D. 93 Nmm A. 10 N, 500Nmm
Ans. A B. 10N,100Nmm
C. 80 N, 500Nmm
Q. On a rod AD forces 20N, 10N, 35N, 15 N D. 90 N , 1100 Nmm
act at points A, B, C, D resp. Forces 20N, 10N, Ans. B
15 N act downward and 35N acts upward. The
position of the points B,C,D from A are 20mm,
9
Q. Three like horizontal forces of 10N, 20N, B. The moment which should accompany it for
and 10N act on a vertical rod at A, B, C. If AB equivalent effect is
= BC = 20 mm. The resultant force couple A. 30 N m
system at A is B. 40 N m
A. 40 N, 800 Nmm C. 50 N m
B. 0 N, 400 Nmm D. 60 N m
C. 20 N, 200 Nmm Ans. C
D. None of these
Ans. A Q. Force of 60N acts at horizontal distance of
Q. Two like parallel forces of 60N and 180 N horizontal is 20º. The moment of force about
act 120 mm apart from each other. The position origin is
of the resultant from 60N force will be A. 20.5 Nm
A. 100 mm B. 30.5 Nm
B. 60 mm C. 96.42Nm
C. 80 mm D. 16.67Nm
D. 90 mm Ans. A
Ans. D
Q. Two like parallel forces are acting at a
Q. Three weights 30N, 10N, 20N are placed distance of 24 mm apart and their resultant is
at the three corners taken clockwise on a square 20N. If the line of action of the resultant is 6mm
ABCD normal to the planAns. . What should from force acting at left. The two forces are
be the weight at the remaining corner so that the A. 15 N and 5 N
resultant of the system lies at the center of B. 30 N and 5 N
square ‘O’? C. 25 N and 5 N
A. 20 N D. None of the above
B. 10 N Ans. A
C. 60N
D. Not possible Q. Three forces acting on a rigid body are
Ans. D represented in magnitude, direction and action
by the three side of a triangle taken in order.
Q. A force of 100 N acting tangential to a The forces are equivalent to a couple whose
drum of radius 0.25 m, must be transferred moment is equal to k times the area of
parallel to itself to its center O. The moment trianglAns. k is equal to
which should accompany it for equivalent effect A. 1
is B. 2
A. 20 N m C. 0.5
B. 25 N m D. None of the above
C. 30 N m Ans. B
D. 35 N m
Ans. B Q. A couple produces
A. translatory motion
Q. A force of 100 N acting tangential to a B. rotational motion
drum of radius 0.25 m, must be transferred C. combined translatory and rotational
parallel to itself to a diametrically opposite point D. None of the above
10
Ans. B A. be halved
B. remain same
Q. The two forces of 100 N and 300 N have C. be doubled
their lines of action parallel to each other but are D. none of these
in the opposite directions. These forces are Ans. C
known as
A. coplanar concurrent forces Q. In a couple, the lines of action of the two
B. coplanar non-concurrent forces forces are
C. Like parallel forces A. parallel to each other
D. unlike parallel forces B. inclined to each other
Ans. D C. perpendicular to each other
D. none of the above
Q. A vertical force of P N acting in first Ans. A
quadrant in XY plane at(2m, 1m) . If P=200N,
magnitude of moment about origin is Q. Find the moment of the force F about
A. 100 Nm origin, Magnitude of F = 20N, Angle of F with
B. 200 Nm horizontal is 30 degrees anticlockwise,
C. 300 Nm Coordinates of point of application of F (5,-4)m
D. 400 Nm A. 119 Nm
Ans. D B. 82 Nm
C. 60 Nm
Q. A force 10N at an angle 30° with x axis D. 100 Nm
and acting in vertical plane, containing axis of Ans. A
tower is acting at the top of the tower of height
12 m. the magnitude of moment in Nm created Q. The magnitude of two unlike parallel
by the force at the base of the tower is nearer to forces P each acting at 1 m apart, is equivalent
A. 104 to, two unlike parallel forces of 300 N each
B. 100 acting at a distance of 100 mm. Find P
C. 120 A. 240 N
D. 100 B. 60 N
Ans. A C. 120 N
D. 30 N
Q. A 20 kN weight is lifted by a crane from a Ans. D
horizontal distance of 6m from the position of
the driver. What will be the magnitude of Q. A bar weighing 100 N is hinged at one
moment created by the weight at position of the end and the other end is tied to a vertical string
driver? which keeps the bar horizontal. The tension in
A. 120 kN m the string is nearer to
B. 150 kNm A. 500 N
C. 175 kNm B. 100 N
D. 200 kNm C. 50 N
Ans. A D. 10 N
Ans. C
Q. If the arm of couple is doubled, its
moment will
11
Q. Three like parallel forces of 20 N, 30 N B. 10 Nm
and 40 N act at a distance 1m apart from each C. 12 Nm
other. Their resultant acts at a distance of D. 15 Nm
………………….. from 20 N force Ans. B
A. 0.25 m
B. 0.6 m Q. A force of 50 N acts tangentially to a
C. 1 m circle of diameter 750 mm. Its moment about a
D. 1.2 m point situated diameterically opposite is
Ans. D A. 31000 Nmm
B. 34000 Nmm
Q. A force of 20 N passes from points A(1,2) C. 35000 Nmm
and B(2,1). The moment of the force about the D. 37500 Nmm
origin will be nearer to Ans. D
A. 21 Nm
B. 30 N m Q. A force of 50 N acts tangentially to a
C. 42 Nm circle of diameter 750 mm. Its moment about
D. 48 Nm the center of the circle will be
Ans. C A. 18750 Nmm
B. 15000 Nmm
Q. A force of 50 N acting at A(3,4) makes an C. 15575 Nmm
angle of 50 degrees anticlockwise with the D. 12500 Nmm
horizontal. Its moment about origin will be Ans. A
nearer to
A. 150 Nm Q. If two unlike parallel forces are acting on
B. 222 Nm a member then their resultant will lie
C. 244 Nm A. within the two forces
D. 260 Nm B. outside the two forces
Ans. C C. at the center of the two forces
D. None of the above
Q. Two unlike parallel forces of 20 N each Ans. B
act at 45 degree with the X-axis. The
perpendicular distance between the line of Q. If two like parallel forces are acting on a
action of the forces is 1 m. The moment member then their resultant will lie
produced is A. within the two forces
A. 10 Nm B. outside the two forces
B. 15 Nm C. at the center of the two forces
C. 18 Nm D. None of the above
D. 20 Nm Ans. A
Ans. D
Q. Two unlike parallel forces 5 N each act at
Q. Two unlike parallel forces of 20 N each 4 m apart. The moment produced by these
act at 30 degree with the X-axis at points A and forces can be nullified by another two unlike
B which are 1m apart on the x axis. The parallel forces of 20 N each acting
moment produced is …………………. m apart.
A. 5 Nm A. 1
12
B. 5 along the sides of equilateral triangle of side 2m
C. 10 taken in order
D. 20 A. 51.96Nm
Ans. A B. 69.3 Nm
C. 30.6Nm
Q. Three like parallel forces of 20 N, 30 N D. 6.67Nm
and P N act at a distance 1m apart from each Ans. B
other. Their resultant acts at a distance of 1.22
m from the 20 N forcAns. The value of P is Q. Two identical members of 100mm length
approximately equal to are joined together at their center to form a cross
A. 10 N (+). Four forces 1N, 2N, 3N and 4N act at the
B. 20 N ends normal to each member in the anti-
C. 30 N clockwise direction. Find the moment developed
D. 40 N at the center.
Ans. D A. 40 Nmm
B. 50 Nmm
Q. A couple of 30 Nm is applied to a screw C. 160Nmm
driver of length 0.3m to tighten a screw. The D. 500Nmm
force required to produce the couple will be Ans. D
A. 25 N
B. 75 N Q. If three like parallel forces 1N,1.5N and
C. 100 N 2N act at distance of 0.5m each. Find distance
D. 200 N of resultant from 1N force
Ans. C A. 0.5m
B. 0.75m
Q. A number of like parallel forces acting on C. 0.61 m
a body can be D. 0.21m
A. replaced by a single force Ans. C
B. replaced by a couple
C. both A and B Q. Four forces 50N,100N,150N,200N act in
D. None of the above clockwise direction along the sides of a square
Ans. A of side 0.6m. The moment of force about the
centroid of the square is
Q. A square ABCD of sides 1m, rest on side A. 125Nm
AB. A force of 100 N acting at 45 degree with B. 250Nm
AB, acts at point C which is diagonally opposite C. 30Nm
to A. The moment of this force about A is D. 150 Nm
A. zero Ans. D
B. 71 Nm
C. 100 Nm Q. Force F=300N acting vertically upwards
D. 142 Nm at x=2m, y=2m The magnitude of moment of
Ans. A force about origin is
A. 600Nm
Q. What is the moment of force about the B. 660Nm
apex of triangle, if 3 forces of 40N each acting C. 300Nm
13
D. 330Nm B. 20Nm
Ans. A C. 40Nm
D. 60Nm
Q. In a member Ans. A
A=20N acting vertically upwards ,at B=20N Q. Find resultant of forces when two like
acting vertically downwards, at C=30N acting parallel forces of 40N and 70N which act at the
vertically upwards and at D=40N acting ends of the rod 40cm long
vertically upwards. Resultant of the force A. 110N
system is B. 50N
A. 110N C. 30N
B. 90N D. 160N
C. 20N Ans. A
D. 70N
Ans. D Q. The moment of resultant of a force system
about any point is equal to the algebraic sum of
Q. Two like parallel forces of 300N and moments of all other forces about the same
200N are acting at the ends of the rod of 4m point, this is the statement of law of
length. Distance of resultant is A. transmissibility of forces
A. 1.6m from larger force B. superposition
B. 4m from larger force C. Triangle of forces
C. 2m from larger force D. Varignon’s theorem
D. none of the above Ans. D
Ans. A
Q. If a system of forces can be reduced to a
Q. The algebraic sum of the two forces force couple system at a given point without
forming couple is equal to changing effect on the body , then it is
A. magnitude of two forces A. equipollent system
B. magnitude of one force B. equivalent system
C. zero C. both a) and b)
D. none of the above D. none of the above
Ans. C Ans. B
"Q. The effect of couple is unchanged when Q. On a member AB two unlike parallel
" forces 20N each act at 0.6m apart. The
A. couple is shifted to other position equivalent system can be
B. couple is rotated through any angle A. couple of 12Nm
C. couple is shifted and rotated B. couple of 6Nm
D. all of the above C. force 20 N
Ans. D D. force 0 N
Ans. A
Q. A force of 40N is applied perpendicular to
the edge of the door 2m widAns. Then Q. What is the magnitude of vertical force
moment of force about hinge is required to produce a moment of 20Nm at point
A. 80Nm
14
A (1m,1m) if the force is acting at point Q. A like parallel force system consists of
B(2m,2m) four forces of magnitude 10N, 20N, 30N, and
A. 40N 40N acting at 0.2m apart from each other
B. 30N respectively at points A,B,C,D. The equivalent
C. 20N force couple system at A is
D. 10N A. 100N,40 Nm
Ans. C B. 100N,80 Nm
C. 200N,40 Nm
Q. Two like parallel forces of P=400N and D. 100N,120 Nm
Q=200N acting at the ends of the rod of 4m Ans. A
length ,then distance of resultant is
A. 1.33m from P Q. Force F=300N acting vertically upwards
B. 1.44m from P at x=2m, y=2m The equivalent force couple
C. 1.66m from P system at origin is
D. 1.66m from Q A. 300 N,600Nm(clockwise)
Ans. A B. 300N, 600Nm(anticlockwise)
C. 300N, 300Nm(clockwise)
Q. A member AB of 600mm is inclined at 60 D. 300 N,300Nm(anticlockwise)
degrees to the horizontal. A force of 300N acts Ans. B
towards left horizontally at A. The equivalent
force couple system at B is Q. A pulley of diameter AB = 200 mm is
A. 1.558Nm(anticlockwise) subjected to equal unlike parallel forces of 2000
B. 1.558Nm(clockwise) N one at A and other at B tangentially. A third
C. 300N with 1.558Nm(clockwise) force of 500 N acts through centre of pulley at
D. 300N with 1.558Nm(anticlockwise) 450 The resultant force will be
Ans. C A. 2500N at 135 degrees
B. 500N at 450
Q. Varignon' s theorem of moment is used to C. 4500N at 450
find D. 2000 N at 450
A. moment of resultant Ans. B
B. position of resultant
C. algebraic sum of moments Q. A vertical force of 20 N acts at point
D. all of the above B(2m,2m). The moment produced at A (1m,1m)
Ans. D is
A. 40Nm
Q. A member AB of 600mm length is B. 30Nm
inclined at 60 degrees to the horizontal.A force C. 20Nm
of 300N acts towards left horizontally at A. The D. 10Nm
moment produced at B is Ans. C
A. 1.558Nm(anticlockwise)
B. 1.558Nm(clockwise) Q. The 10 N force is required to be applied to
C. 2.558Nm(clockwise) a door at the end of width 1m to rotate it The
D. 2.558Nm(anticlockwise) moment produced about the hinge is
Ans. B A. 8.66 Nm
B. 10 Nm
15
C. 5 Nm Q. The force of 100N is required to produce
D. None of the above the moment in a screw driver of length 0.3 m to
Ans. B tighten the screw. The moment produced is
A. 300Nm
Q. When two like parallel forces of 40N and B. 75 Nm
70N which act at the ends of the rod 40cm long, C. 30 Nm
find the position of resultant of forces from 40 D. 200 Nm
N force, Ans. C
A. 25 cm
B. 50 cm Q. A member AB of 600mm is inclined at 60
C. 30 cm degrees to the horizontal. A force of 300N acts
D. 40 cm towards left horizontally at A. The equivalent
Ans. A force couple system at B
A. 300N, 1.558Nm(anticlockwise)
Q. Find the equivalent force couple system at B. 300N,1.558Nm(clockwise)
A when two like parallel forces of 40N and 70N C. 300N,2.558Nm(clockwise)
which act at the ends of the rod AB 40cm long D. 300N,2.558Nm(anticlockwise)
respectively Ans. B
A. 110N ,2800Ncm
B. 55N, 2600 Ncm Q. A member AB of 800mm is inclined at 60
C. 30N,2500Ncm degrees to the horizontal. A force of 400N acts
D. 160N,2800Ncm towards left horizontally at A. The moment at B
Ans. A is
A. 290Nm
Q. A square ABCD of sides 1m, rest on side B. 558Nm
AB. A force of 100 N acting at 45 degree with C. 277 Nm
AB, acts at point C which is diagonally opposite D. 155 Nm
to A. the equivalent force couple system at A is Ans. C
A. zero
B. 100 N force acting at 45 deg Q. A horizontal member AB of length 5m is
C. 100 N at 45 degreees,100 Nm subjected to inclined force of 30 N acting 40
D. 100 N at 45 degrees,707 Nm degrees anticlockwise with the horizontal and
Ans. B acting at the center of the member. The
magnitude of the moment produced about A and
Q. A vertical member AB of length 2 m is B are respectively
subjected to couple of 10Nm at the center. What A. 24.2 Nm,48.2 Nm
should be the magnitudes of two unlike parallel B. 48.2 Nm,24.2 Nm
forces acting 2m apart, which can balance the C. 24.2 Nm,24.2 Nm
above couple . D. 48.2 Nm,48.2 Nm
A. 5N,5N Ans. D
B. 15N,5N
C. 10N,10N Q. Three forces P = 50 N (towards East), Q =
D. 10N,15N 100 N (towards North), and R = 75 N (towards
Ans. A South), are acting on the member, their resultant
is nearer to
16
A. 55.9 N Q. Forces 10 N, 20 N, 30 N and 40 N act
B. 65.9 N along sides of a rectangle PQ, QR, RS, SP.
C. 75.9 N Their resultant force is nearer to
D. 85.9 N A. 28.28 N
Ans. A B. 40N
C. 100N
Q. The forces 1N, 2 N, 3 N, 4N, 5N and 6N D. 32.32N
act in order along the sides of a regular hexagon. Ans. A
1 N force acting horizontally towards right, then
the resultant is nearer to Q. If the forces 10N, 20 N, 30 N, 40N, 50N
A. 0 N and 60N acts in order along the sides of a
B. 6 N regular hexagon & 10 N force acting
C. 12 N horizontally towards right, then the resultant is
D. 21N nearer to
Ans. B A. 50.55 N
B. 60N
Q. Three forces P = 120 N (towards East), Q C. 86.67N
= 200 N (towards North), and R = 150 N D. 70.70N
(towards South), are acting on the member, their Ans. B
A. 120N "Q. Forces 50 N, 100 N, and 150 N act along
B. 200N sides of a equilateral triangle taken in
C. 130N order.Their resultant force is nearer to
D. 50N "
Ans. C A. 0N
B. 67.66N
Q. If the forces 1N, 2 N, 3 N, 4N, and 5 N C. 86.67N
act in order along the sides of a regular D. 300N
pentagon & 1 N force acting horizontally Ans. C
A. 3N Q. For a straight rod ABC, AB=2m, BC=4m
B. 4.75N and forces acting are as 1) at A 40N along
C. 6N positive x axis. 2) at B 120N at an angle 50
D. 4.25N degrees with negative x axis in anticlockwise
Ans. D direction 3) At C 60 N upwards. Their resultant
force is nearer to
Q. Two Forces acting on a ladder & resting A. 3.78N
against vertical wall and horizontal floor is an B. 5.21N
example of ---------- C. 4.89N
A. Parallel forces D. 6.33N
B. coplanarnonconcurrent forces Ans. C
C. Non coplanar forces
D. None of the above Q. Forces acting tangentially on a circle of
Ans. B 2m radius are 1) 10 N acting North 2) 20 N
17
acting NE 3) 30 N acting SE 4) 40 N acting Q. A square PQRS of side 1.5m is acted by
south. Their resultant force is nearer to forces 100N, 200N, 300N and 400N along the
A. 65. 35N sides taken in order. The 100N force acts
B. 55 N horizontally towards right. Their resultant force
C. 40N is nearer to
D. 51.22 N A. 330N
Ans. D B. 282.80N
C. 400N
Q. Three forces 10 N, 20 N, and P N act D. 250N
along sides of a equilateral triangle taken in Ans. B
order. 10N force acting horizontally towards
right. Their resultant force is 17.32N an an angle Q. A bent up bar ABC such that AB= 3m,
30 degrees with negative x axis in BC= 1m, and angle ABC is 90 degrees. The
anticlockwise direction. The magnitude of the forces acting on it are 1) At A 40 N at an angle
force P is nearer to 30 degrees with positive x axis in anticlockwise
A. 10N direction 2) At B 20 N towards negative x axis
B. 17.32N 3) At C 10 N towards positive x axis. Their
C. 30N resultant force is nearer to
D. 21.42N A. 33.74N
Ans. C B. 36.73N
C. 42.70N
Q. Four Forces 100N, 200N, 300N and P D. 31.73N
acting along sides of a rectangle in cyclic order. Ans. D
100 N force is acting horizontally towards right.
Their resultant is 282.8 N (in 3rd quadrant). The Q. Forces 15N, 25N, 35N, 45N, and 50N act
magnitude of the force P is nearer to along & in the direction AB, AD, CB, CD, and
A. 300N BD of a square ABCD & 15 N force acting
B. 400N horizontally towards right. Their resultant force
C. 325.7N is nearer to
D. 378.25N A. 54.1N
Ans. B B. 63.40N
C. 70.10N
Q. Four forces 25 N, 50 N, P and Q are D. 60.54N
acting along sides of a rectangle taken in order. Ans. C
25N force acting horizontally towards right.
Their resultant force is 200N acting vertically Q. A horizontal bar ABCD is such that
downward. The magnitude of the force P and Q AB=BC=CD= 1.5 m carries the loads as 1) At A
are nearer to 10 N towards positive x axis 2) At B 30 N at an
A. 150N, 25N angle 40 degrees with negative x axis in
B. 50N, 100N clockwise direction 3) At C 45 N at an angle 50
C. 100N, 50N degrees with positive x axis in anticlockwise
D. 25N,150N direction 4) At D 55N towards Positive x axis.
Ans. D Their resultant force is nearer to
A. 77.45N
B. 89N
18
C. 98.12N A. 62.5N
D. 63.40N B. 51.5N
Ans. B C. 42.5N
D. 45.5N
Q. Three forces 10 N, 20 N, and P N act Ans. C
along sides of a equilateral triangle taken in
order. 10N force is acting horizontally towards Q. The forces acting on a square plate 10m
right. If resultant force acts vertically downward *10m are as under 1)AB = 10 N, A(1.2) and
then force P is nearer to B(3,3) 2) CD=15N, C(0,1) and D(-3,3)
A. 30 N 3) EF=20N, E(-2,0) and F(-1,-3) 4) GH=25N,
B. 15N G(1,-2) and H(3,0). The resultant of the force
C. 10N system is nearer to
D. zero A. 34.22N
Ans. D B. 23.47N
C. 28.41N
Q. The forces acting on lamina having D. 51.71N
coordinates of points are 1) Ans. B
from A to B 100N, A(2,3) and B(4,4) 2)
from P to Q 150 N, P(1,0) and Q(3,0) 3) from Q. Forces acting tangentially on a circle are
R to S 125N, R(0,2) and S(0,4). The resultant 1) 4P N acting towards North 2) 3P N acting
of the force system is nearer to towards West 3) 2P N acting towards South 4) P
A. 279.40N N acting towards East . Resultant force is nearer
B. 313.42N to
C. 293.50N A. 1.4P
D. 286.37N B. 2P
Ans. C C. 1.8P
D. 2.83P
Q. Forces acting at points A, B, C, D Ans. A
anticlockwise are 1) 100 N acting towards North Q. ABCD is a rectangle in which
2) P N acting towards West 3) 50 N acting AB=CD=100mm and BC=DA=80mm and force
towards South 4)125 N acting towards East of 100N each is acting along AB and CD and
respectively. If resultant force is 60 N in 1st force of 80N each is acting along BC and
quadrant. Find P DA.Their resultant force is nearer to
A. 87.45N A. 0
B. 91.83N B. 180 N
C. 103.42N C. 360N
D. 59.47N D. 20N
Ans. B Ans. A
Q. If the forces 10N, 20 N, 30 N, 40N, and Q. A horizontal rod WXY, WX=2m,

50 N act in order along the sides of a regular XY=4m subjected to the loading as 1) At W 4 N
pentagon while the force 10 N acting towards positive x axis 2) At X 12 N towards
horizontally towards right, then the resultant is negative x axis 3) At Y 6 N upwards. Their
nearer to resultant force is
19
A. 14 N Q. Four forces 180N, 100N, 60N, and 50N
B. 2N are acting along sides AB, BC, CD, and DA of a
C. 10 N square ABCD of side 2m. Their resultant force
D. 15 N is 130N. Calculate position of resultant w.r.t A
Ans. C A. 2.46 m
B. 3.46 m
Q. Four forces 50N, 100N, 110N, and 180N C. 2.64 m
are acting along sides AB, BC, CD, and DA of a D. 3.64 m
square ABCD. Their resultant force is nearer to Ans. A
A. 100N
B. 110N Q. Which of the following statement is
C. 180N correct i) summation of moment of all forces
D. 50N about pt is equal to resultant moment @ same
Ans. A point ii) summation of all forces is equal to
resultant.iii) a&b iv) none of the abovAns.
Q. Four forces 180N, 100N, 60N, and 50N A. i
are acting along sides AB, BC, CD, and DA of a B. ii
square ABCD. Their resultant force is nearer to C. i& iii
A. 130N D. none of the above
B. 60N Ans. A
C. 180N
D. 100N Q. Forces 10N, 20N, 30N & 40N acts along
Ans. A sides of rectangle PQ, QR,RS,SP respectively.
Then resultant force is given by
Q. A man weighing 600N is standing at A. 28.28N
middle of light rod of 4m long. This man is B. 40N
lifted by other two men one is 1m from left end C. 48N
and other is 0.7m from right end, the weight D. 37N
carried by left and right man is nearer to Ans. A
A. 261N, 339N
B. 300N, 300N Q. Forces 10N, 20N, 30N & 40N acts along
C. 325N, 275N sides of rectangle PQ, QR,RS,SP of size3m X
D. 339N, 261N 4m has resultant force 28.28 N directed in
Ans. D S45W causing anticlockwise moment about P.
Calcualte location of resultant w.r.t. P
Q. Four forces 50N, 90N, 20N, and 50N are A. 3.63m
acting along sides AB, BC, CD, and DA of a B. 6.36m
square ABCD of side 2m. Their resultant force C. 2.36m
is 50 N. Calculate position of resultant w.r.t A D. 4.36m
A. 4.4 m Ans. B
B. 4.1 m
C. 4 m Q. Three forces 40N, 90N, 50N act along
D. 3 m AB, BC, CA along sides of equilateral triangle
Ans. A in anticlockwise direction, AB being horizontal.
Calculate resultant of the force system.
20
A. 0 N A. 150N
B. 45.82 N B. 166.43N
C. 30 N C. 100N
D. 47 N D. 135N
Ans. B Ans. B
Q. Resultant of four forces acting on square Q. Three forces act at A (4,0), B (4,3) and C
plate ABCD is 15N & N30ANS. If moment (0,5) of magnitudes 60N vertically upward, 50N
of resultant about B is 22.5 Nm clockwise, along OB and 100N horizontally towards right
locate point where resultant intersects vertical respectively. Find direction of resultant.
side BC. A. 30º
A. 3.5 m B. 35.30º
B. 3m C. 40.24º
C. 2.5m D. 32.74º
D. 1.73m Ans. D
Ans. B
Q. Three forces act at A (4m,0), B (4m,3m)
Q. Forces acting at points A, B, C, D and C (0,5m) of magnitudes 60N vertically
tangentially on a circle taken in order upward, 50N along OB and 100N horizontally
anticlockwise are 1) 210 N acting towards North towards right respectively. Find moment about
2) 100 N acting towards West 3) 90 N acting origin
towards South 4) 50 N acting towards East A. 200Nm
respectively. The resultant force is nearer to B. 260Nm
A. 130 N C. 245Nm
B. 120 N D. 250Nm
C. 200 N Ans. B
D. 100 N
Ans. A Q. Three forces act at A (4m,0), B (4m,3m)
and C (0,5m) of magnitudes 60N vertically
Q. Forces acting at points A, B, C, D upward, 100N along OB and 80N horizontally
tangentially on a circle taken in order towards right respectively. Find moment about
anticlockwise are 1) 250 N acting towards North origin
2) 240 N acting towards West 3) 210 N acting A. 200Nm
towards South 4) 210 N acting towards East B. 160Nm
respectively. The resultant force is nearer to C. 145Nm
A. 50 N D. 180Nm
B. 60 N Ans. B
C. 70 N
D. 45 N Q. Three forces act at A (4m,0), B (4m,3m)
Ans. A and C (0,5m) of magnitudes 60N vertically
upward, 100N along OB and 80N horizontally
Q. Three forces act at A (4,0), B (4,3) and C towards right respectively. Find the resultant.
(0,5) of magnitudes 60N vertically upward, 50N A. 150N
along OB and 100N horizontally towards right B. 166.43N
respectively. Find resultant. C. 200N
21
D. 135N
Ans. C Q. ABC is a right angled triangle having AB
horizontal base of 4m length. AC is vertical 6m
Q. Three forces act at A (4m,0), B (4m,3m) in length. Forces 100N, 200N and 120N act
and C (0,5m) of magnitudes 60N vertically along AB,BC and CA respectively. Find
upward, 100N along OB and 80N horizontally resultant
towards right respectively. Find inclination of A. 50N
the resultant. B. 47.7N
A. 36.87º C. 57N
B. 35.30º D. 49.35N
C. 40.24º Ans. B
D. 32.74º
Ans. A Q. ABC is a right angled triangle having AB
upward, 50N along OB and 100N horizontally direction of resultant
towards left respectively. Find inclination of the A. 76.66º
resultant. B. 80.50º
A. 36.87º C. 70.24º
B. 35.30º D. 72.74º
C. 56.31º Ans. A
D. 32.74º
and C (0,5m) of magnitudes 60N vertically along AB,BC and CA respectively. Find value
upward, 50N along OB and 100N horizontally of moment at A.
towards left respectively. Find the resultant. A. 800Nm
A. 150N B. 665.6Nm
B. 166.43N C. 720Nm
C. 108.17N D. 680Nm
D. 135N Ans. B
Ans. C
Q. ABC is a right angled triangle having AB
Q. Three forces act at A (4m,0), B (4m,3m) horizontal base of 4m length. AC is vertical 3m
and C (0,5m) of magnitudes 60N vertically in length. Forces 80N, 100N and 60N act along
upward, 50N along OB and 100N horizontally AB,BC and CA respectively. Find .type of
towards left respectively. Find the value of resultant
moment at origin A. Force
A. 800Nm B. Force and couple
B. 740Nm C. Couple
C. 720Nm D. Not existing
D. 780Nm Ans. C
Ans. B
22
Q. ABC is a right angled triangle having AB Q. ABC is a right angled triangle having AB
horizontal base of 4m length. AC is vertical 3m horizontal base of 5m length. AC is vertical
in length. Forces 80N, 100N and 60N act along 12m in length. Forces 50N, 130N and 120N act
AB,BC and CA respectively. Find magnitude of along AB,BC and CA respectively. Find .type of
resultant resultant
A. 240Nm A. Force and couple
B. 210Nm B. Force
C. 200Nm C. Couple
D. 190Nm D. Not existing
Ans. A Ans. C
in length. Forces 80N, 100N and P N act along 12m in length. Forces 50N, 130N and 120N act
AB,BC and CA respectively. Find magnitude of along AB,BC and CA respectively. Find
P if system reduces to a couplAns. magnitude of resultant
A. 45N A. 500Nm
B. 60N B. 600Nm
C. 80N C. 580Nm
D. 75N D. 750Nm
Ans. B Ans. B
in length. Forces 80N, P N and 60N act along 12m in length. Forces P N, 130N and 120N act
P if system reduces to a couplAns. magnitude of P if the system reduces to a
A. 100N couplAns.
B. 60N A. 100N
C. 80N B. 60N
D. 75N C. 50N
Ans. A D. 75N
Ans. C
horizontal base of 4m length. AC is vertical 3m Q. ABC is a right angled triangle having AB
in length. Forces P N, 100N and 60N act along horizontal base of 5m length. AC is vertical
AB,BC and CA respectively. Find magnitude of 12m in length. Forces 50N, P N and 120N act
P if system reduces to a couplAns. along AB,BC and CA respectively. Find
A. 100N magnitude of P if the system reduces to a
B. 60N couplAns.
C. 80N A. 130N
D. 75N B. 60N
Ans. C C. 50N
D. 75N
Ans. A
23
Q. Centroidal distance of an equilateral
Q. ABC is a right angled triangle having AB triangle with side 'a' from any of the three sides
horizontal base of 5m length. AC is vertical is
12m in length. Forces 50N, 130 N and P N act A. 0.866 a
along AB,BC and CA respectively. Find B. 0.471 a
magnitude of P if the system reduces to a C. 0.288 a
couplAns. D. 0.235 a
A. 130N Ans. C
B. 60N
C. 50N Q. A parabolic lamina of base 'a' and height
D. 120N 'h' is given by equation ' y = hx²/a² '. The X
Ans. D centroidal distance is
A. 3a/4
UNIT 1B B. 4a/3
C. a/3
Q. The C.G. of a plane lamina will not be at D. 3a/10
its geometrical center if it is a Ans. A
A. Circle
B. Equilateral Triangle Q. A parabolic lamina of base 'a' and height
C. Rectangle 'h' is given by equation ' y = hx²/a² '. The Y
D. Right angled Triangle centroidal distance is
Ans. D A. 3h/4
B. 4h/3
Q. A square hole is punched out of circular C. h/3
lamina of radius 'r' in such a way that center of D. 3h/10
square is on Y axis and its base coincides with Ans. D
horizontal diameter of circlAns. If the side of
square is 'r/2'. The X centroidal distance is Q. A quarter elliptical lamina is of base 'a'
A. 0 and height 'b'. The X centroidal distance is
B. r/4 A. 4ab/3π
C. r/2 B. 4a/3π
D. -r/4 C. 4b/3π
Ans. A D. πab/4
Ans. B
Q. A square hole is punched out of circular
lamina of radius 'r' in such a way centre of Q. A quarter elliptical lamina is of base 'a'
square is on Y axis and that base coincides with and height 'b'. The Y centroidal distance is
horizontal diameter of circlAns. If the side of A. 4ab/3π
square is 'r/2'. The Y centroidal distance is B. 4a/3π
A. 0 C. 4b/3π
B. 0.425 r D. πab/4
C. 0.216 r Ans. C
D. 0.978 r
Ans. C Q. From a quarter circular lamina of radius
'r', square of side 'r/2' is cut in such a way that,
24
two sides of square coincides with two straight D. 14.14 cm
sides of quarter circlAns. Taking origin as Ans. D
corner point of lamina each centroidal
coordinate is Q. A letter 'B' is made up of wire bends. The
A. 0.424r length of vertical wire is 20cm and the two
B. 3.141/r semicircular arc with diameter of 10 cm. The X-
C. 0.506r centroidal distance from the vertical wire is
D. 0.318r A. 3.055 cm
Ans. C B. 5 cm
C. 0 cm
Q. The C.G. of an isosceles triangle with D. 1.945 cm
base 'b' and sides 'a' is ________ from its base Ans. D
A. (4a² - b²)½ / 6
B. (4b² - a²)½ / 6 Q. A wire bend forming an arc of circle with
C. (b² - a²) / 6 the subtended angle equal to 2α and is
D. (a² - b²) / 6 symmetrical about x axis. Locate the C.G.
Ans. A A. (0, rsinα/α)
B. (rsinα/α, 0)
Q. The C.G. of a body is the point through C. (rsinα/α, rsinα/α)
which, D. (0,0)
A. Earth attracts Ans. B
B. resultant of external forces acts
C. both (a) and (b) Q. The C.G. of a wire bend forming a quarter
D. none of above circular arc is
Ans. A A. (2r/π,2r/π)
B. (4r/3π,4r/3π)
Q. A triangular hole is cut from circular C. (3r/4π,3r/4π)
lamina of radius 'r' such that the vertex of D. (0,0)
triangle is on Y axis and base coincides with Ans. A
horizontal diameter. If base of triangle is '2r' and
height is 'r'. The C.G. of remaining lamina is Q. The C.G. of a circular stor lamina with the
A. 0.222 r subtended angle equal to 2α and is symmetrical
B. -0.155 r about x axis is
C. 0.155 r A. (2r sinα/3α, 0)
D. -0.222r B. (rsinα/α, 0)
Ans. B C. (2r sinα/3α, 2r sinα/3α)
D. (0,0)
Q. A letter 'A' is made up of wire bends. The Ans. A
length of each inclined wire is 30cm and the
horizontal distance between them is 20cm. The "Q. The C.G. of a quarter circular area is
horizontal wire is of length 10cm. The Y- A. (2r/π,2r/π)
centroidal distance from the base of 'A' is B. (4r/3π,4r/3π)
A. 28.28 cm C. (3r/4π,3r/4π)
B. 15 cm D. (0,0)
C. 10 cm Ans. B
25
C. d
Q. A trapezoid having two parallel sides 'a' D. 0.8d
and 'b' and height 'h'. The Y centroidal distance Ans. B
from bottom side 'b' is
A. 0.5h(b+2a)/(b+a) Q. A square hole is punched out of circular
B. 0.5h(b-2a)/(b+a) lamina of radius 'r = 20cm' in such a way centre
C. h(b+2a)/3(b+a) of square is on Y axis and that base coincides
D. h(b-2a)/3(b+a) with horizontal diameter of circlAns. If the
Ans. C side of square is 'r/2'. The Y centroidal distance
is
Q. A symmetrical 'T' shaped lamina is made A. 0
from two rectangles 10cm X 5cm , so that total B. 8.50 cm
height is 15cm. The centroidal distance from C. 4.32 cm
bottom is D. 19.56 cm
A. 9.5 cm Ans. C
B. 8.75 cm
C. 6.25 Q. The Y centroidal distance of an
D. 5 cm equilateral triangle with each side equal to 10cm
Ans. B from any of the three sides is
A. 8.66 cm
Q. The Y centroidal distance of equal I B. 4.71 cm
section from its bottom each having flange of C. 2.88 cm
size 10cm x 5 cm and web of size 5cm x 15 cm D. 2.35 cm
deep is Ans. C
A. 15 cm
B. 20 cm Q. A parabolic lamina of base 10cm and
C. 17.5 cm height 5cm is given by equation ' y = hx²/a² '.
D. 12.5 cm The X centroidal distance is
Ans. D A. 7.5 cm
B. 13.33 cm
Q. The Y centroidal distance of unequal I C. 3.33 cm
section from its bottom having upper flange size D. 3 cm
of 15cm x 5 cm, lower flange size of 10cm x 5 Ans. A
cm and web size 5cm x 15 cm deep is
A. 15 cm Q. A parabolic lamina of base 10cm and
B. 20 cm height 5cm is given by equation ' y = hx²/a² '.
C. 13. 75 cm The Y centroidal distance is
D. 12.5 cm A. 3.75 cm
Ans. C B. 6.67 cm
C. 1.67 cm
Q. The Y centroidal distance of frustum of D. 1.5 cm
cone from base of diameter 'd', top diameter 'd/2' Ans. D
and height 'd' is
A. 0.5d Q. A quarter elliptical lamina of base 10cm
B. 0.44d and height 15cm. The X centroidal distance is
26
A. 63.66 cm
B. 4.244 cm Q. Wire bend forming an arc of circle with
C. 6.366 cm the subtended angle 30°, radius 10cm is
D. 10 cm symmetrical about x axis. Locate C.G.
Ans. B A. (0, 9.88 cm)
B. (9.88 cm, 0)
Q. A quarter elliptical lamina of base 10cm C. (9.88 cm, 9.88 cm)
and height 15cm. The Y centroidal distance is D. (0,0)
A. 63.66 cm Ans. B
B. 4.244 cm
C. 6.366 cm Q. The C.G. of a wire bend forming a quarter
D. 10 cm circular arc with radius 10cm is
Ans. C A. (6.366 cm, 6.366 cm)
B. (4.244 cm, 4.244 cm)
Q. From a quarter circular lamina of radius C. (2.387 cm, 2.387 cm)
10cm, square of side 5 cm is cut in such a way D. (0,0)
that, two sides of square coincides with two Ans. A
straight sides of quarter circlAns. The C.G.
taking origin as corner point of lamina is Q. The C.G. of a circular stor lamina with the
A. 4.24 cm subtended angle 30°, radius 10cm is
B. 0.314 cm symmetrical about x axis is
C. 5.06 cm A. (6.59 cm , 0)
D. 3.18 cm B. (9.88 cm, 0)
Ans. C C. (6.59 cm , 6.59 cm)
D. (0,0)
Q. The C.G. of an isosceles triangle with Ans. A
base 10cm and sides 20cm is ________ from its
base Q. The C.G. of a quarter circular area with
A. 6.455 cm radius 10cm is
B. 0 cm A. (6.366 cm, 6.366 cm)
C. 5 cm B. (4.244 cm, 4.244 cm)
D. 7 cm C. (2.387 cm, 2.387 cm)
Ans. A D. (0,0)
Ans. B
Q. A triangular hole is cut from circular
lamina of radius 10cm such that the vertex of Q. A trapezoid having two parallel sides
triangle is on Y axis and base coincides with 10cm and 20cm and height 30cm. The Y
horizontal diameter. If base of triangle is 20 cm centroidal distance from side having width 20
and height is 10 cm. The C.G. of remaining cm is
lamina is A. 20 cm
A. 2.22 cm B. 0 cm
B. -1.55 cm C. 13.33 cm
C. 1.55 cm D. 15 cm
D. -2.22 cm Ans. C
Ans. B
27
Q. A symmetrical 'T' shaped lamina is made Q. The location of center of gravity
from two rectangles 15cm X 5cm , so that total ……………….. that of the center of mass.
height is 20cm. The centroidal distance from A. coincides with
bottom is B. is different than
A. 12.5 cm C. is away
B. 7.5 cm D. none
C. 10 cm Ans. A
D. 11.5 cm
Ans. A Q. The centroid C is a point which defines
the ………………… of an object.
Q. The Y centroidal distance of frustum of A. area
cone from base with base diameter 10cm, top B. volume
diameter 5cm and height 10cm is C. geometric center
A. 5 cm D. all of the above
B. 4.4 cm Ans. C
C. 10 cm
D. 8 cm Q. The centroid coincides with center of
Ans. B mass or center of gravity only if material
Q. The angle made by side of square lamina A. uniform
with horizontal if suspended freely from the B. homogeneous
corner is C. both A and B
A. 45° D. none
B. 90° Ans. C
C. 0°
D. All of above Q. Formulae used to locate the center of
Ans. A gravity represent a balance between the sum of
moments of all the parts of the system and the
Q. The center of gravity G is a point which moment of …………… for the system.
locates the ……………. of a system of A. one part
particles. B. two parts
A. area C. resultant
B. volume D. all of the above
C. resultant weight Ans. C
D. none
Ans. C Q. For a triangle, the centroid is located at
………………. from the basAns.
Q. For a system of n particles, the weights of A. one third height
particles comprise of a system of B. two third height
A. non-parallel forces C. one half height
B. parallel forces D. none
C. both A and B Ans. A
D. none
Ans. B Q. For a triangle, the centroid is located at
28
A. one third height
B. two third height Q. For a quarter-circular arc lying in first
C. one half height quadrant, centroidal X and Y co-ordinates
D. none respectively are
Ans. B A. 2r/3.14 and 3r/3.14
B. 3r/3.14 and 2r/3.14
Q. For a triangle, the centroid is located at C. 2r/3.14 from both axes
………. from the base and …….. from apex. D. none
A. one third, one fifth Ans. C
B. one third, two third
C. one half, one half Q. For a semicircular arc symmetric about x-
D. none axis, centroidal x co-ordinate is
Ans. B A. 2r/3.14
B. 3r/3.14
Q. If an area or a line possesses an axis of C. r/3.14
symmetry, its centroid C is located D. none
A. outside the axis Ans. A
B. on that axis
C. above the axis Q. For a quarter-circular area lying in first
D. below the axis quadrant, centroidal X and Y coordinates are
Ans. B A. 2r/3.14 and 3r/3.14
B. 3r/3.14 and 2r/3.14
Q. If a circular stor is symmetric about x- C. (4r/3x3.14) from both axes
axis, the centroidal x co-ordinate is D. none
A. 2rsinθ/3θ Ans. C
B. zero
C. 4rsinθ/3θ Q. If a semicircular area is symmetric about
D. 4rsinθ/3 y-axis, the centroidal y co-ordinate is
Ans. A A. 4r/(3x3.14)
B. 2r/(3x3.14)
Q. If an arc of a circle is symmetric about x- C. 4r/(3.14)
axis, the centroidal y co-ordinate is D. 2r/(3.14)
A. 4r/(3x3.14) Ans. A
B. zero
C. 2r/3.15 Q. For a quarter-elliptical area of radii a and
D. 3r/(3.14) b lying in first quadrant, centroidal X and Y co-
Ans. B ordinates respectively are
A. 4a/3x3.14 and 4b/3x3.14
Q. If a semicircular arc is symmetric about y- B. 3r/3.14 and 2r/3.14
axis, the centroid along x-axis is C. (4a/3x3.14) along both axes
A. 4r/(3x3.14) D. none
B. zero Ans. A
C. 2r/3.14 from both axes
D. 3r/3.14
Ans. B
29
Q. If a semielliptical area of radii a and b is Q. From a circular area of radius R, a smaller
symmetric about y-axis, the centroidal y co- circle of radius r is removed. Top half of smaller
ordinate is circle is in Ist quadrant and bottom half is in
A. 4a/(3x3.14) fourth quadrant. R=2r. The centroid of
B. 3r/3.14 remaining area is
C. 4b/(3x3.14) A. (0,0)
D. none B. (-r/3, 0)
Ans. C C. (0, r/3)
D. (-r/3, r/3)
Q. If a parabolic area of height h is Ans. B
symmetric about y-axis, the centroidal x co-
ordinate is Q. A square hole is removed from a thin
A. 3h/10 circular lamina, the diagonal of the square being
B. zero equal to the radius of circle R. One side of
C. h/10 square coincides with diameter of circle such
D. 7h/10 that top half of square is in Ist quadrant and
Ans. B bottom half is in fourth quadrant. The centroid
of remaining area from the center of circle is
Q. If a parabolic area is symmetric about y- A. (0,0)
axis, the centroid along y-axis from its base is B. (-0.877R, 0)
A. 3h/10 C. (-0.095R, 0)
B. zero D. (0, -0.095R)
C. 3h/5 Ans. B
D. 7h/10
Ans. C Q. For a line of length 3 m passing through
origin and inclination 40 with x-axis, centroid
Q. For a line of length 'a' passing through along x is
origin and inclination θ with x-axis, centroid A. 1.149
along x is given by B. 2
A. (a/2) cos(θ) C. 1.5
B. (a/2) sin(θ) D. 1
C. a Ans. A
D. a/2
Ans. A Q. For a line of length 2.5 m passing through
Q. For a line of length 'a' passing through along y is
origin and inclination theta with x-axis, centroid A. 0.883
along y is B. 2.056
A. (a/2) cos(θ) C. 1.25
B. (a/2) sin(θ) D. 1
C. a Ans. A
D. a/2
Ans. B Q. From a circular area of radius 4m, a
smaller circle of radius 2m is removed. Top half
of smaller circle is in Ist quadrant and bottom
30
half is in fourth quadrant. The centroid of
remaining area is Q. For a line of length 2.5 m passing through
A. (0,0) origin and inclination 60 with x-axis, centroid
B. (-0.667, 0) along y is
C. (0, 0.667) A. 1.083
D. (-0.667, 0.667) B. 1.75
Ans. B C. 2.5
D. 1
Q. A square hole is removed from a thin Ans. A
circular lamina, the diagonal of the square being
equal to the radius of circle 4m. One side of Q. From a circular area of radius 5m, a
square coincides diameter of circle such that top smaller circle of radius 2.5m is removed. Top
half of square is in Ist quadrant and bottom half half of smaller circles in Ist quadrant and bottom
is in fourth quadrant.The centroid of remaining half is in fourth quadrant. The centroid of
figure is remaining figure is
A. (0,0) A. (0,0)
B. (-3.508,0) B. (-0.833, 0)
C. (-2.508, 0) C. (0, 0.833)
D. (0, -0.38) D. (-0.833, 0.833)
Ans. B Ans. B
Q. The center of mass will coincide with the Q. A square hole is removed from a thin
centroid provided the density of material is circular lamina, the diagonal of the square being
A. non-uniform equal to the radius of circle 5m. One side of
B. uniform square coincides diameter of circle such that top
C. varying half of square is in Ist quadrant and bottom half
D. none is in fourth quadrant. The centroid of remaining
Ans. B figure is
A. (0,0)
Q. A triangle of base b and height h has its B. (-4.435, 0)
centroid (h/3) from its basAns. It is valid for C. (2.475, 0)
A. isosceles triangle D. (0, 4.475)
B. Right angled triangle Ans. B
C. Equilateral triangle
D. Any shape of triangle
Ans. D
Q. When the net effect of given forces acting
Q. For a line of length 2.5 m passing through on a particle at rest is zero, the particle is said to
origin and inclination 60 with x-axis, centroid be in
along x is A. static equilibrium
A. 0.625 B. motion
B. 0.5 C. non-equilibrium
C. 2.5 D. dynamic equilibrium
D. 1 Ans. A
Ans. A
31
"Q. The particle acted upon by two forces
will be in equilibrium if two forces have equal Q. The Principle of Transmissibility states
magnitude and are having that the condition of equilibrium of a rigid body
A. same direction & collinear will remain unchanged if a force ‘F’ is replaced
B. opposite direction but collinear by equivalent force ‘P’ acting at other point if
C. same direction & collinear they have
D. opposite direction but non-collinear A. same magnitude only
Ans. B B. same direction only
C. Same magnitude and direction
Q. If the resultant of forces acting on a D. same magnitude, direction and same line of
particle originally at rest is in equilibrium then it action
will remain Ans. D
A. in motion
B. at rest Q. For the Equilibrant of co-planer non
C. in circular motion concurrent force system, the necessary and
D. General plane motion sufficient conditions are
Ans. B A. Equal magnitude & same direction of
Resultant
Q. One component of resultant of forces B. Equal magnitude and opposite direction of
acting on a particle is along positive side of x- Resultant
axis and another along negative side of y-axis C. Equal magnitude & same direction and same
,then the equilibrant will lie in point of application of resultant
A. First Quadrant D. Equal magnitude and opposite direction and
B. second Quadrant same point of application of resultant
C. Third Quadrant Ans. D
D. Fourth Quadrant
Ans. B UNIT 2A
Q. The force which when applied on a Q. 1 km/h = _____ m/s
particle subjected to various forces makes the A. 5/18
resultant force zero is known as B. 18/5
A. Resultant C. 50/3
B. Inertia Force D. 1/3
C. Equilibrant Ans. A
D. Gravity Force
Ans. C Q. A body moving along a straight line at 20
m/s decelerates at the rate of 4 m/s2. After 2
Q. The force triangle of the forces acting on seconds its speed will be equal to
a particle in equilibrium, when drawn in tip to A. 8 m/s
tail fashion, shall form B. 12 m/s
A. Open Triangle C. 16 m/s
B. Closed Rectangle D. - 12 m/s
C. Straight Line Ans. B
D. Closed Triangle
Ans. D
32
Q. An object moving with a speed of 5 m/s B. 0 m/s
comes to rest in 10 s, after the brakes are C. 24 m/s
applied. What is the initial velocity? D. 2.4 m/s
A. zero Ans. A
B. 5 m/s
C. 15 m/s Q. Name the physical quantity that is defined
D. 50 m/s as the rate of change of displacement.
Ans. B A. velocity
B. acceleration
Q. A body moving along a straight line at 40 C. distance
m/s undergoes an acceleration of 4 m/s2. After D. Speed
10 seconds its speed will be Ans. A
A. 20 m/s
B. 28 m/s Q. An object moves with a constant velocity
C. 16 m/s of 9.8 m/s, its acceleration in m/ s2 is ________.
D. 80 m/s A. 9.8 m/s2
Ans. D B. zero
C. 0.98 m/s
Q. SI unit of acceleration is __________. D. 98 m/s2
A. m/s2 Ans. B
B. km/h2
C. cm/s2 Q. A body moving along a straight line at 20
D. km/min2 m/s undergoes an acceleration of 4 m/s2. After
Ans. A two seconds its speed will be ________.
A. 8 m/s
Q. Retardation is __________. B. 12 m/s
A. negative acceleration C. 16 m/s
B. positive acceleration D. 28 m/s
C. uniform acceleration Ans. D
D. variable acceleration
Ans. A Q. A car increases its speed from 20 km/h to
50 km/h in 10 seconds. Its acceleration is
Q. When an object is moving with uniform ________.
velocity, what is its acceleration? A. 30 m/s2
A. zero B. 3 m/s2
B. uniform C. 18 m/s2
C. non-uniform D. 0.83 m/s2
D. negative Ans. D
Ans. A
Q. Negative acceleration means an object is
Q. The average speed of a car which covers moving with ________ .
half the distance with a speed of 20 m/s and A. increasing speed
other half with a speed of 30 m/s in equal B. decreasing speed
intervals of time is _________. C. uniform speed
A. 25 m/s D. constant speed
33
Ans. B B. 20 m/s2
C. 30 m/s2
Q. A body travels from A to B in 10 seconds D. none of the above
with a speed of 50 km/h and returns with a Ans. D
speed of 100 km/h in 5 s. Find the average
speed. Q. What is the value of gravitational
A. 18.5 m/s constant?
B. 16.5 m/s A. 6.6734x10-11N m2/kg2
C. 15.5 m/s B. 6.6734x10-10N m2/kg2
D. none of the above C. 6.6734x10-11N m/kg2
Ans. A D. 6.6734x10-11N m2/kg
Ans. A
Q. A body travelling with a velocity of 200
m/s is brought to rest in 10 s. Calculate the Q. If the distance between two bodies is
retardation. doubled, the force of attraction F between them
A. 20 ms-2 will be _______
B. 10 ms-2 A. 1/4 F
C. 15 ms-2 B. 2 F
D. none of the above C. 1/2 F
Ans. A D. F
Ans. A
Q. A car starting from rest acquires a
velocity of 36 km/h in 5 seconds. Calculate: its Q. The force of gravitation between two
acceleration bodies in the universe does not depend on
A. 3 ms-2 A. the distance between them
B. zero ms-2 B. the product of their masses
C. 2 ms-2 C. the sum of their masses
D. none of the above D. the gravitational constant
Ans. C Ans. C
Q. A body moving with an initial velocity of Q. When an object is thrown up, the force of
36 km/h accelerates uniformly at the rate of 5 gravity _________.
m/s2 for 20 seconds. Calculate the total A. Is opposite to the direction of motion
distance travelled in 20 s B. Is in the same direction as the direction of
A. 1400 m motion
B. 1000 m C. becomes zero at the highest point
C. 1200 m D. increases as it rises up
D. none of the above Ans. A
Ans. C
Q. What is the final velocity of a body
Q. A body moving with an initial velocity of moving against gravity when it attains the
36 km/h accelerates uniformly at the rate of 5 maximum height?
m/s2 for 20 seconds. Calculate the final A. Zero
velocity. B. u2/2g
A. 10 m/s2 C. h/t
34
D. 2gh Q. The acceleration due to gravity of a body
Ans. A moving against gravity is
A. 9.8 m/s2
Q. A stone is dropped from a cliff. Its speed B. -9.8 m/s2
after it has fallen 100 m is C. ± 9.8 m/s2
A. 9.8 m/s D. 9.6 m/s
B. 44.2 m/s Ans. B
C. 19.6 m/s
D. 98 m/s Q. The weight of an object of mass 10 kg on
Ans. B earth is_______.
A. 9.8 N
Q. A ball is thrown up and attains a B. 9.8 kg
maximum height of 100 m. Its initial speed was C. 98 N
A. 9.8 m/s D. 98 kg
B. 44.2 m/s Ans. C
C. 19.6 m/s
D. 98 m/s Q. The weight of an object of mass 15 kg at
Ans. B the centre of the earth is _____.
A. 147 N
Q. A stone dropped from the roof of a B. 147 kg
building takes 4 seconds to reach the ground. C. zero
What is the height of the building? D. 150 N
A. 19.6 m Ans. C
B. 39.2 m
C. 156.8 m Q. When a body is projected vertically
D. 78.4 m downwards with initial velocity u then the
Ans. D equation describing motions are
A. v = u + gt
Q. The acceleration due to gravity is zero at B. v = gt
______. C. v = u -gt
A. the equator D. none of the above
B. poles Ans. A
C. sea level
D. the centre of the earth Q. When body is falling down freely, then
Ans. D equation of kinematics is
A. h = ut
Q. The second equation of motion for a B. h= 1/2 gt2
freely falling body starting from rest is _______. C. h = ut –1/2 gt2
A. h= ut + (1/2) gt2 D. none of the above
B. h= ut - (1/2) gt2 Ans. B
C. h= (1/2) gt2
D. h= - (1/2) gt2 Q. When body is projected vertically upward
Ans. C with initial velocity u, then
A. v2 = u2 + 2gh
B. v2 = 2gh
35
C. v2 = u2 –2gh "Q. The relationship s = ut + ½ at2is
D. none of the above applicable to the bodies those are
Ans. C "
A. Moving with any type of motion
Q. A motorist travelling at a speed of 72 B. Moving with uniform velocity
kmph sees a traffic signal 200 m ahead of him C. Moving with uniform acceleration
turn red. Determine the deceleration so that he D. None of above
will just stop at the signal Ans. C
A. -1.0 m/s2
B. -2 m/s2 Q. The motion under gravity is a particular
C. -1.5 m/s2 case of motion under
D. -2.5 m/s2 A. Constant velocity
Ans. A B. Constant acceleration
C. Both a and b
Q. A motorist is travelling at 72 kmph along D. None of above
a straight road. A traffic signal turns red and it Ans. B
remains red for 15 s. What must be deceleration
so that at signal the velocity is zero Q. If two bodies A and B are projected
A. -1.33 m/s2 upwards such that the velocity of A is double
B. -2.33 m/s2 the velocity of B, then the height to which A
C. -1.00 m/s2 will rise will be ----- times the height which the
D. 1.3 m/s2 body B will rise
Ans. A A. 2 times
B. Four times
Q. Two cars are travelling towards each C. Eight times
other on a single lane at 12 m/s and 9 m/s D. None of the above
respectively. They succeed in avoiding the Ans. B
collision exactly at the mid span, if the initial
span between them is 100 m. determine the Q. A body was thrown vertically down from
accelerations. a tower and traverses a distance of 40 m, during
A. a2 = - 0.71 m/s2 a1 = - 1.44 m/s2 its 4th second of its fall. Determine the initial
B. a2 = - 0.81 m/s2 a1 = - 1.44 m/s2 velocity of the body. Take g = 9.8 m/s2
C. a2 = - 0.81 m/s2 a1 = - 1.00/s2 A. u = 6.7 m/s
D. a2 = - 0.11m/s2 a1 = - 1.6m/s2 B. u = 7.7 m/s
Ans. B C. u = 5.7 m/s
D. u=8.7m/s
Q. A freely falling object under gravity Ans. C
passes two points M & N 20 m apart, within 1.2
s. Determine the velocity Vn. Q. A body starts with a velocity 10 m/s and
A. Vn = 29.553 m/s moves in a straight line with constant
B. Vn = 20.553 m/s acceleration 2 m/s2. Determine the distance
C. Vn = 22.553 m/s travelled when velocity reaches 50 m/s
D. Vn = 27.553 m/s A. S = 600 m
Ans. C B. S = 700 m
C. S = 300 m
36
D. S = 100 m Q. Bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at
Ans. A 0.8 m/s2 till it reaches a speed of 12 m/s.
Determine distance travelled.
Q. Car `M’ moving with a constant speed of A. s = 9 m
10 m/s. Car N is behind it by 50 m with initial B. s = 90 m
speed of 5 m/s. At what rate it must accelerate C. s = 50 m
so that it will reach the same position as reached D. s = 95 m
by car M within 5 s. Ans. B
A. 75/12 = a
B. 75/11.5 = a Q. Bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at
C. 75/12.5 = a 0.8 m/s2 till it reaches a speed of 12 m/s.
D. 75/10.5 = a Determine the time of travel.
Ans. C A. t = 10 s
B. t = 25 s
Q. A car starts from rest and moves in a C. t = 15 s
straight line with uniform acceleration. It covers D. t=70 s
80 m in 9th second. Find the uniform Ans. C
acceleration of the car.
A. a = 9.41 m/s2 Q. A balloon is rising the velocity of 2 m/s.
B. a = 8.41 m/s2 When a bag of sand is released. If its height at
C. a = 5.41 m/s2 the time of release is 100 m, how long does it
D. a = 9.71 m/s2 take for the sand to reach the ground (g = 9.8
Ans. B m/s2)
A. t = 4.3 s.
Q. From the top of a tower 30 m high, a B. t = 9.73 s.
stone is thrown vertically up with a velocity of 8 C. t = 8.73 s.
m/s. After how much time it will hit the ground. D. t = 4.73 s.
(g = 9.8 m/s2) Ans. D
A. t = 1.42 s.
B. t = 9.42 s Q. A balloon is rising with a velocity of 2
C. t = 3.42 s. m/s. when a bag of sand is released. If its height
D. t = 3.99 s at the time of release is 100 m, determine the
Ans. C striking velocity of the sandbag (g = 9.8 m/s2)
A. Vs = 40.317 m/s
Q. Water dips from a tap at the rate of 5 B. Vs = 44.317 m/s
drops per second. Determine the vertical C. Vs = 48.317 m/s
separation between first two drops just when D. Vs = 42.317 m/s
2nd drop leaves the tap. Ans. B
A. 0.96 m
B. 0.196 m Q. A stone is thrown vertically upwards from
C. 0.200 m the top of a building 21 m high with a velocity
D. 0.100 m of 14 m/s. Determine the velocity at any instant
Ans. B `t’. (g = 9.8 m/s2)
A. V = 20 – (9.8 x t)
B. V = 14 – (9.8 x t)
37
C. V = 22 – (9.8 x t)
D. V = 2 – (9.8 x t) Q. A stone is thrown vertically upwards from
Ans. B the top of a building 21 m high with a velocity
of 14 m/s. Determine the time required for the
Q. A stone thrown vertically upwards from stone to reach the ground. g = 9.8 m/s2.
the top of a building 21 m high with a velocity A. 3.900 s.
of 14 m/s. Determine the expression for its B. 1.944 s.
position w.r.t. ground at any instant `t’ (g = 9.8 C. 2.944 s.
m/s2) D. 3.944 s
A. S = 21 + 14 t – ½ x 9.8 t2 Ans. D
B. S = 21 + 14 t – ½ x 8 t2
C. S = 21 + 16 t – ½ x 9.8 t2 Q. A stone is thrown vertically upwards from
D. S = 21 + 13 t – ½ x 9.8 t2 the top of a building 21 m high with a velocity
Ans. A of 14 m/s. Determine the striking velocity of
stone at the ground.
Q. A stone is thrown vertically upwards from A. V = 24.64 m/s.
the top of a building 21 m high with a velocity B. V = 20.64 m/s.
of 14 m/s. Determine the highest elevation C. V = 245.64 m/s.
reached by the stone from ground (g = 9.8 D. V = 246.4 m/s.
m/s2). Ans. A
A. S = 21 + 14 t – ½ x 9.8 t2
B. S = 21 + 14 t – ½ x 8 t2 Q. When an object moves in a fixed direction
C. S= 21 + 16 t – ½ x 9.8 t2 with uniform acceleration, the speed-time graph
D. S = 21 + 13 t – ½ x 9.8 t2 is a
Ans. A A. parabola
B. inclined straight line
Q. A stone is thrown vertically upwards from C. ellipse
the top of a building 21 m high with a velocity D. Curve
of 14 m/s. Determine the distance travelled by Ans. B
the stone to reach the highest point.
A. Actual from ground = 30m Q. A car starts from rest and covers a
B. Actual from ground = 31m distance of 100 m in one second with uniform
C. Actual from ground = 71m acceleration. Its acceleration is
D. Actual from ground = 21m A. 100 m/s2
Ans. B B. 50 m/s2
C. 200 m/s2
Q. A stone is thrown vertically upwards from D. none of the above
the top of a building 21 m high with a velocity Ans. C
of 14 m/s. Determine the time when stone
reaches the maximum height. g = 9.8 m/s2 Q. From the top of a tower 30 m high, a
A. t = 1.429 s. stone is thrown vertically up with a velocity of 8
B. t = 1.400 s. m/s. After how much time it will hit the ground.
C. t = 1.4 s. (g = 9.8 m/s2)
D. t = 1.29 s. A. 1.42 s
Ans. A B. 3.42 s
38
C. 9.42 s B. 25s
D. 3.99 s C. 15 s
Ans. B D. 70 s
Ans. C
Q. A particle falling freely under gravity
falls 50 m in certain second. Determine the Q. A bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at
initial velocity to cover these 50 m. 0.8 m/s2 till it reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Brakes
A. 15.9 m/s are applied and then it stops at B, 300 m from
B. 50 m/s A. Determine the acceleration.
C. 54.9 m/s A. 0.343 m/s2
D. 54 m/s B. -0.343 m/s2
Ans. C C. -1.343 m/s2
D. -0.43 m/s2
Q. A particle falling freely under gravity Ans. B
falls 50 m in certain second. Determine the
velocity at the end of this second. Q. A bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at
A. 45.1 m/s 0.8 m/s2 till it reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Brakes
B. -45.1 m/s are applied and then it stops at B, 300 m from
C. -75.1 M/S A. Determine the total time of travel
D. -15.1 m/s A. 10 s
Ans. B B. 70 s
C. 5 s
Q. A stone is projected up from top of a D. 50 s
building 120 m high with initial velocity of 25 Ans. D
m/s.. Find the time taken by the stone to reach
the ground ( g = 9.87 m/s2) Q. If the gravitational acceleration at any
A. 6.12 s place is doubled, then the weight of a body will
B. 1.12 s be
C. 8.12 s A. g/2
D. 8 s B. g
Ans. C C. √ 2g
D. 2g
Q. A bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at Ans. D
0.8 m/s2 till it reaches a speed of 12 m/s.
Determine distance travelled. Q. The velocity of a body on reaching the
A. 9 m ground from a height h, is
B. 90 m A. √2gh
C. 50 m B. 2gh
D. 95 m C. √2g/h
Ans. B D. gh
Ans. A
Q. A bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at
0.8 m/s2 till it reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Q. When the distance covered by an object is
Determine the time of travel. directly proportional to time, it is said to travel
A. 10 s with
39
A. zero velocity
B. constant speed Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. constant acceleration line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1
D. uniform acceleration where x is in m and t is in s. Particle's
Ans. B acceleration when t=1/3 s is
A. 2/9 m/s2
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. -1/9 m/s2
line, position x is expressed by x = t4-2t3+1 C. 0 m/s2
where x is in m and t is in s. The velocity D. 1 m/s2
attained by the particle at 1.5 s will be Ans. C
A. minimum
B. maximum Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. zero line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1
D. none of the abovAns. where x is in m and t is in s. The minimum
Ans. C acceleration attained by the particle is
A. -6 m/s2
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. -1 m/s2
line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1 C. -2 m/s2
where x is in m and t is in s. Expression for D. 0 m/s2
velocity v is Ans. C
A. v = t2 – t (m/s)
B. v = 3t2 - t - 1 (m/s) Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. v = 3t2- 2t - 1 (m/s) line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1
Ans. C acceleration attained by the particle at t =
A. 0 s
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. 0.5 s
line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1 C. 1 s
where x is in m and t is in s. Expression for D. none of the abovAns.
acceleration is Ans. A
A. a = t2- t (m/s2)
B. a = 6t - 2(m/s2) Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. a = 2t - 2 (m/s2) line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1
D. a = -2t2 +1 (m/s2) where x is in m and t is in s. The acceleration
Ans. B attained by the particle will be zero at
A. t = 1/3 s
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. t = 0 s
line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1 C. t = 1 s
where x is in m and t is in s. Particle's velocity D. none of the abovAns.
when t =0 s and 1 s is given by Ans. A
A. -1 m/s, 0 m/s
B. 0 m/s, 1 m/s Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. -1 m/s, 2 m/s line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1
D. 2 m/s, 2 m/s where x is in m and t is in s. The minimum
Ans. A position will be attained by the particle at
40
A. t = 1 s
B. t = 0 s Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. t = 1/3 s line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10
D. none of the abovAns. where x is in m and t is in s. Particle's
Ans. A acceleration when t =1 s is
A. 0 m/s2
line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1 C. 12 m/s2
where x is in m and t is in s. The minimum D. 6 m/s2
position attained by the particle will be Ans. C
A. 1m
B. 2m Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. 0m line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10
Ans. C velocity attained by the particle is
A. -1/3 m/s
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. -2/3 m/s
line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10 C. 0 m/s
where x is in m and t is in s. Expression for D. 1 m/s
A. v = t2 +10 (m/s)
B. v = 3t2+ 10 (m/s) Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. v = 6t2 (m/s) line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10
Ans. C velocity is attained by the particle at t =
A. 0 s
line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10 C. 1 s
A. a = 3t2+10t (m/s2)
B. a = 12t (m/s2) Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. a = 2t - 10 (m/s2) line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10
D. a = -2t2 +5 (m/s2) where x is in m and t is in s. The minimum
Ans. B acceleration attained by the particle is
A. -1 m/s2
line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10 C. 0 m/s2
where x is in m and t is in s. Particle's velocity D. 2 m/s2
when t =0 s and 1 s is given by Ans. C
A. 0 m/s, 6 m/s
C. 0 m/s, 10 m/s line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10
Ans. A acceleration attained by the particle at t =
41
A. 0 s
B. 0.5 s Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. 1 s line, position x is expressed by x = t 6-2t4 where
D. none of the abovAns. x is in m and t is in s. Expression for velocity v
Ans. A is
A. v = t5 – 2t3 (m/s)
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. v = 3t5+4t3 + 1 (m/s)
line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10 C. v = 6t5- 8t3 (m/s)
where x is in m and t is in s. The velocity D. none of the abovAns.
attained by the particle will be zero at Ans. C
A. t = 0 s
C. t = 1 s line, position x is expressed by x = t 6-2t4 where
D. none of the abovAns. x is in m and t is in s. Expression for
Ans. A acceleration is
A. a = 6t4-6t2 (m/s2)
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. a = 30t4 - 24t2 (m/s2)
line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10 C. a = 2t4 -4t2 (m/s2)
where x is in m and t is in s. The acceleration D. a = -2t2 +5 (m/s2)
attained by the particle will be zero at Ans. B
A. t = 0 s
B. t = 0.5 s Q. For a particle moving along a straight
D. none of the abovAns. x is in m and t is in s. Particle's velocity when t
Ans. A =0 s and 1 s is given by
A. 0 m/s, -2 m/s
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. 0 m/s, 2 m/s
line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10 C. -1 m/s, 0 m/s
where x is in m and t is in s. The minimum D. none of the abovAns.
position will be attained by the particle at Ans. A
A. t = 0 s
D. none of the abovAns. x is in m and t is in s. Particle's acceleration
Ans. A when t =0 s is
A. 1 m/s2
A. 0 m
B. 3 m Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. 10 m line, position x is expressed by x = t6-2t4 where
D. none of the abovAns. x is in m and t is in s. Particle's velocity is zero
Ans. C when t =
42
A. 0 s
B. 1 s Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
C. 2 s starting from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by
D. none of the abovAns. v = 2t2- 8t where v is in m/s and t is in s. The
Ans. A minimum velocity attained by the particle is
A. 8 m/s
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. 0 m/s
line, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t 2-8t where C. -8 m/s
v is in m/s and t is in s. Expression for D. none of the abovAns.
acceleration is Ans. C
A. a = 4t-8 (m/s2)
B. a = 4t +8 (m/s2) Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
C. a = 2t (m/s2) starting from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by
D. a = 2t2 (m/s2) v = 2t2- 8t where v is in m/s and t is in s. The
Ans. A minimum velocity will be attained by the
particle at t =
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line A. 2/3 s
starting from x = -6m, velocity v is expressed by B. 2 s
v = 2t2-8t where v is in m/s and t is in s. C. 0 s
Expression for position x is D. none of the abovAns.
A. x = 4t-8 (m) Ans. B
B. x = 4t (m)
C. x = 2t - 4 (m) Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
D. x = 2t3/3-4t2 – 6 (m) starting from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by
Ans. D v = 2t2-8t where v is in m/s and t is in s. The
minimum position x attained by the particle is
Q. For a particle moving along a straight A. -2 m
line, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t 2-8t where B. 0 m
v is in m/s and t is in s. Particle's acceleration C. -8 m
when t = 2 s is D. none of the abovAns.
A. 8 m/s2 Ans. D
B. 4 m/s2
C. 0 m/s2 Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
D. 1 m/s2 starting from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by
Ans. C v = 2t2-8t where v is in m/s and t is in s. The
minimum acceleration will be attained by the
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line particle at t =
starting from x = -6m, velocity v is expressed by A. 1 s
v = 2t2- 8 where v is in m/s and t is in s. B. 0 s
Particle's position x when t = 1 s is C. 2 s
A. -40/3 m D. none of the abovAns.
B. 0 m Ans. B
C. 15 m
D. none of the abovAns. Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
Ans. A starting from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by
43
v = 2t2-8t (m/s) where t is in s. The zero velocity B. a = 8t (m/s2)
will be attained by the particle at t = C. a = 2t (m/s2)
A. t = 2 and 4 s D. x = 4t3/3+5t (m)
B. t = 0 and 2 s Ans. B
C. t = 1 and 2 s
D. t = 0 and 4 s Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
Ans. D starting from x = 0m, velocity v is expressed by
v = 4t2+5 where v is in m/s and t is in s.
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line Expression for position x is
starting from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by A. x= 4t+5 (m)
v = 2t2-8t where v is in m/s and t is in s. The B. x = 8t (m)
acceleration attained by the particle will be zero C. x = 2t (m)
at D. x = 4t3/3+5t (m)
A. t = 2 s Ans. D
B. t = 0 s
C. t = 1 s Q. For a particle moving along a straight
D. none of the abovAns. line, velocity v is expressed by v = 4t 2+5
Ans. A where v is in m/s and t is in s. Particle's
acceleration when t =2 s is
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line A. 8 m/s2
starting from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by B. 16 m/s2
v = 2t2-8t where v is in m/s and t is in s. The C. 0 m/s2
minimum position attained by the particle at D. 1 m/s2
A. t = 3 s Ans. B
B. t = 0 s
C. t = 1 s Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
D. t = 2 s starting from x = 0m, velocity v is expressed by
Ans. D v = 4t2+5 where v is in m/s and t is in s. The
minimum velocity attained by the particle is
Q. For a particle moving along a straight A. 8 m/s
line, velocity v is expressed by v = 4t 2+5 B. 4 m/s
where v is in m/s and t is in s. If at t = 0 s, x = 0 C. 0 m/s
m, particle's velocity when t =1 s and 2 s is D. none of the abovAns.
given by Ans. D
A. 0 m/s, 5 m/s
B. 9 m/s, 13 m/s Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
C. 13 m/s, 21 m/s starting from x = 0m, velocity v is expressed by
D. 9 m/s, 21 m/s v = 4t2+5 where v is in m/s and t is in s. The
Ans. D zero velocity will be attained by the particle at t
=
Q. For a particle moving along a straight A. 2 s
line, velocity v is expressed by v = 4t 2+5 B. 4 s
where v is in m/s and t is in s. Expression for C. 0 s
acceleration is D. none of the abovAns.
A. a = 4t+5 (m/s2) Ans. D
44
A. x= 6t+10 (m)
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line B. x = 6t (m)
starting from x = 0m, velocity v is expressed by C. x = 2t +5 (m)
v = 4t2+5 where v is in m/s and t is in s. The D. x = t3- t2 – t +1 (m)
minimum position attained by the particle is Ans. D
A. 2 m
C. 0 m line, acceleration a is expressed by a = 2t -
D. none of the abovAns. 1(m/s2) where t is in s. If at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and
Ans. C v = -10 m/s Expression for position x is
A. x = 4t3/3+5t +10 (m)
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line B. x = t3/3-t2/2-10t + 5 (m)
starting from x = 0m, velocity v is expressed by C. x = 4t2+5t +10 (m)
v = 4t2+5 where v is in m/s and t is in s. The D. none of the abovAns.
minimum acceleration attained by the particle is Ans. B
A. 2 m/s2
B. -1 m/s2 Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. 0 m/s2 line, acceleration a is expressed by a = 2t - 1
D. none of the abovAns. (m/s2) where t is in s. If at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v
Ans. C = -10 m/s Expression for velocity v is
A. v = 4t2 + 5 (m/s)
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line B. v = t2+2t + 5 (m/s)
starting from x = 0m, velocity v is expressed by C. v = t2- t - 10 (m/s)
v = 4t2+5 where v is in m/s and t is in s. D. none of the abovAns.
Particle's position x =0 m when t = Ans. C
A. 0 s
B. 1 s "Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. 3 s line, acceleration a is expressed by a = 2t - 1
Ans. A = -10 m/s, particle's velocity when t=1s is
A. 0
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. -10
line, velocity v is expressed by v = 3t 2- 2t - 1 C. 15
where v is in m/s and t is in s. Expression for D. none of the abovAns.
acceleration is Ans. B
A. a = 3t-2 (m/s2)
B. a = 6t -2 (m/s2) Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. a = 3t (m/s2) line, acceleration a is expressed by a = 2t - 1
D. a = 3t2 (m/s2) (m/s2) where t is in s. If at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v
Ans. B = -10 m/s, particle's position when t =1s is
A. 10 m
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line B. 5.167 m
starting from x = 1m, velocity v is expressed by C. -5.167 m
v = 3t2- 2t - 1 where v is in m/s and t is in s. D. none of the abovAns.
Expression for position x is Ans. C
45
Q. For a particle moving along a straight
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line, acceleration a is expressed by a = 2t - 1
line, acceleration a is expressed by a = 2t - 1 (m/s2) where t is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and
(m/s2) where t is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s. The velocity attained by the
v = -10 m/s. The minimum velocity attained by particle will be zero at
the particle is A. t = 3.7 s
A. -10 m/s B. t = 0 s
B. -13 m/s C. t = 1.7 s
C. -10.25 m/s D. none of the abovAns.
D. 0 m/s Ans. A
Ans. C
(m/s2) where t is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s. The acceleration attained by the
v = -10 m/s. The minimum velocity will be particle will be zero at
attained by the particle at t = A. t = 0.5 s
A. 2/3 s B. t = 0 s
B. 2 s C. t = 1 s
C. 1 s D. none of the abovAns.
D. none of the abovAns. Ans. A
Ans. D
(m/s2) where t is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s. The minimum position will be
v = -10 m/s. The minimum acceleration attained attained by the particle at
by the particle is A. t = 3.7 s
A. -1/3 m/s2 B. t = 0 s
B. -2 m/s2 C. t = 0.5 s
C. none of the abovAns. D. none of the abovAns.
D. 0 m/s2 Ans. A
Ans. C
(m/s2) where t is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s. The minimum position attained by
v = -10 m/s. The minimum acceleration will be the particle will be
attained by the particle at t = A. 5 m
A. 0 s B. 0 m
B. 2 s C. -10.25 m
C. 1 s D. 21.96m
D. none of the abovAns. Ans. D
Ans. A
46
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
in resisting medium, velocity v is expressed by in resisting medium, position x is expressed by
v = voe-kt (m/s), where t is in s, k is in s-1 and x=
at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The -(V- Vo)/k (m) where V is in m/s, k is in s-1
expression for acceleration a of the particle is and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and V = Vo m/s. The
A. a =kv (m/s2) expression for acceleration a of the particle is
B. a = -kv (m/s2) A. kV (m/s2)
C. a = -kv2 (m/s2) B. -kV (m/s2)
D. none of the abovAns. C. -kV2 (m/s2)
Ans. B D. none of the abovAns.
Ans. B
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
in resisting medium, velocity v is expressed by Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
v = voe-kt (m/s), where t is in s, k is in s-1 and in resisting medium, acceleration a is expressed
at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The by a = -kv (m/s2) where v is in m/s, k is in s-1
expression for position x of the particle is and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The
A. x = (1 + e-kt )vo/k (m) expression for velocity v of the particle is
B. x = (1- e-kt )vo/k m) A. v = vo -1 (m/s)
C. x = (vo + 1) e-kt (m) B. v = vo + kx (m/s)
D. none of the abovAns. C. v = vo - kx (m/s)
Ans. A D. none of the abovAns.
Ans. C
in resisting medium, position x is expressed by Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
x = (1 + e-kt ) vo/k (m), where t is in s, k is in s- in resisting medium, velocity v is expressed by
1 and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The v = vo - kx (m/s) where x is in m, k is in s-1
expression for velocity v of the particle is and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The
A. v = e-kt – vo (m/s) expression for acceleration a of the particle is
B. v = e-kt (m/s) A. a = -kv (m/s2)
C. v = voe-kt (m/s) B. a =kv (m/s2)
D. none of the abovAns. C. a = -kv2 (m/s2)
Ans. C D. none of the abovAns.
Ans. A
in resisting medium, acceleration a is expressed Q. For a particle moving along a straight
by a = -kv (m/s2) where k is in s-1 and at t = 0 line in resisting medium, position x is expressed
s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The expression for by x = -(v - vo)/k (m) where v is in m/s, k is in
position x of the particle is s-1 and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The
A. x = -(v - vo)/k (m) expression for velocity v of the particle is
B. (v + vo) /k (m) A. v = vo -1 (m/s)
C. x = (vo + 1) k (m) B. v = vo + kx (m/s)
Ans. C
47
Q. For a particle moving along a straight Q. Distance-time graph is a straight line for
line in resisting medium, velocity v is __________ motion.
expressed by v = vo - kx (m/s) where x is in m, A. variable
k is in s-1 and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v = vo B. non uniform
m/s. The expression for position x of the particle C. rectilinear
is D. circular
A. x = -(v - vo)/k (m) Ans. C
B. x = (v + vo) /k (m)
C. x = (vo + 1) k (m) Q. The slope of a v-t graph gives ________.
D. none of the abovAns. A. acceleration
Ans. A B. velocity
C. speed
Q. In the case of a rectilinear uniform D. distance
motion, distance-time graph is a Ans. A
A. parabola
B. straight line Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of
C. curved line 55 km/h and 40 km/h, respectively in opposite
D. rectangle directions. Determine the relative velocity of A
Ans. B with respect to B.
A. 95 km/h in opposite direction to B
Q. When a graph of one quantity versus B. 15 km/h in the direction of B
another , results in a straight line, the quantities C. 95 km/h in the direction of B
are D. 15 km/h in the opposite direction to B
A. directly proportional Ans. A
B. constant
C. inversely proportional Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of
D. independent of each other 55 km/h and 40 km/h, respectively in opposite
Ans. A directions. Determine the relative velocity of B
with respect to A.
Q. What do you infer, if S-t graphs of two A. 95 km/h in opposite direction to A
cyclists meet at a point? B. 15 km/h in the direction of A
A. They collide C. 95 km/h in the direction of A
B. They pass each other D. 15 km/h in the opposite direction to A
C. They are at rest Ans. A
D. They are starting from rest
Ans. B Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of
55 km/h and 40 km/h, respectively in the same
Q. Name the physical quantity which we get direction. Determine the relative velocity of A
from slope of S-t graph. with respect to B.
A. Speed A. 95 km/h in opposite direction to B
B. Displacement B. 15 km/h in the direction of B
C. Distance C. 95 km/h in the direction of B
D. Time D. 15 km/h in the opposite direction to B
Ans. A Ans. B
48
Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of respectively. Determine the direction of relative
55 km/h and 40 km/h, respectively in the same velocity of A with respect to B.
direction. Determine the relative velocity of B A. 45.530 N of W
with respect to A. B. 45.530 N of E
A. 95 km/h in opposite direction to A C. 48.220 N of W
B. 15 km/h in opposite direction to A D. 48.220 N of E
C. 95 km/h in the direction of A Ans. C
D. 15 km/h in the opposite direction to B
Ans. B Q 1 On a two lane road, truck is travelling at a
speed of 100 km/h and car overtakes it with
Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of speed of 126 km/h in the direction. Determine
35 km/h in north direction and 40 km/h in south the relative velocity of Car with respect to truck.
direction, respectively. Determine the relative A. 226 km/h in the direction of truck
velocity of A with respect to B. B. 26 km/h in the direction of truck
A. 75 km/h due North C. 52 km/h in the direction of truck
B. 5 km/h due South D. 126 km/h in the direction of truck
C. 75 km/h due South Ans. B
D. 5 km/h due North
Ans. A Q. On a two lane road, truck is travelling at a
35 km/h in north direction and 40 km/h in south the relative velocity of truck with respect to
direction, respectively. Determine the relative car.
velocity of with B respect to A. A. 226 km/h in the direction of car
A. 75 km/h due North B. 26 km/h in opposite direction of car
B. 5 km/h due South C. 52 km/h in the direction of car
C. 75 km/h due South D. 126 km/h in the opposite direction of car
D. 5 km/h due North Ans. B
Ans. C
Q. On a two way road, bus is travelling with
Q. At the instant shown, motor A and car B speed of 90 km/h and rickshaw is approaching it
are travelling at speeds of 75 km/h in north with a speed of 50 km/h in the opposite
direction and 67 km/h in East direction, direction. Determine the magnitude of relative
respectively. Determine the magnitude of velocity of bus with respect to rickshaw.
relative velocity of A with respect to B. A. 40 km/h in the direction of rickshaw
A. 100.57 km/h B. 90 km/h in the direction of rickshaw
B. 80.57 km/h C. 120 km/h in opposite direction to rickshaw
C. 120.75 km/h D. 140 km/h in opposite direction to rickshaw
D. 115.75 km/h Ans. D
Ans. A
velocity of rickshaw with respect to bus.
49
A. 40 km/h in the direction of bus. A. 61.670 N of W
B. 90 km/h in the direction of bus B. 85.530 N of W
C. 140 km/h in the opposite direction to bus. C. 61.670 S of E
D. 120 km/h in the opposite direction to bus D. 75.250 N of W
Ans. C Ans. C
Q. A particle is moving with a speed of 102 Q. A car is moving with a speed of 89 km/h
km/h in 45 ˚ North of west direction. Another in 45 ˚ South of East direction. Another car is
particle is moving with a speed of 111 km/h in moving with a speed of 101 km/h in due west
due west direction. Determine the magnitude of direction. Determine the magnitude of relative
relative velocity of first particle with the second. velocity of first car with the second.
A. 81.93 km/h A. 175.59 km/h
B. 85.15 km/h B. 185.15 km/h
C. 87.89 km/h C. 187.89 km/h
D. 95.13 km/h D. 195.13 km/h
Ans. A Ans. A
due west direction. Determine the direction of direction. Determine the direction of relative
A. 85.530 N of W A. 61.670 N of W
B. 61.670 N of E B. 85.530 N of W
C. 75.250 N of W C. 75.250 N of W
D. 70.270 S of W D. 21.000 S of E
Ans. B Ans. D
km/h in 45 ˚ South of west direction. Another in 30 ˚ South of west direction. Another car is
particle is moving with a speed of 111 km/h in moving with a speed of 101 km/h in due East
A. 85.15 km/h A. 196.75 km/h
B. 87.89 km/h B. 183.55 km/h
C. 95.13 km/h C. 157.55 km/h
D. 81.93 km/h D. 195.13 km/h
Ans. D Ans. B
relative velocity of first particle with the velocity of first car with the second.
second. A. 14.030 N of W
50
B. 23.160 N of W C. 59.150 N of E
C. 14.030 S of W D. 49.150 S of E
D. 24.670 S of E Ans. B
Ans. C
Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of
Q. A particle is moving with a speed of 85 55 m/s and 40 m/s, respectively in opposite
km/h in 300 North of East direction. Another directions. Car A has acceleration 10 m/s2 and
particle is moving with a speed of 99 km/h in B is moving with constant velocity. Determine
due East direction. Determine the magnitude of the relative velocity of A with respect to B at t=
relative velocity of second particle with the first. 2 s.
A. 149.50 km/h A. 95 m/s in the opposite direction to B
B. 49.50 km/h B. 110 m/s in the opposite direction to B
C. 67.69 km/h C. 90 m/s in the opposite direction to B
D. 59.33 km/h D. 115 m/s in the opposite direction to B
Ans. B Ans. D
Q. A particle is moving with a speed of 85 Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of

km/h in 300 North of East direction. Another 55 m/s and 40 m/s, respectively in opposite
particle is moving with a speed of 99 km/h in directions. Car A has acceleration 10 m/s2 and
due East direction. Determine the direction of B is moving with constant velocity. Determine
relative velocity of second particle with the first. the relative velocity of B with respect to A at t=
A. 53.010 S of E 2 s.
B. 13.160 N of W A. 90 m/s in the opposite direction to A
C. 44.030 S of W B. 95 m/s in the opposite direction to A
D. 59.150 S of E C. 115 m/s in the opposite direction to A
Ans. D D. 110 m/s in the opposite direction to A
Ans. C
Q. A particle is moving with a speed of 85
km/h in South of East direction. Another Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of
particle is moving with a speed of 99 km/h in 55 m/s and 40 m/s, respectively in the same
due East direction. Determine the magnitude of direction. Car A has acceleration 25 m/s2 and B
relative velocity of first particle with the second. is moving with constant velocity. Determine the
A. 71.55 km/h relative velocity of A with respect to B at t= 3 s.
B. 39.50 km/h A. 100 m/s in the direction of B
C. 123.11 km/h B. 125 m/s in the direction of B
D. 67. 93 km/h C. 115 m/s in the direction of B
Ans. A D. 90 m/s in the direction of B.
Ans. D
km/h in East-West direction. Another particle is Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of
moving with a speed of 99 km/h in due East 55 m/s and 40 m/s, respectively in the same
direction. Determine the direction of relative direction. Car A has acceleration 25 m/s2 and B
velocity of first particle with the second. is moving with constant velocity. Determine the
A. 53.160 N of W relative velocity of B with respect to A at t= 3 s.
B. 57.120 S of W A. 115 m/s in opposite direction to A
51
B. 90 m/s in opposite direction to A B. 4 km/h
C. 100 m/s in opposite direction to A C. 6 km/h
D. 125 m/s in opposite direction to A D. 5 km/h
Ans. B Ans. D
Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of Q. A man is walking on a level road at a

35 m/s in north direction and 40 m/s in south speed of 3.0 km/h. rain drops fall vertically with
direction, respectively. Car A has acceleration a speed of 4.0 km/h. and Find angle with
20 m/s2 and B is moving with constant velocity. vertical in which rain drop hits his body.
Determine the magnitude of relative velocity of A. 32.86
A with respect to B at t =1s. B. 36.87
A. 95 m/s in the due North C. 38.87
B. 100 m/s in the due North D. 40.87
C. 125 m/s in the due North Ans. B
D. 105 m/s in the due North
Ans. A Q. A man can swim in still water at a speed
of 3 km/h. He wants to cross a river that flows at
Q. A swimmer can swim in still water at a 1.2 km/h and reach the point directly opposite to
rate 4.0 km/h. If he swims in a river flowing at this starting point. In which direction should he
3.0 km/h and keeps his direction (with respect to try to swim (that is, find the angle his body
water) perpendicular to the current, find his makes with the river flow)?
velocity with respect to the ground. A. 40.81
A. 6 km/h B. 41.81
B. 5 km/h C. 42.18
C. 7 km/h D. 48.18
D. 4 km/h Ans. D
Ans. B
Q. A man can swim in still water at a speed
Q. A swimmer can swim in still water at a of 3 km/h. He wants to cross a river that flows at
rate 4.0 km/h. If he swims in a river flowing at 2 km/h and reach the point directly opposite to
3.0 km/h and keeps his direction (with respect to this starting point. How much time will he take
water) perpendicular to the current, find angle to cross the river which is 500 m. wide?
made by him with the direction of river flow. A. 0.22 hr
A. 50.13 B. 0.20hr
B. 52.13 C. 0.24 hr
C. 53.13 D. 0.26 hr
D. 54.13 Ans. A
Ans. C
Q. A man can swim at a speed of 3 km/h in
Q. A man is walking on a level road at a still water. He wants to cross a 500 m wide river
speed of 3.0 km/h. rain drops fall vertically with flowing at 2 km/h. He keeps himself always at
a speed of 4.0 km/h. Find the magnitude of an angle of 120˚ with the river flow while
velocity of the raindrops with respect to the swimming. Find the angle of swimmer with
man. respect to ground.
A. 3 km/h A. 90
52
B. 75.11 swimming. At what point on the opposite bank
C. 70.11 will he arrivAns.
D. 79.11 A. 0.096 km
Ans. D B. 0.076 km
C. 0.063 km
Q. A man can swim at a speed of 3 km/h in D. 0.055km
still water. He wants to cross a 500 m wide river Ans. A
flowing at 2 km/h. He keeps himself always at
an angle of 120˚ with the river flow while Q. A man standing on a road has to hold his
swimming. Find the velocity of swimmer with umbrella at 30˚ with the vertical to keep the rain
respect to ground. away. He throws the umbrella and starts running
A. 2.20 km/h at 10 km/h. He finds that raindrops are hitting
B. 2.80 km/h his head vertically. Find the speed of raindrops
C. 2.64 km/h with respect to the road.
D. 2.90 km/h A. 8 km/h
Ans. C B. 10 km/h
C. 20 km/h
Q. A man can swim at a speed of 3 km/h in D. 12 km/h
still water. He wants to cross a 500 m wide river Ans. C
swimming. Find the component of velocity umbrella at 30˚ with the vertical to keep the rain
across the river of man with respect to ground. away. He throws the umbrella and starts running
C. 2.75 km/h with respect to the moving man.
D. 3.1 km/h A. 17.32 km/h
Ans. B B. 22.34 km/h
C. 22 km/h
an angle of 120˚ with the river flow while Q. A man running on a horizontal road at 8
swimming. Find the time he takes to cross the km/h finds the rain falling vertically. He
river. increases his speed to 12 km/h and finds that the
A. 0.29 hr. drops make angle 30˚ with the vertical. Find the
B. 0.23 hr. speed of the rain with respect to the road.
C. 0.25 hr. A. 6.92 km/h
D. 0.19 hr. B. 10.58 km/h
Ans. D C. 15.29 km/h
D. 16.29 km/h
Q. A man can swim at a speed of 3 km/h in Ans. B
still water. He wants to cross a 500 m wide river
flowing at 2 km/h. He keeps himself always at Q. A man running on a horizontal road at 8
an angle of 120˚ with the river flow while km/h finds the rain falling vertically. He
53
increases his speed to 12 km/h and finds that the Ans. C
drops make angle 30˚ with the vertical. Find the
direction of the rain with respect to the road. Q. A river is flowing from west to east at a
A. 41.1 speed of 5 meters per minutAns. A man on
B. 45.1 the south bank of the river, capable of
C. 40.9 swimming at 10 meters per minute in still water,
D. 54.2 wants to swim across the river in the shortest
Ans. C timAns. How much will be the shortest time
required by him to cross the river of 500m
Q. A river is flowing from west to east at a width?
speed of 5 meters per minutAns. A man on A. 60 min
the south bank of the river, capable of B. 50 min
swimming at 10 meters per minute in still water, C. 52 min
wants to swim across the river in the shortest D. 55 min
timAns. He should swim in a direction Ans. B
A. due north
B. 30˚ east of north Q. A river 400 m wide is flowing at a rate of
C. 30˚ north of west 2.0 m/s. A boat is sailing at a velocity of 10 m/s.
D. 60˚ east of north. with respect to the water, in a direction
Ans. A perpendicular to the river. Find the time taken
by the boat to reach the opposite bank.
Q. A river is flowing from west to east at a A. 40 s.
speed of 5 meters per minutAns. A man on B. 30 s.
the south bank of the river, capable of C. 50 s.
swimming at 10 meters per minute in still water, D. 60 s.
wants to swim across the river in the shortest Ans. A
timAns. How much will be his speed with
respect to ground? Q. A river 400 m wide is flowing at a rate of
A. 15.18 m/min 2.0 m/s. A boat is sailing at a velocity of 10 m/s.
B. 13.18 m/min with respect to the water, in a direction
C. 12.18 m/min perpendicular to the river. How far from the
D. 11.18 m/min point directly opposite to the starting point does
Ans. D the boat reach the opposite bank?
A. 70 m
Q. A river is flowing from west to east at a B. 80 m
speed of 5 meters per minutAns. A man on C. 90 m
the south bank of the river, capable of D. 100 m
swimming at 10 meters per minute in still water, Ans. B
wants to swim across the river in the shortest
timAns. How much will be the angle Q. A river 400 m wide is flowing at a rate of
between the man and the river bank? 2.0 m/s. A boat is sailing at a velocity of 10 m/s.
A. 65.43 with respect to the water, in a direction
B. 60.43 perpendicular to the river. Find velocity of boat
C. 63.43 with respect to river bank
D. 61.43 A. 10,198 m/s.
54
B. 11.198 m/s B. 165 m/s
C. 12.198 m/s. C. 155 m/s
D. 13.198 m/s. D. 145 m/s
Ans. A Ans. C
Q. A river 400 m wide is flowing at a rate of Q. Car A is moving with a speed of 102 m/s
2.0 m/s. A boat is sailing at a velocity of 10 m/s. in 30 0 south of west direction. Car B is moving
with respect to the water, in a direction with a speed of 111 m/s in due west direction.
perpendicular to the river. Angle made by the Car B has deceleration 30 m/s2 and A is moving
boat with respect to the banks. with constant velocity. Determine the magnitude
A. 75.69 of relative velocity of car B with respect to car
B. 72.69 A at t=0.5 s.
C. 78.69 A. 51.57 m/s
D. 70.69 B. 62.37 m/s
Ans. C C. 81.45 m/s
D. 91.05 m/s
Q. A swimmer wishes to cross a 500 m wide Ans. A
river flowing at 5 km/h. His speed with respect
to water is 3 km/h. If he heads in a direction Q. Car A is moving with a speed of 102 m/s
making an angle ө with the flow, find the time in south of west direction. Car B is moving with
in hours he takes to cross the river. a speed of 111 m/s in due west direction. Car B
A. 1/(16sinө) has deceleration 30 m/s2 and A is moving with
B. 1/(60sinө) constant velocity. Determine the direction of
C. 1/(sinө) relative velocity of car B with respect to car A at
D. 1/(6sinө) t= 0.5 s.
Ans. D A. 63.170 N of W
B. 73.010 N of W
Q. A swimmer wishes to cross a 500 m wide C. 81.460 N of W
river flowing at 5 km/h. His speed with respect D. 45.380 N of W
to water is 3 km/h. find the shortest possible Ans. C
time in hours to cross the river.
A. 1/16 Q. A particle is moving with a speed of 92
B. 1/6 m/s in due east direction. Another particle is
C. 1/60 moving with a speed of 75 m/s in due south-
D. 1/26 west direction. Both the particles have uniform
Ans. B deceleration of 10 m/s2. Determine the
magnitude of relative velocity of first particle
Q. On a two way road, bus is travelling with with the second at t = 5 seconds.
a speed of 90 m/s and an acceleration of 10 m/s2 A. 51.65 m/s
and rickshaw is approaching it with a speed of B. 62.24 m/s
65 m/s in the opposite direction with C. 71.54 m/s
deceleration of 10 m/s2. Determine the D. 67.32 m/s
magnitude of relative velocity of rickshaw with Ans. B
respect to bus after t=2 seconds.
A. 125 m/s
55
Q. A particle is moving with a speed of 92 "
m/s in due east direction. Another particle is A. 36 m/s
moving with a speed of 75 m/s in due south- B. 56 m/s
west direction. Both the particles have uniform C. 65 m/s
deceleration of 10 m/s2. Determine the D. 9 m/s
magnitude of relative velocity of first particle Ans. B
with the second at t = 5 seconds.
A. 53.660 N of E Q. At the instant shown, motor A and car B
B. 33.350 N of E are travelling at speeds of 75 m/s in north
C. 28.440 N of E direction and 67 m/s in East direction,
D. 16.500 N of E respectively. Car B has deceleration of 25 m/s2
Ans. D and motor A has acceleration of 10
m/s2.Determine the magnitude of relative
Q. At the instant shown, cars A and B are velocity of A with respect to B at t =2.5 s.
travelling at speeds of 55 m/s and 40 m/s, A. 100.10 m/s
respectively in opposite directions. Car B has B. 104.50 m/s
deceleration 10 m/s2 and car A has acceleration C. 95.50 m/s
of 5 m/s2. Determine the magnitude of relative D. 102.15 m/s
velocity of A with respect to B at t = 2 s. Ans. A
A. 95 m/s
B. 25 m/s Q. At the instant shown, motor A and car B
C. 45 m/s are travelling at speeds of 75 m/s in north
D. 85 m/s direction and 67 m/s in East direction,
Ans. D respectively. Car B has deceleration of 25 m/s2
and motor A has acceleration of 10
Q. At the instant shown, cars A and B are m/s2.Determine the direction of relative velocity
travelling at speeds of 55 m/s and 50 m/s, of A with respect to B at t =2.5 s.
respectively in the same direction. Car A and B A. 46.170 N of W
have deceleration 10 m/s2 and 15 m/s2 B. 59.740 N of W
respectively. Determine the magnitude of C. 87.420 N of W
relative velocity of A with respect to B at t = 3 D. 73.550 N of W
s. Ans. C
A. 105m/s
B. 5m/s Q. On a two lane road, truck is travelling at a
C. 20m/s speed of 100 m/s and car overtakes it with speed
D. 30m/s of 126 m/s in the direction. Car has deceleration
Ans. C of 25 m/s2 and truck is moving with constant
velocity. Determine the magnitude of relative
"Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of velocity of car with respect to truck at t =1 s.
37 m/s in north direction and 28 m/s in south A. 226 m/s
direction, respectively. Car B has deceleration B. 26 m/s
of 12 m/s2 and Car A has acceleration of 6 C. 201 m/s
m/s2. Determine the magnitude of relative D. 1 m/s
velocity of Car A with respect to Car B at t Ans. D
=1.5s.
56
Q. On a two way road, bus is travelling with acceleration of 20 m/s2. Determine the
speed of 89 m/s and rickshaw is approaching it magnitude of relative velocity of first particle
with a speed of 55 m/s in the opposite direction. with the second after 1 s.
Bus and Rickshaw have deceleration of 20 m/s2 A. 34.17 m/s
each. Determine the magnitude of relative B. 64.80 m/s
velocity of bus with respect to rickshaw at t =2 C. 46.38 m/s
s. D. 75.69 m/s
A. 34 m/s Ans. D
B. 64 m/s
C. 84 m/s Q. A particle is moving with a speed of 62
D. 114 m/s m/s in due east direction with a deceleration of
Ans. B 10 m/s2. Another particle is moving with a
speed of 35 m/s in due north direction with an
"Q. Aeroplane A is moving with a speed of acceleration of 20 m/s2. Determine the of
132 m/s in 45 North of West directions. Another direction relative velocity of first particle with
plane B is moving with a speed of 101 m/s in 30 the second after 1 s.
South of West direction. Second plane B has A. 46.610 S of E
deceleration of 30 m/s2 and A has acceleration B. 62.630 S of E
of 10m/s2. Determine the magnitude of relative C. 35.660 S of E
velocity of first plane with the second at t=2 D. 49.780 S of E
seconds. Ans. A
A. 134.77 m/s
B. 164.87 m/s Q. Ship A is sailing at a 4.51 m/s velocity in
C. 146.83 m/s 79.130 south of west direction. Ship B is sailing
D. 154.67 m/s at 0.8 m/s velocity in 25 north of east direction
Ans. C in the same port. Determine the magnitude of
velocity of ship B observed by ship A.
Q. Aeroplane A is moving with a speed of A. 5.02 m/s
132 m/s in 450 North of West directions. B. 5.00 m/s
Another plane B is moving with a speed of 101 C. 4.88 m/s
m/s in 300South of West direction. Second D. 5.52 m/s
plane B has deceleration of 30 m/s2 and A has Ans. A
acceleration of 10m/s2. Determine the direction
of relative velocity of first plane with the second Q. Ship A is sailing at a 4.51 m/s velocity in
at t=2 seconds. 79.130 south of west direction. Ship B is sailing
A. 63.970 N of W at 0.8 m/s velocity in 250 north of east direction
B. 60.650 N of W in the same port. Determine the direction of
C. 55.630 N of W velocity of ship B observed by ship A.
D. 57.780 N of W A. 66.760 N of E
Ans. B B. 79.130 N of E
C. 71.710 N of E
Q. A particle is moving with a speed of 62 D. 59.780 N of E
m/s in due east direction with a deceleration of Ans. C
10 m/s2. Another particle is moving with a
57
Q. Two bodies with weights W1 and W2 D. 498.6N
(with W1>W2) are connected by an inextensible Ans. D
string passing over a smooth pulley, with W2
resting on horizontal floor and W1 being Q. An elevator has an upward acceleration of
suspended freely, the tension T in the string is 1.5 m/ s2. Find pressure transmitted by a man of
given by mass 60 kg travelling in the lift.
A. W1 W2 / (W1 + W2) A. 672.6 N
B. 2W1 W2 / (W1 + W2) B. 675.6 N
C. 3W1 W2 / (W1 + W2) C. 678.6 N
D. 4 W1 W2 / (W1 + W2) D. 681.6 N
Ans. A Ans. C
Q. When two bodies of weights W1 and W2 Q. Determine the force necessary to produce
(with W1 > W2) connected by a string passing an acceleration of 4 m/ s2 in a mass of 250 kg.
over a smooth pulley , W1 being suspended A. 900N
freely and W2 lying on smooth inclined plane B. 1000N
with inclination angle a, the tension T in the C. 1200N
string is given by D. 1300N
A. W1 W2( 1+ sin a ) / 2 (W1 + W2) Ans. B
B. W1 W2 ( 1+ sin a ) / (W1 + W2)
C. W1 W2 / (W1 + W2) Q. A body of mass 160 kg is made to move
D. none of the above with a velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 80 N
Ans. B acts on it for 60 seconds. Determine the
acceleration of the body.
Q. A body of weight 80 N is being pulled by A. 0.25 m/ s2
another body of weight 50 N along a smooth B. 0.50 m/ s2
horizontal plane with the help of smooth pulley C. 0.75 m/ s2
and a string arrangement. Weight 50 N is resting D. 1.00 m/ s2
on a horizontal floor and 80N is being Ans. B
suspended freely. The tension T in this case
would be Q. A body of mass 160 kg is made to move
A. 30.8N with a velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 80 N
B. 35.8N acts on it for 60 seconds. Determine the
C. 40.8N velocity attained at the end of 60 seconds if
D. 45.8N force acts in the direction of the motion.
Ans. A A. 50 m/s
B. 75 m/s
UNIT 2B C. 100 m/s
D. 125 m/s
Q. An elevator has a downward acceleration Ans. A
of 1.5 m/ s2 .Find pressure transmitted by a man
of mass 60 kg travelling in the lift. Q. A body of mass 160 kg is made to move
58
force acts in the opposite direction of the Q. A block of mass m is moving down a
motion. plane making an angle θ with horizontal. The
A. – 5 m/s acceleration of the block is a. If the co-efficient
B. – 10 m/s of friction between the block and the plane
C. -15 m/s surface is µ, the pulling force required in the
D. none of the above direction of motion is
Ans. B A. (µmgsin θ - ma)
B. (-mgsin θ + ma + µmgcos θ)
Q. A block of mass m is moving up a plane C. (mgsin θ + ma)
making an angle θ with horizontal. The D. None of the abovAns.
acceleration of the block is 'a' If there is no Ans. B
friction between the block and the plane surface
the pulling force required in the direction of Q. A block of mass m is moving down a
motion is plane making an angle θ with horizontal under
A. zero the action of self weight. If there is no friction
B. (mgcos θ + ma) between the block and the plane surface, the
C. (mgsin θ + ma) acceleration of the block is a.
D. None of the abovAns. A. zero
Ans. C B. gcos θ
C. gsin θ
Q. A block of mass m is moving down a D. None of the abovAns.
plane making an angle θ with horizontal. The Ans. C
acceleration of the block is a. If there is no
friction between the block and the plane surface, Q. A block of mass m is moving up a plane
the pulling force required in the direction of making an angle θ with horizontal. The block is
motion is pulled up with a force mgsin θ. If there is no
A. (ma - mgsin θ) friction between the block and the plane surface,
B. (mgcos θ + ma) The acceleration of the block is a. is
C. (mgsin θ + ma) A. zero
D. None of the abovAns. B. gcos θ
Ans. A C. gsin θ
D. None of the abovAns.
Q. A block of mass m is moving up a plane Ans. A
making an angle θ with horizontal. The
acceleration of the block is a. If the co-efficient Q. A block of mass 10 kg is pulled by a force
of friction between the block and the plane of 10 N in the direction making an angle of 60ْ
surface is µ, the pulling force required in the with horizontal. The acceleration of the block in
direction of motion is m/s2 is
A. Zero A. zero
B. (µmgcos θ + ma) B. 1
C. (mgsin θ + ma + µmgcos θ) C. 0.5
D. None of the abovAns. D. None of the abovAns.
Ans. C Ans. C
59
Q. A horizontal force expressed as F(N) = man’s feet by the elevator floor, if the elevator
10 t2 – 4t + 6 where t is in s., acts on a block of accelerates upwards at 2 m/s2.
mass 2kg. The acceleration of the block in m/s2 A. 390.5 N
after 1 s. is B. 490.5 N
A. zero C. 590.5 N
B. 6 D. Non of the above
C. 5 Ans. C
Ans. B Q. A man having a mass of 50 kg stands in
an elevator. The reactive force acting on the
Q. A block of mass 2 kg is acted upon by a man’s feet by the elevator floor, if the elevator
constant force inducing acceleration of 2.5 m/s2. accelerates downwards at 2 m/s2.
If the same force acts on an object having a A. 390.5 N
mass of 5 kg, the acceleration induced in m/s2 is B. 490.5 N
A. 6.25 C. 590.5 N
C. zero Ans. A
Q. An object of mass 3 kg has a component man’s feet by the elevator floor, if the elevator
of 3 m/s2 in X direction and component of 4 moves upwards at a constant velocity of 1 m/s.
m/s2 in Y direction. The magnitude of total A. Zero
force producing this acceleration in N B. 490.5
A. 15 C. 590.5
B. 5 D. None of the above
C. 21 Ans. B
Ans. A Q. A man having a mass of 50 kg stands in
Q. A truck starts from rest with an man’s feet by the elevator floor, if the elevator
acceleration 'a'. A box of mass 30 kg is kept on moves downwards at a constant velocity of 1
the truck. The co-efficient of friction between m/s.
the box and the truck bed is µ is 0.1. The box A. 390.5 N
will slip on the truck bed if the acceleration in B. 490.5 N
m/s2 equals or exceeds C. 590.5 N
A. g D. None of the above
B. 0.1g Ans. B
C. 3g
D. None of the abovAns. Q. For a rectilinear motion of a particle of a
Ans. B mass m with acceleration a, the radial
component of force inducing motion is equal to
Q. A man having a mass of 50 kg stands in A. Zero
an elevator. The reactive force acting on the B. ma
C. ma/2
60
D. None of the above Q. A boy of mass 50 kg stands in a lift.
Ans. A Determine the force exerted by the boy on the
floor of the lift when the lift moves down with a
Q. For a rectilinear motion of a particle of a constant acceleration of 9.81 m/ s2
mass m with acceleration a, the tangential A. Zero
component of force inducing motion is equal to B. 290
A. Zero C. 300
B. ma D. 390
C. ma/2 Ans. A
Ans. B Q. A man moves a crate by pushing
horizontally against it until it slides on the floor.
Q. A body of mass 400 kg starts from rest If µs= 0.5 and µk =0.4. With what acceleration
and moves along a straight line under an does the crate begin to move? Assume force
influencing force which varies as square of exerted by the man at impending motion is
timAns. Force reaches to a value of 400 N in maintained when sliding begins.
15 s from start. Calculate the velocity at the end A. 0.25g
of tenth s B. 0.2g
A. 1.48 C. 0.3g
B. 2.48 D. 0.1g
C. 3.48 Ans. D
D. 4.48
Ans. A Q. A train with twenty coaches has a total
mass of 1200 tonnes. Its speed is 72 km/h when
Q. A boy of mass 50 kg stands in a lift. it is at the bottom of one percent gradAns. If
Determine the force exerted by the boy on the the draw bar pull is 80 kN and tractive
floor of the lift when the lift moves up with a resistance is 30 N per tones mass what is its
constant acceleration of 2 m/ s2 acceleration?
A. 500 A. - 0.0712 m/s2
B. 590 B. - 0.0515 m/s2
C. 100 C. - 0.0613 m/s2
D. 1090 D. - 0.0513 m/s2
Ans. B Ans. C
Q. A boy of mass 50 kg stands in a lift. Q. A train with twenty coaches has a total
Determine the force exerted by the boy on the mass of 1200 tonnes. Its speed is 72 km/h when
floor of the lift when the lift moves down with a it is at the bottom of one percent gradAns. If
constant acceleration of 2 m/ s2 the draw bar pull is 80 kN and tractive
A. 200 resistance is 30 N per tones mass what is speed
B. 290 of train at the end of grade 1.5 km long?
C. 300 A. 58.98 kmph
D. 390 B. 52.99kmph
Ans. D C. 55.90 kmph
D. 50.99 kmph
Ans. B
61
D. 5 m/s
Q. The force applied on a body of mass 100 Ans. C
kg to produce an acceleration of 5 m / s², is
A. 20 N Q. A body of mass 200 kg is found to move
B. 100 N with a velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 100 N
C. 500 N acts on it for 90 seconds. Determine the
D. 400 N velocity of the body when the force acts in the
Ans. C direction of motion.
A. 50 m/s
Q. A lift moves downwards with an B. - 20 m/s
acceleration of 9.8 m / s² The pressure exerted C. 20 m/s
by a man on the floor of the lift is D. - 70 m/s
A. 5 N Ans. C
B. 0 N
C. 9.81 N Q. A wagon weighing 500 kN starts from
D. 4.09 N rest, runs 30 m down a 1% grade and strikes a
Ans. B bumper post. The rolling resistance of the track
is 5N / kN , find the velocity with which the
Q. A man with a capacity to apply a push wagon strikes the post
force of 265 N rolls a barrel of mass 90 kg into a A. 1.716 m/s
vehicle which is 1 m above the ground level. B. 2.716 m/s
What will be the work done by that man? C. 3.716 m/s
A. 875 N-m D. 4.716 m/s
B. 883 N-m Ans. A
C. 891 N-m
D. 899 N-m Q. A wagon weighing 500 kN starts from
Ans. B rest, runs 30 m down a 1% grade and strikes a
bumper post. The rolling resistance of the track
Q. A package weighing 90 N is projected up is 5N / kN . The bumper spring compresses 1
an incline with angle of 25° with initial velocity mm for every 5kN determine the total
of 7.4 m/s. Determine the maximum distance compression.
“x” , the package will move up that inclinAns. A. 25 mm
A. 4.5 m B. 50mm
B. 4.57 m C. 75mm
C. 5 m D. 100mm
D. 6.6m Ans. D
Ans. D
Q. A track is proceeding up along 3% grade
Q. A package weighing 90 N is projected up at constant speed of 60km/h. If the driver does
an incline with angle of 25° with initial velocity not change gears what will be the acceleration
of 7.4 m/s. Determine the velocity when the as track starts moving on a level stion of the
package returns the initial position. road.
A. 4.5 m/s A. 0.394 m/s2
B. 4.57 m/s B. 0.294 m/s2
C. 7.4 m/s C. 0.295 m/s2
62
D. 0.391 m/s2 Ans. A
Ans. B
Q. A hockey player hits a puck so that it
Q. A track is proceeding up along 4% grade comes to rest in 9 seconds after sliding 30
at constant speed of 72km/h. If the driver does meters horizontally on the icAns. Determine
not change gears what will be the acceleration the coefficient of friction between the pluk and
as track starts moving on a level stion of the icAns.
road. A. 0.055
A. 0.3924 m/s2 B. 0.3
B. 0.3 m/s2 C. 0.0755
C. 0.295 m/s2 D. 0.4
D. 0.391 m/s2 Ans. C
Ans. A
Q. A car is traveling up a long grade at a
Q. A body of mass `mìs projected up a 250 constant velocity. If the driver does not change
inclined plane with an initial velocity of the setting of the throttle or shift gears as the car
15m/s.If the coefficient of friction µk = 0.25. reaches the top of the grade, what will be the
Determine how far the body will move up the acceleration of the car as it starts moving down
plane the 2% grade followed immediately after the
A. 15 m 3%up grade?
B. 17.66 m A. 0.9815 m/s2
C. 1.766 m B. 0.4905 m/s2
D. 20 m C. 9.815 m/s2
Ans. B D. 0.1962 m/s2
Ans. D
Q. A body of mass `mìs projected up a 250
inclined plane with an initial velocity of Q. A force of unknown magnitude acts on a
15m/s.If the coefficient of friction µk =0.25. body of mass 150 kg and produces an
Determine the time required to reach the highest acceleration of 3m/s² in the direction of
point forcAns. Find the force
A. 2.355 s A. 450 N
B. 2 s B. 350 N
C. 2.5 s C. 500 N
D. 3 s D. 400 N
Ans. A Ans. A
Q. The 50 Kg crate is projected along the Q. A force of 100 N acts on abody having
floor with initial speed of 7m/s at x=0.The mass of 4 kg for 10 seconds. If the initial
coefficient of kinetic friction µk = 0.4 .Calculate velocity of the body is 5 m/s find acceleration
distance x traveled by the crate while it comes produced in the direction of the of forcAns.
to rest. A. 20 m / s²
A. 6.244 m B. 25m / s²
B. 3.122 m C. 50 m / s²
C. 4.666 m D. 12.5 m / s²
D. 4.222 m Ans. B
63
final velocity of the body when the force acts in
Q. A force of 100 N acts on abody having the opposite direction of motion.
mass of 4 kg for 10 seconds. If the initial A. 20 m/s
velocity of the body is 5 m/s find distance B. 80 m/s
moved by the body in 10 seconds. C. 60 m/s
A. 1100 m D. -40 m/s
B. 1200 m Ans. D
C. 1000m
D. 1300 m Q. A body of weight 200 N is initially
Ans. D stationary on a 45° inclined planAns.
Determine the acceleration of the body if µk =
Q. The weight of a body on earth is 980 N. If 0.1 between the body and the plane
the acceleration due to gravity on earth is 9.80 A. 6.242 m / s²
m/s², what will be weight of the body on moon B. 3.242 m / s²
where gravitational acceleration is 1.6 m/s² C. 4 m / s²
A. 980 N D. 9.81 m / s²
B. 490 N Ans. A
C. 160 N
D. 0 N Q. A body of weight 200 N is initially
Ans. C stationary on a 45° inclined planAns.
Determine thedistance travelled by the body on
Q. The weight of a body on earth is 980 N. If the inclined plane before it reaches a speed of 2
the acceleration due to gravity on earth is 9.80 m/s if µk = 0.1 between the body and the plane
m/s², what will be weight of the body on the sun A. 0.26 m
where gravitational acceleration is 270 m/s² B. 0.32 m
A. 27000 N C. 0.6 m
B. 980 N D. 0.45 m
C. 0 N Ans. B
D. 490 N
Ans. A Q. Two bodies of weight 50 N and 30 N are
connected to the two ends of a light inextensible
Q. A force of 200 N acts on a body having string. The string is passing over a smooth
mass of 300 kg for 90 seconds. If the initial pulley. Determine the acceteration of the system
velocity of the body is 20 m/s determine the A. 3m / s²
final velocity of the body when the force acts in B. 1.25 m / s²
the direction of motion. C. 6.242 m / s²
A. 60 m/s D. 0.25 m / s²
B. 20 m/s Ans. D
C. 80 m/s
D. none of the above Q. Two bodies of weight 50 N and 30 N are
Ans. C connected to the two ends of a light inextensible
string. The string is passing over a smooth
Q. A force of 200 N acts on a body having pulley. Determine the tension in the string
mass of 300 kg for 90 seconds. If the initial A. 37.5 N
velocity of the body is 20 m/s determine the B. 18.75 N
64
C. 9.81 N D. 8829 N
D. 25 N Ans. C
Ans. B
Q. An elevator of mass 900 kg when empty
Q. A train of mass 20000 kg is moving at 10 is lifted or lowered vertically by means of a wire
kmph and after 20 seconds it is moving at 50 ropAns. A man of mass 72.5 kg is standing
kmph. What is the average force acting upon it in it. The tension in the rope when the lift is
during this time in the direction of motion moving down with an uniform velocityof 3m / s
A. 1.11 kN is
B. 1111 N A. 9810 N
C. 11.11 kN B. 9540 N
D. none of the above C. 8829 N
Ans. C D. 12458 N
Ans. B
Q. An electric train travelling at 36 knph is
pulled up gradually, the retardation being 0.5 m Q. A body of mass 200 kg is found to move
/ s². If the retarding force is 600 kN what is the with a velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 100 N
mass of train acts on it for 90 seconds. Determine the
A. 1200000 kg velocity of the body when the force acts in the
B. 120000 kg opposite direction of motion.
C. 9810000 kg A. -20 m/s
D. none of the above B. 20 m/s
Ans. A C. 70 m/s
D. -70 m/s
Q. Two bodies of mass 80 kg and 20 kg are Ans. A
connected by a thread and move along a rough
horizontal surface under the action of a force Q. An automobile weighing 20 kN is driven
400 N applied to the first body of mass 80 kg. down a 5° inclination at a speed of 60 kmph
The coefficient of friction between sliding when the brakes are applied causing a constant
surfaces is 0.3. Determine acceleration of the total braking force of 7.5 kN. The distance
two bodies. travelled by the automobile as it comes to rest is
A. 1.057 m / s² A. 4.918 m
B. -2.057 m / s² B. 49.18 m
C. 2.057 m / s² C. 98.36 m
Ans. A Ans. B
Q. An elevator of mass 900 kg when empty Q. A car moving on a straight level road
is lifted or lowered vertically by means of a wire skidded for a total distance of 76.8 m after the
ropAns. A man of mass 72.5 kg is standing brakes were applied. Determine the speed of the
in it. The tension in the rope when the lift is car just before the brakes were applied if
moving up with an acceleration of 3m / s² is coefficient of friction between the road and the
A. 9810 N tyre is 0.35
B. 711.225 N A. 22.97 m/s
C. 12458 N B. 2.297 m/s
65
C. 20 m/s
D. none of the above Q. In SI system unit of force is
Ans. A A. Newton
B. Dyne
Q. What maximum speed a jeep can attain C. Pound
over a distance of 100 m starting from rest, if D. kg-force
the coefficient of friction between the road and Ans. A
the tyres is 0.65 and the jeep is a four wheel
drive Q. A 50 kg box is pushed to slide along a
A. 23.67 m/s2 horizontal floor with an initial speed of 4 m/s. If
B. 39.67 m/s2 µk = 0.3, find the time required for the box to
C. 35.69 m/s2 come to rest
D. 29.86 m/s2 A. 1 s
Ans. C B. 1.361 s
C. 2 s
Q. What maximum speed a jeep can attain D. 3 s
over a distance of 100 m starting from rest, if Ans. B
the coefficient of friction between the road and
the tyres is 0.65 and the jeep is a front wheel Q. A 50 kg box is pushed to slide along a
drive with 70% of total weight being transferred horizontal floor with an initial speed of 4 m/s. If
to front wheels µk = 0.3, find the distance travelled by the box
A. 29.86 m/s2 before coming to rest
B. 35.69 m/s2 A. 1.36 m
C. 19.55 m/s2 B. 2 m
D. 23.67 m/s2 C. 2.72 m
Ans. A D. none of the above
Ans. C
Q. What maximum speed a jeep can attain
over a distance of 100 m starting from rest, if
UNIT 3A
the tyres is 0.65 and the jeep is a rear wheel
drive with 30% of total weight being transferred
Q. An elevator has a downward acceleration
to front wheels
A. 29.86 m/s2
of mass 60 kg travelling in the lift.
B. 35.69 m/s2
A. 490.6N
C. 23.67 m/s2
B. 492.6N
D. 19.55 m/s2
C. 494.6N
Ans. D
D. 498.6N
Ans. D
Q. 1 Newton force is equal to
A. 1 kg m/s2
Q. An elevator has an upward acceleration of
B. 1 dyne gm/cm2
1.5 m/ s2. Find pressure transmitted by a man of
C. 1 lb /in2
mass 60 kg travelling in the lift.
D. 1 tonne m/s2
A. 672.6 N
Ans. A
B. 675.6 N
66
C. 678.6 N Q. A block of mass m is moving up a plane
D. 681.6 N making an angle θ with horizontal. The
Ans. C acceleration of the block is 'a' If there is no
Q. Determine the force necessary to produce the pulling force required in the direction of
an acceleration of 4 m/ s2 in a mass of 250 kg. motion is
A. 900N A. zero
B. 1000N B. (mgcos θ + ma)
C. 1200N C. (mgsin θ + ma)
D. 1300N D. None of the abovAns.
Ans. B Ans. C
Q. A body of mass 160 kg is made to move Q. A block of mass m is moving down a

with a velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 80 N plane making an angle θ with horizontal. The
acts on it for 60 seconds. Determine the acceleration of the block is a. If there is no
acceleration of the body. friction between the block and the plane surface,
A. 0.25 m/ s2 the pulling force required in the direction of
B. 0.50 m/ s2 motion is
C. 0.75 m/ s2 A. (ma - mgsin θ)
D. 1.00 m/ s2 B. (mgcos θ + ma)
Ans. B C. (mgsin θ + ma)
Q. A body of mass 160 kg is made to move Ans. A
with a velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 80 N
acts on it for 60 seconds. Determine the Q. A block of mass m is moving up a plane
velocity attained at the end of 60 seconds if making an angle θ with horizontal. The
force acts in the direction of the motion. acceleration of the block is a. If the co-efficient
A. 50 m/s of friction between the block and the plane
B. 75 m/s surface is µ, the pulling force required in the
C. 100 m/s direction of motion is
D. 125 m/s A. Zero
Ans. A B. (µmgcos θ + ma)
C. (mgsin θ + ma + µmgcos θ)
Q. A body of mass 160 kg is made to move D. None of the abovAns.
with a velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 80 N Ans. C
acts on it for 60 seconds. Determine the
velocity attained at the end of 60 seconds if Q. A block of mass m is moving down a
force acts in the opposite direction of the plane making an angle θ with horizontal. The
motion. acceleration of the block is a. If the co-efficient
A. – 5 m/s of friction between the block and the plane
B. – 10 m/s surface is µ, the pulling force required in the
C. -15 m/s direction of motion is
D. none of the above A. (µmgsin θ - ma)
Ans. B B. (-mgsin θ + ma + µmgcos θ)
C. (mgsin θ + ma)
67
D. None of the abovAns. Q. A block of mass 2 kg is acted upon by a
Ans. B constant force inducing acceleration of 2.5 m/s2.
If the same force acts on an object having a
Q. A block of mass m is moving down a mass of 5 kg, the acceleration induced in m/s2 is
plane making an angle θ with horizontal under A. 6.25
the action of self weight. If there is no friction B. 1
between the block and the plane surface, the C. zero
acceleration of the block is a. D. None of the abovAns.
A. zero Ans. B
B. gcos θ
C. gsin θ Q. An object of mass 3 kg has a component
D. None of the abovAns. of 3 m/s2 in X direction and component of 4
Ans. C m/s2 in Y direction. The magnitude of total
force producing this acceleration in N
Q. A block of mass m is moving up a plane A. 15
making an angle θ with horizontal. The block is B. 5
pulled up with a force mgsin θ. If there is no C. 21
friction between the block and the plane surface, D. None of the abovAns.
The acceleration of the block is a. is Ans. A
A. zero
B. gcos θ Q. A truck starts from rest with an
C. gsin θ acceleration 'a'. A box of mass 30 kg is kept on
D. None of the abovAns. the truck. The co-efficient of friction between
Ans. A the box and the truck bed is µ is 0.1. The box
will slip on the truck bed if the acceleration in
Q. A block of mass 10 kg is pulled by a force m/s2 equals or exceeds
of 10 N in the direction making an angle of 60ْ A. g
with horizontal. The acceleration of the block in B. 0.1g
m/s2 is C. 3g
A. zero D. None of the abovAns.
B. 1 Ans. B
C. 0.5
D. None of the abovAns. Q. A man having a mass of 50 kg stands in
Ans. C an elevator. The reactive force acting on the
man’s feet by the elevator floor, if the elevator
Q. A horizontal force expressed as F(N) = accelerates upwards at 2 m/s2.
10 t2 – 4t + 6 where t is in s., acts on a block of A. 390.5 N
mass 2kg. The acceleration of the block in m/s2 B. 490.5 N
after 1 s. is C. 590.5 N
A. zero D. Non of the above
B. 6 Ans. C
C. 5
D. None of the abovAns. Q. A man having a mass of 50 kg stands in
Ans. B an elevator. The reactive force acting on the
68
man’s feet by the elevator floor, if the elevator Ans. B
accelerates downwards at 2 m/s2.
A. 390.5 N Q. A body of mass 400 kg starts from rest
B. 490.5 N and moves along a straight line under an
C. 590.5 N influencing force which varies as square of
D. Non of the above timAns. Force reaches to a value of 400 N in
Ans. A 15 s from start. Calculate the velocity at the end
of tenth s
Q. A man having a mass of 50 kg stands in A. 1.48
an elevator. The reactive force acting on the B. 2.48
man’s feet by the elevator floor, if the elevator C. 3.48
moves upwards at a constant velocity of 1 m/s. D. 4.48
A. Zero Ans. A
B. 490.5
C. 590.5 Q. A boy of mass 50 kg stands in a lift.
D. None of the above Determine the force exerted by the boy on the
Ans. B floor of the lift when the lift moves up with a
constant acceleration of 2 m/ s2
Q. A man having a mass of 50 kg stands in A. 500
an elevator. The reactive force acting on the B. 590
man’s feet by the elevator floor, if the elevator C. 100
moves downwards at a constant velocity of 1 D. 1090
m/s. Ans. B
A. 390.5 N
B. 490.5 N Q. A boy of mass 50 kg stands in a lift.
C. 590.5 N Determine the force exerted by the boy on the
D. None of the above floor of the lift when the lift moves down with a
Ans. B constant acceleration of 2 m/ s2
A. 200
Q. For a rectilinear motion of a particle of a B. 290
mass m with acceleration a, the radial C. 300
component of force inducing motion is equal to D. 390
A. Zero Ans. D
B. ma
C. ma/2 Q. A boy of mass 50 kg stands in a lift.
D. None of the above Determine the force exerted by the boy on the
Ans. A floor of the lift when the lift moves down with a
constant acceleration of 9.81 m/ s2
Q. For a rectilinear motion of a particle of a A. Zero
mass m with acceleration a, the tangential B. 290
component of force inducing motion is equal to C. 300
A. Zero D. 390
B. ma Ans. A
C. ma/2
69
Q. A man moves a crate by pushing Q. A lift moves downwards with an
horizontally against it until it slides on the floor. acceleration of 9.8 m / s² The pressure exerted
If µs= 0.5 and µk =0.4. With what acceleration by a man on the floor of the lift is
does the crate begin to move? Assume force A. 5 N
exerted by the man at impending motion is B. 0 N
maintained when sliding begins. C. 9.81 N
A. 0.25g D. 4.09 N
B. 0.2g Ans. B
C. 0.3g
D. 0.1g Q. A man with a capacity to apply a push
Ans. D force of 265 N rolls a barrel of mass 90 kg into a
vehicle which is 1 m above the ground level.
Q. A train with twenty coaches has a total What will be the work done by that man?
mass of 1200 tonnes. Its speed is 72 km/h when A. 875 N-m
it is at the bottom of one percent gradAns. If B. 883 N-m
the draw bar pull is 80 kN and tractive C. 891 N-m
resistance is 30 N per tones mass what is its D. 899 N-m
acceleration? Ans. B
A. - 0.0712 m/s2
B. - 0.0515 m/s2 Q. A package weighing 90 N is projected up
C. - 0.0613 m/s2 an incline with angle of 25° with initial velocity
D. - 0.0513 m/s2 of 7.4 m/s. Determine the maximum distance
Ans. C “x” , the package will move up that inclinAns.
A. 4.5 m
Q. A train with twenty coaches has a total B. 4.57 m
mass of 1200 tonnes. Its speed is 72 km/h when C. 5 m
it is at the bottom of one percent gradAns. If D. 6.6m
the draw bar pull is 80 kN and tractive Ans. D
resistance is 30 N per tones mass what is speed
of train at the end of grade 1.5 km long? Q. A package weighing 90 N is projected up
A. 58.98 kmph an incline with angle of 25° with initial velocity
B. 52.99kmph of 7.4 m/s. Determine the velocity when the
C. 55.90 kmph package returns the initial position.
D. 50.99 kmph A. 4.5 m/s
Ans. B B. 4.57 m/s
C. 7.4 m/s
Q. The force applied on a body of mass 100 D. 5 m/s
kg to produce an acceleration of 5 m / s², is Ans. C
A. 20 N
B. 100 N Q. A body of mass 200 kg is found to move
C. 500 N with a velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 100 N
D. 400 N acts on it for 90 seconds. Determine the
Ans. C velocity of the body when the force acts in the
direction of motion.
A. 50 m/s
70
B. - 20 m/s B. 0.3 m/s2
C. 20 m/s C. 0.295 m/s2
D. - 70 m/s D. 0.391 m/s2
Ans. C Ans. A
Q. A wagon weighing 500 kN starts from Q. A body of mass `mìs projected up a 250
rest, runs 30 m down a 1% grade and strikes a inclined plane with an initial velocity of
bumper post. The rolling resistance of the track 15m/s.If the coefficient of friction µk = 0.25.
is 5N / kN , find the velocity with which the Determine how far the body will move up the
wagon strikes the post plane
A. 1.716 m/s A. 15 m
B. 2.716 m/s B. 17.66 m
C. 3.716 m/s C. 1.766 m
D. 4.716 m/s D. 20 m
Ans. A Ans. B
Q. A wagon weighing 500 kN starts from Q. A body of mass `mìs projected up a 250
rest, runs 30 m down a 1% grade and strikes a inclined plane with an initial velocity of
bumper post. The rolling resistance of the track 15m/s.If the coefficient of friction µk =0.25.
is 5N / kN . The bumper spring compresses 1 Determine the time required to reach the highest
mm for every 5kN determine the total point
compression. A. 2.355 s
A. 25 mm B. 2 s
B. 50mm C. 2.5 s
C. 75mm D. 3 s
D. 100mm Ans. A
Ans. D
Q. The 50 Kg crate is projected along the
Q. A track is proceeding up along 3% grade floor with initial speed of 7m/s at x=0.The
at constant speed of 60km/h. If the driver does coefficient of kinetic friction µk = 0.4 .Calculate
not change gears what will be the acceleration distance x traveled by the crate while it comes
as track starts moving on a level stion of the to rest.
road. A. 6.244 m
A. 0.394 m/s2 B. 3.122 m
B. 0.294 m/s2 C. 4.666 m
C. 0.295 m/s2 D. 4.222 m
D. 0.391 m/s2 Ans. A
Ans. B
road. A. 0.055
A. 0.3924 m/s2 B. 0.3
71
C. 0.0755 Ans. D
D. 0.4
Ans. C Q. The weight of a body on earth is 980 N. If
the acceleration due to gravity on earth is 9.80
Q. A car is traveling up a long grade at a m/s², what will be weight of the body on moon
constant velocity. If the driver does not change where gravitational acceleration is 1.6 m/s²
the setting of the throttle or shift gears as the car A. 980 N
reaches the top of the grade, what will be the B. 490 N
acceleration of the car as it starts moving down C. 160 N
the 2% grade followed immediately after the D. 0 N
3%up grade? Ans. C
A. 0.9815 m/s2
B. 0.4905 m/s2 Q. The weight of a body on earth is 980 N. If
C. 9.815 m/s2 the acceleration due to gravity on earth is 9.80
D. 0.1962 m/s2 m/s², what will be weight of the body on the sun
Ans. D where gravitational acceleration is 270 m/s²
A. 27000 N
Q. A force of unknown magnitude acts on a B. 980 N
body of mass 150 kg and produces an C. 0 N
acceleration of 3m/s² in the direction of D. 490 N
forcAns. Find the force Ans. A
A. 450 N
B. 350 N Q. A force of 200 N acts on a body having
C. 500 N mass of 300 kg for 90 seconds. If the initial
D. 400 N velocity of the body is 20 m/s determine the
Ans. A final velocity of the body when the force acts in
the direction of motion.
Q. A force of 100 N acts on abody having A. 60 m/s
mass of 4 kg for 10 seconds. If the initial B. 20 m/s
velocity of the body is 5 m/s find acceleration C. 80 m/s
produced in the direction of the of forcAns. D. none of the above
A. 20 m / s² Ans. C
B. 25m / s²
C. 50 m / s² Q. A force of 200 N acts on a body having
D. 12.5 m / s² mass of 300 kg for 90 seconds. If the initial
Ans. B velocity of the body is 20 m/s determine the
A. 1100 m D. -40 m/s
B. 1200 m Ans. D
C. 1000m
D. 1300 m
72
Q. A body of weight 200 N is initially A. 1.11 kN
stationary on a 45° inclined planAns. B. 1111 N
Determine the acceleration of the body if µk = C. 11.11 kN
0.1 between the body and the plane D. none of the above
A. 6.242 m / s² Ans. C
B. 3.242 m / s²
C. 4 m / s² Q. An electric train travelling at 36 knph is
D. 9.81 m / s² pulled up gradually, the retardation being 0.5 m
Ans. A / s². If the retarding force is 600 kN what is the
mass of train
Q. A body of weight 200 N is initially A. 1200000 kg
stationary on a 45° inclined planAns. B. 120000 kg
Determine thedistance travelled by the body on C. 9810000 kg
the inclined plane before it reaches a speed of 2 D. none of the above
m/s if µk = 0.1 between the body and the plane Ans. A
A. 0.26 m
B. 0.32 m Q. Two bodies of mass 80 kg and 20 kg are
C. 0.6 m connected by a thread and move along a rough
D. 0.45 m horizontal surface under the action of a force
Ans. B 400 N applied to the first body of mass 80 kg.
The coefficient of friction between sliding
Q. Two bodies of weight 50 N and 30 N are surfaces is 0.3. Determine acceleration of the
connected to the two ends of a light inextensible two bodies.
string. The string is passing over a smooth A. 1.057 m / s²
pulley. Determine the acceteration of the system B. -2.057 m / s²
A. 3m / s² C. 2.057 m / s²
B. 1.25 m / s² D. none of the above
C. 6.242 m / s² Ans. A
D. 0.25 m / s²
Ans. D Q. An elevator of mass 900 kg when empty
is lifted or lowered vertically by means of a wire
Q. Two bodies of weight 50 N and 30 N are ropAns. A man of mass 72.5 kg is standing
connected to the two ends of a light inextensible in it. The tension in the rope when the lift is
string. The string is passing over a smooth moving up with an acceleration of 3m / s² is
pulley. Determine the tension in the string A. 9810 N
A. 37.5 N B. 711.225 N
B. 18.75 N C. 12458 N
C. 9.81 N D. 8829 N
D. 25 N Ans. C
Ans. B
during this time in the direction of motion
73
moving down with an uniform velocityof 3m / s the tyres is 0.65 and the jeep is a four wheel
is drive
A. 9810 N A. 23.67 m/s2
B. 9540 N B. 39.67 m/s2
C. 8829 N C. 35.69 m/s2
D. 12458 N D. 29.86 m/s2
Ans. B Ans. C
Q. A body of mass 200 kg is found to move Q. What maximum speed a jeep can attain
with a velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 100 N over a distance of 100 m starting from rest, if
acts on it for 90 seconds. Determine the the coefficient of friction between the road and
velocity of the body when the force acts in the the tyres is 0.65 and the jeep is a front wheel
opposite direction of motion. drive with 70% of total weight being transferred
A. -20 m/s to front wheels
B. 20 m/s A. 29.86 m/s2
C. 70 m/s B. 35.69 m/s2
D. -70 m/s C. 19.55 m/s2
Ans. A D. 23.67 m/s2
Ans. A
Q. An automobile weighing 20 kN is driven
down a 5° inclination at a speed of 60 kmph Q. What maximum speed a jeep can attain
when the brakes are applied causing a constant over a distance of 100 m starting from rest, if
total braking force of 7.5 kN. The distance the coefficient of friction between the road and
travelled by the automobile as it comes to rest is the tyres is 0.65 and the jeep is a rear wheel
A. 4.918 m drive with 30% of total weight being transferred
B. 49.18 m to front wheels
C. 98.36 m A. 29.86 m/s2
D. none of the above B. 35.69 m/s2
Ans. B C. 23.67 m/s2
D. 19.55 m/s2
Q. A car moving on a straight level road Ans. D
skidded for a total distance of 76.8 m after the
brakes were applied. Determine the speed of the Q. 1 Newton force is equal to
car just before the brakes were applied if A. 1 kg m/s2
coefficient of friction between the road and the B. 1 dyne gm/cm2
tyre is 0.35 C. 1 lb /in2
A. 22.97 m/s D. 1 tonne m/s2
B. 2.297 m/s Ans. A
C. 20 m/s
Ans. A A. Newton
B. Dyne
74
B. Negative
Q. A 50 kg box is pushed to slide along a C. Zero
horizontal floor with an initial speed of 4 m/s. If D. None of these
µk = 0.3, find the time required for the box to ANS. c
come to rest
A. 1 s Q In merry go round, the chairs are
supported by cables, If the merry go round
B. 1.361 s
rotating with constant angular velocity ω and
C. 2 s
radius of curvature is ρ , then the velocity is
D. 3 s given by.
Ans. B A. ρω
B. 2ρω
Q. A 50 kg box is pushed to slide along a C. ρω/2
horizontal floor with an initial speed of 4 m/s. If D. None of these
µk = 0.3, find the distance travelled by the box ANS. a
before coming to rest
A. 1.36 m Q2 A motorcyclist in a circus rides his
B. 2 m motorcycle within the confines of the hollow
C. 2.72 m spherAns. If the coefficient of static friction
D. none of the above is 0.4, determine the minimum speed at which
he must travel if he is to ride along the wall
Ans. C
when θ = 90 degreAns. The mass of motor
cycle with rider is 250 kg.
A. 12.13 m/s
B. 24.26 m/s
C. 6.06 m/s
UNIT 3B D. None of these
ANS. a
Q The equation of motion, in kinetics of
curvilinear motion of particle are Q2 A motorcyclist in a circus rides his
A. ΣFn = man motorcycle within the confines of the hollow
B. ΣFt = mat spherAns. If the coefficient of static friction
C. ΣFb = 0 is 0.4, determine the frictional force at which he
D. All of these must travel if he is to ride along the wall when θ
ANS. d = 90 degreAns. The mass of motor cycle
with rider is 250 kg.
Q The equation of motion, in kinetics of A. 2452.5 N
curvilinear motion of particle are B. 981 N
A. ΣFn = man C. 6131.25 N
B. ΣFt = mat D. None of these
C. ΣFz = 0 ANS. a
D. All of these
ANS. d
Q A motorcyclist in a circus rides his
Q In merry go round, the chairs are motorcycle within the confines of the hollow
supported by cables, If the merry go round spherAns. If the coefficient of static friction
rotating with constant angular velocity, the is 0.4, determine the Normal reaction at which
tangential component of acceleration is. he must travel if he is to ride along the wall
A. Positive
75
when θ = 90 degreAns. The mass of motor ANS. b
cycle with rider is 250 kg.
A. 2452.5 N Q A boy weighing 350 N runs up a flight of
B. 981 N 30 steps each 200 mm height . The work done is
C. 6131.25 N A. 2100 J
D. None of these B. 17500 J
ANS. c C. 7000 J
Q If the pendulum is released from rest in its ANS. a
unstable vertical equilibrium position, determine
the nature of force in the rod at which the axial Q A man raises a box of 50 kg mass to a
force in the rod changes from compression to height 2 m in 2 minutes, while another man
tension. raises the same box to the same height in 5
A. Compressive minutes , the ratio of the work done is
B. Tensile A. one as to two
C. Null B. one as to one
D. None of these C. two as to one
ANS. c D. None of the above
ANS. b
Q A machine raises a load of 750 N through

UNIT 4A a height of 16 m in 5 s, the work done by
machine is
Q In which of the following case, is work A. 12000 J
being done? B. 24000 J
A. A man pressing a wall C. 3750 J
B. A coolie standing with a load of N on his D. None of the above
head ANS. a
C. A boy climbing up a stair case
D. None of the above Q //A man exerts a force of 200 N in pulling a
ANS. c cart of a constant speed of 16 m/s, the power
spent by man is
Q The work done by a force on a body will A. 216 W
be positive if the B. 3200 W
A. Body does not move C. 184 W
B. Body moves perpendicular to the direction D. None of the above
of applied force ANS. b
C. Body moves along the direction of the
applied force Q2 A boy of mass 40 kg runs upstairs and
D. Body moves opposite to the direction of reaches 8 m high first floor in 5 s. The work
applied force done by him against gravity is ( take g = 10
ANS. c m/s2)
A. 400 Nm
Q One Joule work is said to be done when B. 320 Nm
A. A force of 1 N displaces a body by 1 cm C. 3200 Nm
B. A force of 1 N displaces a body by 1 m D. None of the above
C. A force of 1 dyne displaces a body by 1 ANS. c
cm
D. A force of 1 dyne displaces a body by 1 m
76
Q2 It takes 20 s for 'A' to climb up a stair while B. 5 m/s
'B' does the same in 15 s. Comparison of power C. 12.5 m/s
develop by A and B is D. 45000 m/s
A. 1:1 ANS. b
B. 1:2
C. 3:4 Q A mass of a moving cart is doubled
D. 4:3 keeping the velocity same, the kinetic energy
ANS. c A. Remains same
B. Gets doubled
Q A spring is kept compressed by a toy cart C. Gets Trippled
of mass 1 kg. On releasing a cart, it moves with D. Will become half
a speed of 2 m/s.The Potential Energy of the ANS. b
spring is
A. 4 Nm. Q A truck weighing 5 x 103 kg and a cart
B. 2 Nm weighing 50 kg are moving with same speed.
C. 1 Nm The comparison of kinetic energy of truck with
D. 0.5 Nm cart.
ANS. b A. 1:1
B. 1:10
Q2 car A is running at at a speed of 15 kmph C. 10:1
while another similar car B is moving at a speed D. 1:2
of 30 kmph.The ratio of kinetic energies of car ANS. c
A & B is
A. 1 :2 Q2 The body of mass 2 kg having momentum
B. 2:1 20 kg m/s . The kinetic energy of the body is
C. 1:4 A. 10 Nm
D. 4:1 B. 40 Nm
ANS. c C. 80 Nm
D. 100 Nm
Q2 A body of mass 5 kg is taken from a height ANS. d
5 m to 10 m, the increase in its potentional
energy is (Take g = 10 m/s2) Q To keep the kinetic energy of the body
A. 250 Nm same , if its mass is increased four times, the
B. 75 Nm velocity will get
C. 25 Nm A. Doubled
D. 50 Nm B. Trippled
ANS. a C. Halved or half
D. Remain Same
Q The kinetic energy of a body of mass 2 kg ANS. c
moving with a speed of 10 m/s is
A. 20 Nm Q. A machine raises a load of 100 N through
B. 10 Nm a height of 8 m in 5 s, the power at which the
C. 100 Nm machine works is
D. 40 Nm A. 800 W
ANS. c B. 500 W
C. 4000 W
Q2 A man of 60 kg mass runs so that his kinetic D. None of the above
energy is 750 Nm . The velocity of man is ANS. d
A. 25 m/s
77
Q. A ball tied to a string is being whirled B. 30-60 kmph
around a circlAns. What can you say about C. Both the same
the work done by tension? D. None of the Above
A. Tension does no work at all ANS. b
B. Tension does negative work
C. Tension does positive work Q. How does the work required to stretch a
D. None of the Above spring by 20 mm compare with work required
ANS. a to stretch it by 10 mm?
A. Same amount of the work
Q A box is being pulled up a rough incline B. Twice the work
plane by a rope connected to a pulley. How C. Four time the work
many forces are doing work on the box? D. Eight time the work
A. One force ANS. c
B. Two forces
C. Three forces Q Mike performed 5 J of work in 10
D. Four forces seconds, Joy performed 3 J of work in 5 s, who
ANS. c produced more power?
A. Mike
Q2 By what factor does the Kinetic Energy of B. Joy
a car change when its speed is trippled? C. Both produced the same amount of power
A. No change at all D. Zero power
B. Factor of 3 ANS. b
C. Factor of 6
D. Factor of 9 Q. At what point the potential energy of a
ANS. d body is taken to be Zero ?
A. At 1m above earth surface
Q. Car 1 has double the mass of car 2, but B. At 5m above earth surface
their kinetic energies are samAns. What is C. On the earth surface
the relation between their speed? D. None of the above
A. 2V1=V2 ANS. c
B. √2 V1=V2
C. 4V1 = V2 Q. If 20 joules of work is done in
D. V1=V2 compressing spring from 0 to 60 mm, then how
ANS. b much work is done in compressing the same
from 30 mm to 60 mm?
Q A box is being pulled across a rough floor A. 5 J
at a constant speed, What can you say about the B. 7 J
work done by friction? C. 15 J
A. Friction does no work at all D. 13 J
B. Friction does negative work ANS. a
C. Friction does positive work
D. None of the Above Q A particle of mass 20 gm is thrown
ANS. b vertically upwards with a speed of 10 m/s. Find
the work done by the force of gravity during the
Q. A car starts from rest and accelerates to time the particle goes up.
30 kmph. Later, it gets on a highway and A. - 2. 0 J
accelerates to 60 kmph.Which part of journey B. -10.0 J
takes more energy? C. – 1.0 J
A. 0-30 kmph D. - 1.5 J
78
ANS. c
Q. A block of mass 2 kg moving at a speed
Q An elevator weighing 500 kg is to be lifted of 10 m/s accelerates at 3 m/s2 for 5 s. Compute
up at a constant velocity of 0.20 m/s. What its final kinetic energy.
would be the minimum horse power of the A. 625 J
motor to be used? B. 525 J
A. 1000 W C. 300 J
B. 1200 W D. 400 J
C. 980 W ANS. a
D. 880 W
ANS. c Q2 A box is pushed through 4 m across a floor
offering 100 N resistancAns. How much
Q2 A force F = (10 + 0.5x) acts on a particle in work is done by a resisting force?
the x direction where F is in N and x in meter. A. 400 J
Find the work done by this force during a B. 300 J
displacement from x = 0 to x = 2.0 m. C. 425 J
A. 21 J D. 390 J
B. 31 J ANS. a
C. 19 J
D. 20 J Q2 A block of mass 5 kg slides down an
ANS. a inclined plane of inclination 300 and length 10
m. Find the work done by the gravity forcAns.
Q A body dropped from a height h reaches A. 235 J
the ground with a speed of 1.2 √gh. Calculate B. 255 J
the work done by air friction. C. 225 J
A. – 0. 38 mgh D. 245 J
B. – 0. 28 mgh ANS. d
C. – 0. 48 mgh
D. – 0. 58 mgh Q. A spring is stretched by 50 mm by
ANS. b applying a forcAns. Find the work done, if
the force required for stretching 1mm of the
Q Two springs A and B (kA = 2kB) are spring is 10 N.
stretched by applying the forces of equal A. 11.5 J
magnitudes at ends. If the energy stored in A is B. 13.0 J
E, then the energy stored in B is C. 12.5 J
A. E/2 D. 14.5 J
B. 2E ANS. c
C. E
D. E/4 Q Calculate the work done in pulling up a
ANS. a block of wood weighing 2 kN for a length of 10
m on a smooth plane inclined at an angle of 300
Q The mass of cyclist together with bike is with the horizontal.
90 kg. Calculate the increase in kinetic energy if A. 10 kNm
speed increases from 6 kmph to 12 kmph. B. 12 kNm
A. 300 J C. 9 kNm
B. 375 J D. 13 kNm
C. 400 J ANS. a
D. 575 J
ANS. b
79
Q What power is needed to fill an overhead D. Vo =2δo ( K / m)1/2
tank of capacity 60000 lit in two hours, if the ANS. a
water is to be lifted through a height of 30m?
A. 4250 W Q2 A spring having spring constant 600 N/m is
B. 2450 W stretched from its original unstretched length
C. 2540 W through 100 mm. The work done is
D. 5420 W A. 60 Nm
ANS. b B. 3Nm
C. 30 Nm
Q2 What work will be done in lifting a tin of D. None of above
paint weighing 5 N from the ground floor to the ANS. b
second floor of a building? The height from the
ground floor to second floor is 8 m. Q2 A vehicle of 1200 kg mass moving with a
A. 20 N velocity of 20 m/s has a kinetic energy of
B. 60 N A. 120 kJ
C. 40 N B. 240 kJ
D. 80 N C. 360 kJ
ANS. c D. 480 kJ
ANS. b
Q. Five men pushed a bus, which had a
breakdown. The mass of the bus is 7 tonnes and Q A block of mass ‘m’ starts moving with an
the frictional resistance is 0.25 kN / tonnAns. initial velocity u on a horizontal planAns.
Determine the work done by the men in pushing Find the coefficient of friction μ if the block
the bus at a constant speed over a distance of 15 stops after covering a distance ‘s’.
m. A. μ = u2 / gs
A. 26.25 kJ B. μ = 2u2 / 2gs
B. 36.25 kJ C. μ = u2 / gs
C. 30.00 kJ D. μ = u2 / 2gs
D. 16.45 kJ ANS. d
ANS. a
Q A car of mass 2000 kg is moving with a
Q. A man having a mass of 80 kg runs up a constant speed of 60 kmph, when the breaks are
flight of stairs in 5 s. Determine the horse applied, causing a breaking force of 6 kN.
power required by the man, if the flight of the Determine the distance travelled by the car
stair is 3.5 m high. before it comes to rest.
A. 548 W A. x = 43.3 m
B. 458 W B. x = 46.3 m
C. 845 W C. x = 64.3 m
D. 584 W D. x = 44.3 m
ANS. a ANS. b
Q2 For throwing a ball of mass m , a spring gun Q2 A bullet moving with a velocity of 165 m/s
is used. If the vertical spring of constant K is penetrates through a plank. The bullet has a
initially compressed by an amount δo, find the velocity of 143 m/s, the moment it comes out of
velocity Vo with which the ball will leave the the plank. The number of planks through which
gun. it can penetrate before it comes to rest are
A. Vo = δo( K / m)1/2 A. 4
B. Vo = δo( 2K / m)1/2 B. 3
C. Vo = δo( K / 2m)1/2 C. 2
80
D. None of these ANS. c
ANS. c
Q A 5 kg body is dropped from a height of
Q. A long spring is stretched by 20 mm; its 50 m, find the K.ANS. of the body after 2 s
potential energy is U. If the spring is stretched A. 5 x (19.62)2 J
by 100 mm, the potential energy stored in it will B. 2.5 x (19.62)2 J
be C. 2.5 x (9.81)2 J
A. U / 25 D. 10 x (9.81)2 J
B. U / 5 ANS. b
C. 5U
D. 25 U Q A 5 kg body is dropped from a height of
ANS. d 50 m, find the K.ANS. of the body after 1 s
A. 5 x (19.62)2 J
Q What is unit of work? B. 2.5 x (19.62)2 J
A. Joules C. 2.5 x (9.81)2 J
B. W D. 10 x (9.81)2 J
C. N/m ANS. c
D. Joules/meter
Ans. a Q A 10 kg body is dropped from a height of
25 m, find the K.ANS. of the body after 1 s
Q 1 Joule is equal to A. 5 x (19.62)2 J
A. 1 N-m B. 10 x (19.62)2 J
B. 1 N-cm C. 5 x (9.81)2 J
C. 1 N/m D. 10 x (9.81)2 J
D. 1 N/cm ANS. c
ANS. a
Q2 A 5 kg body is dropped from a height of 25
Q Which of the following statements is m, find the K.ANS. of the body after 2 s
correct? A. 5 x (19.62)2 J
A. K.ANS. is by virtue of position B. 2.5 x (19.62)2 J
B. P.ANS. is by virtue of position C. 2.5 x (9.81)2 J
C. K.ANS. can be negative D. 10 x (9.81)2 J
D. P.ANS. can never be negative ANS. b
ANS. b
Q A 10 kg body is dropped from a height of 50 m, find the K.ANS. of the body after 1 s
50 m, find the K.ANS. of the body after 2 s A. 20 x (9.81)2 J
A. 5 x (19.62)2 J B. 20 x (19.62)2 J
B. 10 x (19.62)2 J C. 10 x (9.81)2 J
C. 5 x (9.81)2 J D. 10 x (19.62)2 J
D. 10 x (9.81)2 J ANS. c
ANS. a
Q A 10 kg body is dropped from a height of 50 m, find the K.ANS. of the body after 2 s
50 m, find the K.ANS. of the body after 1 s A. 20 x (9.81)2 J
A. 5 x (19.62)2 J B. 20 x (19.62)2 J
B. 10 x (19.62)2 J C. 10 x (9.81)2 J
C. 5 x (9.81)2 J D. 10 x (19.62)2 J
D. 10 x (9.81)2 J ANS. d
81
D. 10 x (0.38)2 J
Q A 20 kg body is dropped from a height of ANS. d
25 m, find the K.ANS. of the body after 2 s
A. 20 x (9.81)2 J Q2 A 20 kg body is thrown upward with a
B. 20 x (19.62)2 J velocity of 20 m/s. Find the K.ANS. of the
C. 10 x (9.81)2 J body after 1 s
D. 10 x (19.62)2 J A. 5 x 10.19 J
ANS. d B. 10 x 10.19 J
C. 10 x (10.19)2 J
Q A 10 kg body is dropped from a height of D. 20 x (10.19)2 J
50 m, find the P.ANS. of the body after 1s ANS. c
A. 10 x 9.81 x 45.095 J
B. 5 x 9.81 x 45.095 J Q2 A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a
C. 0.5 x 9.81 x 45.095 J velocity of 50 m/s. Find the K.ANS. of the
D. 0.5 x 5 x 9.81 x 45.095 J body after 2 s
ANS. a A. 10 x 30.38 J
B. 15 x 30.38 J
Q2 A 10 kg body is dropped from a height of C. 5 x (30.38)2 J
50 m, find the P.ANS. of the body after 2 s D. 0 J
A. 5 x 9.81 x 30.38 J ANS. c
B. 9.81 x 30.38 J
C. 2 x 9.81 x 30.38 J Q2 A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a
D. 10 x 9.81 x 30.38 J velocity of 50 m/s. Find the K.ANS. of the
ANS. d body after 1 s
A. 10 x (40.19) J
Q A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a B. 10 x (40.19)2 J
velocity of 20 m/s. Find the K.ANS. of the C. 5 x (40.19) J
body after 2 s D. 5 x (40.19)2 J
A. 10 x (0.38) J ANS. d
B. 10 x (0.38)2 J
C. 5 x (0.38)2 J Q2 A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a
D. 5 x (0.38) J velocity of 50 m/s. Find the K.ANS. of the
ANS. c body after 3 s
A. 10 x 20.57 J
Q A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a B. 10 x (20.57)2 J
velocity of 20 m/s. Find the K.ANS. of the C. 50 x (20.57)2 J
body after 1s D. 5 x (20.57)2 J
A. 5 x 10.19 J ANS. d
B. 10 x 10.19 J
C. 5 x (10.19)2 J Q2 A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a
D. 10 x (10.19)2 J velocity of 50 m/s. Find the K.ANS. of the
ANS. c body after 4 s
A. 50 x (10.76) J
Q2 A 20 kg body is thrown upward with a B. 10 x (10.76)2 J
velocity of 20 m/s. Find the K.ANS. of the C. 5 x (10.76) J
body after 2 s. D. 5 x (10.76) 2 J
A. 20 x (0.38) J ANS. d
B. 20 x (0.38)2 J
C. 10 x (0.38) J
82
Q2 A 100 N force is acting at an angle of 60° ANS. d
on a body which is rest on the horizontal
planAns. Find the work done by the force Q A 2 kg body is moving with constant
when the body undergoes a horizontal distance acceleration of 4 m/s2 starting from rest. What
of 1 m. is work done by the force acting on the body in
A. 100 J 4 s.? (Assume no friction)
B. 50 J A. (80 N x 16 m) N-m
C. 0J B. (20 N x 8 m) N-m
D. None of the Above C. (8 N x 32 m) N-m
ANS. b D. (40 N x 8m) N-m
ANS. c
Q2 A 100 N force is acting at an angle of 60°
on a body which is rest on the horizontal Q2 A 10 kg body is moving with constant
planAns. Find the work done by the force acceleration of 1 m/s2 starting from rest. What
when the body undergoes a horizontal distance is Kinetic Energy of the body after 5 s.?
of 2 m. A. 12.5 J
A. 200 J B. 1250 J
B. 20 J C. 1.25 J
C. 100 J D. 125 J
D. 0 J ANS. d
ANS. c
Q A 10 kg body is moving with constant
Q A 100 N force is acting at an angle of 60° acceleration of 2 m/s2 starting from rest. What
on a body which is rest on the horizontal is Kinetic Energy of the body after 5 s.?
planAns. Find the work done by the force A. 50J
when the body undergoes a horizontal distance B. 500J
of 3 m. C. 5J
A. 150 J D. 25J
B. 300 J ANS. b
C. 0J
D. 200 J Q A 5 kg body is moving with constant
ANS. a acceleration of 2 m/s2 starting from rest. What
is Kinetic Energy of the body after 5 s.?
Q Work done by a force is the product of ---- A. 25 J
- B. 2.5 J
A. Force & time C. 2500 J
B. Force & velocity D. 250 J
C. Force & acceleration ANS. d
D. Force & distance
ANS. d Q2 A 5 kg body is moving with constant
acceleration of 1 m/s2 starting from rest. What
Q A horizontal 50 N force is applied to a 10 is Kinetic Energy of the body after 2 s.?
kg body which makes the body to move A. 0.1 J
horizontally through 0.50 m, what is work done B. 1J
by weight of the body? C. 100 J
A. 2.5 J D. 10 J
B. 25 J ANS. d
C. 250J
D. 0 J
83
Q2 A 10 kg body is moving with constant Q A 1 kg body is dropped from a height of 5
acceleration of 2 m/s2 starting from rest. What m above the ground. What is total energy of the
is Kinetic Energy of the body after 2 s ? body at the instant when it is being dropped?
A. 8J A. 49.05 J
B. 80 J B. 100 J
C. 0.8 J C. 5 J
D. 800 J D. 500J
ANS. b ANS. a
Q A 5 kg body is moving with constant Q A 1 kg body is dropped from a height of 5

acceleration of 2 m/s2 starting from rest. What m above the ground. What is total energy of the
is Kinetic Energy of the body after 2 s ? body as it strikes the ground?
A. 0.4 J A. 0J
B. 4 J B. 2 J
C. 400 J C. 5 J
D. 40 J D. 49.05 J
ANS. d ANS. d
Q A 10 kg body is moving with constant Q2 A 5 kg body is moving down 45° incline

acceleration of 4 m/s2 starting from rest. What from rest for which μK = 0.2. Which of the
is work done by the force acting on the body in following principle is applicable for analysis?
4 s ? (Assume no friction) A. Principle of Energy conservation
A. (10 N x 80 m) N-m B. Principle of momentum conservation
B. (10 N x 8 m) N-m C. Work Energy principle
C. (10 N x 4 m) N-m D. Principle of virtual work.
D. (100 N x 32 m) N-m ANS. c
ANS. d
Q A spring is kept in the vertical position
Q Calculate the work done by the gravity with length 50 cm. If undeformed length of the
action on 70 kg student sliding down 300 spring is 40 cm & stiffness of the spring is 10
inclined plane who slides a slant distance of 10 N/cm, find the force in the spring.
m. A. 500 N (↑)
A. 3430 J B. 500 N ( ↓)
B. 4330 J C. 100 N (↑)
C. 4444 J D. 100 N ( ↓)
D. 3034 J ANS. c
ANS. a
Q A spring is kept in the vertical position
Q What is Work Energy Principle? with length 30 cm. If undeformed length of the
A. Change in P.ANS. is equal to work spring is 40 cm & stiffness of the spring is 10
done N/cm, find the force in the spring.
B. Change in Total Energy is equal to work A. 100 N (↑)
done B. 100 N ( ↓)
C. Change in K.ANS. is equal to work C. 300 N (↑)
done D. 300 N ( ↓)
D. Change in P.ANS. is equal to loss in ANS. b
K.ANS.
ANS. c Q A spring is kept in the vertical position
with length 60 cm. If undeformed length of the
84
spring is 40 cm & stiffness of the spring is 10 Q A spring is kept in the vertical position
N/cm, find the force in the spring. with length 20 cm. If undeformed length of the
A. 600 N (↑) spring is 40 cm & stiffness of the spring is 20
B. 400 N ( ↓) N/cm, find the force in the spring.
C. 200 N (↑) A. 400 N (↑)
D. 200 N ( ↓) B. 800 N ( ↓)
ANS. c C. 400 N (↓)
D. 800 N ( ↓)
Q2 A spring is kept in the vertical position with ANS. c
length 60 cm. If undeformed length of the
A. 400 N ( ↓) spring is 40 cm & stiffness of the spring is 20
C. 800 N ( ↓) A. 800 N (↑)
D. 400 N (↑) B. 200 N ( ↓)
ANS. d C. 600 N (↑)
D. 600 N ( ↓)
Q A spring is kept in the vertical position ANS. d
C. 600 N (↑) A. 300 N ( ↓)
D. 600 N ( ↓) B. 900 N ( ↓)
ANS. c C. 900 N (↑)
D. 1200 N (↑)
Q2 A spring is kept in the vertical position with ANS. b
length 20 cm. If undeformed length of the
spring is 40 cm & stiffness of the spring is 10 Q2 A spring is kept in the horizontal position
C. 400 N (↑) A. 500 N ( ↓)
D. 400 N ( ↓) B. 400 N (←)
ANS. b C. 100 N (←)
D. 200 N ( ↓)
Q A spring is kept in the vertical position ANS. c
spring is 40 cm & stiffness of the spring is 10 Q2 A spring is kept in the horizontal position
C. 300 N (↑) A. 300 N (←)
D. 300 N ( ↓) B. 400 N (→)
ANS. d C. 100 N(←)
D. 100 N (→)
ANS. d
85
ANS. a
Q2 A spring is kept in the horizontal position
with length 70 cm. If undeformed length of the Q2 A spring is kept in the horizontal position
spring is 40 cm & stiffness of the spring is 10 with length 50 cm. If undeformed length of the
N/cm, find the force in the spring. spring is 40 cm & stiffness of the spring is 20
A. 700 N(←) N/cm, find the force in the spring.
B. 300 N(→) A. 800 N (←)
C. 300 N(←) B. 1000 N (→)
D. 400 N(→) C. 100 N (→)
ANS. c D. 200 N (←)
ANS. d
with length 20 cm. If undeformed length of the Q2 A spring is kept in the horizontal position
spring is 40 cm & stiffness of the spring is 10 with length 30 cm. If undeformed length of the
N/cm, find the force in the spring. spring is 40 cm & stiffness of the spring is 20
A. 200 N(←) N/cm, find the force in the spring.
B. 400 N (→) A. 600 N (→)
C. 800 N(←) B. 200 N (→)
D. 200 N (→) C. 800 N (→)
ANS. d D. 0 N
ANS. b
with length 10 cm. If undeformed length of the Q A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is
spring is 40 cm & stiffness of the spring is 10 stretched to 40 cm. Determine the work done by
N/cm, find the force in the spring. the spring force if spring constant is 10 N/cm.
A. 400 N (←) A. 500 J
B. 100 N (→) B. 600 J
C. 300 N (←) C. -500 J
D. 300 N (→) D. -600J
ANS. d ANS. c
Q2 A spring is kept in the horizontal position Q A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is

with length 60 cm. If undeformed length of the stretched to 50 cm. Determine the work done by
spring is 40 cm & stiffness of the spring is 20 the spring force if spring constant is 10 N/cm.
N/cm, find the force in the spring. A. 2000 J
A. 1200 N (←) B. 200 J
B. 800 N (→) C. -200 J
C. 400 N (←) D. -2000J
D. 0 N ANS. d
ANS. c
Q A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is
Q2 A spring is kept in the horizontal position stretched to 50 cm. Determine the work done by
with length 10 cm. If undeformed length of the the spring force if spring constant is 20 N/cm.
spring is 40 cm & stiffness of the spring is 20 A. 4000 J
N/cm, find the force in the spring. B. -4000 J
A. 600 N (→) C. 100 J
B. 200 N (←) D. 50 J
C. 800 N (→) ANS. b
D. 0 N
86
Q A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is B. 125 J
stretched to 40 cm. Determine the work done by C. 0J
the spring force if spring constant is 20 N/cm. D. -125 J
A. 300 J ANS. d
B. 500 J
C. -1000 J Q. A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is
D. 1000 J stretched to 45 cm. Determine the work done by
ANS. c the spring force if spring constant is 10 N/cm.
A. 1125 J
Q2 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is B. -1125 J
stretched to 35 cm. Determine the work done by C. 500 J
the spring force if spring constant is 20 N/cm. D. 0 J
A. -250 J ANS. b
B. 250 J
C. 500 J Q2 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is
ANS. a the spring force if spring constant is 30 N/cm.
A. 500 J
stretched to 20 cm. Determine the work done by C. -1500 J
the spring force if spring constant is10 N/cm. D. 1000 J
A. 1000 J ANS. c
B. 500 J
C. -500 J Q A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is
A. 100 J
Q2 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is B. 50 J
A. -2000 J ANS. d
B. 50 J
C. -50 J Q2 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is
A. -375 J
A. 1125 J ANS. a
B. -1125 J
C. 500 J Q A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is
D. -500 J stretched to 45 cm. Determine the work done by
ANS. b the spring force if spring constant is 30 N/cm.
A. 40J
A. 500 J ANS. c
87
A. 100 J
A. 100 J ANS. c
B. 50 J
C. -6250 J Q. A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is
A. -1500 J
A. -1000 J ANS. a
B. 100 J
A. 100 J
A. 500 J ANS. d
B. -500 J
A. 500 J
A. 0J ANS. c
B. 100 J
A. -9375 J
Q2 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is B. 0J
A. 5J ANS. a
B. 10 J
D. -250 J stretched to 25 cm. Determine the work done by
ANS. d the spring force if spring constant is 30 N/cm.
A. 300 J
Q A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is B. -375 J
88
ANS. b D. 10 J
ANS. b
Q2 A spring of undeformed length 10 cm is
stretched from 20 cm to 30 cm. Determine the Q A spring of undeformed length 20 cm is
work done by spring force if spring constant is stretched from 25 cm to 30 cm. Determine the
10 N/cm. work done by spring force if spring constant is
A. 0J 10 N/cm.
B. -1500 J A. 0J
C. 100 J B. 100 J
D. 50 J C. -375 J
ANS. b D. 1000 J
ANS. c
work done by spring force if spring constant is stretched from 30 cm to 40 cm. Determine the
A. 0J 10 N/cm.
B. 500 J A. -100 J
C. -1000 J B. 200 J
D. 100 J C. -1500 J
ANS. c D. 50 J
ANS. c
work done by spring force if spring constant is stretched from 30 cm to 35cm. Determine the
A. -625 J 10 N/cm.
B. 0J A. -625 J
C. 100 J B. 625 J
D. 50 J C. 0J
ANS. a D. -1000J
ANS. a
work done by spring force if spring constant is stretched from 25 cm to 35cm. Determine the
A. 0J 10 N/cm.
B. 100 J A. 0J
C. 1000 J B. -225 J
D. -875 J C. -875 J
ANS. d D. -100 J
ANS. c
stretched from 15 cm to 30 cm. Determine the Q2 A spring of undeformed length 40 cm is
work done by spring force if spring constant is stretched from 10 cm to20cm. Determine the
A. 0J 10 N/cm.
B. -1875 J A. 2500 J
C. 50 J B. -2500 J
89
C. 500 J B. 0.5 J
D. 0 J C. 1J
ANS. a D. 5 J
ANS. b
stretched from 10 cm to30cm. Determine the Q A body of weight 10 N is moving down
work done by spring force if spring constant is 30° inclined planAns. Find the work done by
10 N/cm. the weight if the body moves through a distance
A. 0J of 0.2 m.
B. 50 J A. 0J
C. -50 J B. 0.5 J
D. 4000 J C. 1J
ANS. d D. 5 J
ANS. c
stretched from 20 cm to30cm. Determine the Q2 A body of weight 10 N is moving down 30°
work done by spring force if spring constant is inclined planAns. Find the work done by the
10 N/cm. weight if the body moves through a distance of
A. 0J 0.3 m.
B. 100 J A. 0J
C. 1500 J B. 1J
D. 2000 J C. 2J
ANS. c D. 1.5 J
ANS. d
stretched from 25 cm to30cm. Determine the Q A body of weight 10 N is moving down
A. 1000 J of 0.4 m.
B. 625 J A. 0J
C. 50 J B. 1J
D. 0 J C. 2J
ANS. b D. 1.5 J
ANS. c
stretched from 30 cm to 35cm. Determine the Q A body of weight 10 N is moving down
A. 375 J of 0.5 m.
B. 0J A. 0J
C. 50 J B. 2.5 J
D. -100 J C. 1J
ANS. a D. 2 J
ANS. b
Q A body of weight 10 N is moving down
30° inclined planAns. Find the work done by Q A body of weight 20 N is moving down
the weight if the body moves through a distance 30° inclined planAns. Find the work done by
of 0.1 m. the weight if the body moves through a distance
A. 0J of 0.1 m.
90
A. 1J the weight if the body moves through a distance
B. 0J of 0.1 m.
C. 2J A. 1.5 J
D. 3 J B. 0J
ANS. a C. 1J
D. 2 J
Q2 A body of weight 20 N is moving down a ANS. a
30 degree inclined planAns. Find the work
done by the weight if the body moves through a Q A body of weight 30 N is moving down
distance of 0.2 m. 30° inclined planAns. Find the work done by
B. 0J of 0.2 m.
C. 2J A. 2J
D. 5 J B. 3J
ANS. c C. 4J
D. 5 J
Q A body of weight 20 N is moving down ANS. b
30° inclined planAns. Find the work done by
the weight if the body moves through a distance Q2 A body of weight 30 N is moving down
of 0.3 m. 30° inclined planAns. Find the work done by
B. 2J of 0.3 m.
C. 4J A. 2J
D. 3 J B. 1J
ANS. d C. 0J
D. 4.5 J
Q2 A body of weight 20 N is moving down 30° ANS. d
inclined planAns. Find the work done by the
weight if the body moves through a distance of Q. A body of weight 30 N is moving down
0.4 m. 30° inclined planAns. Find the work done by
B. 2J of 0.5 m.
C. 4J A. 5J
D. 3 J B. 6J
ANS. c C. 7.5 J
D. 0 J
Q2 A body of weight 20 N is moving down 30° ANS. c
weight if the body moves through a distance of Q A body of weight 40 N is moving down
0.5 m. 30° inclined planAns. Find the work done by
B. 3J of 0.1 m.
C. 0J A. 0J
D. 5 J B. 2J
ANS. d C. 3J
D. 4 J
Q2 A body of weight 30 N is moving down ANS. b
91
Q2 A body of weight 40 N is moving down 30°
inclined planAns. Find the work done by the Q A body of weight 50 N is moving down
weight if the body moves through a distance of 30° inclined planAns. Find the work done by
0.2 m. the weight if the body moves through a distance
A. 0 J of 0.5 m.
B. 2J A. 5J
C. 3J B. 10 J
D. 4 J C. 15 J
ANS. d D. 12.5 J
ANS. d
30° inclined planAns. Find the work done by Q The Pendulum is oscillating on either side
the weight if the body moves through a distance of its rest position.The correct statement is
of 0.3 m. A. It has only Kinetic Energy
A. 6J B. It has the maximum K.ANS. at its
B. 8J extreme position
C. 10 J C. It has the maximum P.ANS. at its rest
D. 12 J position
ANS. a D. The sum of its kinetic & potential energies
remains constant throughout the motion.
Q2 A body of weight 50 N is moving down 30° ANS. d
weight if the body moves through a distance of Q. A lift is used to carry 8 persons through a
0.2 m. height of 30 m in two minutes. If the average
A. 5J mass of each person is 95 kg, determine the
B. 2.5 J power required.
C. 10 J A. 1375 W
D. 15 J B. 2174 W
ANS. a C. 1742 W
Q A body of weight 50 N is moving down ANS. d
the weight if the body moves through a distance Q2 A motor of 100 Hp moves with a uniform
of 0.3 m. speed of 72 km/hr. The forward thrust applied
A. 5J by the engine on the car is
B. 10 J A. 3730 N
C. 7.5 J B. 3550 N
D. 100 J C. 3839 N
ANS. c D. 3333 N
ANS. a
30° inclined planAns. Find the work done by Q A spring of stiffness 1000 N/m is stretched
the weight if the body moves through a distance by 10 cm from the un-deformed position. Find
of 0.4 m. the work of spring forcAns.
A. 5J A. – 10 Nm
B. 10 J B. – 5 Nm
C. 15 J C. – 15Nm
D. 20 J D. – 7Nm
ANS. b ANS. b
92
C. -0.15 m/s
UNIT 4B D. None of the above
ANS. a
Q. Impulse due to a force is the product of
A. Force & time Q A tennis ball bounces down a flight of
B. Force & velocity stairs striking each step in turn and rebounding
C. Force & acceleration to the height of the step abovAns. The
D. Force & distance coefficient of restitution is
ANS. a A. 1/2
B. 1/√2
Q. Rail road car A, of mass 25 Mg, moving C. 1/4
with a speed of 0.5 m/s collides with car B, of D. 1
mass 40 Mg which is at rest. After the impact, ANS. b
car A & B move towards right with a speed of
0.02 m/s and 0.3 m/s respectively. Find the Q A particle of mass m1 moves with speed v
coefficient of restitution between A and B. and collides with a stationary particle of mass
A. 0.56 m2. The first particle continues to move in
B. 0.65 same direction if m1 / m2 is (e = coefficient of
C. 0.55 restitution)
D. 0.66 A. = e
ANS. a B. >e
C. <e
Q A small rubber ball is released from a D. > e2
height of 800 mm on a horizontal floor after the ANS. b
first bounce it raises to a height of 480 mm,
compute the coefficient of restitution. Q. A glass marble drops from a height of 3
A. 0.4477 meters upon a horizontal floor. If the coefficient
B. 0.7746 of restitution be 0.9, find the height to which it
C. 0.4444 rises after the impact.
D. 0.5555 A. 2.00m
ANS. b B. 2.43m
C. 3.42m
Q. Ball 1 collides with an another identical D. 1.00m
ball 2 at rest. For what value of coefficient of ANS. b
restitution e, the velocity of second ball become
two times that of 1 after collision? Q. A ball is dropped from a height of 9
A. 1/3 meters upon a horizontal slab. If it rebounds to a
B. 1/2 height of 5.76 meters, the coefficient of
C. 1/4 restitution is:
D. 1/6 A. 0.6
ANS. a B. 0.4
C. 0.8
Q2 Two solid rubber balls, A and B having D. 0.9
masses 200 and 400 gm respectively are moving ANS. c
in opposite directions with velocity of A equal
to 0.3 m/s. After collision the two balls come to Q. A ball dropped from a height h1 = 1600
rest , then the velocity of B is mm is observed to rebound to a height h2 =
A. 0.15 m/s 1100 mm from a horizontal floor. Determine the
B. 1.5 m/s coefficient of restitution.
93
A. 0.60 ANS. c
B. 0.83
C. 0.93 Q. A body weighing 25 N is kept over a
D. 1.00 smooth inclined plane which makes 30° with the
ANS. b horizontal. What is the impulse due to weight of
the body during the time interval of 2 s?
Q A 25 N force is applied to a body for 2 s , A. 25 Ns
What is the impulse due to the applied force on B. 5 Ns
to the body? C. 0 Ns
A. 25 Ns D. 2 Ns
B. 50 Ns ANS. a
C. 2 Ns
D. 0 Ns Q2 A body weighing 25 N is kept over a
ANS. b smooth inclined plane which makes 30° with the
horizontal. What is the impulse due to weight of
Q. A 50 N force is applied to a body for 3 s , the body during the time interval of 4 s?
What is the impulse due to the applied force on A. 25 Ns
to the body? B. 5 Ns
A. 25 Ns C. 0 Ns
B. 50 Ns D. 50 Ns
C. 2 Ns ANS. d
D. 150 Ns
ANS. d Q A body weighing 25 N is kept over a
smooth inclined plane which makes 30° with the
Q A 100 N force is applied to a body for 4 s, horizontal. What is the impulse due to weight of
What is the impulse due to the applied force on the body during the time interval of 6 s ?
to the body? A. 25 Ns
A. 4 Ns B. 5 Ns
B. 100 Ns C. 0 Ns
C. 400 Ns D. 75 Ns
D. 150 Ns ANS. d
ANS. c
Q A body weighing 25 N is kept over a
Q A 100 N force is applied to a body for 3 s, smooth inclined plane which makes 30° with the
What is the impulse due to the applied force on horizontal. What is the impulse due to weight of
to the body? the body during the time interval of 8 s ?
A. 3 Ns A. 25 Ns
B. 300 Ns B. 5 Ns
C. 400 Ns C. 100 Ns
D. 150 Ns D. 75 Ns
ANS. b ANS. c
Q. A 200 N force is applied to a body for 3 s, Q2 A body weighing 25 N is kept over a

what is the impulse due to the applied force on smooth inclined plane which makes 30° with the
to the body? horizontal. What is the impulse due to weight of
A. 3 Ns the body during the time interval of 10 s ?
B. 300 Ns A. 25 Ns
C. 600 Ns B. 125 Ns
D. 150 Ns C. 100 Ns
94
D. 75 Ns C. 100 Ns
ANS. b D. 200 Ns
ANS. b
smooth inclined plane which makes 30° with the Q. A 50 N force is applied to a body, moving
horizontal. What is the impulse due to weight of over horizontal plane, at an angle of 60° with
the body during the time interval of 2 s ? the horizontal. Find out the impulse due to 50 N
A. 25 Ns force during a time interval of 2 s.
B. 50 Ns A. 100 Ns
C. 0 Ns B. 50 Ns
D. 2 Ns C. 75 Ns
ANS. b D. 0 Ns
ANS. b
Q2 A body weighing 50 N is kept over a
smooth inclined plane which makes 30° with the Q A 50 N force is applied to a body, moving
B. 50 Ns A. 100 Ns
C. 100 Ns B. 50 Ns
D. 2 Ns C. 75 Ns
ANS. c D. 0 Ns
ANS. c
Q2 A body weighing 50 N is kept over a
smooth inclined plane which makes 30° with the Q. A 50 N force is applied to a body, moving
B. 150 Ns A. 100 Ns
C. 100 Ns B. 50 Ns
D. 2 Ns C. 75 Ns
ANS. b D. 0 Ns
ANS. a
smooth inclined plane which makes 30° with the Q A 50 N force is applied to a body, moving
B. 50 Ns A. 100 Ns
C. 100 Ns B. 50 Ns
D. 200 Ns C. 125 Ns
ANS. d D. 0 Ns
ANS. c
smooth inclined plane which makes 30° with the Q A 100 N force is applied to a body,
horizontal. What is the impulse due to weight of moving over horizontal plane, at an angle of 60°
the body during the time interval of 10 s ? with the horizontal. Find out the impulse due to
A. 75 Ns 100 N force during a time interval of 2 s.
B. 250 Ns A. 100 Ns
95
B. 50 Ns A. 100 Ns
C. 125 Ns B. 250 Ns
D. 0 Ns C. 500 Ns
ANS. a D. 300 Ns
ANS. c
Q2 A 100 N force is applied to a body, moving
over horizontal plane, at an angle of 60° with Q2 What is the range for values of e?
the horizontal. Find out the impulse due to 100 A. 0 to 1
N force during a time interval of 3 s. B. 0 to 100
A. 100 Ns C. 10 to 100
B. 150 Ns D. 0 to 0.1
C. 125 Ns ANS. a
D. 0 Ns
ANS. b Q. If e = 1, it indicates:
A. The impact is plastic
Q2 A 100 N force is applied to a body, moving B. The impact is elastic
over horizontal plane, at an angle of 60° with C. The impact is neither elastic nor plastic
the horizontal. Find out the impulse due to 100 D. none of the above
N force during a time interval of 4 s. ANS. b
A. 100 Ns
B. 150 Ns Q If e = 0, it indicates:
C. 125 Ns A. The impact is plastic
D. 200 Ns B. The impact is elastic
ANS. d C. The impact is neither elastic nor plastic
Q A 100 N force is applied to a body, ANS. a
moving over horizontal plane, at an angle of 60°
with the horizontal. Find out the impulse due to Q. In case of Elastic impact:
100 N force during a time interval of 5 s. A. Momentum is only conserved
A. 100 Ns B. Energy is only conserved
B. 250 Ns C. Neither momentum nor Energy is conserved
C. 125 Ns D. Both momentum and energy is conserved.
D. 200 Ns ANS. b
ANS. b
Q2 Two bodies with same mass are moving
Q2 A 100 N force is applied to a body, moving with the velocities 20 m/s & 15 m/s
over horizontal plane, at an angle of 60° with respectively before impact and 12 m/s & 15 m/s
the horizontal. Find out the impulse due to 100 respectively after impact, determine the value of
N force during a time interval of 6 s. Ans.
A. 100 Ns A. 1
B. 250 Ns B. 0.5
C. 125 Ns C. 0.66
D. 300 Ns D. 0
ANS. d ANS. c
Q 100 N force is applied to a body, moving Q What is unit of Impulse?

over horizontal plane, at an angle of 60° with A. N-m
the horizontal. Find out the impulse due to 100 B. Joule
N force during a time interval of 10 s. C. N m/s
96
D. Ns
ANS. d Q Central impact of two bodies
A. Can only be direct impact
Q. Momentum is defined as the product of --- B. Must always be elastic impact
--- C. May either be direct or indirect
A. Mass & time D. None of the above
B. Mass & distance ANS. c
C. Mass & acceleration
D. Mass & velocity Q The coefficient of restitution is defined on
ANS. d the basis of -----
A. Velocity components along the line of
Q2 A Ball of mass 10 g falls from a height of impact only
5m. It rebounds from a ground to 4 m. The B. Velocity components normal to the line of
coefficient of restitution ‘e’ is impact
A. √4/5 C. Velocity vectors before and after collision
B. √5/4 D. None of the above
C. 4/5 ANS. a
D. 5/4
ANS. a Q. For a perfectly plastic central impact
A. The entire kinetic energy of the two
Q The momentum of a system of two bodies bodies must be lost
is conserved B. The two bodies must move stuck together,
A. if either body does not exerts a force on whether the impact is direct or indirect
the other C. The two bodies must move stuck together
B. Under all circumstances only if the impact is direct
C. When there is no external force acting on D. A body initial at rest, should stay at rest
body ANS. c
D. When external force act only on one body
ANS. c Q 50 gm glass marbles dropped from a
height of 10 m rebounds to height of 7 m
Q. If a body hits the ground from a height h1 calculate impulse?
and rebounds to a height h2 after having A. 2.185 Ns
inelastic collision with the ground then the B. 6.285 Ns
coefficient of restitution is C. 8.125 Ns
A. e = h2/h1 D. None of the Above
B. e = h1/h2 ANS. d
C. e =√h2/h1
D. e = √ h1/h2 Q. A sphere of mass ‘m’ moving with a
ANS. c speed of ‘u’ strikes a sphere of same mass at
rest. If after striking, the two spheres exchange
Q. A body hits the ground with 50 m/s their velocities then determine the coefficient of
velocity and has inelastic collision with the restitution.
ground then with what velocity it will rebound if A. 1
the coefficient of restitution is 0.2 B. 0
A. 1/250 m/s C. 1/2
B. 250 m/s D. None of these
C. 1/10 m/s ANS. a
D. 10 m/s
ANS. d
97
Q The impulse-momentum principle is D. Coefficient of restitution between the
applicable ground and ball is ½
A. If there is no external force acting on the ANS. d
body
B. When the momentum is conserved Q. A ball hits the floor and rebounds after an
C. Only when body hits another body inelastic collision. In this case:
D. Whenever Newton’s law is applicable A. The momentum of the ball just after the
ANS. d collision is the same as that just before the
collision.
Q When two bodies collide without the B. The mechanical energy of the ball remains
presence of any other forces or force fields, the same in the collision.
A. Their total momentum must be conserved C. The total momentum of the ball and the
B. Their total kinetic energy must be conserved earth is conserved.
C. The collision must be direct D. The total energy of the ball and the earth is
D. The collision must be central conserved.
ANS. a ANS. c
Q. If a body of mass 2 kg is at rest and is hit Q2 A body of mass 2 kg moving with a

by a mass of 4 kg moving with 3 m/s, the velocity of 3 m/s collides head –on with a body
fraction of the momentum retained by the of mass 1 kg moving with a velocity of 4 m/s.
moving body assuming the collision to be After collision the two bodies stick together and
elastic and head on is move with a common velocity which in the
A. 2 units m/s is equal to:
B. 3 A. 1/3
C. 1/2 B. 2/3
D. 1/3 C. 1/4
ANS. d D. 5/4
ANS. b
Q. If mass of moving body is much greater
than the mass of the body at rest then the Q. A body of mass ‘m’ collides against a
approximate velocity of the moving body after wall with the velocity ‘v’ and rebounds with the
head on collision is same speed. Its change of momentum is:
A. Same and in same direction A. 2 mv
B. Same and in apposite direction B. mv
C. Different and in same direction C. –mv
D. Different and in opposite direction D. 0
ANS. a ANS. a
Q. The ball of mass 10 gm is dropped on the Q A ball is droped from a height h1 = 1 m on

ground from a height of 10 m. It rebounds to a a smooth floor. Knowing that the height of first
height of 2.5 m. If the ball is in the contact with bounce h2 = 0.81 m, determine the coefficient
ground for 0.01 s, then which statement is of restitution.
correct? A. 0.9 m
A. Impulse force between the ground and the B. 1.11 m
ball is 15 N C. 1
B. Impulse force between the ground and the D. None of the Above
ball is 5 √2 N ANS. a
C. Coefficient of restitution between the ground
and ball is ¼
98
Q. A ball is thrown upwards with an initial C. 7.66 m/s
velocity of v0. Determine the time taken for the D. 8.67 m/s
ball to reach the maximum height. Use the ANS. a
impulse –momentum method.
A. t = v0/g Q A 5.00 kg particle has a velocity of (3.00 i
B. t = 2v0/g – 4.00j) m /s. Find its x and y components of
C. t = v0/2g momentum.
D. t = g/v0 A. (15.00i – 20.00j)
ANS. a B. (20.00i -15.00j)
C. (25.00i -10.00j)
Q A rifle of 5 kg mass fires a bullet of 10 gm D. (20.00i -20.00j)
mass at a velocity of 300 m/s. Determine the ANS. b
velocity with which the rifle recoils.
A. 0.1 m/s Q. A steel ball of weight 0.01 N falls from a
B. 0.3 m/s height 6 m and rebounds to a height of 4 m find
C. 0.6 m/s the impulsAns.
D. 0.9 m/s A. 0.2300 Ns
ANS. d B. 0.1962 Ns
C. 0.3200Ns
Q2 A boy of 50 kg mass runs with a velocity D. 0.9182 Ns
of 5 m/s and jumps into a boat of mass 75 kg. ANS. a
Find the velocity with which the boy and the
boat will move together if the boat was initially Q. In an impact testing machine a hammer of
at rest. mass 10.5 kg is attached to a 1.5 m long lever.
A. 1 m/s The lever is held in horizontal position and is
B. 3 m/s released. The hammer strikes the test piece and
C. 4 m/s breaks it. Determine the velocity of hammer at
D. 2 m/s impact.
ANS. a A. 5.425 m/s
B. 4.525 m/s
Q2 15 mg box car A is coasting freely at 1.5 C. 5.245 m/s
m/s on the horizontal track when it encounters a D. None of the Above
tank car B having a mass of 12 mg and coasting ANS. a
at 0.75 m /s towards it. If cars meet and coupled
together, determine the speed of both cars just Q2 A man weighing 700 N is in boat weighing
after the coupling. 3000 N which is floating in a still lake if the
A. 0.5 m/ s man starts running along the length of boat at a
B. 5.0 m/ s speed of 5 m/s with respect to the boat. Find the
C. 1.0 m/ s velocity of boat. Neglect resistance to the
D. None of the Above motion.
ANS. b A. - 0.9459 m/s
B. – 0.9999 m/s
Q2 An 1800 kg car stopped at traffic light is C. - 1.02 m/s
struck from the rear by a 900 kg car and the two D. -1.1111m/s
become entangled. If the smaller car was ANS. c
moving at 20 m/s before collision, what is the
speed of the entangled cars after collision? Q2 A man weighing 700 N is in boat weighing
A. 7.98 m/s 3000 N which is floating in a still lake if he
B. 6.67 m/s
99
jumps of the boat with an absolute velocity of 8 Q2 A 5 kg body is moving with a constant
m/s find the velocity of the boat. acceleration of 2 m/s2 starting from rest.
A. – 1.68 m/s Determine the change in momentum in 4 s.
B. – 6.18 m/s A. 20 Ns
C. - 1.86 m/s B. 40 Ns
D. – 8.18 m/s C. 30 Ns
ANS. c D. 0 Ns
ANS. d
Q2 Rail road car A of mass 15 Mg is traveling
at 2 m/s on a horizontal track. Car B of mass 13 Q A 5 kg body is moving with a constant
Mg is traveling towards A at 0.8 m/s. If the car acceleration of 2 m/s2 starting from rest.
meet and couple together find the speed of the Determine the change in momentum in 5 s.
coupled cars just after the coupling. A. 20 Ns
A. 0.5 m/s B. 40 Ns
B. 7.0 m/s C. 30 Ns
C. 0.7m/s D. 50 Ns
D. 70 m/s ANS. c
ANS. b
Q A 5 kg body is moving with a constant
Q What is Impulse Momentum Principle? acceleration of 3 m/s2 starting from rest.
A. Change in K.ANS. = Work done Determine the change in momentum in 2 s.
B. Impulse of a force system = Change in A. 20 Ns
momentum B. 40 Ns
C. Change in Impulsive force = Change in C. 30 Ns
K.ANS. D. 50 Ns
D. Change in P.ANS. = Change in Kinetic ANS. b
Energy
ANS. a Q. A 5 kg body is moving with a constant
acceleration of 3 m/s2 starting from rest.
Q2 A 5 kg body is moving with a constant Determine the change in momentum in 3 s.
acceleration of 2 m/s2 starting from rest. A. 20 Ns
Determine the change in momentum in 2 s. B. 45 Ns
A. 20 Ns C. 30 Ns
B. 40 Ns D. 50 Ns
C. 10 Ns ANS. a
D. 0 Ns
ANS. c Q2 A 5 kg body is moving with a constant
Q A 5 kg body is moving with a constant Determine the change in momentum in 4 s.
acceleration of 2 m/s2 starting from rest. A. 60 Ns
Determine the change in momentum in 3 s. B. 45 Ns
A. 20 Ns C. 30 Ns
B. 40 Ns D. 50 Ns
C. 30 Ns ANS. c
D. 0 Ns
ANS. b Q2 A 5 kg body is moving with a constant
Determine the change in momentum in 5 s.
A. 60 Ns
100
B. 45 Ns
C. 75 Ns Q. A 5 kg body is moving with a constant
D. 50 Ns acceleration of 5 m/s2 starting from rest.
ANS. a Determine the change in momentum in 3 s.
A. 60 Ns
Q A 5 kg body is moving with a constant B. 75 Ns
acceleration of 4 m/s2 starting from rest. C. 100 Ns
Determine the change in momentum in 2 s. D. 50 Ns
A. 40 Ns ANS. c
B. 45 Ns
C. 75 Ns Q A 5 kg body is moving with a constant
ANS. d Determine the change in momentum in 4 s.
A. 60 Ns
Q2 A 5 kg body is moving with a constant B. 75 Ns
A. 40 Ns ANS. a
B. 45 Ns
ANS. b Determine the change in momentum in 5 s.
A. 125 Ns
A. 40 Ns ANS. a
B. 80 Ns
ANS. c Determine the change in momentum in 1 s.
A. 25 Ns
A. 60 Ns ANS. d
B. 80 Ns
D. 60 Ns acceleration of 5 m/s2. If initial velocity of the
ANS. d body is 2 m/s, determine the change in
momentum in 2 s.
Q2 A 5 kg body is moving with a constant A. 50 Ns
acceleration of 5 m/s2 starting from rest. B. 25 Ns
Determine the change in momentum in 2 s. C. 75 Ns
A. 60 Ns D. 100 Ns
B. 80 Ns ANS. b
C. 100 Ns
D. 50 Ns Q A 10 kg body is moving with a constant
ANS. b acceleration of 5 m/s2. If initial velocity of the
101
body is 2 m/s, determine the change in Q. A 10 kg body is moving with a constant
momentum in 3 s. acceleration of 2 m/s2. If initial velocity of the
A. 50 Ns body is 2 m/s, determine the change in
B. 150 Ns momentum in 3 s.
C. 75 Ns A. 50 Ns
D. 100 Ns B. 40 Ns
ANS. c C. 20 Ns
D. 60 Ns
Q2 A 10 kg body is moving with a constant ANS. c
acceleration of 5 m/s2. If initial velocity of the
body is 2 m/s, determine the change in Q. A 10 kg body is moving with a constant
C. 200 Ns A. 50 Ns
D. 100 Ns B. 40 Ns
ANS. b C. 80 Ns
D. 60 Ns
Q2 A 10 kg body is moving with a constant ANS. a
body is 2 m/s, determine the change in Q2 A 10 kg body is moving with a constant
C. 200 Ns A. 100 Ns
D. 100 Ns B. 40 Ns
ANS. c C. 80 Ns
D. 60 Ns
Q2 A 10 kg body is moving with a constant ANS. a
C. 20 Ns A. 30 Ns
D. 100 Ns B. 100 Ns
ANS. b C. 50 Ns
D. 0 Ns
Q2 A 10 kg body is moving with a constant ANS. c
C. 20 Ns A. 150 Ns
D. 100 Ns B. 100 Ns
ANS. d C. 60 Ns
D. 0 Ns
ANS. d
102
ANS. a
acceleration of 3 m/s2. If initial velocity of the Q A 10 kg body is moving with a constant
body is 2 m/s, determine the change in acceleration of 4 m/s2. If initial velocity of the
momentum in 3 s. body is 2 m/s, determine the change in
A. 150 Ns momentum in 3 s.
B. 100 Ns A. 120 Ns
C. 60 Ns B. 80 Ns
D. 90 Ns C. 150 Ns
ANS. a D. 40 Ns
ANS. d
acceleration of 3 m/s2. If initial velocity of the Q2 A 10 kg body is moving with a constant
B. 100 Ns A. 120 Ns
C. 60 Ns B. 80 Ns
D. 90 Ns C. 150 Ns
ANS. c D. 160 Ns
ANS. a
acceleration of 3 m/s2. If initial velocity of the Q. A 10 kg body is moving with a constant
B. 100 Ns A. 200 Ns
C. 150 Ns B. 80 Ns
D. 90 Ns C. 150 Ns
ANS. d D. 160 Ns
ANS. c
B. 100 Ns A. 200 Ns
C. 150 Ns B. 80 Ns
D. 40 Ns C. 50 Ns
ANS. b D. 160 Ns
ANS. a
Q2 A 10 kg body is moving with a constant
B. 80 Ns A. 100 Ns
C. 150 Ns B. 80 Ns
D. 40 Ns C. 50 Ns
103
D. 160 Ns ANS. b
ANS. b
Q2 A 50 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for
Q2 A 10 kg body is moving with a constant 2 s. Determine the change in momentum.
acceleration of 5 m/s2. If initial velocity of the A. 25 Ns
body is 2 m/s, determine the change in B. 100 Ns
momentum in 4 s. C. 250 Ns
A. 100 Ns D. 50 Ns
B. 200 Ns ANS. c
C. 50 Ns
D. 150 Ns Q2 A 50 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for
ANS. d 3 s. Determine the change in momentum.
A. 25 Ns
Q2 A 12.5 kg body is moving with a constant B. 100 Ns
acceleration of 5 m/s2. If initial velocity of the C. 150 Ns
body is 2 m/s, determine the change in D. 50 Ns
momentum in 4 s. ANS. b
A. 100 Ns
B. 200 Ns Q A 50 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for
C. 50 Ns 4 s. Determine the change in momentum.
D. 250 Ns A. 25 Ns
ANS. b B. 200 Ns
C. 150 Ns
Q2 A 10 kg body is moving with a constant D. 50 Ns
acceleration of 5 m/s2. If initial velocity of the ANS. d
body is 2 m/s, determine the change in
momentum in 3 s. Q A 50 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for
A. 50 Ns 5 s. determine the change in momentum.
B. 150 Ns A. 25 Ns
C. 75 Ns B. 200 Ns
D. 100 Ns C. 150 Ns
ANS. b D. 250 Ns
ANS. a
Q2 A 10 kg body is moving with a constant
acceleration of 5 m/s2. If initial velocity of the Q2 A 100 N force is applied to a 10 kg body
body is 2 m/s, determine the change in for 5 s. Determine the change in momentum.
momentum in 6 s. A. 500 Ns
A. 100 Ns B. 300 Ns
B. 300 Ns C. 200 Ns
C. 50 Ns D. 100 Ns
D. 250 Ns ANS. c
ANS. c
Q2 A 100 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for
Q A 50 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for 4 s. Determine the change in momentum.
5 s. Determine the change in momentum. A. 500 Ns
A. 2.5 Ns B. 300 Ns
B. 8 Ns C. 400 Ns
C. 250 Ns D. 100 Ns
D. 5 Ns ANS. b
104
Q. A 100 N force is applied to a 10 kg body
for 3 s. Determine the change in momentum.
A. 500 Ns
B. 300 Ns
C. 400 Ns
D. 100 Ns
ANS. d
Q A 100 N force is applied to a 10 kg body

A. 500 Ns
B. 300 Ns
C. 400 Ns
D. 200 Ns
ANS. b

A. 500 Ns
B. 100 Ns
C. 400 Ns
D. 200 Ns
ANS. a

A. 600 Ns
B. 100 Ns
C. 400 Ns
D. 200 Ns
ANS. c
Q2 Two men are standing on a floating boat

with a velocity of 4.2 m/s. The mass of each
man is 80 kg and that of boat is 400 kg. If the
boat was initially at rest, find final velocity of
boat by using principle of conservation of
momentum. Neglect the water friction.
A. -1.55 m/s
B. -1.60 m/s
C. -1.68 m/s
D. -1.70 m/s
ANS. c
105
Marathwad Mitra Mandals institute of technology
Lohgaon Pune-
UNIT 1
1 Varignons Theorem can be applied to determine, which of the given options?
a) position of resultant b) Magnitude and Direction of resultant c)location of centroid d) None
of the above
2 When two forces acting at a point are such that, it the direction of one is reversed, direction of
the resultant is turned through a right angle, the forces should be?
a) Inclined at 45 b) Equal in magnitude c) Inclined of 180 d) None of these
The resultant of two forces P and Q acting at an angle _ is equal to
p2 +Q2+2PQ sin_ b) ?p2 +Q2-2PQ sin_ c) √p2 +Q2-2PQ COS_ d) None of these
3 If resultant of two concurrent forces of magnitudes Q is Q then angle between two forces will be
a) 120deg b) 60deg c)90 deg d) None of these
4 If magnitude of resultant of two forces of magnitudes Q and √2Q is Q, the angle between two
forces will be
a) 90deg b ) 45deg C)135 deg d ) None of these
5 Find the magnitudes of forces P and Q if they act at 90 degree their resultant is√34 N but if they
act at 60?their resultant is 7 N. Find P AND Q…
a) 5 N and 4 N b) 5 N and 3 N c) 3 N and 4 N d) None of these
6 If two equal forces of magnitude P act at an angle θ, then their resultant will be, which of the
given options?
a) 2 P sin θ /2 b)P cos θ /2 c) 2P cos θ /2 d) None of these
7 Two forces act an angle of 120°. If the greater forces is 100 N and their resultant is 90 degree to
the smaller force, the smaller force is which of the given options?
a)25N b) 20N c) 50N d) None of these
8 Two forces equal to 2P and P respectively act at a point. If the first force be doubled and second
be increased by 12N, the resultant is unchanged in direction, the value of P will be which of the
given options?
a) 15N b)12N C)10N d) None of these
9 The components of a force of 25N are 50N each. The angle made by 25N forces with each
component will be which of the given options?
a)60.52deg b) 85.52deg c) 75.52deg d) None of these
10 The resultant of two perpendicular forces of magnitude p each will be
a)√2 P b) 2 √P c) all d)None of these
11 Two forces of equal magnitude P gives resultant of P/2 the angle between two forces is which of
the given options?
a) cos-1(7/8) b) cos-1(-7/8) c) cos-1(-1/2) d)None of these
12 The resultant of two forces with magnitude ratio 3:5 acting at 60°With each other is 35N. The
magnitude of forces is which of the given options?
a) 20N, 15N b) 35N, 24N c) 25N, 15N d) None of these
13 State which of the given statement is true?
a) The parallelogram law can be proved mathematically. b) The parallelogram law can be proved
1
Lohgaon Pune-
UNIT 1
experimentally c) The parallelogram law is applicable for non concurrent forces d) none of
these
14 The minimum magnitude of resultant of two forces of magnitudes 100N and 150N is
a) 0 b) 150N c) 50N d) None of these
15 Two forces acting on a particle in opposite have a resultant of 5N. If they act at right angles, their
resultant has magnitude of 25N. The two forces are which of the given options?
a) 15N, 20N b) 20N, 30N c)5N, 10N d) None of these
16 The Couple is unchanged if, choose the correct options.
a) The couple is shifted to any other position b) The couple is rotated through any angle c)
couple is replaced by other pair of forces whose rotational effect is same d) All of the above
17 Two unlike parallel forces of 10N each acts at point A and B making 30 With x axis. If AB = 1m.
The moment of couple is which of the following options?
a)5N m b) 10 N m c)7.86 N m d)None of the above
18 If two like parallel forces are acting on member then their resultant will lie
a) Within the two forces b) Outside two forces c) At the centre of two force d)None of the
above
19 If two like parallel forces are acting on member then their resultant will lie
Within the two forces b) Outside two forces c) At the centre of two force d)None of the
above
20 Two unlike parallel forces of 20 N at 2 m a)part acting on a rod. What should be the distance
between two unlike parallel forces for 10 N to nullify the effect?
a)2 m b)3 m c) 4 m d) None of the above
21 A 50 N force acting at one of the corner of square of side 3 m away from corner at 30? With
horizontal. It equivalent force-couple system on diagonally opposite corner is which of the given
options?
a) 50 N, 55 N b)50N, 55N c) 55N, 50N d)55N, 50N
22 Three forces P = 50 N (East), Q=100 N (North) and S =75 N South are acting on a particle. Their
resultant is which of the following options?
a) 70.9N b) 66.9N c) 55.9N d) None of the above
23 If forces of 10 N, 20 N, 30N, 40 N, 50 N and 60 N act in order along six sides of a regular hexagon,
the resultant of system is which of the following options?
a) 20 N b) 60 N c) Zero d)None of the above
24 Three like parallel forces 100N, 150N and 200N act at a distance of 0.5 m each. The distance of
resultant from 100 N forces is which of the following options?
a) 0.75m b) 0.61m c) 0.2m d)None of the above
25 A forces of 100N is acting through points A (1,2) and B (2,1) The moment of force about point O
(0,0) is which of the following options?
a) 212.13Nm b) 210Nm c) 187.5Nm d) None of the above
26 Forces of magnitudes 1 N, 2 N, 3 N and 4 N are acting along sides AB, BC, CD and DA of a
rectangle respectively. The magnitude of resultant is which of the following options?
2
Lohgaon Pune-
UNIT 1
a) √8 N b) √28 N c) √34 N d) None of the above
27 Three forces 5 N, 10 N and 15 N act along three sides of an equilateral triangle AB, BC, and CA.
Side AB being horizontal. The resultant of system is
a) 8.66 N b)10 N c) 14.22 N d)None of the above
28 A forces of 50 N acting tangentially to a circle of radius 2 m Its moment about diametrically
opposite point will be which of the following options?
a) 300 Nm b) 200N m c) 400Nm d)None of the above
29 For a given co-planer force system √Fy = 30 N and the angle made by resultant with X-axis is 60
deg.The magnitude of R is which of the following options?
a) 25 N b)20.64 N d) 34.64 N d) None of the above
30 Moment of couple is which of the following options?
a) Depends upon point b) In depends of a point c) Depends upon axis d) None of the above
31 A number of forces acting simultaneously on a particle of a body which of the following options?
a) May be replaced by a couples b) May be replaced by single force c) May not be replaced by
a single force d)None of the above
32 Three forces each of magnitude 10 N are acting along three sides of equilateral triangle of side 2
m. The total moment about apex is which of the following options?
a) 20Nm b) Zero c) 10√3 Nm d) None of the above
33 A lever OA 1 m long is inclined at 60° With horizontal. A force of 200 N is acting at A vertically
down words. The moment about O is which of the following options?
a) 75 Nm b) 100 Nm c) 50 Nm d) None of the above
34 When several forces of different magnitudes and direction act at a point upon a body in plane,
they form which of the following options?
a) Concurrent force system b) Co-planer concurrent force system c) Co-planer non
concurrent force system d) None of the above
35 A tripod carrying a dumpy level is example of which of the following options?
a) Collinear forces b) Non coplanar concurrent forces c) Non coplanar non concurrent forces
36 When two forces are on a body, they are essentially which of the following options?
a) Concurrent b) Parallel c) Coplanar d) None of the above
37 A moment is which of the following options?
a) Free vector b) Fixed vector c) Sliding vector d )None of the above
38 A couple is which of the following options?
a) Free vector b)Fixed vector c) Sliding vector d) None of the above
39 A coplanar force system is consisting an inclined force and number of couple. The resultant of
system is which of the following options?
a)Zero b) Force itself c) Horizontal or vertical d)None of the above
40 The moment of a force about any point is geometrically equal to area of triangle where base
represents the force and height represents the perpendicular distance WILL BE?
a) Half b) Twice c) Same d) None of the above
3
Lohgaon Pune-
UNIT 1
41 If the arm of couple is double, its moment will be
a) Be halved b) Remains same c) Be double d) None of the above
42 When resolving a force into components, which of the following options?
a)Only one component is possible b) Only two components are possible c) Infinite number
components are possible d) None of these
43 State in which of the given options the applied force does not produce moment
a) Pedaling a cycle b) Opening a door c) Stretching a spring d) None of these
44 Which of the given options is a scalar quantity?
a) Moment of a force about origin b) Moment of a force about an axis c) Moment of a couple
d) None of these
45 Resultant and equilibrant is, which of the following options?
a) Equal in magnitudes b) Opposite in direction c) Both a and b d) None of these
46 The angles between two forces to make their resultant a minimum and a maximum respective
are, which of the following options?
a) 0? and 90? b ) 180? and 90? C) 180? and 0? d) None of these
47 Angle of 150 is 10 N and is perpendicular to one of the forces. The other force is which of the
following options?
a) 20/√3 N b) 10/?3N c)20 N d)None of these
48 The sum of magnitude of two forces acting at a point is 16 and magnitude of their resultant is 8
√3 If the resultant is at 90deg With the force of smaller magnitude, then two forces are which of
the following options?
a) 3, 13 b)2, 41 c)5, 11 d)None of these
49 Two forces each of magnitude A are inclined to each other such that their resultant is equal to √3
A. Then resultant of A and -A is which of the following options?
a) 2A b) √3 A c) A d)None of these
50 Two forces, each equal to P/2, act at right angles. Their effect may be neutralized by a third force
acting along their bisector in the opposite direction with a magnitude of which of the following
options?
a) P b) P/2 c) P√2 d) None of these
51 If the magnitude of the sum of the two vectors is equal to the difference of their magnitude, then
the angle between vectors is which of the following options?
a) 0deg b) 120° C)180° d) None of these
52 The simple sum of two co-initial vectors is 16 units. Their vector sum is 8 units. The resultant of
the vectors is perpendicular to the smaller vector. The magnitude of the two vectors is which of
a) 2 and 14 units b) 4 and 12 units c) 6 and 10 units d) None of these
53 A force is inclined at 60 to the horizontal. If its rectangular component in the horizontal direction
is 50 N, then magnitude of the force in the vertical direction is which of the following options?
54 There are two forces each of magnitude 10 units. One inclined at an angle of 30?and the other at an angle
of 135 to the positive direction of x-axis. The x and y components of the resultant are respectively which
4
Lohgaon Pune-
UNIT 1
of the following options?
a) 1.59 i^ and 12.07 j^ b) 10 i^ and 10 j^ c) 1.59 i^ d) None of these
55 A rod ABCD is subject to four parallel forces of magnitudes 20 N_, 90N _, 40N_and 80N _ acting
respectively at A, B, C and D If AB=BC =1 m and CD=2m, the resultant of system is
a)50N b)120N c)30 N d) None of these
56 In above question (Q55) the resultant cut the rod at:
a) 8m to right of A b) 6.2m to right of A c) 9m to the left of A d) None of these
57 A square ABCD of side 1m with side AB is horizontal at bottom and CD at top with points A,B,C
and D taken in anticlockwise order is subjected to forces of 40N at A, 30 N at B, 20N N C and, 10N
N at D. find resultant?
a) 10N b) 20 √2 N c)25 N d) None of these
58 A force of 100 N acting tangentially to a drum of radius 0.25 m, must be transferred parallel to
itself to its centre 0. The moment which should accompany it for equivalent effect is which of the
following options?
a) 20 Nm b) 25 N m c) 30 N m d) None of these
59 If two forces of magnitude P each act an angle θ. Then resultant will be which of the following
options?
a) 2 P cos θ b) P cos θ c) P cos 2θ d) None of these
60 ABC is right angle triangle having AB horizontal base of 5 m length. AC is vertical 12 m in length.
Forces 5o N, 130 N and 120N act along AB, BC and CA respectively. Find magnitude of resultant
from the following
a) 50 N b) Zero c) 130N d) None of these
61 ABC is right angle triangle base AB=5m base of 5 m horizontal and height AC=9m vertical. Three
forces 100 N, PN and 125N are acting along AB, BC and CA respectively. Find P if resultant of
three forces is to be vertical, choose correct options.
a) 206N b) 106N c) 120N d)None of these
62 For Q 63 above what is value of P if resultant is to be horizontal?
a) 160N b) Zero c) 143N d) None of these
63 The resultant of two forces each of magnitude P acting at 60? is which of the following options?
a) 2P b) 3P c) (3)1/2 P d) None of these
65 The moment of 30 N force passing through the coordinates (4,0) and (0,3) about origin is which
a) 60Nm b) 72Nm c) 100Nm d) None of these
66 Forces acting tangeltially on a circle are which of the following options?
a) 4P acting towards North b) 3P acting towards West c) P acting towards East d)
None of these
67 If the forces of 10N, 20N, 30N, 40N and 50N are acting in order along the sides of a regular
pentagon and 10 N force acting horizontally towards right, then resultant is nearer to, which of
the following options is correct?
a) 42.2N b) 30N c) 47.5N d) None of these
5
Lohgaon Pune-
UNIT 1
68 Two boys are pulling a box with the help of two cables. If the pull in the cables are 23N at an
angle 40? and 35N at 130? with positive x-axis, their resultant will be which of the following
options?
a)14.88N b) 41.88N c) 12N d) None of these

69 If the resultant is 0.6 times the magnitude of two equal forces, then the angle between the
forces is which of the following options?
a) 145° b)100° C) 135° d)None of these
70 Determine inclination of resultant of forces 10N at 0° and 20N at 90°, which of the following
options is correct?
a) 20.56° b) 63.43° c) 126.43° d)None of these
71 The magnitude of two unlike parallel forces P each acting at 1 m apart, is equivalent to, two
unlike parallel forces of 300N each acting at a distance of 100mm find P, choose the correct
options.
a)240N b) 60N c)30N d)None of these
72 Four concurrent forces 10kN, 20 kN, 30kN and 40kN acting at an angle of 20 °, 63°, 95°, 150°
From positive x-axis. The resultant is which of the following options?
a) 80.75 kN b) 29.75kN c) 73.57kN d) None of these
73 Two force 3 N and 7 N are acting at a point. If square of resultant is equal to three times the
product of two forces. What is angle between two forces, choose the correct options.
a) 22.22° b) 46.13° c) 83.16° d) None of these
74 The Forces P and 2P act at point gives resultant of √8P which of the following options?
75 Find the angle between two equal forces if resultant R= √ 3P, choose the correct options.
a) 30° b) 60° C) 90° d) None of these
76 A force of magnitude 20 N makes an angle of 220° with positive X-axis. Its Y Components will be
which of the following options?
a) 15.32 N b) (-12.86 N) c) 12.86 N d) None of these
77 C.G of body is the point through which, in whatever position the body is placed passes the line of
action of the?
a) Resultant of the forces exerted by the attraction of the earth upon its constituent parts
b) Resultant of the forces acting on it c)Both of the above d)None of the above
78 The Centroid of a plane lamina will not be at its geometrical centre if it is a ?
a) Circle b) Equilateral triangle c) Square placed with one diagonal horizontal d) None of
these
79 Centroid of composite figure can be determined by which of the following options?
a) Analytical method b) Graphical method c) Both d) None of these
80 A circular hole of radius r is cut out from a circular disc of radius 2r in such a way that diameter of
hole is radius of disc. The centroid lies at which of the following options?
a) Centre of disc b) Centre of hole c) Somewhere in the disc d)None of these
6
Lohgaon Pune-
UNIT 1
81 The angle made by side of a square lamina with horizontal if suspended freely from a corner is
which of the following options?
a) 30° b) 45° c)90° d)None of these
82 A rectangular plate of 4m X 3m is suspended from one of its corners. In suspended position the
angle made by its longer side with vertical is which of the following options?
83 The c.g.of a solid cone from its apex on line of symmetry is which of the following options?
a) 3h/4 b) 4h/3 c) 2h/3 d)None of these
84 The c.g.of hemisphere of radius r from its base along its line of symmetry is which of the
following options?
a) r/8 b) r/2 c)3r/8 d) None of these
85 A semicircular plate is suspended from one of the ends of its diameter. The angle made by
diameter with vertical in suspended position is which of the following options?
a) 45° b) 23° c)67° d)None of these
86 A semicircular uniform rod is suspended from one of the ends. The angle made by diameter with
horizontal in suspended position is which of the following options?
a) 45° b) 2° c)57.5 ° d) None of these
87 For a plane figure having two axes of symmetry, the centroid lies on which of the following
options?
a) lies on horizontal axis b) lies on vertical axis c) lies on intersection point of two axes
d)None of these
88 The centroid 'c' is a point which defines the which part of an object
a) area b) volume c) geometrical centre d)None of these
89 Centroidal distance of an equilateral triangle with side "a" from any of the three sides is which of
a) 0.866a b) 0.471a c) 0.288a d)None of these
90 For a line of 2.5 m passing through origin and inclination 60° with X axis, centroid along X is which
a) 0.625 b) 0.5 c) 2.5 d) None of these
91 The C.G. of an isosceles triangle with base 10 cm and sides 20 cm is which direction from its base
a) 6.455 b) 5 c) 7 d) None of these
92 If the cantilever beam of span L is loaded with UDL of w N/m for a half of span from free end,
then the reacting moment at fixed end will be which of the following options?
a)wL_/8 b) wL_/4 c) 3wL_/8 d) None of these
A simply supported beam is subjected to an anticlockwise moment at L/3 from left end of the
span then reaction at right support is directed which of the following options?
a) vertically upward b) vertically downward c) Towards right d) None of these
93 A concentrated clockwise moment of magnitude 10 Nm is acting at a center of simply supported
beam of span 2 m. The reaction at right end will be which of the following options?
a) 5N b) 10N c) 5N_ d) None of these
7
Lohgaon Pune-
UNIT 1
94 A simply supported beam of length 6m is acted upon by u.d.l. of 3kN/m. The reaction at A and B
are which of the following options?
a) 9kN,6kN b) 9KN,9KN c) 6KN,6KN d)None of these
95 The process of finding out the resultant force is called __________ of forces.
a) Composition b) resolution
96 The resultant of two forces P and Q acting at an angle θ is
a) b) c) d)
97 Non-coplanar concurrent forces are those forces which

a) meet at one point, but their lines of action do not lie on the same plan b) do not meet at one
point and their lines of action do not lie on the same plane c) meet at one point and their lines of
action also lie on the same plane d) do not meet at one point, but their lines of action lie on the
same plane
98 Cross product of two vectors is represented by
a) A.B. b) AxB. C) A-B d)A*B
99 The minimum force required to slide a body of weight W on a rough horizontal plane is
a) W sin θ b) W cos θ c) W tan θ d)none of these
100 The process of finding out the resultant force is called __________ of forces.
a) Composition b) resolution
101 The principle of transmissibility of forces states that, when a force acts upon a body, its effect is
a) same at every point on its line of action b) different at different points on its line of
action c) minimum, if it acts at the centre of gravity of the body d) maximum, if it acts at the
centre of gravity of the body
102 Two forces each of magnitude 10N,act on a particle. One of them is directed 30° N of E & the
other at 60°W of N. The resultant force has magnitude
a)0 N b) 10 N c) 5N d) 20N
103 The 50 N force passing from A(1,-4) & B(-5,-4),the X & Y components are,
104 A system of forces is __________ if the lines of action of the forces intersect at a point.
a) parallel b)coplanar c) concurrent d) two-dimensional
105 It is the measure of the tendency of a force to cause rotation about a line or axis.
a) Moment b) momentum c) impulse d) torsion
106 A couple is composed of two forces that are
a) equal b) equal and opposite c) equal and different lines of action d) equal,
opposite and different lines of action
107 If an object is on an inclined plane having an angle θ, the component of weight (w) parallel to
incline is __________.
8
Lohgaon Pune-
UNIT 1
a) w sinθ b) w cos θ c) w tan θ d)w cot θ
108 The moment of force is zero when
a) The applied force is zero. b) The force is applied at the moment axis.
c) distance is zero d ) all of the above
109 If two forces of magnitude 2P and 4P act at a point on a body , then their maximum resultant is
6P
110 A square ABCD of sides 1m, rest on side AB. A force of 100 N acting at 45 deg with AB, acts at point
C which is diagonally opposite to A. The moment of this force about A is
a) zero
111 A boat is being towed through a canal by a cable which makes an angle of 100 with the shore. If the
pull in the cable is 20N, find the force tending to move the boat along the canal (ans-19.7 N)
112 The forces 1N, 2 N, 3 N, 4N, 5N and 6N act in order along the sides of a regular hexagon. 1 N force
acting horizontally towards right, then the resultant is nearer to (ans -6N )
113 Two like parallel forces of 60N and 180 N act 120 mm apart from each other. The position of the
resultant from 60N force will be (Ans.90 mm )
114 If two forces of magnitude 7N and 8N act at 60°, then the resultant will be Ans.13N
115 Determine the inclination of resultant of force 100N at 0° and 200N at 90°. Ans.63.435°
116 Four forces 50N, 100N, 110N, and 180N are acting along sides AB, BC, CD, and DA of a square
ABCD. Their resultant force is nearer to Ans.100N
117 If two forces of magnitude P and 2P act on a body, then their minimum resultant is Ans. P
ABCD. Their resultant force is nearer to Ans.130N
119 Two forces act an angle of 120°. If the greater force is 50 N and their resultant is perpendicular to the
smaller force, the smaller force is Ans.25N
120 If two equal forces are acting at a right angle, having resultant force of (20)½ ,then find out magnitude
of each force.( Ans. (10)½)
121 Three forces P = 50 N (towards East), Q = 100 N (towards North), and R = 75 N (towards South), are
acting on the member, their resultant is nearer to…( Ans. 55.9 N)
122 A force of 200N acts 40° to the spoke of a cycle wheel 250 mm in radius. The moment about the
center of the wheel will be nearer to…(Ans. 32 Nm)
123 The forces, which meet at one point and their lines of action also lie in the same plane, are known
as…(Ans. Coplanar Concurrent Forces)
124 Forces 160.5N horizontal and 173.5N vertical represents components of resultant then the angle made
by the resultant with vertical is…(Ans. 42.77°)
125 A like parallel force system consists of four forces of magnitude 10N, 20N, 30N, and 40N acting at
0.2m apart from each other respectively. The position of the resultant from the first force 10N
is…(Ans. 0.4 m)
126 A door of width 1m can rotate if a moment of 10 Nm is applied. The minimum force that can be
applied to open it is…(Ans. 10N)
127 Three forces P = 120 N (towards East), Q = 200 N (towards North), and R = 150 N (towards South)
are acting on the member. Their resultant is nearer to…(Ans. 130N)
128 The moment of the 30 N force passing through the coordinates (4, 0) and (0, 3) about the origin...(Ans.
72 Nm)
129 Force of 60N acts at horizontal distance of 1m from origin and angle made by force with horizontal is
9
Lohgaon Pune-
UNIT 1
20º. The moment of force about origin is…(Ans. 20.5 Nm)
130 If the arm of couple is doubled, its moment will…(Ans. be doubled)
131 A force of 50 N acting at A(3,4) makes an angle of 50 degrees anticlockwise with the horizontal. Its
moment about origin will be nearer to…(Ans. 244Nm)
132 What is the moment of force about the apex of triangle, if 3 forces of 40N each acting along the sides
of equilateral triangle of side 2m taken in order. (Ans. 69.3 Nm)
133 Find resultant of forces when two like parallel forces of 40N and 70N which act at the ends of the rod
40cm long. (Ans. 110N)
134 The forces acting on a square plate 10m side are as under 1)AB = 10 N, A(1,2) and B(3,3) 2)
CD=15N, C(0,1) and D(-3,3) 3) EF=20N, E(-2,0) and F(-1,-3) 4) GH=25N, G(1,-2) and H(3,0). The
resultant of the force system is nearer to…(Ans. 23.47N)
ABCD of side 2m. Their resultant force is 130N. Calculate position of resultant w.r.t A. (Ans. 2.46 m)
136 Resultant of four forces acting on square plate ABCD is 15N & N30E. If moment of resultant about B
is 22.5 Nm clockwise, locate point where resultant intersects vertical side BC. (Ans. 3m)
137 A force of 100N makes an angle of 600 anticlockwise with the horizontal. It passes through the point
having coordinates (4, 5). The moment of this force about origin is nearer to…(Ans. 446 Nm)
138 Two forces 5N and 7N act at a point on a body. The resultant when they act at right angle is…(Ans.
(74)1/2 N)
139 Two forces of magnitude P and 2P act at a point on a body. The square of the resultant is four times
the product of the forces. Then the angle between them is (Ans. 41.4°)
140 From a circular area of radius 5m, a smaller circle of radius 2.5m is removed. Top half of smaller
circle is in I st quadrant and bottom half is in fourth quadrant. The centroid of remaining figure is
(Ans. (-0.833, 0))
141 A force of 40N is applied perpendicular to the edge of the door 2m wide. Then moment of force about
hinge is (Ans. 80Nm )
142 On a member AB two unlike parallel forces 20N each act at 0.6m apart. The equivalent system can be
( Ans. couple of 12Nm )
143 A vertical force of 20 N acts at point B(2m,2m). The moment produced at A (1m,1m) is (Ans. 20Nm )
144 Forces acting tangentially on a circle of 2m radius are 1) 10 N acting North 2) 20 N acting NE 3) 30 N
acting SE 4) 40 N acting south.Their resultant force is nearer to (Ans=51.22 N).
145 Two equal forces act on a body. The square of the resultant is two times the product of the forces.
Then the angle between them is (Ans=90°).
146 The two forces of 100 N and 300 N have their lines of action parallel to each other but are in the
opposite directions. These forces are known as Ans.unlike parallel forces
147 A telephone pole is supported by a wire which exerts a pull of 890N on the top of the pole. If the angle
between the wire and the pole is 500, what are the horizontal and vertical components? Ans.681.8N,
572.1N
148 Four forces 50N, 90N, 20N, and 50N are acting along sides AB, BC, CD, and DA of a square ABCD
of side 2m. Their resultant force is 50 N. Calculate position of resultant w.r.t A Ans.4.4 m
149 A vertical force of P N acting in first quadrant in XY plane at (2m, 1m).If P=200N, magnitude of
moment about origin is Ans.400 Nm
150 A force 235 N acts up the plane at an angle of 60° with the horizontal on a block resting on a 22°
inclined plane Determine components of force normal and along the plane. Ans.185.2N,144.7N
10
Lohgaon Pune-
UNIT 1
23)Ans: the forces 20N,30N,40N, and 60N are acting on one of angular points of a regular
hexagon toward the other five angular points take in order. find the magnitude and direction of
the resultant force
11
Lohgaon Pune-
UNIT 1
12
Department: First Year Name of subject: Engg. Mechanics Unit Number: 03 (Equilibrium)
Sr. Weightage
Question Option A Option B Option C Option D Ans
No. (2 Mark)
1 Equilibrium of body means Ʃfx=0 Ʃfy=0 ƩM=0 All the above D 2
2 F1/sinƟ1 = F2/sinƟ2 = F3/sinƟ3 is called as Law of Parallelogram Impulse Momentum Theorem Lamis Theorem None of the above C 2
3 Support which allows rotation but does not allow translation is called as Fix Support Roller Support Hinged Support Simple Support C 2
4 Reaction is always normal to the plane for _________ support Fix Support Roller Support Hinged Support Simple Support B 2
5 One end fixed other is free beam is called as Simply Supported Cantilever Fixed Roller Supported B 2
6 Unit of moment N.M Kg N None of the above A 2
7 F = 10N, Perpendicular distance D = 3M, Moment M = ___________ 13 7 30 None of the above C 2
8 F = _____, Perpendicular distance D = 4M, Moment M = 40N.M 36 44 10 None of the above C 2
9 Two unequal parallel force forms ________ Moment Couple Force Reaction B 2
10 In Lamis Theorem there are ________ cocurrent forces. 1 2 3 4 C 2
11 To achieve equilibrium condition minimum requirement of _____ forces 1 2 3 4 B 2
12 Udl of intensity 5N/M lies on 5M span. Point load of Udl is _______KN 0 10 25 None of the above C 2
13 A beam in which some portion of beam is extended beyond support is called as ____ beam Simply Supported Over hang Roller Supported Hinged beam B 2
14 A Horizontal structural member which normally subjected to tranverse load is called as ____ Support Column Beam Udl C 2
15 Distance between two support of beam is called as _____ of beam Width of beam Length of beam Span of beam None of the above C 2
16 FBD means Force body diagram Free body diagram A&B None of the above B 2
17 1 kg = ____ N 981 98.1 9.81 None of the above C 2
18 Relation between R & E Magnitude same Direction opposite A&B None of the above C 2
19 Ball rest on table. No of forces are ___ 2 3 4 5 A 2
20 Ball rest on table. Weight force and normal reactions are ____ Same Different Opposite A&C D 2
21 Ball rest on table. Weight of ball is 10N, Normal reaction = _______ 0 10 -10 100 B 2
22 Moment is product of ______ Force and Time Force and Distance Force and Acceleration Force and Velocity B 2
23 There are ____ condition of equilibrium 2 3 4 5 B 2
24 Shape of Uniformly varying load is Rectangle Triangle Trapeziodal Semi circular B 2
25 Length of beam = 7M. Central downward directing force = 20N, Magnitude of each reaction = 140N 27N 13N 10N D 2
27 Box rest on horizontal floor is problem of ____ forces 2 3 4 5 A 2
28 1N=___ Kg 0.101 101 10.1 None of the above A 2
29 10N=____Kg 1.01 101 10.1 None of the above A 2
30 10Kg=___ N 9.81 98.1 981 0.98 B 2
Department: First Year Name of subject: Engg. Mechanics Unit Number: 04( Analysis of Structure)
Sr. Weightage
No. (2 Mark)
1 FBD is important for method of joints method of sections frame analysis all the above D 2
2 It is assumed that cables are flexible inextensible A&B none of the above C 2
3 Odd man out king post truss queen post truss simply supported truss simple fink truss C 2
4 Roller support offers ---- reactions 1 2 3 4 A 2
5 Hinge support offers ---- reactions 1 2 3 4 B 2
6 m=3;j=3; truss is perfect defficient redundent none of the above A 2
7 m=4;j=4;truss is perfect defficient redundent none of the above B 2
8 m=6;j=4;truss is perfect defficient redundent none of the above C 2
9 ………... method is used for analysis of truss method of joints method of sections graphical method all the above D 2
10 For analysis of truss initially select joint of maximum …… members 1 2 3 4 B 2
11 Cables are subjected to only ……… tension compression A&B none of the above A 2
12 In cable analysis weight of cable is ……….. considered neglected UDL none of the above B 2
13 Marking zero force member is important in ……… method of joints method of sections A&B none of the above C 2
14 Odd man out pratt truss compound fink truss cantilever truss king post truss C 2
15 Odd man out pratt truss transmission tower cantilever truss king post truss B 2
17 Nature of force shown in table as…… T C 0 all the above D 2
18 Truss is used as….. roof truss railway shed truss industry shed truss all the above D 2
19 Vertical load on cable;first & last part of cable can have….tension minimum maximum equal none of the above B 2
20 Assembly of members in which one member is multoforce called… two force member truss frame multiforce member C 2
21 Part of cable has max.tension which makes……..angle with horizontal minimum maximum zero none of the above B 2
22 …….is example of space truss pratt truss king post truss transmission tower simple fink truss C 2
23 ……..acted upon by either tension or compressive force two force member truss multforce member frame A 2
24 …. Is pinjointed assembly of members which carry ver. & hori.loads two force member truss multforce member none of the above B 2
25 Perfect truss means……. m>2j-3 m=2j-3 m<2j-3 none of the above B 2
26 In perfect truss means……. m>2j-4 m=2j-4 m<2j-4 A&C D 2
27 Frame analysis following equations are used ……. Ʃfx=0 Ʃfy=0 ƩM=0 all the above D 2
28 Ʃfx=0,Ʃfy=0,ƩM=0 are conditions of…….. Equilibrium Static Rest all the above D 2
Connected with
29 Odd man out Truss loaded at joints Self weight considered Truss is perfect B 2
frictionless pins
The reactions at end points are…… to the tension in first and last part of
30 Same Equal Unequal A&B D 2
cable
ENGINEERING MECHANICS (2019 Pattern) Unit 4
Sr.No. Question Option A Option B Option C Option D Ans
Rectangular truss with two diagonal members deficient Redundant

1 Perfect Truss Stable Truss D
is example of truss Truss
Multiforce Two-force Combination None of the
2 In truss all members are B
members Member of both above
Depends
The shape of cable suspended between two
3 Parabolic Catenaries Polygon upon D
points is
loading
The tension in segment of a cable is maximum None of

4 Maximum Minimum 45 degree A
whose inclination with horizontal is them
Two loads of 50N each are hung at the ends of

5 a rope passing over a smooth pulley. The 50 N 75 N 25 N 100 N A
tension in the string is ______________
One-force Two-force Three-force Multi-force

6 Each member of a truss can be treated as a Member Member Member Member B
If a frame satisfies the equation m=2j-3, it is

7 Perfect Redundant Deficient None A
called
The loads
All the loads All the loads
The loads are are not
To design the trusses which of the following are applied are not
8 applied at applied at B
rules is followed? by the use of applied at the
the joints all to the
cables joints
joints
Which axial force is determined while analysing Compressive None of the

9 Tensile force Both A) & B) C
a truss? force above
If n > 2j – R, then the truss is called as

_________. redundant deficient none of the
10 perfect truss B
(n = number of joints, j = number of members, truss truss above
R = number of reaction components)
Perfectly
It is generally assumed that the cable is Perfectly Perfectly
11 Inextensible flexible and C
_________ flexible inflexible
extensible
Cable takes a shape of a ____________ when is Complex

12 Helix Line Spring B
subjected to loadings. figure
Which of the following conditions is satisfied

13 n > 2j – R n < 2j – R n = 2j – R n ≠ 2j – R C
for cantilever truss?
sinhgad college of engineering, pune

Find the force in the member RP of the frame

14 707.1N 500 N 505N 584N B
shown below (Fig in column J95)
For the truss shown in figure , the magnitude
15 of the force (in kN) in the member SR is(Fig in 10 14.14 20 28.28 C
column N95)
The forces acting on the joints and on the
members are determined by the simple
16 TRUE FALSE A
equilibrium equations, which are used in the
usual beams and trusses.
None of the
17 All the members of truss are assumed to be Weighless straight Both A & B C
above
Imperfect deficient truss holds ___________

18 Relation. (m = number of members, j = number m = 2j-r m < 2j-r m > 2j-r m < j-2r B
of joints , r = number of reactions)
Method of Method of Method of None of the

19 Method of section is also known as, C
joint inertia moment above
None of the
20 All Joint of trusses are assumed to be, Pin Fixed Roller A
above
Members
The ends of with
The loads Self weight of
Which one of the following is not the members are uniform
21 acts only at members are C
assumption in the analysis of truss pin cross
joints considered
connected section are
used
Only few
Method of
Method of section for truss analysis is used member None of the
22 joints fails to Both A and B C
when forces need above
start
to calculate
compression None of the

23 Cables are always subjected to compression tension C
and tension above
Due to which property the cable, it offers no Static Extensible Non-flexible Flexibility
24 C
resistance to bending? property property property property

UNI
T1
RESOLUTI
ONANDCOMPOSI
TIONOFFORCES
Q.1.Anobj
ectconsi
der
edt
ohav
eonl
ymassbutnodi
mensi
onsi
nmechani
csi
sknown
as
a)
Rigi
dBody b)
Def
ormabl
eBody c)Par
ti
cle d)Noneoft
heabov
e.
Q.2.APar
ti
clecanhav
e
a)Onl
ytransl
ati
onmot
ion b)Onl
yrot
ati
onal
mot
ionc)aandbd)Al
ltheabov
ety
pes
ofmoti
on.
Q.3.Ther
ateofchangeofmoment
um ofanobj
ecti
sdi
rect
lypr
opor
ti
onal
to
a)Moment
um b)Ki
net
icener
gy c)For
ce d)Power
Q.4.Newt
on’
sfi
rstl
awi
sal
soknownasLawof
a)I
ner
ti
ab)Moment
sc)Si
ned)Cosi
ne
Q.5.
Thest
atement“
for
cecanbeshi
ft
edt
oanypoi
ntoni
tsl
i
neofact
ion“
isknownas
a)LawofTr
ansmi
ssi
bil
i
ty b)Super
posi
ti
onpr
inci
ple
c)Pr
inci
pleofphy
sical
independence. d)Noneoft
heabov
e.
Q.6.Concur
rentf
orcesy
stem canbe
a)Copl
anar b)Noncopl
anar c)bot
haandb d)Noneoft
heabov
e.
Q.7.Thef
orcewhi
chhassamemagni
tudeasr
esul
tantf
orcebutopposi
tedi
rect
ioni
s
knownas
a)Resul
tant b)Equi
l
ibr
ant c)Moment d)coupl
e
Q.8.Thepr
ocessoff
indi
ngt
her
esul
tantofaf
orcesy
stem i
sknownas
a)Resul
tant b)Resol
uti
on c)Composi
ti
on d)Noneoft
heabov
e.
Q.9.Thepr
ocessofr
epl
aci
ngaf
orcebyi
tscomponent
sisknownas
a)Resol
uti
on b)Composi
ti
on c)bot
haandb d)Noneoft
hese.
Q.
10.Thegr
aphi
cal
met
hodf
orf
indi
ngr
esul
tantofmor
ethant
wof
orcesi
sbasedon
a)Pol
ygonLaw b)Tr
iangl
elaw
c)Par
all
elogr
am l
aw d)r
esol
uti
onandcomposi
ti
oni
nrect
angul
arcomponent
s.
Q.
11.I
n……………l
awbot
hvect
orsar
edr
awnf
rom acommonpoi
ntt
ofi
ndr
esul
tant
.
a)Par
all
elogr
am l
aw b)Pol
ygonl
aw c)Tr
iangl
elaw d)Noneoft
hese.
Q.12.I
fmagnit
udeofr
esult
antoft
wof
orcesofmagni
tudesPand√2Pi
sP,
theangl
e
bet
weenthetwofor
cesis
a)1350b)900c)450d)300
Q.13.Themagni
tudesoftwogi
venf
orcesar
e40Nand60N.
whi
choft
hef
oll
owi
ng
cannotbet
hei
rresult
ant
?
a)20Nb)30Nc)40Nd)
120N
Q.14.
Aforceofmagni
tude50Ni
sdi
rect
edf
rom A(
1,1)t
oB(
-3,
-
2),
TheXcomponent
sof
f
orceare
a)40N,
30Nb)
-40N,
-
30Nc)-
40N,
30Nd)40N,
-
30N
Q.15.Ablockwei
ghi
ng10KNr est
sonanincl
inedplaneofincl
inat
ion300witht
he
hor
izont
al.Themagni
tudeoft
hecomponentofweightparall
eltoi
ncli
nedpl
anei
s
a)5KNb)5√3KNc)10KNd)10√3
Q.16.Afor
ceofmagnit
ude26Ni
sact
ingal
ongal
i
neofsl
ope12/
5,Thehor
izont
al
componentoff
orcei
s
a)24Nb)10Nc)20Nd)65N
Q.17.I
ftheangl
ebet
weent
wof
orceseachofmagni
tudePi
s500t
hent
hei
rresul
tant
hasmagnit
ude
a)2Pb)2Pcos500c)Pcos500d)2Pcos250
Q.18.I
ftwof
orceseachofmagni
tudePhav ear
esul
tantofmagni
tude1.
5P,
theangl
e
bet
weenanyoneforceandt
hei
rresul
tanti
s
40d)600
a)450b)300c)41.
Q.19.Whi
choft
hef
oll
owi
ngi
snotaf
undament
alpr
inci
pleofmechani
cs?
a)Newt
on’
sFi
rstLawb)Newt
on’
s2ndLaw
c)Par
all
elogr
am Lawd)Var
ignon’
stheor
em
Q.20.Themomentofa100Nf
orceact
ingatapoi
ntA(
4,4)i
szer
oaboutt
hepoi
nt
B(
1,1)
.The
magni
tudeofYcomponentoft
he100Nf
orcei
s
a)50Nb)86.
8Nc)70.
71Nd)100N
Q.21.Afor
ceofmagni
tudeof100Nactsatpoi
ntA(-3,
-4)
.i
fthemomentproducedby
t
hisforcei
stobemaxi
mum abouttot
heorigi
n,magnit
udeofitsXcomponentis
a)50Nb)60Nc)80Nd)100N
Q.22.I
ftwof
or eof1200,
cesactatanangl thegr
eat
erf
orcei
s50Nandt
hei
rresul
tant
i
s
Per
pendi
cul
art
othesmal
l
erf
orce,
thesmal
l
erf
orcei
s
a)20Nb)25Nc)30Nd)43.
33N
Q.
23)Theuni
toff
orcei
nS.
I.uni
tis
a)Ki
l
ogr
am b)Newt
onc)Wat
td)Dy
ne
Q.
24)For
cesar
ecal
l
edconcur
rentwhent
hei
rli
neofact
ionmeeti
n
a)Onepoi
ntb)Twopoi
ntc)Thr
eepoi
ntd)noneoft
heabov
e
Q.
25)For
cesar
ecal
l
edcopl
anarwhenal
loft
hem act
ingonbodyl
i
ein
a)Onepoi
ntb)OnePl
anec)TwoPl
aned)Twopoi
nt
Q.
26)Af
orceact
ingonbodymay
a)
Int
roducei
nter
nal
str
essesb)
Bal
ancet
heot
herf
orcesact
ingoni
t
c)
Changei
nmot
iond)Al
loft
heabov
e
Q.27)Theuni tofforcei
nS. I
.uni
tsi
s
(a)kil
ogram
(b)newt on
(c)wat t
(d)dyne
(e)j
oule.
Ans: b
Q.28)Forcesarecalledconcurr
entwhent
hei
rli
nesofact
ionmeeti
n
(a)onepoi nt
(b)twopoi nts
(c)plane
(d)perpendicularpl
anes
(e)di
ff
erentpl
anes.
Ans:a
Q.29)Forcesar ecal
ledcopl
anarwhenal
loft
hem act
ingonbodyl
i
ein
(a)onepoi nt
(b)onepl ane
(c)di
fferentplanes
(d)perpendicularpl
anes
(e)di
fferentpoints.
Ans:b
Q.30)Af orceacti
ngonabodymay
(a)i
ntroduceinter
nalstr
esses
(b)balancetheotherfor
cesacti
ngoni
t
(c)ret
ardi t
smot i
on
(d)changei t
smot i
on
(e)alloftheabove.
Ans: e
Q.31)Eff
ectofaf orceonabodydependsupon
(a)magnitude
(b)di
rect
ion
(c)posi
ti
onorl i
neofaction
(d)al
loftheabov e
(e)noneoft heabove.
Ans:d
Q.32)Ifanumberofforcesactsimul
taneouslyonapar
ti
cle,
iti
spossi
ble
(a)notarepl
acethem byasinglefor
ce
(b)torepl
acethem byasingl
eforce
(c)torepl
acethem byasingl
eforcethroughC.G.
(d)torepl
acethem byacouple
(e)torepl
acethem byacoupleandaf orce.
Ans: b
Q.33)Aforcei scompl
etel
ydef
inedwhenwespeci
fy
(a)magnitude
(b)di
rect
ion
(c)poi
ntofappl i
cat
ion
(d)al
loftheabov e
(e)noneoft heabove.
Ans:d
Q.34)
Iftwoequalf
orcesofmagni
tudePactat
anangle9°,
thei
rresul
tantwi
l
lbe
(a)P/
2cos9/ 2
(b)IPsi
n9/2
(c)2Ptan9/
2
(d)2Pcos9/2
(e)Psi
n9/2.
Ans:d
Q.35)Theal gebrai
csum oft her
esol
vedpartsofanumberoffor
cesinagiv
endir
ecti
on
i
sequal totheresolv
edpar toft
hei
rresul
tanti
nthesamedir
ecti
on.Thi
sisasperthe
pri
ncipleof
(a)forces
(b)independenceoff orces
(c)dependenceoff orces
(d)balanceoff orce
(e)resoluti
onoff or
ces.
Ans: e
Q.36)Theresolvedpar toftheresultantoftwof orcesincli

nedatanangle9inagi
ven
dir
ectionisequal t
o
(a)thealgebrai
csum oft heresolv
edpar tsoft heforcesinthegi
vendir
ecti
on
(b)thesum oft heresolvedpar t
soft heforcesi nthegivendir
ect
ion
(c)thediff
erenceoft heforcesmul tipl
i
edbyt hecosineof9
(d)thesum oft heforcesmul ti
pli
edbyt hesi neof9
(e)thesum oft heforcesmul ti
pli
edbyt het angentof9.
Ans: a
Q.37)Thefor ces,whichmeetatonepoi nt
,but
thei
rli
nesofact
iondonotl
i
einapl
ane,
arecall
ed
(a)coplanarnon-concur rentf
orces
(b)non-coplanarconcur rentf
orces
(c)non-coplanarnon- concurr
entfor
ces
(d)int
ersectingforces
(e)noneoft heabov e.
Ans: b
Q.38)Whichofthef
oll
owi
ngi
snotascal
arquant
it
y
(a)ti
me
(b)mass
(c)vol
ume
(d)densi
ty
(e)accel
erat
ion.
Ans:e
Q.39)
Accordingt
oprinci
pleoftransmissi
bil
i
tyofforces,
theef
fectofaf
orceupona
bodyis
(a)maxi
mum wheni tactsatthecenterofgrav
ityofabody
(b)di
ff
erentatdi
ff
erentpoint
sinitsli
neofacti
on
(c)thesameatever
ypoi
nti
nit
sli
neofacti
on
(d)minimum wheni
tact
satt
heC.G.oft
hebody
(e)noneoftheabov
e.
Ans: c
Q.40)Whichofthef
oll
owi
ngi
sav
ect
orquant
it
y
(a)energy
(b)mass
(c)moment um
(d)angle
(e)speed.
Ans:c
Q.41)Anumberoff orcesacti
ngatapointwi llbeinequil
i
brium i
f
(a)theirtot
al sum i
szer o
(b)twor esolvedpartsint wodi
rect
ionsatrightanglesareequal
(c)sum ofr esolv
edpar t
sinanytwoper-pendiculardi
rect
ionsarebot
hzer
o
(d)allofthem areinclinedequal
ly
Ans: c
Q.42)Twonon- col
l
inearparal
l
el equal
for
cesact
ingi
nopposi
tedi
rect
ion
(a)balanceeachother
(b)constit
uteamoment
(c)constit
uteacouple
(d)constit
uteamomentofcoupl e
(e)constit
utearesul
tantcouple.
Ans:c
Q.43)Accordingtopr i
ncipleofmoment s
(a)i
fasy stem ofcoplanarf or
cesisinequil
ibri
um,thenthei
ralgebrai
csum
i
sz ero
(b)i
fasy stem ofcoplanarf or
cesisinequil
ibri
um,thenthealgebrai
csum oft
hei
r
moment saboutanypoi ntinthei
rplaneiszero
(c)thealgebrai
csum oft hemoment sofanyt woforcesaboutanypointi
sequal
to
momentoft heiwesult
antaboutt hesamepoi nt
(d)posit
iveandnegat ivecouplescanbebal anced
Ans: b
Q.
44)Whichofthef
oll
owi
ngi
snotav
ect
orquant
it
y
(
a)mass
(
b)vel
ocity
(
c)accel
erati
on
(
d)for
ce
(
e)moment .
Ans:
a
Q.45)Accordingt olawoft ri
angleofforces
(a)thr
eef or
cesact i
ngatapoi ntwi l
lbeinequili
bri
um
(b)threefor
cesact i
ngatapoi ntcanberepresentedbyat r
iangle,eachsi
debeing
proporti
onaltof orce
(c)ift
hreeforcesact i
nguponapar t
icl
earerepresentedinmagni tudeanddir
ecti
onby
thesidesofat r
iangle,takeninorder,t
heywillbeinequil
i
brium
(d)ift
hreefor cesact i
ngatapoi ntareinequil
ibri
um,eachf orceispropor
ti
onaltothe
sineoftheangl ebet weent heothertwo
Ans: c
Q.46)Ifari
gidbodyisi
nequil
i
brium undert
heacti
onoft
hreef
orces,
then
(a)theseforcesar
eequal
(b)theli
nesofacti
onoftheseforcesmeetinapoint
(c)theli
nesofacti
onoftheseforcesarepar
all
el
(d)(b)and(c)above
(e)noneoftheabov e.
Ans: d
Q.47)Accordingt oLami ’
stheorem
(a)threefor
cesact i
ngatapoi ntwillbeinequili
bri
um
(b)threefor
cesact i
ngatapoi ntcanber epresentedbyat r
iangle,eachsidebei
ng
proporti
onaltof orce
(c)ift
hreefor cesactinguponapar t
icl
earerepresentedinmagni tudeand
direct
ionbyt hesidesofat ri
angle,takeninorder,theywil
lbei nequil
ibr
ium
(d)ift
hreefor cesactingatapoi ntareinequil
ibri
um, eachforceisproporti
onal
tothe
sineoftheangl ebet weentheot hertwo
Ans: d
Q.48)Twocoplanarcoupl
eshavingequal
andopposi
temoment
s
(a)balanceeachother
(b)produceacoupleandanunbalancedfor
ce
(c)areequival
ent
(d)produceamomentofcoupl e
(e)cannotbalanceeachother
.
Ans:a
Q.
49)Theproductofeit
herf
orceofcoupl
ewi
tht
hear
m oft
hecoupl
eiscal
l
ed
(
a)resul
tantcoupl
e
(
b)momentoft heforces
(
c)resul
ti
ngcouple
(
d)momentoft hecouple
(
e)noneoft heabove.
Ans:
d
Q.
50)Theresul
tantoft
woequal
for
ces‘
P’maki
nganangl
e‘θ’
,i
sgi
venby
A.2Psinθ/2
B.2Pcosθ/2
C.2Ptanθ/2
D.2Pcot
θ/2
Answer
:Opt
ionB
Dr.D.Y.Patil Institute of Engineering and Technology,
Pimpri,Pune-411018
First Year Engineering Department
Engineering Mechanics
Unit 1 Moments,Varignon’s Thm, Parallel force system, couple, Equivalent force couple
system
1 A like parallel force system consists of four forces of magnitude 10 N, 20 N, 30 N and 40 N acting at 0.2 m apart
from each other respectively. The position of the resultant from the first force 10 N is
a) 0.4 m b) 0.6 m
c) 0.2 m d) 0.1 m
2 A door of width 1 m can rotate if a moment of 10 Nm is applied. The minimum force that can be applied to open it
is
a) 8.66 N b) 10 N
c) 5N d) None of the above
0
3 A force of 200 N acts 40 to the spoke of the cycle wheel 250 mm in radius. The moment about the centre of the
wheel will be nearer to
a) 50 Nm b) 38 Nm
c) 32 Nm d) 30 Nm
4 The moment of the 30 N force passing through the coordinates (4, 0) and (0, 3) about the origin
a) 60 Nm b) 100 Nm
c) 72 Nm d) 45 Nm
5 A force of 100 N makes an angle of 600 anticlockwise with the horizontal. It passes through the point having
coordinates(4, 5). The moment of this force about origin is nearer to
a) 306 Nm b) 466 Nm
c) 446 Nm d) 606 Nm
6 A plate ABCD is of breadth AB = 40 mm and depth AD = 20 mm. A force of 10 N at an angle 285 0 is applied at
D. The magnitude of the moment of the force about point A is nearer to
a) 193 Nm b) 133 Nm
c) 143 Nm d) 93 Nm
7 On a rod AD forces 20 N, 10 N, 35 N, 15 N act at points A, B, C, D respectively. Forces 20 N, 10 N, 15 N act
downward and 35 N acts upward. The position of the points B,C,D from A are 20 mm, 30 mm, and 50 mm
respectively. The position of the resultant from point A is
a) 20 mm b) 125 mm
c) 10 mm d) 25 mm
8 A force of 500 N is to be resolved into two forces P and Q parallel to and in the direction of line of action of F and
acting one on each side of F at a distance of 3 and 2 units respectively. The values of P and Q are
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
a) 200 N, 300 N b) 300 N, 200 N

c) 250 N, 250 N d) 600 N, 100N
9 A pulley of diameter AB = 200 mm is subjected to two equal unlike parallel forces of 2000 N one at A and other at
B tangentially. A third force of 500 N acts through centre of pulley at 45 0. The resultant force and couple will be
a) 2500 N at 1350 along with couple of 2000 b) 500 N at 450alongwith couple of 400 Nm
Nm
c) 500 N at 450 along with couple of 2000 Nm d) 2000 N at 450 along with couple of 500 Nm
10 On a rod AD forces 20 N, 10 N, 35 N, 15 N act at points A, B, C, D. Forces 20 N, 10 N, 15 N act downward and
35 N acts upward. The position of the points B,C,D from A are 20 mm, 30 mm, and 50 mm respectively. The
a) 10 N, 500 Nmm b) 10 N, 100 Nmm
c) 80 N, 500 Nmm d) 90 N, 1100 Nmm
11 Three like horizontal forces of 10 N, 20 N, and 10 N act on a vertical rod at A, B, C. If AB = BC = 20 mm. The
resultant force couple system at A is
a) 40 N, 800 Nmm b) 0 N, 400 Nmm
c) 20 N, 200 Nmm d) None of these
12 Two like parallel forces of 60 N and 180 N act 120 mm apart from each other. The position of the resultant from
60 N force will be
a) 100 mm b) 60 mm
c) 80 mm d) 90 mm
13 Three weights 30 N, 10 N, 20 N are placed at the three corner taken clockwise on a square ABCD normal to the
plane. What should be the weight at the remaining corner so that the resultant of the system lies at the centre of
square O?
a) 20 N b) 10 N
c) 60 N d) Not possible
14 A force of 100 N acting tangential to a drum of radius 0.25 m, must be transferred parallel to itself to its centre O.
The moment which should accompany it for equivalent effect is
a) 20 Nm b) 25 Nm
c) 30 Nm d) 35 Nm
15 A force of 100 N acting tangential to a drum of radius 0.25 m, must be transferred parallel to itself to a
diametrically opposite point B. The moment which should accompany it for equivalent effect is
a) 30 Nm b) 40 Nm
c) 50 Nm d) 60 Nm
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
16 A force of 60 N acts at horizontal distance of 1 m from origin; angle made by force with horizontal is 20 0. The
moment of force about origin is
a) 20.5 Nm b) 30.5 Nm
c) 96.42 Nm d) 16.67 Nm
17 Two like parallel forces are acting at a distance of 24 mm apart and their resultant is 20 N. If the line of action of
the resultant is 6 mm forceacting at left. The two forces are
a) 15 N and 5 N b) 30 N and 5 N
c) 25 N and 5 N d) None of the above
18 Three forces acting on a rigid body are represented in magnitude, direction and action by the three side of a
triangle taken in order. The force are equivalent to a couple whose moment is equal to k times the area of triangle,
k is equal to
a) 1 b) 2
c) 0.5 d) None of the above
19 A couple produces
a) Translatory motion b) Rotational motion.
c) Combined translator and rotational d) None of the above
20 The two forces of 100 N and 300 N have their lines of action parallel to each other but are in the opposite
directions. These forces are known as
a) Coplanar concurrent forces b) Coplanar non-concurrent forces
c) Like parallel forces d) Unlike parallel forces
21 A vertical force of P N acting in first quadrant I X-Y plane at (2 m, 1 m). If P = 200 N, magnitude of moment
about origin is
a) 100 Nm b) 200 Nm
c) 300 Nm d) 400 Nm
22 A force 10 N at an angle 300 with x-axis and acting in vertical plane, containing axis of tower is acting at the top of
the tower of height 12 m, the magnitude of moment in Nm created by the focus at the base of the tower is nearer to
a) 104 b) 100
c) 120 d) 100
23 A 20 kN weight is lifted by a crane from a horizontal distance of 6 m from the position of the driver. What will be
the magnitude of moment created by weight at position of the driver?
a) 120 kNm b) 150 kNm
c) 175 kNm d) 200 kNm
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
24 If the arm of couple is doubled, its moment will

a) Be halved b) Remain same
c) Be doubled d) None of these
25 In a couple, the lines of action of the two forces are
a) Parallel to each other b) Inclined to each other
c) Perpendicular to each other d) None of the above
26 Find the moment of the force F about origin. Magnitude of F = 20 N, Angle of F with horizontal is 30 degrees
anticlockwise, coordinates of point of application of F (5, -4) m
a) 119 Nm b) 82 Nm
c) 60 Nm d) 100 Nm
27 The magnitude of two unlike parallel forces P each acting at 1 m apart, is equivalent to two unlike parallel forces
of 300 N each acting at a distance of 100 mm. Find P?
a) 240 N b) 60 N
c) 120 N d) 30 N
28 A bar weighing 100 N is hinged at one end and the other end is tied to a vertical string which keeps the bar
horizontal. The tension in the string is nearer to
a) 500 N b) 100 N
c) 50 N d) 10 N
29 Three like parallel forces of 20 N, 30 N and 40 N acts at a distance 1 m apart from each other. Their resultant acts
at a distance of ------------------ from 20 N force
a) 0.25 m b) 0.6 m
c) 1m d) 1.2 m
30 A force of 20 N passes from points A(1, 2) and B(2, 1). The moment of the force about the origin will be nearer to
a) 21 Nm b) 30 Nm
c) 42 Nm d) 48 Nm
31 A force of 50 N acting at A(3, 4) makes an angle of 50 degree anticlockwise with the horizontal. Its moment about
origin will be nearer to
a) 150 Nm b) 222 Nm
c) 244 Nm d) 260 Nm
32 Two unlike parallel forces of 20 N each act at 45 degree with the x-axis. The perpendicular distance between the
line of action of the forces is 1 m. The moment produced is
a) 10 Nm b) 15 Nm
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
c) 18 Nm d) 20 Nm
33 Two unlike parallel forces of 20 N each act at 30 degree with the x-axis at a point A and B which are 1 m apart on
the x-axis. The moment produced is
a) 5 Nm b) 10 Nm
c) 12 Nm d) 15 Nm
34 A force of 50 N acts tangentially to a circle of diameter 750 mm. Its moment about a point situated diametrically
opposite is
a) 31000 Nmm b) 34000 Nmm
c) 35000 Nm d) 37500 Nm
35 A force of 50 N acts tangentially to a circle of diameter 750 mm. Its moment about the center of the circle will be
a) 18750 Nmm b) 15000 Nmm
c) 15575 Nmm d) 12500 Nmm
36 If two unlike parallel forces are acting on a member then their resultant will lie
a) Within the two forces b) Outside the two forces
c) At the center of the two forces d) None of the above
37 If two like parallel forces are acting on a member then their resultant will lie
38 Two unlike parallel forces 5 N each act at 4 m apart. The moment produced by these forces can be nullified by
another two unlike parallel forces of 20 N each acting -------------- m apart.
a) 1 b) 5
c) 10 d) 20
39 Three like parallel forces of 20 N, 30 N and P N acts at a distance 1 m apart from each other. Their resultant acts at
a distance of 1.22 m from the 20 N force. The value of P is approximately equal to
a) 10 N b) 20 N
c) 30 N d) 40 N
40 A couple of 30 Nm is applied to a screw driver of length 0.3 m to tighten a screw. The force required to produce
the couple will be
a) 25 N b) 75 N
c) 100 N d) 200 N
41 A number of like parallel forces acting on a body can be
a) Replaced by a single force b) Replaced by a couple
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
c) Both A and B d) None of the above

42 A square ABCD of sides 1 m rest on side AB. A force of 100 N acting at 45 0 with AB, acts at point C which is
diagonally opposite to A. The moment of this force about A is
a) Zero b) 71 Nm
c) 100 Nm d) 142 Nm
43 What is the moment of force about the apex of triangle, if 3 forces of 40 N each acting along the sides of
equilateral triangle of side 2 m taken in order
a) 51.96 Nm b) 69.3 Nm
c) 30.6 Nm d) 6.67 Nm
44 Two identical members of 100 mm length are joined together at their center to form a cross (+). Four forces 1 N, 2
N, 3 N, and 4 N act at the ends normal to each member in the anti-clockwise direction. Find the moment developed
at the center
a) 40 Nmm b) 50 Nmm
c) 160 Nmm d) 500 Nmm
45 If three like parallel forces of 1 N, 1.5 N and 2 N acts at a distance of 0.5 m each. Find distance of resultant from 1
N force
a) 0.5 m b) 0.75 m
c) 0.61 m d) 0.21 m
46 Four forces 50 N, 100 N, 150 N, 200 N act in clockwise direction along the sides of a square of side 0.6 m. The
moment of force about the centroid of the square is
a) 125 Nm b) 250 Nm
c) 30 Nm d) 150 Nm
47 Force F = 300 N acting vertically upward at x = 2 m, y = 2 m. The magnitude of moment of force about origin is
a) 600 Nm b) 660 Nm
c) 300 Nm d) 330 Nm
48 In a member ABCD, AB = 1 m, BC = 1 m, CD = 4 m. Force at A = 20 N acting vertically upwards at B = 20 N

acting vertically downwards, at C = 30 N acting vertically upwards and at D = 40 N acting vertically upwards.
Resultant of the force system is
a) 110 N b) 90 N
c) 20 N d) 70 N
49 Two like parallel forces of 300 N and 200 N are acting at the ends of the rod of 4 m length. Distance of resultant is
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
a) 1.6 m from larger force b) 4 m from larger force

c) 2 m from larger force d) None of the above
50 The algebraic sum of the two forces forming couple is equal to
a) Magnitude of two forces b) Magnitude of one force
c) Zero d) None of the above
51 The effect of couple is unchanged when
a) Couple is shifted to other position b) Couple is rotated through any angle
c) Couple is shifted and rotated d) All of the above
52 A force of 40 N is applied perpendicular to the edge of the door 2 m wide. Then moment of force about hinge is
a) 80 Nm b) 20 Nm
c) 40 Nm d) 60 Nm
53 Find resultant of forces when two like parallel forces of 40 N and 70 N which act at the ends of the rod 40 cm long
a) 110 N b) 50 N
c) 30 N d) 160 N
54 The moment of resultant of a force system about any point is equal to the algebraic sum of moments of all other
forces about the same point, this is the statement of law of
a) Transmissibility of forces b) Superposition
c) Triangle of forces d) Varignon’s theorm
55 If a system of forces can be reduced to a force couple system at a given point without changing effect on the body,
then it is
a) Equipollent system b) Equivalent system
c) Both a) and b) d) None of the above
56 On a member AB two unlike parallel forces 20 N each act at 0.6 m apart. The equivalent system can be
a) Couple 12 Nm b) Couple of 6 Nm
c) Force 20 N d) Force 0 N
57 What is the magnitude of vertical force required to produce a moment of 20 Nm at point A (1m, 1m) if the force is
acting at point B(2m, 2m)
a) 40 N b) 30 N
c) 20 N d) 10 N
58 Two like parallel forces of P = 400 N and Q = 200 N acting at the ends of the rod of 4 m length, then distance of
resultant is
a) 1.33 m from p b) 1.44 m from p
c) 1.66 m from p d) 1.66 m from Q
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
59 A member AB of 600 mm is inclined at 60 degrees to the horizontal. A force of 300 N acts towards left
horizontally at A. The equivalent force couple system at B is
a) 1.558 Nm (anticlockwise) b) 1.558 Nm (clockwise)
c) 300 N with 1.558 Nm (clockwise) d) 300 with 1.558 Nm (anticlockwise)
60 Varignon’s theorem of moment is used to find
a) Moment of resultant b) Position of resultant
c) Algebraic sum of moments d) All of the above
61 A member AB of 600 mm length is inclined at 60 degrees to the horizontal. A force of 300 N acts towards left
horizontally at A. The moment produced at B is
c) 2.558 Nm (clockwise) d) 2.558 Nm (anticlockwise)
from each other respectively at points A, B, C, D. The equivalent force couple system at A is
a) 100 N, 40 Nm b) 100 N, 80 Nm
c) 200 N, 40 Nm d) 100 N, 120 Nm
63 Force F = 300 N acting vertically upward at x = 2 m, y = 2 m. The equivalent force couple system at origin is
a) 300 N, 600 N (clockwise ) b) 300 N, 300 Nm (clockwise)
c) 300 N, 600 N-m (anticlockwise) d) 300 N, 300 Nm (anticlockwise)
64 A pulley of diameter AB = 200 mm is subjected to equal unlike parallel forces of 2000 N one at A and other at B
tangentially. A third force of 500 N acts through center of pulley at 45 0. The resultant force will be
a) 2500 N at 1350 b) 500 N at 450
c) 4500 N at 450 d) 2000 N at 450
65 A vertical force of 20 N acts at point B(2m, 2m). The moment produced at A(1m, 1m) is
a) 40Nm b) 30Nm
c) 20Nm d) 10Nm
66 The 10 N force is required to be applied to a door at the end of width 1m to rotate it. The moment produced about
the hinge is
a) 8.66Nm b) 10Nm
c) 5Nm d) None of the above
67 When two like parallel forces of 40N and 70N which act at the ends of the rod 40cm long. Find the position of
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
resultant of forces from 40N force

a) 25cm b) 50cm
c) 30 cm d) 40 cm
68 Find the equivalent force couple system at A when two like parallel forces of 40 N and 70 N which act at the ends
of the rod AB 40 cm long respectively.
a) 110 N, 2800 Ncm b) 55 N, 26 Ncm
c) 30 N, 25 Ncm d) 160 N, 2800 Ncm
diagonally opposite to A. The equivalent force couple system at A is
a) Zero b) 100 N force acting at 450
c) 100 N at 450 , 100 Nm d) 100 N at 450, 707 Nm
70 A vertical member AB of length 2 m is subjected to couple of 10 Nm at the center. What should be the magnitudes
of two unlike parallel forces acting 2 m apart, which can balanced the above couple
a) 5 N, 5 N b) 15 N, 5 N
c) 10 N, 10 N d) 10 N, 15 N
71 A force of 100 N is required to produce the moment in a screw driver of length 0.3 m to tighten the screw. The
moment produced is
a) 300 Nm b) 75 Nm
c) 30 Nm d) 200 Nm
0
72 A member AB of 600 mm is inclined at 60 to the horizontal. A force of 300 N acts towards left horizontally at A.
The equivalent force couple system at B
a) 300 N, 1.558 Nm (anticlockwise) b) 300 N, 1.558 Nm (clockwise)
c) 300 N, 2.558 Nm (clockwise) d) 300 N, 2.558 Nm (anticlockwise)
0
The moment at B is
a) 290 Nm b) 558 Nm
c) 277 Nm d) 155 Nm
74 A horizontal member AB of length 5 m is subjected to inclined force of 30 N acting 40 0 anticlockwise with the
horizontal and acting at the center of the member. The magnitude of the moment produced about A and B are
respectively
a) 24.2 Nm, 48.2 Nm b) 48.2 Nm, 24.2 Nm
c) 24.2 Nm, 24.2 Nm d) 48.2 Nm, 48.2 Nm
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
75 Three forces P = 50 N (towards East), Q = 100 N (towards north) and R = 75 (towards south) are acting on the
member, their resultant is neither to
a) 55.9 N b) 65.9 N
c) 75.9 N d) 85.9 N
76 The forces 1 N, 2 N, 3 N, 4 N, 5 N and 6 N act in order along the sides of a regular hexagon. 1 N force acting
horizontally towards right, then the resultant is nearer to
a) 0N b) 6 N
c) 12 N d) 21 N
a) 120 N b) 200 N
c) 130 N d) 50 N
78 If the forces 1 N, 2 N, 3 N, 4 N and 5 N act in order along the sides of a regular pentagon & 1 N force acting
a) 3N b) 4.75 N
c) 6N d) 4.25 N
79 Two forces acting on a ladder & resting vertical wall and horizontal floor is an example of --------------
a) Parallel forces b) Coplanar non concurrent forces
c) Non coplanar forces d) None of the above
80 Forces 10 N, 20 N, 30 N, and 40 N act along the sides of rectangle PQ, QR, RS, SP. Their resultant forces is nearer
a) 28.28 N b) 40 N
c) 100 N d) 32.32 N
81 If the forces 10 N, 20 N, 30 N, 40 N, 50 N and 60 N act in order along the sides of a regular hexagon&10 N force
acting horizontally towards right, then the resultant is nearer to
a) 50.55 N b) 60 N
c) 86.67 N d) 70.70 N
82 Forces 50 N, 100 N and 150 N act along the sides of a equilateral triangle taken in order. Their resultant forces is
nearer to
a) 0N b) 67.66 N
c) 86.67 N d) 300 N
83 For a straight rod ABC, AB = 2 m, BC = 4 m and forces acting are as 1) at A 40 N along positive x-axis, 2) at B
120 N at an angle 500 with negative x-axis in anticlockwise direction, 3) At C 60 N upwards. Their resultant force
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
is nearer to
a) 3.78 N b) 5.21 N
c) 4.89 N d) 6.33 N
84 Forces acting tangentially on a circle of 2 m radius are 1) 10 N acting North, 2) 20 N acting NE, 3) 30 N acting SE,
4) 40 N acting south. Their resultant force is nearer to
a) 65.35 N b) 55 N
c) 40 N d) 51.22 N
85 Three forces 10 N, 20 N and P N act along sides of a equilateral triangle taken in order 10 N force acting
horizontally towards right. Their resultant force is 17.32 N an angle 30 0 with negative x-axis in anticlockwise
direction. The magnitude of the force P nearer to
a) 10 N b) 17.32 N
c) 30 N d) 21.42 N
86 Four forces 100 N, 200 N, 300 N and P acting along sides of rectangle in cylinder, 100 N force is acting
horizontally towards right. Their resultant is 282.8 N (in 3 rd quadrant). The magnitude of the force P is nearer to
a) 300 N b) 400 N
c) 325.7 N d) 378.25 N
87 Four forces 25 N, 50 N, P and Q acting along sides of rectangle taken in order 25 N force acting horizontally
towards right. Their resultant is 200 N acting vertically downwards. The magnitude of the force P and Q are nearer
to
a) 150 N, 25 N b) 50 N, 100 N
c) 100 N, 50 N d) 25 N, 150 N
88 A square PQRS of side 1.5 m is acted by forces 100 N, 200 N, 300 N and 400 N along the sides taken in order.
The 100 N force acts horizontally towards right. Their resultant force is nearer to
a) 330 N b) 282.80 N
c) 400 N d) 250 N
89 A bent up bar ABC such that AB = 3 m, BC = 1 m and angle ABC is 90 0. The forces acting on it are 1) At A 40 N
at an angle 300 with positive x-axis in anticlockwise direction, 2) At B 20 N towards negative x-axis, 3) At C 10 N
towards positive x-axis, Their resultant force is nearer to
a) 33.74 N b) 36.73 N
c) 42.70 N d) 31.73 N
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
90 Forces 15 N, 25 N, 35 N, 45 N and 50 N act along & in the direction AB, AD, CB, CD and BD of a square ABCD
& 15 N force acting horizontally towards right. Their resultant force is nearer to
a) 54.1 N b) 63.40 N
c) 70.10 N d) 60.54 N
91 A horizontal bar ABCD is such that AB = BC = CD = 1.5 m carries the loads as 1) At A 10 N towards positive x-
axis 2) At B 30 N at an angle 40 degrees with negative x-axis in clockwise direction, 3) At C 45 N at an angle 50
degrees with positive x-axis in anticlockwise direction, 4) At D 55 N towards positive x-axis. Their resultant force
is nearer to
a) 77.45 N b) 89 N
c) 98.12 N d) 63.40 N
92 Three forces 10 N, 20 N and P N act along sides of a equilateral triangle taken in order 10 N force is acting
horizontally towards right. If resultant force acts vertically downward then force P is nearer to
a) 30 N b) 15 N
c) 10 N d) 0
93 A force acting on lamina having coordinates of points are 1) from A to B 100 n, A (2, 3) and B ($, $), 2) From P to
Q 150 N, P (1, 0) and Q (3, 0), 3) From R to S 125 N, R (0, 2) and S (0, 4). The resultant of the force system is
nearer to
a) 279.40 N b) 313.42 N
c) 293.50 N d) 286.37 N
94 A forces acting at points A,B, C, D tangentially on a circle taken in order anticlockwise are 1) 100 N acting
towards north, 2) P N acting towards west, 3) 50 N acting towards south, 4) 125 N acting towards east
respectively. If resultant force is 60 N in 1 st quadrant. Find P
a) 87.45 N b) 91.83 N
c) 103.42 N d) 59.47 N
95 If the forces 10 N, 20 N, 30 N, 40 N, and 50 N act in order along the sides of a regular pentagon while the forces
10 N acting horizontally towards right, then the resultant is nearer to
a) 62.5 N b) 51.5 N
c) 42.5 N d) 45.5 N
96 The forces acting on a square plate 10 m * 10 m are as under 1) AB = 10 N, A (1, 2) and B (3, 3) , 2) CD = 15 N,
C (1, 0) and D (-3, 3) , 3) EF = 20 N, E (-2, 0) and F (-1, -3) , 4) GH = 25 N, G (1, -2) and H (3, 0). The resultant
of the force system is nearer to
a) 34.22 N b) 23.47 N
c) 28.41N d) 51.71 N
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
97 Forces acting tangentially on a circle are 1) 4 P N acting towards North, 2) 3P N acting towards West, 3) 2P N
acting towards South, 4) P N acting towards East. Resultant force in nearer to
a) 1.4 P b) 2P
c) 1.8 P d) 2.83 P
98 ABCD is a rectangle in which AB = CD = 100 mm and BC = DA = 80 mm and force of 100 N each is acting along
AB and CD and force of 80 N each is acting along BC and DA. Their resultant force is nearer to
a) 0 b) 180 N
c) 360 N d) 20 N
99 A horizontal rod WXY, WX = 2 m, XY = 4 m subjected to the loading as 1) At W 4 N towards positive x-axis, 2)

At X 12 N towards negative x-axis, 3) At Y 6 N upwards. Their resultant force is
a) 14 N b) 2 N
c) 10 N d) 15 N
100 Four forces 50 N, 100 N, 110 N and 180 N are acting along sides AB, BC, CD and DA of a square ABCD. Their
a) 100 N b) 110 N
c) 180 N d) 50 N
a) 130 N b) 60 N
c) 180 N d) 100 N
102 A man weighing 600 N is standing at middle of light rod of 4 m long. This man is lifted by other two men one is 1
m from left end and other is 0.7 m from right end, the weight carried by left and right man is nearer to
a) 261 N, 339 N b) 300 N, 300 N
c) 325 N, 275 N d) 339 N, 261 N
103 Four forces 50 N, 90 N, 20 N and 50 N are acting along sides AB, BC, CD and DA of a square ABCD of side 2 m.
Their resultant force is 50 N. Calculate position of resultant w.r.t. A
a) 4.4 m b) 4.1 m
c) 4m d) 3 m
104 Four forces 180 N, 100 N, 60 N and 50 N are acting along sides AB, BC, CD and DA of a square ABCD of side 2
m. Their resultant force is 130 N. Calculate position of resultant w.r.t. A
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
a) 2.46 m b) 3.46 m
c) 2.64 m d) 3.64 m
105 Which of the following statement is correct 1) summation of moment of all forces about Pt is equal to resultant
moment @ same point 2) summation of all forces is equal to resultant, 3) a & B, 4) none of the above
a) 1 b) 2
c) 1&3 d) None of the above
106 Forces 10 N, 20 N, 30 N & 40 N acts along sides of rectangle PQ, QR, RS, SP respectively. The resultant force is
given by
a) 28.28 N b) 40 N
c) 48 N d) 37 N
107 Forces 10 N, 20 N, 30 N & 40 N acts along sides of rectangle PQ, QR, RS, SP of size 3 m X 4 m has resultant
force 28.28 N directed in S45 W causing anticlockwise moment about P. Calculate location of resultant W.R.T.
a) 3.63 m b) 6.36 m
c) 2.36 m d) 4.36 m
108 Three forces 40 N, 90 N, 50 N act along AB, BC, CA along sides of equilateral triangle in anticlockwise direction,
AB being horizontal. Calculate resultant of the force system
a) 0N b) 45.82 N
c) 30 N d) 47 N
109 Resultant of four forces acting on square plate ABCD is 15 N, & N 30 E. If moment of resultant about B is 22.5
Nm clockwise, locate point where resultant intersts vertical side BC
a) 3.5 m b) 3 m
c) 2.5 m d) 1.73 m
110 Forces acting at points A,B, C, D tangentially on a circle taken in order anticlockwise are 1) 210 N acting towards
north, 2) 100 N acting towards west, 3) 90 N acting towards south, 4) 50 N acting towards east respectively. If
a) 130 N b) 120 N
c) 200 N d) 100 N
north, 2) 240 N acting towards west, 3) 210 N acting towards south, 4) 210 N acting towards east respectively. The
a) 50 N b) 60 N
c) 70 N d) 45 N
112 Three forces act at A (4, 0), B (4, 3) and C (0, 5) of magnitude 60 N vertically upward, 50 N along OB and 100 N
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
horizontally towards right respectively. Find direction of resultant

a) 150 N b) 166.43 N
c) 100 N d) 135 N
a) 300 b) 35.300
c) 40.240 d) 32.740
114 Three forces act at A (4m, 0), B (4m, 3m) and C (0, 5m) of magnitude 60 N vertically upward, 50 N along OB and
100 N horizontally towards right respectively. Find moment about origin
a) 200 Nm b) 260 Nm
c) 245 Nm d) 250 Nm
115 Three forces act at A (4m, 0), B (4m, 3m) and C (0, 5m) of magnitude 60 N vertically upward, 100 N along OB
and 80 N horizontally towards right respectively. Find moment about origin
a) 200 Nm b) 160 Nm
c) 145 Nm d) 180 Nm
and 80 N horizontally towards right respectively. Find the resultant
a) 150 N b) 166.43 N
c) 200 N d) 135 N
117 Three forces act at A (4m, 0), B (4m, 3m) and C (0, 5m) of magnitudes 60 N vertically upward, 100 N along OB
and 80 N horizontally towards right respectively. Find inclination of the resultant
a) 36.870 b) 35.300
c) 40.240 d) 32.740
and 100 N horizontally towards left respectively. Find inclination of the resultant
a) 36.870 b) 35.300
c) 56.310 d) 32.740
100 N horizontally towards left respectively. Find inclination of the resultant
a) 150 N b) 166.43 N
c) 108.17 N d) 135 N
100 N horizontally towards left respectively. Find the value of moment at origin
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
a) 800 Nm b) 740 Nm
c) 720 Nm d) 780 Nm
121 ABC is a right angle triangle having AB horizontal base of 4 m length. AC is vertical 6 m in length. Forces 100 N,
200 N and 120 N act along AB, BC, and CA respectively. Find resultant
a) 50 N b) 47.7 N
c) 57 N d) 49.33 N
200 N and 120 N act along AB, BC, and CA respectively. Find direction of resultant
a) 76.660 b) 80.500
c) 70.240 d) 72.740
200 N and 120 N act along AB, BC, and CA respectively. Find value of moment at A
a) 800 Nm b) 665.6 Nm
c) 720 Nm d) 680 Nm
100 N and 60 N act along AB, BC, and CA respectively. Find type of resultant
a) Force b) Force & couple
c) Couple d) Not Existing
100 N and 60 N act along AB, BC, and CA respectively. Find magnitude of resultant
a) 240 Nm b) 210 Nm
c) 200 Nm d) 190 Nm
126 ABC is right angle triangle having AB horizontal base of 4 m length. AC is vertical 3 m in length. Forces 80 N,
100 N and P N act along AB, BC and CA respectively. Find magnitude of P if system reduces to a couple.
a) 45 N b) 60 N
c) 80 N d) 75 N
127 ABC is right angle triangle having AB horizontal base of 4 m length. AC is vertical 3 m in length. Forces PN, 60
N and 60N act along AB, BC and CA respectively. Find magnitude of P if system reduces to a couple.
a) 100 N b) 60 N
c) 80 N d) 75 N
128 ABC is right angle triangle having AB horizontal base of 4 m length. AC is vertical 3 m in length. Forces P N, 100
N and 60 N act along AB, BC and CA respectively. Find magnitude of P if system reduces to a couple.
a) 100 N b) 60 N
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
c) 80 N d) 75 N
130 N and 120 N act along AB, BC and CA respectively. Find type of resultant.
a) Force and couple b) Force
130 N and 120 N act along AB, BC and CA respectively. Find magnitude of resultant.
a) 500 Nm b) 600 Nm
c) 580 Nm d) 750 Nm
131 ABC is right angle triangle having AB horizontal base of 5 m length. AC is vertical 12 m in length. Forces P N,
130 N and 120 N act along AB, BC and CA respectively. Find magnitude of P if system reduces to a couple.
a) 100 N b) 60 N
c) 50 N d) 75 N
132 ABC is right angle triangle having AB horizontal base of 5 m length. AC is vertical 12 m in length. Forces 50 N, P
a) 130 N b) 60 N
c) 50 N d) 75 N
a) 130 N b) 60 N
c) 50 N d) 120 N
134 The algebraic sum of moments of the forces forming couple about any point in their plane is
a) Equal to the moment of the couple b) Constant

c) Both of above are correct d) Both of above are wrong
135 Which of the following statement is correct?
a) The algebraic sum of the forces, constituting the couple is zero

b) The algebraic sum of the forces, constituting the couple, about any point is the same
c) A couple cannot be balanced by a single force but can be balanced only by a couple of opposite sense
d) All of the above
136 The product of either force of couple with the arm of the couple is called
a)Resultant couple b) Moment of the forces

Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
c) Resulting couple d) Moment of the couple
137 The moment of a force
a) Is the turning effect produced by a force, on the body, on which it acts

b) Is equal to the product of force acting on the body and the perpendicular distance of a point and the line
of action of the force
c) Is equal to twice the area of the triangle, whose base is the line representing the force and whose vertex
is the point, about which the moment is taken
d) All of the above
138 Non-coplanar non-concurrent forces are those forces which
a) Meet at one point, but their lines of action do not lie on the same plane
b) Do not meet at one point and their lines of action do not lie on the same plane
c) Do not meet at one point but their lines of action lie on the same plane
139 According to principle of moments

a) If a system of coplanar forces is in equilibrium, then their algebraic sum is zero
b) If a system of coplanar forces is in equilibrium, then the algebraic sum of their moments about any point
in their plane is zero
c) The algebraic sum of the moments of any two forces about any point is equal to moment of the resultant
about the same point
d) Positive and negative couples can be balanced
140 A square ABCD of side 1m has four forces 100N horizontal towards right on side AB, 200N upward on side
BC, P on side CD and Q on side DA. What will be the magnitudes of P and Q if the system reduces to
couple
a)150 N &220 N c) 105 N & 210 N
b)100 N &250 N d)100 N & 200 N
141 A force 10N at an angle 30⁰ with positive X axis in first quadrant is acting at the top of the tower of height 12
m. the magnitude of moment created by the force at the base of the tower is
a) 1039.2 b) 100
c) 60 d) 102
142 20 N weight lifted by the crane is at a horizontal distance of 6m from the position of the driver. What will be
the magnitude of moment created by the weight at position of the driver?
a) 115 b) 20
c) 60 d) 120
143 Two like parallel forces F1 and F2 are acting at a distance of 24 mm apart and their resultant is 20N. If the
line of action of the resultant is 6mm from force F1, then the two forces are
a) 15 N and 5N b)20 N and 5N
c)15 N and15 N d)none of these
144 For a parallel force system, the resultant force will be ........ to all forces.
a)Perpendicular b)Parallel
c) In opposite direction d)None of the above
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
ANSWER KEY
1. a 41 a 81 b 121 b
2. b 42 a 82 c 122 a
3. c 43 b 83 c 123 b
4. c 44 d 84 d 124 c
5. c 45 c 85 c 125 a
6 a 46 d 86 b 126 b
7 c 47 a 87 d 127 a
8 a 48 d 88 b 128 c
9 b 49 a 89 d 129 c
10 b 50 c 90 c 130 b
11 a 51 d 91 b 131 c
12 d 52 a 92 d 132 a
13 d 53 a 93 c 133 d
14 b 54 d 94 b 134 a
15 c 55 b 95 c 135 d
16 a 56 a 96 b 136 d
17 a 57 c 97 a 137 d
18 b 58 a 98 a 138 b
19 b 59 c 99 c 139 b
20 d 60 d 100 a 140 d
21 d 61 b 101 a 141 a
22 a 62 a 102 d 142 d
23 a 63 b 103 a 143 a
24 c 64 b 104 a 144 b
25 a 65 c 105 a
26 a 66 b 106 a
27 d 67 a 107 b
28 c 68 a 108 b
29 d 69 b 109 b
30 c 70 a 110 a
31 c 71 c 111 a
32 d 72 b 112 b
33 b 73 c 113 d
34 d 74 d 114 b
35 a 75 a 115 b
36 b 76 b 116 c
37 a 77 c 117 a
38 a 78 d 118 c
39 d 79 b 119 c
40 c 80 a 120 b
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
Unit – I
1 If two forces of magnitude P and 2P act on a body, then their minimum resultant is
a) 2P b) 3P
c) P d) 4P
2 Two forces 3N and 1N act at normal to each other. The resultant is
a) (10)½. b) (12)½
c) (8)½ d) (7)½
3 Two forces 2n and 4n act at a point on a body. The resultant when they act at 600 is
a) (10)½ b) (6)½
c) (28)½ d) (8)½
4 If two forces of magnitude 4KN and 8 kN act on a body, then their minimum resultant is
a) 5 kN b) 4 kN
c) 3 kN d) 2 kN
5 If two forces each of magnitude F act at right angles, their effect may be neutralized by a third force P. The
value of P is
a) (2)½ F. b) (F)½
c) (3F)½ d) (5F)½
6 If the resultant of two forces (P + Q) and (P – Q) is (P2 + Q2)½ , then the angle between them is given by
a) Cos a = [-(P2 + Q2/2(P2 – Q2)]. b) Cos a = (P2 + Q2)
c) Cos a = (P2 - Q2) d) Cos a = [(P2 + Q2 + 2PQ)]
7 Two equal forces act on a body. The square of the resultant is three times the product of the forces. Then the
angle between them is
a) 900 b) 1200
c) 600. d) 1000
8 If two forces of magnitude 10kN and 20 kN act on a body, then their minimum resultant is
a) 20 kN b) 30 kN
c) 50 kN d) 10 kN.
9 The effect of a given force remains unaltered at any point along the line of action. This is according to
a) resolution b) law of motion
c) law of transmissibility . d) equilibrium
10 The resultant of two forces each of magnitude P/2 acting at a right angle is
a) P/2 b) P/(2)½.
c) (2P)½ d) (P)½
11 The resultant of two forces each of magnitude P acting at 600 is
a) 2P b) 3P
c) (3)½P. d) (2)½P
12 The resultant of two forces P1 and P2 is R, If P1 is doubled and the new resultant remains R and becomes
perpendicular to P2, then
a) P1 = P2 b) P2 = R
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
c) P1 = R d) 2P1 = R
13 If two forces of magnitude 7 N and 8N act at 600, then the resultant will be
a) 10 N b) 15 N
c) 13 N. d) 16 N
14 If two forces of magnitude P each act at angle ‘B’. Then resultant will be
a) 2P Cos B b) P Cos 2B
½
c) P(2+2 Cos B) . d) P Cos B
15 If the resultant of two equal forces has the same magnitude, then the angle between them is
a) 1200. b) 600
c) 900 d) 500
16 The angle between two forces, when the resultant is maximum and minimum are
a) 1800 and 00 b) 900 and 00
c) 00 and 1800. d) 00 and 900
17 A ---------------- is a single force which can replace two or more forces and produce the same effect
a) Resultant. b) Equilibrant
c) Moment d) Couple
18 The splitting of a force into two perpendicular directions without changing its effect is called
a) Resultant b) Resolution.
c) Moment d) Couple
19 The square of the resultant of forces P1 and P2 with angle D between them is
a) P12 +P22+2P1P2 b) P12 +P22+2P1P2Cos D.
c) P12 +P22-2P1P2 d) P12 +P22
20 If two forces of magnitude 5N and 7N act at a point on a body. The square of the resultant is three times the
product of the forces. Then the angle between them is
a) 63.710 b) 60.710
c) 65.710 d) 55.710
21 If the resultant is equal to half the magnitude of two equal forces , then the angle between the force is
a) 151.040. b) 140.50
c) 1200 d) 1000
22 If two equal forces are acting at a right angle, having resultant force of (20)½ then find out magnitude of each
force
a) (15)½ b) (5)½
c) (25)½ d) (10)½.
23 When two equal forces are acting at 600 produce a resultant equal to (28)½ then find out magnitude of each
force
a) (28/3)½. b) 28/2
c) 28/5 d) 28/7
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
24 Two forces 5N and 7 N act at a point on a body. The resultant when they act at right angle is
a) (74)½. b) (60)½
c) (70)½ d) (84)½
a) (53.21)½ b) (50.12)½
c) (55.21)½ d) (45.21)½
26 If two forces of magnitude 5kN and 10 kNacton a body, then their maximum resultant is
a) 25 kN b) 15 kN
c) 10 kN d) 20 kN
27 Two equal forces act on a body. The square of the resultant is two times the product of the forces. Then the
a) 1200 b) 900.
c) 600 d) 300
28 If two forces of magnitude 10 kN and 20 kNacton a body, then their minimum resultant is
a) 20 kN b) 10 kN
c) 30 kN d) 5 kN
29 Two forces of magnitude P and 2P act at a point on a body. The square of the resultant is three times the
a) 1200 b) 75.520.
c) 600 d) 300
30 If two forces of magnitude 2P and 4P act at a point on a body,then their maximum resultant is
a) 4P b) 6P.
c) 3P d) 8P
31 If a number of forces are acting at a point, their resultant will be inclined at an angle θ with the horizontal such
that
a) Tanθ = ΣH/ΣV b) Tanθ = ΣV/ΣH.
c) Tan θ = ΣV x ΣH d) Tan θ = 0
32 The forces, which meet at one point and their lines of action also lie in the same plane are knows as
a) Coplanar concurrent forces. b) Coplanar non-concurrent forces
c) Non-coplanar concurrent forces d) Non-oplanar forces
33 Coplanar concurrent forces are those forces which
a) Meet at one point, but do not lie in the b) Do not meet at one point and do not lie in the same
same plane plane
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
c) Meet at one point and also lie in the d) Do not meet at one point but lie in the same plane
same plane.
34 A 35 N force makes an angle 1400 with x-axis. Determine its components along the lines making angles of 3000
and 2400 with x-axis.
a) -9.11 N, 11.97 N b) -11.97 N, 6.07 N
c) 10.98 N, 7.06 N d) 7.06 N, 10.98 N
35 A mass of 72 Kg is resting on a board inclined at 200 with horizontal. What is the component of the mass
normal & parallel to the board.
a) 241.6 N, 663.7 N b) 246.3 N, 354.3 N
c) 354.3 N, 246.3 N d) 663.7 N, 241.6 N.
36 A force 235 N acts up the plane at an angle of 600 with the horizontal on a block resting on a 220 inclined plane.
Determine components of force normal and along the plane
a) 144.7 N, 185.2 N. b) 185.2 N, 144.7 N
c) 0 N, 144.7 N d) 185.2 N, 0 N
37 Determine the inclination of resultant of force 100 N at 00 and 200 N at 900.

a) 36.30 b) 63.4350
c) 56.70 d) 186.30
38 A block of mass 9 Kg rests on a plane making an angle of 160 with horizontal. Determine the component of the
weight normal to the plane.
a) 86.5 N b) 84.86 N.
c) 24.34 N d) 24.8 N
39 A telephone pole is supported by a wire which exerts a pull of 890 N on the top of the pole. If the angle
between the wire and the pole is 500, what are the horizontal and vertical components?
a) 681.8 N, 572.1 N. b) 352.3 N, 853.4 N
c) 853.4 N, 352.3 N d) 572.1 N, 681.8 N
40 Two forces act an angle of 1200. If the greater force is 50 N and their resultant is perpendicular to the smaller
force, the smaller force is
a) 20 N b) 25 N.
c) 30 N d) 35 N
41 Four concurrent forces 1 kN, 2 kN, 3kN and 4 kN acting at an angle of 200, 630, 950, 1500 from positive x-axis.
Determine their resultant in kN
a) 7.35. b) 4.35
c) 3.35 d) 2.25
42 Three concurrent forces Q = 100 N, P = 150 N, F = 150 N act at point Q, Q is along +ve x-axis, P is acting at
an angle 450 in forth quadrant and F is acting in third quadrant at an angle 450. Then their resultant is
a) 150 N b) 300 N
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
c) 234.52 N. d) 100 N
43 Effect of a force on a body depends upon its
a) Direction b) Magnitude
c) Position d) All of these.
44 If two forces equal to T in magnitude act at right angles, their effect may be neutralized by a third force acting
along their bistorin opposite direction whose magnitude will be
a) 2 T b) T/2
c) . d) None of these
45 A boat is being towed through a canal by a cable which makes an angle of 100 with the shore. If the pull in the
cable is 200 N, find the force tending to move the boat along the canal.
a) 197 N. b) 200 N
c) 250 N d) 100 N
46 Two equal forces of magnitude P represent the components of resultant. The angle made by the resultant with
vertical is
a) 450 b) 56.30
c) 26.560 d) 00
47 Forces 138.5 N horizontal and 183.5 N vertical represents components of resultant then the angle made by the
resultant with vertical is
a) 47.040 b) 34.040
c) 37.040 d) 44.040
48 Determine the inclination of resultant of forces 10 N at 00 and 20 N at 900.
a) 36.30 b) 63.4350
c) 56.70 d) 186.30
49 A man of weight 60 kg is standing on a ladder of slope 1 H:3 V, then the components of weight along the
ladder and normal to ladder are
a) 558.37 N, 168.18 N. b) -558.37 N, -186.18 N
c) 186.37 N, 558.18 N d) -558.37 N, 186.18 N
50 Two boys are pulling a box with the help of two cables. If the pull in the cables are 23 N, at an angle of 400 and
35 N at an angle of 1350 with +ve x-axis, their resultant will be
a) 14.88 N b) 41.88 N.
c) 58 N d) 12 N
51 Determine the inclination of resultant of forces 40 N at 00 and 20 N at 900
a) 450 b) 26.560
c) 20.560 d) 63.4350
52 A block of mass 19 Kg rests on a plane making an angle of 160 with horizontal. Determine the component of
the weight normal to the plane.
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
a) 51.37 N b) 179.16 N
c) 197.16 N d) 15.3 N
a) 222.20 N b) 39.18 N
c) 22.22 N d) 93.18 N
54 Two forces act an angle of 1200. If the grater force is 150 N and their resultant is perpendicular to the smaller
a) 70 N b) 75 N
c) 30 N d) 35 N
a) 50 N b) 75 N
c) 30 N d) 35 N
56 Three concurrent forces Q = 10 N, P = 15 N, F = 15 N act at point Q, Q is along +ve x-axis, P is acting at an
angle 450 in forth quadrant and F is acting in third quadrant at an angle 450. Then their resultant is
a) 23.45 N b) 32.45 N
c) 45.45 N d) 40 N
a) 65.01 N b) 56.01 N
c) 86 N d) 103 N
a) 19.7 N b) 3.47 N
c) 34.7 N d) 1.97 N
a) 69.45 N b) 393.92 N
c) 6.94 N d) 93.3 N
60 Forces 160.5 N horizontal and 173.5 N vertical represents component of resultant then the angle made by the
a) 42.770 b) 450
c) 47.220 d) 4.770
61 Forces 90 N horizontal and 72.5 N vertical represents component of resultant then the angle made by the
a) 51.140 b) 38.850
c) 15.140 d) 83.140
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
a) 372.25 N & 124.12 N b) 32.25 N & 124.12 N
c) 37.25 N & 24.12 N d) 372.25 N & 24.12 N
a) 57.01 N & 142.79 N b) 571.01 N &142.79 N
c) 571.01 N & 42.79 N d) 57.01 N & 42.79 N
a) 91.61 N b) 91.91 N
c) 61.91 N d) 16.91 N
a) 65 N b) 45.16 N
c) 74.16 N d) 47.16 N
66 If the resultant is equal to 0.6 times the magnitude of two equal forces, then the angle between the forces is
nearer to
a) 145. b) 135
c) 120 d) 100
67 If two equal forces are acting at a right angle having resultant force of (80)½, then find out magnitude of each
force
a) (15)½ b) (5)½
c) (25)½ d) (20)½
68 When two equal forces are acting at 600 produce a resultant equal to 10(3)½, then find out magnitude of each
force
a) 10. b) 25
c) 20 d) 15
69 Two forces 5 N and 7 N act at a point on a body. The resultant when they act at right angle is
a) (74)½ b) (60)½
c) (70)½ d) (84)½
70 Two forces 5 N and 7 N act at a point on a body. The resultant when they act at 450 is
a) 10.17 b) 11
c) 15 d) 13
71 If two forces of magnitude 5 kN and 10 kN act on a body. Thentheir maximum resultant is
a) 25 kN b) 15 kN
c) 10 kN d) 20 kN
72 Two equal forces act on a body. The Square of the resultant is three times the product of the forces. Then the
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
a) 1200 b) 900
c) 600 d) 300
73 If two forces of magnitude 10 kN and 20 kN act on a body. Then their minimum resultant is
a) 20 kN b) 10 kN
c) 30 kN d) 5 kN
74 Two forces of magnitude P and 2P act at a point on a body. The square of the resultant is four times the product
a) 41.40. b) 51.40
c) 45.40 d) 50.40
75 Two forces of magnitude 2P and 4P act at a point on a body. Then their maximum resultant is
a) 4 P b) 6 P
c) 3 P d) 8 P
76 An object considered to have only mass but no dimensions in mechanics is known as
a) Rigid Body . b) Deformable Body

c) Particle. d) None of the above.
77 A Particle can have
a) Only translation motion. b) Only rotational motion
c) a and b d) All the above types of motion.
78 The rate of change of momentum of an object is directly proportional to
a) Momentum b) Kinetic energy
c) Force. d) Power
79 Newton’s first law is also known as Law of
a) Inertia. b) Moments
c) Sine d) Cosine
80 The statement “force can be shifted to any point on its line of action “is known as
a) Law of Transmissibility. b) Superposition principle

c) Principle of physical independence. d) None of the above.
81 Concurrent force system can be
a) Coplanar b) Non coplanar

c) both a and b. d) None of the above.
82 The force which has same magnitude as resultant force but opposite direction is known as
a) Resultant b) Equilibrant .
c) Moment d) couple
83 The process of finding the resultant of a force system is known as
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
a) Resultant b) Resolution
c) Composition. d) None of the above.
84 The process of replacing a force by its components is known as
a) Resolution. b) Composition
c) both a and b d) None of these.
85 The graphical method for finding resultant of more than two forces is based on
a) Polygon Law. b) Triangle law
c) Parallelogram law d) resolution and composition in rectangular
components.
86 In ……………law both vectors are drawn from a common point to find resultant.
a) Polygon law b) Triangle law
c) None of these. d) Parallelogram law.
87 If magnitude of resultant of two forces of magnitudes P and √2P is P, the angle between the two forces is
a) 90 0 b) 45 0
c) 30 0 d) 135 0 .
88 The magnitudes of two given forces are 40 N and 60 N which of the following cannot be their resultant?
a) 20N b) 30N
c) 40N d)120N.
89 A force of magnitude 50N is directed from A(1,1) to B(-3,-2),The X components of force are
a) 40N, 30N b)-40N,-30N.
c) -40N,30N d) 40N,-30N
90 A block weighing 10 KN rests on an inclined plane of inclination 300 with the horizontal. The magnitude of the
component of weight parallel to inclined plane is
a) 5KN. b) 5√3 KN
c) 10 KN d) 10√3
91 A force of magnitude 26 N is acting along a line of slope 12/5, The horizontal component of force is
a) 24 N b) 10 N.
c) 20 N d) 65 N
92 If the angle between two forces each of magnitude P is 50 0 then their resultant has magnitude
a) 2P b) 2P cos50 0
c) P cos50 0 d) 2P cos250.
93 If two forces each of magnitude P have a resultant of magnitude 1.5P, the angle between any one force and
their resultant is
a) 450 b) 300
c) 41.40 . d) 600
94 If two forces act at an angle of 1200, the greater force is 50 N and their resultant is Perpendicular to the smaller
a)20 N b) 25N .
c) 30 N d) 43.33 N
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
95 The unit of force in S.I. unit is
a) Kilogram b) Newton.
c) Watt d) Dyne
96 Forces are called concurrent when their line of action meets in
a) One point . b) Two point
c) Three point d) none of the above
97 Forces are called coplanar when all of them acting on body lie in
a) One point b) One Plane .
c) Two Plane d) Two point
98 A force acting on body may
a) Introduce internal stresses b) Balance the other forces acting on it
c)Change in motion d) All of the above.
99 The unit of force in S.I. units is
a) kilogram b) Newton.
c) watt d) dyne
100 Effect of a force on a body depends upon

a) magnitude b) direction
c) position or line of action d) all of the above.

101 If two equal forces of magnitude P act at an angle 9°, their resultant will be
a) P/2 cos 9/2 b) IP sin 9/2
c) 2P tan 9/2 d) 2P cos 9/2.

102 The algebraic sum of the resolved parts of a number of forces in a given direction is equal to the resolved part
of their resultant in the same direction. This is as per the principle of
a) forces b) independence of forces
c) dependence of forces d) resolution of forces.
103 The resolved part of the resultant of two forces inclined at an angle 9 in a given direction is equal to
a) the algebraic sum of the resolved parts of b) the sum of the resolved parts of the forces in the
the forces in the given direction. given direction
c) the difference of the forces multiplied by d) the sum of the forces multiplied by the sine of 9
the cosine of 9
104 The forces, which meet at one point, but their lines of action do not lie in a plane, are called
a) coplanar non-concurrent forces b) non-coplanar concurrent forces.

c) non-coplanar non-concurrent forces d) intersecting forces
105 Which of the following is not a scalar quantity
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
a) time b) mass
c) volume d) acceleration.
106 According to principle of transmissibility of forces, the effect of a force upon a body is
a) maximum when it acts at the center of b) different at different points in its line of action
gravity of a body
c) the same at every point in its line of action. d) minimum when it acts at the C.G. of the body
107 Which of the following is not a vector quantity
a) mass. b) velocity
c) acceleration d) force
108 According to law of triangle of forces

a) three forces acting at a point will be in b) three forces acting at a point can be represented
equilibrium by a triangle, each side being proportional to
force
c) if three forces acting upon a particle are d) if three forces acting at a point are in
represented in magnitude and direction by equilibrium, each force is proportional to the
the sides of a triangle, taken in order, they sine of the angle between the other two
will be in equilibrium.
109 A force of 200 N acting at an angle of 200 degrees from positive X axis. Determine X componant
a)180 b)170
c)185 d)187.93.
110 Two forces 8 kN and 10 kN with 400 as angle between them are in second quadrant. Determine the resultant
when 10 kN force is at 150 with y axis.
a)15.92 b)16.92
c)14.92 d)18.92
111 Four forces 1kN, 2kN, 3kN and 4kN acting at an angle of 20⁰ , 63⁰ , 95⁰ ,150⁰ from positive X axis.
Determine their resultant.
a)7.35. b)4.35
c)3.35 d)2.25
112 A force of magnitude 10N makes 210 degree with the positive x axis. Its X component will be
a)5 b)10.
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
c)-5 d)-10
113 The guy wire of a vertical electric pole makes an angle of 60⁰ with the pole and is subjected to 100kN force.
What will be the vertical component of the force?
a)100 b)50.
c)55 d)155
What will be the horizontal component of the force?
a)86.6 b)86
c)85 d)85.5
115 Three forces 10kN, 20kN, 30kN, are acting along the sides of equilateral triangle in clockwise direction.
Wherein 30kN acting Horizontal towards left, The resultant is acting at ---- degrees with positive X axis.
a)300 b)600
c)900 d)00
116 Resultant of two concurrent forces 'P' each acting at an angle A is 'P' itself, then angle A is
a)900 b)600
c)1200. d)1800
117. Three concurrent forces Q=100N, P=150N, F=150N act at point O. Q is along +ve X axis, P is acting at an
angle 450 in forth quadrant with X-axis and F is in third quadrant at an angle 45⁰ with X axis. Determine their
resultant."
a)150N b)234.52N
c)450N d)100N.
118 A equilateral triangle of side 3M. All forces acting in anticlockwise direction and magnitude of all forces is
40N.What is the magnitude of the resultant of the force system?
a)120N b)0N.
c)40N d)80N
119 Four concurrent forces F1=150N, F2=100N, F3=150N and F4=500N.F1 is acting in positive Y direction, F2 is
acting in negative X direction, F3 is acting in positive Y direction, F4 is acting in positive X direction, then
calculate the magnitude of resultant?
a)250 N b)100N
c)500N. d) -250N
120 Five concurrent forces 5N, 10N,15N,20N and 25N are acting along the vertices of a regular hexagon and
making an angle of 0⁰ ,30⁰ ,60⁰ ,90⁰ and 120⁰ in anticlockwise direction with positive X axis respectively.
What is the magnitude of the resultant of these forces?
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
a)75N b)60N
c)25 N d)none of the above
121 If a body is acted upon by a number of coplanar non-concurrent forces, it may

a) rotate about itself without moving b) move in anyone direction rotating about itself
c)be completely at rest d)all the above
122 The principle of the transmissibility of forces states that, when a force acts upon a body, its effect is---
a) Same at every point on its line of action. b) Different at different points on its line of action
c)Minimum, if it acts at the center of gravity of the d)Maximum, if it acts at the center of gravity of the
body body
123 The magnitude of the resultant of the two forces of magnitude 12N and 9N acting at a point if the angle
between two forces is 300 will be
a)20 N b)20.30 N.
c)30.20 N d)20.10 N
124 Consider two forces F and 2F acting on a particle. If the force F is increased by 12 kN and 2F is doubled, the
direction of resultant is unaltered. The two forces acting on it are
a)12 kN and 24 kN. b)25 kN and 50 kN
c)30 kN and 60 kN d)None
**************
MCQ’s on Centroid
1. Moment of area about its centroidal axis is….
a. Twice the area b. Three times the area c. zero d. none of the above
2. The distance of centroid of a semicircular area of radius R from its diameter is…..
4𝑟 3𝑟 2𝑟 3𝑟
a. b. c. d.
3𝜋 8𝜋 3𝜋 4𝜋
3. The distance of centroid of a wire bent in the shape of a semicircle of radius R from its diameter is…
4𝑟 2𝑟 3𝑟 3𝑟
a. b. c. d.
3𝜋 𝜋 4𝜋 8𝜋
4. The distance of centroid of a sector of radius R and inscribed angle α from the centre is …
𝑟 sin 𝛼 2𝑟 sin 𝛼 2𝑟 4𝑟
a. b. c. d.
𝛼 3𝛼 𝜋 3𝜋
5. The distance of centroid of an arc of a circle of radius R and inscribed angle α from the centre is…
𝑟 sin 𝛼 2𝑟 2𝑟 sin 𝛼 4𝑟
a. b. c. d.
𝛼 𝜋 3𝛼 3𝜋
6. An axis over which one half of a plane figure is mirror image of the other half is ……
a. Bottom most of b. Top most axis of c. Axis of d. None of the

the figure the figure symmetry above
7. Centroid of a plane is the point at which ….
a. Volume of body b. Surface area is c. Weight of the d. All of the above

is concentrated assumed to be body is assumed
concentrated to be
concentrated
8. Centroid of a trapezium of height ‘h’ and parallel sides ‘a’ and ‘b’ measured from base ‘b’ at a
distance of …
ℎ 𝑏+2𝑎 ℎ 𝑏−2𝑎 ℎ 𝑏+2𝑎 ℎ 𝑏−2𝑎

a. ( ) b. ( ) c. ( ) d. ( )
2 𝑎+𝑏 2 𝑎+𝑏 3 𝑎+𝑏 3 𝑎+𝑏
9. The centroid a triangular lamina of height’h’ is at a distance of ……from its apex
ℎ ℎ 2ℎ 3ℎ
a. b. c. d.
2 3 3 2
10. The centroid a triangular lamina of height’h’ is at a distance of ……from its base
ℎ ℎ 2ℎ 3ℎ
a. b. c. d.
2 3 3 2
11. If the given plane figure is symmetric about vertical Y-Y axis, the centroid lies on….
a. X-X axis b. Y-Y axis c. Origin d. None of the

above
12. If a plane lamina is suspended freely from any point on it, under equilibrium condition, the centroid
lies…….point of suspension.
a. Horizontally to b. Horizontally to the c. Vertically above d. Vertically below

the left of right of
13. The centroid of an isosceles triangle with base ‘b’ and side ‘a’ is ……..from its base
1 1 1 1
a. 6
√4𝑎2 − 𝑏2 b. 6
√4𝑎2 + 𝑏2 c. 8
√4𝑎2 + 𝑏2 d. 8
√4𝑎2 − 𝑏2
14. The centroid of an equilateral triangle of side ‘a’ is at a distance ….from any of the three sides ….
𝑎 √3 𝑎 √2 𝑎 𝑎
a. b. c. d.
2 3 2√3 3√2
15. The centroid of an equilateral of side ‘a’ with a side parallel to the x axis and vertex at the origin
is…….
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
a. ( , ) b. ( , ) c. ( , ) d. ( , )
2 √12 2 √6 2 √24 3 3
16. The first moment of an area about the X-axis is…….
a. ∫ 𝑥 𝑑𝐴 b. ∫ 𝑦 𝑑𝐴 c. ∫ 𝑥 2 𝑑𝐴 d. ∫ 𝑦 2 𝑑𝐴
17. The first moment of an area about the Y- axis is…….
a. ∫ 𝑥 𝑑𝐴 b. ∫ 𝑦 𝑑𝐴 c. ∫ 𝑥 2 𝑑𝐴 d. ∫ 𝑦 2 𝑑𝐴
18. The first moment of an area about the centroidal X- axis is…….
a. ∫ 𝑥 𝑑𝐴 b. ∫ 𝑦 𝑑𝐴 c. 0 d. None of the
above
19. The first moment of an area about the centroidal Y axis is…..
a. ∫ 𝑥 𝑑𝐴 b. ∫ 𝑦 𝑑𝐴 c. 0 d. None of the
above
20. The distance of centroid of a quarter circular plane lamina of radius R from the centre is ….
4𝑅 4𝑅 8𝑅 d. None of the
a. b. c.
3𝜋 𝜋 3√2𝜋 above
21. The distance of a centroid a wire bent in the shape of a quarter circle of radius R from its centre is…...
4𝑅 2𝑅 𝑅 4𝑅
a. b. c. d.
3𝜋 𝜋 𝜋 √2𝜋
22. X is the distance of centroid from …
a. X- axis b. Y-axis c. Centroidal X axis d. Centroidal Y axis
23. Y is the distance of centroid from ….
a. X- axis b. Y-axis c. Centroidal X axis d. Centroidal Y axis
24. Centroid of a body coincides with its centre of mass when …
a. Acceleration b. All particles have c. Body has uniform d. None of the above
due to same mass density
gravity is
same for all
particles of
the body
MCQs on UNIT- III EQUILIBRIUM
1. The main condition for the rigid body is that the distance between various particles of the
body does change.
B
a) True
b) False
2. What does Newton’s third law states?

a) The rate of change of momentum is equal to the force applied
b) For every reaction, there is an opposite reaction B
c) The body tends to be rotated if the force is applied tangentially
d) The body is rest until a force is applied
3. Free body diagrams don’t play any role in making the calculations on the conditions of the
equilibrium of the body.
B
a) True
b) False
4. For the conditions of the equilibrium of the body, i.e. the rigid body only the external forces
defines the equilibrium. And the support reactions only cancels out the rotation part of the
body
a) The first part of the statement is false and other part is true C
b) The first part of the statement is false and other part is false too
c) The first part of the statement is true and other part is false
d) The first part of the statement is true and other part is true to
5. For two force members to be in equilibrium when

a) They both must not be collinear
b) They must be of different magnitude D
c) They must be in the same direction
d) They must be in the opposite direction cancelling each other
6. A beam is a structural member which is subjected to

a. Axial tension or compression
b. Transverse loads and couples B
c. Twisting moment
d. No load, but its axis should be horizontal and x-section rectangular or circular
7. A cantilever is a beam whose

a. Both ends are supported either on rollers or hinges
b. One end is fixed and other end is free B
c. Both ends are fixed
d. Whose both or one of the end has overhang
8. The beam shown in below figure is supported by a hinge at A and a roller at B. The
reaction RA of the hinged support A of the beam, is
D
a. 10.8t
b. 10.6t
c. 10.4t
d. 10.2t
9. Find the reaction of a simply supported beam 6m long is carrying a uniformly distributed
load of 5kN/m over a length of 3m from the right hand.
a. RA=3.75.KN, RB=11. 25 kN
A
b. RA=4.75.KN, RB=11. 25 kN
c. RA=5.75.KN, RB=11. 25 kN
d. RA=6.75.KN, RB=11. 25 kN
10. _______ is a horizontal structural member subjected to transverse loads perpendicular to its
axis.
a) Strut
b) Column
c) Beam C
d) Truss
Answer: c
Explanation: A beam is a horizontal structural member subjected to a transverse load perpendicular
to its own axis. Beams are used to support weights of roof slabs, walls and staircases. The type of
beam usually depends upon the span, type of load elasticity and type of structure
11. Fixed beam is also known as ________

a) Encastered beam
b) Built on beam
c) Rigid beam
d) Type beam A
Answer: a
Explanation: A beam which is fixed at both supports is called fixed beam or encastered beam. All
framed structures are examples of fixed beams.
12. U.D.L stands for?

a) Uniformly diluted length
b) Uniformly developed loads
c) Uniaxial distributed load
d) Uniformly distributed loads D
Answer: d
Explanation: These loads are uniformly spread over a portion or whole area. They are generally
represented as rate of load that is Kilo Newton per meter length (KN/m).
13. Given below diagram is ______ load.
a)Uniformly distributed load

b) Uniformly varying load
B
c) Uniformly decrees load
d) Point load
Answer: b
Explanation: A load which varies uniformly on each unit length is known as uniformly varying
load. Sometimes the load is zero at one end and increases uniformly to the other forms of uniformly
varying loads.
14. Moving train is an example of ____ load.

a) Point load
b) Cantered load
c) Rolling load
d) Uniformly varying load C
Answer: c
Explanation: As train’s wheels (rolling stock) move in rolling way. The upcoming load will be
considered as rolling load.
15. Continuous beams are _________

a) Statically determinate beams
b) Statically indeterminate beams
c) Statically gravity beams
d) Framed beams B
Answer: b
Explanation: Fixed beams and continuous beams are statically indeterminate beams which cannot
be analyzed only by using static equations.
16. Units of U.D.L?

a) KN/m
b) KN-m
c) KN-m×m
d) KN A
Answer: a
Explanation: As these loads distribute over span the units for this kind of loads will be load per
meter length i.e KN/m. It is denoted by “w”.
17. A simple support offers only_______ reaction normal to the axis of the beam.
a) Horizontal
b) Vertical
A
c) Inclined
d) Moment
Answer: a
Explanation: In a simple support there will not be any resistance to horizontal loads, moment or
rotation. In fact, it only offers a vertical reaction normal to the axis of the beam
18. ________ support develops support moment.

a) Hinged
b) Simple
c) Fixed
d) Joint C
Answer: c
Explanation: A fixed support offers resistance against horizontal and vertical movement and against
the rotation of the member and that in turn developers support moment.
19. Hinge support is called as __________

a) Socket joint
b) Swivel joint
c) Ball joint
d) Pin joint D
Answer: d
Explanation: Hinge support is one, in which the position is fixed but not the direction. In their
words hinged support offers resistance against vertical and horizontal moments.it is fixed in such a
way that it resembles like a pin joint.
20. Name the support from following figure.
a) Hinge support
b) Fixed support
c) Free support
d) Roller support
Answer: b
Explanation: In the above figure we can observe that the beam is supported at both the ends so the
beam is fixed at both ends. Hence the support is a fixed support.
21. For a simply supported beam, the moment at the support is always __________
a) Maximum
b) Zero
B
c) Minimum
d) Cannot be determined
Answer: b
Explanation: As the moment is a product of force and perpendicular distance, the flexural moment
at the support is zero because there is no distance at the support.
22. Find the reaction at simple support A?
a) 6.5 kN
b) 9 kN D
c) 10 kN
d) 7.5 kN
Answer: d
Explanation: Total load = 10 kN
Taking moment at A = 0
4 × R @ B – 10 = 0
R @ B = 2.5 kN
Reaction at A = 10 – 2.5 = 7.5kN.
23. Roller support is same as _____

a) Hinged support
b) Fixed support
c) Simply support
d) Roller support C
Answer: c
Explanation: The support reaction is normal to the axis of the beam. It facilitates the vertical support. It
helps the beam to overcome the temperature stresses effectively. It is similar to simple support.
24. Hinged supports offers vertical and ________ reaction.

a) Horizontal
b) Moment
c) Rotation
d) Couple A
Answer: a
Explanation: A hinged support offers a vertical and horizontal reaction. The pin jointed support offers
resistance against horizontal and vertical movements but not against rotation movement.
25. . Free body diagrams don’t play any role in making the calculations on the conditions of the
a) True
B
b) False
Answer: b
Explanation: The free body diagrams does play an important role in the formation of the conditions of
the equilibrium of the rigid body. As the net forces are zero, the fbd helps us to take the measure of the
same. That is to see whether the summation is really zero or not.
26. According to Lami’s theorem

(a) three forces acting at a point will be in equilibrium
(b) three forces acting at a point can be represented by a triangle, each side being proportional
to force
D
(c) if three forces acting upon a particle are represented in magnitude and
direction by the sides of a triangle, taken in order, they will be in equilibrium
(d) if three forces acting at a point are in equilibrium, each force is proportional to the sine of
the angle between the other two
27. Determine the tension in cables AB and AD
a. TAD = 4.249 KN, TAB = 4.91 KN

b. TAD = 4.91 KN, TAB = 4.249 KN
c. TAD = 5.91 KN, TAB = 4.249 KN
d. TAD = 4.91 KN, TAB = 5.249 KN
28. This Is Called------------------
B
a. Point load
b. Uniformly distributed load
c. Uniformly varying load.
d. Uniformly load.
30. Which of the following is correct?
a) The application of the conditions of the equilibrium of the body is valid only if the forces are
collinear
b) The application of the conditions of the equilibrium of the body is valid only if the forces are D
parallel
c) The application of the conditions of the equilibrium of the body is valid only if the forces are
perpendicular
d) The application of the conditions of the equilibrium of the body is valid throughout
Sr. Weightage
No. (2 Mark)
30 10Kg=___ N 9.81 98.1 981 0.98 B 2
Sr. Weightage
No. (2 Mark)
Connected with
frictionless pins
cable
MCQs
U N I T 1-6
Click on the Unit to Navigate

Unit 1 Resolution and Composition of Forces
Unit 2 Distributed Forces and Friction
Unit 3 Equilibrium
Unit 4 Analysis of Structures
Unit 5 Kinematics of Particle
Unit 6 Kinetics of Particles
For Other Subjects Notes & MCQs

Resolution and
Composition of Forces Q. If the resultant of two forces (P+Q)
and(P-Q) is(P²+Q²)½, then the angle between
them is given by
UNIT 1A
A. cos a=[-(P²+Q²/2(P²-Q²)]
Q. If two forces of magnitude P and 2P act B. cos a=(P²+Q²)
on a body , then their minimum resultant is C. cos a=(P²-Q²)
D. cos a=(P²+Q²+2PQ)
A. 2P
Ans. A
B. 3P
C. P Q. Two equal forces act on a body. The
D. 4P
square of the resultant is three times the product
Ans. C
A. 90°
Q. Two forces 3N and 1N act at normal to
B. 120°
each other. The resultant is
C. 60°
A. (10)½
D. 100°
B. (12)½
Ans. C
C. (8)½
D. (7)½
Q. If two forces of magnitude 10kN and
Ans. A
20kN act on a body , then their maximum
resultant is
A. 20kN
body. The resultant when they act at 60° is
B. 30kN
A. (10)½
C. 50kN
B. (6)½
D. 10kN
C. (28)½
Ans. B
D. (8)½
Ans. C
Q. The effect of a given force remains
unaltered at any point along the line of action
Q. If two forces of magnitude 4kN and 8kN .This is according to
act on a body , then their minimum resultant is A. resolution
A. 5kN B. law of motion
B. 4kN
C. law of transmissibility
C. 3kN
D. equilibrium
D. 2kN
Ans. C
Ans. B
Q. The resultant of two forces each of
Q. If two forces each of magnitude 'F' act at
right angles, their effect may be neutralised by a
A. P/2
third force P. The value of P is
B. P/(2)½
A. (2)½F
C. (2P)½
B. (F)½
D. (P)½
C. (3F)½
Ans. B
D. (5F)½
Ans. A
1
Q. The resultant of two forces each of B. 90° and 0°
magnitude P acting at 60° is C. 0° and 180°
A. 2P D. 0° and 90°
B. 3P Ans. C
C. (3)½P
D. (2)½P Q. A ------------- is a single force which can
Ans. C replace two or more forces and produce the
same effect.
Q. The resultant of two forces P1 and P2 is A. resultant
R. If P1 is doubled and the new resultant B. equilibrant
remains R and becomes perpendicular to P2, C. moment
then D. couple
A. P1=P2 Ans. A
B. P2=R
C. P1=R Q. The splitting of a force into two
D. 2P1=R perpendicular directions without changing its
Ans. C effect is called
A. resultant
Q. If two forces of magnitude 7N and 8N act B. resolution
at 60° , then the resultant will be C. moment
A. 10N D. couple
B. 15N Ans. B
C. 13N
D. 16N Q. The square of the resultant of forces P1
Ans. C and P2 with a angle 'D' between them is
A. P1²+P2²+2P1P2
Q. If two forces of magnitude P each act at B. P1²+P2²+2P1P2cos D
angle 'B' .Then resultant will be C. P1²+P2²-2P1P2
A. 2P cosB D. P1²+P2²
B. P cos2B Ans. B
C. P(2+2cosB)½
D. P cosB Q. Two forces of magnitude 5N and 7N act
Ans. C at a point on a body. The square of the resultant
is three times the product of the forces. Then the
Q. If the resultant of two equal forces has the angle between them is
same magnitude, then the angle between them is A. 63.71°
A. 120° B. 60.71°
B. 60° C. 65.71°
C. 90° D. 55.71°
D. 50° Ans. A
Ans. A
Q. If the resultant is equal to half the
Q. The angle between two forces ,when the magnitude of two equal forces, then the angle
resultant is maximum and minimum are between the forces is
A. 180°and 0° A. 151.04°
2
B. 140.5° D. 20kN
C. 120° Ans. B
D. 100°
Ans. A Q. Two equal forces act on a body.The
square of the resultant is two times the product
Q. If two equal forces are acting at a right of the forces. Then the angle between them is
angle, having resultant force of (20)½ ,then find A. 120°
out magnitude of each forcAns. B. 90°
A. (15)½ C. 60°
B. (5)½ D. 30°
C. (25)½ Ans. B
D. (10)½
Ans. D Q. If two forces of magnitude 10kN and
20kN act on a body , then their minimum
Q. When two equal forces are acting at 60° resultant is
produce a resultant equal to (28)½, then find out A. 20kN
magnitude of each force B. 10kN
A. (28/3)½ C. 30kN
B. 28/2 D. 5kN
C. 28/5 Ans. B
D. 28/7
Ans. A Q. Two forces of magnitude P and 2P act at
a point on a body. The square of the resultant is
Q. Two forces 5N and 7N act at a point on a three times the product of the forces. Then the
body. The resultant when they act at right angle angle between them is
is A. 120°
A. (74)½ B. 90°
B. (60)½ C. 60°
C. 70½ D. 30°
D. 84½ Ans. C
Ans. A
Q. If two forces of magnitude 2P and 4P act
Q. Two forces 3N and 5N act at a point on a at a point on a body , then their maximum
body. The resultant when they act at 45° is resultant is
A. (53.21)½ A. 4P
B. (50.12)½ B. 6P
C. (55.21)½ C. 3P
D. (45.21)½ D. 8P
Ans. C Ans. B
Q. If two forces of magnitude 5kN and 10kN Q. If a number of forces are acting at a point,
act on a body , then their maximum resultant is their resultant will be inclined at an angle θ with
A. 25kN the horizontal, such that
B. 15kN A. tan θ = ΣH / ΣV
C. 10kN B. tan θ = ΣV / ΣH
3
C. tan θ= ΣV × ΣH "Q. A force 235 N acts up the plane at an
D. tan θ =0 angle of 60° with the horizontal on a block
Ans. B resting on a 22° inclined plane Determine
Q. The forces, which meet at one point and planAns.
their lines of action also lie in the same plane, "
are known as A. 144.7N,185.2N
A. coplanar concurrent forces B. 185.2N,144.7N
B. coplanar non-concurrent forces C. 0N, 144.7N
C. non-coplanar concurrent forces D. 185.2N, 0N
D. non-coplanar forces Ans. B
Ans. A
Q. Determine the inclination of resultant of
Q. Coplanar concurrent forces are those force 100N at 0° and 200N at 90°.
forces which A. 36.3°
A. meet at one point, but do not lie in the same B. 63.435°
plane C. 56.7°
B. do not meet at one point and do not lie in the D. 186.3°
same plane Ans. B
C. meet at one point and also lie in the same
plane Q. A block of mass 9 Kg rests on a plane
D. do not meet at one point, but lie in the same making an angle of 160 with horizontal.
plane Determine the component of the weight normal
Ans. C to the planAns.
A. 86.5N
Q. A 35N force makes an angle 140° with x B. 84.86 N
axis Determine its components along the lines C. 24.34N
making angles of 300° and 240° with x axis. D. 24.8N
A. -9.11N, 11.97N Ans. B
B. -11.97 N, 6.07 N
C. 10.98 N , 7.06 N Q. A telephone pole is supported by a wire
D. 7.06N, 10.98N which exerts a pull of 890N on the top of the
Ans. B polAns. If the angle between the wire and
Q. A mass of 72Kg is resting on a board vertical components?
inclined at 20° with horizontal. What is the A. 681.8N, 572.1N
component of the mass normal & parallel to the B. 352.3N, 853.4N
board? C. 853.4N, 352.3N
A. 241.6N, 663.7N D. 572.1 N, 681.8N
B. 246.3N, 354.3N Ans. A
C. 354.3N, 246.3N
D. 663.7N, 241.6N Q. Two forces act an angle of 120°. If the
Ans. D greater force is 50 N and their resultant is
perpendicular to the smaller force, the smaller
force is
4
A. 20 N
B. 25 N Q. A boat is being towed through a canal by
C. 30N a cable which makes an angle of 100 with the
D. 35N shorAns. If the pull in the cable is 200N,
Ans. B find the force tending to move the boat along
the canal.
Q. Four concurrent forces1kN, 2kN, 3kN and A. 197N
4kN acting at an angle of 20°, 63°, 95°,150° B. 200N
from positive x axis. Determine their resultant in C. 250N
kN. D. 100N
A. 7.35 Ans. A
B. 4.35
C. 3.35 Q. Two equal forces of magnitude 'P'
D. 2.25 represents the components of resultant. The
Ans. A angle made by the resultant with vertical is
A. 45°
Q. Three concurrent forces Q=100N, B. 56.3°
P=150N, F=150N act at point O. Q is along +ve C. 26.56°
x axis, P is acting at an angle 45° in forth D. 0°
quadrant and F is acting in third quadrant at an Ans. A
angle 45°. Then their resultant is
A. 150N Q. forces 138.5N horizontal and 183.5N
B. 300N vertical represents components of resultant then
C. 234.52N the angle made by the resultant with vertical is
D. 100N A. 47.04°
Ans. C B. 34.04°
C. 37.04°
Q. Effect of a force on a body depends upon D. 44.04°
its Ans. C
A. direction
B. magnitude Q. Determine the inclination of resultant of
C. position forces 10N at 0° and 20N at 90°.
D. all of these A. 36.3°
Ans. D B. 63.435°
C. 56.7°
Q. If two forces each equal to T in magnitude D. 186.3°
act at right angles, their effect may be Ans. B
neutralized by a third force acting along their
bistort in opposite direction whose magnitude Q. A man of weight 60 kg is standing on a
will be ladder of slope 1H: 3V, then the components of
A. 2 T weight along the ladder and normal to ladder are
B. T/2 A. 558.37N,168.18N
C. √2T B. -558.37N,-186.18N
D. none of these C. 186.37N,558.18N
Ans. C D. -558.37N,186.18N
5
Ans. B B. 75 N
C. 30N
Q. two boys are pulling a box with the help D. 35N
of two cables. If the pull in the cables are 23 N, Ans. B
at an angle of 40° and 35 N at an angle of 130°
with +ve x axis, their resultant will be Q. Two forces act an angle of 120°. If the
A. 14.88 N greater force is 100 N and their resultant is
B. 41.88 N perpendic-ular to the smaller force, the smaller
C. 58 N force is
D. 12 N A. 50 N
Ans. B B. 75 N
C. 30N
Q. Determine the inclination of resultant of D. 35N
forces 40N at 0° and 20N at 90°. Ans. A
A. 45°
B. 26.56° Q. Three concurrent forces Q=10N, P=15N,
C. 20.56° F=15N act at point O. Q is along +ve x axis, P is
D. 63.435° acting at an angle 45° in forth quadrant and F is
Ans. B acting in third quadrant at an angle 45°. Then
their resultant is
Q. A block of mass 19 Kg rests on a plane A. 23.45 N
making an angle of 160 with horizontal. B. 32.45 N
Determine the component of the weight normal C. 45.45 N
to the planAns. D. 40 N
A. 51.37N Ans. A
B. 179.16N
C. 197.16N Q. Three concurrent forces Q=23N, P=43N,
D. 15.37N F=43N act at point O. Q is along +ve x axis, P is
Ans. B acting at an angle 45° in forth quadrant and F is
acting in third quadrant at an angle 45°. Then
Q. A block of mass 23 Kg rests on a plane their resultant is
making an angle of 100 with horizontal. A. 65.01 N
Determine the component of the weight normal B. 56 .01 N
to the planAns. C. 86 N
A. 222.20N D. 103 N
B. 39.18N Ans. A
C. 22.22 N
D. 93.18 N Q. A boat is being towed through a canal by
Ans. A a cable which makes an angle of 100 with the
shorAns. If the pull in the cable is 20N, find
Q. Two forces act an angle of 120°. If the the force tending to move the boat along the
greater force is 150 N and their resultant is canal.
perpendicular to the smaller force, the smaller A. 19.7 N
force is B. 3.47 N
A. 70 N C. 34. 7 N
6
D. 1.97 N B. 571.01 N & 142.79 N
Ans. A C. 571.01 N & 42.79 N
D. 57.01 N & 42.79 N
Q. A boat is being towed through a canal by Ans. B
a cable which makes an angle of 100 with the
shorAns. If the pull in the cable is 400N, Q. two boys are pulling a box with the help
find the force tending to move the boat along of two cables. If the pull in the cables are 32 N,
the canal. at an angle of 40° and 53 N at an angle of 130°
A. 69.45 N with +ve x axis, their resultant will be
B. 393.92 N A. 91.61 N
C. 6.94 N B. 91.91 N
D. 93.3 N C. 61.91 N
Ans. B D. 16.91 N
Ans. C
Q. Forces 160.5N horizontal and 173.5N
vertical represents components of resultant then Q. Two boys are pulling a box with the help
the angle made by the resultant with vertical is of two cables. If the pull in the cables are 40 N,
A. 42.77° at an angle of 40° and 25 N at an angle of 130°
B. 45° with +ve x axis, their resultant will be
C. 47.22° A. 65 N
D. 4.77° B. 45.16 N
Ans. A C. 74.16 N
D. 47.16 N
Q. Forces 90 N horizontal and 72.5 N Ans. D
vertical represents components of resultant then
the angle made by the resultant with vertical is Q. If the resultant is equal to 0.6 times the
A. 51.14° magnitude of two equal forces, then the angle
B. 38.85° between the forces is nearer to
C. 15.14° A. 145
D. 83.14° B. 135
Ans. A C. 120
D. 100
Q. A man of weight 40 kg is standing on a Ans. A
weight along the ladder and normal to ladder are Q. If two equal forces are acting at a right
A. 372.25 N & 124.12N angle, having resultant force of (80)½ ,then find
B. 32.25 N & 124.12N out magnitude of each forcAns.
C. 37.25 N & 24.12N A. (15)½
D. 372.25 N & 24.12N B. (5)½
Ans. A C. (25)½
D. (20)½
Q. A man of weight 60 kg is standing on a Ans. D
weight along the ladder and normal to ladder are
A. 57.01 N & 142.79 N
7
Q. When two equal forces are acting at 60° Q. If two forces of magnitude 10kN and
produce a resultant equal to 10(3)½, then find 20kN act on a body , then their minimum
out magnitude of each force resultant is
A. 10 A. 20kN
B. 25 B. 10kN
C. 20 C. 30kN
D. 15 D. 5kN
Ans. A Ans. B
Q. Two forces 5N and 7N act at a point on a Q. Two forces of magnitude P and 2P act at
body. The resultant when they act at right angle a point on a body. The square of the resultant is
is four times the product of the forces. Then the
A. (74)½ angle between them is
B. (60)½ A. 41.4°
C. 70½ B. 51.4°
D. 84½ C. 45.4°
Ans. A D. 50.4°
Ans. A
body. The resultant when they act at 45° is Q. If two forces of magnitude 2P and 4P act
A. 10.17 at a point on a body , then their maximum
B. 11 resultant is
C. 15 A. 4P
D. 13 B. 6P
Ans. A C. 3P
D. 8P
Q. If two forces of magnitude 5kN and 10kN Ans. B
act on a body , then their maximum resultant is
A. 25kN Q. A like parallel force system consists of
B. 15kN four forces of magnitude 10N, 20N, 30N, and
C. 10kN 40N acting at 0.2m apart from each other
D. 20kN respectively. The position of the resultant from
Ans. B the first force 10N is
A. 0.4 m
Q. Two equal forces act on a body. The B. 0.6 m
square of the resultant is three times the product C. 0.2 m
of the forces. Then the angle between them is D. 0.1 m
A. 120° Ans. A
B. 90°
C. 60° Q. A door of width 1m can rotate if a
D. 30° moment of of 10 Nm is applied. The minimum
Ans. C force that can be applied to open it is
A. 8.66 N
B. 10 N
C. 5 N
8
D. None of the above 30mm, and 50mm respectively. The position of
Ans. B the resultant from point A is
A. 20 mm
Q. A force of 200N acts 40° to the spoke of a B. 125 mm
cycle wheel 250 mm in radius. The moment C. 10 mm
about the center of the wheel will be nearer to D. 25 mm
A. 50 N m Ans. C
B. 38 Nm
C. 32 Nm Q. A force of 500 N is to be resolved into
D. 30 Nm two forces P and Q parallel to and in the
Ans. C direction of line of action of F and acting one on
each side of F at a distance of 3 and 2 units
Q. The moment of the 30 N force passing respectively. The values of P and Q are
through the coordinates (4, 0) and (0, 3) about A. 200 N, 300 N
the origin B. 300 N, 200 N
A. 60 Nm C. 250 N, 250 N
B. 100 Nm D. 600 N, 100 N
C. 72 Nm Ans. A
D. 45 Nm
Ans. C Q. A pulley of diameter AB = 200 mm is
subjected to two equal unlike parallel forces of
Q. A force of 100N makes an angle of 600 2000 N one at A and other at B tangentially. A
anticlockwise with the horizontal. It passes third force of 500 N acts through center of
through the point having coordinates (4, 5). The pulley at 450 The resultant force and couple
moment of this force about origin is nearer to will be
A. 306 Nm A. 2500N at 1350 along with couple of 2000
B. 466 Nm Nm
C. 446 Nm B. 500N at 450 along with couple of 400 Nm
D. 606 Nm C. 500N at 450 along with couple of 2000 Nm
Ans. C D. 2000 N at 450 along with couple of 500 Nm
Ans. B
Q. A plate ABCD is of breadth AB=40mm
and depth AD=20 mm. A force of 10 N at angle Q. On a rod AD forces 20N, 10N, 35N, 15 N
2850 is applied at D. The magnitude of the acts at points A, B, C, D. Forces 20N, 10N, 15
moment of the force about point A is nearer to N act downwards and 35N acts upwards. The
A. 193 Nmm position of the points B,C,D from A are 20mm,
B. 133 Nmm 30mm, and 50mm respectively. The equivalent
C. 143 Nmm force couple system at A is
D. 93 Nmm A. 10 N, 500Nmm
Ans. A B. 10N,100Nmm
C. 80 N, 500Nmm
Q. On a rod AD forces 20N, 10N, 35N, 15 N D. 90 N , 1100 Nmm
act at points A, B, C, D resp. Forces 20N, 10N, Ans. B
15 N act downward and 35N acts upward. The
position of the points B,C,D from A are 20mm,
9
Q. Three like horizontal forces of 10N, 20N, B. The moment which should accompany it for
and 10N act on a vertical rod at A, B, C. If AB equivalent effect is
= BC = 20 mm. The resultant force couple A. 30 N m
system at A is B. 40 N m
A. 40 N, 800 Nmm C. 50 N m
B. 0 N, 400 Nmm D. 60 N m
C. 20 N, 200 Nmm Ans. C
D. None of these
Ans. A Q. Force of 60N acts at horizontal distance of
Q. Two like parallel forces of 60N and 180 N horizontal is 20º. The moment of force about
act 120 mm apart from each other. The position origin is
of the resultant from 60N force will be A. 20.5 Nm
A. 100 mm B. 30.5 Nm
B. 60 mm C. 96.42Nm
C. 80 mm D. 16.67Nm
D. 90 mm Ans. A
Ans. D
Q. Two like parallel forces are acting at a
Q. Three weights 30N, 10N, 20N are placed distance of 24 mm apart and their resultant is
at the three corners taken clockwise on a square 20N. If the line of action of the resultant is 6mm
ABCD normal to the planAns. . What should from force acting at left. The two forces are
be the weight at the remaining corner so that the A. 15 N and 5 N
resultant of the system lies at the center of B. 30 N and 5 N
square ‘O’? C. 25 N and 5 N
A. 20 N D. None of the above
B. 10 N Ans. A
C. 60N
D. Not possible Q. Three forces acting on a rigid body are
Ans. D represented in magnitude, direction and action
by the three side of a triangle taken in order.
Q. A force of 100 N acting tangential to a The forces are equivalent to a couple whose
drum of radius 0.25 m, must be transferred moment is equal to k times the area of
parallel to itself to its center O. The moment trianglAns. k is equal to
which should accompany it for equivalent effect A. 1
is B. 2
A. 20 N m C. 0.5
B. 25 N m D. None of the above
C. 30 N m Ans. B
D. 35 N m
Ans. B Q. A couple produces
A. translatory motion
Q. A force of 100 N acting tangential to a B. rotational motion
drum of radius 0.25 m, must be transferred C. combined translatory and rotational
parallel to itself to a diametrically opposite point D. None of the above
10
Ans. B A. be halved
B. remain same
Q. The two forces of 100 N and 300 N have C. be doubled
their lines of action parallel to each other but are D. none of these
in the opposite directions. These forces are Ans. C
known as
A. coplanar concurrent forces Q. In a couple, the lines of action of the two
B. coplanar non-concurrent forces forces are
C. Like parallel forces A. parallel to each other
D. unlike parallel forces B. inclined to each other
Ans. D C. perpendicular to each other
Q. A vertical force of P N acting in first Ans. A
quadrant in XY plane at(2m, 1m) . If P=200N,
magnitude of moment about origin is Q. Find the moment of the force F about
A. 100 Nm origin, Magnitude of F = 20N, Angle of F with
B. 200 Nm horizontal is 30 degrees anticlockwise,
C. 300 Nm Coordinates of point of application of F (5,-4)m
D. 400 Nm A. 119 Nm
Ans. D B. 82 Nm
C. 60 Nm
Q. A force 10N at an angle 30° with x axis D. 100 Nm
and acting in vertical plane, containing axis of Ans. A
tower is acting at the top of the tower of height
12 m. the magnitude of moment in Nm created Q. The magnitude of two unlike parallel
by the force at the base of the tower is nearer to forces P each acting at 1 m apart, is equivalent
A. 104 to, two unlike parallel forces of 300 N each
B. 100 acting at a distance of 100 mm. Find P
C. 120 A. 240 N
D. 100 B. 60 N
Ans. A C. 120 N
D. 30 N
Q. A 20 kN weight is lifted by a crane from a Ans. D
horizontal distance of 6m from the position of
the driver. What will be the magnitude of Q. A bar weighing 100 N is hinged at one
moment created by the weight at position of the end and the other end is tied to a vertical string
driver? which keeps the bar horizontal. The tension in
A. 120 kN m the string is nearer to
B. 150 kNm A. 500 N
C. 175 kNm B. 100 N
D. 200 kNm C. 50 N
Ans. A D. 10 N
Ans. C
Q. If the arm of couple is doubled, its
moment will
11
Q. Three like parallel forces of 20 N, 30 N B. 10 Nm
and 40 N act at a distance 1m apart from each C. 12 Nm
other. Their resultant acts at a distance of D. 15 Nm
………………….. from 20 N force Ans. B
A. 0.25 m
B. 0.6 m Q. A force of 50 N acts tangentially to a
C. 1 m circle of diameter 750 mm. Its moment about a
D. 1.2 m point situated diameterically opposite is
Ans. D A. 31000 Nmm
B. 34000 Nmm
Q. A force of 20 N passes from points A(1,2) C. 35000 Nmm
and B(2,1). The moment of the force about the D. 37500 Nmm
origin will be nearer to Ans. D
A. 21 Nm
B. 30 N m Q. A force of 50 N acts tangentially to a
C. 42 Nm circle of diameter 750 mm. Its moment about
D. 48 Nm the center of the circle will be
Ans. C A. 18750 Nmm
B. 15000 Nmm
Q. A force of 50 N acting at A(3,4) makes an C. 15575 Nmm
angle of 50 degrees anticlockwise with the D. 12500 Nmm
horizontal. Its moment about origin will be Ans. A
nearer to
A. 150 Nm Q. If two unlike parallel forces are acting on
B. 222 Nm a member then their resultant will lie
C. 244 Nm A. within the two forces
D. 260 Nm B. outside the two forces
Ans. C C. at the center of the two forces
Q. Two unlike parallel forces of 20 N each Ans. B
act at 45 degree with the X-axis. The
perpendicular distance between the line of Q. If two like parallel forces are acting on a
action of the forces is 1 m. The moment member then their resultant will lie
produced is A. within the two forces
A. 10 Nm B. outside the two forces
B. 15 Nm C. at the center of the two forces
C. 18 Nm D. None of the above
D. 20 Nm Ans. A
Ans. D
Q. Two unlike parallel forces 5 N each act at
Q. Two unlike parallel forces of 20 N each 4 m apart. The moment produced by these
act at 30 degree with the X-axis at points A and forces can be nullified by another two unlike
B which are 1m apart on the x axis. The parallel forces of 20 N each acting
moment produced is …………………. m apart.
A. 5 Nm A. 1
12
B. 5 along the sides of equilateral triangle of side 2m
C. 10 taken in order
D. 20 A. 51.96Nm
Ans. A B. 69.3 Nm
C. 30.6Nm
Q. Three like parallel forces of 20 N, 30 N D. 6.67Nm
and P N act at a distance 1m apart from each Ans. B
other. Their resultant acts at a distance of 1.22
m from the 20 N forcAns. The value of P is Q. Two identical members of 100mm length
approximately equal to are joined together at their center to form a cross
A. 10 N (+). Four forces 1N, 2N, 3N and 4N act at the
B. 20 N ends normal to each member in the anti-
C. 30 N clockwise direction. Find the moment developed
D. 40 N at the center.
Ans. D A. 40 Nmm
B. 50 Nmm
Q. A couple of 30 Nm is applied to a screw C. 160Nmm
driver of length 0.3m to tighten a screw. The D. 500Nmm
force required to produce the couple will be Ans. D
A. 25 N
B. 75 N Q. If three like parallel forces 1N,1.5N and
C. 100 N 2N act at distance of 0.5m each. Find distance
D. 200 N of resultant from 1N force
Ans. C A. 0.5m
B. 0.75m
Q. A number of like parallel forces acting on C. 0.61 m
a body can be D. 0.21m
A. replaced by a single force Ans. C
B. replaced by a couple
C. both A and B Q. Four forces 50N,100N,150N,200N act in
D. None of the above clockwise direction along the sides of a square
Ans. A of side 0.6m. The moment of force about the
centroid of the square is
Q. A square ABCD of sides 1m, rest on side A. 125Nm
AB. A force of 100 N acting at 45 degree with B. 250Nm
AB, acts at point C which is diagonally opposite C. 30Nm
to A. The moment of this force about A is D. 150 Nm
A. zero Ans. D
B. 71 Nm
C. 100 Nm Q. Force F=300N acting vertically upwards
D. 142 Nm at x=2m, y=2m The magnitude of moment of
Ans. A force about origin is
A. 600Nm
Q. What is the moment of force about the B. 660Nm
apex of triangle, if 3 forces of 40N each acting C. 300Nm
13
D. 330Nm B. 20Nm
Ans. A C. 40Nm
D. 60Nm
Q. In a member Ans. A
A=20N acting vertically upwards ,at B=20N Q. Find resultant of forces when two like
acting vertically downwards, at C=30N acting parallel forces of 40N and 70N which act at the
vertically upwards and at D=40N acting ends of the rod 40cm long
vertically upwards. Resultant of the force A. 110N
system is B. 50N
A. 110N C. 30N
B. 90N D. 160N
C. 20N Ans. A
D. 70N
Ans. D Q. The moment of resultant of a force system
about any point is equal to the algebraic sum of
Q. Two like parallel forces of 300N and moments of all other forces about the same
200N are acting at the ends of the rod of 4m point, this is the statement of law of
length. Distance of resultant is A. transmissibility of forces
A. 1.6m from larger force B. superposition
B. 4m from larger force C. Triangle of forces
C. 2m from larger force D. Varignon’s theorem
D. none of the above Ans. D
Ans. A
Q. If a system of forces can be reduced to a
Q. The algebraic sum of the two forces force couple system at a given point without
forming couple is equal to changing effect on the body , then it is
A. magnitude of two forces A. equipollent system
B. magnitude of one force B. equivalent system
C. zero C. both a) and b)
Ans. C Ans. B
"Q. The effect of couple is unchanged when Q. On a member AB two unlike parallel
" forces 20N each act at 0.6m apart. The
A. couple is shifted to other position equivalent system can be
B. couple is rotated through any angle A. couple of 12Nm
C. couple is shifted and rotated B. couple of 6Nm
D. all of the above C. force 20 N
Ans. D D. force 0 N
Ans. A
Q. A force of 40N is applied perpendicular to
the edge of the door 2m widAns. Then Q. What is the magnitude of vertical force
moment of force about hinge is required to produce a moment of 20Nm at point
A. 80Nm
14
A (1m,1m) if the force is acting at point Q. A like parallel force system consists of
B(2m,2m) four forces of magnitude 10N, 20N, 30N, and
A. 40N 40N acting at 0.2m apart from each other
B. 30N respectively at points A,B,C,D. The equivalent
C. 20N force couple system at A is
D. 10N A. 100N,40 Nm
Ans. C B. 100N,80 Nm
C. 200N,40 Nm
Q. Two like parallel forces of P=400N and D. 100N,120 Nm
Q=200N acting at the ends of the rod of 4m Ans. A
length ,then distance of resultant is
A. 1.33m from P Q. Force F=300N acting vertically upwards
B. 1.44m from P at x=2m, y=2m The equivalent force couple
C. 1.66m from P system at origin is
D. 1.66m from Q A. 300 N,600Nm(clockwise)
Ans. A B. 300N, 600Nm(anticlockwise)
C. 300N, 300Nm(clockwise)
Q. A member AB of 600mm is inclined at 60 D. 300 N,300Nm(anticlockwise)
degrees to the horizontal. A force of 300N acts Ans. B
towards left horizontally at A. The equivalent
force couple system at B is Q. A pulley of diameter AB = 200 mm is
A. 1.558Nm(anticlockwise) subjected to equal unlike parallel forces of 2000
B. 1.558Nm(clockwise) N one at A and other at B tangentially. A third
C. 300N with 1.558Nm(clockwise) force of 500 N acts through centre of pulley at
D. 300N with 1.558Nm(anticlockwise) 450 The resultant force will be
Ans. C A. 2500N at 135 degrees
B. 500N at 450
Q. Varignon' s theorem of moment is used to C. 4500N at 450
find D. 2000 N at 450
A. moment of resultant Ans. B
B. position of resultant
C. algebraic sum of moments Q. A vertical force of 20 N acts at point
D. all of the above B(2m,2m). The moment produced at A (1m,1m)
Ans. D is
A. 40Nm
Q. A member AB of 600mm length is B. 30Nm
inclined at 60 degrees to the horizontal.A force C. 20Nm
of 300N acts towards left horizontally at A. The D. 10Nm
moment produced at B is Ans. C
A. 1.558Nm(anticlockwise)
B. 1.558Nm(clockwise) Q. The 10 N force is required to be applied to
C. 2.558Nm(clockwise) a door at the end of width 1m to rotate it The
D. 2.558Nm(anticlockwise) moment produced about the hinge is
Ans. B A. 8.66 Nm
B. 10 Nm
15
C. 5 Nm Q. The force of 100N is required to produce
D. None of the above the moment in a screw driver of length 0.3 m to
Ans. B tighten the screw. The moment produced is
A. 300Nm
Q. When two like parallel forces of 40N and B. 75 Nm
70N which act at the ends of the rod 40cm long, C. 30 Nm
find the position of resultant of forces from 40 D. 200 Nm
N force, Ans. C
A. 25 cm
B. 50 cm Q. A member AB of 600mm is inclined at 60
C. 30 cm degrees to the horizontal. A force of 300N acts
D. 40 cm towards left horizontally at A. The equivalent
Ans. A force couple system at B
A. 300N, 1.558Nm(anticlockwise)
Q. Find the equivalent force couple system at B. 300N,1.558Nm(clockwise)
A when two like parallel forces of 40N and 70N C. 300N,2.558Nm(clockwise)
which act at the ends of the rod AB 40cm long D. 300N,2.558Nm(anticlockwise)
respectively Ans. B
A. 110N ,2800Ncm
B. 55N, 2600 Ncm Q. A member AB of 800mm is inclined at 60
C. 30N,2500Ncm degrees to the horizontal. A force of 400N acts
D. 160N,2800Ncm towards left horizontally at A. The moment at B
Ans. A is
A. 290Nm
Q. A square ABCD of sides 1m, rest on side B. 558Nm
AB. A force of 100 N acting at 45 degree with C. 277 Nm
AB, acts at point C which is diagonally opposite D. 155 Nm
to A. the equivalent force couple system at A is Ans. C
A. zero
B. 100 N force acting at 45 deg Q. A horizontal member AB of length 5m is
C. 100 N at 45 degreees,100 Nm subjected to inclined force of 30 N acting 40
D. 100 N at 45 degrees,707 Nm degrees anticlockwise with the horizontal and
Ans. B acting at the center of the member. The
magnitude of the moment produced about A and
Q. A vertical member AB of length 2 m is B are respectively
subjected to couple of 10Nm at the center. What A. 24.2 Nm,48.2 Nm
should be the magnitudes of two unlike parallel B. 48.2 Nm,24.2 Nm
forces acting 2m apart, which can balance the C. 24.2 Nm,24.2 Nm
above couple . D. 48.2 Nm,48.2 Nm
A. 5N,5N Ans. D
B. 15N,5N
C. 10N,10N Q. Three forces P = 50 N (towards East), Q =
D. 10N,15N 100 N (towards North), and R = 75 N (towards
Ans. A South), are acting on the member, their resultant
is nearer to
16
A. 55.9 N Q. Forces 10 N, 20 N, 30 N and 40 N act
B. 65.9 N along sides of a rectangle PQ, QR, RS, SP.
C. 75.9 N Their resultant force is nearer to
D. 85.9 N A. 28.28 N
Ans. A B. 40N
C. 100N
Q. The forces 1N, 2 N, 3 N, 4N, 5N and 6N D. 32.32N
act in order along the sides of a regular hexagon. Ans. A
1 N force acting horizontally towards right, then
the resultant is nearer to Q. If the forces 10N, 20 N, 30 N, 40N, 50N
A. 0 N and 60N acts in order along the sides of a
B. 6 N regular hexagon & 10 N force acting
C. 12 N horizontally towards right, then the resultant is
D. 21N nearer to
Ans. B A. 50.55 N
B. 60N
Q. Three forces P = 120 N (towards East), Q C. 86.67N
= 200 N (towards North), and R = 150 N D. 70.70N
(towards South), are acting on the member, their Ans. B
A. 120N "Q. Forces 50 N, 100 N, and 150 N act along
B. 200N sides of a equilateral triangle taken in
C. 130N order.Their resultant force is nearer to
D. 50N "
Ans. C A. 0N
B. 67.66N
Q. If the forces 1N, 2 N, 3 N, 4N, and 5 N C. 86.67N
act in order along the sides of a regular D. 300N
pentagon & 1 N force acting horizontally Ans. C
A. 3N Q. For a straight rod ABC, AB=2m, BC=4m
B. 4.75N and forces acting are as 1) at A 40N along
C. 6N positive x axis. 2) at B 120N at an angle 50
D. 4.25N degrees with negative x axis in anticlockwise
Ans. D direction 3) At C 60 N upwards. Their resultant
force is nearer to
Q. Two Forces acting on a ladder & resting A. 3.78N
against vertical wall and horizontal floor is an B. 5.21N
example of ---------- C. 4.89N
A. Parallel forces D. 6.33N
B. coplanarnonconcurrent forces Ans. C
C. Non coplanar forces
D. None of the above Q. Forces acting tangentially on a circle of
Ans. B 2m radius are 1) 10 N acting North 2) 20 N
17
acting NE 3) 30 N acting SE 4) 40 N acting Q. A square PQRS of side 1.5m is acted by
south. Their resultant force is nearer to forces 100N, 200N, 300N and 400N along the
A. 65. 35N sides taken in order. The 100N force acts
B. 55 N horizontally towards right. Their resultant force
C. 40N is nearer to
D. 51.22 N A. 330N
Ans. D B. 282.80N
C. 400N
Q. Three forces 10 N, 20 N, and P N act D. 250N
along sides of a equilateral triangle taken in Ans. B
order. 10N force acting horizontally towards
right. Their resultant force is 17.32N an an angle Q. A bent up bar ABC such that AB= 3m,
30 degrees with negative x axis in BC= 1m, and angle ABC is 90 degrees. The
anticlockwise direction. The magnitude of the forces acting on it are 1) At A 40 N at an angle
force P is nearer to 30 degrees with positive x axis in anticlockwise
A. 10N direction 2) At B 20 N towards negative x axis
B. 17.32N 3) At C 10 N towards positive x axis. Their
C. 30N resultant force is nearer to
D. 21.42N A. 33.74N
Ans. C B. 36.73N
C. 42.70N
Q. Four Forces 100N, 200N, 300N and P D. 31.73N
acting along sides of a rectangle in cyclic order. Ans. D
100 N force is acting horizontally towards right.
Their resultant is 282.8 N (in 3rd quadrant). The Q. Forces 15N, 25N, 35N, 45N, and 50N act
magnitude of the force P is nearer to along & in the direction AB, AD, CB, CD, and
A. 300N BD of a square ABCD & 15 N force acting
B. 400N horizontally towards right. Their resultant force
C. 325.7N is nearer to
D. 378.25N A. 54.1N
Ans. B B. 63.40N
C. 70.10N
Q. Four forces 25 N, 50 N, P and Q are D. 60.54N
acting along sides of a rectangle taken in order. Ans. C
25N force acting horizontally towards right.
Their resultant force is 200N acting vertically Q. A horizontal bar ABCD is such that
downward. The magnitude of the force P and Q AB=BC=CD= 1.5 m carries the loads as 1) At A
are nearer to 10 N towards positive x axis 2) At B 30 N at an
A. 150N, 25N angle 40 degrees with negative x axis in
B. 50N, 100N clockwise direction 3) At C 45 N at an angle 50
C. 100N, 50N degrees with positive x axis in anticlockwise
D. 25N,150N direction 4) At D 55N towards Positive x axis.
Ans. D Their resultant force is nearer to
A. 77.45N
B. 89N
18
C. 98.12N A. 62.5N
D. 63.40N B. 51.5N
Ans. B C. 42.5N
D. 45.5N
Q. Three forces 10 N, 20 N, and P N act Ans. C
along sides of a equilateral triangle taken in
order. 10N force is acting horizontally towards Q. The forces acting on a square plate 10m
right. If resultant force acts vertically downward *10m are as under 1)AB = 10 N, A(1.2) and
then force P is nearer to B(3,3) 2) CD=15N, C(0,1) and D(-3,3)
A. 30 N 3) EF=20N, E(-2,0) and F(-1,-3) 4) GH=25N,
B. 15N G(1,-2) and H(3,0). The resultant of the force
C. 10N system is nearer to
D. zero A. 34.22N
Ans. D B. 23.47N
C. 28.41N
Q. The forces acting on lamina having D. 51.71N
coordinates of points are 1) Ans. B
from A to B 100N, A(2,3) and B(4,4) 2)
from P to Q 150 N, P(1,0) and Q(3,0) 3) from Q. Forces acting tangentially on a circle are
R to S 125N, R(0,2) and S(0,4). The resultant 1) 4P N acting towards North 2) 3P N acting
of the force system is nearer to towards West 3) 2P N acting towards South 4) P
A. 279.40N N acting towards East . Resultant force is nearer
B. 313.42N to
C. 293.50N A. 1.4P
D. 286.37N B. 2P
Ans. C C. 1.8P
D. 2.83P
Q. Forces acting at points A, B, C, D Ans. A
anticlockwise are 1) 100 N acting towards North Q. ABCD is a rectangle in which
2) P N acting towards West 3) 50 N acting AB=CD=100mm and BC=DA=80mm and force
towards South 4)125 N acting towards East of 100N each is acting along AB and CD and
respectively. If resultant force is 60 N in 1st force of 80N each is acting along BC and
quadrant. Find P DA.Their resultant force is nearer to
A. 87.45N A. 0
B. 91.83N B. 180 N
C. 103.42N C. 360N
D. 59.47N D. 20N
Ans. B Ans. A
Q. If the forces 10N, 20 N, 30 N, 40N, and Q. A horizontal rod WXY, WX=2m,

50 N act in order along the sides of a regular XY=4m subjected to the loading as 1) At W 4 N
pentagon while the force 10 N acting towards positive x axis 2) At X 12 N towards
horizontally towards right, then the resultant is negative x axis 3) At Y 6 N upwards. Their
nearer to resultant force is
19
A. 14 N Q. Four forces 180N, 100N, 60N, and 50N
B. 2N are acting along sides AB, BC, CD, and DA of a
C. 10 N square ABCD of side 2m. Their resultant force
D. 15 N is 130N. Calculate position of resultant w.r.t A
Ans. C A. 2.46 m
B. 3.46 m
Q. Four forces 50N, 100N, 110N, and 180N C. 2.64 m
are acting along sides AB, BC, CD, and DA of a D. 3.64 m
square ABCD. Their resultant force is nearer to Ans. A
A. 100N
B. 110N Q. Which of the following statement is
C. 180N correct i) summation of moment of all forces
D. 50N about pt is equal to resultant moment @ same
Ans. A point ii) summation of all forces is equal to
resultant.iii) a&b iv) none of the abovAns.
Q. Four forces 180N, 100N, 60N, and 50N A. i
are acting along sides AB, BC, CD, and DA of a B. ii
square ABCD. Their resultant force is nearer to C. i& iii
A. 130N D. none of the above
B. 60N Ans. A
C. 180N
D. 100N Q. Forces 10N, 20N, 30N & 40N acts along
Ans. A sides of rectangle PQ, QR,RS,SP respectively.
Then resultant force is given by
Q. A man weighing 600N is standing at A. 28.28N
middle of light rod of 4m long. This man is B. 40N
lifted by other two men one is 1m from left end C. 48N
and other is 0.7m from right end, the weight D. 37N
carried by left and right man is nearer to Ans. A
A. 261N, 339N
B. 300N, 300N Q. Forces 10N, 20N, 30N & 40N acts along
C. 325N, 275N sides of rectangle PQ, QR,RS,SP of size3m X
D. 339N, 261N 4m has resultant force 28.28 N directed in
Ans. D S45W causing anticlockwise moment about P.
Calcualte location of resultant w.r.t. P
Q. Four forces 50N, 90N, 20N, and 50N are A. 3.63m
acting along sides AB, BC, CD, and DA of a B. 6.36m
square ABCD of side 2m. Their resultant force C. 2.36m
is 50 N. Calculate position of resultant w.r.t A D. 4.36m
A. 4.4 m Ans. B
B. 4.1 m
C. 4 m Q. Three forces 40N, 90N, 50N act along
D. 3 m AB, BC, CA along sides of equilateral triangle
Ans. A in anticlockwise direction, AB being horizontal.
Calculate resultant of the force system.
20
A. 0 N A. 150N
B. 45.82 N B. 166.43N
C. 30 N C. 100N
D. 47 N D. 135N
Ans. B Ans. B
Q. Resultant of four forces acting on square Q. Three forces act at A (4,0), B (4,3) and C
plate ABCD is 15N & N30ANS. If moment (0,5) of magnitudes 60N vertically upward, 50N
of resultant about B is 22.5 Nm clockwise, along OB and 100N horizontally towards right
locate point where resultant intersects vertical respectively. Find direction of resultant.
side BC. A. 30º
A. 3.5 m B. 35.30º
B. 3m C. 40.24º
C. 2.5m D. 32.74º
D. 1.73m Ans. D
Ans. B
Q. Three forces act at A (4m,0), B (4m,3m)
Q. Forces acting at points A, B, C, D and C (0,5m) of magnitudes 60N vertically
tangentially on a circle taken in order upward, 50N along OB and 100N horizontally
anticlockwise are 1) 210 N acting towards North towards right respectively. Find moment about
2) 100 N acting towards West 3) 90 N acting origin
towards South 4) 50 N acting towards East A. 200Nm
respectively. The resultant force is nearer to B. 260Nm
A. 130 N C. 245Nm
B. 120 N D. 250Nm
C. 200 N Ans. B
D. 100 N
Ans. A Q. Three forces act at A (4m,0), B (4m,3m)
and C (0,5m) of magnitudes 60N vertically
Q. Forces acting at points A, B, C, D upward, 100N along OB and 80N horizontally
tangentially on a circle taken in order towards right respectively. Find moment about
anticlockwise are 1) 250 N acting towards North origin
2) 240 N acting towards West 3) 210 N acting A. 200Nm
towards South 4) 210 N acting towards East B. 160Nm
respectively. The resultant force is nearer to C. 145Nm
A. 50 N D. 180Nm
B. 60 N Ans. B
C. 70 N
D. 45 N Q. Three forces act at A (4m,0), B (4m,3m)
Ans. A and C (0,5m) of magnitudes 60N vertically
upward, 100N along OB and 80N horizontally
Q. Three forces act at A (4,0), B (4,3) and C towards right respectively. Find the resultant.
(0,5) of magnitudes 60N vertically upward, 50N A. 150N
along OB and 100N horizontally towards right B. 166.43N
respectively. Find resultant. C. 200N
21
D. 135N
upward, 100N along OB and 80N horizontally resultant
towards right respectively. Find inclination of A. 50N
the resultant. B. 47.7N
A. 36.87º C. 57N
B. 35.30º D. 49.35N
C. 40.24º Ans. B
D. 32.74º
Ans. A Q. ABC is a right angled triangle having AB
upward, 50N along OB and 100N horizontally direction of resultant
towards left respectively. Find inclination of the A. 76.66º
resultant. B. 80.50º
A. 36.87º C. 70.24º
B. 35.30º D. 72.74º
C. 56.31º Ans. A
D. 32.74º
and C (0,5m) of magnitudes 60N vertically along AB,BC and CA respectively. Find value
upward, 50N along OB and 100N horizontally of moment at A.
towards left respectively. Find the resultant. A. 800Nm
A. 150N B. 665.6Nm
B. 166.43N C. 720Nm
C. 108.17N D. 680Nm
D. 135N Ans. B
Ans. C
Q. Three forces act at A (4m,0), B (4m,3m) horizontal base of 4m length. AC is vertical 3m
and C (0,5m) of magnitudes 60N vertically in length. Forces 80N, 100N and 60N act along
upward, 50N along OB and 100N horizontally AB,BC and CA respectively. Find .type of
towards left respectively. Find the value of resultant
moment at origin A. Force
A. 800Nm B. Force and couple
B. 740Nm C. Couple
C. 720Nm D. Not existing
D. 780Nm Ans. C
Ans. B
22
in length. Forces 80N, 100N and 60N act along 12m in length. Forces 50N, 130N and 120N act
AB,BC and CA respectively. Find magnitude of along AB,BC and CA respectively. Find .type of
resultant resultant
A. 240Nm A. Force and couple
B. 210Nm B. Force
C. 200Nm C. Couple
D. 190Nm D. Not existing
Ans. A Ans. C
in length. Forces 80N, 100N and P N act along 12m in length. Forces 50N, 130N and 120N act
P if system reduces to a couplAns. magnitude of resultant
A. 45N A. 500Nm
B. 60N B. 600Nm
C. 80N C. 580Nm
D. 75N D. 750Nm
Ans. B Ans. B
in length. Forces 80N, P N and 60N act along 12m in length. Forces P N, 130N and 120N act
P if system reduces to a couplAns. magnitude of P if the system reduces to a
A. 100N couplAns.
B. 60N A. 100N
C. 80N B. 60N
D. 75N C. 50N
Ans. A D. 75N
Ans. C
horizontal base of 4m length. AC is vertical 3m Q. ABC is a right angled triangle having AB
in length. Forces P N, 100N and 60N act along horizontal base of 5m length. AC is vertical
AB,BC and CA respectively. Find magnitude of 12m in length. Forces 50N, P N and 120N act
P if system reduces to a couplAns. along AB,BC and CA respectively. Find
A. 100N magnitude of P if the system reduces to a
B. 60N couplAns.
C. 80N A. 130N
D. 75N B. 60N
Ans. C C. 50N
D. 75N
Ans. A
23
Q. Centroidal distance of an equilateral
Q. ABC is a right angled triangle having AB triangle with side 'a' from any of the three sides
horizontal base of 5m length. AC is vertical is
12m in length. Forces 50N, 130 N and P N act A. 0.866 a
along AB,BC and CA respectively. Find B. 0.471 a
magnitude of P if the system reduces to a C. 0.288 a
couplAns. D. 0.235 a
A. 130N Ans. C
B. 60N
C. 50N Q. A parabolic lamina of base 'a' and height
D. 120N 'h' is given by equation ' y = hx²/a² '. The X
Ans. D centroidal distance is
A. 3a/4
UNIT 1B B. 4a/3
C. a/3
Q. The C.G. of a plane lamina will not be at D. 3a/10
its geometrical center if it is a Ans. A
A. Circle
B. Equilateral Triangle Q. A parabolic lamina of base 'a' and height
C. Rectangle 'h' is given by equation ' y = hx²/a² '. The Y
D. Right angled Triangle centroidal distance is
Ans. D A. 3h/4
B. 4h/3
Q. A square hole is punched out of circular C. h/3
lamina of radius 'r' in such a way that center of D. 3h/10
square is on Y axis and its base coincides with Ans. D
horizontal diameter of circlAns. If the side of
square is 'r/2'. The X centroidal distance is Q. A quarter elliptical lamina is of base 'a'
A. 0 and height 'b'. The X centroidal distance is
B. r/4 A. 4ab/3π
C. r/2 B. 4a/3π
D. -r/4 C. 4b/3π
Ans. A D. πab/4
Ans. B
Q. A square hole is punched out of circular
lamina of radius 'r' in such a way centre of Q. A quarter elliptical lamina is of base 'a'
square is on Y axis and that base coincides with and height 'b'. The Y centroidal distance is
horizontal diameter of circlAns. If the side of A. 4ab/3π
square is 'r/2'. The Y centroidal distance is B. 4a/3π
A. 0 C. 4b/3π
B. 0.425 r D. πab/4
C. 0.216 r Ans. C
D. 0.978 r
Ans. C Q. From a quarter circular lamina of radius
'r', square of side 'r/2' is cut in such a way that,
24
two sides of square coincides with two straight D. 14.14 cm
sides of quarter circlAns. Taking origin as Ans. D
corner point of lamina each centroidal
coordinate is Q. A letter 'B' is made up of wire bends. The
A. 0.424r length of vertical wire is 20cm and the two
B. 3.141/r semicircular arc with diameter of 10 cm. The X-
C. 0.506r centroidal distance from the vertical wire is
D. 0.318r A. 3.055 cm
Ans. C B. 5 cm
C. 0 cm
Q. The C.G. of an isosceles triangle with D. 1.945 cm
base 'b' and sides 'a' is ________ from its base Ans. D
A. (4a² - b²)½ / 6
B. (4b² - a²)½ / 6 Q. A wire bend forming an arc of circle with
C. (b² - a²) / 6 the subtended angle equal to 2α and is
D. (a² - b²) / 6 symmetrical about x axis. Locate the C.G.
Ans. A A. (0, rsinα/α)
B. (rsinα/α, 0)
Q. The C.G. of a body is the point through C. (rsinα/α, rsinα/α)
which, D. (0,0)
A. Earth attracts Ans. B
B. resultant of external forces acts
C. both (a) and (b) Q. The C.G. of a wire bend forming a quarter
D. none of above circular arc is
Ans. A A. (2r/π,2r/π)
B. (4r/3π,4r/3π)
Q. A triangular hole is cut from circular C. (3r/4π,3r/4π)
lamina of radius 'r' such that the vertex of D. (0,0)
triangle is on Y axis and base coincides with Ans. A
horizontal diameter. If base of triangle is '2r' and
height is 'r'. The C.G. of remaining lamina is Q. The C.G. of a circular stor lamina with the
A. 0.222 r subtended angle equal to 2α and is symmetrical
B. -0.155 r about x axis is
C. 0.155 r A. (2r sinα/3α, 0)
D. -0.222r B. (rsinα/α, 0)
Ans. B C. (2r sinα/3α, 2r sinα/3α)
D. (0,0)
Q. A letter 'A' is made up of wire bends. The Ans. A
length of each inclined wire is 30cm and the
horizontal distance between them is 20cm. The "Q. The C.G. of a quarter circular area is
horizontal wire is of length 10cm. The Y- A. (2r/π,2r/π)
centroidal distance from the base of 'A' is B. (4r/3π,4r/3π)
A. 28.28 cm C. (3r/4π,3r/4π)
B. 15 cm D. (0,0)
C. 10 cm Ans. B
25
C. d
Q. A trapezoid having two parallel sides 'a' D. 0.8d
and 'b' and height 'h'. The Y centroidal distance Ans. B
from bottom side 'b' is
A. 0.5h(b+2a)/(b+a) Q. A square hole is punched out of circular
B. 0.5h(b-2a)/(b+a) lamina of radius 'r = 20cm' in such a way centre
C. h(b+2a)/3(b+a) of square is on Y axis and that base coincides
D. h(b-2a)/3(b+a) with horizontal diameter of circlAns. If the
Ans. C side of square is 'r/2'. The Y centroidal distance
is
Q. A symmetrical 'T' shaped lamina is made A. 0
from two rectangles 10cm X 5cm , so that total B. 8.50 cm
height is 15cm. The centroidal distance from C. 4.32 cm
bottom is D. 19.56 cm
A. 9.5 cm Ans. C
B. 8.75 cm
C. 6.25 Q. The Y centroidal distance of an
D. 5 cm equilateral triangle with each side equal to 10cm
Ans. B from any of the three sides is
A. 8.66 cm
Q. The Y centroidal distance of equal I B. 4.71 cm
section from its bottom each having flange of C. 2.88 cm
size 10cm x 5 cm and web of size 5cm x 15 cm D. 2.35 cm
deep is Ans. C
A. 15 cm
B. 20 cm Q. A parabolic lamina of base 10cm and
C. 17.5 cm height 5cm is given by equation ' y = hx²/a² '.
D. 12.5 cm The X centroidal distance is
Ans. D A. 7.5 cm
B. 13.33 cm
Q. The Y centroidal distance of unequal I C. 3.33 cm
section from its bottom having upper flange size D. 3 cm
of 15cm x 5 cm, lower flange size of 10cm x 5 Ans. A
cm and web size 5cm x 15 cm deep is
A. 15 cm Q. A parabolic lamina of base 10cm and
B. 20 cm height 5cm is given by equation ' y = hx²/a² '.
C. 13. 75 cm The Y centroidal distance is
D. 12.5 cm A. 3.75 cm
Ans. C B. 6.67 cm
C. 1.67 cm
Q. The Y centroidal distance of frustum of D. 1.5 cm
cone from base of diameter 'd', top diameter 'd/2' Ans. D
and height 'd' is
A. 0.5d Q. A quarter elliptical lamina of base 10cm
B. 0.44d and height 15cm. The X centroidal distance is
26
A. 63.66 cm
B. 4.244 cm Q. Wire bend forming an arc of circle with
C. 6.366 cm the subtended angle 30°, radius 10cm is
D. 10 cm symmetrical about x axis. Locate C.G.
Ans. B A. (0, 9.88 cm)
B. (9.88 cm, 0)
Q. A quarter elliptical lamina of base 10cm C. (9.88 cm, 9.88 cm)
and height 15cm. The Y centroidal distance is D. (0,0)
A. 63.66 cm Ans. B
B. 4.244 cm
C. 6.366 cm Q. The C.G. of a wire bend forming a quarter
D. 10 cm circular arc with radius 10cm is
Ans. C A. (6.366 cm, 6.366 cm)
B. (4.244 cm, 4.244 cm)
Q. From a quarter circular lamina of radius C. (2.387 cm, 2.387 cm)
10cm, square of side 5 cm is cut in such a way D. (0,0)
that, two sides of square coincides with two Ans. A
straight sides of quarter circlAns. The C.G.
taking origin as corner point of lamina is Q. The C.G. of a circular stor lamina with the
A. 4.24 cm subtended angle 30°, radius 10cm is
B. 0.314 cm symmetrical about x axis is
C. 5.06 cm A. (6.59 cm , 0)
D. 3.18 cm B. (9.88 cm, 0)
Ans. C C. (6.59 cm , 6.59 cm)
D. (0,0)
Q. The C.G. of an isosceles triangle with Ans. A
base 10cm and sides 20cm is ________ from its
base Q. The C.G. of a quarter circular area with
A. 6.455 cm radius 10cm is
B. 0 cm A. (6.366 cm, 6.366 cm)
C. 5 cm B. (4.244 cm, 4.244 cm)
D. 7 cm C. (2.387 cm, 2.387 cm)
Ans. A D. (0,0)
Ans. B
Q. A triangular hole is cut from circular
lamina of radius 10cm such that the vertex of Q. A trapezoid having two parallel sides
triangle is on Y axis and base coincides with 10cm and 20cm and height 30cm. The Y
horizontal diameter. If base of triangle is 20 cm centroidal distance from side having width 20
and height is 10 cm. The C.G. of remaining cm is
lamina is A. 20 cm
A. 2.22 cm B. 0 cm
B. -1.55 cm C. 13.33 cm
C. 1.55 cm D. 15 cm
D. -2.22 cm Ans. C
Ans. B
27
Q. A symmetrical 'T' shaped lamina is made Q. The location of center of gravity
from two rectangles 15cm X 5cm , so that total ……………….. that of the center of mass.
height is 20cm. The centroidal distance from A. coincides with
bottom is B. is different than
A. 12.5 cm C. is away
B. 7.5 cm D. none
C. 10 cm Ans. A
D. 11.5 cm
Ans. A Q. The centroid C is a point which defines
the ………………… of an object.
Q. The Y centroidal distance of frustum of A. area
cone from base with base diameter 10cm, top B. volume
diameter 5cm and height 10cm is C. geometric center
A. 5 cm D. all of the above
B. 4.4 cm Ans. C
C. 10 cm
D. 8 cm Q. The centroid coincides with center of
Ans. B mass or center of gravity only if material
Q. The angle made by side of square lamina A. uniform
with horizontal if suspended freely from the B. homogeneous
corner is C. both A and B
A. 45° D. none
B. 90° Ans. C
C. 0°
D. All of above Q. Formulae used to locate the center of
Ans. A gravity represent a balance between the sum of
moments of all the parts of the system and the
Q. The center of gravity G is a point which moment of …………… for the system.
locates the ……………. of a system of A. one part
particles. B. two parts
A. area C. resultant
B. volume D. all of the above
C. resultant weight Ans. C
D. none
Ans. C Q. For a triangle, the centroid is located at
………………. from the basAns.
Q. For a system of n particles, the weights of A. one third height
particles comprise of a system of B. two third height
A. non-parallel forces C. one half height
B. parallel forces D. none
C. both A and B Ans. A
D. none
Ans. B Q. For a triangle, the centroid is located at
28
A. one third height
B. two third height Q. For a quarter-circular arc lying in first
C. one half height quadrant, centroidal X and Y co-ordinates
D. none respectively are
Ans. B A. 2r/3.14 and 3r/3.14
B. 3r/3.14 and 2r/3.14
Q. For a triangle, the centroid is located at C. 2r/3.14 from both axes
………. from the base and …….. from apex. D. none
A. one third, one fifth Ans. C
B. one third, two third
C. one half, one half Q. For a semicircular arc symmetric about x-
D. none axis, centroidal x co-ordinate is
Ans. B A. 2r/3.14
B. 3r/3.14
Q. If an area or a line possesses an axis of C. r/3.14
symmetry, its centroid C is located D. none
A. outside the axis Ans. A
B. on that axis
C. above the axis Q. For a quarter-circular area lying in first
D. below the axis quadrant, centroidal X and Y coordinates are
Ans. B A. 2r/3.14 and 3r/3.14
B. 3r/3.14 and 2r/3.14
Q. If a circular stor is symmetric about x- C. (4r/3x3.14) from both axes
axis, the centroidal x co-ordinate is D. none
A. 2rsinθ/3θ Ans. C
B. zero
C. 4rsinθ/3θ Q. If a semicircular area is symmetric about
D. 4rsinθ/3 y-axis, the centroidal y co-ordinate is
Ans. A A. 4r/(3x3.14)
B. 2r/(3x3.14)
Q. If an arc of a circle is symmetric about x- C. 4r/(3.14)
axis, the centroidal y co-ordinate is D. 2r/(3.14)
A. 4r/(3x3.14) Ans. A
B. zero
C. 2r/3.15 Q. For a quarter-elliptical area of radii a and
D. 3r/(3.14) b lying in first quadrant, centroidal X and Y co-
Ans. B ordinates respectively are
A. 4a/3x3.14 and 4b/3x3.14
Q. If a semicircular arc is symmetric about y- B. 3r/3.14 and 2r/3.14
axis, the centroid along x-axis is C. (4a/3x3.14) along both axes
A. 4r/(3x3.14) D. none
B. zero Ans. A
C. 2r/3.14 from both axes
D. 3r/3.14
Ans. B
29
Q. If a semielliptical area of radii a and b is Q. From a circular area of radius R, a smaller
symmetric about y-axis, the centroidal y co- circle of radius r is removed. Top half of smaller
ordinate is circle is in Ist quadrant and bottom half is in
A. 4a/(3x3.14) fourth quadrant. R=2r. The centroid of
B. 3r/3.14 remaining area is
C. 4b/(3x3.14) A. (0,0)
D. none B. (-r/3, 0)
Ans. C C. (0, r/3)
D. (-r/3, r/3)
Q. If a parabolic area of height h is Ans. B
symmetric about y-axis, the centroidal x co-
ordinate is Q. A square hole is removed from a thin
A. 3h/10 circular lamina, the diagonal of the square being
B. zero equal to the radius of circle R. One side of
C. h/10 square coincides with diameter of circle such
D. 7h/10 that top half of square is in Ist quadrant and
Ans. B bottom half is in fourth quadrant. The centroid
of remaining area from the center of circle is
Q. If a parabolic area is symmetric about y- A. (0,0)
axis, the centroid along y-axis from its base is B. (-0.877R, 0)
A. 3h/10 C. (-0.095R, 0)
B. zero D. (0, -0.095R)
C. 3h/5 Ans. B
D. 7h/10
Ans. C Q. For a line of length 3 m passing through
Q. For a line of length 'a' passing through along x is
origin and inclination θ with x-axis, centroid A. 1.149
along x is given by B. 2
A. (a/2) cos(θ) C. 1.5
B. (a/2) sin(θ) D. 1
C. a Ans. A
D. a/2
Ans. A Q. For a line of length 2.5 m passing through
Q. For a line of length 'a' passing through along y is
origin and inclination theta with x-axis, centroid A. 0.883
along y is B. 2.056
A. (a/2) cos(θ) C. 1.25
B. (a/2) sin(θ) D. 1
C. a Ans. A
D. a/2
Ans. B Q. From a circular area of radius 4m, a
smaller circle of radius 2m is removed. Top half
of smaller circle is in Ist quadrant and bottom
30
half is in fourth quadrant. The centroid of
remaining area is Q. For a line of length 2.5 m passing through
A. (0,0) origin and inclination 60 with x-axis, centroid
B. (-0.667, 0) along y is
C. (0, 0.667) A. 1.083
D. (-0.667, 0.667) B. 1.75
Ans. B C. 2.5
D. 1
Q. A square hole is removed from a thin Ans. A
circular lamina, the diagonal of the square being
equal to the radius of circle 4m. One side of Q. From a circular area of radius 5m, a
square coincides diameter of circle such that top smaller circle of radius 2.5m is removed. Top
half of square is in Ist quadrant and bottom half half of smaller circles in Ist quadrant and bottom
is in fourth quadrant.The centroid of remaining half is in fourth quadrant. The centroid of
figure is remaining figure is
A. (0,0) A. (0,0)
B. (-3.508,0) B. (-0.833, 0)
C. (-2.508, 0) C. (0, 0.833)
D. (0, -0.38) D. (-0.833, 0.833)
Ans. B Ans. B
Q. The center of mass will coincide with the Q. A square hole is removed from a thin
centroid provided the density of material is circular lamina, the diagonal of the square being
A. non-uniform equal to the radius of circle 5m. One side of
B. uniform square coincides diameter of circle such that top
C. varying half of square is in Ist quadrant and bottom half
D. none is in fourth quadrant. The centroid of remaining
Ans. B figure is
A. (0,0)
Q. A triangle of base b and height h has its B. (-4.435, 0)
centroid (h/3) from its basAns. It is valid for C. (2.475, 0)
A. isosceles triangle D. (0, 4.475)
B. Right angled triangle Ans. B
C. Equilateral triangle
D. Any shape of triangle
Ans. D
Q. When the net effect of given forces acting
Q. For a line of length 2.5 m passing through on a particle at rest is zero, the particle is said to
origin and inclination 60 with x-axis, centroid be in
along x is A. static equilibrium
A. 0.625 B. motion
B. 0.5 C. non-equilibrium
C. 2.5 D. dynamic equilibrium
D. 1 Ans. A
Ans. A
31
"Q. The particle acted upon by two forces
will be in equilibrium if two forces have equal Q. The Principle of Transmissibility states
magnitude and are having that the condition of equilibrium of a rigid body
A. same direction & collinear will remain unchanged if a force ‘F’ is replaced
B. opposite direction but collinear by equivalent force ‘P’ acting at other point if
C. same direction & collinear they have
D. opposite direction but non-collinear A. same magnitude only
Ans. B B. same direction only
C. Same magnitude and direction
Q. If the resultant of forces acting on a D. same magnitude, direction and same line of
particle originally at rest is in equilibrium then it action
will remain Ans. D
A. in motion
B. at rest Q. For the Equilibrant of co-planer non
C. in circular motion concurrent force system, the necessary and
D. General plane motion sufficient conditions are
Ans. B A. Equal magnitude & same direction of
Resultant
Q. One component of resultant of forces B. Equal magnitude and opposite direction of
acting on a particle is along positive side of x- Resultant
axis and another along negative side of y-axis C. Equal magnitude & same direction and same
,then the equilibrant will lie in point of application of resultant
A. First Quadrant D. Equal magnitude and opposite direction and
B. second Quadrant same point of application of resultant
C. Third Quadrant Ans. D
D. Fourth Quadrant
Ans. B
Q. The force which when applied on a

particle subjected to various forces makes the
resultant force zero is known as
A. Resultant
B. Inertia Force
C. Equilibrant
D. Gravity Force
Ans. C
Q. The force triangle of the forces acting on

a particle in equilibrium, when drawn in tip to
tail fashion, shall form
A. Open Triangle
B. Closed Rectangle
C. Straight Line
D. Closed Triangle
Ans. D
32
MCQ Unit 1 Resolution and Composition of Forces
Que.No Question A B C D Ans Mark

.
1 If two forces of magnitude P 2P 3P P 4P c 1
and 2P act on a body , then
their miniimum resultant is
2 Two forces 3N and 1N act at (10)½ (12)½ (8)½ (7)½ a 1
normal to each other.The
resultant is
3 Two forces 2N and 4N act at a (10)½ (6)½ (28)½ (8)½ c 1
point on a body.The resultant
when they act at 60° is
4 If two forces of magnitude 5kN 4kN 3kN 2kN b 1
4kN and 8kN act on a body ,
then their minimum resultant
is
5 If two forces each of (2)½F (F)½ (3F)½ (5F)½ a 2
magnitude 'F' act at right
angles, their effect may be
neutralised by a third force P.
The value of P is
6 Two equal forces act on a 90° 120° 60° 100° c 2
body.The square of the
resultant is three times the
product of the forces. Then
the angle between them is
then their maximum resultant
is
8 The effect of a given force resolution law of motion law of equilibrium c 1
remains unaltered at any point transmissibili
along the line of action .This is ty
according to
9 The resultant of two forces P/2 P/(2)½ (2P)½ (P)½ b 2
each of magnitude P/2 acting
at a right angle is
10 The resultant of two forces 2P 3P (3)½P (2)½P c 2
each of magnitude P acting at
60° is
11 The resultant of two forces P1 P1=P2 P2=R P1=R 2P1=R c 2
and P2 is R. If P1 is doubled and
the new resultant remains R
and becomes perpendicular to
P2 ,then
12 If two forces of magnitude 7N 10N 15N 13N 16N c 2
and 8N act at 60° , then the
resultant will be
13 If two forces of magnitude P 2P cosB P cos2B P(2+2cosB)½ P cosB c 2
each act at angle 'B' .Then
resultant will be
14 If the resultant of two equal 120° 60° 90° 50° a 2
forces has the same
Follow @PuneEngineers | Telegram

magnitude, then the angle
between them is
15 The angle between two forces 180°and 0° 90° and 0° 0° and 180° 0° and 90° c 1
,when the resultant is
maximum and minimum are
16 A ------------- is a single force resultant equilibrant moment couple a 1
which can replace two or
more forces and produce the
same effect.
17 The splitting of a force into resultant resolution moment couple b 1
two perpendicular directions
without changing its effect is
called
18 The square of the resultant of P1²+P2²+2P1P P1²+P2²+2P1P P1²+P2²- P1²+P2² b 1
forces P1 and P2 with a angle 2 2cos D 2P1P2
'D' between them is
19 If the resultant is equal to half 151.04° 140.5° 120° 100° a 2
the magnitude of two equal
forces, then the angle
between the forces is
20 If two equal forces are acting (15)½ (5)½ (25)½ (10)½ d 2
at a right angle,having
resultant force of (20)½ ,then
find out magnitude of each
force.
21 When two equal forces are (28/3)½ 28/2 28/5 28/7 a 2
acting at 60° produce a
resultant equal to (28)½, then
force
22 Two forces 5N and 7N act at a (74)½ (60)½ 70½ 84½ a 1
when they act at right angle is
23 Two forces 3N and 5N act at a (53.21)½ (50.12)½ (55.21)½ (45.21)½ c 2
is
25 Two equal forces act on a 120° 90° 60° 30° b 2
resultant is two times the
26 If two forces of magnitude 2P 4P 6P 3P 8P b 1
and 4P act at a point on a
body , then their maximum
resultant is
27 If a number of forces are tan θ = ΣH / tan θ = ΣV / tan θ= ΣV × tan θ =0 b 1
acting at a point, their ΣV ΣH ΣH
resultant will be inclined at an
angle θ with the horizontal,
such that

28 The forces, which meet at one coplanar coplanar non- non-coplaner non- a 1
point and their lines of action concurrent concurrent concurrent coplaner
also lie in the same plane, are forces forces forces forces
kNown as
29 Coplanar concurrent forces meet at one do not meet at meet at one do not c 1
are those forces which point, but do one point and point and meet at
not lie in the do not lie in also lie in the one point,
same plane the same same plane but lie in
plane the same
plane
30 Determine the inclination of 36.3° 63.435° 56.7° 186.3° b 2
resultant of force 100N at 0°
and 200N at 90°.
31 A block of mass 9 Kg rests on a 86.5N 84.86 N 24.34N 24.8N b 2
plane making an angle of 160
with horizontal. Determine
the component of the weight
32 Two forces act an angle of 20 N 25 N 30N 35N b 2
120°. If the greater force is 50
N and their resultant is
perpendicular to the smaller
33 Four concurrent forces1kN, 7.35 4.35 3.35 2.25 a 2
2kN, 3kN and 4kN acting at an
angle of 20°, 63°, 95°,150°
from positive x axis.
Determine their resultant in
kN.
34 Effect of a force on a body direction magnitude position all of these d 1
depends upon its
35 Two equal forces of 45° 56.3° 26.56° 0° a 2
magnitude 'P' represents the
components of resultant.The
angle made by the resultant
with vertical is
36 forces 138.5N horizontal and 47.04° 34.04° 37.04° 44.04° c 2
183.5N vertical represents
components of resultant then
the angle made by the
37 Determine the inclination of 36.3° 63.435° 56.7° 186.3° b 2
resultant of forces 10N at 0°
and 20N at 90°.
38 A man of weight 60 kg is 558.37N,168.1 -558.37N,- 186.37N,558. - b 2
standing on a ladder of slope 8N 186.18N 18N 558.37N,18
1H: 3V, then the components 6.18N
of weight along the ladder and
normal to ladder are
39 Determine the inclination of 45° 26.56° 20.56° 63.435° b 2
resultant of forces 40N at 0°
and 20N at 90°.

40 A block of mass 19 Kg rests on 51.37N 179.16N 197.16N 15.37N b 2
a plane making an angle of 160
41 A block of mass 23 Kg rests on 222.20N 39.18N 22.22 N 93.18 N a 2
a plane making an angle of 100
42 Two forces act an angle of 70 N 75 N 30N 35N b 2
120°. If the greater force is
150 N and their resultant is
43 Two forces act an angle of 50 N 75 N 30N 35N a 2
120°. If the greater force is
100 N and their resultant is
44 Three concurrent forces 23.45 N 32.45 N 45.45 N 40 N a 2
Q=10N, P=15N, F=15N act at
point O. Q is along +ve x axis,
P is acting at an angle 45° in
forth quadrant and F is acting
in third quadrant at an angle
45°. Then their resultant is
45 Three concurrent forces 65.01 N 56 .01 N 86 N 103 N a 2
Q=23N, P=43N, F=43N act at
point O. Q is along +ve x axis,
P is acting at an angle 45° in
forth quadrant and F is acting
in third quadrant at an angle
45°. Then their resultant is
46 A boat is being towed through 19.7 N 3.47 N 34. 7 N 1.97 N a 2
a canal by a cable which
makes an angle of 100 with the
shore. If the pull in the cable
is 20N, find the force tending
to move the boat along the
canal.
47 A boat is being towed through 69.45 N 393.92 N 6.94 N 93.3 N b 2
a canal by a cable which
makes an angle of 100 with the
shore. If the pull in the cable
is 400N, find the force tending
to move the boat along the
canal.
48 Forces 160.5N horizontal and 42.77° 45° 47.22° 4.77° a 2
173.5N vertical represents
49 Forces 90 N horizontal and 51.14° 38.85° 15.14° 83.14° a 2
72.5 N vertical represents

50 A man of weight 60 kg is 57.01 N & 571.01 N & 571.01 N & 57.01 N & b 2
standing on a ladder of slope 142.79 N 142.79 N 42.79 N 42.79 N
1H: 4V, then the components
of weight along the ladder and
normal to ladder are
51 If the resultant is equal to 0.6 145 135 120 100 a 2
times the magnitude of two
equal forces, then the angle
between the forces is nearer
to
52 If two equal forces are acting (15)½ (5)½ (25)½ (20)½ d 2
at a right angle,having
resultant force of (80)½ ,then
force.
53 When two equal forces are 10 25 20 15 a 2
acting at 60° produce a
resultant equal to 10(3)½, then
force
54 Two forces 5N and 7N act at a (74)½ (60)½ 70½ 84½ a 2
when they act at right angle is
55 Two forces 5N and 6N act at a 10.17 11 15 13 a 2
is
57 Two equal forces act on a 120° 90° 60° 30° c 2
resultant is three times the
then their minimum resultant
is
59 Two forces of magnitude P 41.4° 51.4° 45.4° 50.4° a 1
resultant is four times the
60 If two forces of magnitude 2P 4P 6P 3P 8P b 1
body , then their maximum
resultant is

61 A like parallel force system 0.4 m 0.6 m 0.2 m 0.1 m a 2
consists of four forces of
magnitude 10N, 20N, 30N, and
40N acting at 0.2m apart from
each other respectively. The
position of the resultant from
the first force 10N is
62 A door of width 1m can rotate 8.66 N 10 N 5N None of b 2
if a moment of of 10 Nm is the above
applied. The minimum force
that can be applied to open it
is
63 A force of 200N acts 40° to the 50 N m 38 Nm 32 Nm 30 Nm c 2
spoke of a cycle wheel 250
mm in radius. The moment
about the center of the wheel
will be nearer to
64 The moment of the 30 N force 60 Nm 100 Nm 72 Nm 45 Nm c 2
passing through the
coordinates (4, 0) and (0, 3)
about the origin
65 A force of 100N makes an 306 Nm 466 Nm 446 Nm 606 Nm c 2
angle of 600 anticlockwise with
the horizontal. It passes
through the point having
coordinates (4, 5). The
moment of this force about
origin is nearer to
66 A plate ABCD is of breadth 193 Nmm 133 Nmm 143 Nmm 93 Nmm a 2
AB=40mm and depth AD=20
mm. A force of 10 N at angle
2850 is applied at D. The
magnitude of the moment of
the force about point A is
nearer to
67 Three like horizontal forces of 40 N, 800 0 N, 400 Nmm 20 N, 200 None of a 2
10N, 20N, and 10N act on a Nmm Nmm these
vertical rod at A, B, C. If AB =
BC = 20 mm. The resultant
68 Two like parallel forces of 60N 100 mm 60 mm 80 mm 90 mm d 2
and 180 N act 120 mm apart
from each other. The position
of the resultant from 60N
force will be
69 A force of 100 N acting 20 N m 25 N m 30 N m 35 N m b 2
tangential to a drum of radius
0.25 m, must be transferred
parallel to itself to its center
O. The moment which should
accompany it for equivalent
effect is
70 Force of 60N acts at horizontal 20.5 Nm 30.5 Nm 96.42Nm 16.67Nm a 2
distance of 1m from origin,
angle made by force with
horizontal is 20º. The moment

of force about origin is
71 A couple produces translatory rotational combined None of b 1

motion motion translatory the above
and
rotational
72 The two forces of 100 N and coplaner coplaner non- Like parallel unlike d 1
300 N have their lines of concurrent concurrent forces parallel
action parallel to each other forces forces forces
but are in the opposite
directions. These forces are
kNown as
73 A vertical force of P N acting in 100 Nm 200 Nm 300 Nm 400 Nm d 2
first quadrant in XY plane
at(2m, 1m) . If P=200N,
magnitude of moment about
origin is
74 If the arm of couple is be halved remain same be doubled none of c 1
doubled, its moment will these
75 In a couple, the lines of action parallel to inclined to perpendicula none of the a 1
of the two forces are each other each other r to each above
other
76 The magnitude of two unlike 240 N 60 N 120 N 30 N d 2
parallel forces P each acting
at 1 m apart, is equivalent to,
two unlike parallel forces of
300 N each acting at a
distance of 100 mm. Find P
77 Three like parallel forces of 20 0.25 m 0.6 m 1m 1.2 m d 2
N, 30 N and 40 N act at a
distance 1m apart from each
other. Their resultant acts at a
distance of ………………….. from
20 N force
78 A force of 20 N passes from 21 Nm 30 N m 42 Nm 48 Nm c 2
points A(1,2) and B(2,1). The
moment of the force about
the origin will be nearer to
79 Two unlike parallel forces of 5 Nm 10 Nm 12 Nm 15 Nm b 2
20 N each act at 30 deg with
the X-axis at points A and B
which are 1m apart on the x
axis. The moment produced is
80 A force of 50 N acts 18750 Nmm 15000 Nmm 15575 Nmm 12500 a 2
tangentially to a circle of Nmm
diameter 750 mm. Its moment
about the center of the circle
will be
81 If two unlike parallel forces are within the two outside the at the center None of b 2
acting on a member then their forces two forces of the two the above
resultant will lie forces
82 If two like parallel forces are within the two outside the at the center None of a 2
acting on a member then their forces two forces of the two the above
resultant will lie forces

83 A couple of 30 Nm is applied 25 N 75 N 100 N 200 N c 2
to a screw driver of length
0.3m to tighten a screw. The
force required to produce the
couple will be
84 A number of like parallel replaced by a replaced by a both A and B None of a 2
forces acting on a body can be single force couple the above
85 If three like parallel forces 0.5m 0.75m 0.61 m 0.21m c 2
1N,1.5N and 2N act at
distance of 0.5m each. Find
distance of resultant from 1N
force
86 Four forces 125Nm 250Nm 30Nm 150 Nm d 2
50N,100N,150N,200N act in
clockwise direction along the
sides of a square of side 0.6m.
The moment of force about
the centroid of the square is
87 Force F=300N acting vertically 600Nm 660Nm 300Nm 330Nm a 2
upwards at x=2m, y=2m The
magnitude of moment of force
about origin is
88 Two like parallel forces of 1.6m from 4m from 2m from none of a 2
300N and 200N are acting at larger force larger force larger force the above
the ends of the rod of 4m
length. Distance of resultant is
89 The algebraic sum of the two magnitude of magnitude of zero none of the c 1
forces forming couple is equal two forces one force above
to
90 The effect of couple is couple is couple is couple is all of the d 1
unchanged when shifted to rotated shifted and above
other position through any rotated
angle
91 A force of 40N is applied 80Nm 20Nm 40Nm 60Nm a 2
perpendicular to the edge of
the door 2m wide. Then
moment of force about hinge
is
92 Find resultant of forces when 110N 50N 30N 160N a 2
two like parallel forces of 40N
and 70N which act at the ends
of the rod 40cm long
93 The moment of resultant of a superposition Triangle of Varignon’s d 1
force system about any point transmissibilit forces theorem
is equal to the algebraic sum y of forces
of moments of all other forces
about the same point, this is
the statement of law of
94 If a system of forces can be equipollent equivalent both a) and none of the b 1
reduced to a force couple system system b) above
system at a given point
without changing effect on
the body , then it is
95 On a member AB two unlike couple of couple of 6Nm force 20 N force 0 N a 2
parallel forces 20N each act at 12Nm
0.6m apart. The equivalent

system can be
96 What is the magnitude of 40N 30N 20N 10N c 2

vertical force required to
produce a moment of 20Nm
at point A (1m,1m) if the force
is acting at point B(2m,2m)
97 Two like parallel forces of 1.33m from P 1.44m from P 1.66m from 1.66m from a 2
P=400N and Q=200N acting at P Q
the ends of the rod of 4m
length ,then distance of
resultant is
98 Varignon' s theorem of moment of position of algebraic all of the d 1
moment is used to find resultant resultant sum of above
moments
99 A like parallel force system 100N,40 Nm 100N,80 Nm 200N,40 Nm 100N,120 a 2
consists of four forces of Nm
magnitude 10N, 20N, 30N, and
40N acting at 0.2m apart from
each other respectively at
points A,B,C,D. The equivalent
100 Force F=300N acting vertically 300 300N, 300N, 300 b 2
upwards at x=2m, y=2m The N,600Nm(cloc 600Nm(anticlo 300Nm(clock N,300Nm(a
equivalent force couple kwise) ckwise) wise) nticlockwis
system at origin is e)
101 A vertical force of 20 N acts at 40Nm 30Nm 20Nm 10Nm c 2
point B(2m,2m). The moment
produced at A (1m,1m) is
102 The 10 N force is required to 8.66 Nm 10 Nm 5 Nm None of b 2
be applied to a door at the the above
end of width 1m to rotate it
The moment produced about
the hinge is
103 When two like parallel forces 25 cm 50 cm 30 cm 40 cm a 2
of 40N and 70N which act at
the ends of the rod 40cm
long,find the position of
resultant of forces from 40 N
force,
104 The force of 100N is required 300Nm 75 Nm 30 Nm 200 Nm c 2
to produce the moment in a
screw driver of length 0.3 m to
tighten the screw.The
moment produced is
105 Three forces P = 50 N (towards 55.9 N 65.9 N 75.9 N 85.9 N a 2
East), Q = 100 N (towards
North), and R = 75 N (towards
South), are acting on the
member, their resultant is
nearer to
106 Two Forces acting on a ladder Parallel forces Coplanar Non coplanar None of b 2
& resting against vertical wall nonconcurrent forces the above
and horizontal floor is an forces
example of ----------

107 Forces 10 N, 20 N, 30 N and 40 28.28 N 40N 100N 32.32N a 2
N act along sides of a
rectangle PQ, QR, RS, SP. Their
108 Forces 50 N, 100 N, and 150 N 0N 67.66N 86.67N 300N c 2
act along sides of a equilateral
triangle taken in order.Their
109 Forces acting tangentially on a 1.4P 2P 1.8P 2.83P a 2
circle are 1) 4P N acting
towards North 2) 3P N acting
towards West 3) 2P N acting
towards South 4) P N acting
towards East . Resultant force
is nearer to
110 Four forces 180N, 100N, 60N, 130N 60N 180N 100N a 2
and 50N are acting along sides
AB, BC, CD, and DA of a square
ABCD. Their resultant force is
nearer to
111 A man weighing 600N is 261N, 339N 300N, 300N 325N, 275N 339N, 261N d 2
standing at middle of light rod
of 4m long. This man is lifted
by other two men one is 1m
from left end and other is
0.7m from right end, the
weight carried by left and right
man is nearer to
112 Four forces 180N, 100N, 60N, 2.46 m 3.46 m 2.64 m 3.64 m a 2
and 50N are acting along sides
AB, BC, CD, and DA of a square
ABCD of side 2m. Their
resultant force is 130N.
Calculate position of resultant
w.r.t A
113 Forces 10N, 20N, 30N & 40N 28.28N 40N 48N 37N a 2
acts along sides of rectangle
PQ, QR,RS,SP respectively.
Then resultant force is given
by
114 Three forces act at A (4m,0), B 150N 166.43N 108.17N 135N c 2
(4m,3m) and C (0,5m) of
magnitudes 60N vertically
upward, 50N along OB and
respectively. Find the
resultant.

UNIT 2 - Distributed Forces and Friction
Q. An object moving with a speed of 5 m/s B. 0 m/s

comes to rest in 10 s, after the brakes are C. 24 m/s
applied. What is the initial velocity? D. 2.4 m/s
A. zero Ans. A
B. 5 m/s
C. 15 m/s Q. Name the physical quantity that is defined
D. 50 m/s as the rate of change of displacement.
Ans. B A. velocity
B. acceleration
Q. A body moving along a straight line at 40 C. distance
m/s undergoes an acceleration of 4 m/s2. After D. Speed
10 seconds its speed will be Ans. A
A. 20 m/s
B. 28 m/s Q. An object moves with a constant velocity
C. 16 m/s of 9.8 m/s, its acceleration in m/ s2 is ________.
D. 80 m/s A. 9.8 m/s2
Ans. D B. zero
C. 0.98 m/s
Q. SI unit of acceleration is __________. D. 98 m/s2
A. m/s2 Ans. B
B. km/h2
C. cm/s2 Q. A body moving along a straight line at 20
D. km/min2 m/s undergoes an acceleration of 4 m/s2. After
Ans. A two seconds its speed will be ________.
A. 8 m/s
Q. Retardation is __________. B. 12 m/s
A. negative acceleration C. 16 m/s
B. positive acceleration D. 28 m/s
C. uniform acceleration Ans. D
D. variable acceleration
Ans. A Q. A car increases its speed from 20 km/h to
50 km/h in 10 seconds. Its acceleration is
Q. When an object is moving with uniform ________.
velocity, what is its acceleration? A. 30 m/s2
A. zero B. 3 m/s2
B. uniform C. 18 m/s2
C. non-uniform D. 0.83 m/s2
D. negative Ans. D
Ans. A
Q. Negative acceleration means an object is
Q. The average speed of a car which covers moving with ________ .
half the distance with a speed of 20 m/s and A. increasing speed
other half with a speed of 30 m/s in equal B. decreasing speed
intervals of time is _________. C. uniform speed
A. 25 m/s D. constant speed
Ans. B B. 20 m/s2
C. 30 m/s2
Q. A body travels from A to B in 10 seconds D. none of the above
with a speed of 50 km/h and returns with a Ans. D
speed of 100 km/h in 5 s. Find the average
speed. Q. What is the value of gravitational
A. 18.5 m/s constant?
B. 16.5 m/s A. 6.6734x10-11N m2/kg2
C. 15.5 m/s B. 6.6734x10-10N m2/kg2
D. none of the above C. 6.6734x10-11N m/kg2
Ans. A D. 6.6734x10-11N m2/kg
Ans. A
Q. A body travelling with a velocity of 200
m/s is brought to rest in 10 s. Calculate the Q. If the distance between two bodies is
retardation. doubled, the force of attraction F between them
A. 20 ms-2 will be _______
B. 10 ms-2 A. 1/4 F
C. 15 ms-2 B. 2 F
D. none of the above C. 1/2 F
Ans. A D. F
Ans. A
Q. A car starting from rest acquires a
velocity of 36 km/h in 5 seconds. Calculate: its Q. The force of gravitation between two
acceleration bodies in the universe does not depend on
A. 3 ms-2 A. the distance between them
B. zero ms-2 B. the product of their masses
C. 2 ms-2 C. the sum of their masses
D. none of the above D. the gravitational constant
Ans. C Ans. C
Q. A body moving with an initial velocity of Q. When an object is thrown up, the force of
36 km/h accelerates uniformly at the rate of 5 gravity _________.
m/s2 for 20 seconds. Calculate the total A. Is opposite to the direction of motion
distance travelled in 20 s B. Is in the same direction as the direction of
A. 1400 m motion
B. 1000 m C. becomes zero at the highest point
C. 1200 m D. increases as it rises up
D. none of the above Ans. A
Ans. C
Q. What is the final velocity of a body
Q. A body moving with an initial velocity of moving against gravity when it attains the
36 km/h accelerates uniformly at the rate of 5 maximum height?
m/s2 for 20 seconds. Calculate the final A. Zero
velocity. B. u2/2g
A. 10 m/s2 C. h/t
D. 2gh Q. The acceleration due to gravity of a body
Ans. A moving against gravity is
A. 9.8 m/s2
Q. A stone is dropped from a cliff. Its speed B. -9.8 m/s2
after it has fallen 100 m is C. ± 9.8 m/s2
A. 9.8 m/s D. 9.6 m/s
B. 44.2 m/s Ans. B
C. 19.6 m/s
D. 98 m/s Q. The weight of an object of mass 10 kg on
Ans. B earth is_______.
A. 9.8 N
Q. A ball is thrown up and attains a B. 9.8 kg
maximum height of 100 m. Its initial speed was C. 98 N
A. 9.8 m/s D. 98 kg
B. 44.2 m/s Ans. C
C. 19.6 m/s
D. 98 m/s Q. The weight of an object of mass 15 kg at
Ans. B the centre of the earth is _____.
A. 147 N
Q. A stone dropped from the roof of a B. 147 kg
building takes 4 seconds to reach the ground. C. zero
What is the height of the building? D. 150 N
A. 19.6 m Ans. C
B. 39.2 m
C. 156.8 m Q. When a body is projected vertically
D. 78.4 m downwards with initial velocity u then the
Ans. D equation describing motions are
A. v = u + gt
Q. The acceleration due to gravity is zero at B. v = gt
______. C. v = u -gt
A. the equator D. none of the above
B. poles Ans. A
C. sea level
D. the centre of the earth Q. When body is falling down freely, then
Ans. D equation of kinematics is
A. h = ut
Q. The second equation of motion for a B. h= 1/2 gt2
freely falling body starting from rest is _______. C. h = ut –1/2 gt2
A. h= ut + (1/2) gt2 D. none of the above
B. h= ut - (1/2) gt2 Ans. B
C. h= (1/2) gt2
D. h= - (1/2) gt2 Q. When body is projected vertically upward
Ans. C with initial velocity u, then
A. v2 = u2 + 2gh
B. v2 = 2gh
C. v2 = u2 –2gh "Q. The relationship s = ut + ½ at2is
D. none of the above applicable to the bodies those are
Ans. C "
A. Moving with any type of motion
Q. A motorist travelling at a speed of 72 B. Moving with uniform velocity
kmph sees a traffic signal 200 m ahead of him C. Moving with uniform acceleration
turn red. Determine the deceleration so that he D. None of above
will just stop at the signal Ans. C
A. -1.0 m/s2
B. -2 m/s2 Q. The motion under gravity is a particular
C. -1.5 m/s2 case of motion under
D. -2.5 m/s2 A. Constant velocity
Ans. A B. Constant acceleration
C. Both a and b
Q. A motorist is travelling at 72 kmph along D. None of above
a straight road. A traffic signal turns red and it Ans. B
remains red for 15 s. What must be deceleration
so that at signal the velocity is zero Q. If two bodies A and B are projected
A. -1.33 m/s2 upwards such that the velocity of A is double
B. -2.33 m/s2 the velocity of B, then the height to which A
C. -1.00 m/s2 will rise will be ----- times the height which the
D. 1.3 m/s2 body B will rise
Ans. A A. 2 times
B. Four times
Q. Two cars are travelling towards each C. Eight times
other on a single lane at 12 m/s and 9 m/s D. None of the above
respectively. They succeed in avoiding the Ans. B
collision exactly at the mid span, if the initial
span between them is 100 m. determine the Q. A body was thrown vertically down from
accelerations. a tower and traverses a distance of 40 m, during
A. a2 = - 0.71 m/s2 a1 = - 1.44 m/s2 its 4th second of its fall. Determine the initial
B. a2 = - 0.81 m/s2 a1 = - 1.44 m/s2 velocity of the body. Take g = 9.8 m/s2
C. a2 = - 0.81 m/s2 a1 = - 1.00/s2 A. u = 6.7 m/s
D. a2 = - 0.11m/s2 a1 = - 1.6m/s2 B. u = 7.7 m/s
Ans. B C. u = 5.7 m/s
D. u=8.7m/s
Q. A freely falling object under gravity Ans. C
passes two points M & N 20 m apart, within 1.2
s. Determine the velocity Vn. Q. A body starts with a velocity 10 m/s and
A. Vn = 29.553 m/s moves in a straight line with constant
B. Vn = 20.553 m/s acceleration 2 m/s2. Determine the distance
C. Vn = 22.553 m/s travelled when velocity reaches 50 m/s
D. Vn = 27.553 m/s A. S = 600 m
Ans. C B. S = 700 m
C. S = 300 m
D. S = 100 m Q. Bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at
Ans. A 0.8 m/s2 till it reaches a speed of 12 m/s.
Determine distance travelled.
Q. Car `M’ moving with a constant speed of A. s = 9 m
10 m/s. Car N is behind it by 50 m with initial B. s = 90 m
speed of 5 m/s. At what rate it must accelerate C. s = 50 m
so that it will reach the same position as reached D. s = 95 m
by car M within 5 s. Ans. B
A. 75/12 = a
B. 75/11.5 = a Q. Bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at
C. 75/12.5 = a 0.8 m/s2 till it reaches a speed of 12 m/s.
D. 75/10.5 = a Determine the time of travel.
Ans. C A. t = 10 s
B. t = 25 s
Q. A car starts from rest and moves in a C. t = 15 s
straight line with uniform acceleration. It covers D. t=70 s
80 m in 9th second. Find the uniform Ans. C
acceleration of the car.
A. a = 9.41 m/s2 Q. A balloon is rising the velocity of 2 m/s.
B. a = 8.41 m/s2 When a bag of sand is released. If its height at
C. a = 5.41 m/s2 the time of release is 100 m, how long does it
D. a = 9.71 m/s2 take for the sand to reach the ground (g = 9.8
Ans. B m/s2)
A. t = 4.3 s.
Q. From the top of a tower 30 m high, a B. t = 9.73 s.
stone is thrown vertically up with a velocity of 8 C. t = 8.73 s.
m/s. After how much time it will hit the ground. D. t = 4.73 s.
(g = 9.8 m/s2) Ans. D
A. t = 1.42 s.
B. t = 9.42 s Q. A balloon is rising with a velocity of 2
C. t = 3.42 s. m/s. when a bag of sand is released. If its height
D. t = 3.99 s at the time of release is 100 m, determine the
Ans. C striking velocity of the sandbag (g = 9.8 m/s2)
A. Vs = 40.317 m/s
Q. Water dips from a tap at the rate of 5 B. Vs = 44.317 m/s
drops per second. Determine the vertical C. Vs = 48.317 m/s
separation between first two drops just when D. Vs = 42.317 m/s
2nd drop leaves the tap. Ans. B
A. 0.96 m
B. 0.196 m Q. A stone is thrown vertically upwards from
C. 0.200 m the top of a building 21 m high with a velocity
D. 0.100 m of 14 m/s. Determine the velocity at any instant
Ans. B `t’. (g = 9.8 m/s2)
A. V = 20 – (9.8 x t)
B. V = 14 – (9.8 x t)
C. V = 22 – (9.8 x t)
D. V = 2 – (9.8 x t) Q. A stone is thrown vertically upwards from
Ans. B the top of a building 21 m high with a velocity
of 14 m/s. Determine the time required for the
Q. A stone thrown vertically upwards from stone to reach the ground. g = 9.8 m/s2.
the top of a building 21 m high with a velocity A. 3.900 s.
of 14 m/s. Determine the expression for its B. 1.944 s.
position w.r.t. ground at any instant `t’ (g = 9.8 C. 2.944 s.
m/s2) D. 3.944 s
A. S = 21 + 14 t – ½ x 9.8 t2 Ans. D
B. S = 21 + 14 t – ½ x 8 t2
C. S = 21 + 16 t – ½ x 9.8 t2 Q. A stone is thrown vertically upwards from
D. S = 21 + 13 t – ½ x 9.8 t2 the top of a building 21 m high with a velocity
Ans. A of 14 m/s. Determine the striking velocity of
stone at the ground.
Q. A stone is thrown vertically upwards from A. V = 24.64 m/s.
the top of a building 21 m high with a velocity B. V = 20.64 m/s.
of 14 m/s. Determine the highest elevation C. V = 245.64 m/s.
reached by the stone from ground (g = 9.8 D. V = 246.4 m/s.
m/s2). Ans. A
A. S = 21 + 14 t – ½ x 9.8 t2
B. S = 21 + 14 t – ½ x 8 t2 Q. When an object moves in a fixed direction
C. S= 21 + 16 t – ½ x 9.8 t2 with uniform acceleration, the speed-time graph
D. S = 21 + 13 t – ½ x 9.8 t2 is a
Ans. A A. parabola
B. inclined straight line
Q. A stone is thrown vertically upwards from C. ellipse
the top of a building 21 m high with a velocity D. Curve
of 14 m/s. Determine the distance travelled by Ans. B
the stone to reach the highest point.
A. Actual from ground = 30m Q. A car starts from rest and covers a
B. Actual from ground = 31m distance of 100 m in one second with uniform
C. Actual from ground = 71m acceleration. Its acceleration is
D. Actual from ground = 21m A. 100 m/s2
Ans. B B. 50 m/s2
C. 200 m/s2
Q. A stone is thrown vertically upwards from D. none of the above
the top of a building 21 m high with a velocity Ans. C
of 14 m/s. Determine the time when stone
reaches the maximum height. g = 9.8 m/s2 Q. From the top of a tower 30 m high, a
A. t = 1.429 s. stone is thrown vertically up with a velocity of 8
B. t = 1.400 s. m/s. After how much time it will hit the ground.
C. t = 1.4 s. (g = 9.8 m/s2)
D. t = 1.29 s. A. 1.42 s
Ans. A B. 3.42 s
C. 9.42 s B. 25s
D. 3.99 s C. 15 s
Ans. B D. 70 s
Ans. C
Q. A particle falling freely under gravity
falls 50 m in certain second. Determine the Q. A bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at
initial velocity to cover these 50 m. 0.8 m/s2 till it reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Brakes
A. 15.9 m/s are applied and then it stops at B, 300 m from
B. 50 m/s A. Determine the acceleration.
C. 54.9 m/s A. 0.343 m/s2
D. 54 m/s B. -0.343 m/s2
Ans. C C. -1.343 m/s2
D. -0.43 m/s2
Q. A particle falling freely under gravity Ans. B
falls 50 m in certain second. Determine the
velocity at the end of this second. Q. A bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at
A. 45.1 m/s 0.8 m/s2 till it reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Brakes
B. -45.1 m/s are applied and then it stops at B, 300 m from
C. -75.1 M/S A. Determine the total time of travel
D. -15.1 m/s A. 10 s
Ans. B B. 70 s
C. 5 s
Q. A stone is projected up from top of a D. 50 s
building 120 m high with initial velocity of 25 Ans. D
m/s.. Find the time taken by the stone to reach
the ground ( g = 9.87 m/s2) Q. If the gravitational acceleration at any
A. 6.12 s place is doubled, then the weight of a body will
B. 1.12 s be
C. 8.12 s A. g/2
D. 8 s B. g
Ans. C C. √ 2g
D. 2g
Q. A bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at Ans. D
0.8 m/s2 till it reaches a speed of 12 m/s.
Determine distance travelled. Q. The velocity of a body on reaching the
A. 9 m ground from a height h, is
B. 90 m A. √2gh
C. 50 m B. 2gh
D. 95 m C. √2g/h
Ans. B D. gh
Ans. A
Q. A bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at
0.8 m/s2 till it reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Q. When the distance covered by an object is
Determine the time of travel. directly proportional to time, it is said to travel
A. 10 s with
A. zero velocity
B. constant speed Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. constant acceleration line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1
D. uniform acceleration where x is in m and t is in s. Particle's
Ans. B acceleration when t=1/3 s is
A. 2/9 m/s2
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. -1/9 m/s2
line, position x is expressed by x = t4-2t3+1 C. 0 m/s2
where x is in m and t is in s. The velocity D. 1 m/s2
attained by the particle at 1.5 s will be Ans. C
A. minimum
B. maximum Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. zero line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1
Ans. C acceleration attained by the particle is
A. -6 m/s2
line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1 C. -2 m/s2
where x is in m and t is in s. Expression for D. 0 m/s2
A. v = t2 – t (m/s)
B. v = 3t2 - t - 1 (m/s) Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. v = 3t2- 2t - 1 (m/s) line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1
Ans. C acceleration attained by the particle at t =
A. 0 s
line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1 C. 1 s
A. a = t2- t (m/s2)
B. a = 6t - 2(m/s2) Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. a = 2t - 2 (m/s2) line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1
D. a = -2t2 +1 (m/s2) where x is in m and t is in s. The acceleration
Ans. B attained by the particle will be zero at
A. t = 1/3 s
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. t = 0 s
line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1 C. t = 1 s
where x is in m and t is in s. Particle's velocity D. none of the abovAns.
when t =0 s and 1 s is given by Ans. A
A. -1 m/s, 0 m/s
C. -1 m/s, 2 m/s line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1
Ans. A position will be attained by the particle at
A. t = 1 s
C. t = 1/3 s line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10
D. none of the abovAns. where x is in m and t is in s. Particle's
Ans. A acceleration when t =1 s is
A. 0 m/s2
line, position x is expressed by x = t3- t2- t +1 C. 12 m/s2
A. 1m
B. 2m Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. 0m line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10
Ans. C velocity attained by the particle is
A. -1/3 m/s
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. -2/3 m/s
line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10 C. 0 m/s
where x is in m and t is in s. Expression for D. 1 m/s
A. v = t2 +10 (m/s)
B. v = 3t2+ 10 (m/s) Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. v = 6t2 (m/s) line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10
Ans. C velocity is attained by the particle at t =
A. 0 s
line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10 C. 1 s
A. a = 3t2+10t (m/s2)
B. a = 12t (m/s2) Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. a = 2t - 10 (m/s2) line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10
D. a = -2t2 +5 (m/s2) where x is in m and t is in s. The minimum
Ans. B acceleration attained by the particle is
A. -1 m/s2
where x is in m and t is in s. Particle's velocity D. 2 m/s2
when t =0 s and 1 s is given by Ans. C
A. 0 m/s, 6 m/s
C. 0 m/s, 10 m/s line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10
Ans. A acceleration attained by the particle at t =
A. 0 s
B. 0.5 s Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. 1 s line, position x is expressed by x = t 6-2t4 where
D. none of the abovAns. x is in m and t is in s. Expression for velocity v
Ans. A is
A. v = t5 – 2t3 (m/s)
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. v = 3t5+4t3 + 1 (m/s)
line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10 C. v = 6t5- 8t3 (m/s)
where x is in m and t is in s. The velocity D. none of the abovAns.
attained by the particle will be zero at Ans. C
A. t = 0 s
D. none of the abovAns. x is in m and t is in s. Expression for
Ans. A acceleration is
A. a = 6t4-6t2 (m/s2)
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. a = 30t4 - 24t2 (m/s2)
line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10 C. a = 2t4 -4t2 (m/s2)
where x is in m and t is in s. The acceleration D. a = -2t2 +5 (m/s2)
attained by the particle will be zero at Ans. B
A. t = 0 s
D. none of the abovAns. x is in m and t is in s. Particle's velocity when t
Ans. A =0 s and 1 s is given by
A. 0 m/s, -2 m/s
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. 0 m/s, 2 m/s
line, position x is expressed by x = 2t3+10 C. -1 m/s, 0 m/s
where x is in m and t is in s. The minimum D. none of the abovAns.
position will be attained by the particle at Ans. A
A. t = 0 s
D. none of the abovAns. x is in m and t is in s. Particle's acceleration
Ans. A when t =0 s is
A. 1 m/s2
A. 0 m
C. 10 m line, position x is expressed by x = t6-2t4 where
D. none of the abovAns. x is in m and t is in s. Particle's velocity is zero
Ans. C when t =
A. 0 s
B. 1 s Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
C. 2 s starting from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by
D. none of the abovAns. v = 2t2- 8t where v is in m/s and t is in s. The
Ans. A minimum velocity attained by the particle is
A. 8 m/s
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. 0 m/s
line, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t 2-8t where C. -8 m/s
v is in m/s and t is in s. Expression for D. none of the abovAns.
acceleration is Ans. C
A. a = 4t-8 (m/s2)
B. a = 4t +8 (m/s2) Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
C. a = 2t (m/s2) starting from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by
D. a = 2t2 (m/s2) v = 2t2- 8t where v is in m/s and t is in s. The
Ans. A minimum velocity will be attained by the
particle at t =
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line A. 2/3 s
starting from x = -6m, velocity v is expressed by B. 2 s
v = 2t2-8t where v is in m/s and t is in s. C. 0 s
Expression for position x is D. none of the abovAns.
A. x = 4t-8 (m) Ans. B
B. x = 4t (m)
C. x = 2t - 4 (m) Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
D. x = 2t3/3-4t2 – 6 (m) starting from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by
Ans. D v = 2t2-8t where v is in m/s and t is in s. The
minimum position x attained by the particle is
Q. For a particle moving along a straight A. -2 m
line, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t 2-8t where B. 0 m
v is in m/s and t is in s. Particle's acceleration C. -8 m
when t = 2 s is D. none of the abovAns.
A. 8 m/s2 Ans. D
B. 4 m/s2
C. 0 m/s2 Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
D. 1 m/s2 starting from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by
Ans. C v = 2t2-8t where v is in m/s and t is in s. The
minimum acceleration will be attained by the
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line particle at t =
starting from x = -6m, velocity v is expressed by A. 1 s
v = 2t2- 8 where v is in m/s and t is in s. B. 0 s
Particle's position x when t = 1 s is C. 2 s
A. -40/3 m D. none of the abovAns.
B. 0 m Ans. B
C. 15 m
D. none of the abovAns. Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
Ans. A starting from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by
v = 2t2-8t (m/s) where t is in s. The zero velocity B. a = 8t (m/s2)
will be attained by the particle at t = C. a = 2t (m/s2)
A. t = 2 and 4 s D. x = 4t3/3+5t (m)
B. t = 0 and 2 s Ans. B
C. t = 1 and 2 s
D. t = 0 and 4 s Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
Ans. D starting from x = 0m, velocity v is expressed by
v = 4t2+5 where v is in m/s and t is in s.
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line Expression for position x is
starting from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by A. x= 4t+5 (m)
v = 2t2-8t where v is in m/s and t is in s. The B. x = 8t (m)
acceleration attained by the particle will be zero C. x = 2t (m)
at D. x = 4t3/3+5t (m)
A. t = 2 s Ans. D
B. t = 0 s
C. t = 1 s Q. For a particle moving along a straight
D. none of the abovAns. line, velocity v is expressed by v = 4t 2+5
Ans. A where v is in m/s and t is in s. Particle's
acceleration when t =2 s is
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line A. 8 m/s2
starting from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by B. 16 m/s2
v = 2t2-8t where v is in m/s and t is in s. The C. 0 m/s2
minimum position attained by the particle at D. 1 m/s2
A. t = 3 s Ans. B
B. t = 0 s
C. t = 1 s Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
D. t = 2 s starting from x = 0m, velocity v is expressed by
Ans. D v = 4t2+5 where v is in m/s and t is in s. The
minimum velocity attained by the particle is
Q. For a particle moving along a straight A. 8 m/s
line, velocity v is expressed by v = 4t 2+5 B. 4 m/s
where v is in m/s and t is in s. If at t = 0 s, x = 0 C. 0 m/s
m, particle's velocity when t =1 s and 2 s is D. none of the abovAns.
given by Ans. D
A. 0 m/s, 5 m/s
B. 9 m/s, 13 m/s Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
C. 13 m/s, 21 m/s starting from x = 0m, velocity v is expressed by
D. 9 m/s, 21 m/s v = 4t2+5 where v is in m/s and t is in s. The
Ans. D zero velocity will be attained by the particle at t
=
Q. For a particle moving along a straight A. 2 s
line, velocity v is expressed by v = 4t 2+5 B. 4 s
where v is in m/s and t is in s. Expression for C. 0 s
acceleration is D. none of the abovAns.
A. a = 4t+5 (m/s2) Ans. D
A. x= 6t+10 (m)
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line B. x = 6t (m)
starting from x = 0m, velocity v is expressed by C. x = 2t +5 (m)
v = 4t2+5 where v is in m/s and t is in s. The D. x = t3- t2 – t +1 (m)
minimum position attained by the particle is Ans. D
A. 2 m
C. 0 m line, acceleration a is expressed by a = 2t -
D. none of the abovAns. 1(m/s2) where t is in s. If at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and
Ans. C v = -10 m/s Expression for position x is
A. x = 4t3/3+5t +10 (m)
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line B. x = t3/3-t2/2-10t + 5 (m)
starting from x = 0m, velocity v is expressed by C. x = 4t2+5t +10 (m)
v = 4t2+5 where v is in m/s and t is in s. The D. none of the abovAns.
minimum acceleration attained by the particle is Ans. B
A. 2 m/s2
B. -1 m/s2 Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. 0 m/s2 line, acceleration a is expressed by a = 2t - 1
Ans. C = -10 m/s Expression for velocity v is
A. v = 4t2 + 5 (m/s)
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line B. v = t2+2t + 5 (m/s)
starting from x = 0m, velocity v is expressed by C. v = t2- t - 10 (m/s)
v = 4t2+5 where v is in m/s and t is in s. D. none of the abovAns.
Particle's position x =0 m when t = Ans. C
A. 0 s
B. 1 s "Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. 3 s line, acceleration a is expressed by a = 2t - 1
Ans. A = -10 m/s, particle's velocity when t=1s is
A. 0
Q. For a particle moving along a straight B. -10
line, velocity v is expressed by v = 3t 2- 2t - 1 C. 15
where v is in m/s and t is in s. Expression for D. none of the abovAns.
acceleration is Ans. B
A. a = 3t-2 (m/s2)
B. a = 6t -2 (m/s2) Q. For a particle moving along a straight
C. a = 3t (m/s2) line, acceleration a is expressed by a = 2t - 1
D. a = 3t2 (m/s2) (m/s2) where t is in s. If at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v
Ans. B = -10 m/s, particle's position when t =1s is
A. 10 m
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line B. 5.167 m
starting from x = 1m, velocity v is expressed by C. -5.167 m
v = 3t2- 2t - 1 where v is in m/s and t is in s. D. none of the abovAns.
Expression for position x is Ans. C
(m/s2) where t is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s. The velocity attained by the
v = -10 m/s. The minimum velocity attained by particle will be zero at
the particle is A. t = 3.7 s
A. -10 m/s B. t = 0 s
B. -13 m/s C. t = 1.7 s
C. -10.25 m/s D. none of the abovAns.
D. 0 m/s Ans. A
Ans. C
(m/s2) where t is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s. The acceleration attained by the
v = -10 m/s. The minimum velocity will be particle will be zero at
attained by the particle at t = A. t = 0.5 s
A. 2/3 s B. t = 0 s
B. 2 s C. t = 1 s
C. 1 s D. none of the abovAns.
D. none of the abovAns. Ans. A
Ans. D
(m/s2) where t is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s. The minimum position will be
v = -10 m/s. The minimum acceleration attained attained by the particle at
by the particle is A. t = 3.7 s
A. -1/3 m/s2 B. t = 0 s
B. -2 m/s2 C. t = 0.5 s
C. none of the abovAns. D. none of the abovAns.
D. 0 m/s2 Ans. A
Ans. C
(m/s2) where t is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s. The minimum position attained by
v = -10 m/s. The minimum acceleration will be the particle will be
attained by the particle at t = A. 5 m
A. 0 s B. 0 m
B. 2 s C. -10.25 m
C. 1 s D. 21.96m
D. none of the abovAns. Ans. D
Ans. A
Q. For a particle moving along a straight line Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
in resisting medium, velocity v is expressed by in resisting medium, position x is expressed by
v = voe-kt (m/s), where t is in s, k is in s-1 and x=
at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The -(V- Vo)/k (m) where V is in m/s, k is in s-1
expression for acceleration a of the particle is and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and V = Vo m/s. The
A. a =kv (m/s2) expression for acceleration a of the particle is
B. a = -kv (m/s2) A. kV (m/s2)
C. a = -kv2 (m/s2) B. -kV (m/s2)
D. none of the abovAns. C. -kV2 (m/s2)
Ans. B D. none of the abovAns.
Ans. B
in resisting medium, velocity v is expressed by Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
v = voe-kt (m/s), where t is in s, k is in s-1 and in resisting medium, acceleration a is expressed
at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The by a = -kv (m/s2) where v is in m/s, k is in s-1
expression for position x of the particle is and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The
A. x = (1 + e-kt )vo/k (m) expression for velocity v of the particle is
B. x = (1- e-kt )vo/k m) A. v = vo -1 (m/s)
C. x = (vo + 1) e-kt (m) B. v = vo + kx (m/s)
Ans. C
in resisting medium, position x is expressed by Q. For a particle moving along a straight line
x = (1 + e-kt ) vo/k (m), where t is in s, k is in s- in resisting medium, velocity v is expressed by
1 and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The v = vo - kx (m/s) where x is in m, k is in s-1
expression for velocity v of the particle is and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The
A. v = e-kt – vo (m/s) expression for acceleration a of the particle is
B. v = e-kt (m/s) A. a = -kv (m/s2)
C. v = voe-kt (m/s) B. a =kv (m/s2)
D. none of the abovAns. C. a = -kv2 (m/s2)
Ans. C D. none of the abovAns.
Ans. A
in resisting medium, acceleration a is expressed Q. For a particle moving along a straight
by a = -kv (m/s2) where k is in s-1 and at t = 0 line in resisting medium, position x is expressed
s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The expression for by x = -(v - vo)/k (m) where v is in m/s, k is in
position x of the particle is s-1 and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s. The
A. x = -(v - vo)/k (m) expression for velocity v of the particle is
B. (v + vo) /k (m) A. v = vo -1 (m/s)
C. x = (vo + 1) k (m) B. v = vo + kx (m/s)
Ans. C
Q. For a particle moving along a straight Q. Distance-time graph is a straight line for
line in resisting medium, velocity v is __________ motion.
expressed by v = vo - kx (m/s) where x is in m, A. variable
k is in s-1 and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v = vo B. non uniform
m/s. The expression for position x of the particle C. rectilinear
is D. circular
A. x = -(v - vo)/k (m) Ans. C
B. x = (v + vo) /k (m)
C. x = (vo + 1) k (m) Q. The slope of a v-t graph gives ________.
D. none of the abovAns. A. acceleration
Ans. A B. velocity
C. speed
Q. In the case of a rectilinear uniform D. distance
motion, distance-time graph is a Ans. A
A. parabola
B. straight line Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of
C. curved line 55 km/h and 40 km/h, respectively in opposite
D. rectangle directions. Determine the relative velocity of A
Ans. B with respect to B.
A. 95 km/h in opposite direction to B
Q. When a graph of one quantity versus B. 15 km/h in the direction of B
another , results in a straight line, the quantities C. 95 km/h in the direction of B
are D. 15 km/h in the opposite direction to B
A. directly proportional Ans. A
B. constant
C. inversely proportional Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of
D. independent of each other 55 km/h and 40 km/h, respectively in opposite
Ans. A directions. Determine the relative velocity of B
with respect to A.
Q. What do you infer, if S-t graphs of two A. 95 km/h in opposite direction to A
cyclists meet at a point? B. 15 km/h in the direction of A
A. They collide C. 95 km/h in the direction of A
B. They pass each other D. 15 km/h in the opposite direction to A
C. They are at rest Ans. A
D. They are starting from rest
Ans. B Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of
55 km/h and 40 km/h, respectively in the same
Q. Name the physical quantity which we get direction. Determine the relative velocity of A
from slope of S-t graph. with respect to B.
A. Speed A. 95 km/h in opposite direction to B
B. Displacement B. 15 km/h in the direction of B
C. Distance C. 95 km/h in the direction of B
D. Time D. 15 km/h in the opposite direction to B
Ans. A Ans. B
Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of respectively. Determine the direction of relative
55 km/h and 40 km/h, respectively in the same velocity of A with respect to B.
direction. Determine the relative velocity of B A. 45.530 N of W
with respect to A. B. 45.530 N of E
A. 95 km/h in opposite direction to A C. 48.220 N of W
B. 15 km/h in opposite direction to A D. 48.220 N of E
C. 95 km/h in the direction of A Ans. C
D. 15 km/h in the opposite direction to B
Ans. B Q 1 On a two lane road, truck is travelling at a
35 km/h in north direction and 40 km/h in south the relative velocity of Car with respect to truck.
direction, respectively. Determine the relative A. 226 km/h in the direction of truck
velocity of A with respect to B. B. 26 km/h in the direction of truck
A. 75 km/h due North C. 52 km/h in the direction of truck
B. 5 km/h due South D. 126 km/h in the direction of truck
C. 75 km/h due South Ans. B
D. 5 km/h due North
Ans. A Q. On a two lane road, truck is travelling at a
35 km/h in north direction and 40 km/h in south the relative velocity of truck with respect to
direction, respectively. Determine the relative car.
velocity of with B respect to A. A. 226 km/h in the direction of car
A. 75 km/h due North B. 26 km/h in opposite direction of car
B. 5 km/h due South C. 52 km/h in the direction of car
C. 75 km/h due South D. 126 km/h in the opposite direction of car
D. 5 km/h due North Ans. B
Ans. C
respectively. Determine the magnitude of velocity of bus with respect to rickshaw.
relative velocity of A with respect to B. A. 40 km/h in the direction of rickshaw
A. 100.57 km/h B. 90 km/h in the direction of rickshaw
B. 80.57 km/h C. 120 km/h in opposite direction to rickshaw
C. 120.75 km/h D. 140 km/h in opposite direction to rickshaw
D. 115.75 km/h Ans. D
Ans. A
velocity of rickshaw with respect to bus.
A. 40 km/h in the direction of bus. A. 61.670 N of W
B. 90 km/h in the direction of bus B. 85.530 N of W
C. 140 km/h in the opposite direction to bus. C. 61.670 S of E
D. 120 km/h in the opposite direction to bus D. 75.250 N of W
Ans. C Ans. C
A. 81.93 km/h A. 175.59 km/h
B. 85.15 km/h B. 185.15 km/h
C. 87.89 km/h C. 187.89 km/h
D. 95.13 km/h D. 195.13 km/h
Ans. A Ans. A
A. 85.530 N of W A. 61.670 N of W
B. 61.670 N of E B. 85.530 N of W
C. 75.250 N of W C. 75.250 N of W
D. 70.270 S of W D. 21.000 S of E
Ans. B Ans. D
A. 85.15 km/h A. 196.75 km/h
B. 87.89 km/h B. 183.55 km/h
C. 95.13 km/h C. 157.55 km/h
D. 81.93 km/h D. 195.13 km/h
Ans. D Ans. B
relative velocity of first particle with the velocity of first car with the second.
second. A. 14.030 N of W
B. 23.160 N of W C. 59.150 N of E
C. 14.030 S of W D. 49.150 S of E
D. 24.670 S of E Ans. B
Ans. C
Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of
Q. A particle is moving with a speed of 85 55 m/s and 40 m/s, respectively in opposite
km/h in 300 North of East direction. Another directions. Car A has acceleration 10 m/s2 and
particle is moving with a speed of 99 km/h in B is moving with constant velocity. Determine
due East direction. Determine the magnitude of the relative velocity of A with respect to B at t=
relative velocity of second particle with the first. 2 s.
A. 149.50 km/h A. 95 m/s in the opposite direction to B
B. 49.50 km/h B. 110 m/s in the opposite direction to B
C. 67.69 km/h C. 90 m/s in the opposite direction to B
D. 59.33 km/h D. 115 m/s in the opposite direction to B
Ans. B Ans. D
Q. A particle is moving with a speed of 85 Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of

km/h in 300 North of East direction. Another 55 m/s and 40 m/s, respectively in opposite
particle is moving with a speed of 99 km/h in directions. Car A has acceleration 10 m/s2 and
due East direction. Determine the direction of B is moving with constant velocity. Determine
relative velocity of second particle with the first. the relative velocity of B with respect to A at t=
A. 53.010 S of E 2 s.
B. 13.160 N of W A. 90 m/s in the opposite direction to A
C. 44.030 S of W B. 95 m/s in the opposite direction to A
D. 59.150 S of E C. 115 m/s in the opposite direction to A
Ans. D D. 110 m/s in the opposite direction to A
Ans. C
km/h in South of East direction. Another Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of
particle is moving with a speed of 99 km/h in 55 m/s and 40 m/s, respectively in the same
due East direction. Determine the magnitude of direction. Car A has acceleration 25 m/s2 and B
relative velocity of first particle with the second. is moving with constant velocity. Determine the
A. 71.55 km/h relative velocity of A with respect to B at t= 3 s.
B. 39.50 km/h A. 100 m/s in the direction of B
C. 123.11 km/h B. 125 m/s in the direction of B
D. 67. 93 km/h C. 115 m/s in the direction of B
Ans. A D. 90 m/s in the direction of B.
Ans. D
km/h in East-West direction. Another particle is Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of
moving with a speed of 99 km/h in due East 55 m/s and 40 m/s, respectively in the same
direction. Determine the direction of relative direction. Car A has acceleration 25 m/s2 and B
velocity of first particle with the second. is moving with constant velocity. Determine the
A. 53.160 N of W relative velocity of B with respect to A at t= 3 s.
B. 57.120 S of W A. 115 m/s in opposite direction to A
B. 90 m/s in opposite direction to A B. 4 km/h
C. 100 m/s in opposite direction to A C. 6 km/h
D. 125 m/s in opposite direction to A D. 5 km/h
Ans. B Ans. D
Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of Q. A man is walking on a level road at a

35 m/s in north direction and 40 m/s in south speed of 3.0 km/h. rain drops fall vertically with
direction, respectively. Car A has acceleration a speed of 4.0 km/h. and Find angle with
20 m/s2 and B is moving with constant velocity. vertical in which rain drop hits his body.
Determine the magnitude of relative velocity of A. 32.86
A with respect to B at t =1s. B. 36.87
A. 95 m/s in the due North C. 38.87
B. 100 m/s in the due North D. 40.87
C. 125 m/s in the due North Ans. B
D. 105 m/s in the due North
Ans. A Q. A man can swim in still water at a speed
of 3 km/h. He wants to cross a river that flows at
Q. A swimmer can swim in still water at a 1.2 km/h and reach the point directly opposite to
rate 4.0 km/h. If he swims in a river flowing at this starting point. In which direction should he
3.0 km/h and keeps his direction (with respect to try to swim (that is, find the angle his body
water) perpendicular to the current, find his makes with the river flow)?
velocity with respect to the ground. A. 40.81
A. 6 km/h B. 41.81
B. 5 km/h C. 42.18
C. 7 km/h D. 48.18
D. 4 km/h Ans. D
Ans. B
Q. A man can swim in still water at a speed
Q. A swimmer can swim in still water at a of 3 km/h. He wants to cross a river that flows at
rate 4.0 km/h. If he swims in a river flowing at 2 km/h and reach the point directly opposite to
3.0 km/h and keeps his direction (with respect to this starting point. How much time will he take
water) perpendicular to the current, find angle to cross the river which is 500 m. wide?
made by him with the direction of river flow. A. 0.22 hr
A. 50.13 B. 0.20hr
B. 52.13 C. 0.24 hr
C. 53.13 D. 0.26 hr
D. 54.13 Ans. A
Ans. C
Q. A man can swim at a speed of 3 km/h in
Q. A man is walking on a level road at a still water. He wants to cross a 500 m wide river
speed of 3.0 km/h. rain drops fall vertically with flowing at 2 km/h. He keeps himself always at
a speed of 4.0 km/h. Find the magnitude of an angle of 120˚ with the river flow while
velocity of the raindrops with respect to the swimming. Find the angle of swimmer with
man. respect to ground.
A. 3 km/h A. 90
B. 75.11 swimming. At what point on the opposite bank
C. 70.11 will he arrivAns.
D. 79.11 A. 0.096 km
Ans. D B. 0.076 km
C. 0.063 km
Q. A man can swim at a speed of 3 km/h in D. 0.055km
swimming. Find the velocity of swimmer with umbrella at 30˚ with the vertical to keep the rain
respect to ground. away. He throws the umbrella and starts running
C. 2.64 km/h with respect to the road.
D. 2.90 km/h A. 8 km/h
Ans. C B. 10 km/h
C. 20 km/h
still water. He wants to cross a 500 m wide river Ans. C
swimming. Find the component of velocity umbrella at 30˚ with the vertical to keep the rain
across the river of man with respect to ground. away. He throws the umbrella and starts running
C. 2.75 km/h with respect to the moving man.
D. 3.1 km/h A. 17.32 km/h
Ans. B B. 22.34 km/h
C. 22 km/h
an angle of 120˚ with the river flow while Q. A man running on a horizontal road at 8
swimming. Find the time he takes to cross the km/h finds the rain falling vertically. He
river. increases his speed to 12 km/h and finds that the
A. 0.29 hr. drops make angle 30˚ with the vertical. Find the
B. 0.23 hr. speed of the rain with respect to the road.
C. 0.25 hr. A. 6.92 km/h
D. 0.19 hr. B. 10.58 km/h
Ans. D C. 15.29 km/h
D. 16.29 km/h
Q. A man can swim at a speed of 3 km/h in Ans. B
still water. He wants to cross a 500 m wide river
flowing at 2 km/h. He keeps himself always at Q. A man running on a horizontal road at 8
an angle of 120˚ with the river flow while km/h finds the rain falling vertically. He
increases his speed to 12 km/h and finds that the Ans. C
drops make angle 30˚ with the vertical. Find the
direction of the rain with respect to the road. Q. A river is flowing from west to east at a
A. 41.1 speed of 5 meters per minutAns. A man on
B. 45.1 the south bank of the river, capable of
C. 40.9 swimming at 10 meters per minute in still water,
D. 54.2 wants to swim across the river in the shortest
Ans. C timAns. How much will be the shortest time
required by him to cross the river of 500m
Q. A river is flowing from west to east at a width?
speed of 5 meters per minutAns. A man on A. 60 min
the south bank of the river, capable of B. 50 min
swimming at 10 meters per minute in still water, C. 52 min
wants to swim across the river in the shortest D. 55 min
timAns. He should swim in a direction Ans. B
A. due north
B. 30˚ east of north Q. A river 400 m wide is flowing at a rate of
C. 30˚ north of west 2.0 m/s. A boat is sailing at a velocity of 10 m/s.
D. 60˚ east of north. with respect to the water, in a direction
Ans. A perpendicular to the river. Find the time taken
by the boat to reach the opposite bank.
Q. A river is flowing from west to east at a A. 40 s.
speed of 5 meters per minutAns. A man on B. 30 s.
the south bank of the river, capable of C. 50 s.
swimming at 10 meters per minute in still water, D. 60 s.
wants to swim across the river in the shortest Ans. A
timAns. How much will be his speed with
respect to ground? Q. A river 400 m wide is flowing at a rate of
A. 15.18 m/min 2.0 m/s. A boat is sailing at a velocity of 10 m/s.
B. 13.18 m/min with respect to the water, in a direction
C. 12.18 m/min perpendicular to the river. How far from the
D. 11.18 m/min point directly opposite to the starting point does
Ans. D the boat reach the opposite bank?
A. 70 m
Q. A river is flowing from west to east at a B. 80 m
speed of 5 meters per minutAns. A man on C. 90 m
the south bank of the river, capable of D. 100 m
swimming at 10 meters per minute in still water, Ans. B
wants to swim across the river in the shortest
timAns. How much will be the angle Q. A river 400 m wide is flowing at a rate of
between the man and the river bank? 2.0 m/s. A boat is sailing at a velocity of 10 m/s.
A. 65.43 with respect to the water, in a direction
B. 60.43 perpendicular to the river. Find velocity of boat
C. 63.43 with respect to river bank
D. 61.43 A. 10,198 m/s.
B. 11.198 m/s B. 165 m/s
C. 12.198 m/s. C. 155 m/s
D. 13.198 m/s. D. 145 m/s
Ans. A Ans. C
Q. A river 400 m wide is flowing at a rate of Q. Car A is moving with a speed of 102 m/s
2.0 m/s. A boat is sailing at a velocity of 10 m/s. in 30 0 south of west direction. Car B is moving
with respect to the water, in a direction with a speed of 111 m/s in due west direction.
perpendicular to the river. Angle made by the Car B has deceleration 30 m/s2 and A is moving
boat with respect to the banks. with constant velocity. Determine the magnitude
A. 75.69 of relative velocity of car B with respect to car
B. 72.69 A at t=0.5 s.
C. 78.69 A. 51.57 m/s
D. 70.69 B. 62.37 m/s
Ans. C C. 81.45 m/s
D. 91.05 m/s
Q. A swimmer wishes to cross a 500 m wide Ans. A
river flowing at 5 km/h. His speed with respect
to water is 3 km/h. If he heads in a direction Q. Car A is moving with a speed of 102 m/s
making an angle ө with the flow, find the time in south of west direction. Car B is moving with
in hours he takes to cross the river. a speed of 111 m/s in due west direction. Car B
A. 1/(16sinө) has deceleration 30 m/s2 and A is moving with
B. 1/(60sinө) constant velocity. Determine the direction of
C. 1/(sinө) relative velocity of car B with respect to car A at
D. 1/(6sinө) t= 0.5 s.
Ans. D A. 63.170 N of W
B. 73.010 N of W
Q. A swimmer wishes to cross a 500 m wide C. 81.460 N of W
river flowing at 5 km/h. His speed with respect D. 45.380 N of W
to water is 3 km/h. find the shortest possible Ans. C
time in hours to cross the river.
A. 1/16 Q. A particle is moving with a speed of 92
B. 1/6 m/s in due east direction. Another particle is
C. 1/60 moving with a speed of 75 m/s in due south-
D. 1/26 west direction. Both the particles have uniform
Ans. B deceleration of 10 m/s2. Determine the
magnitude of relative velocity of first particle
Q. On a two way road, bus is travelling with with the second at t = 5 seconds.
a speed of 90 m/s and an acceleration of 10 m/s2 A. 51.65 m/s
and rickshaw is approaching it with a speed of B. 62.24 m/s
65 m/s in the opposite direction with C. 71.54 m/s
deceleration of 10 m/s2. Determine the D. 67.32 m/s
magnitude of relative velocity of rickshaw with Ans. B
respect to bus after t=2 seconds.
A. 125 m/s
Q. A particle is moving with a speed of 92 "
m/s in due east direction. Another particle is A. 36 m/s
moving with a speed of 75 m/s in due south- B. 56 m/s
west direction. Both the particles have uniform C. 65 m/s
deceleration of 10 m/s2. Determine the D. 9 m/s
magnitude of relative velocity of first particle Ans. B
with the second at t = 5 seconds.
A. 53.660 N of E Q. At the instant shown, motor A and car B
B. 33.350 N of E are travelling at speeds of 75 m/s in north
C. 28.440 N of E direction and 67 m/s in East direction,
D. 16.500 N of E respectively. Car B has deceleration of 25 m/s2
Ans. D and motor A has acceleration of 10
m/s2.Determine the magnitude of relative
Q. At the instant shown, cars A and B are velocity of A with respect to B at t =2.5 s.
travelling at speeds of 55 m/s and 40 m/s, A. 100.10 m/s
respectively in opposite directions. Car B has B. 104.50 m/s
deceleration 10 m/s2 and car A has acceleration C. 95.50 m/s
of 5 m/s2. Determine the magnitude of relative D. 102.15 m/s
velocity of A with respect to B at t = 2 s. Ans. A
A. 95 m/s
B. 25 m/s Q. At the instant shown, motor A and car B
C. 45 m/s are travelling at speeds of 75 m/s in north
D. 85 m/s direction and 67 m/s in East direction,
Ans. D respectively. Car B has deceleration of 25 m/s2
and motor A has acceleration of 10
Q. At the instant shown, cars A and B are m/s2.Determine the direction of relative velocity
travelling at speeds of 55 m/s and 50 m/s, of A with respect to B at t =2.5 s.
respectively in the same direction. Car A and B A. 46.170 N of W
have deceleration 10 m/s2 and 15 m/s2 B. 59.740 N of W
respectively. Determine the magnitude of C. 87.420 N of W
relative velocity of A with respect to B at t = 3 D. 73.550 N of W
s. Ans. C
A. 105m/s
B. 5m/s Q. On a two lane road, truck is travelling at a
C. 20m/s speed of 100 m/s and car overtakes it with speed
D. 30m/s of 126 m/s in the direction. Car has deceleration
Ans. C of 25 m/s2 and truck is moving with constant
velocity. Determine the magnitude of relative
"Q. Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of velocity of car with respect to truck at t =1 s.
37 m/s in north direction and 28 m/s in south A. 226 m/s
direction, respectively. Car B has deceleration B. 26 m/s
of 12 m/s2 and Car A has acceleration of 6 C. 201 m/s
m/s2. Determine the magnitude of relative D. 1 m/s
velocity of Car A with respect to Car B at t Ans. D
=1.5s.
Q. On a two way road, bus is travelling with acceleration of 20 m/s2. Determine the
speed of 89 m/s and rickshaw is approaching it magnitude of relative velocity of first particle
with a speed of 55 m/s in the opposite direction. with the second after 1 s.
Bus and Rickshaw have deceleration of 20 m/s2 A. 34.17 m/s
each. Determine the magnitude of relative B. 64.80 m/s
velocity of bus with respect to rickshaw at t =2 C. 46.38 m/s
s. D. 75.69 m/s
A. 34 m/s Ans. D
B. 64 m/s
C. 84 m/s Q. A particle is moving with a speed of 62
D. 114 m/s m/s in due east direction with a deceleration of
Ans. B 10 m/s2. Another particle is moving with a
"Q. Aeroplane A is moving with a speed of acceleration of 20 m/s2. Determine the of
132 m/s in 45 North of West directions. Another direction relative velocity of first particle with
plane B is moving with a speed of 101 m/s in 30 the second after 1 s.
South of West direction. Second plane B has A. 46.610 S of E
deceleration of 30 m/s2 and A has acceleration B. 62.630 S of E
of 10m/s2. Determine the magnitude of relative C. 35.660 S of E
velocity of first plane with the second at t=2 D. 49.780 S of E
seconds. Ans. A
A. 134.77 m/s
B. 164.87 m/s Q. Ship A is sailing at a 4.51 m/s velocity in
C. 146.83 m/s 79.130 south of west direction. Ship B is sailing
D. 154.67 m/s at 0.8 m/s velocity in 25 north of east direction
Ans. C in the same port. Determine the magnitude of
velocity of ship B observed by ship A.
Q. Aeroplane A is moving with a speed of A. 5.02 m/s
132 m/s in 450 North of West directions. B. 5.00 m/s
Another plane B is moving with a speed of 101 C. 4.88 m/s
m/s in 300South of West direction. Second D. 5.52 m/s
plane B has deceleration of 30 m/s2 and A has Ans. A
acceleration of 10m/s2. Determine the direction
of relative velocity of first plane with the second Q. Ship A is sailing at a 4.51 m/s velocity in
at t=2 seconds. 79.130 south of west direction. Ship B is sailing
A. 63.970 N of W at 0.8 m/s velocity in 250 north of east direction
B. 60.650 N of W in the same port. Determine the direction of
C. 55.630 N of W velocity of ship B observed by ship A.
D. 57.780 N of W A. 66.760 N of E
Ans. B B. 79.130 N of E
C. 71.710 N of E
Q. A particle is moving with a speed of 62 D. 59.780 N of E
m/s in due east direction with a deceleration of Ans. C
10 m/s2. Another particle is moving with a
Q. Two bodies with weights W1 and W2 D. 498.6N
(with W1>W2) are connected by an inextensible Ans. D
string passing over a smooth pulley, with W2
resting on horizontal floor and W1 being Q. An elevator has an upward acceleration of
suspended freely, the tension T in the string is 1.5 m/ s2. Find pressure transmitted by a man of
given by mass 60 kg travelling in the lift.
A. W1 W2 / (W1 + W2) A. 672.6 N
B. 2W1 W2 / (W1 + W2) B. 675.6 N
C. 3W1 W2 / (W1 + W2) C. 678.6 N
D. 4 W1 W2 / (W1 + W2) D. 681.6 N
Ans. A Ans. C
Q. When two bodies of weights W1 and W2 Q. Determine the force necessary to produce
(with W1 > W2) connected by a string passing an acceleration of 4 m/ s2 in a mass of 250 kg.
over a smooth pulley , W1 being suspended A. 900N
freely and W2 lying on smooth inclined plane B. 1000N
with inclination angle a, the tension T in the C. 1200N
string is given by D. 1300N
A. W1 W2( 1+ sin a ) / 2 (W1 + W2) Ans. B
B. W1 W2 ( 1+ sin a ) / (W1 + W2)
C. W1 W2 / (W1 + W2) Q. A body of mass 160 kg is made to move
D. none of the above with a velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 80 N
Ans. B acts on it for 60 seconds. Determine the
Q. A body of weight 80 N is being pulled by A. 0.25 m/ s2
another body of weight 50 N along a smooth B. 0.50 m/ s2
horizontal plane with the help of smooth pulley C. 0.75 m/ s2
and a string arrangement. Weight 50 N is resting D. 1.00 m/ s2
on a horizontal floor and 80N is being Ans. B
suspended freely. The tension T in this case
would be Q. A body of mass 160 kg is made to move
D. 45.8N force acts in the direction of the motion.
Ans. A A. 50 m/s
B. 75 m/s
UNIT 2B C. 100 m/s
D. 125 m/s
Q. An elevator has a downward acceleration Ans. A
of mass 60 kg travelling in the lift. Q. A body of mass 160 kg is made to move
force acts in the opposite direction of the Q. A block of mass m is moving down a
motion. plane making an angle θ with horizontal. The
A. – 5 m/s acceleration of the block is a. If the co-efficient
B. – 10 m/s of friction between the block and the plane
C. -15 m/s surface is µ, the pulling force required in the
D. none of the above direction of motion is
Ans. B A. (µmgsin θ - ma)
B. (-mgsin θ + ma + µmgcos θ)
Q. A block of mass m is moving up a plane C. (mgsin θ + ma)
making an angle θ with horizontal. The D. None of the abovAns.
acceleration of the block is 'a' If there is no Ans. B
the pulling force required in the direction of Q. A block of mass m is moving down a
motion is plane making an angle θ with horizontal under
A. zero the action of self weight. If there is no friction
B. (mgcos θ + ma) between the block and the plane surface, the
C. (mgsin θ + ma) acceleration of the block is a.
D. None of the abovAns. A. zero
Ans. C B. gcos θ
C. gsin θ
Q. A block of mass m is moving down a D. None of the abovAns.
plane making an angle θ with horizontal. The Ans. C
friction between the block and the plane surface, Q. A block of mass m is moving up a plane
the pulling force required in the direction of making an angle θ with horizontal. The block is
motion is pulled up with a force mgsin θ. If there is no
A. (ma - mgsin θ) friction between the block and the plane surface,
B. (mgcos θ + ma) The acceleration of the block is a. is
C. (mgsin θ + ma) A. zero
D. None of the abovAns. B. gcos θ
Ans. A C. gsin θ
Q. A block of mass m is moving up a plane Ans. A
making an angle θ with horizontal. The
acceleration of the block is a. If the co-efficient Q. A block of mass 10 kg is pulled by a force
of friction between the block and the plane of 10 N in the direction making an angle of 60ْ
surface is µ, the pulling force required in the with horizontal. The acceleration of the block in
direction of motion is m/s2 is
A. Zero A. zero
B. (µmgcos θ + ma) B. 1
C. (mgsin θ + ma + µmgcos θ) C. 0.5
D. None of the abovAns. D. None of the abovAns.
Ans. C Ans. C
Q. A horizontal force expressed as F(N) = man’s feet by the elevator floor, if the elevator
10 t2 – 4t + 6 where t is in s., acts on a block of accelerates upwards at 2 m/s2.
mass 2kg. The acceleration of the block in m/s2 A. 390.5 N
after 1 s. is B. 490.5 N
A. zero C. 590.5 N
C. 5 Ans. C
Q. A block of mass 2 kg is acted upon by a man’s feet by the elevator floor, if the elevator
constant force inducing acceleration of 2.5 m/s2. accelerates downwards at 2 m/s2.
If the same force acts on an object having a A. 390.5 N
mass of 5 kg, the acceleration induced in m/s2 is B. 490.5 N
A. 6.25 C. 590.5 N
C. zero Ans. A
Q. An object of mass 3 kg has a component man’s feet by the elevator floor, if the elevator
of 3 m/s2 in X direction and component of 4 moves upwards at a constant velocity of 1 m/s.
m/s2 in Y direction. The magnitude of total A. Zero
force producing this acceleration in N B. 490.5
A. 15 C. 590.5
B. 5 D. None of the above
C. 21 Ans. B
Ans. A Q. A man having a mass of 50 kg stands in
Q. A truck starts from rest with an man’s feet by the elevator floor, if the elevator
acceleration 'a'. A box of mass 30 kg is kept on moves downwards at a constant velocity of 1
the truck. The co-efficient of friction between m/s.
the box and the truck bed is µ is 0.1. The box A. 390.5 N
will slip on the truck bed if the acceleration in B. 490.5 N
m/s2 equals or exceeds C. 590.5 N
A. g D. None of the above
B. 0.1g Ans. B
C. 3g
D. None of the abovAns. Q. For a rectilinear motion of a particle of a
Ans. B mass m with acceleration a, the radial
component of force inducing motion is equal to
Q. A man having a mass of 50 kg stands in A. Zero
an elevator. The reactive force acting on the B. ma
C. ma/2
D. None of the above Q. A boy of mass 50 kg stands in a lift.
Ans. A Determine the force exerted by the boy on the
floor of the lift when the lift moves down with a
Q. For a rectilinear motion of a particle of a constant acceleration of 9.81 m/ s2
mass m with acceleration a, the tangential A. Zero
component of force inducing motion is equal to B. 290
A. Zero C. 300
B. ma D. 390
C. ma/2 Ans. A
Ans. B Q. A man moves a crate by pushing
horizontally against it until it slides on the floor.
Q. A body of mass 400 kg starts from rest If µs= 0.5 and µk =0.4. With what acceleration
and moves along a straight line under an does the crate begin to move? Assume force
influencing force which varies as square of exerted by the man at impending motion is
timAns. Force reaches to a value of 400 N in maintained when sliding begins.
15 s from start. Calculate the velocity at the end A. 0.25g
of tenth s B. 0.2g
A. 1.48 C. 0.3g
B. 2.48 D. 0.1g
C. 3.48 Ans. D
D. 4.48
Ans. A Q. A train with twenty coaches has a total
mass of 1200 tonnes. Its speed is 72 km/h when
Q. A boy of mass 50 kg stands in a lift. it is at the bottom of one percent gradAns. If
Determine the force exerted by the boy on the the draw bar pull is 80 kN and tractive
floor of the lift when the lift moves up with a resistance is 30 N per tones mass what is its
constant acceleration of 2 m/ s2 acceleration?
A. 500 A. - 0.0712 m/s2
B. 590 B. - 0.0515 m/s2
C. 100 C. - 0.0613 m/s2
D. 1090 D. - 0.0513 m/s2
Ans. B Ans. C
Q. A boy of mass 50 kg stands in a lift. Q. A train with twenty coaches has a total
Determine the force exerted by the boy on the mass of 1200 tonnes. Its speed is 72 km/h when
floor of the lift when the lift moves down with a it is at the bottom of one percent gradAns. If
constant acceleration of 2 m/ s2 the draw bar pull is 80 kN and tractive
A. 200 resistance is 30 N per tones mass what is speed
B. 290 of train at the end of grade 1.5 km long?
C. 300 A. 58.98 kmph
D. 390 B. 52.99kmph
Ans. D C. 55.90 kmph
D. 50.99 kmph
Ans. B
D. 5 m/s
Q. The force applied on a body of mass 100 Ans. C
kg to produce an acceleration of 5 m / s², is
A. 20 N Q. A body of mass 200 kg is found to move
B. 100 N with a velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 100 N
C. 500 N acts on it for 90 seconds. Determine the
D. 400 N velocity of the body when the force acts in the
Ans. C direction of motion.
A. 50 m/s
Q. A lift moves downwards with an B. - 20 m/s
acceleration of 9.8 m / s² The pressure exerted C. 20 m/s
by a man on the floor of the lift is D. - 70 m/s
A. 5 N Ans. C
B. 0 N
C. 9.81 N Q. A wagon weighing 500 kN starts from
D. 4.09 N rest, runs 30 m down a 1% grade and strikes a
Ans. B bumper post. The rolling resistance of the track
is 5N / kN , find the velocity with which the
Q. A man with a capacity to apply a push wagon strikes the post
force of 265 N rolls a barrel of mass 90 kg into a A. 1.716 m/s
vehicle which is 1 m above the ground level. B. 2.716 m/s
What will be the work done by that man? C. 3.716 m/s
A. 875 N-m D. 4.716 m/s
B. 883 N-m Ans. A
C. 891 N-m
D. 899 N-m Q. A wagon weighing 500 kN starts from
Ans. B rest, runs 30 m down a 1% grade and strikes a
bumper post. The rolling resistance of the track
Q. A package weighing 90 N is projected up is 5N / kN . The bumper spring compresses 1
an incline with angle of 25° with initial velocity mm for every 5kN determine the total
of 7.4 m/s. Determine the maximum distance compression.
“x” , the package will move up that inclinAns. A. 25 mm
A. 4.5 m B. 50mm
B. 4.57 m C. 75mm
C. 5 m D. 100mm
D. 6.6m Ans. D
Ans. D
Q. A track is proceeding up along 3% grade
Q. A package weighing 90 N is projected up at constant speed of 60km/h. If the driver does
an incline with angle of 25° with initial velocity not change gears what will be the acceleration
of 7.4 m/s. Determine the velocity when the as track starts moving on a level stion of the
package returns the initial position. road.
A. 4.5 m/s A. 0.394 m/s2
B. 4.57 m/s B. 0.294 m/s2
C. 7.4 m/s C. 0.295 m/s2
D. 0.391 m/s2 Ans. A
Ans. B
road. A. 0.055
A. 0.3924 m/s2 B. 0.3
B. 0.3 m/s2 C. 0.0755
C. 0.295 m/s2 D. 0.4
D. 0.391 m/s2 Ans. C
Ans. A
Q. A car is traveling up a long grade at a
Q. A body of mass `mìs projected up a 250 constant velocity. If the driver does not change
inclined plane with an initial velocity of the setting of the throttle or shift gears as the car
15m/s.If the coefficient of friction µk = 0.25. reaches the top of the grade, what will be the
Determine how far the body will move up the acceleration of the car as it starts moving down
plane the 2% grade followed immediately after the
A. 15 m 3%up grade?
B. 17.66 m A. 0.9815 m/s2
C. 1.766 m B. 0.4905 m/s2
D. 20 m C. 9.815 m/s2
Ans. B D. 0.1962 m/s2
Ans. D
Q. A body of mass `mìs projected up a 250
inclined plane with an initial velocity of Q. A force of unknown magnitude acts on a
15m/s.If the coefficient of friction µk =0.25. body of mass 150 kg and produces an
Determine the time required to reach the highest acceleration of 3m/s² in the direction of
point forcAns. Find the force
A. 2.355 s A. 450 N
B. 2 s B. 350 N
C. 2.5 s C. 500 N
D. 3 s D. 400 N
Ans. A Ans. A
Q. The 50 Kg crate is projected along the Q. A force of 100 N acts on abody having
floor with initial speed of 7m/s at x=0.The mass of 4 kg for 10 seconds. If the initial
coefficient of kinetic friction µk = 0.4 .Calculate velocity of the body is 5 m/s find acceleration
distance x traveled by the crate while it comes produced in the direction of the of forcAns.
to rest. A. 20 m / s²
A. 6.244 m B. 25m / s²
B. 3.122 m C. 50 m / s²
C. 4.666 m D. 12.5 m / s²
D. 4.222 m Ans. B
A. 1100 m D. -40 m/s
B. 1200 m Ans. D
C. 1000m
D. 1300 m Q. A body of weight 200 N is initially
Ans. D stationary on a 45° inclined planAns.
Determine the acceleration of the body if µk =
Q. The weight of a body on earth is 980 N. If 0.1 between the body and the plane
the acceleration due to gravity on earth is 9.80 A. 6.242 m / s²
m/s², what will be weight of the body on moon B. 3.242 m / s²
where gravitational acceleration is 1.6 m/s² C. 4 m / s²
A. 980 N D. 9.81 m / s²
B. 490 N Ans. A
C. 160 N
D. 0 N Q. A body of weight 200 N is initially
Ans. C stationary on a 45° inclined planAns.
Determine thedistance travelled by the body on
Q. The weight of a body on earth is 980 N. If the inclined plane before it reaches a speed of 2
the acceleration due to gravity on earth is 9.80 m/s if µk = 0.1 between the body and the plane
m/s², what will be weight of the body on the sun A. 0.26 m
where gravitational acceleration is 270 m/s² B. 0.32 m
A. 27000 N C. 0.6 m
B. 980 N D. 0.45 m
C. 0 N Ans. B
D. 490 N
Ans. A Q. Two bodies of weight 50 N and 30 N are
connected to the two ends of a light inextensible
Q. A force of 200 N acts on a body having string. The string is passing over a smooth
mass of 300 kg for 90 seconds. If the initial pulley. Determine the acceteration of the system
velocity of the body is 20 m/s determine the A. 3m / s²
final velocity of the body when the force acts in B. 1.25 m / s²
the direction of motion. C. 6.242 m / s²
A. 60 m/s D. 0.25 m / s²
B. 20 m/s Ans. D
C. 80 m/s
D. none of the above Q. Two bodies of weight 50 N and 30 N are
Ans. C connected to the two ends of a light inextensible
string. The string is passing over a smooth
Q. A force of 200 N acts on a body having pulley. Determine the tension in the string
mass of 300 kg for 90 seconds. If the initial A. 37.5 N
velocity of the body is 20 m/s determine the B. 18.75 N
C. 9.81 N D. 8829 N
D. 25 N Ans. C
Ans. B
during this time in the direction of motion moving down with an uniform velocityof 3m / s
A. 1.11 kN is
B. 1111 N A. 9810 N
C. 11.11 kN B. 9540 N
D. none of the above C. 8829 N
Ans. C D. 12458 N
Ans. B
Q. An electric train travelling at 36 knph is
pulled up gradually, the retardation being 0.5 m Q. A body of mass 200 kg is found to move
/ s². If the retarding force is 600 kN what is the with a velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 100 N
mass of train acts on it for 90 seconds. Determine the
A. 1200000 kg velocity of the body when the force acts in the
B. 120000 kg opposite direction of motion.
C. 9810000 kg A. -20 m/s
D. none of the above B. 20 m/s
Ans. A C. 70 m/s
D. -70 m/s
Q. Two bodies of mass 80 kg and 20 kg are Ans. A
connected by a thread and move along a rough
horizontal surface under the action of a force Q. An automobile weighing 20 kN is driven
400 N applied to the first body of mass 80 kg. down a 5° inclination at a speed of 60 kmph
The coefficient of friction between sliding when the brakes are applied causing a constant
surfaces is 0.3. Determine acceleration of the total braking force of 7.5 kN. The distance
two bodies. travelled by the automobile as it comes to rest is
A. 1.057 m / s² A. 4.918 m
B. -2.057 m / s² B. 49.18 m
C. 2.057 m / s² C. 98.36 m
Ans. A Ans. B
Q. An elevator of mass 900 kg when empty Q. A car moving on a straight level road
is lifted or lowered vertically by means of a wire skidded for a total distance of 76.8 m after the
ropAns. A man of mass 72.5 kg is standing brakes were applied. Determine the speed of the
in it. The tension in the rope when the lift is car just before the brakes were applied if
moving up with an acceleration of 3m / s² is coefficient of friction between the road and the
A. 9810 N tyre is 0.35
B. 711.225 N A. 22.97 m/s
C. 12458 N B. 2.297 m/s
C. 20 m/s
Ans. A A. Newton
B. Dyne
drive Q. A 50 kg box is pushed to slide along a
A. 23.67 m/s2 horizontal floor with an initial speed of 4 m/s. If
B. 39.67 m/s2 µk = 0.3, find the time required for the box to
C. 35.69 m/s2 come to rest
D. 29.86 m/s2 A. 1 s
Ans. C B. 1.361 s
C. 2 s
Q. What maximum speed a jeep can attain D. 3 s
over a distance of 100 m starting from rest, if Ans. B
the tyres is 0.65 and the jeep is a front wheel Q. A 50 kg box is pushed to slide along a
drive with 70% of total weight being transferred horizontal floor with an initial speed of 4 m/s. If
to front wheels µk = 0.3, find the distance travelled by the box
A. 29.86 m/s2 before coming to rest
B. 35.69 m/s2 A. 1.36 m
C. 19.55 m/s2 B. 2 m
D. 23.67 m/s2 C. 2.72 m
Ans. A D. none of the above
Ans. C
Q. What maximum speed a jeep can attain
over a distance of 100 m starting from rest, if
drive with 30% of total weight being transferred
to front wheels
A. 29.86 m/s2
B. 35.69 m/s2
C. 23.67 m/s2
D. 19.55 m/s2
Ans. D
Q. 1 Newton force is equal to

A. 1 kg m/s2
B. 1 dyne gm/cm2
C. 1 lb /in2
D. 1 tonne m/s2
Ans. A
UNIT 2 Distributed Forces and Friction
Sr.
No.
Right
The C.G. of a plane lamina will not be at Equilateral
1 Circle Rectangle angled d
its geometrical centre if it is a Triangle
Triangle
lamina of radius 'r' in such a way that
centre of square is on Y axis and its base
2 0 r/4 r/2 -r/4 a
circle. If the side of square is 'r/2'. The X

lamina of radius 'r' in such a way centre
of square is on Y axis and that base
3 0 0.425 r 0.216 r 0.978 r c
circle. If the side of square is 'r/2'. The Y
Centroidal distance of an equilateral
4 triangle with side 'a' from any of the ` 0.471 a 0.288 a 0.235 a c
three sides is
5 'h' is given by equation ' y = hx²/a² '. The 3a/4 4a/3 a/3 3a/10 a
X centroidal distance is
6 'h' is given by equation ' y = hx²/a² '. The 3h/4 4h/3 h/3 3h/10 d
Y centroidal distance is
7 and height 'b'. The X centroidal distance 4ab/3π 4a/3π 4b/3π πab/4 b
is
8 and height 'b'. The Y centroidal distance 4ab/3π 4a/3π 4b/3π πab/4 c
is
'r', square of side 'r/2' is cut in such a
way that, two sides of square coincides
9 0.424r 3.141/r 0.506r 0.318r c
Taking origin as corner point of lamina
each centroidal corodinate is
10 base 'b' and sides 'a' is ________ from (4a² - b²)½ / 6 (4b² - a²)½ / 6 (b² - a²) / 6 (a² - b²) / 6 a
its base
resultant of
The C.G. of a body is the point through none of
11 Earth attracts external forces both (a) and (b) a
which, above
acts
lamina of radius 'r' such that the vertex
of triangle is on Y axis and base
12 0.222 r -0.155 r 0.155 r -0.222r b
base of traingle is '2r' and height is 'r'.
The C.G. of remaining lamina is

Sr.
No.
A letter 'A' is made up of wire
bends.The length of each inclined wire
is 30cm and the horizontal distance
13 28.28 cm 15 cm 10 cm 14.14 cm d
between them is 20cm. The horizontal
wire is of length 10cm. The Y-
centroidal distance from the base of 'A' is
A letter 'B' is made up of wire

bends.The length of vertical wire is
14 20cm and the two semicircular arc with 3.055 cm 5 cm 0 cm 1.945 cm d
diameter of 10 cm. The X- centroidal
distance from the vertical wire is
A wire bend forming an arc of circle
with the subtended angle equal to 2α (rsinα/α,
15 (0, rsinα/α) (rsinα/α, 0) (0,0) b
and is symmetrical about x axis. Locate rsinα/α)
the C.G.
The C.G. of a wire bend forming a
16 (2r/π,2r/π) (4r/3π,4r/3π) (3r/4π,3r/4π) (0,0) a
quarter circular arc is
(2r sinα/3α, 2r
17 the subtended angle equal to 2α and is (2r sinα/3α, 0) (rsinα/α, 0) (0,0) a
sinα/3α)
18 The C.G. of a quarter circular area is (2r/π,2r/π) (4r/3π,4r/3π) (3r/4π,3r/4π) (0,0) b
A trapezoid having two parallel sides 'a'
0.5h(b+2a)/(b+ h(b-
19 and 'b' and height 'h'. The Y centroidal 0.5h(b-2a)/(b+a) h(b+2a)/3(b+a) c
a) 2a)/3(b+a)
distance from bottom side 'b' is

20 9.5 cm 8.75 cm 6.25 5 cm b
The Y centroidal distance of equal I
stion from its bottom each having flange
21 15 cm 20 cm 17.5 cm 12.5 cm d
of size 10cm x 5 cm and web of size
5cm x 15 cm deep is
The Y centroidal distance of unequal I
stion from its bottom having upper
22 flange size of 15cm x 5 cm, lower flange 15 cm 20 cm 13. 75 cm 12.5 cm c
size of 10cm x 5 cm and web size 5cm
x 15 cm deep is
23 cone from base of diameter 'd', top 0.5d 0.44d d 0.8d b
diameter 'd/2' and height 'd' is
lamina of radius 'r = 20cm' in such a
way centre of square is on Y axis and
24 0 8.50 cm 4.32 cm 19.56 cm c
that base coincides with horizontal
diameter of circle. If the side of square
is 'r/2'. The Y centroidal distance is
The Y centroidal distance of an

25 equilateral triangle with each side equal 8.66 cm 4.71 cm 2.88 cm 2.35 cm c
to 10cm from any of the three sides is

Sr.
No.
26 height 5cm is given by equation ' y = 7.5 cm 13.33 cm 3.33 cm 3 cm a
hx²/a² '. The X centroidal distance is

27 height 5cm is given by equation ' y = 3.75 cm 6.67 cm 1.67 cm 1.5 cm d
hx²/a² '. The Y centroidal distance is
28 and height 15cm. The X centroidal 63.66 cm 4.244 cm 6.366 cm 10 cm b
distance is
29 and height 15cm. The Y centroidal 63.66 cm 4.244 cm 6.366 cm 10 cm c
distance is
10cm, square of side 5 cm is cut in such
a way that, two sides of square coincides
30 4.24 cm 0.314 cm 5.06 cm 3.18 cm c
The C.G. taking origin as corner point
of lamina is
31 base 10cm and sides 20cm is ________ 6.455 cm 0 cm 5 cm 7 cm a
from its base
lamina of radius 10cm such that the
vertex of triangle is on Y axis and base
32 2.22 cm -1.55 cm 1.55 cm -2.22 cm b
base of traingle is 20 cm and height is
10 cm. The C.G. of remaining lamina is
Wire bend forming an arc of circle with

(9.88 cm, 9.88
33 the subtended angle 30°, radius 10cm is (0, 9.88 cm) (9.88 cm, 0) (0,0) b
cm)
symmetrical about x axis. Locate C.G.
The C.G. of a wire bend forming a (6.366 cm, (4.244 cm, 4.244 (2.387 cm,
34 (0,0) a
quarter circular arc with radius 10cm is 6.366 cm) cm) 2.387 cm)
(6.59 cm , 6.59
35 the subtended angle 30°, radius 10cm is (6.59 cm , 0) (9.88 cm, 0) (0,0) a
cm)
The C.G. of a quarter circular area with (6.366 cm, (4.244 cm, 4.244 (2.387 cm,
36 (0,0) b
radius 10cm is 6.366 cm) cm) 2.387 cm)
A trapezoid having two parallel sides
10cm and 20cm and height 30cm. The Y
37 20 cm 0 cm 13.33 cm 15 cm c
centroidal distance from side having
width 20 cm is
38 12.5 cm 7.5 cm 10 cm 11.5 cm a
cone from base with base diameter
39 5 cm 4.4 cm 10 cm 8 cm b
10cm, top diameter 5cm and height
10cm is

Sr.
No.
The angle made by side of square lamina
40 with horizontal if suspended freely from 45° 90° 0° All of above a
the corner is
The centre of gravity G is a point which
41 locates the ……………. of a system of area volume resultant weight none c
particles.
For a system of n particles, the weights non-parallel
42 parallel forces both A and B none b
of particles comprise of a system of forces
The location of centre of gravity
43 ……………….. that of the center of coincides with is different than is away none a
mass.
The centroid C is a point which defines all of the
44 area volume geometric centre c
the ………………… of an object. above
The centroid coincides with centre of
45 mass or centre of gravity only if material uniform homogeneous both A and B none c
Formulae used to locate the centre of
gravity represent a balance between the
all of the
46 sum of moments of all the parts of the one part two parts resultant c
above
system and the moment of ……………
for the system.
47 one third height two third height one half height none a
………………. from the base.
48 one third height two third height one half height none b
one third, one one third, two one half, one
49 ………. from the base and …….. from none b
fifth third half
apex.
If an area or a line possesses an axis of below the
50 outside the axis on that axis above the axis b
symmetry, its centroid C is located axis
If a circular stor is symmetric about x-
51 2rsinθ/3θ zero 4rsinθ/3θ 4rsinθ/3 a
axis, the centroidal x co-ordinate is
If an arc of a circle is symmetric about x-
52 4r/(3x3.14) zero 2r/3.15 3r/(3.14) b
axis, the centroidal y co-ordinate is
If a semicircular arc is symmetric about 2r/3.14 from

53 4r/(3x3.14) zero 3r/3.14 b
y-axis, the centroid along x-axis is both axes
For a quarter-circular arc lying in first
2r/3.14 and 3r/3.14 and 2r/3.14 from
54 quadrant, centroidal X and Y co- none c
3r/3.14 2r/3.14 both axes
ordinates respectively are
For a semicircular arc symmetric about
55 2r/3.14 3r/3.14 r/3.14 none a
x-axis, centroidal x co-ordinate is
For a quarter-circular area lying in first
2r/3.14 and 3r/3.14 and (4r/3x3.14)
56 qudrant, centroidal X and Y coordinates none c
3r/3.14 2r/3.14 from both axes
are
If a semicircular area is symmetric
57 about y-axis, the centroidal y co- 4r/(3x3.14) 2r/(3x3.14) 4r/(3.14) 2r/(3.14) a
ordinate is

Sr.
No.
For a quarter-elliptical area of radii a
4a/3x3.14 and 3r/3.14 and (4a/3x3.14)
58 and b lying in first qudrant, centroidal X none a
4b/3x3.14 2r/3.14 along both axes
and Y co-ordinates respectively are
If a semielliptical area of radii a and b
59 is symmetric about y-axis, the centroidal 4a/(3x3.14) 3r/3.14 4b/(3x3.14) none c
y co-ordinate is
If a parabolic area of height h is
60 symmetric about y-axis, the centroidal x 3h/10 zero h/10 7h/10 b
co-ordinate is
If a parabolic area is symmetric about y-
61 axis, the centroid along y-axis from its 3h/10 zero 3h/5 7h/10 c
base is
62 origin and inclination θ with x-axis, (a/2) cos(θ) (a/2) sin(θ) a a/2 a
centroid along x is given by
63 origin and inclination theta with x-axis, (a/2) cos(θ) (a/2) sin(θ) a a/2 b
centroid along y is
From a circular area of radius R, a
smaller circle of radius r is removed.
Top half of smaller circle is in Ist
64 (0,0) (-r/3, 0) (0, r/3) (-r/3, r/3) b
quadrant and bottom half is in fourth
quadrant. R=2r. The centroid of
remaining area is
R. One side of square coincides with
65 diameter of circle such that top half of (0,0) (-0.877R, 0) (-0.095R, 0) (0, -0.095R) b
remaining area from the center of circle
is
For a line of length 3 m passing through
66 origin and inclination 40 with x-axis, 1.149 2 1.5 1 a
centroid along x is
smaller circle of radius 2m is removed.
Top half of smaller circle is in Ist (-0.667,
68 (0,0) (-0.667, 0) (0, 0.667) b
area is

69 (0,0) (-3.508,0) (-2.508, 0) (0, -0.38) b
remaining figure is

Sr.
No.
The center of mass will coincide with
70 the centroid provided the density of non-uniform uniform varying none b
material is
A triangle of base b and height h has its Isosceles Right angled Equilateral Any shape
71 d
centroid (h/3) from its base. It is valid for traingle triangle triangle of traingle
axis, centroid along x is
smaller circle of radius 2.5m is removed.
Top half of smaller circleis in Ist (-0.833,
74 (0,0) (-0.833, 0) (0, 0.833) b
figure is

75 (0,0) (-4.435, 0) (2.475, 0) (0, 4.475) b
remaining figure is
inclined inclined
A pebble dropped in flowing water will Vertically
76 Vertically upward downward upward d
have frictional force in the direction downward
direction direction
rough horizontal plane. If the coefficient
of friction between the body and the
77 60N 200N 100N 30N a
horizontal plane is 0.3, determine the
horizontal force required to just slide the
body on the plane.

78 coefficient of friction if a horizontal 0.6 0.1 0.06 0.006 a
A force of 450N is applied to move a

o None of
79 angle of 36.86 and the normal reaction 280N 270N 112.5N b
these
created is 1080N. Then the maximum
frictional force if µ=0.25 is......
If a force of 450N is applied to move a

None of
80 angle 36.86 and normal reaction is 280N 112.5N 216N c
these.
1080N. Then the actual frictional force
is if µk= 0.2 and µs=0.25.

Sr.
No.
The position of a machine block ‘B’
is adjusted by moving the wedge ‘A’,
81 kNowing that the coefficient of static 20.3o 19.3 o 30 o 29.3 o b
friction is 0.35 between all surfaces,
determine angle of friction
A ladder resting on vertical and
Along
horizontal surface in first quadrant Along negative X Along positive
Along positive positive X
82 slides down under its own weight, and positive Y X and positive b
X and Y axis and positive
frictional force at the ends will have axis Y axis
Y axis
following directions
The force required to pull the body of
weight 50N on a rough horizontal plane
None of
83 is 15N. Determine the coefficient if the µ=0.3 µ=0.314 µ=0.25 a
these.
force is applied at the angle of 15o with
the horizontal.

rough horizontal plane to just move the
body on the horizontal plane. A push of None of
84 o µ=0.3 µ=0.2 µ=0.244 c
20N inclined at 20 to the horizontal these.
plane is required. Find the coefficient of
friction if normal reaction is 76.84N.
Frictional force has the following
85 relation with the normal reaction F= µN F=µ2N F=µ/N F=µN2 a
between two contact surfaces.
The angle of repose (α) holds the
following relation with the angle of
86 α =Ф α =2Ф α =Ф/2 α =Ф2 a
friction (Ф) in the condition of limiting
equilibrium.
horizontal plane applied with horizontal
87 0.25 0.5 0.52 0.75 b
force 50N towards right, the coefficient
of static friction is
horizontal surface is pulled by force
88 o 494.87N 200N 487.94N 487.94N a
frictional force is
The end rope is fastened to the bucket is Bucket
Effort side id
used to lift the water from well using side is tight Both sides None of
89 tight and bucket b
rope and pulley arrangement. When and effort side are tight. the above.
side is slack.
water is lifted upwards, then is slack.
If a block is placed on a inclined plane

in impending motion condition, is pulled
upward and None of
90 and moving by a force opposite to the Up the plane Down the plane b
downward both these
impending motion. The frictional force
will act along
horizontal surface is pulled by a force
91 o 150N 200N 60N -200N a
normal reaction is

Sr.
No.
Find the maximum force ‘P’ required to
92 move a block of mass 800N resting on a 100N 200N 400N 300N c
floor having µ=0.50
A body of weight 500N is pulled up on
an inclined plane, by a force of 350N.
o
The inclination of the plane is 30 to the
93 µ=0.3 µ=0.2 µ=0.244 µ=0.23 d
horizontal and the force is applied
parallel to the plane. Coefficient of
friction is
A 50N weight is lifted up by a force
of 240. 52N applied to the belt wrapped
94 π π/2 2π π/4 a
around a pulley. If coefficient of friction
is 0.5, lap angle should be

95 coefficient of friction if a horizontal 1.42 0.35 0.7 0.07 c
In an open belt system two pulleys A &

B are connected through a flat belt.
Pulley A is 150 mm radius & pulley B is Belt does
Belt slips first Belt slips first on Belt does not
96 250 mm radius. Pulley A is connected to not slip on c
on pulley A pulley B slip on pulley A
a motor & pulley B is driving a machine pulley B
tool. Which one of the following
statement is correct.
Any one of
these
In an open belt arrangement angle of lap depending
97 of bigger pulley is 1960, what is the 196o 186o 164o upon centre c
angle of lap on smaller pulley, distance
between the
pulleys.
May be in
In the relation T2/T1 = eμβ, where β is None of the
98 Degrees Radians degrees or b
measured in above
radians
If T2 = 2700 N, T1 = 1600N, β = 2400
99 0.15 0.25 0.125 1.25 c
then μ = ?
100 If T2 = 2700 N β = 4Π/3, μ = 0.125 then 1200 N 3600 N 1600 N 1000 N c
μβ Any one of
101 In the relation T2/T1 = e μ<0 0<μ≤1 μ>1 b
the above
In a belt friction experiment in a lab for
tension in tight side is kept constant, Increases in Decreases in
None of the
102 then for the values of tension in slack Same proportion of as β proportion as β c
above
side for the values of β ( the angle of lap increases increases
) of π, 2π, 3π will be
For a particular value of β, Tension in None of the
103 μ=0 μ=1 μ>1 a
tight side = Tension in slack side above

Sr.
No.
Angle of wrap of a belt – pulley system The pulley & Of belt with Of belt with the None of he
104 a
is the angle of contact between the belt horizontal vertical above
For a given angle of wrap, if μs is
None of the
105 doubled the ratio of tension in tight side Get halfed Get doubled Remains same d
above
to tension in slack side is
The friction that is developed between
Generation of Transmission of Distribution of None of the
106 flexible belt & pulley on drum can be b
power power power above
utilized for
If tension in tight side is 960 N, the
107 angle of lap is 1650 & coefficient of belt 1920 N 294 N 404.72 N 960 N c
friction is 0.3 then tension in slack side is
A belt supports two weights W1 & W2

over a pulley. If W1 = 1000N find the
108 minimum weight W2 to keep W1 in 250 N 456 N 500 N 1000 N b
equilibrium. Assure the pulley is locked
& μ = 0.25 & β = π
Find lap angle β if the rope is wrapped

109 π/4 π/2 3π / 2 2π b
& the pulley for ¼ of the circumference
110 2 1 0.5 3 c
tight side is 1.0 kN & eμβ = 2.0
111 250 N 500 N 750 N 1000 N b
tight side is 500 N & eμβ = 1
Already None of the
112 In static belt friction the slipping is Impending Never occurred b
occurred above
In belt friction the pulley is driven by Its rim & Its centre & flat None of the
113 Two pulleys a
virtue of the friction between encircling belt surface of the belt above
For transmission of power the friction is None of the

114 Bigger pulley Smaller pulley Flexible belt c
developed between pulley on drum & above
μβ
In equation T2/T1 = e when the belt &
Surface tension
pulley are moving the equation does not Inertia effect Pressure effect of None of the
115 effect of the a
take in to account (where T2 is tight side of the mass the mass above
mass
tension )
On what parameter, the pressure
Thickness of Mass moment of Width of the Coefficient
116 transmitted between belt & surface of d
belt inertia belt of friction
the rim in contact with belt depends upon
Find β ( Angle of lap ) if the belt is
117 wrapped round the pulley for complete 2π π π/2 π/6 a
circumference
Torque provided ‘T’ by rope is given by
T = (T2
118 where T1 = slack side T2 = tight side R = T = T2.R T = T1.R T = (T1+ T2)R d
–T1)R
radius of drum
In the formula for torque provided by Diameter of Circumference of Area of the Radius of
119 d
rope T = [T2 – T1 ] R where R is pulley the pulley pulley the pulley
None of the
120 tension in tight side 200N, tension is 40 Nm 120 Nm 20 Nm a
above
slack side 100N & R = 0.4m

Sr.
No.
A flat belt & pulley system of a
machinery is rotating in an
anticlockwise direction. A breaking
torque is applied to stop the working of
None of the
121 the machinery. The maximum & 89o 45o 180o d
above
minimum tension in the two sides of the
belt are 90 kN & 60 kN µs = 0.30 & µk
= 0.25 find the angle with which the belt
is in contact with the pulley
Area of Nature of
Shape of surface Velocity of
122 The frictional force depends upon surface in the surfaces d
in contact sliding
contact in contact
Frictional force play an important role in
123 Belts & pulleys Jack screws Hand brake All of above d
mechanical devices such as
Maximum static
Maximum Maximum
friction to the
The coefficient of static friction for belt static friction static friction to All of the
124 normal force b
& pulley in contact is the ratio of the to minimum the tangential above
between the
static friction force
bodies
If the number of turns of the rope or belt
1 Turn = p 1 Turn = 2p 1 Turn = p/2 1 Turn = 3p
125 are given around the pulley, the value of b
radian radians radians radians
β in radians can be obtained using
Increase with
For a moving body the kinetic frictional Decrease with Remains
increase in None of
126 force getting developed between to increase in approximately c
velocity of above
surfaces in contact velocity of body constant
body

None of the
127 maximum & minimum tension in the 107o 120o 159o c
above
pulley

the minimum tension in the belt µs = 0.4 o o o None of the
128 100 239 175 b
& µk = 0.3 between the belt & the above

129 maximum & minimum tension in the 188o 180o 185o 190o a
two sides of the belt are 80 kN & 30 kN
µs = 0.35 & µk = 0.30 find the angle
pulley

Sr.
No.
130 maximum & minimum tension in the 135o 140o 137o 136o b
pulley

the minimum tension in the belt µs = o o o o
131 287 250 266 135 a
0.35 & µk = 0.3 between the belt & the
Any one of
these
depending
In an open belt arrangement angle of lap
upon the
132 of bigger pulley is 1850, what is a angle 160 192 175 c
centre
of lap on smaller pulley
distance
between the
pulleys
If T2 = 2100 N, β= 4π/3, µ = 0.125 then
133 T1 = ? Assume T1 = Tight side, T2 = 3100 3230 3610 3545 d
slack side
If couple applied is 24 N-m & T2 =
134 70 29 24 27 a
150N & R = 0.3m Find T1 = ?

135 700 650 675 525 a
T2 = 1898 N, T1 = 498N & R = 0.5m
Static friction
Which of the following statement is true Static friction > Static friction < None of the
136 = kinetic b
in belt friction kinetic friction kinetic friction above
friction
If the belt is sliding on the drum then the
None of
137 ratio T1/T2 ( tight side / slack ) depends Angle of lap Kinetic friction Both a & b c
these
on following factors
When sliding of the belt on the drum is Static friction Angle of
Static friction & Tight side &
138 depending the ratio of tight / slack & kinetic contact & c
angle of wrap slack side
(T1/T2) is depend as which factors friction kinetic friction
the minimum tension in the belt. If μs =
139 0.4 and μk = 0.3 between the belt and 100° 175° 210° 130° c
the pulley then for maintaining the
equilibrium in the system the lap angle
required is
The coefficient of static friction μs and State of rest or
Nature of Area of contact
motion of the None of the
140 coefficient of kinetic friction μk depends surfaces in between two a
bodies in above
strongly on contact surfaces
contact

Sr.
No.
A drum is subjected to two flat belt
tensions T1 and T2 such that T1 < T2 if μ
is the coefficient of friction between the
141 belt and the drum and ß is the angle with T1/T2 = eμ/β T2/T1 =eμß T2/T1 = eß/μ T2/T1 = eμ/ß b
which the belt is in contact with the
drum then the relation between the T1,
T2, μ and ß is given as
A flat belt connects pulley A, which

driver a machine tool to pulley B the
Both pulley
coefficient of friction μs and μk between may be (a),
142 Pulley A Pulley B will slip at a b
the pulleys and the belt is same if the (b), (c)
time
diameter of pulley A is greater than that
of pulley B, which pulley will slip first
A flat belt and a pulley system of a

None of the
143 The maximum and minimum tension in 89° 40° 107° c
above
50kN. If μs= 0.30 and μk = 0.25 , then
find the angle with which the belt in
contacts with the pulley.
A fiat belt and a pulley system of a

None of the
144 The maximum and minimum tension in 89° 118° 107° b
above
60kN μs= 0.30 and μk = 0.25 find the
angle with which the belt in contacts
with the pulley.
Which belt is use for the transmission of

145 Flat belt B belt V belt Both a & c a
power at low speed
If the tension in tight side is 450N, &
146 1 2 3 4 c
tension in slack side 150N then eμß is
Which friction is experienced by a body
147 when it is at rest under the action of Static Kinematics Rolling Sliding a
external
tight side / tight side /
What is the relation between tight side slack side / tight side / slack μß slack side =
148 slack side = e b
& slack side for flat belt tight side = eμß side = eμß μß . cos α/2
. cos α/2 e
If T2 = 2100 N, T1 = 1100 N, ß = 1400
149 0.212 0.22 0.262 0.253 c
then μ = ?
A rope is wrapped around a horizontal
bar for 2 & ½ turn. By exerting a force
None of
150 of 800N at the free end of the rope and μ = 0.275 μ = 0.375 μ = 0.175 a
above
assuming a load of 60kN on the other
end determine coefficient of friction

Sr.
No.
By exerting a force of 800N at the free
end of the rope, and assuming a load of
200kN on the other end determine the None of
151 1.275 3.196 turn 2.175 b
number of time the rope should be above
wrapped around the bar ( bar is
horizontal )
A weight on tight side (T1) =100kN μ =
0.19 calculate (T2) = slack side angle of
152 181kN 55kN 45kN 65kN b
contact (ß) = 180° for maintaining
equilibrium.
A weight 100kN acted on one side of
pulley with μ = 0.19 and angle e of
153 contact (ß) = 180°, calculate maximum 55kN 181kN 45kN 65kN b
force (p) required for maintaining
equilibrium.
A flat belt passes over a pulley such
that the maximum tension is two times a
minimum tension in the belt. If μs = 0.4 None of the
154 100 175 130 a
between the belt & pulley, then for above
maintaining the equilibrium in the
system the lap angle required is
None of the
155 the rope & the pulley is μs = 0.19 & μk 145kN 44kN 134kN b
above
= 0.15 the force T minimum required for
maintaining equilibrium is
156 the rope & the pulley is μs = 0.19 & μk 145kN 44kN 134kN 24kN a
= 0.15 the force P maximum required
for maintaining equilibrium is

157 2.5kN 7.31kN 4.6kN c
158 372N 500N 200kN a
159 0.3 0.98 0.45 0.5 b
of lap ß = 30° Find the coefficient of
friction μ?
160 0.45 0.25 0.4 0.3 b
of lap ß = π/2rad. Find the coefficient of
friction μ?

Sr.
No.
161 0.2 0.15 0.125 0.221 b
162 0.425 0.55 0.45 0.5 b
of friction μ?
163 0.1 0.16 0.125 0.3 b
164 0.8 0.882 0.9 0.85 b
of friction μ?

MCQ Unit 3 Equilibrium
Que. Question A B C D ans ma

No. wer rk
1 According to Lami’s Theorem, the three Must be equal Must be at Must be both May not be d 1
forces 120° to each of above any of the
other two
2 The Lami’s Theorem is applicable only for Coplaner forces Concurrent Coplaner and Any type of a 1
forces concurrent forces
forces
3 If a body is in equilibrium. We may No force is The The moments Both (b) and d 1
conclude that acting on the resultant of of the forces (c)
body all the forces about any
acting on it point is zero
is zero
4 If the sum of all the forces acting on a Concurrent Parallel Like parallel Unlike 1
body is zero, then the body may be in parallel
equilibrium
provided the forces are
5 A body is said to be in equilibrium, if it TRUE FALSE b 1
has no linear motion.
6 Lami’s Theorem can not be applied in Agree Disagree b 1
case of concurrent forces
7 the necessary COE of a coplaner horizontal and momet of horizontal none of a 1
concurrent force sysytem is that the vertical forces force and vertical these
algebraic sum of ……….must be zero forces and
moments
8 A system of forces that possesses the direction of opposite to perpendicula none of a 1
resultant force moves the object in……. line action of the direction r to the these
resultant of line of direction of
action of line of action
resultant of resultant
9 for smooth spherical surface reaction horizontal to inclined to perpendicula none of c 1
acts the plane of the plane of r to the plane these
contact contact of contact
10 A straight rod forces applied only at end 0 1 2 multi c 1
points and in equlibrium is …..force
member
11 a particle in equilibrium has constant zero increasing none of b 1
…….acceleartion these
12 The number of equations for equilibrium 1 2 3 none of 1
of particle under action of coplaner force these
system is…….
13 If three coplaner concurrent forces are in magnitude of magnitude angle sine of angle d 1
equilibrium ,the magnitude of any force other force of resultant between between
is proportional to force other two other two
forces forces
14 forces in cable are always tensile compressive zero none of a 1
these
15 a particle in equilibrium cannot linear motion curvilinear zero constant b 1
have……… with constant motion with acceleration velocity
speed constant
speed
16 If two of the three concurrent forces in 2Psinα 2Pcosα 2Pcosα/2 Pcosα c 1
equilibrium have equal magnitude P and
angle α between them the magnitude of
third force is……..
17 The number of equations for equilibrium 1 2 3 4 c 1
of coplaner noncurrent force system is
…….
18 If a particle is in equlibrium …………. No force is no couple both a and b resultant of d 1
acting on the acts on it all forces is
body zero
19 Forces shown in free body diagram all forces all forces all the all the b 1
are……. exerted by the acting on the internal above
body body forces
20 The number of reaction components at a 1 2 3 4 a 1
simple support is/are
21 The number of reaction components at a 1 2 3 4 a 1
roller support is/are
22 The number of reaction components at a 1 2 3 4 b 1
hinge support is/are
23 The number of reaction components at a 1 2 3 4 c 1
fixed support is/are
24 The number of reaction components for 1 2 3 4 a 1
a collar free to move on a rod is/are
25 The reaction line at roller support with oblique obtuse perpendicula parallel c 1
respect to plane of contact is ……. r
26 Support reactions for statically conditions of lami varignons none of a 1
determinate beams can be determined statics theorem theorem these
by applying equilibrium
27 U.D.L. stands for uniform dead uniformaly uniform door all the b 1
load distrbuted load above
load
28 When load acts at a constant rate over point load U.D.L. U.V.L. none of b 1
given length of beam it is called ……. these
29 When rate of loading increases or point load U.D.L. U.V.L. none of c 1
decreases at a constant rate over given these
length of beam it is called …….
30 The number of equations available for 1 2 3 4 b 1
solving a beam supported by rollers at
both ends is …….
31 a beam extending beyond its supports is propped contiunous overhanging cantilever c 1
known as …..beam
32 A fixed support opposes ……….. translation in translation translation in translation d 1
horizontal in vertical any direction in any
direction direction in the plane direction in
the plane
and
rotational
motion
about an
axis
perpendicul
ar to the
plane
33 The horizontal force P required to keep a mg tanθ mg cosθ mg sinθ mg a 2
block of mass m in equilibrium on a
frictionless surface inclined at angle θ is…
34 In tug of war two opposing teams are 0 1000N 2000N none of 2
pulling the rope with equal and opposite these
forces of 1000N at each end.The tension
in the rope is……..
35 A simply supported beam AB of length 4 KN,6 KN 6 KN,4 KN 5 KN,5 KN 10 KN,0 a 2
5m is acted upon by a point load of 10KN
at a distance of 2m from A.The reaction
at A and B respectively are ………
36 A simply supported beam AB of length 4 KN,6 KN 6 KN,4 KN 5 KN,5 KN 10 KN,0 c 2
5m is acted upon by a uniformly
distributed load of 2KN.The reaction at A
and B respectively are ………
37 A simply supported beam AB of length 20 KN,10 KN 10 KN,20 KN 15 KN,15 KN 20 KN,20 KN b 2
6m is acted upon by a uniformly variying
load with intensity 0 at A and 10KN/m at
B.The reaction at A and B respectively
are ………
38 A simply supported beam AB of length 40 KN,50 KN 50 KN,40 KN 50 KN,70 KN 70 KN,50 KN a 2
6m is acted upon by a uniformly variying
load with intensity 10KN/m of A and
20KN/m at B.The reaction at A and B
respectively are ………
39 A beam AB of length 5m is subjected to a 50 N,50 N 20 KN,20 KN 100 N,100 N 75 N,75 N b 2
clockwise couple moment of 100Nm at
its centre.The end A is hinged and B is
supported roller.The magnitude of
reaction at A and B are…….
40 A cylinder of weigth W is supported W cosθ W sinθ W cosecθ W secθ d 2
between a smooth vertical wall and
smooth plane inclined at angle θ with
horizontal.The reaction on cylinder from
the inclined plane is ……..
41 A cylinder of weigth W is supported W/2 cosθ W cosθ/2 W/2 sinθ Wsinθ/2 a 2
between a two smooth inclined planes
each inclined at angle θ with
horizontal.The reaction from each
inclined plane on cylinder is.. ……..
42 Three forces of magitude 30 45 60 90 c 2
F1=100N,F2=100N and F3=100√3 N act
on a particle in a plane.The particle will
remain in equilibrium only if the angle
between F1 and F2 is…..
43 A rigid ball of weight 100 N is suspended 30 50 58 48 c 2
with the help of a string. The ball is
pulled by a horizontal force F such that
the string makes an angle of 30∘ with the
vertical. The magnitude of force F (in N)
is __________
44 433 N and 250 N and 353.5 N and 250 N and a 2
A weight of 500 N is supported by two metallic
250ropes
N as shown 433
in the
N 250 N 353.5 N
figure. The values of tensions T1 and T2 are respectively
45 Internal forces are not shown on a free- equal to zero

equal and negligibly not b 2
body diagram because the internal forces opposite and small important
are_____. they do not
affect the
calculations
46 fixed, free fixed, hinged none of the a 2
Cantilever beam has one end _________ and
hinged,
other end
free _______. above
47 Indeterminate structures have number of equal to less than more than none of the c 2
unknown quantities _________ available above
conditions of equilibrium.
48 If two forces each equal to P in 2P P/2 1.42P P/1.42 c 2
magnitude act at right angles, their effect
may be neutralised by a third force acting
along their bisector in opposite direction
whose magnitude is equal to
49 In a simply supported beam carrying True FALSE b 2
triangular load, the reactions can not be
vertical
50 An overchanging beam with downward can can not a 2
loads............have one of its reaction
upward and the other downward.
51 The reaction at the roller supported end vertical horizontal none of the c 2
of a beam is always above
52 If the reaction of a beam, at one of its simply roller hinged end none of the c 2
supports is the resultant of horizontal supported end supported above
and vertical forces, then it is a end
53 A couple acting at the mid-point of a Agree Disagree. b 2
simply supported beam has some
horizontal and vertical components.
54 23.6N 55N 89N none of the a 2
Find the tension in the cable AC. above
55 When the net effect of given forces static motion non- dynamic a 2
acting on a particle at rest is zero, the equilibrium equilibrium equilibrium
particle is said to be in
56 The particle acted upon by two forces same direction opposite same opposite b 2
will be in equilibrium if two forces have & collinear direction but direction & direction
equal magnitude and are having collinear collinear but non-
collinear
57 If the resultant of forces acting on a in motion at rest in circular General b 2
particle originally at rest is in equilibrium motion plane
then it will remain motion
58 One component of resultant of forces First Quadrant second Third Fourth b 2
acting on a particle is along positive side Quadrant Quadrant Quadrant
of x-axis and another along negative side
of y-axis ,then the equilibrant will lie in
59 The force which when applied on a Resultant Inertia Force Equilibrant Gravity c 2
particle subjected to various forces Force
makes the resultant force zero is known
as
60 The force triangle of the forces acting on Open Triangle Closed Straight Line Closed d 2
a particle in equilibrium, when drawn in Rectangle Triangle
tip to tail fashion, shall form
61 For the particle in equilibrium, the ∑ Fx = ∑ Fy ∑ Fx = 0, ∑ ∑ Fx = 0, ∑ Fy ∑ Mx = 0, ∑ b 2
conditions of equilibrium for coplanar Fy = 0 = 0, ∑ M= 0 My = 0
concurrent forces are
62 The pendulum having mass of the bob T = m kg T= mg N ( T= mg N T= mg N c 2
‘m’ kg is at rest in vertical position. The downward) (upwards)
tension ‘T’ in the string acting on the bob
then must be
63 The free body diagram of coplanar and Internal Forces External Internal and Internal and d 2
concurrent forces shows Forces External external
Forces forces with
their
directions
64 The free body diagram of a particle particle and particle and particle and None of c 2
subjected to forces represents magnitudes of direction of magnitude these
forces forces with
direction of
forces
65 The Principle of Transmissibility states Same same Same same d 2
that the condition of equilibrium of a magnitude only direction magnitude magnitude,
rigid body will remain unchanged if a only and direction direction
force ‘F’ is replaced by equivalent force and same
‘P’ acting at other point if they have line of
action
66 For the Equilibrant of co-planer non Equal Equal Equal Equal d 2
concurrent force system, the necessary magnitude & magnitude magnitude & magnitude
and sufficient conditions are same direction and opposite same and
of Resultant direction of direction and opposite
Resultant same point of direction
application of and same
resultant point of
application
of resultant
67 The conditions of equilibrium for ∑ Fx = ∑ Fy ∑ Fx = 0, ∑ ∑ Fx = 0, ∑ Fy ∑ Mx = 0, ∑ c 2
coplanar but non concurrent forces are Fy = 0 = 0, ∑ M= 0 My = 0
68 The reaction exerted by fixed support on a force with a force of a force and a none of c 2
two dimensional structures is known line of unknown moment these
action direction
and
magnitude
69 The reaction exerted by hinged support a force with a force of a force and a none of b 2
on two dimensional structure is known line of unknown moment these
action direction
and
magnitude
70 The reaction exerted by Roller support a force with a force and a a force of none of a 2
on two dimensional structures is known line of moment unknown these
action direction and
magnitude
71 The reaction exerted by rough surface on a force with a force and a none of these a force of d 2
two dimensional structures is known line of moment unknown
action direction
and
magnitude
72 The reaction exerted by smooth surface a force with a force and a a force of none of a 2
on two dimensional structures is known line of moment unknown these
magnitude
73 The reaction exerted by short cable on a force with a force and a a force of none of a 2
two dimensional structures is known line of moment unknown these
magnitude
74 The reaction at an end supported by a a force with a force and a a force of none of a 2
link for two dimensional structures is known line of moment unknown these
magnitude
75 If a rigid body in 2D system, subjected to Parallel Forces Concurrent Concurrent Non- c 2
three forces, is in equilibrium, then the Forces or Parallel Concurrent
forces must be Forces Forces
76 A simply supported beam is subjected to vertical vertical horizontal to horizontal b 2
a clockwise moment at center of the upwards downwards the left to the right
span then the reaction at left support is
directed –
77 A simply supported beam is subjected to vertical vertical horizontal to horizontal a 2
a anticlockwise moment at center of the upwards downwards the left to the right
span then the reaction at left support is
directed –
78 A simply supported beam is subjected to vertical vertical horizontal to horizontal a 2
a clockwise moment at center of the upwards downwards the left to the right
span then the reaction at right support is
directed
an anti-clockwise moment at center of upwards downwards the left to the right
the span then the reaction at right
support is directed
an anti-clockwise moment at L/3 from upwards downwards the left to the right
left end of the span then the reaction at
right support is directed
81 A flag pole can be considered as a one end fixed one end both ends one end a 2
member with – another free hinged fixed fixed
another free another
roller
supported
82 A body in rotation in clockwise direction a clockwise anticlockwis a clockwise anticlockwis b 2
due to application of a couple of forces moment of e moment of moment of e moment
can be brought in static equilibrium couple of equal couple of couple of of couple of
position by applying – magnitude equal unequal unequal
magnitude magnitude magnitude
83 A roller support can exert a reaction – parallel to in horizontal in vertical perpendicul d 2
plane of rollers direction direction ar to plane
of rollers
84 The reacting moment at a hinged support zero equal to equal and none of a 2
is – applied opposite to these
moment applied
moment
85 The reaction offered by a smooth surface parallel to the perpendicula horizontal vertical b 2
is – surface r to the
surface
86 A ladder is resting at its ends against the coplanar coplanar non coplanar non a 2
smooth surfaces. The equilibrium of the concurrent non concurrent coplanar
ladder is possible if and only if the forces concurrent non
acting on ladder are – concurrent
87 A beam AB of span ‘L’ m, hinged at ‘A’ (wL/2) N ( (wL) N ( (wL/6) N (2wL/3) N c 2
and simply supported at ‘B’ is loaded upwards) upwards) (upwards) (upwards)
with u.v.l. of zero intensity at end ‘A’ and
‘w ‘N/m at end ‘B’. The reaction at end
‘A’ are
88 The weight of block resting on inclined perpendicular parallel to verticaly verticaly d 2
plane will act- to plane plane upwards downwards
89 The weight of 100 N is hung with a spring 5 mm 15 mm 20 mm 10 mm a 2
constant 20 N/mm. The static deflection
of the spring is –
90 If the cantilever beam of span L is loaded (w L) N (wL/2 ) N wxL N (wL/2) N d 2
with u.d.l. of w N/m intensity for half of (upwards) (downwards (downwards) (upwords)
the span from free end ,then the vertical )
reaction at fixed end will be –
91 If the cantilever beam of span L is loaded w x L² /2 Nm w x L² /4 w x L² /8 Nm 3w x L² /8 d 2
with u.d.l. of w N/m intensity for half of Nm Nm
the span from free end ,then the reacting
moment at fixed end will be –
92 If the self weight of the member of span wN wL N 2w/L N wL/2 N b 2
‘L’, hinged at one end and the other free,
is ‘w’ N/m then the minimum vertical
force required at other end to keep the
member horizontal will be –
93 If a cantilever beam is subjected to a P P.sin(a) P cos(a) P/2 c 2
force ‘P’ inclined at an angle ‘a’ to axis of
the beam then the horizontal component
of the reaction at fixed end will be –
94 Select the correct relation between both Ra = Rb Ra is not Ra>Rb Ra<Rb a 2
reactions of simply supported beam AB equal to Rb
subjected to point load at the center
reactions of simply supported beam AB equal to Rb
subjected to uniformly distributed load
of intensity ‘w’ N/m -
96 Select the correct relation between both Ra = Rb Ra<Rb Ra>Rb None of b 2
reactions of simply supported beam these
subjected to uniformly varying load with
intensity at end ‘A’ zero and ‘w’ N/m at
end ‘B’
reactions of simply supported beam equal to Rb
intensity zero at both ends and ‘w’ N/m
at the center of the beam
98 Select the correct relation between both Ra = Rb Ra<Rb Ra>Rb None of c 2
reactions of simply supported beam these
intensity at end ‘B’ zero and ‘w’ N/m at
end ‘A’
99 For a simply supported beam loaded with 2W W/2 W None of c 2
two equal point loads ‘W’ N at quarter these
span, the reactions at both ends will be -
100 For a simply supported beam loaded with 2W W/2 W W/3 b 2

a point load ‘W’ N at center of span, the
reactions at both ends will be -
101 Which of the following can be considered Rollers with End End allowed End a 2
as simple support – plane of rollers embedded to rotate but supported
horizontal in the wall not to by a rope.
displace
102 A concentrated clockwise moment is of same of same of same of different c 2
acting at the center of simply supported magnitudes directions magnitudes magnitudes
beam. The reactions at both ends will be and same but different but opposite and
– directions magnitudes directions opposite
directions
103 A concentrated clockwise moment of 5N 10 N 5N (upwards) 10 N a 2
magnitude 10 N-m is acting at the center (downwards) (downwards (upwards)
of simply supported beam of span 2m.. )
The reactions at left end will be –
104 A concentrated clockwise moment of 5N 10 N 5N (upwards) 10 N c 2
magnitude 10 N-m is acting at the center (downwards) (downwards (upwards)
of simply supported beam of span 2m.. )
The reactions at right end will be –
105 The point of application of Equilibrant Principle of Newton’s Varignon’s Resolution c 2
force for equilibrium of non concurrent Transmissibility Third Law Principle of forces
forces acting on body is obtained by
106 The connection between two beams to simple support fixed internal hinged c 2
form a continuous beam is known as – support hinge support
107 The resultant of the coplanar concurrent F= Fx i + Fy j F= -Fx i - Fy j F= - Fx i + Fy j F= Fy i + Fx j b 2
force system is lying in XY- plane defined
by positive X & Y axes and acting away
from origin. The equilibrant that brings
the force system in equilibrium will be
expressed as –
108 The resultant of the coplanar concurrent Fx i + Fy j Fx i + Fz k Fz k + Fy j -Fx i + Fy j d 2
by positive X & negative Y axes and
acting away from origin. The equilibrant
that brings the force system in
equilibrium will be expressed as –
109 The resultant of the coplanar concurrent Fx i - Fy j Fx i + Fy j - Fx i - Fy j -Fx i + Fy j a 2
by positive X & negative Y axes and
acting towards the origin. The equilibrant
110 The resultant of the coplanar concurrent Fx i - Fy j Fx i + Fy j - Fx i - Fy j -Fx i + Fy j d 2
by negative X & positive Y axes and
111 The resultant of the coplanar concurrent Fx i - Fy j Fx i + Fy j - Fx i - Fy j -Fx i + Fy j a 2
by negative X & positive Y axes and
acting away from the origin. The
equilibrant that brings the force system
in equilibrium will be expressed as –
112 The resultant of the coplanar concurrent Fy j + Fz k -Fy j + Fz k Fy j - Fz k - Fy j - Fz k d 2
force system is lying in YZ-plane defined
by positive Y & Z axes and acting away
expressed as –
113 The resultant of the coplanar concurrent Fy j + Fz k -Fy j + Fz k Fy j - Fz k - Fy j - Fz k a 2
by positive Y & Z axes and acting towards
the origin. The equilibrant that brings the
force system in equilibrium will be
expressed as –
114 The resultant of the coplanar concurrent Fy j + Fz k (-Fx i + Fz k) Fy j - Fz k - Fy j - Fz k c 2
by positive Y & negative Z axes and acting
towards the origin. The equilibrant that
brings the force system in equilibrium
will be expressed as –
115 The resultant of the coplanar concurrent Fy j + Fz k -Fy j + Fz k Fy j - Fz k - Fy j - Fz k b 2
by positive Y & negative Z axes and acting
away from the origin. The equilibrant
116 The resultant of the coplanar concurrent Fy j + Fz k -Fy j + Fz k Fy j - Fz k - Fy j - Fz k d 2
by negative Y & negative Z axes and
by negative Y & negative Z axes and
acting away from the origin. The
equilibrant that brings the force system
in equilibrium will be expressed as –
by positive Y & Z axes and acting towards
origin. The equilibrant that brings the
expressed as –
119 The resultant of the coplanar concurrent Fx i + Fz k Fz k-Fx i Fx i - Fz k - Fx i - Fz k a 2
force system is lying in XZ-plane defined
by positive X & Z axes and acting towards
origin. The equilibrant that brings the
expressed as –
120 The resultant of the coplanar concurrent Fx i + Fz k (-Fx i + Fz k) Fx i - Fz k - Fx i - Fz k d 2
by positive X & Z axes and acting away
expressed as –
121 The resultant of the coplanar concurrent Fx i + Fz k (-Fx i + Fz k) Fx i - Fz k - Fx i - Fz k a 2
by negative X & Z axes and acting away
expressed as –
122 The resultant of the coplanar concurrent Fx i + Fz k (-Fx i + Fz k) Fx i - Fz k - Fx i - Fz k d 2
by negative X & Z axes and acting
towards the origin. The equilibrant that
brings the force system in equilibrium
will be expressed as –
123 If the rod of weight ‘W’ N resting against coplanar-non coplanar- non non b 2
horizontal and vertical smooth surfaces is concurrent concurrent coplanar-non coplanar-
in equilibrium, then the forces are - concurrent concurrent
124 The three forces, 120N at 60 ° with +ve x- 120cos60+100c 120cos60- 120cos60+10 120cos60- b 2
axis acting away from origin, 100 N at 45° os45+Pcosα=0 100cos45- 0cos45- 100cos45+P
with negative Y- axis acting away from Pcosα=0 Pcosα=0 cosα=0
origin and ‘P’ N at 'α' with –ve x-axis
acting away from origin are in
equilibrium. Select the correct equation
of equilibrium in X-direction.-
125 The three forces, 120N at 60 ° with +ve x- 120sin60+100si 120sin60- 120sin60+10 120sin60- d 2
axis in 1st quadrant acting away from n45+Psinα=0 100sin45- 0sin45- 100sin45+Ps
origin, 100 N at 45° with negative Y- axis Psinα=0 Psinα=0 inα=0
acting in 3rd quadrant away from origin
and ‘P’ N at 'α' with –ve x-axis acting in
2nd quadrant away from origin are in
equilibrium. Select the correct equation
of equilibrium in Y-direction.-
126 Two cables AB and AC inclined at α with Fab.cosβ - Fac Fab.cos α- Fab.cos α- Fab.cos α- b 2
+ve x-axis (lying in 1st quadrant) and β cosα=0 Fac cosβ=0 Fac cosβ+ W Fac cosβ - W
with -ve x-axis (lying in 2nd quadrant) =0 =0
are supporting a weight ‘W’ N.Select the
correct equation of equilibrium in X-
direction-
127 Two cables AB and AC inclined at α with Fab.sinβ - Fac Fab.cos α- Fab.cos α- Fab.cos α + d 2
+ve x-axis (lying in 1st quadrant) and β cosα=0 Fac cosβ=0 Fac cosβ+ W Fac cosβ - W
with -ve x-axis (lying in 2nd quadrant) =0 =0
are supporting a weight ‘W’ N.Select the
correct equation of equilibrium in Y-
direction-
128 A rod AB inclined at α with +ve x-axis Fab.cosβ - Fac Fab.cos α- (-Fab.cos α- (Fab.cos α- c 2
(lying in 1st quadrant) and another rod cosα=0 Fac cosβ=0 Fac cosβ+ P) Fac cosβ - P)
AC inclined at β with -ve y-axis ( lying in =0 =0
4th quadrant ) are connected at point
‘A’ and supporting a force ‘P’ N acting
horizontally rightward at joint ‘A’. Select
the correct equation of equilibrium in X-
direction
129 A rod AB inclined at α with +ve x-axis Fab.cosβ - Fac Fab.cos α- (-Fab.cos α- (Fab.cos α- b 2
(lying in 1st quadrant) and another rod cosα=0 Fac cosβ=0 Fac cosβ+ P) Fac cosβ - P)
AC inclined at β with -ve y-axis ( lying in =0 =0
4th quadrant ) are connected at point
‘A’ and supporting a force ‘P’ N acting
horizontally rightward at joint ‘A’. Select
the correct equation of equilibrium in Y -
direction
130 The force ‘F’ acting on a rigid body at rest Newton’s First Varignon’s Principle of Newton’s c 2
at point A if now applied at point B on its Law of motion Principle Transmissibili Third Law of
line of action, the body will continue its ty motion
state of equilibrium as per -
131 The force ‘F’ acting at a point ‘A’ on a change the maintain the change the none of b 2
block in equilibrium, if when applied at position of equilibrium magnitude of these
point ‘C’ on theblock on its line of action block frictional
will - resistance
132 The forces acting at a joint are, 100 N 100-P cos45 + F 100 + P Q – P sin45 - -Q + P b 2
along +ve X-direction acting away from cos45 = 0 cos45 – F F cos45 = 0 cos45+Fcos
origin, ‘Q’ N along +ve Y-direction acting cos45=0 45=0
away from origin, ‘P’ N making 45° with
x-axis acting away from origin in fourth
quadrant and ‘F’ N making 45° with x-
axis acting away from origin in third
quadrant. Select the correct equation of
equilibrium of forces in X-direction-
133 The forces acting at a joint are, 100 N 100-P cos45 + F 100 + P Q – P sin45 - -Q + P c 2
along +ve X-direction acting away from cos45 = 0 cos45 – F F sin45 = 0 cos45+Fcos
origin, ‘Q’ N along +ve Y-direction acting cos45=0 45=0
away from origin, ‘P’ N making 45° with
x-axis acting away from origin in fourth
quadrant and ‘F’ N making 45° with x-
axis acting away from origin in third
quadrant. Select the correct equation of
equilibrium of forces in Y-direction-
134 If three forces acting at a point are 10 N (-10+Pcos30) 10-Pcos30 F - Psin30 -F+Psin30 a 2
along +ve x-axis acting away from origin,
‘F’ N along +ve y-axis acting away from
origin and ‘P’ N at 210° with x-axis
acting away from origin in 3rd quadrant .
Select the correct equation for
component of equilibrant of forces in X-
direction-
135 If three forces acting at a point are 10 N (-10+Pcos30) 10-Pcos30 F - Psin30 -F+Psin30 d 2
acting away from origin in 3rd quadrant .
component of equilibrant of forces in Y-
direction-
136 If three forces acting at a point are 10 N (-10-Pcos30) (-10-Pcos30) F - Psin30 ( -F - Psin30) a 2
acting towards origin in 3rd quadrant .
component of equilibrant of forces in X-
direction-
137 If three forces acting at a point are 10 N (-10-Pcos30) 10-Pcos30 F - Psin30 (- F - d 2
along +ve x-axis acting away from origin, Psin30)
acting towards origin in 3rd quadrant.
component of equilibrant of forces in Y-
direction-
138 If a block of weight ‘W’ placed on (W.cosθ) N (W. sinθ) N (W.cosθ) N (-W. sinθ) N b 2
frictionless surface inclined at an angle'θ'
in anticlockwisedirection with +ve x-axis
and is held with a string parallel to
inclined surface, then assuming up the
plane forces positive, the tension in the
string holding the block is –
139 A concrete pipe of weight ‘W’ is resting W N( W/2 N ( W N( Zero d 2
against horizontal and vertical smooth upwards) rightwards) leftwards)
surfaces. The reaction offered by vertical
surface on the pipe is -
140 A concrete pipe of weight ‘W’ is resting W N( W/2 N ( W N( Zero a 2
against horizontal and vertical smooth upwards) rightwards) downwards)
surfaces. The reaction offered by
horizontal surface on the pipe is -
141 If a rod of weight ‘W’ is resting against coplanar-non coplanar- non non b 2
the walls of V shaped trough, then the concurrent concurrent coplanar-non coplanar-
forces acting on the rod should be concurrent concurrent
142 If a rod of weight ‘W’ is resting against 4 2 1 3 d 2
the walls of V shaped trough, then the
number of forces acting on the rod are-
143 “ If the three non parallel forces are in Lami’s Three Force Varignon’s None of the b 2
equilibrium then they must be Theorem Principle Theorem above.
concurrent “ is known as
144 Number of conditions of equilibrium for 4 2 3 1 b 2
coplanar concurrent force system is –
145 Number of conditions of equilibrium for 4 2 1 3 d 2
coplanar non- concurrent force system is
–
146 Number of conditions of equilibrium for 3 1 2 4 a 2
non-coplanar but concurrent force
system is –
147 Number of conditions of equilibrium for 6 2 4 3 a 2
non coplanar and non concurrent force
system is –
148 A two force member AB is a straight a force ‘F’ a force ‘- F’ a force ‘F/2’ a force ‘- b 2
member and subjected to an axial F/2’
compressive force ‘F’ If the member is
cut in between at point ‘C’ then the
internal force at the cut for the
equilibrium is equivalent to –
149 A simply supported beam is subjected to both vertical both vertical both one vertical d 2
a cncentrated moment applied at center upwards downwards horizontal upward and
of the span then the reactions at both another
supports are directed – vertical
downwards
150 A beam AB of span 1 m, hinged at ‘A’ and 6.66 N 8.33 N 10 N 20 N a 2
simply supported at ‘B’ is loaded with (upwards) (upwards) (upwards) (upwards)
u.v.l. of 10 N/m intensity at end ‘A’ and
20 N/m at end ‘B’. The reaction at end ‘A’
are –
151 A beam AB of span 1 m, hinged at ‘A’ and 6.66 N 8.33 N 10 N 20 N b 2
simply supported at ‘B’ is loaded with (upwards) (upwards) (upwards) (upwards)
u.v.l. of 10 N/m intensity at end ‘A’ and
20 N/m at end ‘B’. The reaction at end ‘B’
are –
152 A beam AB of span ‘L’ m, hinged at ‘A’ (wL/2) N ( (wL) N ( (wL/3) N (2wL/3) N c 2
and simply supported at ‘B’ is loaded upwards) upwards) (upwards) (upwards)
with u.v.l. of zero intensity at end ‘A’ and
‘w ‘N/m at end ‘B’. The reaction at end
‘B’ are –
153 If the cantilever beam of span L is loaded (wL²/2) N-m (3 wL²/4) N- (wL²/8) N-m (3wL²/8) N- d 2
with u.d.l. of w N/m intensity for half of m m
the span from free end ,then the reacting
moment at fixed end will be –
154 If the cantilever beams of span 1 m is 5 N-m 2.5 N-m 1.25 N-m 3.75 N-m d 2
loaded with u.d.l. of 10 N/m intensity for
half of the span from free end then the
reacting moment at fixed end will be –
155 If the cantilever beam of span 1 m is 5 N-m 2.5 N-m 1.25 N-m 3.75 N-m c 2
loaded with u.d.l. of 10 N/m intensity for
half of the span from fixed end then the
reacting moment at fixed end will be –
156 A concentrated anticlockwise moment of M/L 2M/L MxL M/L d 2
magnitude ‘M’ N-m is acting at 1/3rd of (downwards) (downwards (upwards) (upwards)
span from left end support of simply )
supported beam of span ‘L’ m. The
reaction at left end will be –
157 A concentrated anticlockwise moment of M/L 2M/L MxL M/L a 2
magnitude ‘M’ N-m is acting at 1/3rd of (downwards) (downwards (upwards) (upwards)
span from left end support of simply )
supported beam of span ‘L’ m. The
reaction at right end will be –
158 If a block of weight ‘W’ placed on W.cosθ (-W cos θ ) W sin θ (-W sin θ) a 2
frictionless surface inclined at an angle θ
in anticlockwise direction with +ve x-axis
and is at rest, then assuming up the
plane forces positive, the reaction
offered by surface on the block is –
159 If a block of weight ‘W=100 N ’ placed on 86.6 N – 86.6 N 50 N - 50 N c 2
rough surface inclined at an angle θ= 60°
in anticlockwise direction with +ve x-axis
and is at rest, then assuming up the
plane forces positive, the reaction
offered by surface on the block is –
160 The force acting away from origin and Fx i +Fy j + Fz k Fx i -Fy j + Fz Fx i +Fy j - Fz -Fx i -Fy j - a 2
lying in space defined by positive X axis, k k Fz k
positive Y axis & positive Z axis can be
expressed as –
161 The force acting away from origin and Fx i +Fy j + Fz k Fx i -Fy j + Fz Fx i +Fy j - Fz -Fx i -Fy j - c 2
positive Y axis & negative Z axis can be
expressed as –
162 The force acting away from origin and Fx i +Fy j + Fz k Fx i -Fy j + Fz Fx i +Fy j - Fz -Fx i -Fy j - b 2
negative Y axis & positive Z axis can be
expressed as –
163 The force acting away from origin and ( Fx i +Fy j + Fz (Fx i -Fy j + (Fx i +Fy j - Fz (-Fx i -Fy j - d 2
lying in space defined by negative X axis, k) Fz k) k) Fz k)
negative Y axis & negative Z axis can be
expressed as –
164 The force acting away from origin and ( - Fx i +Fy j - Fz (Fx i -Fy j + (Fx i +Fy j - Fz (-Fx i -Fy j - a 2
positive Y axis & negative Z axis can be
expressed as –
165 The force acting away from origin and ( - Fx i +Fy j - Fz (Fx i -Fy j + (Fx i +Fy j - Fz (-Fx i -Fy j + d 2
negative Y axis & positive Z axis can be
expressed as –
166 If the space force acting at origin has 5N 2N 3N 7N d 2
components Fx= 2N, Fy = - 3N, Fz= 6N,
then the magnitude of force is –
167 If the space force acting at origin has 5N 2N 7N 3N c 2
components Fx= -2N, Fy = - 3N, Fz= -6N,
then the magnitude of force is –
168 If the space force F of total magnitude 7N 3N (-6N) 2N 5N a 2
is acting in the space defined by positive
X axis, positive Y axis and positive Z axis is
having components Fx= 2N, Fy = 3N ,
then component Fz =?
169 If the space force F of total magnitude 7N 6N (-3N) 3N 2N b 2
X axis, positive Y axis and negative Z axis,
is having components Fx= 2N, Fz = -6N ,
then component Fy =?
170 If the space force F of total magnitude 7N 2N (-2 N) 6N 3N a 2
having components Fy= 3N, Fz = 6N ,
then component Fx =?
171 If the space force of total magnitude 7N 2N (-6N) 5N 3N b 2
X axis, positive Y axis and negative Z axis
is having components Fx= 2N, Fy = 3N ,
then component Fz =?
172 If the space force of total magnitude 7N 6N (-2 N) 3N 5N b 2
is acting in the space defined by negative
having components Fy= 3N, Fz = 6N ,
then component Fx =?

Equal in
Equal in Opposite in magnitude,Op None of the
1 Two forces can be in equlibrium only if they are C
magnitude direction posite in above
direction
When a body is in equlibrium under 3 Non None of
2 concurrent collinear B
nonparallel forces they must be concurrent these
A resultant
A Simplest resultant of a spatial parallel force A resultant A resultant force & a
3 A wrench A
system Is always couple force resultant
couple
For the general case of a space force system,
4 the number of independent conditions of 2 3 4 6 D
equlibrium are
A 3m long beam is supported by a roller (at
left) and a hinge (at right). The beam supports a
uniformly distributed load of 3kN/m for the 154 kN and 100 kN and 152 kN and 152 kN and
5 A
first 2 m length and a concentrated load of 300 152 kN 206 kN 154 kN 152 kN
kN at its mid-span. The reactions at left and
right supports are ______________
algebraic
algebraic sum
sum of algebraic sum
of vertical
horizontal of moment of
The necessary condition of equilibrium of a components all a), b) and
6 components all the forces D
body, is ______________ of all the c)
of all the about a point
forces must
forces must must be zero
be zero
be zero
A uniform rod 9 m long weighing 40 N is
pivoted at a point 2 m from left end where a
weight of 120 N is suspended. The required
7 forces acting at the end in a direction 40 N 60 N 10 N 100 N D
perpendicular to rod to keep it equilibrium at
an inclination 60º with horizontal is
______________
A force acts at the origin of a coordinate system
8 in a direction defined by angles θx = 43.20 and 42.5 136 132.5 46 C
θz = 83.80. The angle θy is
If a body in equilibrium condition is acted by
always always concurrent or none of the
9 three forces at three points, then the line of C
concurrent parallel parallel above
action of these forces should be _____
Cantilever beam has one end _________ and always always concurrent or none of the
10 C
other end _______. concurrent parallel parallel above
The magnitude of the force F = (65 N)I - (80 N)j
11 220 N 225 N 235 N 250 N B
– (200 N)k
If a force F is acting on a body makes angle of
cos2 θx + cos2 θx + Sin2 θx + Sin2 Sin2 θx +
θx with X axis, θy with Y axis and θz with Z axis,
12 cos2 θy + cos2 θy + θy + Sin2 θz = Sin2 θy + B
then the equation between the angles is given
cos2 θz = 0 cos2 θz = 1 0 Sin2 θz = 1
as


The couple moment and the force is divided to
13 get the distance of the axis from the point of TRUE FALSE A
action of the force in free body diagrams
Just like the collinear force system for free
14 body diagrams there is a system of the parallel TRUE FALSE A
forces
What is not the condition for the equilibrium in
15 ∑Fx=0 ∑Fx=0 ∑Fz=0 ∑F≠0 D
three dimensional system of axis?
If anybody is tied to three or more ropes, and The three
then is allowed to achieve its equilibrium. Then The ropes The weight
16 axis of the The ground B
the equilibrium achieved is achieved w.r.t direction direction
what? body
In coplanar non- concurrent force system, if
None of the
17 Summation Fx= 0 and summation Fy= 0 then Force Moment Zero B
above
the resultant can be___________
A simply supported beam AB ,of length 6m is
18 acted upon by UDL of 3 KN/m. The reaction at A 9 KN, 6 KN 6 KN, 6 KN 9 KN, 9 KN 9 KN, 27 KN C
and B are
A concentrated clockwise moment of
magnitude 20 Nm is acting at the centre of a 20 N 5N 20 N
19 5 N (Upward) D
simply supported beam of span 4m. The (Upward) (Downward) (Downward)
reaction at right end will be __________
A 50N force acts from point A(0,0,0) to point B
20 50 50 (i+ j+ k) 50/ √3 (i+j+k) 50 N C
(1,1,1) then force represented as,
sum of
Two resolved parts
all of them resolved
A number of forces acting at a point will in any two Their total
21 are inclined part at right C
be in equilibrium if per-pendicular sum is zero
equally angle are
directions are
same
both zero
Both
Rotational Translational rotational and
22 Moment have .......on body. No effect A
effect effect translational
effect
70N
20N 20N vertically
70N vertically vertically
Rod AB of 3m lenth is subjected to 10Nm vertically downword
upword force downword
anticlockwise couple at centre and 20N upword force force and
23 and 20Nm force and B
vertically upword force at B .The equivalent and 70Nm 70Nm
clockwise 20Nm
force couple system at point A contain..... clockwise anticlockwise
couple at A anticlockwise
couple at A couple at A
couple at A
One Two Three Four

24 Concurrent force system offers condition of conditions of conditions of conditions of B
equilibrium equilibrium equilibrium equilibrium

Sr. Weightage
No. (2 Mark)
30 10Kg=___ N 9.81 98.1 981 0.98 B 2
Sr. Weightage
No. (2 Mark)
Connected with
frictionless pins
cable
MCQ Unit 4 Analysis of Structures
Que.N Question A B C D Answ Ma

o. er rk
1 A truss hinged at one end, supported on rollers at the horizont vertical resultant non of c 1
other, is subjected to horizontals load only. Its reaction al of the
at the hinged end will be horizont above
al and
vertical.
2 A Truss structure is perfect, if the number of members less than equal to greater either b 1
are .....(2j – 3), where j is the number of joints. than (a) or (c)
3 A truss structure is imperfect, if the number of less than equal to greater either d 1
members are .....(2j – 3), where j is the number of than (a) or (c)
joints.
4 A redundant truss is also called ......truss perfect imperfec deficient none of b 1
t these
5 A truss structure of a triangular shape is perfect imperfec deficient a 1
t redunda
nt
6 In a cantilever truss, it is very essential to find out the agree disagree b 1
reactions before analyzing it.
7 __________ is a structure made of slender members Truss Beam Pillar Support a 1
which are joined together at their end points.
8 As the loading is acting in the two dimensions, that is in TRUE FALSE a 1
a single plane. Thus the calculations involved in the
trusses are in 2D.
9 To design the trusses which of the following rules is All the The loads All the The b 1
followed? loads are are loads are loads are
applied applied not not
by the at the applied applied
use of joints at the at all to
cables joints the
joints
10 Which of the following is correct? To know The The The a 1
the direction direction direction
direction of the of the of the
of the unknown unknown unknow
unknow force is can’t be n is of no
n force known to determin use, it is
we take us ed not
the already founded
assumpti
on of it
11 A force in a member of a truss can be a Moment Tension Shear Twisting b 1
moment
s
12 For the analysis of a pin-jointed truss the method of Two One One Only two d 1
joints is suitable if moment moment moment forces
s and and two and one are
two forces force are unknow
forces are unknown n
are unknown
unknow
n
13 A truss has ……… only only two two at least b 1
multiforc force force one
e members members multiforc
member and e
s multiforc member
e
members
14 We use the method of joints when the members on TRUE FALSE a 1
which the force to be found are few in number.
15 The method of section cuts the whole structure of TRUE FALSE a 1
trusses into section and then uses the cut out portion
for the calculations.
16 The method of joints helps us to find out the unknown The first The first The first The first c 1
force in the trusses joint. And the method of section part of part of part of part of
helps us to make the calculation of the direction of the the the the the
zero members. stateme statemen statemen stateme
nt is t is false t is true nt is true
false and and and and
other other other other
part is part is part is part is
true false too false true too
17 Method of section cuts the whole structure of trusses The first The first The first The first c 1
into a section and then uses the cut out portion for the part of part of part of part of
calculations of the unknown forces. For this method, at the the the the
most two forces must be collinear. stateme statemen statemen stateme
18 The determination of the truss’s support reaction is The first The first The first The first c 2
done first and then the section is isolated for the step is step is step is step is
method of the section. right but wrong right and wrong
the and the the but the
second second second second
one is one is one is one is
wrong wrong right too right
too
19 Why the determination of the support reaction needs This This This This a 2
to be done before isolating the section? reduces makes results in procedur
the the reductio e is not
calculati isolated n on the done at
on and section formulas all, it of
also the more used no need
labour complica
ted
20 The free diagram of the section of the truss is made for The first The first The first The first d 2
the section having the least number of the forces. This part of part of part of part of
is done as to make the calculations easy. the the the the
stateme statemen statemen stateme
21 The free body diagram of which part of the section of Joints Truss The Any d 1
the truss is made to make use of the method of whole section
sections? structure can be
used
22 The assumptions for the calculations are done for the Non- Flexible Static c 1
cables. In that one of the assumption is that the cable is Extensibl flexible
___________ e
23 The assumptions for the calculations are done for the Non- Inextensi Static c 1
cables. In that one of the assumption is that the cable is Extensibl flexible ble
flexible and the other is that the cable is ___________ e
24 Due to which property the cable, it offers no resistance Extensibl Non- Flexibility Static c 1
to bending? e flexible property property
property property
25 Being inextensible the cable has ___________ length. Infinite Zero Average Constant d 1
to zero
26 Frames are structural figures which are often composed Multi- Multi- Multi- Multi- a 1
of pin connected ___________ member. force couple moment valued
27 The forces acting on the joints and on the members are TRUE FALSE s 1
determined by the simple equilibrium equations, which
are used in the usual beams and trusses.
28 We find the zero force members by inspections. TRUE FALSE a 1

29 If two members of the structure (trusses) form a truss Scalar The Zero Zero d 1
joint and there is no external force acting on that joint form of equivale moment force
then the two members are called___________ the force nt vector member member
vector of truss
30 If two members of the structure (trusses) forms a truss TRUE FALSE b 1
joint and there is an external force acting on that joint
then the two members are called as zero force
members.
31 What will happen if the three members are all There There There There a 1
perpendicular to each other? No external force is will be a will be a will be a will be
applied to them. formatio formatio formatio no
n of one n of two n of formatio
zero zero three n of zero
force force zero force
member member force member
member
32 Being flexible in nature cable resist moment? Yes No b 1
33 During the analysis of cable should we consider weight Yes No a 1
of cable?
34 Any portion of cable between two consective point Zero Two Multi non of b 1
loads is considered as force force force the
member member member above
35 Does cross section of cable changes with its length? Yes No b 1
36 The tension in the cable is maximum in which portion of adjacent portion middle non of a 1
cable? to one of between portion the
the two of cable above
support consectiv
e point
loads
37 707.1N 500N 505N 784N b 2
Find the force in the member RP of the Truss shown
below.
38 Find the force in the member RQ of the Truss shown 707.1N 500N 505N 784N a 2
above.
39 To design the trusses which of the following rules is All the b) The c) All the d) The b 1
followed? loads are loads are loads are loads are
applied applied not not
by the at the applied applied
use of joints at the at all to
cables joints the
joints
40 566N 400N 773N 1090N a 2
Find the force in the member QS of the truss shown
below.
41 13.6KN 12.6KN 3.6KN 11.6KN a 2
Determine the force in section PQ as shown in the
figure.
42 A member which is subjected to two equal ,opposite Two Three Multi non of a 1
and collinear forces acting along axis of the member is force force force the
called as member member member above
43 Two force members are Equal Opposite collinear All of d 1
above
44 Frames are used to support or lift heavy loads TRUE FALSE a 1
45 A member with two or more forces and one or more Two Three Multi non of c 1
couples acting on it is called as force force force the
member member member above
46 Frames and machines are different as compared to Only Only At least At least c 1
trusses since they have ___________. two- multiforc one one two-
force e multiforc force
member members e member
s member
47 Forces common to any two contacting members act Equal Equal Different Different a 1
with _______ magnitu magnitud magnitu magnitu
on the other member. des but es and des and des and
opposite the same the the
sense sense opposite same
sense sense
48 6 5 4 3 a 1
When determining the reactions at joints A, B and C,
what is the total number of unknowns in solving this
problem?
49 For the above problem, imagine that you have drawn a ∑MC = 0 ∑ MB = 0 ∑ MA = 0 ∑ FY = 0 a 2
FBD of member BC. What will be the easiest way to
write an equation involving unknowns at B?
50 As the loading is acting in the two dimensions, that is in a) True b) False a 1
a single plane. Thus the calculations involved in the
trusses are in 2D.
Rectangular truss with two diagonal members deficient Redundant

1 Perfect Truss Stable Truss D
is example of truss Truss
Multiforce Two-force Combination None of the
2 In truss all members are B
members Member of both above
Depends
The shape of cable suspended between two
3 Parabolic Catenaries Polygon upon D
points is
loading
The tension in segment of a cable is maximum None of

4 Maximum Minimum 45 degree A
whose inclination with horizontal is them
Two loads of 50N each are hung at the ends of

5 a rope passing over a smooth pulley. The 50 N 75 N 25 N 100 N A
tension in the string is ______________
One-force Two-force Three-force Multi-force

6 Each member of a truss can be treated as a Member Member Member Member B
If a frame satisfies the equation m=2j-3, it is

7 Perfect Redundant Deficient None A
called
The loads
All the loads All the loads
The loads are are not
To design the trusses which of the following are applied are not
8 applied at applied at B
rules is followed? by the use of applied at the
the joints all to the
cables joints
joints
Which axial force is determined while analysing Compressive None of the

9 Tensile force Both A) & B) C
a truss? force above
If n > 2j – R, then the truss is called as

_________. redundant deficient none of the
10 perfect truss B
(n = number of joints, j = number of members, truss truss above
R = number of reaction components)
Perfectly
It is generally assumed that the cable is Perfectly Perfectly
11 Inextensible flexible and C
_________ flexible inflexible
extensible
Cable takes a shape of a ____________ when is Complex

12 Helix Line Spring B
subjected to loadings. figure
Which of the following conditions is satisfied

13 n > 2j – R n < 2j – R n = 2j – R n ≠ 2j – R C
for cantilever truss?

Find the force in the member RP of the frame

14 707.1N 500 N 505N 584N B
shown below (Fig in column J95)
For the truss shown in figure , the magnitude
15 of the force (in kN) in the member SR is(Fig in 10 14.14 20 28.28 C
column N95)
The forces acting on the joints and on the
members are determined by the simple
16 TRUE FALSE A
equilibrium equations, which are used in the
usual beams and trusses.
None of the
17 All the members of truss are assumed to be Weighless straight Both A & B C
above
Imperfect deficient truss holds ___________

18 Relation. (m = number of members, j = number m = 2j-r m < 2j-r m > 2j-r m < j-2r B
of joints , r = number of reactions)
Method of Method of Method of None of the

19 Method of section is also known as, C
joint inertia moment above
None of the
20 All Joint of trusses are assumed to be, Pin Fixed Roller A
above
Members
The ends of with
The loads Self weight of
Which one of the following is not the members are uniform
21 acts only at members are C
assumption in the analysis of truss pin cross
joints considered
connected section are
used
Only few
Method of
Method of section for truss analysis is used member None of the
22 joints fails to Both A and B C
when forces need above
start
to calculate
compression None of the

23 Cables are always subjected to compression tension C
and tension above
Due to which property the cable, it offers no Static Extensible Non-flexible Flexibility
24 C
resistance to bending? property property property property

MCQ Unit 5 Kinematics of Particle
Sr. Question A B C D mar

N answ ks
o. er
1 1 km/h = _____ m/s 5/18 18/5 50/3 1/3 a 2
2 A body moving along a straight line at 20 m/s 8 m/s 12 m/s 16 m/s - 12 m/s b 2
2
decelerates at the rate of 4 m/s . After 2 seconds its
speed will be equal to
3 An object moving with a speed of 5 m/s comes to rest zero 5 m/s 15 m/s 50 m/s b 2
in 10 s, after the brakes are applied. What is the initial
velocity?
4 A body moving along a straight line at 40 m/s 20 m/s 28 m/s 16 m/s 80 m/s d 2
2
undergoes an acceleration of 4 m/s . After 10 seconds
its speed will be
2 2 2 2
5 SI unit of acceleration is __________. m/s km/h cm/s km/min a 2
6 Retardation is __________. negative positive uniform variable a 2

7 When an object is moving with uniform velocity, what zero uniform non- negative a 2
is its acceleration? uniform
8 The average speed of a car which covers half the 25 m/s 0 m/s 24 m/s 2.4 m/s a 2
distance with a speed of 20 m/s and other half with a
speed of 30 m/s in equal intervals of time is
_________.
9 Name the physical quantity that is defined as the rate velocity acceleration distance Speed a 2
of change of displacement.
2 2
10 An object moves with a constant velocity of 9.8 m/s, 9.8 m/s zero 0.98 m/s 98 m/s b 2
2
its acceleration in m/ s is ________.
11 A body moving along a straight line at 20 m/s 8 m/s 12 m/s 16 m/s 28 m/s d 2
2
undergoes an acceleration of 4 m/s . After two
seconds its speed will be ________.
2 2 2 2
12 A car increases its speed from 20 km/h to 50 km/h in 30 m/s 3 m/s 18 m/s 0.83 m/s d 2
10 seconds. Its acceleration is ________.
13 Negative acceleration means an object is moving with increasing decreasing uniform constant b 2
________ . speed speed speed speed

14 A body travels from A to B in 10 seconds with a speed 18.5 m/s 16.5 m/s 15.5 m/s none of the a 2
of 50 km/h and returns with a speed of 100 km/h in 5 above
s. Find the average speed.
-2 -2 -2
15 A body travelling with a velocity of 200 m/s is brought 20 ms 10 ms 15 ms none of the a 2
to rest in 10 s. Calculate the retardation. above
-2 -2 -2
16 A car starting from rest acquires a velocity of 36 km/h 3 ms zero ms 2 ms none of the c 2
in 5 seconds. Calculate: its acceleration above
17 A body moving with an initial velocity of 36 km/h 1400 m 1000 m 1200 m none of the c 2
2
accelerates uniformly at the rate of 5 m/s for 20 above
seconds. Calculate the total distance travelled in 20 s
2 2 2
18 A body moving with an initial velocity of 36 km/h 10 m/s 20 m/s 30 m/s none of the d 2
accelerates uniformly at the rate of 5 m/s2 for 20 above
seconds. Calculate the final velocity.
19 What is the value of gravitational constant? 6.6734x10- 6.6734x10- 6.6734x10- 6.6734x10- a 2

2 2 2 2 2 2
11N m /kg 10N m /kg 11N m/kg 11N m /kg
20 If the distance between two bodies is doubled, the 1/4 F 2F 1/2 F F a 2

force of attraction F between them will be _______
21 The force of gravitation between two bodies in the the distance the product of the sum of the c 2
universe does not depend on between their masses their gravitationa
them masses l constant
22 When an object is thrown up, the force of gravity Is opposite to Is in the same becomes increases as a 2
_________. the direction direction as zero at the it rises up
of motion the direction highest
of motion point
2
23 What is the final velocity of a body moving against Zero u /2g h/t 2gh a 2
gravity when it attains the maximum height?
24 A stone is dropped from a cliff. Its speed after it has 9.8 m/s 44.2 m/s 19.6 m/s 98 m/s b 2
fallen 100 m is
25 A ball is thrown up and attains a maximum height of 9.8 m/s 44.2 m/s 19.6 m/s 98 m/s b 2
100 m. Its initial speed was

26 A stone dropped from the roof of a building takes 4 19.6 m 39.2 m 156.8 m 78.4 m d 2
seconds to reach the ground. What is the height of the
building?
27 The acceleration due to gravity is zero at ______. the equator poles sea level the centre d 2
of the earth
2
28 The second equation of motion for a freely falling h= ut + (1/2) h= ut - (1/2) h= (1/2) gt h= - (1/2) c 2
2 2 2
body starting from rest is _______. gt gt gt
2
29 The acceleration due to gravity of a body moving 9.8 m/s2 -9.8 m/s2 ± 9.8 m/s 9.6 m/s b 2
against gravity is
30 The weight of an object of mass 10 kg on earth 9.8 N 9.8 kg 98 N 98 kg c 2

is_______.
31 The weight of an object of mass 15 kg at the centre of 147 N 147 kg zero 150 N c 2
the earth is _____.
32 When a body is projected vertically downwards with v = u + gt v = gt v=u- none of the a 2

initial velocity u then the equation describing motions gt above
are
2
33 When body is falling down freely, then equation of h = ut h= 1/2 gt h = ut –1/2 none of the b 2
2
kinematics is gt above
2 2 2 2 2
34 When body is projected vertically upward with initial v =u + v = v =u – none of c 2
velocity u, then 2gh 2gh 2gh the aboves
2 2 2 2
35 A motorist travelling at a speed of 72 kmph sees a -1.0 m/s -2 m/s -1.5 m/s -2.5 m/s a 2
traffic signal 200 m ahead of him turn red. Determine
the deceleration so that he will just stop at the signal
2 2 2 2
36 A motorist is travelling at 72 kmph along a straight -1.33 m/s -2.33 m/s -1.00 m/s 1.3 m/s a 2
road. A traffic signal turns red and it remains red for
15 s. What must be deceleration so that at signal the
velocity is zero
37 Two cars are travelling towards each other on a single a2 = - 0.71 a2 = - 0.81 a2 = - 0.81 a2 = - b 2
2 2 2 2
lane at 12 m/s and 9 m/s respectively. They succeed in m/s a1 = - m/s a1 = - m/s a1 = - 0.11m/s
2 2 2
avoiding the collision exactly at the mid span, if the 1.44 m/s 1.44 m/s 1.00/s a1 = -
2
initial span between them is 100 m. determine the 1.6m/s
accelerations.

38 A freely falling object under gravity passes two points Vn = 29.553 Vn = Vn = 22.553 Vn = c 2
M & N 20 m apart, within 1.2 s. Determine the m/s 20.553 m/s m/s 27.553 m/s
velocity Vn.
2
39 The relationship s = ut + ½ at is applicable to the Moving with Moving with Moving None of c 2
bodies those are any type of uniform with above
motion velocity uniform
acceleration
40 The motion under gravity is a particular case of motion Constant Constant Both a and None of b 2
under velocity acceleration b above
41 If two bodies A and B are projected upwards such that 2 times Four times Eight times None of b 2
the velocity of A is double the velocity of B, then the the above
height to which A will rise will be ----- times the height
which the body B will rise
42 A body was thrown vertically down from a tower and u = 6.7 m/s u = 7.7 m/s u = 5.7 m/s u=8.7m/s c 2
traverses a distance of 40 m, during its 4th second of
its fall. Determine the initial velocity of the body. Take
g = 9.8 m/s2
43 A body starts with a velocity 10 m/s and moves in a S = 600 m S = 700 m S = 300 m S = 100 m a 2
2
straight line with constant acceleration 2 m/s .
Determine the distance travelled when velocity
reaches 50 m/s
44 Car `M’ moving with a constant speed of 10 m/s. Car N 75/12 = a 75/11.5 = a 75/12.5 = 75/10.5 = c 2
is behind it by 50 m with initial speed of 5 m/s. At a a
what rate it must accelerate so that it will reach the
same position as reached by car M within 5 s.
2 2
45 A car starts from rest and moves in a straight line with a = 9.41 m/s a = 8.41 m/s a = 5.41 a = 9.71 b 2
2 2
uniform acceleration. It covers 80 m in 9th second. m/s m/s
Find the uniform acceleration of the car.
46 From the top of a tower 30 m high, a stone is thrown t = 1.42 s. t = 9.42 s t = 3.42 s. t = 3.99 s c 2
vertically up with a velocity of 8 m/s. After how much
2
time it will hit the ground. (g = 9.8 m/s )

47 Water dips from a tap at the rate of 5 drops per 0.96 m 0.196 m 0.200 m 0.100 m b 2
second. Determine the vertical separation between
first two drops just when 2nd drop leaves the tap.
2
48 Bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at 0.8 m/s till it s=9m s = 90 m s = 50 m s = 95 m b 2
reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Determine distance
travelled.
2
49 Bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at 0.8 m/s till it t = 10 s t = 25 s t = 15 s t=70 s c 2
reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Determine the time of
travel.
50 A balloon is rising the velocity of 2 m/s. When a bag of t = 4.3 s. t = 9.73 s. t = 8.73 s. t = 4.73 s. d 2
sand is released. If its height at the time of release is
100 m, how long does it take for the sand to reach the
2
ground (g = 9.8 m/s )
51 A balloon is rising with a velocity of 2 m/s. when a bag Vs = 40.317 Vs = 44.317 Vs = 48.317 VsVs = b 2
of sand is released. If its height at the time of release m/s m/s m/s 42.317 m/s
is 100 m, determine the striking velocity of the
2
sandbag (g = 9.8 m/s )
52 A stone is thrown vertically upwards from the top of a V = 20 – (9.8 x V = 14 – (9.8 V = 22 – (9.8 V = 2 – (9.8 b 2
building 21 m high with a velocity of 14 m/s. t) x t) x t) x t)
2
Determine the velocity at any instant `t’. (g = 9.8 m/s )
53 A stone thrown vertically upwards from the top of a S = 21 + 14 t – S = 21 + 14 t S = 21 + 16 t S = 21 + 13 t a 2

2 2 2 2
building 21 m high with a velocity of 14 m/s. ½ x 9.8 t –½x8t – ½ x 9.8 t – ½ x 9.8 t
Determine the expression for its position w.r.t. ground
2
at any instant `t’ (g = 9.8 m/s )
54 A stone is thrown vertically upwards from the top of a S = 21 + 14 t – S = 21 + 14 t S= 21 + 16 t S = 21 + 13 a 2

2 2 2 2
building 21 m high with a velocity of 14 m/s. ½ x 9.8 t –½x8t – ½ x 9.8 t t – ½ x 9.8 t
Determine the highest elevation reached by the stone
2
from ground (g = 9.8 m/s ).

55 A stone is thrown vertically upwards from the top of a Actual from Actual from Actual from Actual from b 2
building 21 m high with a velocity of 14 m/s. ground = 30m ground = 31m ground = ground =
Determine the distance travelled by the stone to reach 71m 21m
the highest point.
56 A stone is thrown vertically upwards from the top of a t = 1.429 s. t = 1.400 s. t = 1.4 s. t = 1.29 s. a 2
building 21 m high with a velocity of 14 m/s.
Determine the time when stone reaches the maximum
2
height. g = 9.8 m/s
57 A stone is thrown vertically upwards from the top of a 3.900 s. 1.944 s. 2.944 s. 3.944 s d 2
building 21 m high with a velocity of 14 m/s.
Determine the time required for the stone to reach
2
the ground. g = 9.8 m/s .
58 A stone is thrown vertically upwards from the top of a V = 24.64 m/s. V = 20.64 V = 245.64 V = 246.4 a 2
building 21 m high with a velocity of 14 m/s. m/s. m/s. m/s.
Determine the stricking velocity of stone at the
ground.
59 When an object moves in a fixed direction with parabola inclined ellipse Curve b 2
uniform acceleration, the speed-time graph is a straight line
2 2 2
60 A car starts from rest and covers a distance of 100 m 100 m/s 50 m/s 200 m/s non of the c 2
in one second with uniform acceleration. Its above
acceleration is
61 From the top of a tower 30 m high, a stone is thrown 1.42 s 3.42 s 9.42 s 3.99 s b 2
vertically up with a velocity of 8 m/s. After how much
2
time it will hit the ground. (g = 9.8 m/s )
62 A particle falling freely under gravity falls 50 m in 15.9 m/s 50 m/s 54.9 m/s 54 m/s c 2
certain second. Determine the initial velocity to cover
these 50 m.
63 A particle falling freely under gravity falls 50 m in 45.1 m/s -45.1 m/s -75.1 M/S -15.1 m/s b 2
certain second. Determine the velocity at the end of
this second.

64 A stone is projected up from top of a building 120 m 6.12 s 1.12 s 8.12 s 8s c 2
high with initial velocity of 25 m/s.. Find the time
taken by the stone to reach the ground ( g = 9.87
2
m/s )
2
65 A bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at 0.8 m/s till 9m 90 m 50 m 95 m b 2
it reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Determine distance
travelled.
2
66 A bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at 0.8 m/s till 10 s 25s 15 s 70 s c 2
it reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Determine the time of
travel.
2 2 2 2 2
67 A bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at 0.8 m/s till 0.343 m/s -0.343 m/s -1.343 m/s -0.43 m/s b 2
it reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Brakes are applied and
then it stops at B, 300 m from A. Determine the
acceleration.
2
68 A bus starts from rest at A, accelerates at 0.8 m/s till 10 s 70 s 5s 50 s d 2
it reaches a speed of 12 m/s. Brakes are applied and
then it stops at B, 300 m from A. Determine the total
time of travel
69 If the gravitational acceleration at any place is g/2 g √ 2g 2g d 2

doubled, then the weight of a body will be
70 The velocity of a body on reaching the ground from a √2gh 2gh √2g/h gh a 2
height h, is
71 When the distance covered by an object is directly zero velocity constant constant uniform b 2
proportional to time, it is said to travel with speed acceleration acceleration
72 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is minimum maximum zero none of the c 2
4 3
expressed by x = t -2t +1 where x is in m and t is in s. above.
The velocity attained by the particle at 1.5 s will be
2 2 2
73 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is v=t –t v = 3t - t - 1 v = 3t - 2t - none of the c 2
3 2
expressed by x = t - t - t +1 where x is in m and t is in (m/s) (m/s) 1 (m/s) above.
s. Expression for velocity v is

2 2 2
74 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is a = t - t (m/s ) a = 6t - a = 2t - 2 a = -2t +1 b 2
3 2 2 2 2
expressed by x = t - t - t +1 where x is in m and t is in 2(m/s ) (m/s ) (m/s )
s. Expression for acceleration is
75 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is -1 m/s, 0 m/s 0 m/s, 1 m/s -1 m/s, 2 2 m/s, 2 m/s a 2
3 2
expressed by x = t - t - t +1 where x is in m and t is in m/s
s. Particle's velocity when t =0 s and 1 s is given by
2 2 2 2
76 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is 2/9 m/s -1/9 m/s 0 m/s 1 m/s c 2
3 2
expressed by x = t - t - t +1 where x is in m and t is in
s. Particle's acceleration when t=1/3 s is
2 2 2 2
77 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is -6 m/s -1 m/s -2 m/s 0 m/s c 2
3 2
expressed by x = t - t - t +1 where x is in m and t is in
s. The minimum acceleration attained by the particle is
78 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is 0s 0.5 s 1s none of the a 2
3 2
expressed by x = t - t - t +1 where x is in m and t is in above.
s. The minimum acceleration attained by the particle
at t =
79 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is t = 1/3 s t=0s t=1s none of the a 2
3 2
s. The acceleration attained by the particle will be zero
at
80 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is t=1s t=0s t = 1/3 s none of the a 2
3 2
s. The minimum position will be attained by the
particle at
81 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is 1m 2m 0m none of the c 2

3 2
s. The minimum position attained by the particle will
be

2 2 2
82 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is v = t +10 v = 3t + 10 v = 6t (m/s) none of the c 2
3
expressed by x = 2t +10 where x is in m and t is in s. (m/s) (m/s) above.
2 2 2
83 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is a = 3t +10t a = 12t (m/s ) a = 2t - 10 a = -2t +5 b 2
3 2 2 2
expressed by x = 2t +10 where x is in m and t is in s. (m/s ) (m/s ) (m/s )
Expression for acceleration is
84 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is 0 m/s, 6 m/s 1 m/s, 6 m/s 0 m/s, 10 2 m/s, 4 m/s a 2
3
expressed by x = 2t +10 where x is in m and t is in s. m/s
Particle's velocity when t =0 s and 1 s is given by
2 2 2 2
85 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is 0 m/s -1 m/s 12 m/s 6 m/s c 2
3
expressed by x = 2t +10 where x is in m and t is in s.
Particle's acceleration when t =1 s is
86 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is -1/3 m/s -2/3 m/s 0 m/s 1 m/s c 2
3
The minimum velocity attained by the particle is
3
expressed by x = 2t +10 where x is in m and t is in s. above.
The minimum velocity is attained by the particle at t =
2 2 2 2
88 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is -1 m/s -2 m/s 0 m/s 2 m/s c 2
3
The minimum acceleration attained by the particle is
3
The minimum acceleration attained by the particle at t
=

90 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is t=0s t=2s t=1s none of the a 2
3
The velocity attained by the particle will be zero at
91 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is t=0s t = 0.5 s t=1s none of the a 2
3
The acceleration attained by the particle will be zero
at
92 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is t=0s t = 0.5 s t=1s none of the a 2
3
The minimum position will be attained by the particle
at
93 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is 0m 3m 10 m none of the c 2

3
The minimum position attained by the particle will be
5 3 5 3 5
94 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is v = t – 2t v = 3t +4t + 1 v = 6t - none of the c 2
6 4 3
expressed by x = t -2t where x is in m and t is in s. (m/s) (m/s) 8t (m/s) above.
4 2 4 2 4 2 2
95 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is a = 6t -6t a = 30t - 24t a = 2t -4t a = -2t +5 b 2
6 4 2 2 2 2
expressed by x = t -2t where x is in m and t is in s. (m/s ) (m/s ) (m/s ) (m/s )
96 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is 0 m/s, -2 m/s 0 m/s, 2 m/s -1 m/s, 0 none of the a 2
6 4
expressed by x = t -2t where x is in m and t is in s. m/s above.
Particle's velocity when t =0 s and 1 s is given by
2 2 2 2
97 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is 1 m/s -1 m/s 0 m/s 1 m/s c 2
6 4
expressed by x = t -2t where x is in m and t is in s.

98 For a particle moving along a straight line, position x is 0s 1s 2s none of the a 2
6 4
expressed by x = t -2t where x is in m and t is in s. above.
Particle's velocity is zero when t =
2 2
99 For a particle moving along a straight line, velocity v is a = 4t-8 a = 4t +8 a = 2t (m/s ) a = 2t a 2
2 2 2 2
expressed by v = 2t -8t where v is in m/s and t is in s. (m/s ) (m/s ) (m/s )
3 2
10 For a particle moving along a straight line starting x = 4t-8 (m) x = 4t (m) x = 2t - 4 x = 2t /3-4t d 2
2
0 from x = -6m, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t -8t (m) – 6 (m)
where v is in m/s and t is in s. Expression for position x
is
2 2 2 2
10 For a particle moving along a straight line, velocity v is 8 m/s 4 m/s 0 m/s 1 m/s c 2
2
1 expressed by v = 2t -8t where v is in m/s and t is in s.
Particle's acceleration when t = 2 s is
10 For a particle moving along a straight line starting -40/3 m 0m 15 m none of the a 2
2
2 from x = -6m, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t - 8 above.
where v is in m/s and t is in s. Particle's position x
when t = 1 s is
10 For a particle moving along a straight line starting 8 m/s 0 m/s -8 m/s none of the c 2
2
3 from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t - 8t above.
where v is in m/s and t is in s. The minimum velocity
attained by the particle is
10 For a particle moving along a straight line starting 2/3 s 2s 0s none of the b 2
2
4 from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t - 8t above.
where v is in m/s and t is in s. The minimum velocity
10 For a particle moving along a straight line starting -2 m 0m -8 m none of the d 2

2
5 from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t -8t above.
where v is in m/s and t is in s. The minimum position x

10 For a particle moving along a straight line starting 1s 0s 2s none of the b 2
2
where v is in m/s and t is in s. The minimum
10 For a particle moving along a straight line starting t = 2 and 4 s t = 0 and 2 s t = 1 and 2 t = 0 and 4 s d 2
2
7 from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t -8t (m/s) s
where t is in s. The zero velocity will be attained by the
particle at t =
10 For a particle moving along a straight line starting t=2s t=0s t=1s none of the a 2
2
where v is in m/s and t is in s. The acceleration
10 For a particle moving along a straight line starting t=3s t=0s t=1s t=2s d 2
2
9 from x = 6m, velocity v is expressed by v = 2t -8t
where v is in m/s and t is in s. The minimum position
attained by the particle at
11 For a particle moving along a straight line, velocity v is 0 m/s, 5 m/s 9 m/s, 13 m/s 13 m/s, 21 9 m/s, 21 d 2
2
0 expressed by v = 4t +5 where v is in m/s and t is in s. m/s m/s
If at t = 0 s, x = 0 m, particle's velocity when t =1 s and
2 s is given by
2 2 3
11 For a particle moving along a straight line, velocity v is a = 4t+5 a = 8t (m/s ) a = 2t (m/s ) x = 4t /3+5t b 2
2 2
1 expressed by v = 4t +5 where v is in m/s and t is in s. (m/s ) (m)
3
11 For a particle moving along a straight line starting x= 4t+5 (m) x = 8t (m) x = 2t (m) x = 4t /3+5t d 2
2
2 from x = 0m, velocity v is expressed by v = 4t +5 where (m)
v is in m/s and t is in s. Expression for position x is
2 2 2 2
11 For a particle moving along a straight line, velocity v is 8 m/s 16 m/s 0 m/s 1 m/s b 2
2
3 expressed by v = 4t +5 where v is in m/s and t is in s.

11 For a particle moving along a straight line starting 8 m/s 4 m/s 0 m/s none of the d 2
2
4 from x = 0m, velocity v is expressed by v = 4t +5 where above.
v is in m/s and t is in s. The minimum velocity attained
by the particle is
11 For a particle moving along a straight line starting 2s 4s 0s none of the d 2

2
v is in m/s and t is in s. The zero velocity will be
attained by the particle at t =
11 For a particle moving along a straight line starting 2m 4m 0m none of the c 2

2
6 from x = 0m, velocity v is expressed by v = 4t +5 above.
where v is in m/s and t is in s. The minimum position
2 2 2
11 For a particle moving along a straight line starting 2 m/s -1 m/s 0 m/s none of the c 2
2
v is in m/s and t is in s. The minimum acceleration
11 For a particle moving along a straight line starting 0s 1s 3s none of the a 2

2
v is in m/s and t is in s. Particle's position x =0 m when
t=
2 2 2
11 For a particle moving along a straight line, velocity v is a = 3t-2 (m/s ) a = 6t -2 a = 3t (m/s ) a = 3t b 2
2 2 2
9 expressed by v = 3t - 2t - 1 where v is in m/s and t is in (m/s ) (m/s )
s. Expression for acceleration is
3 2
12 For a particle moving along a straight line starting x= 6t+10 (m) x = 6t (m) x = 2t +5 (m) x=t -t –t d 2
2
0 from x = 1m, velocity v is expressed by v = 3t - 2t - 1 +1 (m)
where v is in m/s and t is in s. Expression for position x
is
3 3 2 2
12 For a particle moving along a straight line, acceleration x = 4t /3+5t x = t /3-t /2- x = 4t +5t none of the b 2
2
1 a is expressed by a = 2t - 1(m/s ) where t is in s. If at t +10 (m) 10t + 5 (m) +10 (m) above.
= 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s Expression for position x
is

2 2 2
12 For a particle moving along a straight line, acceleration v = 4t + 5 v = t +2t + 5 v = t - t - 10 none of the c 2
2
2 a is expressed by a = 2t - 1 (m/s ) where t is in s. If at t (m/s) (m/s) (m/s) above.
= 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s Expression for velocity v
is
12 For a particle moving along a straight line, acceleration 0 -10 15 none of the b 2
2
3 a is expressed by a = 2t - 1 (m/s ) where t is in s. If at t above.
= 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s, particle's velocity when
t=1s is
12 For a particle moving along a straight line, acceleration 10 m 5.167 m -5.167 m none of the c 2
2
4 a is expressed by a = 2t - 1 (m/s ) where t is in s. If at t above.
= 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s, particle's position when
t =1s is
12 For a particle moving along a straight line, acceleration -10 m/s -13 m/s -10.25 m/s 0 m/s c 2
2
5 a is expressed by a = 2t - 1 (m/s ) where t is in s and at
t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s. The minimum velocity
12 For a particle moving along a straight line, acceleration 2/3 s 2s 1s none of the d 2
2
6 a is expressed by a = 2t - 1 (m/s ) where t is in s and at above.
t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s. The minimum velocity
2 2 2
12 For a particle moving along a straight line, acceleration -1/3 m/s -2 m/s none of the 0 m/s c 2
2
t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s. The minimum
acceleration attained by the particle is
12 For a particle moving along a straight line, acceleration 0s 2s 1s none of the a 2

2
t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s. The minimum

12 For a particle moving along a straight line, acceleration t = 3.7 s t=0s t = 1.7 s none of the a 2
2
t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s. The velocity attained
by the particle will be zero at
13 For a particle moving along a straight line, acceleration t = 0.5 s t=0s t=1s none of the a 2
2
t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s. The acceleration
13 For a particle moving along a straight line, acceleration t = 3.7 s t=0s t = 0.5 s none of the a 2
2
t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s. The minimum position
will be attained by the particle at
13 For a particle moving along a straight line, acceleration 5m 0m -10.25 m 21.96m d 2

2
2 a is expressed by a = 2t - 1 (m/s ) where t is in s and at
t = 0 s, x = 5 m and v = -10 m/s. The minimum position
attained by the particle will be
-kt -kt -kt

13 For a particle moving along a straight line in resisting v = e – vo e (m/s) v = voe none of the c 2
2
3 medium, acceleration a is expressed by a = -kv (m/s ) (m/s) (m/s) above.
-1
where v is in m/s, k is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v
= vo m/s. The expression for velocity v of the particle is
2 2 2
13 For a particle moving along a straight line in resisting a = kv (m/s ) a = -kv (m/s ) a = -kv none of the b 2
-kt 2
4 medium, velocity v is expressed by v = voe (m/s), (m/s ) above.
-1
where t is in s, k is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v =
vo m/s. The expression for acceleration a of the
particle is

-kt -kt -
13 For a particle moving along a straight line in resisting x = (1 + e ) x = (1- e ) x = (vo + 1) e none of the a 2
-kt kt
5 medium, velocity v is expressed by v = voe (m/s), vo/k (m) vo/k m) (m) above.
-1
where t is in s, k is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v =
vo m/s. The expression for position x of the particle is
-kt -kt -kt

13 For a particle moving along a straight line in resisting v = e – vo v = e (m/s) v = voe none of the c 2
-kt
6 medium, position x is expressed by x = (1 + e ) vo/k (m/s) (m/s) above.
-1
(m), where t is in s, k is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m
and v = vo m/s. The expression for velocity v of the
particle is
13 For a particle moving along a straight line in resisting x = -(v - vo)/k (v + vo) /k (m) x = (vo + 1) k none of the a 2
2
7 medium, acceleration a is expressed by a = -kv (m/s ) (m) (m) above.
-1
where k is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v = vo m/s.
The expression for position x of the particle is
2 2 2 2
13 For a particle moving along a straight line in resisting kv (m/s ) -kv (m/s ) -kv (m/s ) none of the b 2
8 medium, position x is expressed by x = -(v - vo)/k (m) above.
-1
where v is in m/s, k is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and
v = vo m/s. The expression for acceleration a of the
particle is
13 For a particle moving along a straight line in resisting v = vo -1 v = vo + kx v = vo - kx none of the c 2

2
9 medium, acceleration a is expressed by a = -kv (m/s ) (m/s) (m/s) (m/s) above.
-1
where v is in m/s, k is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and
v = vo m/s. The expression for velocity v of the particle
is
2 2 2
14 For a particle moving along a straight line in resisting a = -kv (m/s ) a = kv (m/s ) a = -kv none of the a 2
2
0 medium, velocity v is expressed by v = vo - kx (m/s) (m/s ) above.
-1
where x is in m, k is in s and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v
= vo m/s. The expression for acceleration a of the
particle is

14 For a particle moving along a straight line in resisting v = vo -1 v = vo + kx v = vo - kx none of the c 2
1 medium, position x is expressed by x = -(v - vo)/k (m) (m/s) (m/s) (m/s) above.
where v is in m/s, k is in s-1 and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and
v = vo m/s. The expression for velocity v of the particle
is
14 For a particle moving along a straight line in resisting x = -(v - vo)/k x = (v + vo) /k x = (vo + 1) k none of the a 2
2 medium, velocity v is expressed by v = vo - kx (m/s) (m) (m) (m) above.
where x is in m, k is in s-1 and at t = 0 s, x = 0 m and v
= vo m/s. The expression for position x of the particle
is
14 In the case of a rectilinear uniform motion, distance- parabola straight line curved line rectangle b 2
3 time graph is a
14 When a graph of one quantity versus another , results directly constant inversely independen a 2
4 in a straight line, the quantities are proportional proportiona t of each
l other
14 What do you infer, if S-t graphs of two cyclists meet at They collide They pass They are at They are b 2
5 a point? each other rest starting
from rest
14 Name the physical quantity which we get from slope Speed Displacement Distance Time a 2
6 of S-t graph.
14 Distance-time graph is a straight line for __________ variable non uniform rectilinear circular c 2
7 motion.
14 The slope of a v-t graph gives ________. acceleration velocity speed distance a 2
8
14 Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of 55 km/h and 95 km/h in 15 km/h in 95 km/h in 15 km/h in a 2
9 40 km/h, respectively in opposite directions. opposite the direction the the
Determine the relative velocity of A with respect to B. direction to B of B direction of opposite
B direction to
B
15 Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of 55 km/h and 95 km/h in 15 km/h in 95 km/h in 15 km/h in a 2
0 40 km/h, respectively in opposite directions. opposite the direction the the
Determine the relative velocity of B with respect to A. direction to A of A direction of opposite
A direction to
A
15 Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of 55 km/h and 95 km/h in 15 km/h in 95 km/h in 15 km/h in b 2
1 40 km/h, respectively in the same direction. opposite the direction the the
Determine the relative velocity of A with respect to B. direction to B of B direction of opposite
B direction to
B

15 Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of 55 km/h and 95 km/h in 15 km/h in 95 km/h in 15 km/h in b 2
2 40 km/h, respectively in the same direction. opposite opposite the the
Determine the relative velocity of B with respect to A. direction to A direction to A direction of opposite
A direction to
B
15 Cars A and B are travelling at speeds of 35 km/h in 75 km/h due 5 km/h due 75 km/h 5 km/h due a 2
3 north direction and 40 km/h in south direction, North South due South North
respectively. Determine the relative velocity of A with
respect to B.
15 In curvilinear motion , velocity of a particle is always Normal to Tangential to Depends on None of b 2

4 path of path of acceleration above
particle particle
15 In curvilinear motion, acceleration of a particle is Normal to Tangential to Depends on Towards d 2

5 always path of path of velocity of concave
particle particle particle side of path
of particle
15 In curvilinear motion, acceleration of a particle is Normal to Tangential to Along the Never d 2

6 always path of path of direction of tangential
particle particle velocity to the path
of particle.
2 2 2 2 2
15 Motion of a particle is defined by x = 4 + 3t and y = 3 5 m/s 3 m/s 4 m/s 6 m/s d 2
3
7 + t , acceleration of particle at t = 0 is
2
15 Motion of a particle is defined by x = 4t + 3t and y = 3 0 m/s 4 m/s 3 m/s 5 m/s b 2
3
8 + t , initial velocity of particle is
2
15 Particle moves along path defined by y = 9 x, where x 0 m/s 9 m/s 3 m/s 81 m/s c 2
2
9 and y are in m. the x co-ordinate is given by x = t
what is the y component of velocity at t = 2 s
2 3
16 A particle moves along a path r = (8t )i + (t + 5)j, 55.07 m/s 5.507 m/s 50.5 m/s 24.1 m/s a 2
0 magnitude of particles velocity at t = 3 s is
2 2 2 2 2/3
16 Motion of particle is defined by x = 1- t and y = t , y = (x -1) y = (1- x) y = (x + 1) y = (x -1) b 2
1 what is the equation of path
16 Motion of particles A and B is described by the 2s 4.5 s 3s 9s a 2

2
2 position vectors rA = 3ti + 9t(2 - t)j and rB = 3(t - 2t + 2)i
+ 3(t - 2)j. time at which the two particles collide is

16 In case of tracking of space vehicles ------ system of Cartesian polar path All b 2
3 coordinates is useful
16 If acceleration of particle is zero, it implies Velocity of Velocity of Radius of Velocity of d 2

4 particle is particle is curvature is particle is
constant zero zero constant
and travels
along a
straight
path
16 Hodograph is the curve Joining the Joining Joining the None of a 2

5 ends of acceleration velocity above
velocity vectors vector tail
vectors drawn to head
from a
common
point
16 Acceleration of a particle is tangential to Path of a Hodograph Radial Normal b 2

6 particle direction direction
16 A particle starting from the origin is subjected to 26.64 m/s 22.44 m/s 28.00 m/s 46.75 m/s a 2
2 2
7 acceleration ax = - 2 m/s and ay = 2 m/s initial
0
velocity of particle is 40 m/s at 30 to x-axis. Find x
component of velocity at t = 4s.
16 A particle starting from the origin is subjected to 26.64 m/s 22 . 44 m/s 28.00 m/s 46.75 m/s c 2
2 2
8 acceleration ax = -2m/s and ay = 2 m/s initial
0
velocity of particle is 40 m/s at 30 to x-axis. Find y
component of velocity at t =4s.
16 A particle is moving in x-y plane with y component of 123 m 34 m 23 m 67.08 m d 2

9 velocity, vy = 6t m/s, where t is in seconds. If ax = 3t
2
m/s , when t = 0, x = 3m, y = 0 and vx = 0. What is
value of x when t = 2s.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
17 If the motion of particle is defined by x = 2t and y = x /y = 2 x y =2 y =2x xy = 4 d 2
-2
0 2t then the path of particle is
3
17 Position vector of a point along a curved path is r =[ (t 32.98 m/s 43 m/s 23 m/s 12 m/s a 2
2 4
1 - t )i + t j] m. velocity of particle at t = 2s

2 2 2 2
17 Position vector of a point along a curved path is r =[ 2 m/s 10 m/s 6 m/s 8 m/s b 2
3 2 4
2 (t - t )i + t j] m. x component of acceleration of
particle at t = 2s
2 2 2 2
17 Position vector of a point along a curved path is r =[ 3 m/s 6 m/s 12 m/s 9 m/s c 2
3 2 4
3 (t - t )i + t j] m. y component of acceleration of
particle at t = 1s
17 The position vector of a particle moving in x-y plane at 0.8 m/s 0.6 m/s (- 0.6) m/s 1 m/s b 2
4 time t = 4s is 3.2i – 4.6j m again at t = 4.1s, position
vector is 3.28i – 4.66j m. What is average velocity
component in y-direction?
17 If v = 8ti + 9t2j m/s, where t is in seconds, determine 4m 5m 3m None of the b 2

5 the distance from the origin to the particle when t = above
1s.
17 When t = 0 a particle is at the origin. If its x component 8.5 m 8m 10 m None of the b 2

6 of velocity is constant, v = 4 m/s, calculate the above
distance it travels along the x axis in t = 2s.
2
17 If its y component of acceleration is ay = 3 m/s , 9m 12 m 6m None of the c 2
7 calculate how far it travels along the y axis in t = 2s. above
When t = 0, vy = 0.
2
17 19. The position of a particle is defined as x = 2t + 5 5 m/s 7 m/s 1 m/s None of the a 2
3
8 and y = t – 9, where x and y is in m and t is in s. The above
velocity of particle at t = 1 s is
2
17 The velocity of the particle is expressed as v = t - 8t + 6s 2s 2 and 6 s None of the c 2
9 12, where v is in m/s and t is in s. Determine the time above
at which velocity is zero.
18 Correct meaning of curvilinear motion particle is Velocity and Velocity is Velocity is Velocity is d 2
0 acceleration tangential and normal and tangential
are tangential acceleration is acceleration and
to the path normal to the is tangential acceleration
path to the path is never
tangential
to the path.

2 2 0 0 0
18 If motion of particle is expressed as x = t + 4 and y = t 0 30 45 None of the c 2
1 - 4 then at t = 2 s, the angle θ made by velocity with x above
axis is
2 2
18 If motion of particle is expressed as x = t + 4 and y = t 4 m/s 5 m/s 4√2 m /s 10 m/s. c 2
2 - 4 then the velocity at t = 2 s, is
2 2 2 2 2
18 If velocity of particle is expressed as vx = t + 4 m/s and 4 m /s 5 m /s 10 m /s 4√2 m /s d 2
2
3 vy = t - 4 m/s then the acceleration at t = 2 s, is
18 At the point on the curve, the normal acceleration a n Zero One Infinite None of c 2
4 = 0 because at that point radius of curvature becomes these
--------
18 The position of a particle moving on curvilinear path 9 m/s 12 m/s 17 m/s 24 m/s c 2
2 3
5 are defined by x = 2 + 3t and y = 3 + t , the magnitude
of velocity at t = 2 s is
2
18 A particle moves along the path y = 9 x , where x and 0 3m/s 9 m/s 81 m/s b 2
6 y are in meters. The x co-ordinate of the particle at
2
any time is given by x = t . Determine y component of
velocity at t = 3 s
3
18 The motion of particle in x-y plane is defined by x = t + 4 m/s 5 m/s 16 m/s 25 m/s b 2
2
7 2 t + 4 t and y = 5 t + 2 t + 3t where x and y are in
meters and t in s. The velocity of a particle when t = 0
is
2 2 2 2 2
18 If velocity of particle is expressed as vx = t + 4 m/s and 4 m/s 5 m/s 4√2 m /s 10 m/s c 2
2
8 vy = t - 4 m/s then the acceleration at t = 2 s, is
2 2 0 0 0 0
18 If x = t + 4 m and y = t - 4 then at t = 2s, the angle θ 00 30 45 60 c 2
9 made by velocity with x axis is
2 2 0 0 0 0
19 If vx = t + 4 m/s and vy = t - 4 m/s then at t = 2 s, the 00 30 45 60 c 2
0 angle θ made by acceleration
2 2 0 0 0 0
19 If vx = t + 4 m/s and vy = t - 4 m/s then at t = 2 s, the 00 30 45 60 a 2
1 angle θ made by velocity with x-axis is

19 If sx = a sin ωt m and sy = a cos ωt m then at t = 3 s, the 4m 5m am 10 m c 2
2 magnitude of displacement is
0 0 0 0
19 A shell is fired from a gun barrel with a certain velocity 0 30 45 90 c 2
3 will have maximum range if it fired with what angle
with the horizontal plane.
2
19 A projectile is projected with a certain velocity at an sin θ sin3 θ sin θ sin2 θ d 2
4 angle θ with the horizontal plane. The horizontal
distance traveled by the projectile is proportional to
2
19 A projectile is projected with a certain velocity at an sin θ sin3 θ sin θ sin2 θ c 2
5 angle θ with the horizontal plane. The maximum
2 2 2 2
19 A particle having v = 4i + 3j at any instant. Total 3.93 m/s 4.93 m/s 10 m/s 7 m/s a 2
2 0
6 acceleration is 10 m/s at 30 with the velocity,
determine ax.
2 2 2 2
19 A particle having v = 4i + 3j at any instant. Total 10.2 m/s 9.2 m/s 15 m/s 20 m/s b 2
2 0
7 acceleration is 10 m/s at 30 with velocity, determine
ay .
2 2 2 2
19 A particle having v = 4i + 3j at any instant. Total 2.5 m/s 7.5 m/s 5 m/s 10 m/s c 2
2 0
an.
2 2 2 2
19 A particle having v = 4i + 3j at any instant. Total 2.5 m/s 7.5 m/s 5 m/s 8.66 m/s d 2
2 0
at .
0 0 0 0
20 The velocity of a particle moving in the x-y plane is 27.9 28.9 27 29.9 a 2
0 given by 6.12 i + 3.24 j m/s at time t = 3.65 s. Its
average acceleration during the next 0.02 s is 4i + 6j
m/s2. Determine the angle θ between the average
acceleration vector and velocity vector at t

2 2 2 2
20 A particle moving in the x-y plane has a velocity at 5.55 m/s 6.00 m/s 0.5 m/s 0.55m/s c 2
1 time t = 6 s is given by 4i + 5j m/s and at t = 6.1 s its
velocity has become 4.3i + 5.4 j m/s. calculate the
magnitude of its average acceleration during the 0.1 s
interval.
20 The position vector of a particle moving in the x-y 2.92 m/s 2.00 m/s 2.99 m/s 2.22 m/s a 2
2 plane at time t = 3.60 s is 2.76i-3.28j m. At t = 3.62 s its
position vector has become 2.79i - 3.33j m. Determine
the magnitude of its average e velocity during this
interval.
20 The motion of a particle is described by the following 11.31 m/s 33.33 m/s 23.32 m/s 11.13 m/s a 2
2 3 2
3 equations x = t + 8t + 4, y = t + 3t + 8t + 4, determine
initial velocity of the particle.
2
20 The position of a particle is expressed as = (4t + 2)i + 6 m/s 12 m/s 6√2 m/s 10 m/s d 2
3
4 (2t + 4)j, determine the velocity of a particle at t = 1s.
2
20 The position of a particle is defined as x = 2t + 5 and y 5 m/s 7 m/s 1 m/s None of a 2
3
5 = t – 9, where x and y is in m and t is in s. determine these
the velocity of particle at t = 1 s is
20 If vx = a sin ωt m/s and vy = a cos ωt m/s then at t = 3 s, ω 2ω 3ω None of c 2

6 the angle θ made by velocity with y-axis is these
20 If vx = a sin ωt m/s and vy= a cos ωt m/s then at t =3 s, ω 2ω 3ω 180 - 3 ω d 2

7 the angle θ made by acceleration with x-axis is
20 If sx = a sin ωt m and sy = a cos ωt m then at t = 3s, the ω 2ω 3ω 180 - 3 ω d 2

8 angle θ made by velocity with x-axis is
2 2 2 -1 -1 -1
20 If ax = t + t + 4 m/s and ay = 8t m/s then at t = 1 s, the tan 4/3 tan 5/4 tan 5/3 None of a 2
9 angle θ made by acceleration with x-axis is these

2
21 If sx = t + t + 4 m and sy = 4t m then at t = 1 s, the 4 m/s 5 m/s 20 m /s 10 m/s b 2
0 magnitude of velocity is
2 2 2 2 2
21 If vx = t + t + 4 m/s and vy = 4t m/s then at t = 1 s, the 4 m/s 5 m/s 20 m /s 10 m/s b 2
1 magnitude of acceleration is
2 -1 -1 -1
21 If sx = t + t + 4 m and sy = 4t m then at t = 1 s, the angle tan 4/3 tan 5/4 tan 5/3 None of a 2
2 θ made by velocity with x-axis is these
2 -1 -1 -1
21 If vx = t + t + 4 m/s and vy = 4t m/s then at t = 1 s, the tan 4/3 tan 5/4 tan 5/3 None of a 2
3 angle θ made by acceleration with x-axis is these
2
21 If sx = t + 2t + 4 m and sy = 8t m then at t = 2 s, the 4m 5m 20 m 10 m c 2
2
21 If vx = t + 2t + 4 m/s and vy = 8t m/s then at t = 2 s, the 4 m/s 5 m/s 20 m/s 10 m/s c 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
21 If ax = t + 2t + 4 m/s and ay = 8t m/s then at t = 2 s, 4 m/s 5 m/s 20 m/s 10 m/s c 2
6 the magnitude of acceleration is
2 -1 -1 -1
21 If sx = t + 2t + 4 m and sy = 8t m then at t = 2 s, the tan 4/3 tan 5/4 tan 5/3 None of a 2
7 angle θ made by total displacement with x-axis is these
2 2 2 -1 -1 -1
21 If ax = t + 2t + 4 m/s and ay = 8t m/s then at t = 2 s, tan 4/3 tan 5/4 tan 5/3 None of a 2
8 the angle θ made by acceleration with x-axis is these
2 2
21 If sx = t + 2t + 4 m and sy = 2t m then at t = 2 s, the 4 m/s 5 m/s 20 m/s 10 m/s d 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
22 If vx = t + 2t + 4 m/s and vy = 2t m/s then at t = 2 s, 4 m/s 5 m/s 20 m /s 10 m/s d 2
0 the magnitude of acceleration is
2 2 -1 -1 -1
22 If sx = t + 2t + 4 m and sy = 2t m then at t =2 s, the tan 4/3 tan 5/4 tan 5/3 None of the a 2
1 angle θ made by velocity with x-axis is above
2 2 -1 -1 -1
22 If vx = t + 2t + 4 m/s and vy = 2t m/s then at t = 2 s, tan 4/3 tan 5/4 tan 5/3 None of the a 2
2 the angle θ made by acceleration with x-axis is above

2 -1 -1 -1
22 If vx = t + 2t + 4 m/s and vy = 8t m/s then at t = 2 s, the tan 4/3 tan 5/4 tan 5/3 None of the a 2
3 angle θ made by velocity with x-axis is above
2
22 If sx = t + t + 4 m and sy = 4t m then at t = 3 s, the 4m 5m 20 m 10 m c 2
2
22 If vx = t + t + 4 m/s and vy = 4t m/s then at t = 3s, the 4 m/s 5 m/s 20 m/s 10 m/s c 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
22 If ax = t + t + 4 m/s and ay = 4t m/s then at t = 3 s, the 4 m/s 5 m/s 20 m/s 10 m/s c 2
6 magnitude of acceleration is
2 -1 -1 -1
22 If sx = t + t + 4 m and sy = 4t m then at t = 3 s, the angle tan 4/3 tan 5/4 tan 5/3 None of the a 2
7 θ made by displacement with x-axis is above
2 2 2 -1 -1 -1
22 If ax = t + t + 4 m/s and ay = 4t m/s then at t = 3 s, the tan 4/3 tan 5/4 tan 5/3 None of the a 2
8 angle θ made by acceleration above
22 If a particle moves along a curve with a constant Positive Negative Zero Constant c 2
9 speed, then its tangential component of acceleration
is
23 In curvilinear motion normal component of Rate of Rate of Both a and None of the b 2
0 acceleration represents change of change of b above
magnitude of direction of
velocity velocity
2 2 2 2
23 A particle travels in a circular path of radius 300 m has 3 m/s 5 m/s 4 m/s 7 m/s b 2
1 an instantaneous velocity of 30 m/s and its velocity is
2
increasing at a constant rate of 4 m/s . What is the
magnitude of its total acceleration at this instant?
2 2 2 2
23 If a particle moving in a circular path of radius 5 m and 8 m/s 8.62 m/s 3.2 m/s 11.2 m/s b 2
2
2 a velocity is expressed as v = 4t m/s. What is the
magnitude of its total acceleration at t =1s?
23 Magnitude of the normal component of acceleration is Directly Inversely Negative Zero at b 2

3 proportional proportional constant
to radius of to radius of velocity
curvature curvature

23 The direction of the tangential component of Perpendicular In opposite Collinear In same c 2
4 acceleration and velocity are always to each other direction direction
23 In polar coordinate system the term dθ/dt is called Angular Transverse Radial Tangential a 2
5 velocity component of component component
velocity of velocity of velocity
23 In polar coordinate system dr/dt is called Angular Transverse Radial Tangential c 2

23 In polar coordinate system rdθ/dt is called Angular Transverse Radial Tangential b 2

2 2
23 In polar coordinate system d r/dt is called Radial Transverse Angular None of the d 2
8 component of component of acceleration above
2 2
23 In polar coordinate system d θ/dt is called Radial Transverse Angular None of the c 2
9 component of component of acceleration above
2 2
24 In polar coordinate system d r/dt + 2(dr/dt)(dθ/dt) is Radial Transverse Angular None of the d 2
0 called component of component of acceleration above
24 In polar coordinate system speed of particle is given r rdθ/dt 2(rdθ/dt) + r None of the d 2
1 by above
24 If dr/dt is zero for a particle, the particle is Not moving Moving in Moving in a Moving with b 2
2 circular path straight line constant
velocity
2 2 2 2
24 If a particle is moving in a circular path with constant Zero -r(d θ/dt ) d r/dt (dθ/dt) x b 2
3 velocity , its radial acceleration is (dr/dt)

24 The radial component of acceleration of particle Negative Perpendicular directed All above a 2
4 moving in a curvilinear path is always to the towards
transverse centre of
component of path
acceleration
24 The radial component of velocity of a particle moving Zero Greater than Constant Less than its a 2
5 in a circular path is always its transverse transverse
components components
24 In polar system 2(dr/dt) x (dθ/dt) is called Corillus Radial Transverse None of a 2

6 acceleration acceleration acceleration above
24 Normal component of acceleration is zero if Path is Velocity is Path is None of c 2

7 circular constant rectilinear above
24 Positive normal direction in case of path coordinate Normal to Always Normal to All of above b 2
8 system is tangential directed bi-normal
component towards the component
centre of
curvature
24 When particle travels along a straight path, then Zero Positive Negative Infinity d 2
9 radius of curvature is
25 When particle travels along a circular path, then radius Diameter of Circumferenc Area of Radius of d 2
0 of curvature is circle e of circle circle circle
2 2
25 Particle travels with a constant velocity of 6 m/s along Zero 4 m/s 6 m/s None of the c 2
1 the circle of radius 6 m, then its normal acceleration is above
25 An airplane making a turn at constant speed is Tangential Normal Both No b 2

2 experiencing acceleration acceleration acceleration acceleration
2 2 2 2
25 The car is traveling with 18 m/s at the top of the rise 108 m/s 5 m/s 103 m/s 108.12 m/s d 2
3 having radius of curvature 3 m. If its slow down by 5
2
m/s , determine the acceleration of the car.
2 2 2 2
25 A particle moving in a circular path of radius 5 m has a 8 m/s 3.2 m/s 8.62 m/s 11.2 m/s c 2
2
4 velocity function v = 4t m/s, its magnitude of total
acceleration at t = 1s is

2 2 2 2
25 Space shuttle goes from rest to 348 m/s in first 12 s of 2.4 m/s 174 m/s 29 m/s 4176 m/s c 2
5 its launch, it’s average acceleration is
2 2 2 2
25 A particle is traversing a curved path of radius 500 m 2 m/s 2.5 m/s 1.8 m/s 1 m/s c 2
6 with a speed of 108 kmph, determine normal
25 The direction of normal component of acceleration Always Always away Depends on None of a 2
7 for a particle on curved path is directed from centre the problem these
towards the of curvature
centre of
curvature
25 Tangential component of acceleration for a particle on Speed of the Direction of Change in Change in d 2
8 curved path reflects particle motion of direction of speed of
particle particle particle
25 Normal component of acceleration for a particle on Speed of the Direction of Change in Change in d 2
9 curved path represents particle motion of speed of direction of
particle particle motion of
particle
26 At an inflection point on the curve, av = 0 at = 0 an = 0 a=0 c 2

0
26 A car starts from rest on a curve of radius 100 m and t=5s t = 6.67 s t = 3.5 s t = 7.8 s b 2
1 accelerates at constant tangential acceleration of 3
2
m/s . Determine the time taken to reach the
2
26 If a particle moves along a curve with a constant Positive Negative Zero Constant c 2
2 speed, then it’s tangential component of acceleration
is
26 The magnitude of the normal component of Proportional Inversely Sometimes Zero when b 2
3 acceleration is to radius of proportional negative. velocity is
curvature. to radius of constant.
curvature.
26 The directions of the velocity and tangential Perpendicular Collinear. In the same In opposite b 2
4 component of acceleration are always to each other. direction. directions.
2 2
26 A particle traveling along a curved path, the normal v/ ρ v /ρ vxρ v/ρ b 2
5 component of acceleration is equal to

2 2
26 A train enters a curved horizontal track at a speed of (-0.633) m/s (+0.633) m/s (-0.833) (+0.833) c 2
2 2
6 108 kmph and slows down with constant deceleration m/s m/s
to 72 kmph in 12 s. Calculate tangential component of
acceleration.
2 3/2 3/ 2
26 Radius of curvature for a particle moving along a curve [1+(dy/dx) ] [1- [1+(dy/dx) [1+(dy/dx) ] a 2
2 2 2 3/2 2 2 2 2 3/2
7 y = f(x), is given by /(d y/dx ) (dy/dx) ] /(d ] /(d y/dx ) /(dy/dx)
2 2
y/dx )
2 2 2 2
26 A particle is traversing a curved path of radius 100 m 4 m/s 10 m/s (-6) m/s 1 m/s a 2
8 with a speed of 72 kmph , determine normal
2 2 2 2
26 A rotor 25mm in diameter is spinning at 200 rps. Find 20000 m/s 19800 m/s 19739 m/s 19500 m/s c 2
9 normal component of acceleration of a point on
rim.
2 2 2 2
27 A train starting from rest is moving along curved track 0.1 m/s 0.11 m/s 0.22 m/s 0.2 m/s a 2
0 with constant acceleration and attains a speed of 60
kmph in 3 minutes. Determine acceleration of the
train 1 minute after leaving the station. The radius of
curvature of the track is 800 m.
2 2 2 2
27 A train enters a curve of radius 100 m with a velocity 9.62 m/s 6.62 m/s 1.42 m/s 12.72 m/s b 2
1 of 20 m/s and accelerates uniformly to 30 m/s
over a distance of 200 m. Determine the acceleration
when the train has covered a distance of 100 m from
the start of the curve.
2 2 2 2
27 A rotor 30 mm in diameter is spinning at 300 rps. Find 53295.8 m/s 19800 m/s 19700 m/s 19500 m/s a 2
2 normal component of acceleration of a point on rim.

2 2 2 2
27 . A particle P moves along a space curve and has a 7.66 m/s 6.66 m/s 9.66 m/s 8.66 m/s d 2
3 velocity v = 4i + 3j at a certain instant. At the same
instant the total acceleration ‘a’ of the particle has a
2 0
magnitude of 10 m/s and makes an angle of 30 with
the velocity. Determine tangential component of
acceleration.
2 2 2 2
27 A particle P moves along a space curve and has a 5 m/s 6 m/s 7 m/s 8 m/s a 2
4 velocity v = 4i + 3j at a certain instant. At the same
instant the total acceleration ‘a’ of the particle has a
2 0
magnitude of 10 m/s and makes an angle of 30 with
the velocity. Determine normal component of
acceleration.
27 . A golfer hits a golf ball with an initial velocity of 50 281.21 m 292.21 m 270.21m 383.21 m a 2
0
5 m/s at an angle of 25 with horizontal. Determine the
radius of curvature of trajectory described by the ball
at start of the trajectory.
27 A golfer hits a golf ball with an initial velocity of 50 m/s 310.37 m 209.37 m 408.37m 111.37 m b 2
0
6 at an angle of 25 with horizontal. Determine the
at highest point of the trajectory.
2 2 2 2
27 A train starts from rest on a track of radius 700 m. Its 0.833 m/s 5.33 m/s 0.0833 m/s 0.0533 m/s a 2
7 speed increases uniformly and after 5 minutes it is 40
m/s. Find total acceleration after 3 minutes.
2
27 A car is moving along a curve of radius 400 m at a m/s 2
8 constant speed of 72 kmph. The breaks are suddenly
applied, causing speed to decrease at a constant rate
2
of 1 m/s . Determine total acceleration immediately
after breaks are applied.
2 2 2
m/s m/s m/s b

2 2 2 2
27 A particle is having velocity v = 4i +3j at any instant. At 5 m/s 10 m/s Zero m/s 15 m/s a 2
2 0
9 that instant the total acceleration is 10 m/s at 30
with velocity. Determine normal component of
acceleration.
2 2 2 2
28 A particle is having velocity v = 4i +3j at any instant. At 5 m/s 10 m/s 8.66 m/s 15.66 m/s c 2
2 0
with velocity. Determine tangential component of
acceleration.
28 A particle is having velocity v = 4i +3j at any instant. At 15 m 10 m 5m 8m c 2

2 0
with velocity. Determine radius of curvature.
28 A particle is traversing a curved path with a speed of 200 m 2000 m 100 m 300 m a 2
2 72 kmph , if the normal component of acceleration is 2
2
m/s . Determine radius of curvature.
28 A car starts from rest on a curve of radius 50 m and t = 10.71 s t = 4.71 s t = 1.71 s t = 9.71 s b 2
3 accelerates at constant tangential acceleration of 3
2
m/s . Determine the time taken to reach the
2
28 A train enters a curved horizontal track at a speed of 20 s 2s 12 s 11 s c 2

4 108 kmph and slows down with constant deceleration
to 72 kmph in time ‘t’ seconds. If the tangential
2
component of acceleration is -0.833m/s , determine
time ‘t’ in seconds.
2 2 2 2
28 A particle is traversing a curved path of radius 400 m 2.25 m/s 2.5 m/s 1.8 m/s 1 m/s a 2
2 2 2 2
28 A particle is traversing a curved path of radius 400 m 2 m/s 2.5 m/s 1.8 m/s 1 m/s d 2

28 A particle is traversing a curved path with a speed of 200 m 625 m 300 m 825 m b 2
7 90 kmph. If the normal component of acceleration is 1
2
m/s . Determine the radius of curvature
28 A particle is traversing a curved path with a speed of 200 m 260m 160 m 525 m c 2
8 72 kmph. If the normal component of acceleration is
2
2.5 m/s . Determine the radius of curvature.
28 A particle is traversing a curved path with a speed of 250 m 625 m 300m 850 m a 2
9 90 kmph. If the normal component of acceleration
2
is 2.5 m/s . Determine the radius of curvature
29 A golfer hits a golf ball with an initial velocity of 40 m/s 188 m 178 m 198 m 168 m a 2
0
29 A golfer hits a golf ball with an initial velocity of 50 m/s 336 m 326 m 316 m 306 m b 2
0
29 A golfer hits a golf ball with an initial velocity of 60 m/s 719 m 619 m 519 m 419 m c 2
0
29 A golfer hits a golf ball with an initial velocity of 60 m/s 719 m 619 m 519 m 419 m c 2
0
2 2 2 2
29 A rotor 30mm in diameter is spinning at 300 rps. Find 53295.8 m/s 19800 m/s 19700 m/s 19500 m/s a 2
4 normal component of acceleration of a point on rim.

2 2
29 A train enters a curved horizontal track at a speed of (- 0.5) m/s (+ 0.5) m/s (- 0.833) (+ 0.833) a 2
2 2
5 90 kmph and slows down with constant deceleration m/s m/s
to 72 kmph in 10 s. Calculate tangential component of
acceleration.
2 2
29 A train enters a curved horizontal track at a speed of (- 0.5) m/s (+ 0.5) m/s (- 0.833) (+ 0.833) b 2
2 2
6 72 kmph and accelerates uniformly to 90 kmph in 10 s. m/s m/s
Calculate tangential component of acceleration.
2 2
29 A train enters a curved horizontal track at a speed of (- 0.5) m/s (+ 0.5) m/s (- 0.833) (+ 0.833) d 2
2 2
7 72 kmph and accelerates uniformly to 108 kmph in 12 m/s m/s
s. Calculate tangential component of acceleration.
29 In projectile motion, the radius of curvature at point of Zero Minimum Maximum None of the c 2
8 projection is above
29 In projectile motion, the radius of curvature at point of Zero Minimum Maximum None of the b 2
9 maximum height is above
30 In projectile motion, the radius of curvature at point of Zero Minimum Maximum None of the c 2
0 landing is above
30 In projectile motion, the radius of curvature from the Increases Decreases Constant Constant b 2
1 point of landing to the point of maximum height is
30 In projectile motion, the radius of curvature from the Increases Decreases Constant Constant a 2
2 point maximum height to the landing is
30 A truck is traveling along the horizontal circular curve 3 rad/s 0.33 rad/s 1200 rad/s none c 2
3 of radius 60 m with constant speed v = 20 m/s, find
the angular velocity.
0 0 0 0
30 A shell is fired from a gun barrel with a certain 0 30 45 90 c 2
4 velocity will have maximum range if it fired with what
angle with the horizontal plane.
2
30 A projectile is projected with a certain velocity at an sin θ sin 3θ sin 2θ sin θ c 2
5 angle θ with the horizontal plane. The horizontal
distance traveled by the projectile is proportional to

2
30 A projectile is projected with a certain velocity at an sin θ sin3 θ sin θ sin2 θ c 2
6 angle θ with the horizontal plane. The maximum
30 A shot is fired from a gun with muzzle velocity of 200 704.4 m 804.4 m 904.4 m 712 m a 2
0
7 m/s and the angle of projection is 36 , determine the
greatest height achieved.
30 The maximum horizontal range a shell fires from a gun 24.30 19.18 36 49 a 2
8 is observed to be 1 km. Determine the firing angle to
be used to hit the target 0.75 km on the same level.
30 A shell is fired with a velocity of 200 m/s at an angle of 31.86 s 28.83 s 42 s 38.83 s b 2
0
9 45 with horizontal. Find the total time of flight.
31 A man standing on an open truck moving at a constant Behind the Ahead of Into his On to the c 2
0 speed throws a ball vertically upwards. The ball will truck truck hands truck but
fall not in his
hands
31 A man standing at the rear end of an open truck Behind the Ahead of Into his On to the a 2
1 moving with uniform acceleration throws a ball truck truck hands truck but
vertically upwards. The ball will fall not in his
hands
31 A man standing at the rear end of an open truck Behind the Ahead of Into his On to the b 2
2 moving with uniform retardation throws a ball truck truck hands truck but
vertically upwards. The ball will fall not in his
hands
31 A missile is fired so as to reach maximum range (R) R 0.5 R 0.75 R 0.25 R d 2

3 then maximum height reached by projectile is
31 State which of following statements is correct, when a Its Its velocity is Its velocity Its velocity d 2
4 ball is at the highest point of projectile motion, acceleration is zero is directed is directed
zero downward forward
31 A missile fired at an angle β to horizontal what should 2β 90+ β 90- β 45+ β c 2

5 be the other angle of projection to hit the same target

31 Maximum range of projectile is obtained when angle 90 0 45 30 c 2
6 of projection is ----- degree
31 When a particle is projected from the top of a building Same as range Greater than Less than Zero a 2
7 strikes the ground away from the building then its range range
horizontal distance is
31 In projectile motion component of acceleration along Constant Variable Zero None of c 2

8 horizontal direction is these
2 2 2 2 2 2
31 Maximum height reached by a ball thrown with an (u sin β)/g (u sin2 β)/g (u sin2 (u sin β)/2g d 2
9 initial velocity u at an angle β to the horizontal is β)/2g
2 2 2 2 2 2
32 Horizontal range of a ball thrown with an initial (u sin2 β)/g (u sin β)/g (u sin2 (u sin β)/2g a 2
0 velocity u at an angle β to the horizontal is β)/2g
32 Three identical balls are thrown from the top of a Ball 1 Ball 2 Ball 3 All ball have d 2
1 building with the same initial speed. Initially ball 1 same speed
moves horizontally, ball 2 moves upward and ball 3
moves downward. Neglecting air resistance, which ball
has the fastest speed when it hits the ground
32 A stone is just released from the window of a train Straight Straight Hyperbolic Parabolic d 2
2 moving along a horizontal straight track. The stone will downward horizontally path path
move in
32 In a projectile motion which of following remains Speed x component y None of b 2

3 constant of velocity component above
of velocity
32 At the highest point of projectile motion, velocity and Parallel to Inclined Perpendicul None of c 2
4 acceleration are --- each other ar to each above
other
0 -1 -1 -1
32 Angle of projection for which horizontal range and 45 tan (4) tan (1/4) tan (2) b 2
5 maximum height are equal is
32 A ball is projected with a velocity of 20 m/s at an angle 10 m/s 14.14 m/s 28 m/s Zero b 2
6 θ to horizontal. In order to have the maximum range,
its velocity at the highest point must be

32 Two bodies are thrown with the same initial velocity 01:01 sin θ: cos θ sin 2θ : cos cos θ : sin θ c 2
7 at an angle θ and (90- θ) respectively with the 2θ
horizontal, then their ratios of maximum heights
32 A particle is projected horizontally at 36 m/s from a 2s 5s 3s 4.3 s b 2

8 point 122.5 m above a horizontal surface , the time
taken by the particle to reach the surface of ground is
32 A particle is projected horizontally at 36m/s from a 100 m 200 m 180 m 360 m c 2

9 point 122.5m above a horizontal surface , the
horizontal distance traveled by particle when it reach
the surface of ground
33 A particle is projected from an origin O with a velocity 30j + 40i 30i - 40j 30i -10j 10i + 30j c 2
0 of (30i + 40j) m/s. the velocity of particle after 5 s is
(take g = 10m/s)
2 2 2 2
33 Maximum range of projectile projected on horizontal u /2g u sin α /2g u /g u sin α /g a 2
1 ground is given by
0
33 If a bullet is fired at an angle of 45 upwards with the Two Three Four Eight c 2
2 horizontal, the horizontal range of bullet is equal to ---
-------- times the maximum height attained.
33 If two projectiles are fired with equal velocities but Same time of Equal Equal Same b 2
0 0
3 one with 30 and other with 60 with horizontal, then flight horizontal horizontal maximum
both will have range range and height
same
maximum
height
0
33 The horizontal range of projectile and maximum 45 a 2
4 height reached by projectile is equal if angle of
projection is
33 A projectile is projected with a velocity 10 m/s at an 5 m/s Zero 8.66 m/s None of c 2
0
5 angle 30 with horizontal to attain maximum range, these
its velocity at the highest position must be
0 0 0 0
33 If the projectile is projected at an angle of ---------, 45 63.43 90 75.96 d 2
6 then the maximum height reached and range of
projectile are equal.

33 The range of projectile on a downward inclined plane Less than Equal to More than None of c 2
7 is --------- the range on upward inclined plane for the these
same velocity of projection and angle of projection.
0 0 0
33 The horizontal range of a projectile is maximum when 45 30 90 60 0 a 2
8 the angle of projection is
33 A missile fired at an angle α to the horizontal hits a 2α 90 + α 90 - α 45 + α c 2

9 target. What should be the other angle of projection
to hit the same target, when initial velocity remains
same?
34 A missile is fired so as to reach maximum range then Same as range Three-forth of Half of One-forth of d 2
0 the maximum height reached is range range range
34 For a given velocity and horizontal range, the possible 1 2 3 4 b 2

1 angle of projection are
34 A ball is thrown horizontally with a velocity of 100 m/s 7.8 s 8.7 s 3s 9s a 2

2 from top of the building 300 m high. The time taken by
ball to reach ground is
34 Co-ordinate of the projection of a ball are (0, 0) and 25.25 m/s 26.26 m/s 30.30 m/s 22.22 m/s a 2
3 the maximum height is (5 m, 5 m) and the time to
reach the maximum height is 5 s. Determine the initial
velocity.
34 A ball is projected at such an angle that the horizontal 0 degree 30 degree 45 degree 90 degree c 2
4 range is 4 times the maximum height. Find the angle
of projection.
34 A boy throws two stones in the sky one after another. Less than t More than t Same as t None of the b 2
5 He throws the first stone vertically upward which above
takes t s to come back to the ground. He throws the
sond stone with the same velocity as that of earlier
0
but the angle of projection of 60 . The time taken by
the sond stone to reach the ground shall be

0
34 A ball thrown at 45 with horizontal so as to clear 15.76 m/s 16.76 m/s 14.76 m / s None of c 2
6 fence 3 m high above the ground and 20 m away from these
the point. If the point of throw is 1 m above the
ground find the initial velocity of the throw.
34 If the initial velocity is increased the by 20% calculate 10% 40% 50% 20% d 2
7 the percentage increase in the maximum range of
projectile.
34 A projectile is fired with a velocity 75 m/s at an angle 80.00 m/s 70.79 m /s 79.10 m/s 22.22 m/s b 2
0
8 of 60 to the horizontal. Determine the velocity of
projectile after 0.5 s.
34 A ball is projected from an inclined plane at an angle 13.59 m 59.13 m 13.95 m 95.13 m a 2
0
9 of 30 with horizontal in the downward direction with
a velocity of 10 m/s perpendicular to the plane. If the
ball strikes the ground find the maximum range along
the plane.
35 A rocket moves along a curved path with linear 6377 m 7746 m 3669.7 3333 m c 2
0 velocity of 600 m/s and it is observed that the rocket m
experiences an acceleration of 10 g in a direction
normal to the path. Find the radius of curved path
35 An inclined plane has a rise of 5 in 12. A shot is 6665 m 1555 m 1665 m 1228 m c 2
1 projected with a velocity 250 m/s at an elevation of
0
30 . Find the range of the plane if the shot is fired up
the plane.
35 An inclined plane has a rise of 5 in 12. A shot is 10300 m -10300 m 10800 m – 10800 m b 2
2 projected with a velocity 250m/s at an elevation of
0
30 . Find the range of the plane if the shot is fired
down the plane.
35 A stone is projected in a vertical plane from the 4.55 m/s 3.65 m/s 4.65 m/s 6.65 m/s c 2
0
3 ground with a velocity of 5 m/s at an elevation of 60 .
With what velocity must another stone be projected
at an elevation of 450 m in order to have the same
horizontal range?

35 A stone is projected in a vertical plane from the 6.215 m/s 6.665 m/s 5.666 m/s 2.625 m/s a 2
0
4 ground with a velocity of 5 m/s at an elevation of 60 .
With what velocity must another stone be projected
at an elevation of 450 m in order to attend the same
maximum height?
35 The velocity of particle in projectile motion at top of Zero Initial velocity Vertical Horizontal d 2
5 its path is equal to of projection component component
of initial of initial
velocity of velocity of
projection projection.
35 For maximum horizontal range in a projectile motion 90 60 45 30 c 2

6 the angle of projection is -- degree
35 In projectile motion, the equation of trajectory is Linear Parabolic Cubic None of b 2

7 parabolic these
35 In projectile motion, path followed by the particle is Flight Trajectory a and b None of b 2
8 known as these
35 In projectile motion, at the highest point the direction Upward Downward Tangential Tangential c 2
9 of velocity is to path to path
36 In projectile motion, the radius of curvature is Projection Landing Highest a and b d 2

0 maximum at the point of point
36 In projectile motion, the radius of curvature is Projection Landing Highest a and b c 2

1 minimum at the point of point
36 In projectile motion, the radius of curvature is Point of Point of Point of a and b d 2

2 increases from maximum maximum projection
height to height to to point of
point of point of maximum
landing projection height
36 In projectile motion, the radius of curvature is Point of Point of Point of a and b c 2

3 decreases from maximum maximum projection
height to height to to point of
point of point of maximum
landing projection height
36 In projectile motion acceleration along horizontal Constant Uniform Zero None of c 2

4 direction is these
36 In projectile motion velocity along horizontal direction Constant Uniform Zero a and b d 2
5 is

36 In projectile motion acceleration along vertical Constant Uniform Zero a and b d 2
6 direction is
36 Motion of projectile along verticle direction under Uniform Constant Gravitional Variable c 2
7 acceleration acceleration acceleration acceleration
36 A projectile is projected with an initial velocity of 40 20 m/s 34.64 m/s 25 m/s None of a 2
8 m/s at an angle of 60 degree, the horizontal these
36 A projectile is projected with an initial velocity of 40 20 m/s 34.64 m/s 15.02 m/s None of c 2
9 m/s at an angle of 60 degree, the Vertical component these
of velocity is
37 A projectile is projected with an initial velocity of 40 1s 0.2 s 2s None of c 2

0 m/s at an angle of 60 degree, determint required time these
totravel 40 m along x-direction
37 A projectile is projected with an initial velocity of 40 20 m/s 25 m/s 15 m/s None of b 2

1 m/s at an angle of 60 degree, determine the velocity these
at t = 2 s.
37 Determine the minimum possible velocity of 343.1 m/s 1223.24 m/s 117 km/s None of a 2
2 projection for a maximum horizontal range of 12 km. these
37 Determine the angle of projection when the missile 30 degree 60 degree 45 degree 90 degree c 2
3 projected with velocity of projectin 343.1 m/s and
cover horizontal range of 12 km.
37 In projectile motion the velocity is always ----- . Vertical Horizontal Tangential Normal to c 2
4 to path of path of
particle particle
37 In projectile motion, the direction of acceleration Upward Downward a and b None of b 2

5 along y-axis is these
37 In projectile motion, the direction of acceleration Leftward Rightward a and b None of d 2

6 along x-axis is these
2 2
37 In projectile motion, the magnitude of acceleration (-9.81) m/s 9.81 m/s a and b None of a 2
7 along y-axis is these
2 2
37 In projectile motion, the magnitude of acceleration (-9.81) m/s 9.81 m/s Zero None of c 2
8 along x-axis is these

MCQ Unit 6 Kinetics of Particle
Sr. Question A B C D ma
No. ans rks
wer
1 An elevator has a downward acceleration of 490.6N 492.6N 494.6N 498.6N d 2
2
1.5 m/ s .Find pressure transmitted by a man
of mass 60 kg travelling in the lift.
2 An elevator has an upward acceleration of 1.5 672.6 N 675.6 N 678.6 N 681.6 N c 2

2
m/ s . Find pressure transmitted by a man of
mass 60 kg travelling in the lift.
3 Determine the force necessary to produce an 900N 1000N 1200N 1300N b 2

2
acceleration of 4 m/ s in a mass of 250 kg.
2 2 2 2
4 A body of mass 160 kg is made to move with a 0.25 m/ s 0.50 m/ s 0.75 m/ s 1.00 m/ s b 2
velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 80 N acts
on it for 60 seconds. Determine the
5 A body of mass 160 kg is made to move with a 50 m/s 75 m/s 100 m/s 125 m/s a 2
velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 80 N acts
on it for 60 seconds. Determine the velocity
attained at the end of 60 seconds if force acts
in the direction of the motion.
6 A body of mass 160 kg is made to move with a – 5 m/s – 10 m/s -15 m/s non of the b 2
velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 80 N acts above
on it for 60 seconds. Determine the velocity
attained at the end of 60 seconds if force
acts in the opposite direction of the motion.
7 A block of mass m is moving up a plane zero (mgcos θ + (mgsin θ + ma) None of c 2

making an angle θ with horizontal. The ma) the above.
acceleration of the block is 'a' If there is no
friction between the block and the plane
surface the pulling force required in the
direction of motion is
8 A block of mass m is moving down a plane (ma - (mgcos θ + (mgsin θ + ma) None of a 2
making an angle θ with horizontal. The mgsin θ) ma) the above.
surface, the pulling force required in the
direction of motion is
9 A block of mass m is moving up a plane Zero (µmgcos θ + (mgsin θ + ma + None of c 2
making an angle θ with horizontal. The ma) µmgcos θ) the above.
acceleration of the block is a. If the co-
efficient of friction between the block and the
plane surface is µ, the pulling force required
in the direction of motion is
10 A block of mass m is moving down a plane (µmgsin θ - (-mgsin θ + (mgsin θ + ma) None of b 2
making an angle θ with horizontal. The ma) ma + the above.
acceleration of the block is a. If the co- µmgcos θ)
efficient of friction between the block and the
plane surface is µ, the pulling force required
in the direction of motion is

11 A block of mass m is moving down a plane zero gcos θ gsin θ None of c 2
making an angle θ with horizontal under the the above.
action of self weight. If there is no friction
between the block and the plane surface, the
acceleration of the block is a.
12 A block of mass m is moving up a plane zero gcos θ gsin θ None of a 2

making an angle θ with horizontal. The block the above.
is pulled up with a force mgsin θ. If there is no
surface, The acceleration of the block is a. is
13 A block of mass 10 kg is pulled by a force of 10 zero 1 0.5 None of c 2

N in the direction making an angle of 60 with the above.
horizontal. The acceleration of the block in
2
m/s is
14 A horizontal force expressed as F(N) = 10 t2 – zero 6 5 None of b 2
4t + 6 where t is in s., acts on a block of mass the above.
2kg. The acceleration of the block in m/s2
after 1 s. is
15 A block of mass 2 kg is acted upon by a 6.25 1 zero None of b 2

constant force inducing acceleration of 2.5 the above.
2
m/s . If the same force acts on an object
having a mass of 5 kg, the acceleration
2
induced in m/s is
16 An object of mass 3 kg has a component of 3 15 5 21 None of a 2

2 2
m/s in X direction and component of 4 m/s the above.
in Y direction. The magnitude of total force
producing this acceleration in N
17 A truck starts from rest with an acceleration g 0.1g 3g None of b 2

'a'. A box of mass 30 kg is kept on the truck. the above.
The co-efficient of friction between the box
and the truck bed is µ is 0.1. The box will slip
2
on the truck bed if the acceleration in m/s
equals or exceeds
18 A man having a mass of 50 kg stands in an 390.5 N 490.5 N 590.5 N Non of the c 2

elevator. The reactive force acting on the above
man’s feet by the elevator floor, if the
2
elevator accelerates upwards at 2 m/s .
19 A man having a mass of 50 kg stands in an 390.5 N 490.5 N 590.5 N Non of the a 2

2
elevator accelerates downwards at 2 m/s .
20 A man having a mass of 50 kg stands in an Zero 490.5 590.5 Non of the b 2

elevator moves upwards at a constant velocity
of 1 m/s.
21 A man having a mass of 50 kg stands in an 390.5 N 490.5 N 590.5 N Non of the b 2
elevator moves downwards at a constant
velocity of 1 m/s.

22 For a rectilinear motion of a particle of a mass Zero ma ma/2 Non of the a 2
m with acceleration a, the radial component above
of force inducing motion is equal to
23 For a rectilinear motion of a particle of a mass Zero ma ma/2 Non of the b 2

m with acceleration a, the tangential above
component of force inducing motion is equal
to
24 A body of mass 400 kg starts from rest and 1.48 2.48 3.48 4.48 a 2
moves along a straight line under an
influencing force which varies as square of
time. Force reaches to a value of 400 N in 15 s
from start. Calculate the velocity at the end of
tenth s
25 A boy of mass 50 kg stands in a lift. Determine 500 590 100 1090 b 2
the force exerted by the boy on the floor of
the lift when the lift moves up with a constant
2
acceleration of 2 m/ s
26 A boy of mass 50 kg stands in a lift. Determine 200 290 300 390 d 2

the lift when the lift moves down with a
2
constant acceleration of 2 m/ s
27 A boy of mass 50 kg stands in a lift. Determine Zero 290 300 390 a 2

the lift when the lift moves down with a
2
constant acceleration of 9.81 m/ s
28 A man moves a crate by pushing horizontally 0.25g 0.2g 0.3g 0.1g d 2

against it until it slides on the floor. If µs= 0.5
and µk =0.4. With what acceleration does the
crate begin to move. Assume force exerted by
the man at impending motion is maintained
when sliding begins.
29 A train with twenty coaches has a total mass - 0.0712 - 0.0515 - 0.0613 m/s2 - 0.0513 c 2
2 2
of 1200 tonnes. Its speed is 72 km/h when it is m/s2 m/s m/s
at the bottom of one percent grade. If the
draw bar pull is 80 kN and tractive resistance
is 30 N per tones mass what is its
acceleration?
30 A train with twenty coaches has a total mass 58.98 52.99 kmph 55.90 kmph 50.99 b 2
of 1200 tonnes. Its speed is 72 km/h when it is kmph kmph
at the bottom of one percent grade. If the
draw bar pull is 80 kN and tractive resistance
is 30 N per tones mass what is speed of train
at the end of grade 1.5 km long?
31 The force applied on a body of mass 100 kg to 20 N 100 N 500 N 400 N c 2

produce an acceleration of 5 m / s², is
32 A lift moves downwards with an acceleration 5N 0N 9.81 N 4.09 N b 2
of 9.8 m / s² The pressure exerted by a man
on the floor of the lift is

33 A man with a capacity to apply a push force 875 N-m 883 N-m 891 N-m 899 N-m b 2
of 265 N rolls a barrel of mass 90 kg into a
vehicle which is 1 m above the ground level.
What will be the work done by that man?
34 A package weighing 90 N is projected up an 4.5 m 4.57 m 5m 6.6m d 2

incline with angle of 25° with initial velocity
of 7.4 m/s. Determine the maximum distance
“x” , the package will move up that incline.
35 A package weighing 90 N is projected up an 4.5 m/s 4.57 m/s 7.4 m/s 5 m/s c 2
incline with angle of 25° with initial velocity
of 7.4 m/s. Determine the velocity when the
package returns the initial position.
36 A body of mass 200 kg is found to move with 50 m/s - 20 m/s 20 m/s - 70 m/s c 2
a velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 100 N
velocity of the body when the force acts in the
37 A wagon weighing 500 kN starts from rest, 1.716 m/s 2.716 m/s 3.716 m/s 4.716 m/s a 2
runs 30 m down a 1% grade and strikes a
bumper post. The rolling resistance of the
track is 5N / kN , find the velocity with which
the wagon strikes the post
38 A wagon weighing 500 kN starts from rest, 25 mm 50mm 75mm 100mm d 2

runs 30 m down a 1% grade and strikes a
bumper post. The rolling resistance of the
track is 5N / kN . The bumper spring
compresses 1 mm for every 5 kN determine
the total compression.
2 2 2
39 A track is proceeding up along 3% grade at 0.394 0.294 m/s 0.295 m/s 0.391 m/s b 2
2
constant speed of 60km/h. If the driver does m/s
not change gears what will be the
acceleration as track starts moving on a level
stion of the road.
2 2 2
40 A track is proceeding up along 4% grade at 0.3924 0.3 m/s 0.295 m/s 0.391 m/s a 2
2
constant speed of 72km/h. If the driver does m/s
not change gears what will be the
acceleration as track starts moving on a level
stion of the road.
0
41 A body of mass `mìs projected up a 25 15 m 17.66 m 1.766 m 20 m b 2
inclined plane with an initial velocity of
15m/s.If the coefficient of friction µk = 0.25.
Determine how far the body will move up the
plane
0
42 A body of mass `mìs projected up a 25 2.355 s 2s 2.5 s 3s a 2
inclined plane with an initial velocity of
15m/s.If the coefficient of friction µk =0.25.
Determine the time required to reach the
highest point
43 The 50 Kg crate is projected along the floor 6.244 m 3.122 m 4.666 m 4.222 m a 2
with initial speed of 7m/s at x=0.The
coefficient of kinetic friction µk = 0.4 .Calculate
distance x traveled by the crate while it
comes to rest.

44 A hockey player hits a puck so that it comes to 0.055 0.3 0.0755 0.4 c 2
rest in 9 seconds after sliding 30 meters
horizontally on the ice. Determine the
coefficient of friction between the pluk and
ice.
2 2
45 A car is traveling up a long grade at a constant 0.9815 0.4905 m/s 9.815 m/s 0.1962 d 2
2 2
velocity. If the driver does not change the m/s m/s
setting of the throttle or shift gears as the car
reaches the top of the grade, what will be the
acceleration of the car as it starts moving
down the 2% grade followed immediately
after the 3%up grade?
46 A force of unknown magnitude acts on a body 450 N 350 N 500 N 400 N a 2

of mass 150 kg and produces an acceleration
of 3m/s² in the direction of force. Find the
force
47 A force of 100 N acts on abody having mass of 20 m / s² 25m / s² 50 m / s² 12.5 m / s² b 2
4 kg for 10 seconds. If the initial velocity of
the body is 5 m/s find acceleration produced
in the direction of the of force.
48 A force of 100 N acts on abody having mass of 1100 m 1200 m 1000m 1300 m d 2
4 kg for 10 seconds. If the initial velocity of
the body is 5 m/s find distance moved by the
body in 10 seconds.
49 The weight of a body on earth is 980 N. If the 980 N 490 N 160 N 0N c 2

acceleration due to gravity on earth is 9.80
m/s², what will be weight of the body on
moon where gravitational acceleration is 1.6
m/s²
50 The weight of a body on earth is 980 N. If the 27000 N 980 N 0N 490 N a 2
acceleration due to gravity on earth is 9.80
m/s², what will be weight of the body on the
sun where gravitational acceleration is 270
m/s²
51 A force of 200 N acts on a body having mass 60 m/s 20 m/s 80 m/s none of c 2
of 300 kg for 90 seconds. If the initial velocity the above
of the body is 20 m/s determine the final
52 A force of 200 N acts on a body having mass 20 m/s 80 m/s 60 m/s -40 m/s d 2
of 300 kg for 90 seconds. If the initial velocity
of the body is 20 m/s determine the final
opposite direction of motion.
53 A body of weight 200 N is initially stationary 6.242 m / 3.242 m / s² 4 m / s² 9.81 m / s² a 2

on a 45° inclined plane. Determine the s²
acceleration of the body if µk = 0.1 between
the body and the plane
54 A body of weight 200 N is initially stationary 0.26 m 0.32 m 0.6 m 0.45 m b 2

on a 45° inclined plane. Determine
thedistance travelled by the body on the
inclined plane before it reaches a speed of 2
m/s if µk = 0.1 between the body and the
plane

55 Two bodies of weight 50 N and 30 N are 3m / s² 1.25 m / s² 6.242 m / s² 0.25 m / s² d 2
connected to the two ends of a light
inextensible string. The string is passing over a
smooth pulley. Determine the acceteration of
the system
56 Two bodies of weight 50 N and 30 N are 37.5 N 18.75 N 9.81 N 25 N b 2
connected to the two ends of a light
inextensible string. The string is passing over a
smooth pulley. Determine the tension in the
string
57 A train of mass 20000 kg is moving at 10 kmph 1.11 kN 1111 N 11.11 kN none of c 2
and after 20 seconds it is moving at 50 kmph. the above
What is the average force acting upon it
during this time in the direction of motion
58 An electric train travelling at 36 knph is pulled 1200000 120000 kg 9810000 kg none of a 2

up gradually, the retardation being 0.5 m / s². kg the above
If the retarding force is 600 kN what is the
mass of train
59 Two bodies of mass 80 kg and 20 kg are 1.057 m / -2.057 m / s² 2.057 m / s² none of a 2
connected by a thread and move along a s² the above
rough horizontal surface under the action of a
force 400 N applied to the first body of mass
80 kg. The coefficient of friction between
sliding surfaces is 0.3. Determine acceleration
of the two bodies.
60 An elevator of mass 900 kg when empty is 9810 N 711.225 N 12458 N 8829 N c 2

lifted or lowered vertically by means of a wire
rope. A man of mass 72.5 kg is standing in it.
The tension in the rope when the lift is
moving up with an acceleration of 3m / s² is
61 An elevator of mass 900 kg when empty is 9810 N 9540 N 8829 N 12458 N b 2

lifted or lowered vertically by means of a wire
rope. A man of mass 72.5 kg is standing in it.
The tension in the rope when the lift is
moving down with an uniform velocityof 3m /
s is
62 A body of mass 200 kg is found to move with -20 m/s 20 m/s 70 m/s -70 m/s a 2
a velocity of 20 m/s when a force of 100 N
opposite direction of motion.
63 An automobile weighing 20 kN is driven down 4.918 m 49.18 m 98.36 m none of b 2

a 5° inclination at a speed of 60 kmph when the above
the brakes are applied causing a constant
total braking force of 7.5 kN. The distance
travelled by the automobile as it comes to
rest is
64 A car moving on a straight level road skidded 22.97 m/s 2.297 m/s 20 m/s none of a 2
for a total distance of 76.8 m after the brakes the above
were applied. Determine the speed of the car
just before the brakes were applied if
coefficient of friction between the road and
the tyre is 0.35

2 2 2 2
65 What maximum speed a jeep can attain over 23.67 m/s 39.67 m/s 35.69 m/s 29.86 m/s c 2
a distance of 100 m starting from rest, if the
drive
2 2 2 2
66 What maximum speed a jeep can attain over 29.86 m/s 35.69 m/s 19.55 m/s 23.67 m/s a 2
the tyres is 0.65 and the jeep is a front wheel
drive with 70% of total weight being
transferred to front wheels
2 2 2 2
67 What maximum speed a jeep can attain over 29.86 m/s 35.69 m/s 23.67 m/s 19.55 m/s d 2
drive with 30% of total weight being
transferred to front wheels
2 2
68 1 Newton force is equal to 1 kg m/s 1 dyne 1 lb /in 1 tonne a 2
2 2
gm/cm m/s
69 In SI system unit of force is Newton Dyne Pound kg-force a 2

70 A 50 kg box is pushed to slide along a 1s 1.361 s 2s 3s b 2
horizontal floor with an initial speed of 4 m/s.
If µk = 0.3, find the time required for the box
to come to rest
71 A 50 kg box is pushed to slide along a 1.36 m 2m 2.72 m none of c 2
horizontal floor with an initial speed of 4 m/s. the above
If µk = 0.3, find the distance travelled by the
box before coming to rest
72 A body of mass 0.5 kg moves with a constant 2N 4N 6N 8N d 2

speed of 4 m/s around a horizontal circle of
radius 1m. Determine the magnitude of
horizontal force acting on body towards the
centre of circle is
73 A body of mass 1 kg moves with a constant 2N 4N 6N 8N b 2
speed of 4 m/s around a horizontal circle of
radius 4 m. Determine the magnitude of
horizontal force acting on body towards the
centre of circle is
74 A body of mass 100 gm moves with constant 0.125 N 0.152 N 0.345 N 0.654 N b 2
angular speed around a circle of radius 0.50 m
in horizontal plane. If the body completes 50
revolution in 3 minutes, the magnitude of
horizontal force acting on the body towards
the centre of circle is
75 A body of mass 1 kg moves with constant 1.25 N 1.52 N 3.45 N 6.54 N b 2

angular speed around a circle of radius 0.50 m
in horizontal plane. If the body completes 50
revolution in 3 minutes, the magnitude of
horizontal force acting on the body towards
the centre of circle is

76 A body is placed on a horizontal disc at a point 0.151 0.156 0.511 0.345 a 2
which is 0.15 m from the centre of disc when
the disc rotates at 30 rev/min, the body is just
on the point of slipping. The coefficient of
friction between the body and disc surface is
77 A body is placed on a horizontal disc at a point 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 d 2

which is 0.1 m from the centre of disc when
the disc rotates at 60 rev/min, the body is just
on the point of slipping. The coefficient of
friction between the body and disc surface is
78 A small ball of mass 5 kg is made to revolve in 40.14 60.6 degree 66 degree 54.3degre a 2
a horizontal circle, (length of cord attached to degree e
ball is 2 m) knowing that maximum tension in
cord is 100 N, determine the angle made by
cord with vertical at ball velocity of 5 m/s.
79 A small ball of mass 10 kg is made to revolve 69.6 60.6 degree 66 degree 40.14 d 2
in a horizontal circle, (length of cord attached degree degree
to ball is 2 m) knowing that maximum tension
in cord is 200 N, determine the angle made by
cord with vertical at ball velocity of 5 m/s.
80 Newton’s sond law can be written as External Weight Internal force All of d 1
mathematically, ∑ Fn = man, within the forces above
summation of forces ∑F------ are (is) included.
81 ∑Fn = man, equation of motion along Tangential Radial Transverse Normal d 1

direction direction direction direction
82 Equation of motion in normal direction is Impulse Normal Tangential force Inertial b 1
written as ∑Fn = man, where ∑Fn is referred to force force
as the ------
83 Equation of motion in normal direction is Tangential Transverse Total Normal d 1

written as ∑Fn = man, where an is referred as componen component acceleration componen
t of of t of
acceleratio acceleration acceleratio
n n
84 In path coordinate, frictional force always acts Normal Tangential a and b None of c 1
along direction direction above
85 When a car moves over a hump, the pressure Same as Greater than Less than that Zero c 1
exerted by the wheels on the road is that on the that on the on the level
level road level road road
86 When a car moves over a trough, the pressure Same as Greater than Less than that Zero b 1
exerted by the wheels on the road is that on the that on the on the level
level road level road road
87 When a stone tied to one end of a string is The lowest The highest The mid point 45 degree a 1
whirled in a verticle circle, the tension in a point point to verticle
string is maximum at

88 When a stone tied to one end of a string is The lowest The highest The mid point 45 degree b 1
whirled in a verticle circle, the tension in a point point to verticle
string is minimum at
2
89 The equation of motion along normal ∑Fn = man ∑Fn = mv /ρ Both a and b None of c 1
direction is these
90 The equation of motion along tangential ∑Ft = mat ∑Ft = ∑Ft = mvdv/ρds a, b and c d 1
direction is mdv/dt
91 ∑Ft = mvdv/ρds, equation of motion along Normal Tangential Both a and b None of b 1
direction direction these
92 ∑Ft = mdv/dt, equation of motion along Normal Tangential Both a and b None of b 1
2
93 ∑Fn = mv /ρ, equation of motion along Normal Tangential Both a and b None of a 1
94 The driver of a car traveling along a straight 0.25 0.5 0.75 None of b 2
level road suddenly apply a breaks so that the these
car moved with constant deceleration of
2
4.905 m/s . Find the coefficient friction
between the tyres and road.
95 During the journey, a 250 kg car traveling at 1m 9.81 m 4.905 m None of b 2

speed of 9.81 m/s just loose the contact with these
the road as it reaches the crest of the hill,
determine the radius of curvature.
96 A small block slides along the cylindrical Minimum Maximum Zero None of c 2
surface, the normal reaction exerted by the these
surface on the block at which it will leave the
cylindrical surface is
97 The driver of a car traveling along a straight 0.25 0.5 0.75 None of a 2
car moved with constant deceleration of
2
2.453 m/s . Find the coefficient friction
between the tyres and road.
98 The driver of a car traveling along a straight 1.02 2.01 0.12 None of a 2
car moved with constant deceleration of 1.00
2
m/s . Find the coefficient friction between the
tyres and road.
99 During the journey, a 250 kg car traveling at 9.81 m 10.2 m 98.1 None of b 2
speed of 10 m/s just loose the contact with these
the road as it reaches the crest of the hill,
determine the radius of curvature.
10 A 600 kg wreeking ball is attached to a cable 9810 N 9806 N 2686 N None of b 2

0 of length 12 m and negligible mass. The these
velocity of the ball is 8 m/s when the cable is
vertical. Determine the tension in the cable if
the ball swing in the vertical plane.

10 A 600 kg wreeking ball is attached to a cable 9.81 m/s 8.86 m/s 30.94 m/s None of b 2
1 of length 12 m and negligible mass. If the these
tension in the cable 9810 N when the ball
swing in the vertical plane. Determine the
velocity of the ball for vertical position of
cable.
10 The pendulum bob has a mass m and is 3 mg cos θ 2 mg sin θ 3 mg sin θ 2 mg cos θ c 2
2 released from rest when θ = 0 with horizontal.
Determine the tension in the cord as a
function of angle of descent θ
2 2 2 2
10 The pendulum bob has a mass m and is v = 2gl sin v = 3gl sin θ v = 4gl sin θ v = 2gl cos a 2
3 released from rest when θ = 0 with horizontal. θ θ
If the length of cord is l, then the velocity of
the bob as a function of angle of descent θ is
given by
10 The pendulum bob has a mass 10 kg and is 147.15 N 98.1 N 254.87 N None of a 2
4 released from rest when θ = 0 with horizontal. these
Determine the tension in the cord at θ = 30
degree.
10 The pendulum bob has a mass 10 kg and is 9.81 m/s 3.13 m/s 3.84 m/s None of b 2
5 released from rest when θ = 0 with horizontal. these
If the length of cord is 1 m, determine the
velocity of the bob at θ = 30 degree.
10 It is observed that the passengers on the 784.8 N 906.2 N 679.66 N None of b 2

6 amusement park ride moving with constant these
speed and the supporting cable are directed
at 30 degree from the vertical. Each chair
including its passenger has a mass of 80 kg
and radius of curvature is 7 m, determine the
tension in the supporting cable
10 It is observed that the passengers on the 79.45 kg 105.94 kg 100 kg None of a 2

7 amusement park ride moving with constant these
speed and the supporting cable are directed
at 30 degree from the vertical. If the tension
in supporting cable is 900 N and radius of
curvature is 7 m, determine mass of each
chair including its passenger.
10 A girl having mass of 25 kg sits on the merry 2.1 m/s 3.84 m/s 4.41 m/s None of a 2
8 go round at a distance of 1.5 m from the these
centre of rotation. Determine the maximum
constant speed at which she slip off the merry
go round if the coefficient of static friction is
0.3.
10 A girl having mass of 50 kg sits on the merry 3.84 m/s 2.1 m/s 4.41 m/s None of b 2
centre of rotation. Determine the maximum
constant speed at which she slip off the merry
go round if the coefficient of static friction is
0.3.

11 A girl having mass of 50 kg sits on the merry 0.612 0.989 0.491 None of a 2
centre of rotation. Determine the coefficient
of static friction if maximum constant speed is
3 m/s at which she slip off the merry go
round.
11 A girl having mass of 50 kg sits on the merry 2.94 m/s 3.06 m 2.7 m None of b 2
1 go round at a radial distance r from the centre these
of rotation. Determine radial distance r if the
coefficient of static friction is 0.3 and the
maximum constant speed is 3 m/s at which
she slip off the merry go round.
11 The man has a mass of 80 kg and sits at 3 m 5.42 m/s 1.76 m/s 2.97 m/s None of c 2
2 from the centre of the rotating platform. these
Determine the maximum velocity at which he
can slip from the rotating platform if the
coefficient of static friction between contact
surface is 0.3.
11 The man has a mass of 80 kg and sits at r from 9.8 m 2.94 m 0.9 m 3m d 2
3 the centre of the rotating platform. The
maximum velocity at which he can slip from
the rotating platform is 2.97 m/s and the
coefficient of static friction between contact
surface is 0.3. Determine the distance r.
2 2 2
11 When a car of mass m moves with velocity v N = mv /ρ N = mv /ρ + N = mv + mg None of a 2
4 over a hump of radius of curvature ρ , the - mg mg these
normal reaction exerted by the wheels on the
road is
2 2 2
11 When a car of mass m moves with velocity v N = mv /ρ N = mv /ρ + N = mv + mg None of b 2
5 over a trough of radius of curvature ρ , the - mg mg these
normal reaction exerted by the wheels on the
road is
11 During the high speed chase, a 1100 kg car 201.32 m 2609.6 m 16.31 m None of a 2
6 traveling at a speed of 160 km/h just loses these
contact with the road as it reaches the crest
of the hill, determine the radius of curvature
of the vertical profile of the road
11 During the high speed chase, a 1000 kg car 6.12 m 588.6 m 366.97 m None of c 2
7 traveling at a speed of 60 m/s just loses these
contact with the road as it reaches the crest
of the hill, determine the radius of curvature
of the vertical profile of the road
11 If the pendulum is released from rest in its More than Less than Zero None of c 2
8 unstable vertical equilibrium position, weight of weight of these
determine the magnitude force in the rod at pendulum pendulum
which the axial force in the rod changes from
compression to tension.
11 The 25 kg girl is in the lowest position in a 401.5 N 89 N 276.5 N None of a 2
9 swing in a vertical plane. The effective length these
from mass centre to the fixed support for the
rope is 4 m and the velocity of the girl mass
centre is 5 m/s, determine the tension in the
rope.

12 The 50 kg girl is in the lowest position in a 540.5 N 990.5 N 9.5 N None of b 2
rope is 10 m and the velocity of the girl mass
centre is 10 m/s, determine the tension in the
rope.
12 The 50 kg girl is in the lowest position in a 100 m/s 17.21 m/s 10 m/s None of c 2
rope is 10 m. Determine the velocity of the
girl mass centre if tension in the rope is 990.5
N.
12 The girl of mass m is in the lowest position in 50 kg 40 kg 60 kg None of a 2
2 a swing in a vertical plane. The effective these
length from mass centre to the fixed support
for the rope is 10 m and the velocity of the girl
mass centre is 10 m/s, determine the mass of
girl if tension in the rope is 990.5 N.
12 A bob of 1 m pendulum describe an arc of a 3.132 m/s 3.335 m/s 3.365 m/s None of b 2
3 circle in a vertical plane. When the angle of these
0
the cord is 30 with the vertical, the tension in
the cord is two times the weight of the bob.
Find the velocity of the in this position.
2 2 2
12 A bob of 1 m pendulum describe an arc of a 9.81 m/s 4.905 m/s 19.62 m/s None of b 2
0
the cord is two times the weight of the bob.
Find the tangential component of
acceleration.
12 A bob of 1 m pendulum describe an arc of a 5 kg 100 kg 10 kg None of c 2

0
the cord is 95 N. Find the mass of pendulum if
its velocity at this instant is 1 m/s.
12 A pilot flies an airplane at a constant speed of 3382.9 N 1617.2 N 33282.9 N None of a 2

6 600 km/h in the vertical circle of radius 1000 these
m. Find the force exerted by the seat on 90 kg
pilot at lowest point
12 A pilot flies an airplane at a constant speed of 3382.9 N 1617.2 N 882.9 N None of c 2

7 600 km/h in the vertical circle of radius 1000 these
m. Find the force exerted by the seat on 90 kg
pilot at highest point
12 A small vehicle travel on the top of circular Less than More than Zero None of c 2
8 path in a vertical plane. Determine the weight of weight of these
magnitude of normal reaction at which the vehicle vehicle
vechicle leave the circular path

12 A 60 kg wreeking ball is attached to 15 m long 553.1 N 588.6 N 626.3 N None of a 2
9 steel cable and swing in a vertical arc. these
Determine the tension in the cable at the top
of the swing when the cable at an angle of 20
degree with vertical.
13 A 60 kg wreeking ball is attached to 15 m long 518 N 588.6 N 659.16 N None of c 2

Determine the tension in the cable at the
bottom where the speed of ball is 4.2 m/s.
13 A 60 kg wreeking ball is attached to 15 m long 5.03 m/s 25.35 m/s 1.59 m/s None of a 2
Determine the velocity of the ball at the
bottom if the tension in the cable is 690 N.
2 2 2
13 A small block of weight W rest on a horizontal v = 2μgr v = μgr v = 3μgr None of b 2
2 turntable at a distance r from the axis of these
rotation. If the coefficient of static friction
between contact surface is μ, determine the
maximum speed at which the block will slip.
13 A small block of weight W rest on a horizontal 1.72 m/s 2.1 m/s 1.21 m/s None of c 2
3 turntable at a distance of 0.5 m from the axis these
of rotation. If the coefficient of static friction
between contact surface is 0.3, determine the
maximum speed at which the block will slip.
13 In merry go round, the chairs are supported Towards Away from Cable makes None of a 2
4 by cables, If the angular speed of merry go axis of axis of same angle with these
round is increases then chairs swings rotation rotation vertical
13 In merry go round, the chairs are supported Towards Away from Cable makes None of b 2
5 by cables, If the angular speed of merry go axis of axis of same angle with these
round is decreases then chairs swings rotation rotation vertical
13 A particle moving with constant velocity along ΣFn = man ΣFt = mat Both a and b None of b 1
6 the circular path in a horizontal plane, the these
equation of kinetis is not applicable to solve
the problem
13 A particle moving with constant velocity along ΣFb = 0 ΣFz = 0 Both a and b None of c 1
7 the circular path in a horizontal plane, the these
normal reaction exerted on a particle is given
by the equation
13 When a car is moving at a curve, the driver Toward Away from Both a and b None of a 1
8 bend his body the centre the centre of these
of curvature
curvature
13 The equation of motion, in kinetics of ΣFn = man ΣFt = mat ΣFb = 0 All of these d 1
9 curvilinear motion of particle are
14 The equation of motion, in kinetics of ΣFn = man ΣFt = mat ΣFz = 0 All of these d 1
0 curvilinear motion of particle are

14 In merry go round, the chairs are supported Positive Negative Zero None of c 1
1 by cables, If the merry go round rotating with these
constant angular velocity, the tangential
component of acceleration is.
14 In merry go round, the chairs are supported ρω 2ρω ρω/2 None of a 1

2 by cables, If the merry go round rotating with these
constant angular velocity ω and radius of
curvature is ρ , then the velocity is given by.
14 A motorcyclist in a circus rides his motorcycle 12.13 m/s 24.26 m/s 6.06 m/s None of a 2
3 within the confines of the hollow sphere. If these
the coefficient of static friction is 0.4,
determine the minimum speed at which he
must travel if he is to ride along the wall when
θ = 90 degree. The mass of motor cycle with
rider is 250 kg.
14 A motorcyclist in a circus rides his motorcycle 2452.5 N 981 N 6131.25 N None of a 2

determine the frictional force at which he
rider is 250 kg.
14 A motorcyclist in a circus rides his motorcycle 2452.5 N 981 N 6131.25 N None of c 2

determine the Normal reaction at which he
rider is 250 kg.
14 If the pendulum is released from rest in its Compressi Tensile Null None of c 2
6 unstable vertical equilibrium position, ve these
determine the nature of force in the rod at
which the axial force in the rod changes from
compression to tension.
14 In which of the following case, is work being A man A coolie A boy None of c 2
7 done? pressing a standing climbing up a the above
wall with a load stair case
of N on his
head
14 The work done by a force on a body will be Body does Body moves Body moves Body c 2
8 positive if the not move perpendicul along the moves
ar to the direction of the opposite
direction of applied force to the
applied direction
force of applied
force
14 One Joule work is said to be done when A force of A force of 1 A force of 1 A force of b 2
9 1N N displaces a dyne displaces a 1 dyne
displaces a body by 1 m body by 1 cm displaces a
body by 1 body by 1
cm m

15 A boy weighing 350 N runs up a flight of 30 2100 J 17500 J 7000 J None of a 2
0 steps each 200 mm height . The work done is the above
15 A man raises a box of 50 kg mass to a height 2 one as to one as to two as to one None of b 2
1 m in 2 minutes, while another man raises the two one the above
same box to the same height in 5 minutes ,
the ratio of the work done is
15 A machine raises a load of 750 N through a 12000 J 24000 J 3750 J None of a 2

2 height of 16 m in 5 s, the work done by the above
machine is
15 A man exerts a force of 200 N in pulling a cart 216 W 3200 W 184 W None of b 2
3 of a constant speed of 16 m/s, the power the above
spent by man is
15 A boy of mass 40 kg runs upstairs and reaches 400 320 Nm 3200 Nm None of c 2
4 8 m high first floor in 5 s. The work done by Nm the above
2
him against gravity is ( take g = 10 m/s )
15 It takes 20 s for 'A' to climb up a stair while 'B' 1:1 1:2 3:4 4:3 c 2
5 does the same in 15 s. Comparison of power
develop by A and B is
15 A spring is kept compressed by a toy cart of 4 Nm. 2 Nm 1 Nm 0.5 Nm b 2

6 mass 1 kg. On releasing a cart, it moves with
a speed of 2 m/s.The Potential Energy of the
spring is
15 car A is running at at a speed of 15 kmph 1 :2 2:1 1:4 4:1 c 2
7 while another similar car B is moving at a
speed of 30 kmph.The ratio of kinetic
energies of car A & B is
15 A body of mass 5 kg is taken from a height 5 250 Nm 75 Nm 25 Nm 50 Nm a 2
8 m to 10 m, the increase in its potentional
2
energy is (Take g = 10 m/s )
15 The kinetic energy of a body of mass 2 kg 20 Nm 10 Nm 100 Nm 40 Nm c 2

9 moving with a speed of 10 m/s is
16 A man of 60 kg mass runs so that his kinetic 25 m/s 5 m/s 12.5 m/s 45000 b 2
0 energy is 750 Nm . The velocity of man is m/s
16 A mass of a moving cart is doubled keeping Remains Gets Gets Trippled Will b 2
1 the velocity same, the kinetic energy same doubled become
half
3
16 A truck weighing 5 x 10 kg and a cart 1:1 1:10 10:1 1:2 c 2
2 weighing 50 kg are moving with same speed.
The comparison of kinetic energy of truck
with cart.
16 The body of mass 2 kg having momentum 20 10 Nm 40 Nm 80 Nm 100 Nm d 2
3 kg m/s . The kinetic energy of the body is
16 To keep the kinetic energy of the body same , Doubled Trippled Halved or half Remain c 2
4 if its mass is increased four times, the velocity Same
will get
16 A machine raises a load of 100 N through a 800 W 500 W 4000 W None of d 2

5 height of 8 m in 5 s, the power at which the the above
machine works is

16 A ball tied to a string is being whirled around Tension Tension Tension does None of a 2
6 a circle. What can you say about the work does no does positive work the Above
done by tension? work at all negative
work
16 A box is being pulled up a rough incline plane One force Two forces Three forces Four c 2
7 by a rope connected to a pulley. How many forces
forces are doing work on the box?
16 By what factor does the Kinetic Energy of a No change Factor of 3 Factor of 6 Factor of 9 d 2
8 car change when its speed is trippled? at all
16 Car 1 has double the mass of car 2, but their 2V1=V2 √2 V1=V2 4V1 = V2 V1=V2 b 2
9 kinetic energies are same. What is the relation
between their speed?
17 A box is being pulled across a rough floor at a Friction Friction does Friction does None of b 2
0 constant speed, What can you say about the does no negative positive work the Above
work done by friction? work at all work
17 A car starts from rest and accelerates to 30 0-30 kmph 30-60 kmph Both the same None of b 2
1 kmph. Later, it gets on a highway and the Above
accelerates to 60 kmph.Which part of journey
takes more energy?
17 How does the work required to stretch a Same Twice the Four time the Eight time c 2
2 spring by 20 mm compare with work required amount of work work the work
to stretch it by 10 mm? the work
17 Mike performed 5 J of work in 10 seconds, Mike Joy Both produced Zero b 2

3 Joy performed 3 J of work in 5 s, who the same power
produced more power? amount of
power
17 At what point the potential energy of a body At 1m At 5m On the earth None of c 2

4 is taken to be Zero ? above above earth surface the above
earth surface
surface
17 If 20 joules of work is done in compressing 5J 7J 15 J 13 J a 2
5 spring from 0 to 60 mm, then how much
work is done in compressing the same from
30 mm to 60 mm?
17 A particle of mass 20 gm is thrown vertically - 2. 0 J -10.0 J – 1.0 J - 1.5 J c 2

6 upwards with a speed of 10 m/s. Find the
work done by the force of gravity during the
time the particle goes up.
17 An elevator weighing 500 kg is to be lifted up 1000 W 1200 W 980 W 880 W c 2

7 at a constant velocity of 0.20 m/s. What
would be the minimum horse power of the
motor to be used?
17 A force F = (10 + 0.5x) acts on a particle in the 21 J 31 J 19 J 20 J a 2
8 x direction where F is in N and x in meter. Find
the work done by this force during a
displacement from x = 0 to x = 2.0 m.

17 A body dropped from a height h reaches the – 0. 38 – 0. 28 – 0. 48 mgh – 0. 58 b 2
9 ground with a speed of 1.2 √gh. Calculate the mgh mgh mgh
work done by air friction.
18 Two springs A and B (kA = 2kB) are stretched E/2 2E E E/4 a 2

0 by applying the forces of equal magnitudes at
ends. If the energy stored in A is E, then the
energy stored in B is
18 The mass of cyclist together with bike is 90 kg. 300 J 375 J 400 J 575 J b 2
1 Calculate the increase in kinetic energy if
speed increases from 6 kmph to 12 kmph.
18 A block of mass 2 kg moving at a speed of 10 625 J 525 J 300 J 400 J a 2

2
2 m/s accelerates at 3 m/s for 5 s. Compute its
final kinetic energy.
18 A box is pushed through 4 m across a floor 400 J 300 J 425 J 390 J a 2

3 offering 100 N resistance. How much work is
done by a resisting force?
18 A block of mass 5 kg slides down an inclined 235 J 255 J 225 J 245 J d 2

0
4 plane of inclination 30 and length 10 m. Find
the work done by the gravity force.
18 A spring is stretched by 50 mm by applying a 11.5 J 13.0 J 12.5 J 14.5 J c 2

5 force. Find the work done, if the force
required for stretching 1mm of the spring is
10 N.
18 Calculate the work done in pulling up a block 10 kNm 12 kNm 9 kNm 13 kNm a 2
6 of wood weighing 2 kN for a length of 10 m on
0
a smooth plane inclined at an angle of 30
with the horizontal.
18 What power is needed to fill an overhead tank 4250 W 2450 W 2540 W 5420 W b 2
7 of capacity 60000 lit in two hours, if the water
is to be lifted through a height of 30m?
18 What work will be done in lifting a tin of paint 20 N 60 N 40 N 80 N c 2

8 weighing 5 N from the ground floor to the
second floor of a building? The height from
the ground floor to second floor is 8 m.
18 Five men pushed a bus, which had a 26.25 kJ 36.25 kJ 30.00 kJ 16.45 kJ a 2
9 breakdown. The mass of the bus is 7 tonnes
and the frictional resistance is 0.25 kN /
tonne. Determine the work done by the men
in pushing the bus at a constant speed over a
distance of 15 m.
19 A man having a mass of 80 kg runs up a flight 548 W 458 W 845 W 584 W a 2
0 of stairs in 5 s. Determine the horse power
required by the man, if the flight of the stair
is 3.5 m high.
19 For throwing a ball of mass m , a spring gun is Vo = δo Vo = δo ( Vo = δo ( K / Vo =2δo a 2
1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
1 used. If the vertical spring of constant K is ( K / m) 2K / m) 2m) ( K / m)
initially compressed by an amount δo, find the
velocity Vo with which the ball will leave the
gun.

19 A spring having spring constant 600 N/m is 60 Nm 3Nm 30 Nm None of b 2
2 stretched from its original unstretched length above
through 100 mm. The work done is
19 A vehicle of 1200 kg mass moving with a 120 kJ 240 kJ 360 kJ 480 kJ b 2

3 velocity of 20 m/s has a kinetic energy of
2 2 2 2
19 A block of mass ‘m’ starts moving with an μ=u / μ = 2u / μ = u / gs μ = u / 2gs d 2
4 initial velocity u on a horizontal plane. Find gs 2gs
the coefficient of friction μ if the block stops
after covering a distance ‘s’.
19 A car of mass 2000 kg is moving with a x = 43.3 x = 46.3 m x = 64.3 m x = 44.3 b 2

5 constant speed of 60 kmph, when the breaks m m
are applied, causing a breaking force of 6 kN.
Determine the distance travelled by the car
before it comes to rest.
19 A bullet moving with a velocity of 165 m/s 4 3 2 None of c 2

6 penetrates through a plank. The bullet has a these
velocity of 143 m/s, the moment it comes out
of the plank. The number of planks through
which it can penetrate before it comes to rest
are
19 A long spring is stretched by 20 mm; its U / 25 U/5 5U 25 U d 2
7 potential energy is U. If the spring is stretched
by 100 mm, the potential energy stored in it
will be
19 What is unit of work? Joules W N/m Joules/ a 1
8 meter
19 1 Joule is equal to 1 N-m 1 N-cm 1 N/m 1 N/cm a 1

9
20 Which of the following statements is correct? K.E. is P.E. is by K.E. can be P.E. can b 1
0 by virtue virtue of negative never be
of position position negative
2
20 A 10 kg body is dropped from a height of 50 5x 10 x 5 x (9.81) 10 x a 2
2 2 2
1 m, find the K.E. of the body after 2 s (19.62) J (19.62) J J (9.81) J
2
20 A 10 kg body is dropped from a height of 50 5x 10 x 5 x (9.81) 10 x c 2
2 2 2
2
20 A 5 kg body is dropped from a height of 50 m, 5x 2.5 x 2.5 x (9.81) 10 x b 2
2 2 2
3 find the K.E. of the body after 2 s (19.62) J (19.62) J J (9.81) J
2
20 A 5 kg body is dropped from a height of 50 m, 5x 2.5 x 2.5 x (9.81) 10 x c 2
2 2 2
4 find the K.E. of the body after 1 s (19.62) (19.62) J J (9.81) J
J
2
20 A 10 kg body is dropped from a height of 25 5x 10 x 5 x (9.81) 10 x c 2
2 2 2
5 m, find the K.E. of the body after 1 s (19.62) (19.62) J J (9.81) J
J
2
20 A 5 kg body is dropped from a height of 25 m, 5x 2.5 x 2.5 x (9.81) 10 x b 2
2 2 2
6 find the K.E. of the body after 2 s (19.62) (19.62) J J (9.81)
J J
2
20 A 20 kg body is dropped from a height of 50 20 x 20 x 10 x (9.81) 10 x c 2
2 2 2

2
20 A 20 kg body is dropped from a height of 50 20 x 20 x 10 x (9.81) 10 x d 2
2 2 2
2
20 A 20 kg body is dropped from a height of 25 20 x 20 x 10 x (9.81) 10 x d 2
2 2 2
21 A 10 kg body is dropped from a height of 50 10 x 9.81 5 x 9.81 x 0.5 x 9.81 x 0.5 x 5 x a 2

0 m, find the P.E. of the body after 1s x 45.095 J 45.095 J 45.095 J 9.81 x
45.095 J
21 A 10 kg body is dropped from a height of 50 5 x 9.81 9.81 x 2 x 9.81 x 10 x 9.81 x d 2

1 m, find the P.E. of the body after 2 s x 30.38 J 30.38 J 30.38 J 30.38 J
2
21 A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a velocity 10 x 10 x 5 x (0.38) 5x c 2
2
2 of 20 m/s. Find the K.E. of the body after 2 s (0.38) J (0.38) J J (0.38) J
2
21 A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a velocity 5x 10 x 5 x (10.19) 10 x c 2
2
3 of 20 m/s. Find the K.E. of the body after 1s 10.19 J 10.19 J J (10.19) J
21 A 20 kg body is thrown upward with a velocity 20 x 20 x 10 x (0.38) 10 x d 2

2 2
4 of 20 m/s. Find the K.E. of the body after 2 s. (0.38) J (0.38) J J (0.38) J
2
21 A 20 kg body is thrown upward with a velocity 5x 10 x 10 x (10.19) 20 x c 2
2
5 of 20 m/s. Find the K.E. of the body after 1 s 10.19 J 10.19 J J (10.19) J
2
21 A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a 10 x 15 x 5 x (30.38) J 0J c 2
6 velocity of 50 m/s. Find the K.E. of the body 30.38 J 30.38 J
after 2 s
21 A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a velocity 10 x 10 x 5 x (40.19) J 5x d 2
2 2
7 of 50 m/s. Find the K.E. of the body after 1 s (40.19) J (40.19) J (40.19) J
2
21 A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a velocity 10 x 10 x 50 x (20.57) 5x d 2
2 2
8 of 50 m/s. Find the K.E. of the body after 3 s 20.57 J (20.57) J J (20.57) J
21 A 10 kg body is thrown upward with a velocity 50 x 10 x 5 x (10.76) J 5x d 2

2 2
9 of 50 m/s. Find the K.E. of the body after 4 s (10.76) J (10.76) J (10.76) J
22 A 100 N force is acting at an angle of 60° on a 100 J 50 J 0J None of b 2

0 body which is rest on the horizontal plane. the Above
Find the work done by the force when the
body undergoes a horizontal distance of 1 m.
22 A 100 N force is acting at an angle of 60° on a 200 J 20 J 100 J 0J c 2

1 body which is rest on the horizontal plane.
22 A 100 N force is acting at an angle of 60° on a 150 J 300 J 0J 200 J a 2

2 body which is rest on the horizontal plane.
22 Work done by a force is the product of ----- Force & Force & Force & Force & d 2
3 time velocity acceleration distance
22 A horizontal 50 N force is applied to a 10 kg 2.5 J 25 J 250J 0J d 2

4 body which makes the body to move
horizontally through 0.50 m, what is work
done by weight of the body?

22 A 2 kg body is moving with constant (80 N x (20 N x 8 (8 N x 32 m) (40 N x c 2
2
5 acceleration of 4 m/s starting from rest. 16 m) N-m m) N-m N-m 8m) N-m
What is work done by the force acting on the
body in 4 s.? (Assume no friction)
22 A 10 kg body is moving with constant 12.5 J 1250 J 1.25 J 125 J d 2

2
6 acceleration of 1 m/s starting from rest.
What is Kinetic Energy of the body after 5 s.?
22 A 10 kg body is moving with constant 50J 500J 5J 25J b 2

2
22 A 5 kg body is moving with constant 25 J 2.5 J 2500 J 250 J d 2

2
22 A 5 kg body is moving with constant 0.1 J 1J 100 J 10 J d 2

2
23 A 10 kg body is moving with constant 8J 80 J 0.8 J 800 J b 2

2
What is Kinetic Energy of the body after 2 s ?
23 A 5 kg body is moving with constant 0.4 J 4J 400 J 40 J d 2

2
What is Kinetic Energy of the body after 2 s ?
23 A 10 kg body is moving with constant (10 N x (10 N x 8 (10 N x 4 m) (100 N x d 2

2
2 acceleration of 4 m/s starting from rest. 80 m) N-m m) N-m N-m 32 m) N-m
What is work done by the force acting on the
body in 4 s ? (Assume no friction)
23 Calculate the work done by the gravity action 3430 J 4330 J 4444 J 3034 J a 2
0
3 on 70 kg student sliding down 30 inclined
plane who slides a slant distance of 10 m.
23 What is Work Energy Principle? Change Change Change in K.E. Change in c 2

4 in P.E. is in Total is equal to work P.E. is
equal to Energy is done equal to
work done equal to loss in K.E.
work done
23 A 1 kg body is dropped from a height of 5 m 49.05 J 100 J 5J 500J a 2

5 above the ground. What is total energy of the
body at the instant when it is being dropped?
23 A 1 kg body is dropped from a height of 5 m 0J 2J 5J 49.05 J d 2

6 above the ground. What is total energy of the
body as it strikes the ground?
23 A 5 kg body is moving down 45° incline from Principl Principle Work Energy Principl c 2
7 rest for which μK = 0.2. Which of the following e of Energy of principle e of virtual
principle is applicable for analysis? conservati momentum work.
on conservation

23 A spring is kept in the vertical position with 500 N 500 N ( 100 N (↑) 100 N ( c 2
8 length 50 cm. If undeformed length of the (↑) ↓) ↓)
spring is 40 cm & stiffness of the spring is 10
N/cm, find the force in the spring.
23 A spring is kept in the vertical position with 100 N 100 N ( 300 N (↑) 300 N ( b 2
24 A spring is kept in the vertical position with 400 N ( 1200 N ( 800 N ( ↓) 400 N d 2
1 length 60 cm. If undeformed length of the ↓) ↓) (↑)
24 A spring is kept in the vertical position with 200 N 200 N ( 400 N (↑) 400 N ( b 2
24 A spring is kept in the vertical position with 100 N 400 N ( 300 N (↑) 300 N ( d 2
24 A spring is kept in the vertical position with 400 N 800 N ( 400 N (↓) 800 N ( c 2
24 A spring is kept in the vertical position with 800 N 200 N ( 600 N (↑) 600 N ( d 2
24 A spring is kept in the vertical position with 300 N 900 N ( 900 N (↑) 1200 N b 2
7 length 10 cm. If undeformed length of the ( ↓) ↓) (↑)
24 A spring is kept in the horizontal position with 500 N ( 400 N 100 N (←) 200 N ( c 2
8 length 50 cm. If undeformed length of the ↓) (←) ↓)
24 A spring is kept in the horizontal position with 300 N 400 N 100 N(←) 100 N d 2
9 length 30 cm. If undeformed length of the (←) (→) (→)

25 A spring is kept in the horizontal position with 700 300 N(→) 300 N(←) 400 c 2
0 length 70 cm. If undeformed length of the N(←) N(→)
25 A spring is kept in the horizontal position with 200 400 N 800 N(←) 200 N (→) d 2
1 length 20 cm. If undeformed length of the N(←) (→)
25 A spring is kept in the horizontal position with 400 N 100 N 300 N (←) 300 N (→) d 2
2 length 10 cm. If undeformed length of the (←) (→)
25 A spring is kept in the horizontal position with 1200 N 800 N 400 N (←) 0N c 2
3 length 60 cm. If undeformed length of the (←) (→)
25 A spring is kept in the horizontal position with 600 N 200 N 800 N (→) 0N a 2
4 length 10 cm. If undeformed length of the (→) (←)
25 A spring is kept in the horizontal position with 800 N 1000 N 100 N (→) 200 N d 2
5 length 50 cm. If undeformed length of the (←) (→) (←)
25 A spring is kept in the horizontal position with 600 N 200 N 800 N (→) 0N b 2
6 length 30 cm. If undeformed length of the (→) (→)
25 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is 500 J 600 J -500 J -600J c 2

7 stretched to 40 cm. Determine the work done
by the spring force if spring constant is 10
N/cm.
25 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is 2000 J 200 J -200 J -2000J d 2
N/cm.
25 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is 4000 J -4000 J 100 J 50 J b 2
N/cm.
26 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is 300 J 500 J -1000 J 1000 J c 2
N/cm.
26 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is -250 J 250 J 500 J 1000 J a 2
N/cm.
26 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is 1000 J 500 J -500 J 0J c 2
by the spring force if spring constant is10
N/cm.

26 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is -2000 J 50 J -50 J 100 J a 2
N/cm.
26 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is 1125 J -1125 J 500 J -500 J b 2
N/cm.
26 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is 500 J 125 J 0J -125 J d 2
N/cm.
26 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is 1125 J -1125 J 500 J 0J b 2
N/cm.
26 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is 500 J -500 J -1500 J 1000 J c 2
N/cm.
26 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is 100 J 50 J 4000 J -6000 J d 2
N/cm.
26 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is -375 J 500 J 0J -500 J a 2
N/cm.
27 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is 40J -40 J -3375 J 0J c 2
N/cm.
N/cm.
27 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is -1000 J 100 J 10 J 0J a 2
N/cm.
27 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is 500 J -500 J -4000 J 10 J c 2
N/cm.
27 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is 0J 100 J -2250 J 500 J c 2
N/cm.
27 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is 5J 10 J 15 J -250 J d 2
N/cm.
N/cm.
27 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is -1500 J 100 J 50 J 0J a 2
N/cm.

27 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is 100 J 50 J 0J -6000 J d 2
N/cm.
N/cm.
28 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is -9375 J 0J 100 J 1000 J a 2
N/cm.
28 A spring of undeformed length 30 cm is 300 J -375 J 400 J 1000 J b 2
N/cm.
28 A spring of undeformed length 10 cm is 0J -1500 J 100 J 50 J b 2
2 stretched from 20 cm to 30 cm. Determine
the work done by spring force if spring
constant is 10 N/cm.
28 A spring of undeformed length 10 cm is -625 J 0J 100 J 50 J a 2
28 A spring of undeformed length 10 cm is 0J 100 J 1000 J -875 J d 2
28 A spring of undeformed length 10 cm is 0J -1875 J 50 J 10 J b 2
28 A spring of undeformed length 20 cm is -100 J 200 J -1500 J 50 J c 2
28 A spring of undeformed length 20 cm is -625 J 625 J 0J -1000J a 2
9 stretched from 30 cm to 35cm. Determine the
work done by spring force if spring constant is
10 N/cm.
29 A spring of undeformed length 20 cm is 0J -225 J -875 J -100 J c 2
10 N/cm.
29 A spring of undeformed length 40 cm is 2500 J -2500 J 500 J 0J a 2
1 stretched from 10 cm to20cm. Determine the
10 N/cm.
29 A spring of undeformed length 40 cm is 0J 50 J -50 J 4000 J d 2
10 N/cm.

29 A spring of undeformed length 40 cm is 0J 100 J 1500 J 2000 J c 2
10 N/cm.
29 A spring of undeformed length 40 cm is 1000 J 625 J 50 J 0J b 2
10 N/cm.
29 A spring of undeformed length 40 cm is 375 J 0J 50 J -100 J a 2
10 N/cm.
29 A body of weight 10 N is moving down 30° 0J 0.5 J 1J 5J b 2
6 inclined plane. Find the work done by the
weight if the body moves through a distance
of 0.1 m.
29 A body of weight 10 N is moving down 30° 0J 0.5 J 1J 5J c 2
of 0.2 m.
29 A body of weight 10 N is moving down 30° 0J 1J 2J 1.5 J d 2
of 0.3 m.
29 A body of weight 10 N is moving down 30° 0J 1J 2J 1.5 J c 2
of 0.4 m.
30 A body of weight 10 N is moving down 30° 0J 2.5 J 1J 2J b 2
of 0.5 m.
30 A body of weight 20 N is moving down 30° 1J 0J 2J 3J a 2
of 0.1 m.
30 A body of weight 20 N is moving down a 30 1J 0J 2J 5J c 2
2 degree inclined plane. Find the work done by
the weight if the body moves through a
distance of 0.2 m.
30 A body of weight 20 N is moving down 30° 1J 2J 4J 3J d 2

of 0.3 m.
30 A body of weight 20 N is moving down 30° 1J 2J 4J 3J c 2
of 0.4 m.
30 A body of weight 20 N is moving down 30° 1J 3J 0J 5J d 2
of 0.5 m.
30 A body of weight 30 N is moving down 30° 1.5 J 0J 1J 2J a 2
of 0.1 m.
30 A body of weight 30 N is moving down 30° 2J 3J 4J 5J b 2
of 0.2 m.

30 A body of weight 30 N is moving down 30° 2J 1J 0J 4.5 J d 2
of 0.3 m.
30 A body of weight 30 N is moving down 30° 5J 6J 7.5 J 0J c 2
of 0.5 m.
31 A body of weight 40 N is moving down 30° 0J 2J 3J 4J b 2
of 0.1 m.
31 A body of weight 40 N is moving down 30° 0 J 2J 3J 4J d 2
of 0.2 m.
31 A body of weight 40 N is moving down 30° 6J 8J 10 J 12 J a 2
of 0.3 m.
31 A body of weight 50 N is moving down 30° 5J 2.5 J 10 J 15 J a 2
of 0.2 m.
31 A body of weight 50 N is moving down 30° 5J 10 J 7.5 J 100 J c 2
of 0.3 m.
31 A body of weight 50 N is moving down 30° 5J 10 J 15 J 20 J b 2
of 0.4 m.
31 A body of weight 50 N is moving down 30° 5J 10 J 15 J 12.5 J d 2
of 0.5 m.
31 The Pendulum is oscillating on either side of It has only It has the It has the The sum d 2
7 its rest position.The correct statement is Kinetic maximum maximum P.E. of its
Energy K.E. at its at its rest kinetic &
extreme position potential
position energies
remains
constant
throughou
t the
motion.
31 A lift is used to carry 8 persons through a 1375 W 2174 W 1742 W none of d 2

8 height of 30 m in two minutes. If the average the above
mass of each person is 95 kg, determine the
power required.
31 A motor of 100 Hp moves with a uniform 3730 N 3550 N 3839 N 3333 N a 2

9 speed of 72 km/hr. The forward thrust applied
by the engine on the car is
32 A spring of stiffness 1000 N/m is stretched by – 10 Nm – 5 Nm – 15Nm – 7Nm b 2

0 10 cm from the un-deformed position. Find
the work of spring force.

32 Force & Force & Force & Force & a
1 time velocity acceleration distance
Impulse due to a force is the product of 2
32 Rail road car A, of mass 25 Mg, moving with a 0.56 0.65 0.55 0.66 a 2
2 speed of 0.5 m/s collides with car B, of mass
40 Mg which is at rest. After the impact, car A
& B move towards right with a speed of 0.02
m/s and 0.3 m/s respectively. Find the
coefficient of restitution between A and B.
32 A small rubber ball is released from a height 0.4477 0.7746 0.4444 0.5555 b 2
3 of 800 mm on a horizontal floor after the first
bounce it raises to a height of 480 mm,
compute the coefficient of restitution.
32 Ball 1 collides with an another identical ball 2 1/3 1/2 1/4 1/6 a 2
4 at rest. For what value of coefficient of
restitution e, the velocity of second ball
become two times that of 1 after collision?
32 Two solid rubber balls, A and B having masses 0.15 1.5 m/s -0.15 m/s None of a 2
5 200 and 400 gm respectively are moving in m/s the above
opposite directions with velocity of A equal to
0.3 m/s. After collision the two balls come to
rest , then the velocity of B is
32 A tennis ball bounces down a flight of stairs 1/2 1/√2 1/4 1 b 2

6 striking each step in turn and rebounding to
the height of the step above. The coefficient
of restitution is
2
32 A particle of mass m1 moves with speed v and =e >e <e >e b 2
7 collides with a stationary particle of mass m2.
The first particle continues to move in same
direction if m1 / m2 is (e = coefficient of
restitution)
32 A glass marble drops from a height of 3 2.00m 2.43m 3.42m 1.00m b 2

8 meters upon a horizontal floor. If the
coefficient of restitution be 0.9, find the
height to which it rises after the impact.
32 A ball is dropped from a height of 9 meters 0.6 0.4 0.8 0.9 c 2

9 upon a horizontal slab. If it rebounds to a
height of 5.76 meters, the coefficient of
restitution is:
33 A ball dropped from a height h1 = 1600 mm is 0.60 0.83 0.93 1.00 b 2
0 observed to rebound to a height h 2 = 1100
mm from a horizontal floor. Determine the
coefficient of restitution.
33 A 25 N force is applied to a body for 2 s , What 25 Ns 50 Ns 2 Ns 0 Ns b 2

1 is the impulse due to the applied force on to
the body?

33 A 50 N force is applied to a body for 3 s , 25 Ns 50 Ns 2 Ns 150 Ns d 2
2 What is the impulse due to the applied force
on to the body?
33 A 100 N force is applied to a body for 4 s, 4 Ns 100 Ns 400 Ns 150 Ns c 2

on to the body?
33 A 100 N force is applied to a body for 3 s, 3 Ns 300 Ns 400 Ns 150 Ns b 2

on to the body?
33 A 200 N force is applied to a body for 3 s, 3 Ns 300 Ns 600 Ns 150 Ns c 2

5 what is the impulse due to the applied force
on to the body?
33 A body weighing 25 N is kept over a smooth 25 Ns 5 Ns 0 Ns 2 Ns a 2

6 inclined plane which makes 30° with the
horizontal. What is the impulse due to weight
of the body during the time interval of 2 s?
33 A body weighing 25 N is kept over a smooth 25 Ns 5 Ns 0 Ns 50 Ns d 2

of the body during the time interval of 4 s?

of the body during the time interval of 6 s ?
33 A body weighing 25 N is kept over a smooth 25 Ns 5 Ns 100 Ns 75 Ns c 2

34 A body weighing 25 N is kept over a smooth 25 Ns 125 Ns 100 Ns 75 Ns b 2


34 A body weighing 50 N is kept over a smooth 25 Ns 50 Ns 100 Ns 2 Ns c 2




34 A 50 N force is applied to a body, moving 100 Ns 50 Ns 75 Ns 0 Ns b 2

6 over horizontal plane, at an angle of 60° with
the horizontal. Find out the impulse due to 50
N force during a time interval of 2 s.
34 A 50 N force is applied to a body, moving over 100 Ns 50 Ns 75 Ns 0 Ns c 2

7 horizontal plane, at an angle of 60° with the
horizontal. Find out the impulse due to 50 N
force during a time interval of 3 s.
34 A 50 N force is applied to a body, moving 100 Ns 50 Ns 75 Ns 0 Ns a 2

the horizontal. Find out the impulse due to 50
N force during a time interval of 4 s.
34 A 50 N force is applied to a body, moving over 100 Ns 50 Ns 125 Ns 0 Ns c 2

35 A 100 N force is applied to a body, moving 100 Ns 50 Ns 125 Ns 0 Ns a 2

the horizontal. Find out the impulse due to
100 N force during a time interval of 2 s.

35 A 100 N force is applied to a body, moving 100 Ns 150 Ns 125 Ns 200 Ns d 2


35 A 100 N force is applied to a body, moving 100 Ns 250 Ns 125 Ns 300 Ns d 2

35 100 N force is applied to a body, moving over 100 Ns 250 Ns 500 Ns 300 Ns c 2
35 What is the range for values of e? 0 to 1 0 to 100 10 to 100 0 to 0.1 a 2

6

35 If e = 1, it indicates: The The impact The impact is none of b 2
7 impact is is elastic neither elastic the above
plastic nor plastic
35 If e = 0, it indicates: The impact The impact The impact is none of a 2

8 is plastic is elastic neither elastic the above
nor plastic
35 In case of Elastic impact: Energy is Neither Both b 2

9 Momentu only momentum nor momentu
m is only conserved Energy is m and
conserved conserved energy is
conserved.
36 Two bodies with same mass are moving with 1 0.5 0.66 0 c 2
0 the velocities 20 m/s & 15 m/s respectively
before impact and 12 m/s & 15 m/s
respectively after impact, determine the value
of e.
36 What is unit of Impulse? N-m Joule N m/s Ns d 2
1
36 Momentum is defined as the product of ------ Mass & Mass & Mass & Mass & d 2
2 time distance acceleration velocity
36 A Ball of mass 10 g falls from a height of 5m. It √4/5 √5/4 4/5 5/4 a 2
3 rebounds from a ground to 4 m. The
coefficient of restitution ‘e’ is
36 The momentum of a system of two bodies is if either Under all When there When c 2
4 conserved body does circumstanc is no external external
not exerts es force acting on force act
a force on body only on
the other one body
36 If a body hits the ground from a height h1 and e = h2/h1 e = h1/h2 e =√h2/h1 e = √ h1/h2 c 2
5 rebounds to a height h2 after having inelastic
collision with the ground then the coefficient
of restitution is
36 A body hits the ground with 50 m/s velocity 1/250 m/s 250 m/s 1/10 m/s 10 m/s d 2
6 and has inelastic collision with the ground
then with what velocity it will rebound if the
coefficient of restitution is 0.2
36 Central impact of two bodies Can Must May either None of c 2

7 only be always be be direct or the above
direct elastic indirect
impact impact
36 The coefficient of restitution is defined on the Velocit Velocity Velocity None of a 2

8 basis of ----- y components vectors before the above
componen normal to and after
ts along the line of collision
the line of impact
impact
only

36 For a perfectly plastic central impact The The two The two A body c 2
9 entire bodies must bodies must initial at
kinetic move stuck move stuck rest,
energy of together, together only if should
the two whether the the impact is stay at rest
bodies impact is direct
must be direct or
lost indirect
37 50 gm glass marbles dropped from a height of 2.185 6.285 Ns 8.125 Ns None of d 2

0 10 m rebounds to height of 7 m calculate Ns the Above
impulse?
37 A sphere of mass ‘m’ moving with a speed of 1 0 1/2 None of a 2
1 ‘u’ strikes a sphere of same mass at rest. If these
after striking, the two spheres exchange their
velocities then determine the coefficient of
restitution.
37 The impulse-momentum principle is If there When Only when Whenev d 2
2 applicable is no the body hits er
external momentum another body Newton’s
force is conserved law is
acting on applicable
the body
37 When two bodies collide without the Their Their total The collision The a 2
3 presence of any other forces or force fields, total kinetic must be direct collision
momentu energy must must be
m must be be central
conserved conserved
37 If a body of mass 2 kg is at rest and is hit by a 2 3 1/2 1/3 d 2

4 mass of 4 kg moving with 3 m/s, the fraction
of the momentum retained by the moving
body assuming the collision to be elastic and
head on is
37 If mass of moving body is much greater than Same and Same and in Different and in Different a 2
5 the mass of the body at rest then the in same apposite same direction and in
approximate velocity of the moving body after direction direction opposite
head on collision is direction
37 The ball of mass 10 gm is dropped on the Impulse Impulse Coefficient of Coefficie d 2

6 ground from a height of 10 m. It rebounds to force force restitution nt of
a height of 2.5 m. If the ball is in the contact between between the between the restitution
with ground for 0.01 s, then which statement the ground ground and ground and ball between
is correct? and the the ball is 5 is ¼ the ground
ball is 15 N √2 N and ball is
½
37 A ball hits the floor and rebounds after an The The The total The total c 2
7 inelastic collision. In this case: momentu mechanical momentum of energy of
m of the energy of the ball and the the ball
ball just the ball earth is and the
after the remains the conserved. earth is
collision is same in the conserved.
the same collision.
as that just
before the
collision.

37 A body of mass 2 kg moving with a velocity 1/3 2/3 1/4 5/4 b 2
8 of 3 m/s collides head –on with a body of
mass 1 kg moving with a velocity of 4 m/s.
After collision the two bodies stick together
and move with a common velocity which in
the units m/s is equal to:
37 A body of mass ‘m’ collides against a wall 2 mv mv –mv 0 a 2
9 with the velocity ‘v’ and rebounds with the
same speed. Its change of momentum is:
38 A ball is droped from a height h1 = 1 m on a 0.9 m 1.11 m 1 None of a 2

0 smooth floor. Knowing that the height of first the Above
bounce h2 = 0.81 m, determine the coefficient
of restitution.
38 A ball is thrown upwards with an initial t = v0/g t = 2v0/g t = v0/2g t = g/v0 a 2

1 velocity of v0. Determine the time taken for
the ball to reach the maximum height. Use
the impulse –momentum method.
38 A rifle of 5 kg mass fires a bullet of 10 gm 0.1 m/s 0.3 m/s 0.6 m/s 0.9 m/s c 2
2 mass at a velocity of 300 m/s. Determine the
velocity with which the rifle recoils.
38 A boy of 50 kg mass runs with a velocity of 5 1 m/s 3 m/s 4 m/s 2 m/s d 2

3 m/s and jumps into a boat of mass 75 kg. Find
the velocity with which the boy and the boat
will move together if the boat was initially at
rest.
38 15 mg box car A is coasting freely at 1.5 m/s 0.5 m/ s 5.0 m/ s 1.0 m/ s None of a 2
4 on the horizontal track when it encounters a the Above
tank car B having a mass of 12 mg and
coasting at 0.75 m /s towards it. If cars meet
and coupled together, determine the speed of
both cars just after the coupling.
38 An 1800 kg car stopped at traffic light is 7.98 6.67 m/s 7.66 m/s 8.67 m/s b 2
5 struck from the rear by a 900 kg car and the m/s
two become entangled. If the smaller car was
moving at 20 m/s before collision, what is the
speed of the entangled cars after collision?
38 A 5.00 kg particle has a velocity of (3.00 i – (15.00i (20.00i - (25.00i - (20.00i - a 2

6 4.00j) m /s. Find its x and y components of – 20.00j) 15.00j) 10.00j) 20.00j)
momentum.
38 A steel ball of weight 0.01 N falls from a 0.2300 0.1962 Ns 0.3200Ns 0.9182 b 2
7 height 6 m and rebounds to a height of 4 m Ns Ns
find the impulse.
38 In an impact testing machine a hammer of 5.425 4.525 m/s 5.245 m/s None of a 2
8 mass 10.5 kg is attached to a 1.5 m long lever. m/s the Above
The lever is held in horizontal position and is
released. The hammer strikes the test piece
and breaks it. Determine the velocity of
hammer at impact.

38 A man weighing 700 N is in boat weighing - 0.9459 – 0.9999 - 1.02 m/s - a 2
9 3000 N which is floating in a still lake if the m/s m/s 1.1111m/s
man starts running along the length of boat at
a speed of 5 m/s with respect to the boat.
Find the velocity of boat. Neglect resistance to
the motion.
39 A man weighing 700 N is in boat weighing – 1.68 – 6.18 m/s - 1.86 m/s – 8.18 c 2
0 3000 N which is floating in a still lake if he m/s m/s
jumps of the boat with an absolute velocity of
8 m/s find the velocity of the boat.
39 Rail road car A of mass 15 Mg is traveling at 2 0.5 m/s 7.0 m/s 0.7m/s 70 m/s c 2
1 m/s on a horizontal track. Car B of mass 13
Mg is traveling towards A at 0.8 m/s. If the
car meet and couple together find the speed
of the coupled cars just after the coupling.
39 What is Impulse Momentum Principle? Change Impulse Change in Change b 2

2 in K.E. = of a force Impulsive force in P.E. =
Work done system = = Change in K.E. Change in
Change in Kinetic
momentum Energy
39 A 5 kg body is moving with a constant 20 Ns 40 Ns 10 Ns 0 Ns a 2

2
39 A 5 kg body is moving with a constant 20 Ns 40 Ns 30 Ns 0 Ns c 2

2
39 A 5 kg body is moving with a constant 20 Ns 40 Ns 30 Ns 0 Ns b 2

2
39 A 5 kg body is moving with a constant 20 Ns 40 Ns 30 Ns 50 Ns d 2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2
0 acceleration of 5 m/s . If initial velocity of the
momentum in 2 s.

2
momentum in 3 s.

2
momentum in 4 s.

2
momentum in 5 s.

2
momentum in 1 s.

5 acceleration of 2 m/s2. If initial velocity of the
momentum in 2 s.

2
momentum in 3 s.

2
momentum in 4 s.

2
momentum in 5 s.

9 acceleration of 3 m/s2. If initial velocity of the
momentum in 1 s.

2
momentum in 2 s.

2
momentum in 3 s.

2
momentum in 4 s.

2
momentum in 5 s.

2
momentum in 1 s.

2
momentum in 2 s.

2
momentum in 3 s.

2
momentum in 4 s.

2
momentum in 5 s.

2
momentum in 1 s.

2
momentum in 2 s.

2
momentum in 4 s.
43 A 12.5 kg body is moving with a constant 100 Ns 200 Ns 50 Ns 250 Ns d 2

2
momentum in 4 s.

2
momentum in 3 s.

2
momentum in 6 s.
43 A 50 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for 5 s. 2.5 Ns 8 Ns 250 Ns 5 Ns c 2

5 Determine the change in momentum.
43 A 50 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for 2 s. 25 Ns 100 Ns 250 Ns 50 Ns b 2
43 A 50 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for 3 s. 25 Ns 100 Ns 150 Ns 50 Ns c 2
43 A 50 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for 4 s. 25 Ns 200 Ns 150 Ns 50 Ns b 2
43 A 50 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for 5 s. 25 Ns 200 Ns 150 Ns 250 Ns d 2
9 determine the change in momentum.

44 A 100 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for 5 500 Ns 300 Ns 200 Ns 100 Ns a 2
0 s. Determine the change in momentum.
44 A 100 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for 4 500 Ns 300 Ns 400 Ns 100 Ns c 2
44 A 100 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for 3 500 Ns 300 Ns 400 Ns 100 Ns b 2
44 A 100 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for 2 500 Ns 300 Ns 400 Ns 200 Ns d 2
44 A 100 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for 1 500 Ns 100 Ns 400 Ns 200 Ns b 2
44 A 100 N force is applied to a 10 kg body for 6 600 Ns 100 Ns 400 Ns 200 Ns a 2
44 Two men are standing on a floating boat with -1.55 -1.60 m/s -1.68 m/s -1.70 c 2
6 a velocity of 4.2 m/s. The mass of each man m/s m/s
is 80 kg and that of boat is 400 kg. If the boat
was initially at rest, find final velocity of boat
by using principle of conservation of
momentum. Neglect the water friction.

Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
Unit – I
1 If two forces of magnitude P and 2P act on a body, then their minimum resultant is
a) 2P b) 3P
c) P d) 4P
2 Two forces 3N and 1N act at normal to each other. The resultant is
a) (10)½. b) (12)½
c) (8)½ d) (7)½
3 Two forces 2n and 4n act at a point on a body. The resultant when they act at 600 is
a) (10)½ b) (6)½
c) (28)½ d) (8)½
4 If two forces of magnitude 4KN and 8 kN act on a body, then their minimum resultant is
a) 5 kN b) 4 kN
c) 3 kN d) 2 kN
5 If two forces each of magnitude F act at right angles, their effect may be neutralized by a third force P. The
value of P is
a) (2)½ F. b) (F)½
c) (3F)½ d) (5F)½
6 If the resultant of two forces (P + Q) and (P – Q) is (P2 + Q2)½ , then the angle between them is given by
a) Cos a = [-(P2 + Q2/2(P2 – Q2)]. b) Cos a = (P2 + Q2)
c) Cos a = (P2 - Q2) d) Cos a = [(P2 + Q2 + 2PQ)]
7 Two equal forces act on a body. The square of the resultant is three times the product of the forces. Then the
a) 900 b) 1200
c) 600. d) 1000
8 If two forces of magnitude 10kN and 20 kN act on a body, then their minimum resultant is
a) 20 kN b) 30 kN
c) 50 kN d) 10 kN.
9 The effect of a given force remains unaltered at any point along the line of action. This is according to
a) resolution b) law of motion
c) law of transmissibility . d) equilibrium
10 The resultant of two forces each of magnitude P/2 acting at a right angle is
a) P/2 b) P/(2)½.
c) (2P)½ d) (P)½
11 The resultant of two forces each of magnitude P acting at 600 is
a) 2P b) 3P
c) (3)½P. d) (2)½P
12 The resultant of two forces P1 and P2 is R, If P1 is doubled and the new resultant remains R and becomes
perpendicular to P2, then
a) P1 = P2 b) P2 = R
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
c) P1 = R d) 2P1 = R
13 If two forces of magnitude 7 N and 8N act at 600, then the resultant will be
a) 10 N b) 15 N
c) 13 N. d) 16 N
14 If two forces of magnitude P each act at angle ‘B’. Then resultant will be
a) 2P Cos B b) P Cos 2B
½
c) P(2+2 Cos B) . d) P Cos B
15 If the resultant of two equal forces has the same magnitude, then the angle between them is
a) 1200. b) 600
c) 900 d) 500
16 The angle between two forces, when the resultant is maximum and minimum are
a) 1800 and 00 b) 900 and 00
c) 00 and 1800. d) 00 and 900
17 A ---------------- is a single force which can replace two or more forces and produce the same effect
a) Resultant. b) Equilibrant
c) Moment d) Couple
18 The splitting of a force into two perpendicular directions without changing its effect is called
a) Resultant b) Resolution.
c) Moment d) Couple
19 The square of the resultant of forces P1 and P2 with angle D between them is
a) P12 +P22+2P1P2 b) P12 +P22+2P1P2Cos D.
c) P12 +P22-2P1P2 d) P12 +P22
20 If two forces of magnitude 5N and 7N act at a point on a body. The square of the resultant is three times the
a) 63.710 b) 60.710
c) 65.710 d) 55.710
21 If the resultant is equal to half the magnitude of two equal forces , then the angle between the force is
a) 151.040. b) 140.50
c) 1200 d) 1000
22 If two equal forces are acting at a right angle, having resultant force of (20)½ then find out magnitude of each
force
a) (15)½ b) (5)½
c) (25)½ d) (10)½.
23 When two equal forces are acting at 600 produce a resultant equal to (28)½ then find out magnitude of each
force
a) (28/3)½. b) 28/2
c) 28/5 d) 28/7
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
a) (74)½. b) (60)½
c) (70)½ d) (84)½
a) (53.21)½ b) (50.12)½
c) (55.21)½ d) (45.21)½
26 If two forces of magnitude 5kN and 10 kNacton a body, then their maximum resultant is
a) 25 kN b) 15 kN
c) 10 kN d) 20 kN
27 Two equal forces act on a body. The square of the resultant is two times the product of the forces. Then the
a) 1200 b) 900.
c) 600 d) 300
28 If two forces of magnitude 10 kN and 20 kNacton a body, then their minimum resultant is
a) 20 kN b) 10 kN
c) 30 kN d) 5 kN
29 Two forces of magnitude P and 2P act at a point on a body. The square of the resultant is three times the
a) 1200 b) 75.520.
c) 600 d) 300
30 If two forces of magnitude 2P and 4P act at a point on a body,then their maximum resultant is
a) 4P b) 6P.
c) 3P d) 8P
31 If a number of forces are acting at a point, their resultant will be inclined at an angle θ with the horizontal such
that
a) Tanθ = ΣH/ΣV b) Tanθ = ΣV/ΣH.
c) Tan θ = ΣV x ΣH d) Tan θ = 0
32 The forces, which meet at one point and their lines of action also lie in the same plane are knows as
a) Coplanar concurrent forces. b) Coplanar non-concurrent forces
c) Non-coplanar concurrent forces d) Non-oplanar forces
33 Coplanar concurrent forces are those forces which
a) Meet at one point, but do not lie in the b) Do not meet at one point and do not lie in the same
same plane plane
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
c) Meet at one point and also lie in the d) Do not meet at one point but lie in the same plane
same plane.
34 A 35 N force makes an angle 1400 with x-axis. Determine its components along the lines making angles of 3000
and 2400 with x-axis.
a) -9.11 N, 11.97 N b) -11.97 N, 6.07 N
c) 10.98 N, 7.06 N d) 7.06 N, 10.98 N
35 A mass of 72 Kg is resting on a board inclined at 200 with horizontal. What is the component of the mass
normal & parallel to the board.
a) 241.6 N, 663.7 N b) 246.3 N, 354.3 N
c) 354.3 N, 246.3 N d) 663.7 N, 241.6 N.
36 A force 235 N acts up the plane at an angle of 600 with the horizontal on a block resting on a 220 inclined plane.
Determine components of force normal and along the plane
a) 144.7 N, 185.2 N. b) 185.2 N, 144.7 N
c) 0 N, 144.7 N d) 185.2 N, 0 N
37 Determine the inclination of resultant of force 100 N at 00 and 200 N at 900.

a) 36.30 b) 63.4350
c) 56.70 d) 186.30
38 A block of mass 9 Kg rests on a plane making an angle of 160 with horizontal. Determine the component of the
weight normal to the plane.
a) 86.5 N b) 84.86 N.
c) 24.34 N d) 24.8 N
39 A telephone pole is supported by a wire which exerts a pull of 890 N on the top of the pole. If the angle
between the wire and the pole is 500, what are the horizontal and vertical components?
a) 681.8 N, 572.1 N. b) 352.3 N, 853.4 N
c) 853.4 N, 352.3 N d) 572.1 N, 681.8 N
40 Two forces act an angle of 1200. If the greater force is 50 N and their resultant is perpendicular to the smaller
a) 20 N b) 25 N.
c) 30 N d) 35 N
41 Four concurrent forces 1 kN, 2 kN, 3kN and 4 kN acting at an angle of 200, 630, 950, 1500 from positive x-axis.
Determine their resultant in kN
a) 7.35. b) 4.35
c) 3.35 d) 2.25
42 Three concurrent forces Q = 100 N, P = 150 N, F = 150 N act at point Q, Q is along +ve x-axis, P is acting at
an angle 450 in forth quadrant and F is acting in third quadrant at an angle 450. Then their resultant is
a) 150 N b) 300 N
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
c) 234.52 N. d) 100 N
43 Effect of a force on a body depends upon its
a) Direction b) Magnitude
c) Position d) All of these.
44 If two forces equal to T in magnitude act at right angles, their effect may be neutralized by a third force acting
along their bistorin opposite direction whose magnitude will be
a) 2 T b) T/2
c) . d) None of these
a) 197 N. b) 200 N
c) 250 N d) 100 N
46 Two equal forces of magnitude P represent the components of resultant. The angle made by the resultant with
vertical is
a) 450 b) 56.30
c) 26.560 d) 00
47 Forces 138.5 N horizontal and 183.5 N vertical represents components of resultant then the angle made by the
a) 47.040 b) 34.040
c) 37.040 d) 44.040
48 Determine the inclination of resultant of forces 10 N at 00 and 20 N at 900.
a) 36.30 b) 63.4350
c) 56.70 d) 186.30
a) 558.37 N, 168.18 N. b) -558.37 N, -186.18 N
c) 186.37 N, 558.18 N d) -558.37 N, 186.18 N
a) 14.88 N b) 41.88 N.
c) 58 N d) 12 N
51 Determine the inclination of resultant of forces 40 N at 00 and 20 N at 900
a) 450 b) 26.560
c) 20.560 d) 63.4350
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
a) 51.37 N b) 179.16 N
c) 197.16 N d) 15.3 N
a) 222.20 N b) 39.18 N
c) 22.22 N d) 93.18 N
a) 70 N b) 75 N
c) 30 N d) 35 N
a) 50 N b) 75 N
c) 30 N d) 35 N
a) 23.45 N b) 32.45 N
c) 45.45 N d) 40 N
a) 65.01 N b) 56.01 N
c) 86 N d) 103 N
a) 19.7 N b) 3.47 N
c) 34.7 N d) 1.97 N
a) 69.45 N b) 393.92 N
c) 6.94 N d) 93.3 N
60 Forces 160.5 N horizontal and 173.5 N vertical represents component of resultant then the angle made by the
a) 42.770 b) 450
c) 47.220 d) 4.770
61 Forces 90 N horizontal and 72.5 N vertical represents component of resultant then the angle made by the
a) 51.140 b) 38.850
c) 15.140 d) 83.140
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
a) 372.25 N & 124.12 N b) 32.25 N & 124.12 N
c) 37.25 N & 24.12 N d) 372.25 N & 24.12 N
a) 57.01 N & 142.79 N b) 571.01 N &142.79 N
c) 571.01 N & 42.79 N d) 57.01 N & 42.79 N
a) 91.61 N b) 91.91 N
c) 61.91 N d) 16.91 N
a) 65 N b) 45.16 N
c) 74.16 N d) 47.16 N
66 If the resultant is equal to 0.6 times the magnitude of two equal forces, then the angle between the forces is
nearer to
a) 145. b) 135
c) 120 d) 100
67 If two equal forces are acting at a right angle having resultant force of (80)½, then find out magnitude of each
force
a) (15)½ b) (5)½
c) (25)½ d) (20)½
68 When two equal forces are acting at 600 produce a resultant equal to 10(3)½, then find out magnitude of each
force
a) 10. b) 25
c) 20 d) 15
69 Two forces 5 N and 7 N act at a point on a body. The resultant when they act at right angle is
a) (74)½ b) (60)½
c) (70)½ d) (84)½
70 Two forces 5 N and 7 N act at a point on a body. The resultant when they act at 450 is
a) 10.17 b) 11
c) 15 d) 13
71 If two forces of magnitude 5 kN and 10 kN act on a body. Thentheir maximum resultant is
a) 25 kN b) 15 kN
c) 10 kN d) 20 kN
72 Two equal forces act on a body. The Square of the resultant is three times the product of the forces. Then the
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
a) 1200 b) 900
c) 600 d) 300
73 If two forces of magnitude 10 kN and 20 kN act on a body. Then their minimum resultant is
a) 20 kN b) 10 kN
c) 30 kN d) 5 kN
74 Two forces of magnitude P and 2P act at a point on a body. The square of the resultant is four times the product
a) 41.40. b) 51.40
c) 45.40 d) 50.40
75 Two forces of magnitude 2P and 4P act at a point on a body. Then their maximum resultant is
a) 4 P b) 6 P
c) 3 P d) 8 P
76 An object considered to have only mass but no dimensions in mechanics is known as
a) Rigid Body . b) Deformable Body

c) Particle. d) None of the above.
77 A Particle can have
a) Only translation motion. b) Only rotational motion
c) a and b d) All the above types of motion.
78 The rate of change of momentum of an object is directly proportional to
a) Momentum b) Kinetic energy
c) Force. d) Power
79 Newton’s first law is also known as Law of
a) Inertia. b) Moments
c) Sine d) Cosine
80 The statement “force can be shifted to any point on its line of action “is known as
a) Law of Transmissibility. b) Superposition principle

c) Principle of physical independence. d) None of the above.
81 Concurrent force system can be
a) Coplanar b) Non coplanar

c) both a and b. d) None of the above.
82 The force which has same magnitude as resultant force but opposite direction is known as
a) Resultant b) Equilibrant .
c) Moment d) couple
83 The process of finding the resultant of a force system is known as
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
a) Resultant b) Resolution
c) Composition. d) None of the above.
84 The process of replacing a force by its components is known as
a) Resolution. b) Composition
c) both a and b d) None of these.
85 The graphical method for finding resultant of more than two forces is based on
a) Polygon Law. b) Triangle law
c) Parallelogram law d) resolution and composition in rectangular
components.
86 In ……………law both vectors are drawn from a common point to find resultant.
a) Polygon law b) Triangle law
c) None of these. d) Parallelogram law.
87 If magnitude of resultant of two forces of magnitudes P and √2P is P, the angle between the two forces is
a) 90 0 Angle =cos-¹ (-1/P) b) 45 0
c) 30 0 d) 135 0 .
88 The magnitudes of two given forces are 40 N and 60 N which of the following cannot be their resultant?
a) 20N b) 30N
c) 40N d)120N.
89 A force of magnitude 50N is directed from A(1,1) to B(-3,-2),The X components of force are
a) 40N, 30N b)-40N,-30N.
c) -40N,30N d) 40N,-30N
90 A block weighing 10 KN rests on an inclined plane of inclination 300 with the horizontal. The magnitude of the
component of weight parallel to inclined plane is
a) 5KN. b) 5√3 KN
c) 10 KN d) 10√3
91 A force of magnitude 26 N is acting along a line of slope 12/5, The horizontal component of force is
a) 24 N b) 10 N.
c) 20 N d) 65 N
92 If the angle between two forces each of magnitude P is 50 0 then their resultant has magnitude
a) 2P b) 2P cos50 0
c) P cos50 0 d) 2P cos250.
93 If two forces each of magnitude P have a resultant of magnitude 1.5P, the angle between any one force and
their resultant is
a) 450 b) 300
c) 41.40 . d) 600
94 If two forces act at an angle of 1200, the greater force is 50 N and their resultant is Perpendicular to the smaller
a)20 N b) 25N .
c) 30 N d) 43.33 N
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
95 The unit of force in S.I. unit is
a) Kilogram b) Newton.
c) Watt d) Dyne
96 Forces are called concurrent when their line of action meets in
a) One point . b) Two point
c) Three point d) none of the above
97 Forces are called coplanar when all of them acting on body lie in
a) One point b) One Plane .
c) Two Plane d) Two point
98 A force acting on body may
a) Introduce internal stresses b) Balance the other forces acting on it
c)Change in motion d) All of the above.
99 The unit of force in S.I. units is
a) kilogram b) Newton.
c) watt d) dyne
100 Effect of a force on a body depends upon

a) magnitude b) direction
c) position or line of action d) all of the above.

101 If two equal forces of magnitude P act at an angle 9°, their resultant will be
a) P/2 cos 9/2 b) IP sin 9/2
c) 2P tan 9/2 d) 2P cos 9/2.

102 The algebraic sum of the resolved parts of a number of forces in a given direction is equal to the resolved part
of their resultant in the same direction. This is as per the principle of
a) forces b) independence of forces
c) dependence of forces d) resolution of forces.
103 The resolved part of the resultant of two forces inclined at an angle 9 in a given direction is equal to
a) the algebraic sum of the resolved parts of b) the sum of the resolved parts of the forces in the
the forces in the given direction. given direction
c) the difference of the forces multiplied by d) the sum of the forces multiplied by the sine of 9
the cosine of 9
104 The forces, which meet at one point, but their lines of action do not lie in a plane, are called
a) coplanar non-concurrent forces b) non-coplanar concurrent forces.

c) non-coplanar non-concurrent forces d) intersecting forces
105 Which of the following is not a scalar quantity
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
a) time b) mass
c) volume d) acceleration.
106 According to principle of transmissibility of forces, the effect of a force upon a body is
a) maximum when it acts at the center of b) different at different points in its line of action
gravity of a body
c) the same at every point in its line of action. d) minimum when it acts at the C.G. of the body
107 Which of the following is not a vector quantity
a) mass. b) velocity
c) acceleration d) force
108 According to law of triangle of forces

a) three forces acting at a point will be in b) three forces acting at a point can be represented
equilibrium by a triangle, each side being proportional to
force
c) if three forces acting upon a particle are d) if three forces acting at a point are in
represented in magnitude and direction by equilibrium, each force is proportional to the
the sides of a triangle, taken in order, they sine of the angle between the other two
will be in equilibrium.
109 A force of 200 N acting at an angle of 200 degrees from positive X axis. Determine X componant
a)180 b)170
c)185 d)187.93.
110 Two forces 8 kN and 10 kN with 400 as angle between them are in second quadrant. Determine the resultant
when 10 kN force is at 150 with y axis.
a)15.92 b)16.92
c)14.92 d)18.92
111 Four forces 1kN, 2kN, 3kN and 4kN acting at an angle of 20⁰ , 63⁰ , 95⁰ ,150⁰ from positive X axis.
Determine their resultant.
a)7.35. b)4.35
c)3.35 d)2.25
112 A force of magnitude 10N makes 210 degree with the positive x axis. Its X component will be
a)5 b)10.
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
c)-5 d)-10
What will be the vertical component of the force?
a)100 b)50.
c)55 d)155
What will be the horizontal component of the force?
a)86.6 b)86
c)85 d)85.5
115 Three forces 10kN, 20kN, 30kN, are acting along the sides of equilateral triangle in clockwise direction.
Wherein 30kN acting Horizontal towards left, The resultant is acting at ---- degrees with positive X axis.
a)300 b)600
c)900 d)00
116 Resultant of two concurrent forces 'P' each acting at an angle A is 'P' itself, then angle A is
a)900 b)600
c)1200. d)1800
117. Three concurrent forces Q=100N, P=150N, F=150N act at point O. Q is along +ve X axis, P is acting at an
angle 450 in forth quadrant with X-axis and F is in third quadrant at an angle 45⁰ with X axis. Determine their
resultant."
a)150N b)234.52N
c)450N d)100N.
118 A equilateral triangle of side 3M. All forces acting in anticlockwise direction and magnitude of all forces is
40N.What is the magnitude of the resultant of the force system?
a)120N b)0N.
c)40N d)80N
119 Four concurrent forces F1=150N, F2=100N, F3=150N and F4=500N.F1 is acting in positive Y direction, F2 is
acting in negative X direction, F3 is acting in positive Y direction, F4 is acting in positive X direction, then
calculate the magnitude of resultant?
a)250 N b)100N
c)500N. d) -250N
120 Five concurrent forces 5N, 10N,15N,20N and 25N are acting along the vertices of a regular hexagon and
making an angle of 0⁰ ,30⁰ ,60⁰ ,90⁰ and 120⁰ in anticlockwise direction with positive X axis respectively.
What is the magnitude of the resultant of these forces?
Mechanics MCQ__________________________________________________________________
a)75N b)60N
c)25 N d)none of the above
121 If a body is acted upon by a number of coplanar non-concurrent forces, it may

a) rotate about itself without moving b) move in anyone direction rotating about itself
c)be completely at rest d)all the above
122 The principle of the transmissibility of forces states that, when a force acts upon a body, its effect is---
a) Same at every point on its line of action. b) Different at different points on its line of action
c)Minimum, if it acts at the center of gravity of the d)Maximum, if it acts at the center of gravity of the
body body
123 The magnitude of the resultant of the two forces of magnitude 12N and 9N acting at a point if the angle
between two forces is 300 will be
a)20 N b)20.30 N.
c)30.20 N d)20.10 N
124 Consider two forces F and 2F acting on a particle. If the force F is increased by 12 kN and 2F is doubled, the
direction of resultant is unaltered. The two forces acting on it are
a)12 kN and 24 kN. b)25 kN and 50 kN
c)30 kN and 60 kN d)None
**************
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
from each other respectively. The position of the resultant from the first force 10 N is
a) 0.4 m b) 0.6 m
c) 0.2 m d) 0.1 m
2 A door of width 1 m can rotate if a moment of 10 Nm is applied. The minimum force that can be applied to open it
is
a) 8.66 N b) 10 N
c) 5N d) None of the above
0
3 A force of 200 N acts 40 to the spoke of the cycle wheel 250 mm in radius. The moment about the centre of the
wheel will be nearer to
a) 50 Nm b) 38 Nm
c) 32 Nm d) 30 Nm
4 The moment of the 30 N force passing through the coordinates (4, 0) and (0, 3) about the origin
a) 60 Nm b) 100 Nm
c) 72 Nm d) 45 Nm
5 A force of 100 N makes an angle of 600 anticlockwise with the horizontal. It passes through the point having
coordinates(4, 5). The moment of this force about origin is nearer to
a) 306 Nm b) 466 Nm
c) 446 Nm d) 606 Nm
6 A plate ABCD is of breadth AB = 40 mm and depth AD = 20 mm. A force of 10 N at an angle 285 0 is applied at
D. The magnitude of the moment of the force about point A is nearer to
a) 193 Nm b) 133 Nm
c) 143 Nm d) 93 Nm
7 On a rod AD forces 20 N, 10 N, 35 N, 15 N act at points A, B, C, D respectively. Forces 20 N, 10 N, 15 N act
downward and 35 N acts upward. The position of the points B,C,D from A are 20 mm, 30 mm, and 50 mm
respectively. The position of the resultant from point A is
a) 20 mm b) 125 mm
c) 10 mm d) 25 mm
8 A force of 500 N is to be resolved into two forces P and Q parallel to and in the direction of line of action of F and
acting one on each side of F at a distance of 3 and 2 units respectively. The values of P and Q are
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
a) 200 N, 300 N b) 300 N, 200 N

c) 250 N, 250 N d) 600 N, 100N
9 A pulley of diameter AB = 200 mm is subjected to two equal unlike parallel forces of 2000 N one at A and other at
B tangentially. A third force of 500 N acts through centre of pulley at 45 0. The resultant force and couple will be
a) 2500 N at 1350 along with couple of 2000 b) 500 N at 450alongwith couple of 400 Nm
Nm
c) 500 N at 450 along with couple of 2000 Nm d) 2000 N at 450 along with couple of 500 Nm
10 On a rod AD forces 20 N, 10 N, 35 N, 15 N act at points A, B, C, D. Forces 20 N, 10 N, 15 N act downward and
35 N acts upward. The position of the points B,C,D from A are 20 mm, 30 mm, and 50 mm respectively. The
a) 10 N, 500 Nmm b) 10 N, 100 Nmm
c) 80 N, 500 Nmm d) 90 N, 1100 Nmm
11 Three like horizontal forces of 10 N, 20 N, and 10 N act on a vertical rod at A, B, C. If AB = BC = 20 mm. The
resultant force couple system at A is
a) 40 N, 800 Nmm b) 0 N, 400 Nmm
c) 20 N, 200 Nmm d) None of these
12 Two like parallel forces of 60 N and 180 N act 120 mm apart from each other. The position of the resultant from
60 N force will be
a) 100 mm b) 60 mm
c) 80 mm d) 90 mm
13 Three weights 30 N, 10 N, 20 N are placed at the three corner taken clockwise on a square ABCD normal to the
plane. What should be the weight at the remaining corner so that the resultant of the system lies at the centre of
square O?
a) 20 N b) 10 N
c) 60 N d) Not possible
14 A force of 100 N acting tangential to a drum of radius 0.25 m, must be transferred parallel to itself to its centre O.
The moment which should accompany it for equivalent effect is
a) 20 Nm b) 25 Nm
c) 30 Nm d) 35 Nm
15 A force of 100 N acting tangential to a drum of radius 0.25 m, must be transferred parallel to itself to a
diametrically opposite point B. The moment which should accompany it for equivalent effect is
a) 30 Nm b) 40 Nm
c) 50 Nm d) 60 Nm
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
16 A force of 60 N acts at horizontal distance of 1 m from origin; angle made by force with horizontal is 20 0. The
moment of force about origin is
a) 20.5 Nm b) 30.5 Nm
c) 96.42 Nm d) 16.67 Nm
17 Two like parallel forces are acting at a distance of 24 mm apart and their resultant is 20 N. If the line of action of
the resultant is 6 mm forceacting at left. The two forces are
a) 15 N and 5 N b) 30 N and 5 N
c) 25 N and 5 N d) None of the above
18 Three forces acting on a rigid body are represented in magnitude, direction and action by the three side of a
triangle taken in order. The force are equivalent to a couple whose moment is equal to k times the area of triangle,
k is equal to
a) 1 b) 2
c) 0.5 d) None of the above
19 A couple produces
a) Translatory motion b) Rotational motion.
c) Combined translator and rotational d) None of the above
20 The two forces of 100 N and 300 N have their lines of action parallel to each other but are in the opposite
directions. These forces are known as
a) Coplanar concurrent forces b) Coplanar non-concurrent forces
c) Like parallel forces d) Unlike parallel forces
21 A vertical force of P N acting in first quadrant I X-Y plane at (2 m, 1 m). If P = 200 N, magnitude of moment
about origin is
a) 100 Nm b) 200 Nm
c) 300 Nm d) 400 Nm
22 A force 10 N at an angle 300 with x-axis and acting in vertical plane, containing axis of tower is acting at the top of
the tower of height 12 m, the magnitude of moment in Nm created by the focus at the base of the tower is nearer to
a) 104 b) 100
c) 120 d) 100
23 A 20 kN weight is lifted by a crane from a horizontal distance of 6 m from the position of the driver. What will be
the magnitude of moment created by weight at position of the driver?
a) 120 kNm b) 150 kNm
c) 175 kNm d) 200 kNm
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
24 If the arm of couple is doubled, its moment will

a) Be halved b) Remain same
c) Be doubled d) None of these
25 In a couple, the lines of action of the two forces are
a) Parallel to each other b) Inclined to each other
c) Perpendicular to each other d) None of the above
26 Find the moment of the force F about origin. Magnitude of F = 20 N, Angle of F with horizontal is 30 degrees
anticlockwise, coordinates of point of application of F (5, -4) m
a) 119 Nm b) 82 Nm
c) 60 Nm d) 100 Nm
27 The magnitude of two unlike parallel forces P each acting at 1 m apart, is equivalent to two unlike parallel forces
of 300 N each acting at a distance of 100 mm. Find P?
a) 240 N b) 60 N
c) 120 N d) 30 N
28 A bar weighing 100 N is hinged at one end and the other end is tied to a vertical string which keeps the bar
horizontal. The tension in the string is nearer to
a) 500 N b) 100 N
c) 50 N d) 10 N
29 Three like parallel forces of 20 N, 30 N and 40 N acts at a distance 1 m apart from each other. Their resultant acts
at a distance of ------------------ from 20 N force
a) 0.25 m b) 0.6 m
c) 1m d) 1.2 m
30 A force of 20 N passes from points A(1, 2) and B(2, 1). The moment of the force about the origin will be nearer to
a) 21 Nm b) 30 Nm
c) 42 Nm d) 48 Nm
31 A force of 50 N acting at A(3, 4) makes an angle of 50 degree anticlockwise with the horizontal. Its moment about
origin will be nearer to
a) 150 Nm b) 222 Nm
c) 244 Nm d) 260 Nm
32 Two unlike parallel forces of 20 N each act at 45 degree with the x-axis. The perpendicular distance between the
line of action of the forces is 1 m. The moment produced is
a) 10 Nm b) 15 Nm
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
c) 18 Nm d) 20 Nm
33 Two unlike parallel forces of 20 N each act at 30 degree with the x-axis at a point A and B which are 1 m apart on
the x-axis. The moment produced is
a) 5 Nm b) 10 Nm
c) 12 Nm d) 15 Nm
34 A force of 50 N acts tangentially to a circle of diameter 750 mm. Its moment about a point situated diametrically
opposite is
a) 31000 Nmm b) 34000 Nmm
c) 35000 Nm d) 37500 Nm
35 A force of 50 N acts tangentially to a circle of diameter 750 mm. Its moment about the center of the circle will be
a) 18750 Nmm b) 15000 Nmm
c) 15575 Nmm d) 12500 Nmm
36 If two unlike parallel forces are acting on a member then their resultant will lie
37 If two like parallel forces are acting on a member then their resultant will lie
38 Two unlike parallel forces 5 N each act at 4 m apart. The moment produced by these forces can be nullified by
another two unlike parallel forces of 20 N each acting -------------- m apart.
a) 1 b) 5
c) 10 d) 20
39 Three like parallel forces of 20 N, 30 N and P N acts at a distance 1 m apart from each other. Their resultant acts at
a distance of 1.22 m from the 20 N force. The value of P is approximately equal to
a) 10 N b) 20 N
c) 30 N d) 40 N
40 A couple of 30 Nm is applied to a screw driver of length 0.3 m to tighten a screw. The force required to produce
the couple will be
a) 25 N b) 75 N
c) 100 N d) 200 N
41 A number of like parallel forces acting on a body can be
a) Replaced by a single force b) Replaced by a couple
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
c) Both A and B d) None of the above

diagonally opposite to A. The moment of this force about A is
a) Zero b) 71 Nm
c) 100 Nm d) 142 Nm
43 What is the moment of force about the apex of triangle, if 3 forces of 40 N each acting along the sides of
equilateral triangle of side 2 m taken in order
a) 51.96 Nm b) 69.3 Nm
c) 30.6 Nm d) 6.67 Nm
44 Two identical members of 100 mm length are joined together at their center to form a cross (+). Four forces 1 N, 2
N, 3 N, and 4 N act at the ends normal to each member in the anti-clockwise direction. Find the moment developed
at the center
a) 40 Nmm b) 50 Nmm
c) 160 Nmm d) 500 Nmm
45 If three like parallel forces of 1 N, 1.5 N and 2 N acts at a distance of 0.5 m each. Find distance of resultant from 1
N force
a) 0.5 m b) 0.75 m
c) 0.61 m d) 0.21 m
46 Four forces 50 N, 100 N, 150 N, 200 N act in clockwise direction along the sides of a square of side 0.6 m. The
moment of force about the centroid of the square is
a) 125 Nm b) 250 Nm
c) 30 Nm d) 150 Nm
47 Force F = 300 N acting vertically upward at x = 2 m, y = 2 m. The magnitude of moment of force about origin is
a) 600 Nm b) 660 Nm
c) 300 Nm d) 330 Nm
48 In a member ABCD, AB = 1 m, BC = 1 m, CD = 4 m. Force at A = 20 N acting vertically upwards at B = 20 N

acting vertically downwards, at C = 30 N acting vertically upwards and at D = 40 N acting vertically upwards.
Resultant of the force system is
a) 110 N b) 90 N
c) 20 N d) 70 N
49 Two like parallel forces of 300 N and 200 N are acting at the ends of the rod of 4 m length. Distance of resultant is
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
a) 1.6 m from larger force b) 4 m from larger force

c) 2 m from larger force d) None of the above
50 The algebraic sum of the two forces forming couple is equal to
a) Magnitude of two forces b) Magnitude of one force
c) Zero d) None of the above
51 The effect of couple is unchanged when
a) Couple is shifted to other position b) Couple is rotated through any angle
c) Couple is shifted and rotated d) All of the above
52 A force of 40 N is applied perpendicular to the edge of the door 2 m wide. Then moment of force about hinge is
a) 80 Nm b) 20 Nm
c) 40 Nm d) 60 Nm
53 Find resultant of forces when two like parallel forces of 40 N and 70 N which act at the ends of the rod 40 cm long
a) 110 N b) 50 N
c) 30 N d) 160 N
54 The moment of resultant of a force system about any point is equal to the algebraic sum of moments of all other
forces about the same point, this is the statement of law of
a) Transmissibility of forces b) Superposition
c) Triangle of forces d) Varignon’s theorm
55 If a system of forces can be reduced to a force couple system at a given point without changing effect on the body,
then it is
a) Equipollent system b) Equivalent system
c) Both a) and b) d) None of the above
56 On a member AB two unlike parallel forces 20 N each act at 0.6 m apart. The equivalent system can be
a) Couple 12 Nm b) Couple of 6 Nm
c) Force 20 N d) Force 0 N
57 What is the magnitude of vertical force required to produce a moment of 20 Nm at point A (1m, 1m) if the force is
acting at point B(2m, 2m)
a) 40 N b) 30 N
c) 20 N d) 10 N
58 Two like parallel forces of P = 400 N and Q = 200 N acting at the ends of the rod of 4 m length, then distance of
resultant is
a) 1.33 m from p b) 1.44 m from p
c) 1.66 m from p d) 1.66 m from Q
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
59 A member AB of 600 mm is inclined at 60 degrees to the horizontal. A force of 300 N acts towards left
horizontally at A. The equivalent force couple system at B is
c) 300 N with 1.558 Nm (clockwise) d) 300 with 1.558 Nm (anticlockwise)
60 Varignon’s theorem of moment is used to find
a) Moment of resultant b) Position of resultant
c) Algebraic sum of moments d) All of the above
61 A member AB of 600 mm length is inclined at 60 degrees to the horizontal. A force of 300 N acts towards left
horizontally at A. The moment produced at B is
c) 2.558 Nm (clockwise) d) 2.558 Nm (anticlockwise)
from each other respectively at points A, B, C, D. The equivalent force couple system at A is
a) 100 N, 40 Nm b) 100 N, 80 Nm
c) 200 N, 40 Nm d) 100 N, 120 Nm
63 Force F = 300 N acting vertically upward at x = 2 m, y = 2 m. The equivalent force couple system at origin is
a) 300 N, 600 N (clockwise ) b) 300 N, 300 Nm (clockwise)
c) 300 N, 600 N-m (anticlockwise) d) 300 N, 300 Nm (anticlockwise)
64 A pulley of diameter AB = 200 mm is subjected to equal unlike parallel forces of 2000 N one at A and other at B
tangentially. A third force of 500 N acts through center of pulley at 45 0. The resultant force will be
a) 2500 N at 1350 b) 500 N at 450
c) 4500 N at 450 d) 2000 N at 450
65 A vertical force of 20 N acts at point B(2m, 2m). The moment produced at A(1m, 1m) is
a) 40Nm b) 30Nm
c) 20Nm d) 10Nm
66 The 10 N force is required to be applied to a door at the end of width 1m to rotate it. The moment produced about
the hinge is
a) 8.66Nm b) 10Nm
c) 5Nm d) None of the above
67 When two like parallel forces of 40N and 70N which act at the ends of the rod 40cm long. Find the position of
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
resultant of forces from 40N force

a) 25cm b) 50cm
c) 30 cm d) 40 cm
68 Find the equivalent force couple system at A when two like parallel forces of 40 N and 70 N which act at the ends
of the rod AB 40 cm long respectively.
a) 110 N, 2800 Ncm b) 55 N, 26 Ncm
c) 30 N, 25 Ncm d) 160 N, 2800 Ncm
diagonally opposite to A. The equivalent force couple system at A is
a) Zero b) 100 N force acting at 450
c) 100 N at 450 , 100 Nm d) 100 N at 450, 707 Nm
70 A vertical member AB of length 2 m is subjected to couple of 10 Nm at the center. What should be the magnitudes
of two unlike parallel forces acting 2 m apart, which can balanced the above couple
a) 5 N, 5 N b) 15 N, 5 N
c) 10 N, 10 N d) 10 N, 15 N
71 A force of 100 N is required to produce the moment in a screw driver of length 0.3 m to tighten the screw. The
moment produced is
a) 300 Nm b) 75 Nm
c) 30 Nm d) 200 Nm
0
The equivalent force couple system at B
a) 300 N, 1.558 Nm (anticlockwise) b) 300 N, 1.558 Nm (clockwise)
c) 300 N, 2.558 Nm (clockwise) d) 300 N, 2.558 Nm (anticlockwise)
0
The moment at B is
a) 290 Nm b) 558 Nm
c) 277 Nm d) 155 Nm
74 A horizontal member AB of length 5 m is subjected to inclined force of 30 N acting 40 0 anticlockwise with the
horizontal and acting at the center of the member. The magnitude of the moment produced about A and B are
respectively
a) 24.2 Nm, 48.2 Nm b) 48.2 Nm, 24.2 Nm
c) 24.2 Nm, 24.2 Nm d) 48.2 Nm, 48.2 Nm
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
a) 55.9 N b) 65.9 N
c) 75.9 N d) 85.9 N
76 The forces 1 N, 2 N, 3 N, 4 N, 5 N and 6 N act in order along the sides of a regular hexagon. 1 N force acting
a) 0N b) 6 N
c) 12 N d) 21 N
a) 120 N b) 200 N
c) 130 N d) 50 N
78 If the forces 1 N, 2 N, 3 N, 4 N and 5 N act in order along the sides of a regular pentagon & 1 N force acting
a) 3N b) 4.75 N
c) 6N d) 4.25 N
79 Two forces acting on a ladder & resting vertical wall and horizontal floor is an example of --------------
a) Parallel forces b) Coplanar non concurrent forces
c) Non coplanar forces d) None of the above
80 Forces 10 N, 20 N, 30 N, and 40 N act along the sides of rectangle PQ, QR, RS, SP. Their resultant forces is nearer
a) 28.28 N b) 40 N
c) 100 N d) 32.32 N
81 If the forces 10 N, 20 N, 30 N, 40 N, 50 N and 60 N act in order along the sides of a regular hexagon&10 N force
acting horizontally towards right, then the resultant is nearer to
a) 50.55 N b) 60 N
c) 86.67 N d) 70.70 N
82 Forces 50 N, 100 N and 150 N act along the sides of a equilateral triangle taken in order. Their resultant forces is
nearer to
a) 0N b) 67.66 N
c) 86.67 N d) 300 N
83 For a straight rod ABC, AB = 2 m, BC = 4 m and forces acting are as 1) at A 40 N along positive x-axis, 2) at B
120 N at an angle 500 with negative x-axis in anticlockwise direction, 3) At C 60 N upwards. Their resultant force
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
is nearer to
a) 3.78 N b) 5.21 N
c) 4.89 N d) 6.33 N
84 Forces acting tangentially on a circle of 2 m radius are 1) 10 N acting North, 2) 20 N acting NE, 3) 30 N acting SE,
4) 40 N acting south. Their resultant force is nearer to
a) 65.35 N b) 55 N
c) 40 N d) 51.22 N
85 Three forces 10 N, 20 N and P N act along sides of a equilateral triangle taken in order 10 N force acting
horizontally towards right. Their resultant force is 17.32 N an angle 30 0 with negative x-axis in anticlockwise
direction. The magnitude of the force P nearer to
a) 10 N b) 17.32 N
c) 30 N d) 21.42 N
86 Four forces 100 N, 200 N, 300 N and P acting along sides of rectangle in cylinder, 100 N force is acting
horizontally towards right. Their resultant is 282.8 N (in 3 rd quadrant). The magnitude of the force P is nearer to
a) 300 N b) 400 N
c) 325.7 N d) 378.25 N
87 Four forces 25 N, 50 N, P and Q acting along sides of rectangle taken in order 25 N force acting horizontally
towards right. Their resultant is 200 N acting vertically downwards. The magnitude of the force P and Q are nearer
to
a) 150 N, 25 N b) 50 N, 100 N
c) 100 N, 50 N d) 25 N, 150 N
88 A square PQRS of side 1.5 m is acted by forces 100 N, 200 N, 300 N and 400 N along the sides taken in order.
The 100 N force acts horizontally towards right. Their resultant force is nearer to
a) 330 N b) 282.80 N
c) 400 N d) 250 N
89 A bent up bar ABC such that AB = 3 m, BC = 1 m and angle ABC is 90 0. The forces acting on it are 1) At A 40 N
at an angle 300 with positive x-axis in anticlockwise direction, 2) At B 20 N towards negative x-axis, 3) At C 10 N
towards positive x-axis, Their resultant force is nearer to
a) 33.74 N b) 36.73 N
c) 42.70 N d) 31.73 N
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
90 Forces 15 N, 25 N, 35 N, 45 N and 50 N act along & in the direction AB, AD, CB, CD and BD of a square ABCD
& 15 N force acting horizontally towards right. Their resultant force is nearer to
a) 54.1 N b) 63.40 N
c) 70.10 N d) 60.54 N
91 A horizontal bar ABCD is such that AB = BC = CD = 1.5 m carries the loads as 1) At A 10 N towards positive x-
axis 2) At B 30 N at an angle 40 degrees with negative x-axis in clockwise direction, 3) At C 45 N at an angle 50
degrees with positive x-axis in anticlockwise direction, 4) At D 55 N towards positive x-axis. Their resultant force
is nearer to
a) 77.45 N b) 89 N
c) 98.12 N d) 63.40 N
92 Three forces 10 N, 20 N and P N act along sides of a equilateral triangle taken in order 10 N force is acting
horizontally towards right. If resultant force acts vertically downward then force P is nearer to
a) 30 N b) 15 N
c) 10 N d) 0
93 A force acting on lamina having coordinates of points are 1) from A to B 100 n, A (2, 3) and B ($, $), 2) From P to
Q 150 N, P (1, 0) and Q (3, 0), 3) From R to S 125 N, R (0, 2) and S (0, 4). The resultant of the force system is
nearer to
a) 279.40 N b) 313.42 N
c) 293.50 N d) 286.37 N
94 A forces acting at points A,B, C, D tangentially on a circle taken in order anticlockwise are 1) 100 N acting
towards north, 2) P N acting towards west, 3) 50 N acting towards south, 4) 125 N acting towards east
respectively. If resultant force is 60 N in 1 st quadrant. Find P
a) 87.45 N b) 91.83 N
c) 103.42 N d) 59.47 N
95 If the forces 10 N, 20 N, 30 N, 40 N, and 50 N act in order along the sides of a regular pentagon while the forces
10 N acting horizontally towards right, then the resultant is nearer to
a) 62.5 N b) 51.5 N
c) 42.5 N d) 45.5 N
96 The forces acting on a square plate 10 m * 10 m are as under 1) AB = 10 N, A (1, 2) and B (3, 3) , 2) CD = 15 N,
C (1, 0) and D (-3, 3) , 3) EF = 20 N, E (-2, 0) and F (-1, -3) , 4) GH = 25 N, G (1, -2) and H (3, 0). The resultant
of the force system is nearer to
a) 34.22 N b) 23.47 N
c) 28.41N d) 51.71 N
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
97 Forces acting tangentially on a circle are 1) 4 P N acting towards North, 2) 3P N acting towards West, 3) 2P N
acting towards South, 4) P N acting towards East. Resultant force in nearer to
a) 1.4 P b) 2P
c) 1.8 P d) 2.83 P
98 ABCD is a rectangle in which AB = CD = 100 mm and BC = DA = 80 mm and force of 100 N each is acting along
AB and CD and force of 80 N each is acting along BC and DA. Their resultant force is nearer to
a) 0 b) 180 N
c) 360 N d) 20 N
99 A horizontal rod WXY, WX = 2 m, XY = 4 m subjected to the loading as 1) At W 4 N towards positive x-axis, 2)

At X 12 N towards negative x-axis, 3) At Y 6 N upwards. Their resultant force is
a) 14 N b) 2 N
c) 10 N d) 15 N
a) 100 N b) 110 N
c) 180 N d) 50 N
a) 130 N b) 60 N
c) 180 N d) 100 N
102 A man weighing 600 N is standing at middle of light rod of 4 m long. This man is lifted by other two men one is 1
m from left end and other is 0.7 m from right end, the weight carried by left and right man is nearer to
a) 261 N, 339 N b) 300 N, 300 N
c) 325 N, 275 N d) 339 N, 261 N
103 Four forces 50 N, 90 N, 20 N and 50 N are acting along sides AB, BC, CD and DA of a square ABCD of side 2 m.
Their resultant force is 50 N. Calculate position of resultant w.r.t. A
a) 4.4 m b) 4.1 m
c) 4m d) 3 m
104 Four forces 180 N, 100 N, 60 N and 50 N are acting along sides AB, BC, CD and DA of a square ABCD of side 2
m. Their resultant force is 130 N. Calculate position of resultant w.r.t. A
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
a) 2.46 m b) 3.46 m
c) 2.64 m d) 3.64 m
105 Which of the following statement is correct 1) summation of moment of all forces about Pt is equal to resultant
moment @ same point 2) summation of all forces is equal to resultant, 3) a & B, 4) none of the above
a) 1 b) 2
c) 1&3 d) None of the above
106 Forces 10 N, 20 N, 30 N & 40 N acts along sides of rectangle PQ, QR, RS, SP respectively. The resultant force is
given by
a) 28.28 N b) 40 N
c) 48 N d) 37 N
107 Forces 10 N, 20 N, 30 N & 40 N acts along sides of rectangle PQ, QR, RS, SP of size 3 m X 4 m has resultant
force 28.28 N directed in S45 W causing anticlockwise moment about P. Calculate location of resultant W.R.T.
a) 3.63 m b) 6.36 m
c) 2.36 m d) 4.36 m
108 Three forces 40 N, 90 N, 50 N act along AB, BC, CA along sides of equilateral triangle in anticlockwise direction,
AB being horizontal. Calculate resultant of the force system
a) 0N b) 45.82 N
c) 30 N d) 47 N
109 Resultant of four forces acting on square plate ABCD is 15 N, & N 30 E. If moment of resultant about B is 22.5
Nm clockwise, locate point where resultant intersts vertical side BC
a) 3.5 m b) 3 m
c) 2.5 m d) 1.73 m
north, 2) 100 N acting towards west, 3) 90 N acting towards south, 4) 50 N acting towards east respectively. If
a) 130 N b) 120 N
c) 200 N d) 100 N
north, 2) 240 N acting towards west, 3) 210 N acting towards south, 4) 210 N acting towards east respectively. The
a) 50 N b) 60 N
c) 70 N d) 45 N
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system

a) 150 N b) 166.43 N
c) 100 N d) 135 N
a) 300 b) 35.300
c) 40.240 d) 32.740
100 N horizontally towards right respectively. Find moment about origin
a) 200 Nm b) 260 Nm
c) 245 Nm d) 250 Nm
and 80 N horizontally towards right respectively. Find moment about origin
a) 200 Nm b) 160 Nm
c) 145 Nm d) 180 Nm
and 80 N horizontally towards right respectively. Find the resultant
a) 150 N b) 166.43 N
c) 200 N d) 135 N
and 80 N horizontally towards right respectively. Find inclination of the resultant
a) 36.870 b) 35.300
c) 40.240 d) 32.740
and 100 N horizontally towards left respectively. Find inclination of the resultant
a) 36.870 b) 35.300
c) 56.310 d) 32.740
100 N horizontally towards left respectively. Find inclination of the resultant
a) 150 N b) 166.43 N
c) 108.17 N d) 135 N
100 N horizontally towards left respectively. Find the value of moment at origin
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
a) 800 Nm b) 740 Nm
c) 720 Nm d) 780 Nm
200 N and 120 N act along AB, BC, and CA respectively. Find resultant
a) 50 N b) 47.7 N
c) 57 N d) 49.33 N
200 N and 120 N act along AB, BC, and CA respectively. Find direction of resultant
a) 76.660 b) 80.500
c) 70.240 d) 72.740
200 N and 120 N act along AB, BC, and CA respectively. Find value of moment at A
a) 800 Nm b) 665.6 Nm
c) 720 Nm d) 680 Nm
100 N and 60 N act along AB, BC, and CA respectively. Find type of resultant
a) Force b) Force & couple
100 N and 60 N act along AB, BC, and CA respectively. Find magnitude of resultant
a) 240 Nm b) 210 Nm
c) 200 Nm d) 190 Nm
a) 45 N b) 60 N
c) 80 N d) 75 N
127 ABC is right angle triangle having AB horizontal base of 4 m length. AC is vertical 3 m in length. Forces PN, 60
N and 60N act along AB, BC and CA respectively. Find magnitude of P if system reduces to a couple.
a) 100 N b) 60 N
c) 80 N d) 75 N
128 ABC is right angle triangle having AB horizontal base of 4 m length. AC is vertical 3 m in length. Forces P N, 100
a) 100 N b) 60 N
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
c) 80 N d) 75 N
130 N and 120 N act along AB, BC and CA respectively. Find type of resultant.
a) Force and couple b) Force
130 N and 120 N act along AB, BC and CA respectively. Find magnitude of resultant.
a) 500 Nm b) 600 Nm
c) 580 Nm d) 750 Nm
131 ABC is right angle triangle having AB horizontal base of 5 m length. AC is vertical 12 m in length. Forces P N,
130 N and 120 N act along AB, BC and CA respectively. Find magnitude of P if system reduces to a couple.
a) 100 N b) 60 N
c) 50 N d) 75 N
132 ABC is right angle triangle having AB horizontal base of 5 m length. AC is vertical 12 m in length. Forces 50 N, P
a) 130 N b) 60 N
c) 50 N d) 75 N
a) 130 N b) 60 N
c) 50 N d) 120 N
134 The algebraic sum of moments of the forces forming couple about any point in their plane is
a) Equal to the moment of the couple b) Constant

c) Both of above are correct d) Both of above are wrong
135 Which of the following statement is correct?
a) The algebraic sum of the forces, constituting the couple is zero

b) The algebraic sum of the forces, constituting the couple, about any point is the same
c) A couple cannot be balanced by a single force but can be balanced only by a couple of opposite sense
d) All of the above
136 The product of either force of couple with the arm of the couple is called
a)Resultant couple b) Moment of the forces

Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
c) Resulting couple d) Moment of the couple
137 The moment of a force
a) Is the turning effect produced by a force, on the body, on which it acts

b) Is equal to the product of force acting on the body and the perpendicular distance of a point and the line
of action of the force
c) Is equal to twice the area of the triangle, whose base is the line representing the force and whose vertex
is the point, about which the moment is taken
d) All of the above
138 Non-coplanar non-concurrent forces are those forces which
a) Meet at one point, but their lines of action do not lie on the same plane
b) Do not meet at one point and their lines of action do not lie on the same plane
c) Do not meet at one point but their lines of action lie on the same plane
139 According to principle of moments

a) If a system of coplanar forces is in equilibrium, then their algebraic sum is zero
b) If a system of coplanar forces is in equilibrium, then the algebraic sum of their moments about any point
in their plane is zero
c) The algebraic sum of the moments of any two forces about any point is equal to moment of the resultant
about the same point
d) Positive and negative couples can be balanced
140 A square ABCD of side 1m has four forces 100N horizontal towards right on side AB, 200N upward on side
BC, P on side CD and Q on side DA. What will be the magnitudes of P and Q if the system reduces to
couple
a)150 N &220 N c) 105 N & 210 N
b)100 N &250 N d)100 N & 200 N
141 A force 10N at an angle 30⁰ with positive X axis in first quadrant is acting at the top of the tower of height 12
m. the magnitude of moment created by the force at the base of the tower is
a) 1039.2 b) 100
c) 60 d) 102
142 20 N weight lifted by the crane is at a horizontal distance of 6m from the position of the driver. What will be
the magnitude of moment created by the weight at position of the driver?
a) 115 b) 20
c) 60 d) 120
143 Two like parallel forces F1 and F2 are acting at a distance of 24 mm apart and their resultant is 20N. If the
line of action of the resultant is 6mm from force F1, then the two forces are
a) 15 N and 5N b)20 N and 5N
c)15 N and15 N d)none of these
144 For a parallel force system, the resultant force will be ........ to all forces.
a)Perpendicular b)Parallel
c) In opposite direction d)None of the above
Pimpri,Pune-411018
system
ANSWER KEY
1. a 41 a 81 b 121 b
2. b 42 a 82 c 122 a
3. c 43 b 83 c 123 b
4. c 44 d 84 d 124 c
5. c 45 c 85 c 125 a
6 a 46 d 86 b 126 b
7 c 47 a 87 d 127 a
8 a 48 d 88 b 128 c
9 b 49 a 89 d 129 c
10 b 50 c 90 c 130 b
11 a 51 d 91 b 131 c
12 d 52 a 92 d 132 a
13 d 53 a 93 c 133 d
14 b 54 d 94 b 134 a
15 c 55 b 95 c 135 d
16 a 56 a 96 b 136 d
17 a 57 c 97 a 137 d
18 b 58 a 98 a 138 b
19 b 59 c 99 c 139 b
20 d 60 d 100 a 140 d
21 d 61 b 101 a 141 a
22 a 62 a 102 d 142 d
23 a 63 b 103 a 143 a
24 c 64 b 104 a 144 b
25 a 65 c 105 a
26 a 66 b 106 a
27 d 67 a 107 b
28 c 68 a 108 b
29 d 69 b 109 b
30 c 70 a 110 a
31 c 71 c 111 a
32 d 72 b 112 b
33 b 73 c 113 d
34 d 74 d 114 b
35 a 75 a 115 b
36 b 76 b 116 c
37 a 77 c 117 a
38 a 78 d 118 c
39 d 79 b 119 c
40 c 80 a 120 b
Multiple Choice Questions on Friction
Answer Key
MCQs on UNIT- III EQUILIBRIUM
1. The main condition for the rigid body is that the distance between various particles of the
body does change.
B
a) True
b) False
2. What does Newton’s third law states?

a) The rate of change of momentum is equal to the force applied
b) For every reaction, there is an opposite reaction B
c) The body tends to be rotated if the force is applied tangentially
d) The body is rest until a force is applied
3. Free body diagrams don’t play any role in making the calculations on the conditions of the
B
a) True
b) False
4. For the conditions of the equilibrium of the body, i.e. the rigid body only the external forces
defines the equilibrium. And the support reactions only cancels out the rotation part of the
body
a) The first part of the statement is false and other part is true C
b) The first part of the statement is false and other part is false too
c) The first part of the statement is true and other part is false
d) The first part of the statement is true and other part is true to
5. For two force members to be in equilibrium when

a) They both must not be collinear
b) They must be of different magnitude D
c) They must be in the same direction
d) They must be in the opposite direction cancelling each other
6. A beam is a structural member which is subjected to

a. Axial tension or compression
b. Transverse loads and couples B
c. Twisting moment
d. No load, but its axis should be horizontal and x-section rectangular or circular
7. A cantilever is a beam whose

a. Both ends are supported either on rollers or hinges
b. One end is fixed and other end is free B
c. Both ends are fixed
d. Whose both or one of the end has overhang
8. The beam shown in below figure is supported by a hinge at A and a roller at B. The
reaction RA of the hinged support A of the beam, is
D
a. 10.8t
b. 10.6t
c. 10.4t
d. 10.2t
9. Find the reaction of a simply supported beam 6m long is carrying a uniformly distributed
load of 5kN/m over a length of 3m from the right hand.
a. RA=3.75.KN, RB=11. 25 kN
A
b. RA=4.75.KN, RB=11. 25 kN
c. RA=5.75.KN, RB=11. 25 kN
d. RA=6.75.KN, RB=11. 25 kN
10. _______ is a horizontal structural member subjected to transverse loads perpendicular to its
axis.
a) Strut
b) Column
c) Beam C
d) Truss
Answer: c
Explanation: A beam is a horizontal structural member subjected to a transverse load perpendicular
to its own axis. Beams are used to support weights of roof slabs, walls and staircases. The type of
beam usually depends upon the span, type of load elasticity and type of structure
11. Fixed beam is also known as ________

a) Encastered beam
b) Built on beam
c) Rigid beam
d) Type beam A
Answer: a
Explanation: A beam which is fixed at both supports is called fixed beam or encastered beam. All
framed structures are examples of fixed beams.
12. U.D.L stands for?

a) Uniformly diluted length
b) Uniformly developed loads
c) Uniaxial distributed load
d) Uniformly distributed loads D
Answer: d
Explanation: These loads are uniformly spread over a portion or whole area. They are generally
represented as rate of load that is Kilo Newton per meter length (KN/m).
13. Given below diagram is ______ load.
a)Uniformly distributed load

b) Uniformly varying load
B
c) Uniformly decrees load
d) Point load
Answer: b
Explanation: A load which varies uniformly on each unit length is known as uniformly varying
load. Sometimes the load is zero at one end and increases uniformly to the other forms of uniformly
varying loads.
14. Moving train is an example of ____ load.

a) Point load
b) Cantered load
c) Rolling load
d) Uniformly varying load C
Answer: c
Explanation: As train’s wheels (rolling stock) move in rolling way. The upcoming load will be
considered as rolling load.
15. Continuous beams are _________

a) Statically determinate beams
b) Statically indeterminate beams
c) Statically gravity beams
d) Framed beams B
Answer: b
Explanation: Fixed beams and continuous beams are statically indeterminate beams which cannot
be analyzed only by using static equations.
16. Units of U.D.L?

a) KN/m
b) KN-m
c) KN-m×m
d) KN A
Answer: a
Explanation: As these loads distribute over span the units for this kind of loads will be load per
meter length i.e KN/m. It is denoted by “w”.
17. A simple support offers only_______ reaction normal to the axis of the beam.
a) Horizontal
b) Vertical
A
c) Inclined
d) Moment
Answer: a
Explanation: In a simple support there will not be any resistance to horizontal loads, moment or
rotation. In fact, it only offers a vertical reaction normal to the axis of the beam
18. ________ support develops support moment.

a) Hinged
b) Simple
c) Fixed
d) Joint C
Answer: c
Explanation: A fixed support offers resistance against horizontal and vertical movement and against
the rotation of the member and that in turn developers support moment.
19. Hinge support is called as __________

a) Socket joint
b) Swivel joint
c) Ball joint
d) Pin joint D
Answer: d
Explanation: Hinge support is one, in which the position is fixed but not the direction. In their
words hinged support offers resistance against vertical and horizontal moments.it is fixed in such a
way that it resembles like a pin joint.
20. Name the support from following figure.
a) Hinge support
b) Fixed support
c) Free support
d) Roller support
Answer: b
Explanation: In the above figure we can observe that the beam is supported at both the ends so the
beam is fixed at both ends. Hence the support is a fixed support.
21. For a simply supported beam, the moment at the support is always __________
a) Maximum
b) Zero
B
c) Minimum
d) Cannot be determined
Answer: b
Explanation: As the moment is a product of force and perpendicular distance, the flexural moment
at the support is zero because there is no distance at the support.
22. Find the reaction at simple support A?
a) 6.5 kN
b) 9 kN D
c) 10 kN
d) 7.5 kN
Answer: d
Explanation: Total load = 10 kN
Taking moment at A = 0
4 × R @ B – 10 = 0
R @ B = 2.5 kN
Reaction at A = 10 – 2.5 = 7.5kN.
23. Roller support is same as _____

a) Hinged support
b) Fixed support
c) Simply support
d) Roller support C
Answer: c
Explanation: The support reaction is normal to the axis of the beam. It facilitates the vertical support. It
helps the beam to overcome the temperature stresses effectively. It is similar to simple support.
24. Hinged supports offers vertical and ________ reaction.

a) Horizontal
b) Moment
c) Rotation
d) Couple A
Answer: a
Explanation: A hinged support offers a vertical and horizontal reaction. The pin jointed support offers
resistance against horizontal and vertical movements but not against rotation movement.
25. . Free body diagrams don’t play any role in making the calculations on the conditions of the
a) True
B
b) False
Answer: b
Explanation: The free body diagrams does play an important role in the formation of the conditions of
the equilibrium of the rigid body. As the net forces are zero, the fbd helps us to take the measure of the
same. That is to see whether the summation is really zero or not.
26. According to Lami’s theorem

(a) three forces acting at a point will be in equilibrium
(b) three forces acting at a point can be represented by a triangle, each side being proportional
to force
D
(c) if three forces acting upon a particle are represented in magnitude and
direction by the sides of a triangle, taken in order, they will be in equilibrium
(d) if three forces acting at a point are in equilibrium, each force is proportional to the sine of
the angle between the other two
27. Determine the tension in cables AB and AD
a. TAD = 4.249 KN, TAB = 4.91 KN

b. TAD = 4.91 KN, TAB = 4.249 KN
c. TAD = 5.91 KN, TAB = 4.249 KN
d. TAD = 4.91 KN, TAB = 5.249 KN
28. This Is Called------------------
B
a. Point load
b. Uniformly distributed load
c. Uniformly varying load.
d. Uniformly load.
30. Which of the following is correct?
a) The application of the conditions of the equilibrium of the body is valid only if the forces are
collinear
b) The application of the conditions of the equilibrium of the body is valid only if the forces are D
parallel
c) The application of the conditions of the equilibrium of the body is valid only if the forces are
perpendicular
d) The application of the conditions of the equilibrium of the body is valid throughout
Pimpri,Pune-411018
DEPARTMENT OF FIRST YEAR ENGINEERING
Multiple Choice Questions on Unit 4

1. A truss has------
a) Only multi force members
b) Only two force members
c) Two force members and multi force members
d) At least one multi force members
2. A truss is perfect if------
a)
b)
c)
d) None of he above
3. A truss is imperfect if-------
a)
b)
c)
d) Either b) or c)
4. A truss is deficient if-----
a)
b)
c)
5. A truss is redundant if ------
a)
b)
c)
d) Either b) or c)
6. The relation between number of members(m)and number of joints for a
perfect truss is------
a)
b)
c) j = 2m-3
d) m+3=2j
7. If j is the number of joints in a truss, the number of independent equations
of equilibrium are----
a) 2j
b) 2j-3
c) 2j+3
8. A simple truss for which m=2j-3 and supported by a hinge an a roller is----
-----
a) Statically determinate
b) Rigid
c) Completely constrained
Pimpri,Pune-411018
d) All of the above
9. The support reactions in a simply supported perfect truss can be obtained
using----
a) Method of joints
b) Method of sections
c) Equilibrium of complete truss
10. Magnitude of forces in members and their nature can be obtained using ----
a) Method of joints
c) Both a) and b)
d) Equilibrium of complete truss
11. The method which is suitable for finding forces in all members of the truss
is -----
a) Method of joints
c) Both a) and b)
12. The method which is suitable for finding forces in only a few members
without solving for all the members in a truss is----
a) Method of joints
c) Both a) and b)
13. If r is the number of reaction components, the truss m members and j joints
is statically indeterminate if
a) 2j=m+r
b) 2j<m+r
c) 2j>m+r
d) both b)& c)
14. If r is the number of reaction components, the truss will be non-rigid and
collapses if
a) 2j=m+r
b) 2j<m+r
c) 2j>m+r
d) both b)& c)
15. If m>2j-3, the truss is
a) Perfect
b) Deficient
c) Imperfect
16. If m<2j-3, the truss is
a) Perfect
b) Deficient
c) Imperfect
Pimpri,Pune-411018
17. If m>2j-3, the truss is
a) redundant
b) over rigid
c) Imperfect
d) All of the above
18. If m=2j-3 the truss is
a) Perfect
b) Deficient
c) redundant
d) Imperfect
19. A deficient truss is
a) Perfect
b) Rigid
c) Non-rigid
d) Over rigid
20. In method of sections, the section should cut at the most----------- unknown
members.
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) Any number of
21. FBD of a part of the truss in method of sections can be solved for --------
unknowns
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) Any number of
22. FBD of a joint can be used to find at the most --------unknowns
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) Any number of
23. Which of the following is not considered in equilibrium of complete truss?
a) Externally applied horizontal forces
b) External reactions
c) Externally applied vertical forces
d) Internal forces in members.
24. Which of the following is considered in equilibrium of a joint?
a) Externally applied forces
b) Internal forces
c) Support reactions
d) All of the above
25. Which of the following are not considered in method of sections?

Pimpri,Pune-411018
a) Externally applied forces
b) Support reactions
c) Internal forces in member which are not cut by the section
d) Internal forces in member cut by the section
26. Which of the following equations is not used inFBD of joint?
a) ∑fx=0
b) ∑fy=0
c) ∑M=0
27. Which of the following supports is not used in truss
a) Roller
b) Hinge
c) Fixed
28. The force which is not considered in analysis of truss is
a) Horizontal forces on joist
b) Vertical forces joints
c) Support reactions
d) Weight of members
29. Which of the following is not applied on a truss
a) Roller reaction
b) Hinge reaction
c) Loads at joints
d) Couple moments
30. Which of the following is not used in analysis of trusses
a) Equilibrium of complete truss
b) Equilibrium of joint
c) Transmissibility of forces
d) Equilibrium of a part of the truss
31. The assumption used in analysis of truss is------
a) All members are two force members
b) Forces act only at joints
c) Weight of members is negligible
d) All the above
32. Which of the following is not used in truss
a) Straight rod
b) Curved rod
c) Roller support
d) Hinged support
33. Which of the following can not act on the truss
a) Distributed load on a member
b) Point load at a joint
c) Support reaction at a joint
34. The zero force members in a truss are
a) Useless
Pimpri,Pune-411018
b) Used to maintain the shape
c) Use to support tha weight and carry loads for any changes in loading
conditions
d) Both b) & c)
35. A Truss having four members and four joints and supported by a hinge and
a roller is ---
a) Deficient
b) Redundant
c) Perfect
36. A truss having 9 members, 6 joints, and supported by a hinge and roller is
----
a) Deficient
b) Redundant
c) Perfect
37. A truss having 11 members,6 joints and supported by a hinge and roller is
----
a) Deficient
b) Redundant
c) Perfect
38. A perfect truss is to be constructed from 17 members and is to be
supported by a roller and a hinge. The number of joints in the truss must be
a) 7
b) Less than 7
c) Greater than 7
d) 10
39. A truss is to be made over rigid and is to have 6 joints. If it is to be
supported by a roller and a hinge, the number of members required is------
-----
a) Greater than 9
b) Less than 9
c) Greater than 15
d) Less than 15
40. If there are two members at a joint in a truss and no force is applied at the
joint, the forces in the two members are----------
a) Both tensile
b) Both compressive
c) One tensile and other compressive
d) Both zero
41. If there are three mebers at a joint in a truss and no force is applied at the
joint with two members along a straight line and the third inclined then the
force in the inclined member is------
a) Zero
Pimpri,Pune-411018
b) Tensile
c) Compressive
d) Can be tensile or compressive
42. If there are three member at a joint in a truss and no force is applied at the
joint, with two members along a straight line and the third inclined then
the forces in the two members along a straight line are----
a) same in magnitude and nature
b) different in magnitude but opposite in nature
c) same in magnitude but opposite in nature
d) different in magnitude and nature
43. a joint in a truss has a horizontal member and a vertical member the joint
in the truss is supported by a roller resting on a horizontal surface then-----
-
a) vertical members has zero force
b) horizontal members has zero force
c) both members have zero force
d) both members have non zero forces
44. the minimum numbers of members to form a perfect truss is ---
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
45. The minimum numbers of joints in a perfect truss is ---
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
46. There are two horizontal members at a joint and a third vertical member
above the joint. The joint is subjected to a vertically downward force of
10KN.The force in the vertical member will be----
a) Zero
b) 10KN(T)
c) 10KN(C)
d) 5KN(T)
above the joint. The joint is subjected to a vertically upward force of
10KN.The force in the vertical member will be----
a) Zero
b) 10KN(T)
c) 10KN(C)
d) 5KN(T)
inclined at 300 with horizontal is above the joint. A vertically downward
force of magnitude F is applied at the joint. The force in the inclined
member will be-----
a) zero
Pimpri,Pune-411018
b) F/2(T)
c) F/2(C)
d) F(T)
49. There are two horizontal members at a joint and a third member inclined at
300 with horizontal is above the joint. A vertically downward force of
magnitude F is applied at the joint. The force of the following statement is
correct for the horizontal members?
a) Both have the same magnitude of force
b) Both are zero force members
c) One has tensile and the other has compressive force
d) Both have the same nature of force
50. Identify the type of truss shown below.
a. Deficient truss
b. Perfect truss
c. Redundant truss
d. All of the above
51. If a truss consists of 8 joints, 10 members and 4 reaction components then,
it is a _
a. cantilever truss
b. deficient truss
c. redundant truss
d. none of the above
52. If n > 2j – R, then the truss is called as _________.
(n = number of joints, j = number of members, R = number of reaction
components)
a. perfect truss
b. redundant truss
c. deficient truss
53. Which of the following statements is false about frame/truss
a. Bent member is never used in a truss
b. Internal hinges are used to connect members in a truss
Pimpri,Pune-411018
c. All members in the truss are two force members
d. Multi force members can be used in a frame
54. Redundant truss is a type of ______
a. perfect truss
b. imperfect truss
c. stable truss
55. Which of the following conditions is satisfied for cantilever truss?
a. m > 2j – R
b. m < 2j – R
c. m = 2j – R
d. m ≠ 2j – R
56. Which axial force is determined while analysing a truss?
a. compressive force
b. tensile force
c. both a. and b.
Instructions for Question 57 to 60

For moments, clockwise is considered –ve.
All the options are given in KN and KN/ft. wherever applicable.
All distances mentioned below are in ft.
Following is a discreetly loaded cable.
57. Find the tension in cable CD.

a) 4.79
b) 5.79
Pimpri,Pune-411018
c) 6.79
d) 7.79
58. What will be the tension in cable BC?
a) 4.82
b) 5.82
c) 6.82
d) 7.82
59. What will be the tension in cable AB?
a) 4.9
b) 5.9
c) 6.9
d) 7.9
60. What will be the value of h?
a) .74
b) 1.74
c) 2.74
d) 3.74
Instruction for question 61 to 62

All the options are given in KN and KN/m. wherever applicable.
All distances mentioned below are in m.
Following is a discreetly loaded cable.
A and E are supported by pin supports.
61. Compute tension in cable AB.

a) 110.87
Pimpri,Pune-411018
b) 210.87
c) 310.87
d) 410.87
62. What will be the tension in cable DE?
a) 106.12
b) 206.12
c) 306.12
d) 406.12
63. In force analysis, weight of cable is generally ________
a) Added
b) neglected
c) Added in some, neglected in others arbitrarily
d) Depends upon magnitude of other load
64. It is generally assumed that the cable is ________
a) perfectly flexible
b) perfectly inflexible
c) Extensible
d) perfectly flexible and extensible
65. It is generally assumed that the cable is _________
a) perfectly flexible
b) perfectly inflexible
c) Inextensible
d) perfectly flexible and extensible
66. Cables supporting roadway of a suspension bridge is considered to carry point load.
State whether the above statement is true or false.
a) True
b) False
67. Frames are two types of structural figures which are often composed of pin connected ----
---------member.
a) Multi-force
b) Multi – couple
c) Multi –moment
d) Multi- Valued
68. --------------- are used as support loads.
a) Frames
b) Machines
Pimpri,Pune-411018
c) Truss
d) Beam
69. The forces acting on the joints and on the members are determined by the simple
equilibrium equations, which are used in the usual beams and truss.
a) True
b) False
70. Forces acting on the supports and the joints are not important to determine, in the frames
and machines.
a) True
b) False
71. What is the reaction acting on point Q, for the simply supported beam shown below?
a) 5 N (↑)
b) 10 N (↑)
c) 10 N (↓)
d) 40 N (↓)
72. Which of the following statements is false about forces/couple?

a) Moment of couple is free vector
b) Resultant and equilibrant are equal in magnitude and direction
c) Resultant of a couple is always zero
d) Parallelogram law is to be proved experimentally
73. Which of the following statements is false about forces/couple?

a) Moment of couple is free vector
b) Resultant and equilibrant are equal in magnitude and direction
c) Resultant of a couple is always zero
Pimpri,Pune-411018
d) Parallelogram law is to be proved experimentally
74. Indeterminate structures have number of unknown quantities _________ available

conditions of equilibrium.
a) Equal to
b) Less than
c) More than
Instruction for Question 75 to 80, Refer given below figure
75. How many Reactions at support A and D

a) 2
b) 3
c) 1
d) 4
76. Support Reaction at A and D are
a) 10KN,19.33 KN,0.67KN
b) 10.5 KN,18.33KN,1KN
c) 10 KN,19.33 KN, 1KN
d) 10KN,18.33KN,0.5KN
77. Force in member AB?

a) 22.32KN (T)
b) 22.32 KN (C)
Pimpri,Pune-411018
c) 21.00KN (T)
d) 21.00 KN (C)
78. Force in Member AE?
a) 1.16 KN (T)
b) 1.16 KN (C )
c) 1.5 KN(T)
d) None of these
79. Forces in Member BC?
a) 10.8 KN (T)
b) 10.8 KN (C )
c) 11.5 KN(T)
d) None of these
80. Forces in member BE?

a) 0.5 KN (T)
b) 0.77 KN (C )
c) 0.85 KN(T)
d) None of these
81. For the Given Diagram identify the zero force members
a) AF,GL,CH,IN,EJ,ED
b) AF,GL,CH,IN,EJ,OJ
c) AB,GL,CH,IN,EJ,ED
d) AB,GL,CH,IN,EJ,OJ
82. Identify the zero force members

Pimpri,Pune-411018
83. For a given Diagram, what will be the y-y component in member BD?
a) 1200 KN ( downward), 3600 KN (downward)

b) 1200 KN ( upward), 3600 KN (downward)
c) 1200 KN ( downward), 3600 KN (upward)
d) 1200 KN ( upward), 3600 KN (upward)
84. Refer Diagram of Question 34.Calculate the support reaction at E and F
a) 0,600KN ( ), 1800 KN ( )
b) 0,600KN ( ), 1800 KN ( )
c) 0,600KN ( ), 1800 KN ( )
d) 0,600KN ( ), 1800 KN ( )
85. Identity the Zero force members
a) DE,DC
b) CD,BC
Pimpri,Pune-411018
c) DE,BC
d) None of these
86. Identify the Zero force members
a) DA,CA
b) DA, DE
c) CA,DE
d) None of these
87. Method of section is also known as method of moments.
a) True
b) False
88. Identify the zero Force members
a) AB
b) CE
c) BF
d) EF
Instruction Refer below diagram for Q 89 and Q 90
89. Truss is statically Determinant?

Pimpri,Pune-411018
a) True
b) False
90. In a given truss no Zero member force is present.
a) True
b) False
91. Draw Free Body diagram of a given frame
92. If cable is subjected to only vertical loads, horizontal component of tension in each
segment is same as that of support reactions.
a) True
b) False
93. Tension is maximum when slope is segment is maximum

a) True
b) False
94. A member which is subjected to two equal, opposite and collinear forces is called
as………………. Member.
95. A member subjected to more than two forces which are not long the axis of member is
called as ………………….. Member.
96. The tensile force in the cable is directed along the cable.
a) True
b) False
97. In a given Cable system in which segment maximum tension is present.

Pimpri,Pune-411018
98. When forces tend to pull the member apart, it is in ______________________
99. When the forces tend to compress the member, it is in______________________
100. Forces acting at the member ends reduce to a _________ force and no __________.
Instruction: Refer Below diagram (Question 101-105)
101. Identify the types Of Support at A and B.
102. Support Reactions at A and B are

a) 7.17 KN, 5.89 KN
b) 7.KN, 5.89 KN
c) 7.17 KN, 5KN
d) None of these
103. Forces in member AB?
a) 8.84 KN
b) – 8.84 KN
c) 8.4 4 KN
d) None of these
Pimpri,Pune-411018
104. Forces in member BC?
a) -10.62KN
b) +10.62 KN
c) -11.12 KN
d) +11.12 KN
105. Forces in member AC?
a) -2.13KN
b) +2.13 KN
c) -2.5KN
d) +2.5 KN
Pimpri,Pune-411018
ANSWER KEY OF UNIT 4
1. b 36 c 71 a
2. a 37 b 72 b
3. d 38 d 73 b
4. b 39 a 74 c
5. c 40 d 75 b
6 d 41 a 76 a
7 a 42 a 77 b
8 d 43 b 78 a
9 c 44 c 79 b
10 c 45 c 80 b
11 a 46 b 81 a
12 b 47 c 82
13 b 48 b 83 c
14 c 49 c 84 a
15 c 50 a 85 a
16 b 51 b 86 a
17 d 52 b 87 a
18 a 53 b 88 b
19 c 54 b 89 a
20 b 55 c 90 a
21 b 56 c 91 a
22 a 57 c 92 a
23 d 58 a 93 a
24 d 59 c 94 Two force member
25 c 60 c 95 Multi force member
26 c 61 b 96 a
27 c 62 b 97 a
28 d 63 d 98 Tension
29 d 64 a 99 Compression
30 c 65 c 100 Single, couple
31 d 66 b 101 Hinged at A& Roller at B
32 b 67 a 102 a
33 a 68 a 103 a
34 d 69 a 104 a
35 a 70 b 105 a
UNIT-2: CENTROID, MOMENT OF INERTIA AND FRICTION
1. CENTROID OF LINES AND AREAS:
01. The centre of gravity of an equilateral triangle with each side (a) is _______ from
any of the three sides [ ]
a) a√3/2 b) a√2/3 c) a/2√3 d) a/3√2
02. A circular hole of radius (r) is cut out from a circular disc of radius (2r) in such a way
that the diagonal of the hole is the radius of the disc. The centre of gravity of the section
lies at [ ]
a) centre of a disc b) centre of the hole

c) somewhere in the disc d) somewhere in the hole
03. The centre of gravity of a body is the point through which the weight of the body
passes, when it is kept in the [ ]
a) horizontal position b) vertical position

c) inclined position d) any position
04. The centroid of a quadrant of a circle lies along its central radius at a distance of
[ ]
a) 0.2R b) 0.3R c) 0.4R d) 0.6R
05. For a quarter circle of 50mm radius lying in the first quadrant with the origin as the
centre, the centroidal distance is found to be [ ]
a) 21.22 mm & 21.22 mm b) 31.83 mm & 31.83 mm

c) 21.22 mm & 31.83 mm d) None of the above
06. A slender homogeneous wire AB of semicircular shape is suspended from one end
A. Determine the inclination that the diameter AB would make with the vertical. [ ]
a) 23.8⁰ b) 30.8⁰ c) 32.5⁰ d) 61.2⁰
07. A prismatic rod is bent up in the L shape so that AB= 80mm, BC=30mm. It is freely
hanging with the help of a string attached at end A. Find the angle made by AB with
vertical. [ ]
a) 28.77⁰ b) 38.77⁰ c) 39.77⁰ d) None of these

08. Find the X centroid of the plane lamina which is made by joining points one by one.
Starting with point A (0,3), B (4,2) C (4,0), D (0, -4), F (-4,3). [ ]
a) +0.33m b) -0.33 m c) +0.659 m d) -0.982 m
09. Centroid of wire bend in the form of arc of a circle with radius R, subtending angle
2α and having x axis as axis of symmetry is given by. [ ]
a) 2 R/α b) R tan α/ c) R cos α/ d) R sin α/α
10. A semicircular plate of radius r mm is freely suspended at one end. Find angle made
by its diameter with vertical. [ ]
a) 22.3⁰ b) 23⁰ c) 42.3⁰ d) 12.48⁰
11. The centroid of an equilateral triangle of side a with one side parallel to the x axis
[ ]
a) ( , ) b) ( , ) c) ( , ) d) ( , )
12. Centroid of lamina in the form of a sector of circle of radius R and subtending an
angle 2α and have x axis as axis of symmetry is given by [ ]
a) 2R cos α/3 b) 2R sin α/3 c) 2R cos α/2 d) 2R cos α/2
13. An equilateral triangular lamina is suspended at its one of vertices. Its edge makes
an angle of ------- with vertical. [ ]
a) 30⁰ b) 60⁰ c) 90⁰ d) 12⁰
14. The centroid of arc of a radius R and symmetric about the X- axis with subtended
angle 2α is…. [ ]
a) b) c) d)
15. The centre of gravity of a 10 x 15 x 5cm T section from its bottom is……… [ ]
a) 7.5 cm b) 5.0 cm c) 8.75 cm d) 7.85 cm
16. The centroid of a plane lamina will not be at its geometrical centre if it is a… [ ]
a) circle b) equilateral triangle

c) rectangle d) right angled triangle
a) 7.5 cm b) 5.0 cm c) 8.75 cm d) 7.85 cm
18. The centroid of isosceles triangle with base b and sides L is at distance……from its
base. [ ]
a) b) c) d)
19. An isosceles triangle of base Lb and height ‘d’ is subtracted from triangle of base B
and height 0. The centroidal distance from the……. [ ]
a) b) c) d)
20. A quarter circular plate of uniform thickness is freely suspended with the help of a
string attached at the end of the circular arc. Then the angle made by the radius with
vertical in the position of equilibrium is... …… [ ]
a) 13° b) 20.78° c) 33° d) 43º
21. A triangular plate ABC with AB = 80mm, BC = 60mm, AC = 100mm is hanging freely
with the help of a string attached at vertex A. Then the angle made by side AB with
vertical in the position of equilibrium is [ ]
a) 10.55° b) 15.55° c) 20.55° d) 25.55°
22. A uniform bar 500mm long is bent at ifs midpoint at an angle of 90°. Determine its
centroid using the sides as axes. [ ]
a) 83.5 mm & 83.5 mm b) 32.5 mm & 32.5 mm
c) 62.5 mm & 62.5 mm d) none of these
23. Where must a circular hole of radius 1 m, be punched out of a circular disc, so that
the centroid of the remainder may be m from the centre of the disc, i.e. 0 [ ]
a) at 0.5m from b) at 1.33 m from 0 c) at 1 m from 0 d) none of these
ANSWERS:
01. c 02. c 03.d 04. d 05. a 06. c 07. d

08. a 09. d 10. b 11. b 12. b 13. a 14. d
15. c 16. d 17. 18. 19. 20. 21.
22. c 23.
01. The centre of gravity of an equilateral triangle with each side (a) is __ from any of
the three sides [ ]
a) a√3/2 b) a√2/3 c) a/2√3 d) a/3√2
02. A circular hole of radius (r) is cut out from a circular disc of radius (2r) in such a way
that the diagonal of the hole is the radius of the disc. The centre of gravity of the
section lies at [ ]
a) centre of a disc b) centre of the hole
c) somewhere in the disc d) somewhere in the hole
03. The centre of gravity of a body is the point through which the weight of the body
passes, when it is kept in the [ ]
a) horizontal position b) vertical position
c) inclined position d) any position
04. Two equal forces of magnitude P act at an angle θ, then their resultant will be
[ ]
a) Pcosθ/2 b) 2Psinθ/2 c) Ptanθ/2 d) 2Pcosθ/2
05. Two forces act at an angle of 1200. If the greater force is 50N and their resultant is
perpendicular to the smaller force. The smaller force is [ ]
a) 20N b) 25N c) 30N d) 35N
06. The resultant of two forces acting at right angles is √34 N and acting at 60 0 is 70N.
The forces are [ ]
a) 1N and 4N b) 2N and 3N c) √3N and 5N d) 3N and 5N
07. If two like parallel forces acting on member then their resultant will lie [ ]
a) between the two forces b) outside the two forces
c) at the centre of two forces d) in collinear with any of the force
08. For a quarter circle of 50mm radius lying in the first quadrant with the origin as the
centre, the centroidal distance is found to be [ ]
a) 21.23 & 21.23 mm b) 50 & 50 mm
c) 30 & 30 mm d) None of the above
09. A slender homogeneous wire AB of semicircular shape is suspended from one end
A. Determine the inclination that the diameter AB would make with the vertical.
[ ]
a) 23.80 b) 30.80 c) 32.50 d) 61.20
10. The centroid of an arc of a circle of radius R and symmetric about the x axis with
subtended angle 2 α is… [ ]
a) b) c) d)
11. Centroid of wire bend in the form of arc of a circle with radius R, subtending angle
2α and having x axis as axis of symmetry is given by. [ ]
a) 2 R/α b) R tan α/ c) R cos α/ d) R sin α/α
12. A semicircular plate of radius r mm is freely suspended at one end. Find angle made
by its diameter with vertical. [ ]
a) 22.30 b) 230 c) 42.30 d) 12.480
13. The centroid of an equilateral triangle of side a with one side parallel to the x axis
[ ]
a) ( , ) b) ( , ) c) ( , ) d) ( , )
14. Centroid of lamina in the form of a sector of circle of radius R and subtending an
angle 2α and have x axis as axis of symmetry is given by [ ]
a) 2R cos α/3 b) 2R sin α/3 c) 2R cos α/2 d) 2R cos α/2
15.An equilateral triangular lamina is suspended at its one of vertices. Its edge makes
an angle of ------- with vertical. [ ]
0 0 0 0
a) 30 b)60 c)90 d) 12
16. The centroid of arc of a radius R and symmetric about the X- axis with subtended
angle 2α is…. [ ]
a) b) c) d)
a) 7.5 cm b) 5.0 cm c) 8.75 cm d) 7.85 cm
18. If ‘r’ is the radius of a hemisphere then the C.G. of solid hemisphere will lie on the
central radius at a distance of……………… [ ]
a) 3r/ 4ô from the plane base b) 4r/ 3ô from the plane base
c) 3r/ 8 from the plane base d) 5r/ 8 from the plane base
19. The centroid of a plane lamina will not be at its geometrical centre if it is a… [ ]
a) circle b) equilateral triangle c) rectangle d) right angled triangle
ANSWERS:
01.c 02.c 03.d 04.d 05.b 06.d 07.a 08.a 09.c 10.a 11.d 12.b 13.b
14.b 15.a 16.d 17.c 18.c 19.d
FRICTION
1. A block of weight 50N remains in the state of limiting equilibrium under the action of a
horizontal force ‘P’. If µs=0.27 & µk = 0.2, the frictional force acting on the block is
a)13.5 N b)20 N c)50 N d)15 N
2. A block of 50 kg mass is pushed up the inclined by a force of 100N acting parallel to

the incline. If µs=0.25, decide what will happen to the block under the action of these
forces. The inclination of the plane with horizontal is 30⁰.
a)Block slides up b) Block slides down
c) Block remains stationary d) Block overturns
3. A 6m long ladder weighing 100N rests against a smooth vertical wall at an angle 30⁰
to the wall. If a man of 750 N weight climbs up the ladder and stays at 4m from the
bottom, determine the horizontal force required to be applied at the bottom of the ladder
to prevent it from slipping.
a)952.6 N b) 367.5 N c) 173.2 N d)86.67 N
4. A block of weight 50 N is placed on a rough horizontal surface when a horizontal

force of 18 N is applied, the block is just on the verge of motion. The angle of friction is
a)17.80⁰ b) 18.80⁰ c) 19.80⁰ d)20.80⁰
5. Determine value of force P applied on a block of weight 600N to prevent it from

moving down. Block is resting on inclined surface making an angle of 35⁰ with
horizontal. P is making an angle of 60⁰ with horizontal. Take s= 0.25 and k= 0.2
a)233.56 N b) 562.32 N c) 276.68 N d) 145.29 N
6. What is the minimum angle (with the horizontal)at which the uniform plank may be
placed against the wall without slipping. The coefficient of friction for all surface in
contact is µ and weight of plank is W.
a) = tan-1(1+ µ2/ 2µ) b) = tan-1(1- µ2/ 2µ)
c) = tan-1(2µ / 1+ µ2) d) None of these
7. For a static body which is not in impending motion which of the following is true.
a)Fr (actual) = Fr(limit) b) Fr (actual) < Fr(limit)
c)Fr (actual) > Fr (limit) d) None of these
8. A horizontal force P is applied on a 50 kg. block placed on an inclined plane, inclined

at 40⁰ with horizontal. What is the value of P required to just push the block up the
plane? µ = 0.2
a)P = 386 N b) P=543 N c) P=732 N d) P=612.5 N
9. A flat belt passing over a Pulley is used to transmit power. If the tension on tight side
is T1 and tension in slack side is T2 and the belt makes lap angle b then the ratio of
T1/ T2 is equal to
a) b) c) µ d) None of these
10. For an impending motion which of the following is not true

a)Angle of friction = Angle of repose b) µk < µs
c) µs = d) None of these
11. At the point of impending motion, static frictional force is,

a)Zero b) Maximum c) Minimum d) Infinite
12. A rope males 1 1/2 turn over a fixed pulley. The value of load that can be moved by
applying a force of 1 Kn with µ = 0.20 is…….. when load moves down.
a) 6.59 kN b) 5 kN c) 5.45 kN d) 4.29 kN
13. A block weighing 1 OON rests on a plane tends to move downwards, when the
plane makes an angle of 20° to horizontal. The coefficient of friction between the block
and the plane is…………
a) 0.36 b) 0.34 c) 0.40 d) 0.50
14. A body of weight W is resting on a plane inclined at 30° to horizontal. It is attached

to a string making an angle 60° with horizontal, If angle of friction be 30°, the tension in
the string would be……….
a) b)W c)zero d)2W
15. A block of mass 10kg is placed on horizontal plane. A horizontal force of 30 N is

applied and the block is just on the verge of motion. The angle of friction is…..
a) 17° b) 30º c) 45 d) 60°
16. A block of weight 100N is placed on a rough horizontal plane with µs=0.3 and µk =
0.2. It is acted upon by a 20N horizontal pushing force. Will it move?
a) No b) move slightly and then stop c) yes d)none of these
17. A block of weight 100 Nis placed on a rough horizontal plane with µs = 0.3 and µk=
0.2. A horizontal force of 50N is pulling the block rightwards. How much frictional force
the block will experience during motion?
a) 50N b) 30N c) 20N d) 10N
18. A block of weight 1 OON is placed on a rough horizontal plane with p = 0.3 and K =
C.2. It is on the verge of sliding towards right. Then how much force is acting on it in the
direction of motion?
a)10 N b)20N c)40N d)30N
MCQ’s
Unit III – Equilibrium
1. If a particle is acted upon by two forces and if that particle is in equilibrium, then
these two forces must be
a) equal, opposite and collinear.
b) equal, opposite and non-collinear
c) equal, acting in same direction and collinear
2. If a body is acted upon by three coplanar forces, and if that body is in equilibrium,
then these three forces
a) Must be parallel
b) Must be concurrent
c) May be parallel or concurrent
3. For coplanar concurrent force system, the number of equilibrium equations available
are:
a) 1
b) 3
c) 4
d) 2
4. For general coplanar force system, the number of equilibrium equations available are:
a) 1
b) 3
c) 4
d) 2
5. Free body diagram is defined as an isolated diagram showing
a) Only external forces
b) Only internal forces
c) Both (a) and (b)
6. For equilibrium of the three forces shown in figure below, the magnitude of RB = ….N.
a) 390.64
b) 634.51
c) 465.23
d) 245.89
7. For equilibrium of the three forces shown in figure below, the magnitude of R C = ….N.
a) 90.64
b) 634.51
c) 465.23
d) 390.64
8. For fixed support in general, which of the following statement is correct:
a) unknowns are horizontal and vertical reaction
b) unknowns are horizontal reaction, vertical reaction and moment
c) unknown is only moment
d) unknown is only vertical reaction
9. For roller support in general, which of the following statement is correct:
a) unknown reaction is perpendicular to the plane of support
b) unknown reaction is always vertical
c) unknown reaction is always horizontal
d) unknowns are horizontal and vertical reaction
10. Pin or hinge support
a) permits translation
b) permits only rotation
c) permits both translation and rotation
d) permits neither translation nor rotation
11. The lever BCD is hinged at C and is attached to a control rod at B. If P = 200 N, determine
the tension in rod AB.
a) 400 N
b) 500 N
c) 300 N
d) 100 N
12. A T-shaped bracket supports a 150 N load as shown. Determine the reactions at A.
a) 250 N
b) 90 N
c) 180 N
d) 325 N
13. The L-shaped member ACB is supported by a pin and bracket at C and by an inextensible
cord attached at A and B and passing over a frictionless pulley at D. Determine the tension in
the cord:
a) 400 N
b) 350 N
c) 440 N
d) 550 N
14. For fixed support the number of unknowns are …
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
15. Which of the following statement is correct for fixed support:

a) permits neither rotation nor translation
b) permits both rotation and translation
c) permits only rotation
d) permits only translation
16. For cantilever beam

a) one support is hinged and other is roller
b) one support is fixed and other end is free
c) one support is fixed and other is roller
d) both supports are fixed
17. For simply supported beam, generally

a) one support is hinged and other is roller
b) one support is fixed and other end is free
c) one support is fixed and other is roller
d) both supports are fixed
18. For simply supported beam of span 6 m subjected to UDL of intensity 2 kN/m
throughout the span, the support reaction at both the ends is …….kN.
a) 12
b) 6
c) 24
d) 3
19. A simply supported beam AB of span 2 m is subjected to triangular loading with

zero intensity at support A and 1 kN/m intensity at support B, the support reaction
at RA = ……. kN.
a) 0.67
b) 0.78
c) 0.22
d) 0.33
20. A simply supported beam AB of span 2 m is subjected to triangular loading with

zero intensity at support A and 1 kN/m intensity at support B, the support reaction
at RB = ……. kN.
a) 0.67
b) 0.78
c) 0.22
d) 0.33
21. A space force acts at the origin of a coordinate system in a direction defined by
the angles θ𝑥 = 55° and θ𝑧 = 86° Knowing that the y component of the force is −40
N, determine the angle θ𝑦 :
a) 35.29o
b) 40.29o
c) 144.71o
d) 139.71o
22. A space force of magnitude 100 N is acting from point A (0.5, 0.6, 0.9)m to
point B (-0.6, 1.1, 0.4)m. The x-component of force = …….N.
a) 38.2
b) -38.2
c) -84.1
d) 84.1
point B (-0.6, 1.1, 0.4)m. The y-component of force = …….N.
a) 38.2
b) -38.2
c) -84.1
d) 84.1
point B (-0.6, 1.1, 0.4)m. The z-component of force = …….N.
a) 38.2
b) -38.2
c) -84.1
d) 84.1
point B (-0.6, 1.1, 0.4)m. The angle θ𝑥 = …..
a) 67.54
b) 147.25
c) 172.38
d) 87.28
point B (-0.6, 1.1, 0.4)m. The angle θ𝑦 = …..
a) 67.54
b) 147.25
c) 172.38
d) 87.28
point B (-0.6, 1.1, 0.4)m. The angle θ𝑧 = …..
a) 67.54
b) 147.25
c) 112.46
d) 87.28
28. The y-component of force Q = ……N.
a) 649.84
b) 1785.42
c) -649.84
d) 1285.23
29. The z-component of force Q = ……N.
a) 222.26
b) -222.26
c) 1785.42
d) -1785.42
30. The x-component of force Q = ……N.
a) 222.26
b) -222.26
c) 610.65
d) -610.65
31. A horizontal square plate ABCD of side 1 m is suspended by means of three

vertical wires at A, B, and C. If the weight of plate is 1000 N, tension in cable C =
…N.
a) 500
b) 600
c) 400
d) 300
31. A horizontal square plate ABCD of side 1 m is suspended by means of three

vertical wires at A, B, and C. If the weight of plate is 1000 N, tension in cable A =
…N.
a) 500
b) 600
c) 400
d) 300
32. A square foundation ABCD of side 1 m is acted upon by two vertically

downward forces of magnitude 100 N and 300 N at corners A and B, respectively.
Considering corner A as origin, and AB as x-axis and AD as z-axis, the x-coordinate
of resultant = …….m.
a) 0.25
b) 0.75
c) 0
d) 0.15
33. A square foundation ABCD of side 1 m is acted upon by two vertically
downward forces of magnitude 100 N and 300 N at corners A and B, respectively.
Considering corner A as origin, and AB as x-axis and AD as z-axis, the z-coordinate
of resultant = …….m.
a) 0.25
b) 0.75
c) 0
d) 0.15
34. Which of the following statement is true for hinge support:

a) there is one reaction with unknown line of action
b) there are three unknowns
c) there are two unknowns
d) both (a) and (c)
ZEAL EDUCATION SOCITY’s
ZEAL COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND RESEARCH,
NARHE │PUNE -41 │ INDIA
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING SCIENCES
Unit wise Question Bank

Subject: EM Unit No. 3: Equilibrium Class: F.E.
Que Que.
Question Statement No Question Statement
. No
SHORT ANSWER QUETIONS

1 State and explain active forces, reactive forces and free body diagram with suitable example.
2 State and explain Two Force and Three Force Principle for equilibrium with sketches.
3 State and Explain Lami’s Theorem with net sketch.
4 Explain types of loads acting on the beams
5 Explain types of Beams with neat sketches
6 Explain types of supports and their Reactions with neat sketches
7 Differentiate between statically determinate and statically indeterminate beams.
8 Write Conditions of Equilibrium for Co-planer Concurrent Force System
9 Write Conditions of Equilibrium for Co-planer Non-Concurrent Force System
10 Write Conditions of Equilibrium Concurrent Space Force System
11 Write Conditions of Equilibrium for Parallel Space Force System
12 Write Conditions of Equilibrium Non-Concurrent Space Force System
Determine the magnitude and position of force F Determine the magnitude of F1 and F2 so that
so that the force system shown in Fig. maintain the particle is in equilibrium. Refer Fig.
equilibrium.
13 14

Que Que.
. No
The boom is intended to support two vertical

Determine the magnitude and direction θ of loads, F1 and F2 as shown in Fig. if the cable CB
force F so that the particle is in equilibrium. can sustain a maximum load of 1500 N before it
Refer Fig. fails, determine the critical loads F1 and F2 if F1
= 2F2. Also determine the reaction at A.
15 16
Three cables are joined at the junction C as Determine the reactions at all the point of
shown in contacts for a sphere of 200 N kept in a trough
Fig. as shown in the Fig.
Determine
the tension
in cable AC
17 18
and BC
caused by
the weight
of the 30 kg
cylinder.
BEAM & SUPPORT REACTIONS
Determine reaction at A and B for the beam Determine reaction at A and B for the beam
loaded and supported as shown in Fig. loaded and supported as shown in Fig. Moments
are acting at point C, D and E.
19 20

Que Que.
. No
A simply supported beam loaded and supported

Determine reaction at for the beam loaded and is as shown in
supported as shown in Fig. Fig. If the
reactions at
21 22 supports are
equal in
magnitude,
determine the
overhang ‘a’.
A simply supported beam AB of span 6 m is
loaded and supported as shown in Fig. Find the Determine the support reaction of the beam
reactions at support A and B. loaded and supported as shown in Fig.
23 24
Multiple Choice Questions

Q. 1 An isolated body separated from all contact surfaces on which active and reactive forces are drawn
called as……………..
(a) Rigid body (b) Particle (c) Free body diagram (d) none of these
Q. 2 An isolated body separated from all contact surfaces on which active and reactive forces are drawn
called as……………..
(a) Rigid body (b) Particle (c) deformable body (d) none of these
Q. 3 If the resultant of the force system acting on the body is zero then that body is in…………
(a) Static equilibrium b) Dynamic equilibrium (c) Both a and b (d) none of these
Q. 4 If the resultant of the force system acting on the body is zero then that body is in…………
(a) Static equilibrium b) Dynamic equilibrium (c) motion (d) none of these
Q. 5 If the resultant of the force system acting on the body is not zero then that body is in…………
(a) Static equilibrium b) Dynamic equilibrium (c) motion (d) none of these
Q. 6 If the resultant of the force system acting on the body is not zero then that body is in…………
(a) Static equilibrium b) Dynamic equilibrium (c) Both a and b (d) none of these
Q. 7 If coplaner concurrent force system is in equilibrium then following conditions are used
(a) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0 b) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0, ΣFz = 0 (c) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0, ΣMz = 0,
(d) none of these

Que Que.
. No
Q. 8 If coplaner concurrent force system is in equilibrium then following conditions are used
(a) ΣFx = 0 b) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0, ΣFz = 0 (c) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0, ΣMz = 0, (d) none of these
Q. 9 If coplaner non concurrent force system is in equilibrium then following conditions are used
(d) none of these
Q. 10 If coplaner non concurrent force system is in equilibrium then following conditions are used
(a) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy 0 b) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0, ΣFz = 0 (c) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0, ΣFz = 0, ΣMz = 0,
(d) none of these
Q. 11 If coplaner parallel force system is in equilibrium then following conditions are used
(a) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0 b) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0, ΣFz = 0 (c) ΣFy = 0, ΣMz = 0, (d) none of these
Q. 12 If coplaner parallel force system is in equilibrium then following conditions are used
(a) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0 b) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0, ΣFz = 0 (c) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0, ΣFz = 0, ΣMz = 0,
(d) none of these
Q. 13 If concurrent space force system is in equilibrium then following conditions are used
(d) none of these
Q. 14 If concurrent space force system is in equilibrium then following conditions are used
(a) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0 b) ΣFx = 0, ΣFz = 0 (c) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0, ΣMz = 0, (d) none of these
Q. 15 If non concurrent space force system is in equilibrium then following conditions are used
(a) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0 b) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0, ΣFz = 0 (c) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0, ΣFz = 0, ΣMx = 0, ΣMy = 0, ΣMz
= 0, (d) none of these
Q. 16 If non concurrent space force system is in equilibrium then following conditions are used
(a) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0 b) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0, ΣFz = 0 (c) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0, ΣFz = 0, ΣMz = 0,
(d) none of these
Q. 17 If parallel space force system is in equilibrium then following conditions are used
(a) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0 b) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0, ΣFz = 0 (c) ΣFx = 0, ΣMy = 0, ΣMz = 0,
(d) none of these
Q. 18 If parallel space force system is in equilibrium then following conditions are used
(a) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0 b) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0, ΣFz = 0 (c) ΣMx = 0, ΣMy = 0, ΣMz = 0,
(d) none of these
Q. 19 If three concurrent coplaner forces are in equilibrium then following method is used
(a) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0 b) Lamis theorem (c) both a and b (d) none of these
Q. 20 If two concurrent coplaner forces are in equilibrium then following method is used

Que Que.
. No
Q. 21 If more than three concurrent coplaner forces are in equilibrium then following method is used
Q. 22 If three concurrent space forces are in equilibrium then following method is used
Q. 23 If three concurrent space forces are in equilibrium then following method is used
(a) ΣFx = 0, ΣFy = 0, ΣFz = 0 b) Lamis theorem (c) both a and b (d) none of these
Q. 24 If three parallel space forces are in equilibrium then following method is used
Q. 25 If three non concurrent space forces are in equilibrium then following method is used
Q. 26 If three non concurrent coplaner forces are in equilibrium then following method is used
Q. 27 If a block of mass m supported by plane smooth contact surface then normal reaction developed
between contact surface is equal to
(a) mg b) N-mg (c) mgcosθ (d) none of these
Q. 28 If a block of mass m supported by smooth contact surface inclined at an angle θ wrt horizontal then
normal reaction developed between contact surface is equal to
(a) mg cosθ b) mg sinθ (c) both (d) none of these
Q. 29 If a block of mass m supported by smooth contact surface inclined at an angle θ wrt horizontal then
normal reaction developed between contact surface is equal to
(a) mg b) mg sinθ (c) both (d) none of these
Q. 30 Smooth surface develops……….. reactions
(a) normal reaction b) normal and friction (c) both (d) none of these
Q. 31 Rough surface develops……….. reactions
(a) normal reaction b) normal and friction (c) both (d) none of these
Q. 32 Hinge support develops……….. reactions
(a) normal and transverse b) vertical (c) both (d) none of these
Q. 33 Roller supports develops……….. reactions
(a) normal b) normal and friction (c) both (d) none of these
Q. 34 Fixed support develops……….. reactions
(a) normal and transverse b) normal and friction (c) both (d) none of these
Q. 35 Cable develops……….. reactions
(a) normal b) normal and friction (c) both (d) none of these

Que Que.
. No
Q. 36 Cables develops……….. reactions

(a) compressive b) tensile (c) both (d) none of these
Q. 37 If unknown reaction components are determined by using conditions of equilibrium only then these
structures are called as…………
(a) Determinate structures b) Indeterminate structures (c) both (d) none of these
Q. 38 If unknown reaction components are not determined by using conditions of equilibrium only then these
(a) Determinate structures b) Indeterminate structures (c) both (d) none of these
Q. 39 If unknown reaction components are not determined by using conditions of equilibrium only then these
(a) Indeterminate structures b) Redundant structures (c) both (d) none of these
Q. 40 Simply supported beam is the example of
(a) Determinate beam b) Indeterminate beam (c) both (d) none of these
Q. 41 Cantilever beam is the example of
Q. 42 Propped cantilever beam is the example of
Q. 43 Compound beam is the example of
Q. 44 Continuous beam is the example of
Q. 45 Fixed beam is the example of
Q. 46 Overhanging beam is the example of
(a) Determinate beam b) Perfect beam (c) both (d) none of these
(a) Indeterminate beam b) Imperfect beam (c) both (d) none of these

Que Que.
. No










Q. 61 Self-weight of pedestrian on beam is the example of

(a) Point load b) UDL (c) both (d) none of these
Q. 62 Self-weight of beam is the example of

(a) Point load b) UDL (c) both (d) none of these

Que Que.
. No
Q. 63 Floor supported by four columns at the ends is the example of

(a) Coplaner parallel force system b) Parallel space force system (c) both (d) none of these
Q. 64 Floor supported by four columns at the ends is the example of

(a) Unlike parallel force system b) Parallel space force system (c) both (d) none of these
Q. 65 Electric pole supported by three cables is the example of

(a) Coplaner concurrent force system b) Concurrent space force system (c) both (d) none of these
Q. 66 Beam supported by two columns at the ends is the example of

Q. 67 Building Floors supported by columns at the ends is the example of

Q. 68 A table supported by four columns at the ends is the example of

Q. 69 Parashot is the example of

(a) Concurrent space force system b) Parallel space force system (c) both (d) none of these

Que Que.
. No
Q. 70 If the cantilever beam of span L is loaded with u.d.l. of w N/m for half of the span from free end, then
the reacting moment at fixed end will be
wL2 wL2 3wL2 3wL2
(a) 8 (b) 4 (c) 4 (d) 8
Q. 71 For a simply supported beam loaded with two equal point loads ‘W’ N at quarter span, the reaction at
both ends will be
W
(a) 2W (b) 2 (c) W (d) none of these.
Q. 72 A simply supported beam is subjected to an anticlockwise moment at L/3 from left end of the span
then reaction at right support is directed
(a) vertically upward (b) vertically downward
(c) towards right (d) towards left.
Q. 73 A concentrated clockwise moment of magnitude 10 Nm is acting at the centre of a simply supported

beam of span 2 m. The reaction at right end will be
(a) 5 N () (b) 10 N () (c) 5 N () (d) 10 N ()
Q. 74 If the self weight of the member of span ‘L’ hinged at one end and the other free, is w N/m then the
minimum vertical force required at other end to keep the member horizontal will be
2w wL
(a) w N (b) wL N (c) L N (d) 2 N
Q. 75 A simply supported beam of length 6 m is acted upon by u.d.l. of 3 kN/m. The reactions at A and B are
(a) 9 kN, 6 kN (b) 9 kN, 9 kN (c) 6 kN, 6 kN (d) 9 kN, 27 kN.
Q. 76 A beam of span L is supported at the ends. The beam is supporting a uniformly varying load with zero
intensity at Left support A and 2 w (kN/m) at B. The reaction at B is,
2wL wL wL2 wL2
(a) 3 kN  (b) 3 kN  (c) 3 kN  (d) 10 kN 
kN kN
Q. 77 A beam of length 10 m is subjected to u. v. l which is varying from 3 m at A to 8 m at B. The
reactions at A and B are
(a) 20 kN, 25 kN (b) 20 kN, 35 kN
(c) 31.66 kN, 23.34 kN (d) 15 kN, 24 kN
Q. 78 A cantilever of L is fixed at A and free at B. It is subjected to u.v.l. of intensity zero at A and w N/m at
B. The reactive moment at fixed support is,
wL2 wL2 wL2 wL2
(a) 2 Nm (b) 3 Nm (c) 4 Nm (d) 5 Nm
Q. 79 A cantilever of L is fixed at A and free at B. It is subjected to u.v.l of intensity zero at A and w N/m at B.
The reactive moment at fixed support is,
wL2 wL2 wL2 wL2
(a) 2 Nm (b) 3 Nm (c) 4 Nm (d) 5 Nm

Que Que.
. No
wL2 wL2 wL2 wL2
(a) 2 Nm (b) 3 Nm (c) 4 Nm (d) 5 Nm
wL2 wL2 wL2 wL2
(a) 2 Nm (b) 3 Nm (c) 4 Nm (d) 5 Nm

Que Que.
. No
Q. 82 the cantilever beam of span L is loaded with u.d.l. of w N/m for half of the span from free end, then the
reacting moment at fixed end will be
wL2 wL2 3wL2 3wL2
(a) 8 (b) 4 (c) 4 (d) 8
Q. 83 For a simply supported beam loaded with two equal point loads ‘W’ N at quarter span, the reaction at
both ends will be
W
(a) 2W (b) 2 (c) 3W (d) none of these.
Q. 84 A simply supported beam is subjected to an clockwise moment at L/3 from left end of the span then
reaction at right support is directed
(a) vertically upward (b) vertically downward
(c) towards right (d) towards left.
Q. 85 A concentrated anticlockwise moment of magnitude 10 Nm is acting at the centre of a simply supported

beam of span 2 m. The reaction at right end will be
(a) 5 N () (b) 10 N () (c) 5 N () (d) 10 N ()
Q. 86 If the self weight of the member of span ‘L’ hinged at one end and the other free, is w N/m then the
minimum vertical force required at other end to keep the member horizontal will be
2w wL
(a) w N (b) wL N (c) L N (d) 2 N
Q. 87 A simply supported beam of length 10 m is acted upon by u.d.l. of 3 kN/m. The reactions at A and B
are
(a) 9 kN, 6 kN (b) 9 kN, 9 kN (c) 6 kN, 6 kN (d) 15 kN, 15 kN.
Q. 88 A beam of span L is supported at the ends. The beam is supporting a uniformly varying load with zero
intensity at Left support A and 2 w (kN/m) at B. The reaction at A is,
2wL wL wL2
(a) 3 kN  (b) 3 kN  (c) 3 kN  (d) None of these
kN kN
Q. 89 A beam of length 12 m is subjected to u. v. l which is varying from 3 m at A to 8 m at B. The
reactions at A and B are
(a) 20 kN, 25 kN (b) 20 kN, 35 kN
(c) 31.66 kN, 23.34 kN (d) None of these
B. The verticle reaction at fixed support is,
wL2 wL2 wL2
(a) 2 Nm (b) 3 Nm (c) 4 Nm (d) None of these
Unit 4 MCQ QB
Analysis of Structures
* Required
1. Email *
2. What is your Name? *
3. What is your roll number? *
4. All members of plane truss lie in ..... * 1 point
Mark only one oval.
One Plane
Two Planes
Different Planes
All of the above

5. The members of truss are connected by frictionless...... 1 point
Mark only one oval.
a. Pin joint
b. Hinge Joints
C. Roller Joints
d. Both a and b
6. The members of truss are essentially ............ 1 point
Mark only one oval.
Two force members
One force members
Three force members
Multi force members
7. All the loads acting on the truss are applied at the.... 1 point
Mark only one oval.
middle of the member
joints only
anywhere on the member
none of these
8. Member of the truss will be having..........force only. 1 point
Mark only one oval.
a. Axial tension
b. Axial compression
c Radial forces
d. Both a and b
9. If n ≠ 2j-R, then the truss is known as........... ( where n = No. of members, j = no. 1 point
of. joints, R = no. of reactions)
Mark only one oval.
statically determinate truss
statically indeterminate truss
simple truss
triangular truss
10. If n < 2j-R, then the truss is known as........... ( where n = No. of members, j = 1 point
no. of. joints, R = no. of reactions)
Mark only one oval.
perfect truss
redundant truss
over rigid truss
deficient truss
11. If n > 2j-R, then the truss is known as........... ( where n = No. of members, j = 1 point
Mark only one oval.
perfect truss
redundant truss
over rigid truss
deficient truss
12. If n = 2j-R, then the truss is known as........... ( where n = No. of members, j = 1 point
Mark only one oval.
perfect truss
redundant truss
over rigid truss
deficient truss
13. In the analysis of Truss, Self weight of the members is ............... 1 point
Mark only one oval.
Considered
Neglected
14. In section method, the section line can intersect maximum................members 1 point
only.
Mark only one oval.
two
three
four
one
15. In Joint method, the joint from which we start the analysis should have 1 point
maximum ............unknown forces.
Mark only one oval.
two
three
four
one
16. When four members are connected at single joint in the truss in such a way 1 point
that opposite members lie in straight line and there is no external load acting
at that joint as shown in the figure, then FORCES IN THE OPPOSITE
MEMBERS ARE ...........
Mark only one oval.
Equal
Unequal
Zero
one
17. When three members are connected at single joint in the truss in such a way 1 point
that two members are colinear (lie in straight line), one member is inclined or
Perpendicular to the first two (which are colinear) and there is no external
load acting at that joint as shown in the figure, then FORCES IN THE
OPPOSITE MEMBERS ARE ...........
Mark only one oval.
Equal
Unequal
Zero
one
load acting at that joint as shown in the figure, then FORCE IN THE INCLINED
MEMBER is ..........
Mark only one oval.
Equal
Unequal
Zero
one
load acting at that joint as shown in the figure, then FORCE IN THE
PEPENDICULAR MEMBER is ..........
Mark only one oval.
Equal
Unequal
Zero
one
20. When two members are connected at single joint in the truss in such a way 1 point
that one member is horizontal and other member is vertical (i.e. members
are perpendicular to each other) and there is no external load acting at that
joint as shown in the figure, then FORCES IN BOTH THE MEMBERS are ..........
Mark only one oval.
Equal
Unequal
Zero
one
that one member is vertical and other member is inclined and there is no
external load acting at that joint as shown in the figure, then FORCES IN
BOTH THE MEMBERS are ..........
Mark only one oval.
Equal
Unequal
Zero
one
that one member is horizontal and other member is inclined and there is no
external load acting at that joint as shown in the figure, then FORCES IN
BOTH THE MEMBERS are ..........
Mark only one oval.
Equal
Unequal
Zero
one
23. Which of the following is correct? 1 point
Mark only one oval.
a) To know the direction of the unknown force we take the assumption of it
b) The direction of the unknown force is known to us already
c) The direction of the unknown can’t be determined
d) The direction of the unknown is of no use, it is not founded
24. If the whole truss is in equilibrium then all the joints which are connected to 1 point
that truss is in equilibrium. This is known as:
Mark only one oval.
a) Method of joints
b) Section method
c) Scalar field method
d) Vector equilibrium method

25. The free body diagram of which part of the section of the truss is made to 1 point
make use of method of joints?
Mark only one oval.
a) Joints
b) Truss
c) The whole structure
d) The combination of joint and the whole structure
26. For applying the method of joint at joints the forces need to coplanar. 1 point
Mark only one oval.
True
False
27. For applying the method of joint at joints the forces need to be concurrent. 1 point
Mark only one oval.
True
False
28. We use the method of joint to find the net force acting over the entire 1 point
structure.
Mark only one oval.
True
False
29. Zero force members has _______ loadings. 1 point
Mark only one oval.
a) Infinite
b) No
c) Minimum
d) Maximum
30. The zero forces are used to improve__________ of the structure. 1 point
Mark only one oval.
a) Stability
b) Ductility
c) Malleability
d) Toughness
31. We use the method of joints when the members on which the force to be 1 point
found are few in number.
Mark only one oval.
True
False
32. The method of section cuts the whole structure of trusses into section and 1 point
then uses the cut out portion for the calculations.
Mark only one oval.
True
False
33. Member of the truss will be having..........force only. 1 point
Mark only one oval.
a. Axial
b. bending
c Radial forces
d. Both a and b
34. Member of the frame will be having .......... force only. 1 point
Mark only one oval.
a. Axial Tension and compression
b. bending
c Radial forces
d. Both a and b
35. Forces in the member of the frame are subjected to ............ 1 point
Mark only one oval.
bending
simple tension or compression
only axial forces
bending as well as simple tension or compression

36. All joints in the frames are... 1 point
Mark only one oval.
pins
simple
rollers
all of the above
37. In the frames, loads are applied .... 1 point
Mark only one oval.
only at the joints
middle part of the member
any where on the members
none of these
38. In the frames, the members which are used may be ..................... 1 point
Mark only one oval.
zero foce member
multi force member
two force member
All of above
39. In the frames, at least one member must be ..................... 1 point
Mark only one oval.
zero foce member
multi force member
two force member
All of above
40. Which of the following statement is correct? A. In the analysis of frames, FBD 1 point
of each member is considered separately. B. In the analysis of truss, FBD of

each joint is considered separately.
Mark only one oval.
only A
only B
both A and B
none of the above
41. Trusses, frames and cable system are the stationary structure which are 1 point
used to carry loads only.
Mark only one oval.
Correct
Incorrect
42. Cables are ....... members 1 point
Mark only one oval.
rigid
flexible
inelastic
all of the above
43. During the analysis, Cables are considered to be ........ 1 point
Mark only one oval.
inextensible
extensible
none of above
all of the above
44. During the analysis, self weight of Cables is ........ 1 point
Mark only one oval.
considered
neglected
none of above
all of the above

45. During the cable analysis, it is considered that Loads acting on the cable is 1 point
only ........
Mark only one oval.
Concentrated / Point load
UDL
Rectangular Load
UVL
46. What is the shape of deflection of cable between the two load points? 1 point
Mark only one oval.
Parabolic
Straight line
Hyperbolic
None of above
47. The nature of forces in cable is always... 1 point
Mark only one oval.
bending
compressive
twisting
tensile.
48. In the cable system, both the end supports must be 1 point
Mark only one oval.
Hinged / Pined
Roller
One hinge, other roller
Permanent
49. The cable and the supporting loads are always in.. 1 point
Mark only one oval.
one plane
different planes
50. The tension in the cable is maximum where the cable makes ........ inclination 1 point
Mark only one oval.
minimum
maximum
45 °
less than 45 °
51. The tension in the cable is minimum where the cable makes ........ inclination 1 point
Mark only one oval.
minimum
maximum
45 °
less than 45 °
52. Horizontal reactions in cable supports are always ........ 1 point
Mark only one oval.
Equal
Zero
Maximum
Minimum
53. Tension in cable parts nearest to both hinge support depends on .............. 1 point
Mark only one oval.
Horizontal reaction at the support
Vertical reaction at the support
Resultant reaction at the support
None of above
This content is neither created nor endorsed by Google.
Forms
UNIT-3: ANALYSIS OF BODIES IN EQUILIBRIUM

1. EQUILIBRIUM OF COPLANAR FORCE SYSTEM:
01. The given force system is said to be in equilibrium, if the [ ]

A) Resultant force is zero B) Resultant moment is zero
C) Either A or B D) Both A and B
02. For coplanar concurrent force system, the equations of equilibrium are [ ]
A) ∑Fx = 0, ∑Fy = 0 B) ∑Fx = 0, ∑Fy = 0, ∑M = 0

C) ∑Fx = 0, ∑M = 0 D) ∑Fy = 0, ∑M = 0
03. If the force system is in equilibrium, then the algebraic sum of the moments of all
forces (i.e., ∑M) is [ ]
A) Zero about any point B) Zero about a fixed / particular point
C) Not zero about any point D) None of these
04. Check whether the system shown in figure is in equilibrium. [ ]
10 N 10 N
2m
A) In equilibrium B) Not in equilibrium

05. The number of forces acting at a point will be in equilibrium if their [ ]
A) Sum of the components in any two perpendicular directions are equal
B) Sum of the components in any two perpendicular directions are zero
C) Either A or B D) Neither A nor B
20 N 35 N 15 N 30 N
3m 2m 1m

07. For coplanar / 2-D force system, the equations of equilibrium are [ ]
A) ∑Fx = 0, ∑Fy = 0 B) ∑Fx = 0, ∑Fy = 0, ∑M = 0
C) ∑Fx = 0, ∑M = 0 D) ∑Fy = 0, ∑M = 0
10 N 20 N 10 N
2m 1m

09. When two forces are acting, to maintain equilibrium these two forces must be
[ ]
A) Equal in magnitude
B) Equal in magnitude and opposite in direction
C) Equal in magnitude, opposite in direction and collinear in action
D) Equal in magnitude, opposite in direction and parallel in action
10. If three forces are acting at three different points on a rigid body which is in
equilibrium, then the lines of action of all these forces must be [ ]
A) Concurrent B) Parallel
C) Either A or B D) Neither A nor B
11. Lami’s theorem can be used subjected to the following conditions: [ ]
A) System should have three concurrent forces
B) System should have three parallel forces
C) System should have three concurrent forces and in equilibrium
D) System should have three parallel forces and in equilibrium
12. As per Lami’s theorem, if a rigid body is in equilibrium under the action of three
coplanar concurrent forces, then each force is proportional to the [ ]
A) Sine of angle between the other two forces
B) Cosine of angle between other two forces
C) Tangent of angle between the other two forces
B) Either A or B
13. When a single force is acting on a rigid body, to maintain equilibrium that force should
act [ ]
A) At the center of the body B) Collinear with the x – axis
C) Collinear with the y – axis D) None of the above
14. The rotation of body allowed in case of [ ]

A) Roller support B) Hinge support
C) Fixed support D) Both A and B
15. For a given force system which is in equilibrium, the direction of reaction is known for
[ ]
A) Roller support B) Hinge support
C) Fixed support D) Both A and B
16. Support reaction is the _____________exerted by the support on the body to
maintain equilibrium [ ]
A) Force B) Moment
C) Either A or B D) None
17. The direction of reaction offered by an inclined plane on the body is [ ]

0
A) 35 with the horizontal W
0
B) 55 with the horizontal Smooth surface
C) Vertically upwards
D) Vertically downwards
0
35
18. The number of reaction components at a fixed support are [ ]

A) Zero B) One C) Two D) Three
19. If a body is in equilibrium, we may conclude that [ ]

A) no force is acting on the body
B) the resultant of all the forces acting on it is zero
C) the resultant moment of the forces about any point are zero
D) both B and C
20. If sum of all forces acting on a body is zero, then the body may be in equilibrium
provided the forces are [ ]
A) concurrent B) parallel
C) like parallel D) unlike parallel
21. A body is said to be in equilibrium, if it has no linear motion [ ]

A) True B) False
22. In a simply supported beam carrying triangular load, the reactions cannot be vertical
[ ]
A) True B) False
23. The reaction at the roller support of a beam is always [ ]

A) Vertical B) Horizontal
C) Normal to the plane D) none of these
24. A couple acting at the mid-point of a simply supported beam has some horizontal and
vertical components [ ]
A) Agree B) Disagree
25. The Lami's theorem is applicable only for [ ]

A) Concurrent forces B) Coplanar and concurrent forces
C) Coplanar forces D) Any type of forces
26. The support with which a body cannot move in any direction but can rotate about the
support is a [ ]
A) Roller support B) Hinged support
C) Simple support D) None of the above
27. Number of reaction components in case of fixed support are [ ]

A) One B) Two
C) Three D) None of the above
28. If a beam is projecting beyond the support, it is called as [ ]

A) Propped cantilever beam B) Overhanging beam
C) Cantilever beam D) None of the above
29. A beam 10m long, carries uniformly distributed load of 8 KN/m and supported at its
two ends. What is the reaction at each support? [ ]
A) 8 KN B) 80 KN C) 40 KN D) 4 KN
30. The type of joint that can resist a moment is called as [ ]

A) Roller joint B) Hinged joint C) Fixed joint D) Pin joint
31. If a body resting on an inclined rough surface, then it is acted upon by [ ]

A) Gravitational force B) Frictional force
C) Normal reaction D) All of the above
32. If a body in equilibrium is acted upon by two forces, then the forces must be [ ]
A) equal and opposite B) equal, opposite, and collinear
C) equal and parallel D) None of the above
33. Two forces 10N west and 7N north acts on an object. What is the direction of the
third force that would produce static equilibrium? [ ]
A) 35º south of west B) 35º south of east
C) 35º north of west D) 55º south of east
34. Number of reaction components in case of hinged support are [ ]

A) One B) Two C) Three D) Zero
35. The number of unknown reaction components at roller, hinged and fixed support
are___ respectively. [ ]
A) 1,3,2 B) 3,2,1 C) 3,1,2 D) 1,2,3
36. A compound beam is a beam [ ]
A) when number of supports are more than two
B) one support is fixed and the other is free
C) series of simple beams
D) none
37. Direction of reaction for color moving along frictionless rod is [ ]
A) at 600 to the rod B) at 300 to the rod
C) at 450 to the rod D) at 900 to the rod
38. The load which is assumed to act at a point is known as [ ]

A) Point Load B) Concentrated Load
C) Distributed Load D) Either A or B
39. Uniformly distributed load is also known as [ ]
A) Rectangular Load B) Triangular Load
C) Trapezoidal Load D) Point Load
40. The area of load distribution diagram gives [ ]
A) Intensity of Load B) Magnitude of Load
C) Position of Load D) None
41. The centroid of area of load distribution diagram gives [ ]
A) Intensity of Load B) Magnitude of Load
C) Position of Load D) None
42. The magnitude and position of the uniformly distributed load shown in figure [ ]
A) 50 N, 1.5 m from A w = 50 N/m
B) 150 N, 1.5 m from A
C) 50 N, 1 m from A
D) 150 N, 1 m from A
A
. . B
3m
43. Reduce the following distributed load shown in figure into a point load [ ]
A) 60 N, 4 m from A w = 20 kN/m
B) 60 N, 2 m from A
C) 120 N, 3 m from A
D) 20 N, 3m from A
A
. 6m
. B
44. The magnitude of the distributed load shown in figure is [ ]

A) 30 N, 1.75 m from A w1 = 5 kN/m w2 = 15 kN/m
B) 20 N, 1.5 m from A
C) 10 N, 1.5 m from A
D) 30 N, 1.25 m from A
A
. 3m
.
45. The magnitude and position of the following distributed load shown in figure [ ]
w = 10 kN/m
A) 120 N, 4 m from A
B) 60 N, 4 m from A
C) 60 N, 5 m from A
D) 30 N, 6m from A
A
. . C
6m
46. The structural member which is subjected to transverse loading is known as [ ]

A) Beam B) Column
C) Wall D) None
47. A beam with fixed support at one end and free at the other end is known as [ ]
A) Fixed beam B) Free beam
C) Cantilever D) Propped Cantilever
48. A simply supported beam is the beam with [ ]
A) Hinge support at both ends
B) Roller support at both ends
C) Hinge support at one end and Roller support at another end
D) Fixed support at one end and Roller support at another end
49. If the system is having two simple beams, then the system is known as [ ]
A) Simple beam B) Compound beam
C) Continuous beam D) Overhanging beam
50. If either one end or both ends of the beam are projected beyond the support, then the
beam is known as [ ]
A) Fixed beam B) Overhanging beam
C) Cantilever D) Propped Cantilever
51. If the beam is supported by more than two supports, then the beam is known as
A) Simple beam B) Compound beam [ ]
C) Continuous beam D) Overhanging beam
52. If the number of reaction components are less than or equal to three, then the beam
is known as [ ]
A) Statically Determinate B) Statically Indeterminate
53. Example for Statically determinate beam [ ]
A) Simple beam B) Cantilever beam
C) Fixed beam D) Both A and B
54. Example for Statically indeterminate determinate beam [ ]
A) Fixed beam B) Continuous beam
C) Propped Cantilever D) All of these
55. Statically determinate beam is the beam which can be analyzed using [ ]
A) 2 Equations of equilibrium B) 3 Equations of equilibrium
56. A simply supported beam of span 6 m carries a UDL of 10 KN/m on entire span and
a point load of 50 KN at the centre, the reaction at the both supports are [ ]
A) 50 KN B) 60 KN C) 10 KN D) 55 KN
57. A mass of 45kg is suspended by a rope from a ceiling. The mass is pulled by a
horizontal force until the rope makes an angle of 700 with the ceiling. Find the horizontal
force and the tension in the rope. [ ]
A) H=232 N, T=426 N B) H=160.67 N, T=469.78 N
C) H=426 N, T=232 N D) H=246 N, T=353 N
58. A simply supported beam AB of span 3m is subjected to uniformly varying load

varying from 10 KN/m at A to zero at B. Then the support reactions at A & B are [ ]
A)10 & 5 KN B) 7.5 & 5 KN C) 5 & 30 KN D) 30 & 7.5 KN
59. A simply supported beam AB of length 5 m is subjected to the two forces and a
couple as given below. A force of 85 KN is acting at a distance of 1 m from left end A in
downward direction and another force of 35 KN is acting at a distance of 3 m from A in
upward direction. Also, a moment of 60 KNm (clockwise) is acting at other end B. Find
the support reactions at A and B. [ ]
A) 8 kN ↑ and 42 kN ↑ B) 42 kN ↑ and 8 kN ↑
C) 42 kN ↓ and 8 kN ↓ D) 42 kN ↑ and 8 kN ↓
60. A horizontal beam PQ of span 4m is subjected to uniformly distributed load of

10KN/m on 2m span from left end P and a counter clockwise moment of 5KNm at left
end Q. Find support reactions. [ ]
A) 18.75 kN ↑ and 21.25 kN ↑ B) 18.75 kN ↑ and 21.25 kN ↓
C) 21.25 kN ↓ and 18.75 kN ↓ D) 21.25 kN ↑ and 18.75 kN ↑
61. For particle subjected to only three concurrent forces to be in equilibrium which of the
following condition is true. [ ]
A) The three forces must be non coplanar
B) The vector diagram of the three forces must be a closed triangle.
C) Lami’s theorem should not be satisfied
D) None of these
62. A compound beam comprises of a beam AB of length L resting its end B over
another beam CD at its mid span. If both beams are of same span and beam AB is
loaded with point load W at distance L/3 from B then reaction at C is [ ]
A) W/3 B) 2WL/6 C) 2WL/4 D) None of these
63. Number of equations of equilibrium for coplanar concurrent force system is [ ]

A) 1 B) 2 C) 3 D) None of these
64. A long string carrying a weight of 300 g at each end passes over two smooth pegs
800 mm apart, so that the string is horizontal. What mass must be attached to the string
midway between the pegs to depress the point by 300 mm [ ]
A) 250 g B) 80 g C) 360 g D) 200 g
65. A beam of 2.5 m long has a udl of 160 N/m and rest on supports at its ends. How far
from the left support should a concentrated load of 450 N be placed so that the left
reaction be 380 N? [ ]
A) 7.75 m B)1.6 m C) 1.5 m D) 1.3 m
66. For the equilibrium of two forces which of the following conditions must be satisfied
A) The two forces should be collinear [ ]
B) The two forces should be collinear, equal in magnitude, opposite in direction
C) The two forces should be opposite in direction
D) None of these
67. Total load acting on beam loaded with uniformly varying load W KN/m on half its
span is [ ]
A) WL/4 B) 2WL/6 2
C) WL /2 D) WL
68. What horizontal force through centre is necessary to start 20Kg wheel of 1m diameter
over block 150mm high? [ ]
A) 100 N B) 200N C) 300N D) 400N
69. A free body diagram is a diagram [ ]

A) drawn by free hand
B) of a body suspended freely in air
C) of a body in space free from any influence from the surroundings
D) drawn by detaching the body from its attachments with the surroundings and
replacing the attachments with force vectors
70. Direction of reaction offered by a roller surface will be………… [ ]

A) at 30° to supporting surface B) at 90° to supporting surface
C) at 60° to supporting surface D) at 45° to supporting surface
71. A load W = 100N is hung by a rope which is pulled by a horizontal force P at certain
point. The inclined rope makes an angle of 30° with vertical. When the system is in
equilibrium, the value of P will be……. [ ]
A) 57.73 B) 173.20 C) 100N D) 50N
72. A machine weighing 3kN is supported by two chains attached to machine, one chain
attached to eye bolt in wall inclined at 30° to horizontal and other chain attached to hook
in ceiling and is inclined at 45° to horizontal. Tensions in chain are……… respectively.
A) 2.69 kN and 2.196 N B) 1.50 kN and 2.305 kN [ ]
C) 2.196 kN and 2.69 kN D) 2.305 kN and 1 .50kN
73. Direction of reaction for collar moving on frictionless rod will be…. [ ]
A) at 60° to the rod B) at 30° to the rod
C) at 45° to the rod D) at 90° to the rod
74. A cantilever beam of length 3m is subjected to a uniformly varying load from 10kN/m
at the fixed end to zero at the free end. Then the reaction at the fixed end will be [ ]
A) 30KN and 30 KNm (CW) B) 30 KN and 15 KNm (CW)
C) 15 KN and 15 KNm (ACW) D) none of these
75. A weight of 2000N is hanging in a vertical plane with the help of two ropes of lengths
3m and 5m each, the other ends of these ropes are at the same level and attached
between two vertical walls which are 7m apart. Then the tensions in the two ropes are....
A) 2150 N, 1750N B) 1770N, 2105 N [ ]
C) 1800N, 1600N D) 2140N, 1810N
76. A simply supported beam AB of span 3m is subjected to a uniformly distributed load
of 10 KN/m on entire span & a point load of 15 KN at a distance of 1 m from end A. Then
the support reactions are [ ]
A) RA = RB = 22.5 KN B) RA = 20KN, RB =25 KN
C) RA = 25 KN, RB = 20 KN D) None of these
77. A sphere weighing 250 N is resting in a right-angled trough whose right side makes
an angle of 25° with the horizontal. Then the reactions offered by left and right sides of
the trough are.... [ ]
A) RL= (0.329) W, RR (0.532) W B) RL = (0.229) W, RR = (0.632) W
C) RL = (0.429) W, RR = (0.732) W D) RL (0.429) W, RR = (0.906) W
ANSWERS:
01. D 02. A 03. A 04. B 05.B 06. A 07.B
08. B 09. C 10. A 11. C 12. A 13. D 14. D
15. A 16. C 17. B 18. D 19. D 20. A 21. B
22. B 23. C 24. B 25. B 26. B 27. C 28. B
29. C 30. C 31. D 32. B 33. D 34. B 35. D
36. C 37. D 38. D 39. A 40. B 41. C 42. B
43. A 44. A 45. D 46. A 47. C 48. C 49. B
50. B 51. C 52. A 53. D 54. D 55. C 56. D
57. B 58. A 59. B 60. D 61. B 62. A 63. B
64. C 65. C 66. B 67. A 68. B 69. D 70. B
71. A 72. C 73. D 74. C 75. D 76. C 77. D
**************************
2. FORCE SYSTEMS IN SPACE:
01. A force of 75 KN is acting along AB. The coordinates are A= (1,2,3) & B= (2,1.5,4).
The force in the vector form is [ ]
A) 50i-50j-25k B) 60i-50j+25k C) 50i+50j-25k D) 50i-25j+50k
02. A 50 N force acts from point A (0,0,0) to point B (1,1,1) then the force is represented
as [ ]
A) 50 B) 50 (i+j+k) C) (i+j+k) D) 50 N
03. Determine the resultant of three forces acting at a point. P1= (-1.605i+0.801j+2.406k)
kN, P2= (-1.444j+2.17k) kN, P3= (1.612i+0.645j+1.934k) kN. [ ]
A) 6.5 kN B) 9.56 kN C) 2.63 kN D) 9.81 kN
04. Conditions of equilibrium of parallel forces in space are [ ]

A) Fx=0, Fy=0 Fz=0, Mx=0, My=0, Mz=0
B) Fx=0, Fy=0, Fz=0
C) Fx=0, Fy=0, Mz=0
D) None of these
05. Determine the magnitude of the resultant force if F1= (10.36) i + (10) k, F2 = (7) i + (1)
j - (51.62) k and F3 = (5) i + (11) j + (10) k [ ]
a) 50 N B) 10 N C) 20 N D) 40 N
06. A force of magnitude 30N acts from A (2,3,4) to B (1,2,3). Express the force in vector
form [ ]
A) -30 (i + j + k) B)
C) 30 D) -30 (i+j+k)
07. Conditions of equilibrium of concurrent forces in space are [ ]

A) Fx=0, Fy =0 Fz=0, Mx=0, My= 0, Mz=0
B) Fx=0, Fy =0 Fz=0
C) Fx=0, Fy =0 Mz=0
D) None of these
08. Determine the magnitude of the force F = (5i-12j+9.327k) N [ ]

A) 7 N B) 10 N C) 13 N D) 16 N
09. A 50 N force acts from point A (0,0,0) to point B (1,1,1) then the force is represented
as [ ]
A) 50 N B) 50 (i + j + k) C) 50√3 (i + j + k) D) - 50√3 (i + j + k)
10. Three vectors A, B and C are given as A=i+j+2k, B=4i - 3j + 2k, C=2i – j - k. The unit
vector in the direction of resultant is given by [ ]
A) 0.855i - 0.366 j + 0.366 k B) - 0.366i -0.366 k + 0.855 j
C) - 0.855i + 0.366 j - 0.366 k D) 7i - 3j + 3k
11. A force acts at origin in the direction defined by angles θy = 65° and θz = 40°. If X-
component of force is -750N then magnitude of force F is given by………. [ ]
A) 1548.50N B) 654.42N C) 1186.22N D) 1321.41 N
12. A force acts at origin of a co-ordinates system in a direction defined by the angles θx
= 70.90° and θy = 144.90° knowing that z component of force is —52 N then θz is given
by…… [ ]
A) 61 .78° B) 181.22° C) 18.22° D) 108.22°
13. A force vector is represented by a line AB. The co-ordinates of a point A are (2,4,3)
and of point B (1, -5,2) respectively. If magnitude of force is 10 N, then the angle with z-
axis is…. [ ]
A) 171.090 B) 96.300 C) 196.300 D) none of the above
14. The resultant of the 3 forces at origin is R. Find R if F1=20i - 10j - 20k, F2=-5i+30j-
20k and F3=-15i-20j+40k [ ]
A) R=5i+5j+5k B) R=0
C)R=8i+8j+8k D) R=6i+6j+6k
15. If R = 100i + 200j +300k is the resultant of F1 = (20i -50j + 250k), F2 = (30i + 250j -
150k) and F3, force F3 is given by.... [ ]
A) 50i + 0j + 200k B) 0i + 50j + 200k
C) 50i + 200j +0k D) none of these
16. A square table ABCD of side 2m is held in horizontal plane. Three forces of 10 KN
each are acting at corners B, C and D in vertically downward directions. Taking A as the
origin and the sides AB and AD as the co-ordinate axes, find the point of application of
the resultant force. [ ]
A) (1 .33, 1.33, 0) B) (1.33, 0, 0)
C) (0, 1.33, 0) D) none of these
17. A square table ABCD of side 2m is held in horizontal plane. Two Forces of 20 KN
and 30 KN are acting at corners B & D respectively in vertically downward directions.
Taking A as the origin & the sides AB & AD as the coordinate axes, Find point of
application of the resultant Forces [ ]
A) (0.8m, 0.8m, 0) B (1.2m, 1.2m, 0)
C) (1.2m, 0.9m, 0) D) (0.8m, 1.2m, 0)
18. A force in a space makes 30º with x-axis, 60º with y-axis, what is the angle made by
the force with z-axis? [ ]
A) 30º B) 90º C) 0º D) 60º
19. A vertical pole is subjected to a force P, which has components Px = 2KN, Py = 3KN,
if θz = 65º, what is the magnitude of the force P? [ ]
A) 15.85KN B) 5KN C) 3.98KN D) 6.09KN
20. A force P acts at the origin of a coordinate system in a direction defined by the angles
θx = 65º, θz = 119º, what is the angle made by the force with y-axis? [ ]
A) 92º B) 40º C) 54º D) None
21. A tower guy wire AB is anchored by means of a bolt at 'A’, such that A (30, 0, -25)
and B (0, 50, 0). The tension in the wire is 2.5KN what is the x-component of the force
acting on the bolt? [ ]
A) 1.97KN B) 1.18KN C) 0.98KN D) -1.21KN
22. A force P of magnitude 1822N is directed from point A (8, 2, 8) towards a point B (-6,
8, -2). Force vector P is given by [ ]
A) -1400i+600j-100k B) 1400i-600j+100k
C) -600i+1400j-100k D -100i-600j+1400k
23. The direction of the force acts at the origin is defined by the angles θx = 70.900 and θy
= 144.900 knowing that the z-component of the force is -52N, then θz is given by [ ]
A) 61.78 0 B) 181.22 0 C) 18.22 0 D) 108.22 0
24. Three forces 40N, 10N and 30N in magnitude act away from the origin towards
points A (-1, 2, 4), B (3, 0, -3) and C (2, -2, 4) respectively. Then resultant force in
magnitude is given by [ ]
A) 52.35N B) 53.66N C) 66.50N D) 11.24N
25. The direction of the force acts at the origin is defined by the angles θy = 650 and θz =
400. Knowing that the x-component of the force is -750N, then the magnitude of the force
is given by [ ]
A) 1548.50N B) 654.42N C) 1186.22N D) 1321.41N
= 144.900. Knowing that the z-component of the force is -52N, then x-component of the
force is given by [ ]
A) -89.97N B) 35.98N C) 109.97N D) -52N
= 144.900. Knowing that the z-component of the force is -52N, then y-component of the
A) -89.97N B) 35.98N C) 109.97N D) -52N
= 144.900. Knowing that the z-component of the force is -52N, then the magnitude of the
A) -89.97N B) 35.98N C) 109.97N D) -52N
29. A force F of magnitude 230N acts at the origin of a co-ordinate system. Knowing that
θx = 32.500 and Fy = -60N, determine the component Fx [ ]
A) 194N B) 108N C) 210N D) none of these
30. A force F of magnitude 230N acts at the origin of a co-ordinate system. Knowing that
θx = 32.500 and Fy = -60N, determine the component Fz [ ]
A) 194N B) 108N C) 210N D) none of these
31. Unit vector along the line A (-320,0,360) and B (0,480,0) is given by [ ]
A) 0.47i+0.705j-0.53k B) 0.47i-0.705j-0.53k
C) 0.47i-0.705j+0.53k D) 0.47i+0.705j+0.53k
32. If the magnitude of the force acting along the line A (-320,0,360) and B (0,480,0) is
given 408N then the force vector is given by [ ]
A) 288i+192j+216k B) 288i-192j+216k
C) 288i+192j-216k D) 192i+288j-216k
33. If the magnitude of the force acting along the line A (0.3,0,0.4) and B (0,0.24,0.08) is
given 200N then the moment of the force about the point C (0,0,0.32) is given by [ ]
A) 7.68i+28.8j-28.8k B) 7.68i-28.8j-28.8k
C) 7.68i-28.8j+28.8k D) 7.68i+28.8j+28.8k
ANSWERS:
01. D 02. C 03. A 04. D 05. D 06. A 07. B
08. D 09. C 10. A 11. A 12. A 13. B 14. B
15. A 16. A 17. D 18. B 19. C 20. B 21. B
22. A 23. A 24. B 25. A 26. B 27. A 28. C
29. A 30. B 31. A 32.D 33. B
**************************

Mechanics

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mechanics

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fig.

X = = 6.2 m to the right of A

R = VEF,P + (EF,)¥ = y(20 +(20) = 20 V2 N 30 N

So, option (b) is correct. Fig. 35

Q.59 A force of 100 N acting tangentially to a drum of radius 0.25 m, must be

So, option (b) is correct.

R P(2+2 cos B)2

F = 50 130 cos (67.38°) =0

130 sin (67.38°)- 120 =0 50N

base AB = 5 m horizontal and height

Q.67 Forces acting tangentially on a circle are

So, option (d) is correct.

SF = 20 sin 72 + 30 sin 36°-40 sin 36°- 50 sin 72 72 ---

two equal forces, then the angle

(a) 20.56° (b) 63.43 90

EXplanation: Forces are perpendicular

So, option (b) is correct.

(a) 80.75 kN (b) 29.75 kN (c) 73.57 kN (d) 40 kN

.74 Forces acting at points A, B, C and D tangentially on a circle taken in order

= 60 cos 0, 100 50 A 100 N

P 125-60 cos (56.44°)

Q-P sin 45° 454s 100N

between two forces ? (d) 121°

(b) 10 cm to the right of A

x = 10 cm from A (Left ofA)

(a) 30 (b) 60 (c) 90° (d) 120

So, option (b) is correct.

Reaction offered by surface

sides AB, BC, CD and

where, R = 130 N(given)

So, option (a) is correct. Fig. 58

So, option (c) is correct.

Q. 87 A force of magnitude 20 N makes an angle of 220° with positive x-axis. Its y

mponent= 20 cos (220°) = -

So, option (b) is correct. Fig. 60

(a) 130 N, 120 N

Angle made by force with x-axis is 6 B(4.6)

of tan 6 X2-X1 A(1,3)

= 250 cos 45° = 176.78 N

So, option (c) is correct.

= W sin 0 = 100 sin 60° W

So, option (a) is correct.

(a) 6 N, 8 N (b) 8 N, 6 N (c) 10N, 8N (d) 6 N, 10ON

y component = 10 sin (36.87°) = 6 N

option (b) is correct.

y component = P sin 60° = if asked) Fig. 64

So, option (b) is correct.

So, option (d) is correct.

point B (-5, -4) is

.95 The moment of a x-axis is with

So, option (a) is correct.

02. The weight of a body is a [ ]

03. Collinear forces are those which [ ]

04. The mathematical statement of the parallelogram law is called [ ]

05. The mathematical statement of the triangle law is called [ ]

06. State which of the following statement is true? [ ]

07. An example for body force is [ ]

08. An example for surface force is [ ]

11. The unit of moment is [ ]

12. State which of the following statement is true? [ ]

13. Varignon.'s theorem is applicable only when the forces are [ ]

14. The magnitude of the moment is -----------when a force is applied perpendicular to a

15. Moment of a couple is a [ ]

16. A rigid body can be idealized as a particle [ ]